Skip to main content

Full text of "The Maori-Polynesian comparative dictionary"

See other formats


This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on Hbrary shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project 

to make the world's books discoverable online. 

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject 

to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books 

are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover. 

Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the 

publisher to a library and finally to you. 

Usage guidelines 

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the 
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we liave taken steps to 
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying. 
We also ask that you: 

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for 
personal, non-commercial purposes. 

+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine 
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the 
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help. 

+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find 
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it. 

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just 
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other 
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of 
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner 
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe. 

About Google Book Search 

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers 
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web 

at |http : //books . google . com/| 





Comparative Dictionary 




SocDETT, Ijonpoh ; ▲ Yigb-Pbb8idbmt Austbalasiam Absociatiom fob THB Advancbioemt of Scibnob ; 

Pbbsidbmt Wklunoton Philosopbigal Sooibty, N.Z. 


Wdlxngtan, ^.Z. : 



/<Z*f fuj^^s 0/ translatum and of reproduction ate teservd. ) 



[the newyor 





• « » 

« • 

• • •• • • 

• • • • • 

• • ••• • 

• • ♦ • • ' 

• • 

:! : 

'•• • 

• • • 

• • 

.»• • 

• • • 

• • • • 

'•« • • • 




Knight of the Obdbe poub le M^bite, etc. 









T H :: N 



ltncx and 




DxDICAnON .... 

PSBFACX . • ■ . . 

Works Coxxsnlted 

Thanks .... 


Bibliography — Grouping of Words — Grammar 
Letter-changes — Maori • 

— Samoan 

— Tahitian .... 

— Hawaiian .... 

— ToDgan .... 

— Barotongan — Marqnesan 

— Mangareyan 

— Paomoian — Morion — Eitra-Polynesia 
Table of Interchange of Consonants 
Pakeha-Maori ■ • . . 

KxT TO Abbbevutions 


Ebt to thb Maori Wobdb • 

AppENnix A. — Days of the Moon*s Age 

Appendix B. — Genealogical • 

Maori .... 

Moriori .... 

Samoan — Tongan 

Marqnesan .... 
Hawaiian .... 
Barotongan — Sodety Islands 





. xiU. 

• •• 





- XTiii. 

- XIX. 



• • • 

• XXUl. 


















THIS work had its origin in a desire growing in the mind of the Author to comprehend the 
exact meaning of words used by the Maori people. Much had been done by Europeans long 
resident in New Zealand, or by those of European parentage born in the country, to gather in and 
pot on record the Temacular forms of the native speech. A large mass of material consisting of 
Mugs, legends, (60., was also at the service of a collector, although this in reality was a very small 
portion of that which might have been procured had not the rough and perilous work of colonization 
engrossed so mach of the time and energies of the early settlers. This material wholly referred to 
New Zealand and the New Zealand branch of the Maori or Polynesian race. The science of Com- 
parative Philology has opened up new vistas- of knowledge concerning the comprehension of andent 
bnguages, and the old etymologies of Greek as given by purely Greek scholars, or of Engliah m 
given by purely English scholars, have been found to be laughably incorrect when viewed by the 
light of the fuller investigation which modem learning has thrown upon the mysteries of Indo- 
European speech. Zend, Sanscrit, the Teutonic dialects, Greek, Latin, Lithuanian, all lent their 
rtores of ancient word-treasures to unravel the difficulties found in the comprehension of each 
others' language, and the result was so successful that a new science emerged from the domain of 
the empirical, and claimed followers among those who are ever bearing on from hand to hand the 
torch of intellectual progress. 

Begarding the Maori speech of New Zealand as but a dialect of the great Polynesian language, 
the Author has attempted to organize and show in a concise manner the existing related forme 
common to New Zealand and the Polynesian Islands. Several attempts have been made to produce a 
Comparative Polynesian Dictionary, but so gigantic was the labour, so enormous the mass of material, 
that the compilers have shrunk back appalled in the initiatory stages of the work, and all that 
remains of their efforts has been a few imperfect and unreliable pages of vocabulary scattered here 
and there through books treating of the Malayan and Pacific Islands. The present work is, at all 
ereuts, continuous and sustained ; it does not pretend to be a dictionary of Polynesian, but to present 
to the reader those Polynesian words which are related to the Maori dialect ; using the word Maori 
(i>., Polynesian, ** native,*' "indigenous") in the restricted sense familiar to Europeans, as apply- 
ing to the Maori people of New Zealand. Two purposes are served by the presentation of words 
ipparently allied in sound and sense : 

1st. If the Maori agrees with the Polynesian forms generally, the meaning of the word is in all 
probability above suspicion. If several of the Polynesian dialects agree together as to the meaning 
of a word, and the Maori differs, then (also probably), the Maori has lost the genuine sense of the 
original word, and has localised or deformed it. If the Maori word has no Polynesian affinities, 
then it is almost certainly a local word, either invented since the dispersion of the tribes or so 
warped from the primitive form as to be unrecognisable without further research. Although the 
Maori word may not be found directly in any other dialect, still it may be recognized m oomponnds ; 
and for this purpose the comparatives are of great value. In the manner a word has suffered letter- 
change, and passed from dialect to dialect in decaying forms, perhaps all the history that can ever be 
traced of the Ancient Polynesian and his habitat may be discovered hereafter by the philologist of the 

2nd. The classification and simultaneous presentation of the allied words offer to the student of 
languages a means of ascertaining the oldest and most perfect form of a word as it exists in 
Polynesia. Comparisons have been separately attempted between Polynesian dialectic words and 
those of languages spoken on the great continents, but the masters in the school of Comparative 
Philology have shrunk from the task or frowned upon the attempt of instituting comparisons 
between these almost-unknown semi-barbarous tongues and the classical or oriental languages. 
So decayed are many of the word-forms, so uncertain the phonography of Oceanic vocabularies, 
that nntil they could be arranged with some approach to completeness (at all events, in respect 
to the more vital words) any comparison with the elaborated continental languages appeared mere 
guess-work and unscientific assertion. 

Two important parts of the work deserve brief mention. From authorities on Maori, from 
ancient legends, and from all sources which oould be verified by careful investigation I have 
been enabled to insert Bome three tboasand words (or additional meaningB to Tiotda^ Tio\i '^oiVti^iXA 
pabtiMbed, Mmdj of tbeae are, however, proper names. The soienUfio nomeudBLtiXic^ ol ^\KCiVa^ 


Urds, fishes, Ac, has reoeived mnoh oarefal attention, and although this branch of the subject 
ii not absolotely perfect, a long stride has been made in the direction of completeness. 

An original part of the lexicon is that treating of the gods, heroes, <fec., being short abstractf 
of the principal events for which their worship or their histories were famous. Want of space 
forbade lengthy notice or full repetition of legend, but where the tradition was too long for 
detailed relation, copious references have been given to the small class of books bearing on the 

No small proportion of the labour expended upon this work was exerted in providing examples 
of the use of words, both in Maori and Polynesian. Many thousands of lines from old poems, 
traditions, and ancient proverbs have been quoted. The examples might more easily have been 
given by the construction of sentences showing the use of the particular words, but, rejecting 
made-up examples as being in practice always open to adverse criticism, prefereuce has been given 
to passages by well-known authors, where the words can be verified and the context consulted. 
To have given a quotation in this manner for every word would have been impossible ; some of 
the words are not to be found in any printed record, and to have devoted a still greater length of 
time to the collection of examples would not have produced a result commensurate with the loss 
of time occasioned by long delay before publication, or even, perhaps, with the chance of the 
work never being finished at all. 

Although the dictionary relates to the classification of Polynesian dialects proper, Malay, 
Melanesian, and Micronesian vocabularies have also furnished comparatives. These vocabulariea 
are mostly in a very imperfect state, and the phonography full of variations ; but the words are 
suggestive both as to letter-changes and meanings. It does not follow that any of these words are 
related to Polynesian, but the coincidences are many, and until the laws by which all languages 
are governed are more fully explored, it would be mischievous to exclude these apparently similar 
forms from comparison with each other. 

Farther on I have thanked those authors and those friends from whom I have received 
assistance. This refers to the raw material only. In collecting the vocabularies, in searching 
for comparisons, in making quotations for examples, in the compilation, in the whole of the 
philological and literary work I have been unassisted. 



[Note. — Although the books here enumerated have been consulted, extracts have not been made 
from all of them. Some are unreliable, some almost useless for lexicographical purposes, but 
almost every one contained some hint or allusion pointing out where more valuable information 
could be found.] 

Traruactiont New Zealand Irutitute, Vols, i. to xxii.. (1868 to 1880) ; Willuhs's New Zealand 
Dictionary, 1871; Bullxb*s Birds of New Zealand, 1889; Colenso's Nomenclature, 1883; Colenso's 
Ruahine Range, 1884, and Ancient Tide Lore, 1889 ; Coduinoton's Melanenan Languages, 1885 ; 
Imolis'b Aneityumese Dictionary, 1882 ; Inolis's In the New Hebrides, 1887 ; Lawe's Motu Grammar 
and Vocabulary, 1885 ; Chalmebs and Gnji*s Work and Adventure in New Guinea, 1885; Chalmerses 
Pioneering in New Guinea, 1887 ; Gill*s Savage Life in Polynesia, 1880 ; Gill*s Jottings in the 
Pacific, 1886 ; Gill's Life in the Southern Isles, 1876 ; Gill's Gems from the Coral Islands, 1856 ; 
Ttjbnsb's Samoa a Hundred Years ago, 1881 ; Max MtjLLBB*8 Biographies of Words, 1888 ; Max 
MClleb's Science of Language, 1864 ; Max Miller's Science of Thought, 1887 ; Max Miller's 
Introduction to the Science of Religion, 1882 ; Keightley's Fairy Mythology, 1884 ; Jules Remy's 
Ka Mooolelo Hawaii, 1862; Penny's Ten Years in Melanesia, 1888; Dibble's History of the 
Sandwich Islands, 1843 ; Murray's Bible in the Pacific, 1888 ; Bougainville's Voyage Round the 
World, 1772 ; Whitney's Life and Growth of language, 1882 ; Kalakaua I. (King of Hawaii), 
Legends and Mytfis of Hawaii, 1888 ; Kalakaua's Na Mele aimoku, 1890 ; Burnouf's Science of 
Religion, 1888; Feathf.iimann's Social History of the Races of Mankind (Papuo and Malayo 
Melanesians), 1887; Cook's Voyages, 1773; Forstxr's Voyage Round the South Pole and Round 
the World, 1777 ; Tdrnbull's Voyage Round the World, 1806 ; Angas's Savage Life and Scenes in 
Australia and New Zealand, 1847; Brown's New Zealand and its Aborigines, 1845; Buller's 
Forty Years in New Zealand, 1878; Bboughton's Voyage of Discovery in H.M.S. '* Providence,*' 
1864; Tkssy'b New Zealand, 1842; Calvkbt'b Fiji and the Fijians, 1870 ; White's Ancient History 
qf tJke Maori (r. yoIb.), 1888; London Misaionaxy Sodefey's TaYiUion IHctiimarv,\H^\\ TYmSoxmmm. 


884; The RaroUmgan Bible, 1888; HooHSTETTXB'fl New Zealand^ 1867; Matthsb'b 
aneh-Hollandtch Woordenboek, 1885 ; Bxtbkbt'a Chronological Hietory of DUeoveries in 
i 8e€U, 1803; Nicholas's Narrative of a Voyage to New Zealand, 1817; Cbewi's Narrative 
n New Zealand, 1874 ; Gbuisb's Journal of a Ten Months Residence in New Zealand, 1824; 
I Tongan Dictionary, 1849; Don Juan Oataoao's ?«ru«iH) Vocabulario en Hiepano-Hoeano, 1884; 
s Manual de Convertaeiones en Hispano-Bieol, 1881 ; Gataoao*8 Nuevo VoeabuUurio 

Tagalo y Pampango, 1882 ; Happabt'b Dictionary of the Favorlang Dialect of Formotan 
w, 1840 (written, 1650) ; Logan's Journal of the East Indian Archipelago, 1847 to 1868 ; 
I Orammar of the Tahitian Dialect of Polynesian Language, 1828 ; Moebbnhoutb* Voyages 
9 du Grand Ocean, 1837 ; Favre's Account of the Wild Tribes Inhabiting the Malayan 
ta, 1865; Wallace's Malay Archipelago, 1869; Habyen's La NouveUe Zilande, 1883; 
*B Die Nikobaren, 1867 ; Gabnibb's Voyage autour du Monde-Oceanie, 1875 ; Miklucho 
'b Meine ZwHte Excursion nach New Guinea, 1874; Manino's Old New Zealand, 1863; 
tBD's A Naturalist Among the Head-hunters, 1890; Pbatt's Samoan Dictionary, 1878; 
v*8 Hawaiian Dictionary, 1865 ; Chetne's A Description of Islands in the Western PaeiJU 

1852 ; Forrest's Voyage to New Guinea and the Moluccas, 1779 ; Bopp's Cber die 
^ehaft der Malayisch-Polynesischen Sprachen mit den indiseh'europaischen, 1841 ; 
j>T*8 fiber die Kawi-Sprache auf der Insel Java, 1838 ; Steven's Dyak Vocabularies (MBS); 
B Te Ika-a-Maui, 1870; Button's New Zealand Mollusca, 1880; Cbawfubd's Orammar 
ztUmary of the Malay Language, 1852 ; Bemy's Recits d^un vieux sauvage (Hawaii), 1859 i 
I's Kawi'javaansch Woordenboek, 1880 ; The Tongan Bible, 1884 ; Bxbd*s Six Months among 
m-Grores, Coral-Reefs and Volcanoes of the Sandwich Islands, 1875 ; Ellis's Tour through 
, 1826; Mariner's Tonga Islands, 1818; Hector's Fishes of New Zealand, 1872; Maori Bible$ 
)b Bovis' itat de la Soci€ti Taitienne, 1855 ; Young's Southern World, 1858 ; PrAtrb db 

Grammaire det Ties Marquises, 1857 ; Buzacott's Akataka Reo Rarotonga, 1878 ; Purvbs* 
md Dampier^s Voyages, 1882 ; (Anon) He Hamani pia pa (Marquesan), 1868 ; Maxwell's 
of the Malay Language, 1882 ; Hazlbwood's Fijian Dictionary, 1872 ; Havfaiian Bible, 1884; 
•tians Anthropological Institute, 1880-1890 ; Pabebb's Malagasy Grammar, 1883; Buchanan's 
ous Grastes of New Zealand, 1880 ; Transactions of Philological Society (London), 1877- 
?bbcital'8 Tamil Dictionary, 1867 ; Scherzeb's Voyage of the **Novara," 1863; Library of 
ining Knowledge The New Zealanden, 1880 ; Kirk's Forest Flora of New Zealand, 1889 ; 
Poems of the New Zealanders (Nga Moteatea), 1853 ; Grei's Polynesian Mythology, 1885 ; 
DEB*s The Polynesian Race, 1878 ; White's Maori Superstitions, 1885 ; Shortland's Maori 
n and Mythology, 1882 ; Shortland's Southern Districts of New Zealand, 1851 ; Shortland's 
ons and Superstitions of the New Zealanders, 1856 ; Latham's Comparative Philology, 1862 ; 
en's Die Wandersagen der Neuseelander, 1850; Well's History of Taranaki, 1878; The 
in Bible, 1884; Steel's New Hebrides, 1880; Freeman's Malagasy Dictionary, 1835; 
a'8 Folk Lore, 1889 ; Serrano's Nuevo Dicconario Espanol-Tagah, 1872 ; Purvbs' Anson^s 

Round the World, 1882 ; Jaubben's Te Faufaa Api (Tahiti). 1889 ; Hovelacqub's Science of 
ige, 1877 ; Topinabd's Anthropology, 1878 ; Ttlob's Early History of Mankind, 1865 ; 
s Primitive Culture, 1871 ; Gisborne'b Colony of New Zealand, 1888 ; Deighton's Moriori 
lary, 1887 ; Davis's Life and Times of Patuone, 1876 ; Jolt's Man before Metals, 1883 ; 
et's Voyage of the ** Blossom,** 1839 ; Bbacb's Manual of Ethnology, 1863 ; Lubboos'b 
Umc Times, 1865 ; Lubbock's Origin of Civilization, 1882 ; Boghon's Voyages aux Indes 
lies, 1802 ; Lee and Kendal's New Zealand Grammar and Vocabulary, 1820 ; D'Ubtillb'b 
sf daju '* V Astrolabe,** 1833 ; Polack's New Zealand, 1838 ; Maunsell's Grammar of the New 
d Language, 1842 ; Wade's Journey in the North Island of New Zealand, 1842 ; Quatbefagbb' 
lyn£siens ; Lesson's Les Polynisiens, 1880 ; Melville's Marquesas Islands, 1846 ; Bussell's 
tia, 1843; Guppt'b Solomon Islands, 1887; hiiWKY*B Friendly and Fe^ee Islands, 1850; Ellis's 
sian Researches, 1829; Jaussen's Tahitian Vocabulary, Williams's jFY/t and the Fijians, 1858; 
'B Rac:s of Mankind, 1876 ; Vaux's Probable Origin of the Maoris, 1876 ; Wood's Natural 
^ of Man, 1868; Giboniebe's Twenty Years in the Philippines, 1856; Monet's Java, 1861; 
dee's South Sea Bubbles, 1872 ; Bicci's Fiji, 1875 ; Sibree's The Great African Island, 1880; 
s's The United States Exploring Expedition, 1845 ; Farrar's Language and Languages, 1878 ; 
nbach*s Travels in New Zealand, 1843 ; Bastian's Inselgruppen in Oceanien, 1883 ; 
>eb'8 Cruise of the *' Alert,** 1885 ; Labillardiere's Voyage a la Richerche de La Peroux, 
Dabwik's Voyage of the ** Beagle,** 1860; J\jze*b Voyage of the *' Fly,** 18i7; McGillivbat's 
o/ffM.S. ** Rattlesnake,** 1851; Osbobn's Journal in Mclayan Waters, 1860; Magellan's 
Tyage Round the World, 1874. 

zii. PREFACE. 


I have to thank certain authors for the advantagea I have received from their works, and 
without which I should have been unable to present my dictionary in so complete a form. 
First of these valuable books is Willum8*8 New Zealand Dictionary. Although I have made 
considerable additions to the stock of Maori words, the work of Bishop and Archdeacon Willuxi 
(father and son) has been the basis of my structure, as it has been for many years the authority and 
reference for all Maori and English translators. Its fidelity and usefulness is so widely recognised 
that no word of praise from me would raise it in public cHtimation. The literary productions of Sir 
George Gret, Sir James Hector, Sir Walter Buller, the Rev. W. Colenso,* Dr. Shortlaitd, 
Professor Kirk, Mr. John White (all of Now Zealand), Judge Fornander, of Hawaii; H.M. the 
Kino of Hawaii ; Judge Andrews, of Hawaii ; the Rev. W. Wyatt Gill, of Mangaia ; the Rev. 
George Pratt, of Samoa; the Rev. R. H. Codrington, of Melanesia, have all been largely drawn 
upon, and have been of inestimable service. 

With deep gratitude I acknowledge my obligations for generous co-operation given to me hj 
the following scholars, some of them my warm friends, others the more valued because their 
assistance has been rendered to one personally unknc^Ti. Foremost of these (because not of my 
own nation) I have to thank three distinguished Frenchmen. From Monseigneur l^Ev^qui 
D*AziERi, author of the Tahitian Dictionary ^ I received Marquesan, Paumotan, and Mangarevan 
▼ooabularies with French equivalents. These vocabularies, collected long ago, and thus more 
Taluable, were in MSS., the Mangarevan being especially a unique and priceless document. From 
him I also received many letters fall of the learned counsel and guidance inseparable from the words 
of one grown to a venerable old age in doing noble and self-forgetful service — service which has 
endeared him alike to Native and European, Catholic and Protestant. To his Excellency M. 
Lacascabe, Governor of the French possessions in Oceania ; and to M. le Vicomte de Jouffrot 
d*Abrans, late Vice-consul for the French Republic, Wellington, N.Z. (uow in Switzerland), I bog 
to express my obligations for their courtesy and assistance. 

Of my own countrymen the list is long. Some have put their collections at my service ; some 
have answered difficult questions as to Polynesian vocabularies or mythology ; others have taken the 
trouble to consult aged Maori chiefs in dilTerent parts of the country as to obsolete or doubtful 
words. The Rev. W. Wyatt Gill, B.A. (author of Myths and Somjft of the South Pacific, Savage 
Life in Polynesia, Ac, &c.) ; the late Judge Fornander, of Hawaii (author of Th^ Polynesian Race]', 
Miss Teuira Henrt, of Tahiti ; Mr. A. Shand, Chatham Islands ; the Rev. J. L. Green, of Tahiti; 
Professor Alexander, Surveyor- General of Hawaii ; Mr. J. L. Young, of Tahiti ; the Rev. W. 
Golenso, F.R.S., of Napier, N.Z. ; the late Mr. C. 0. Davis (author of Maori Mementoes), N.Z. ; Mr. J. 
White (author of The Ancient History of the Maori), N.Z.; Mr. Geo. Da vies, interpreter, Native 
Department, N.Z.; Mr. Percy Smith, F.R.G.S., Surveyor General, N.Z.; Sir James Hector, F.R.S., 
of Wellington, N.Z.; Rev. A. Williams, of Pntiki, Whanganui, N.Z. ; Major Mair, Judge of the 
Native Land Court ; Mr. T. W. Kirk, F.R.M.S., Wellington, N.Z. ; Mr. H. Hadfield, interpreter to 
the Legislative Council ; Mr. Butler, native lands purchase agent ; Mr. Stevens, of Ardmore, Papa- 
knra (an accomplished Malayan scholar); Mr. George Pou (Te Pou Tawera), interpreter, Natife 
Department ; Mr. Pratt (Te Parata), interpreter, Native Department. 

Last, but not least, I have to acknowledge the generosity and love of literature displayed by Mr. 
J. R. Blair (Messrs Lyon & Bijiir) in publishing this book. To his enterprise I owe the fact that I 
am able to present a technical book bristling with typographical difficulties in a manner the accural 
of which is a credit to the publishing firm and to this young colony. 

E. T. 

Wellington^ New Zealand. 


* Students of the New Zealand language have long looked forward with interest to the production of thi . 
great lexicon undertaken many years ago by the Kev. W. Colenso, F.K.B. CircuniBtances bevond the HUthoc'll -; 
control have again and again delayed its appearance, but bo useful and valuable would be the work o1 • ' 
scholar singularly flttod by nature, occupation, and education to produce a unique book on the vrord-for:fll 
of a race fast paHsing away, that tliose who, like myself, take interest in the study of obscure laugua^jA^ 
cannot even yet give up hope that philology may benefit by the lexicon being l>om into the world of lettc 
Atsn advanced age, when the minds of most men fail, tiiere still remains with our veteran scholar scienti 
ardour and intellectual power sufficient, should he so will, to bring his life-work to a successful close, and 
give U3 that special knowledge which, in New Zealand, rests with mm tlone. 



THAT the Polynesian dialects are related to each other and form but isolated varieties of 
one great language is by no means a very modem discovery. The first attempt at a 
eomparative table (of forty-seven Oceanic words) was made by Dr. Reinhold Forster, the 'naturalist 
who accompanied Captain Cook on his first voyage. Mr. Anderson published a table at the end of 
the third voyage of Cook, in which the comparison was carried further by including the languages of 
Madagascar and the Malay Archipelago. Anderson was followed by the Abb6 Lorenzo Hervas, the 
Jesuitf whOf in his ** Catalogue of Languages/' published in 1800, set the case very clearly and 
intelligently before the public. William Marsden and John Crawfurd, authors of great repute as 
Malay students, followed with learned essays — the former considering the Polynesians as offshoots 
from the Malays, and the latter believing that the origin of the Malay and Oceanic languages was 
distinct. Dumont d^Ur^'ille accompanied his report on the French Exploring Expedition of 1825- 
1829 with a Comparative Vocabulary, published in 1833 ; at the same time stating his opinion to be 
that the Polynesians were survivors from the peoples of a now-submerged continent. Adelbert von 
Chamisso issued a volume on the Hawaiian language in 1837, and was followed by Baron W. von 
Humboldt in 1838 with his scholarly book on the Eawi Language of the Island of Java. In this 
very voluminous work Humboldt examines the vocabularies and grammatical construction of the 
Oceanic languages, and considers that the Tagal of the Philippines is the leading dialect. His 
vocabularies, however, were of a very imperfect character, and his deductions would have been oon- 
nderably modified had he posRessed the information at present at our service ; his Maori being the 
Maori of Lee and Kendall, and his Tongan, if possible, still more defective and illusory. The more 
modem attempts, fragmentary in character, have all been marred by imperfect comparison and care- 
less printing, so that they are of no use as authorities for any scientific purpose. 


Most of the Polynesian Vocabularies follow the rale of putting all the words commencing with 
a vowel or continuing with vowels before those having leading consonants. Thus the Hawaiian 
Dictionary is arranged in following order : A, E, I, 0, U, H, K, L, M, &c. ; Umu precedes Hau, Hsu 
precedes Hehz, (frc, &c. This custom has not been followed in the present volume, where the 
words, intended for English readers, are arranged in the order of the English alphabet. The 
exceptions are ng and wh ; these are considered as single letters ; words commencing with ng follow 
the completed series of n, and words in vh follow the completed series of w. 

There are strong reasons in favor of printing all words commencing with the causative ichaka 
under teh ; the main point in favour of this course being ease of reference, especially to those persons 
not at all acquainted with the language. In a Comparative Dictionary, however, it is necessary to 
group the words together for convenience of reference. Thus whaka-oti, to finish, must be looked 
for under Oti ; pupuhi and puhipuhi under Puhi ; papain paingia^ whaka-paif and whaka-paipai 
under Pai. A very little practice in consulting the Dictionary will make the reader accustomed to 
this order of composition. 


I have carefully avoided the use of letters to mark the native words as substantive, adjective 
verb, &c. It is an unwise, if not a mischievous, effort to make if we endeavour to force the rules of 
grammar which fit (more or less) the modem stage of the English tongue upon a language belonging 
to the utterly unequal grammar -period in which the Polynesian speech is now found. I use these 
egressions with consideration, because I believe that there is a constant progress or decay in all 
languages, affecting their character and rendering their forms unsuitable. This is certainly the case 
in regard to the English grammar, where we have seen case-endings and inflected plurals in a state 
of flux for the last few centuries and tending to disappearance. The Polynesian (of course including 
Maori) has been in such a condition of isolation that its changes have not been recorded ; indeed, 
they have probably been fewer than those of peoples where intercommunication has been easy, and 
where language and dialect have again and again, by conquest or commercial enterprise, overlaid and 
overlapped the linguistic boundaries. The effort to adapt Maori words to rules of English grammar 
is evaded by the complex simplicity (if I may use such an ezpresBion) of the natviQ V«kii^«;^^^\v«CA 
one word mMf gene a'tber as verb, novn, or adjeotive, according to its context, toi^ ^\i«c^'^«s^€^«ii 


whose lue only praotioe can render familiar, are able to link words into Bentenoes capable of render- 
ing very aabUe and eendtiye expression. If we attempt to retain these particles in the net of 
English grammar, we shall be in the unpleasant situation of having to lay down rules with more 
exceptions than examples. 

The Accent (as mHirat mbna, <feo.) has been used to denote a lengthened stress upon the vowel so 
marked. [Through inadvertence, in a few cases the accent has been printed thus, d instead of ft.] 
Some writers of Maori prefer a double letter, as maara^ <fec., but this is misleading, as the sound is 
not that of two distinct vowels. In all cases toJiere accents are not used^ the first syllable is more 
strongly marked than the others, although not with the lengthened vowel sound. 

The pronunciation of the Vowxlb as printed in Maori and in all Polynesian writings is nearly 
that used by the Italians. The vowels are as follows : — 

a short, almost like the English short u in smut. 

h long ; rather longer than in father. 

e short, as in bentt sent. 

d long, resembling the a in Mary, 

i short, as in hit, pit, <fec., 

I long, as ee in fleet, 

short, as in lock, 

h long, as in cocoa. 

u short, as in lose, 

U long, as 00 in pooh. 
The Consonants have nearly the same power as in English. Ng is pronounced like ng in 
flinging, ringing, &o. It is probable that formerly in some localities the r varied into I and d, tlie p 
into h, Ac, but the efforts to educate the Maori children in their own language have resulted in the 
production of a classic form, in which the r and p are distinctly r and p. The pronunciation varies 
slightly with locality, thus tangata ia in some places tanata, but these irregularities of the sub-dialects 
are very fluctuating and unfixed. 



The vowels sometimes interchange with each other. The following may serve as examples : — 

A and E. — Tutai, a spy, tutei; hapa, crooked, hape; hura, to search, Aur«; ngawhara, to 
ommble, ngawhere; ngaraku, charcoal, ngarehu; ngangara, to snarl, ngengere; tora, to bum, tore ; 
tawatawa^ a mackerel, tewetewe. 

A and I. — Bari, to make a loud confused noise, rara ; tara, rays of the sun, tira. 

A and 0. — Kanohi, the eye, konohi ; hopua, hollowed, hapua; nati, to constrict, noti; purau, a 
fork, imrou; houhou, cool, hauhau; iora to bum, toro. 

A and U. — Kanapa^ bright, kanapu ; rakaraka, to scratch, rakuraku ; hawini, to shiver with 
odd, huwini, 

A Lost. — Ngaoki, to creep, ngoki, 

E and L^Ngaingai, shells, ngaengae; niti, a dart, neti, 

E and 0. — 2'ore, to bum, toro, 

E and U. — Kame, to eat, kamu. 

I and A. — As A and I ante. 

1 and E. — As E and I ante. 

1 and 0. — Hapoki, a pit for storing potatoes, hapoko ; hinga, to lean, honga; liopi, to be afraid 
hopo ; ngahiri, to be abundant, ngahoro, 

1 and U. — Ito, an object of revenge, uto; inu, to drink, una; himu, the hip-bone, humu ; iho, the 
heart of a tree, uho. 

I Lost. — Uutoitoi, stunted, hutotoi. 

and A. — As A and ante. 

and E. — As E and ante. 

and I. — As I and ante. 

and U. — Hotoke, winter, hutoke ; ngoro, to snore, nguru. 

U and A. — As A and U ante. 

U and E. — As E and U ante. 

U and I. — As I and U ante. 

U and 0.— As and U ante, 

U Lost. — Ifauware, salivB, haware ; houkeke^ obstinate, hokeke; toukeke, churlish, tckeke. 



H and E. — HtiruUte, stonted, kurutete ; horet not, kore ; haUa, whitened, katea ; huwha^ 
le thigh, kuwha; harangi, nnsettled, karangi; hukari, the yoiing of birds, kukari ; houka^ % 
peeiee of cabhage-tree, kouka, 

H and N. — Pukuki, blunt, punuki. 

H and NG. — Kongehe^ feeble, kongenge ; puhaehae, envioos, pungaengae. 
H and P. — Korohuhu, to boll, koropupu; harirau, a wing, partrau ; Ana, to bloom, |nia. 
H and B. — Hiwai, the potato, rttoot. 

H and T. — Hangoro, loose, tangoro; hapi, a native oven, tapi; hapaki, to catoh lioe, tapaki; 
ioud, cowardly, toutaiift; hawera, a burnt spot in the bush or fern, tawera; hikaro, to piok onti 
ikaro; hokeke, churlish, tokeke. 

H Lost. — Hitau, a small waist-mat, itau; hokioi, the name of a mythical bird, okioi; ngmhet 
Tusile, ngahehe ; kanerut blowing gently, anene; harangi, unsettled, aran^i; hawhato, tk}dnA of 
ottgns, awhato; hawhe, to pass round, atohe; hihi, a sunbeam, ihiihi; hiku, the eaves of a house, 
kuiku; hinangaf the name of a small fish, inanga; hopi, terrified, opi. 

H and WH.— Han), to scrape dean, wharo; hea, what place? whea7 hinau, the name of a 
nee, whinau ; hiore, the tail, whiore; hiroki, thin, whiroki ; huha, the thigh, kuwha; ohiH, on one's 
uard, owhiti; hapuku, the name of a fish, whapuku, Ac, Ao, 
E and H. — See H and K ante, 

K and M. — Kaewa, to wander, maewa; kapura, fire, mapura. 
K and N. — Takoki, sprained, tancmi. 

KandNG. — Kareko, to slip, karengo; kita, tightly, fast, ngita; koekoe,io Bannm,ngeongoe; 
ciro, the conger eel, ngoiro. [Note. — This is a very frequent letter-change, and between the NG of 
be North Island and E of the South is almost constant; as kainga, a village, kaika; nga, the 
fanal article, ka, &oJ] 

K and P. — Karenge, to slip, parengo, 

E and B. — Kahui, a herd, rahui ; porokere, broken, pororere. 

E and T. — Kokiri, to launch endways, tokiri ; hiki, to start involuntarily, wkiH ; ka/i^ki, to 
ionr, taupoki ; naJku, to scratch, natu, 

E Lost. — Kahore, not, ahore ; Kahua, form, appearance, ahua ; karangi, unsettled, arangi, 
M and E. — ^As E and M ante. 

M and NG. — Mote, to suck, ngote; mongamonga, crushed, ngonga; motumotu, a firebrand, ngotu; 
Bwmtoira, a kind of beetle, ngungutawa. 

M and P. — Maheno, untied, paheno ; maka, to throw, panga ; mona, a knot of a tree, j>ofia. 
M and T. — Mawhera, open, tawhera ; haumaku, bedewed, hautaku. 
M and WH. — AirUo, to go round, awhio, 
M Lost. — Maewa, to wander, aetoa. 
N and E — As E and N ante, 
N and NG. — Neinei, to stretch forwards, ngeingei, 

NandB. — Naku, to scratch, raku; nehutai, spray, rehutai ; Niwaru, the name of a canoe, 
tthtaru ; in'ri, to tremble, winiwini ; nanea, copious, ranea, 
N and T. — Noke, a worm, toke ; naUi, mixed, nana, 
NG and H.— As H and N G ante, 
NG and E.— As E and NG anU, 
NG and M.— As M and NG ante. 
NG and N.— As N and NG ante. 
NG and P. — Ngahoahoa, headache, pahoahoa, 
NG Lost. — Hungoingoi, trembling, huoioi, 
P and H.^As H and P ante. 
P and E. — ^As E and P ante. 
P and M. — As M and P ante. 
P and NG.— As NG and P anU. 

P and T. — Hiapo, to be gathered together, hiato ; poremi, to disappear, toremi. 
P and W. — Tapeke, to be all come or gone, taweke. 
P and WH. — Penei, like this, whenei ; pena, like that, whena, 
B and H. — As H and B ante. 
B and E.—As E and B ante. 
B and N.— As N and B anU. 
T and H.—- As H and T anU, 
T And K.^ksKMndTaftU. 
T Bad 3L--^Am M Mnd Tante. 


T and N.— Ab N and T ante. 
T and P.— As P and T anU. 

T Lost. — Tauporo, to out short, auporo ; tiketiket high, lofty, ikeike ; tungutu^ to pnt together 
the sticks of a fire, ungvOu, 

W and T.— As T and W arUe, 

W Lost. — TapuwcUt a footstep, tapuae, 

WH and H.— As H and WH ante. 

WH and M.— As M and WH ante. 

WH and P.— As P and WH ante. 

Transposition. — Rango, a flj, ngaro; erangi^ it is better, engari ; ngarehetiorest, ngahere^ &q. 

The vowels seldom interchange in Samoan words, although there are a few examples of such 
transfer, e.g.., tonini, to guess a riddle, tonana; aomat red native cloth, sema; taumi*u, to arrive, 

The vowel-changes between Samoan and Maori are much more frequent. In the following in- 
stances the related Maori words are given in brackets: — AJuga, a soft pillow {urunga); anaJieat 
* when ? of past time (inahea) ; lepa^ a pond, to be stagnant (repo) ; anapo^ last night, (inapo) ; 'enio, 
to wink the eye (kimo) ; ogoogo^ the stinging nettle (ongaonga) ; tafoUi^ a whale, (tohora) ; tagamimi^ 
the bladder (tongamimi) ; tipa, to jump as a stone on the water when playing " ducks and drakes *' 
{tipi) ; tupilOt last, at the end {toplto.) 


Here the Samoan words are placed first with related Maori words (marked M) or Samoan 
words (marked S) following. 

L and B. — Lagi, the sky, M. rangi ; lau, a leaf, M. rau ; lima, five, M. rhna, &c., &g. This is 
the regular interchange. 

L and T. — Loiui, his, M. totia; lou, thine, M. tou; lo^u, my, M. toku ; lau, thy, M. tau ; la'ti, 
my, M. taku ; le, the, M. te ; Ze, not, M. tl ; Una, that, M. tena ; lenei, this, M. tenei. 

L (or B) and N. — Naumati, dry, M. raumati ; nini'i, small, M. ririki and S. liliki ; maninOf 
calm, ^. marino; manene, to fall slowly, M. mar ere; nape, to be entangled, S. lape ; no*uno% to be 
weighed down, M. roku; nono, the white ant, M. rororo; nunu, to crowd together, M. ruru; pologa,tk 
slave, M. pononga. 

L and G (NG). — Sala, continually, S. saga ; tugagi, dull, blunt, S. tulali ; tugafana, the step of 
a mast, S. tulafana. 

G is written in Samoan for the sound of Maori NG, as gafulu, ten, M. ngahuni. A regular 

L (or B) and * (K.) — Pipi*i, to stick to, M. piri. 

L and S. — Segaaega, yellowish, 8. legalega. 

M and T. — Tale, a cough, M. mare. 

M and P. — Ma8e^e8e% slippery, M. pahekeheke ; matunu, to singe, M. pahuna ; malemo, to be, 
drowned, M. paremo ; mapa, to make a cracking noise, to snap, M. papa ; magugu, to be scranched. 
S. pagugu. 

M and F.—il/anefi€, to loiter, S.fanene; mafine,tL woman. S.fajine. 

S and T. — Safe, pannus menstrualis, M. take ; lalato, to have the mouth stung by an acrid ^ 
substance, S. talato ; iasa, a rod, M. ta ; tefea, which ? M. tehea ; sou, thy, • M. tou ; so^u, my, M, 
tohu; iau, thy, M. tau; sana, his, M. tana; s^, not, M. tg; senei, this M. tenei; sena, that \ 
M. tena. j 

S and P. — Salafalafa, flat, M. paraharafia. ! 

S and K. — Sapo, to catch at, M. kapo ; Basala, to be diffused, as a perfume. M. kakara. 

S and H. — A regular interchange between Maori and Samoan. Soa, a companion, M. hoa ; sau, 
dew, M. hau, <&c., &o. 

S and WH. — Asiosio, a whirlwind, M. awhiowhio. 

* and E. — A regular interchange. [' is used to denote a ** break " or catch of the breath, in 
sound between E and H, and used for the former letter.] isl'a, fibres of a root, M. a/ca; *a'«, to 
ascend, M. kake; * at, to eat, M. kai, &g., &o. 

* and y. — Sa*eu, to stir up, S. taveu. 

*loBt.—Uli, a dog, M. kuri; alalu, a cockroach, M.kekererU; tato, bars connecting the out- 
rigger with the caDoe, M. kiato ; io, a long strip of flesh or fish, M. kiko ; tna't, to eat one kind of 
food with another, as sauce, M. kinaki ; ave, a tentacle oi ouUike-fiah, M. kawekawe; avei, the handk - 
o/m mai-bBBket, M. Jtawei. 


' added. — Hvi^ a bone, M. tirt ; *aite, alas I M. arte ; 'e*e, to place upon, M. eke. 

• and T.— eat, 8. va*o, 

W and v. — A xegolar interohange. Fat, fresh water, M. wai ; vae, the leg of an animal, M. 
wae^ Ae., Ac. 

W and F. — Fasi, to split, a piece, M. toahi. 

M and F.-^Filo, a thread ; S. milo, to twist rope. [See Whibo.] 

V and F.—Fato, to eat, 8. va*o. 

WH and F.— A legolar interohange. Fetu, a star, M. tohetu ; /Zi, to plat, M. ir^trt ; /a, four, 
M. wlto, do., Ae. 

H and F. — Fui, a olnster of nuts, M. hui ; fua^ to prodaoe fruit, M. hua ; fono, to hold a ooanoil, 
M. hono ; foty a paddle, M. hoe ; fo% to return, M. hoki. This is a very frequent though irregular 
interchange, and probably points out that the related Biaori words ha?e lost W ; thus Ao«, a paddle, 
should be whoe ; hoki, to return, should be whoki. 

N and T.— NtniTl to adorn. 8. Htifii. 

H Lon. — Put the tail, M. hikuj tUuulu to be bushy, said of the beard, M. huruhuru. 

T Lost.— Ifati'u'u, the finger nail, 8. maVu'u. 

TBAsspoaznoHB. — Namu, a smell, an odour, 8. manu; nivanivat the bow of a native drill, 8. 


The Tahitian words sometimes exchange vowels, but between Maori and Tahitian the inter- 
ehange is more frequent. In the following examples the Tahitian word is placed first, and the 
related Maori or Tahitian word (marked M. or T.) follows. 

Oeoet sharp, pointed, M. koi; fetii, to tie or bind, M. whitiki; hapoi, to carry, T. hopoi; htnaaro, 
affection, IL hinengaro; mamo, progeny, M. momo; marara^ the flying fish, M. maroro; metua and 
SRdMi, a parent, M. matua; pererau, the winglof a fowl, M. parirau; teimahat heavy, T. and M. 
Unmaha; tinai, to extinguish fire, M. tinei; manihinh guests, visitors, M. manuhiri ;'afata, a 
scaffold, T. ihata; mahita, soon angry, T. mahiti; nivanivat unsteady, T. nevaneva; ruiku, well 
regulated, T. MaAonaAo; nf^in/M, neat, T. nehenehe; opai, to drift to leeward, T. opae; arava, tk 
stripe, T. irava; maruuif manageable, T. manee; maua, an old cocoanut tree, T. maui: siira, to 
poli^ clubs, Ae., T. mire; mitaro, accustomed, T. mataro; pahoro, a comb, T. pahere ; rara, to run 
M. rere; renu, a torch, M. and T., rama; tiot, to turn a thing to one side, T. tctoi; taopaopa, to roll, 
T. Uopaopa; tipaopao, to mark for revenge, T. tapaopao; tatiay a girdle, M. and T. tatua; Hatiat to 
carry or convey, T. ttXitf ; ttparu, to flatter, T. taparu; ttpti, to chop, T. tapu; vima and verua^ 
the spirit, T. varua; vitahi, someone, T. vetahi; vihi^ a wrapper, T. vehi. Tia appears often to be 
lued for t«; as, tiapapau, a corpse, M. tupapaku; tia, to stand, M. tu: tiapuna, an ancestor, M. 
tapuna; tiarama, a torch, M. turama^ <tc., <&c. ^Tta, above, is a curious word. It has probably 
been runga, nunga, fwa, nia. 


B and N. — Ramu, a mosquito, T. noma; anuhet common fern, M. aruhe; manii, to be spilling, 
M. maringi; manino, calm, M. marino; manana, vagrant, M. marara; natu, to be brought into some 
dOemma, M. rapu; manaa, manageable, T. maraa; manuhinit visitors, M. and T. manuhiri; nave, 
to be pleased, M. rawe; naupa, to obtain, T. raupa; navai, to suffice, T. ravai; nua^ above, M. runga. 

M and P. — Mahore, to be peeling off, T. and M. pahore ; naunuit to obtain, T. naupa ; mahu, to 
eease, T. pahu ; mahemo, to slip off, T. pahemo ; patia, a spear, M. matia. 

M and WH (F).— ITumaAa, the thigh, M. huwha and T. hufaa ; maha, four, M. wha. 

M and H.— Htro, to twist, M. mtro. 

M Lost. — Teiaha, heavy, T. teimaha ; araea, red earth, Marquesan karamea. 

K Lost. — This is an entire loss. Ai^ the neck, M. kaki ; to, flesh, M. kiko, <fec. <feo. 

K and V.— Ftto, tied, fast-bound, M. kiia. 

NG Lost. — This is an entire loss. Aa, an insult, M. kanga ; aau^ the heart, M. ngakau, Aq. 
Ac, Ac. 

N and NO. — Na, the plural article " the," M. nga ; noi, a knot, M. n^ot. 

N and P. — Natu, to be brought into some dilemma, T. napu; panat, to stand in a line, T. 


N Lost. — Niniare, a species of fish-blubber, T. iiore. 

N and B.— See B and N anU. 

H and M. — See M and H ante. 

H and F.^Aoha, a species of plantain, T. aofa ; pupt, a disease of the foot, T. puha. 

H and WH. — ^fltrtnai, to lean on another, M. whaka-whirinaki. 

H and B.-^Maohi, native, T. and M. Maori. 


H and P. — Hanami, flowing (as the sea), T.pananu. 

H Added. — Humaha, the thigh, T. hufaa, 

H Lost. — Anaanat bright, shining, M. hatuit T. hanahana ; rairai, thin, M. rahirahi ; <mo, to 
join one piece to another, M. and T. hono ; oromi, to disappear, M. horomi ; nohinohit small, T. 
noinoi ; opohe, to be checked in growth, T. opoe, 

P and M. — See M and P ante. 

P and WH (F).— Patirt, thunder, M. whaitiri ; patu, a stone wall, to build with stone, M. 

P and N. — See N and P ante, 

P Lost. — Pafata^ a cage, a box, T. afata 

B Lost. — Vau, eight, M. warn; puamarut agitation of mind, T. ptmtmu, 

T Lost. — Eaumait to be fair after raining, M. ratanati ; ahu^ to be burnt, tahu, 

V and W.— A regular interchange. Vahat the mouth, M. wdha ; vat, water, M. irai, (!to., Ac 

V Added. — Vvira^ lighting, M. and T. tiira. 

WH and F. — A regular interchange. Fax, to oonfess, M. whaM ; fare^ a house, M. whare, Ac 
WH and H.— See H and WH anU. 
WH and M.— Bee M and WH anU, 


In the following examples the Hawaiian word is written first, the oorresponding or related word 
in Maori or Hawaiian (marked M. or H.) following the explanation. 

Hekilif thunder, M. whaitiri ; honey to prick, M. koni ; keehi, to stamp with the foot, M. takahi; 
Jnnait to extinguish, as fire, M. tinei ; koanamimit the bladder, M, tongamimi ; paha^ perhaps, M., 
pea; moo, to carry off, M. mau; mae, to pine in sickness, H. mat ; tooo, to scrape, H. toau; wauket 
the shrub from which a native cloth was made, H. wa^ke ; ir^a, a red dye, H. weo ; irt2a, a ribbon, 
H. wili ; paaa, banana rind, H. paau ; paolo, a bundle, H. puolo ; paho, to sink, H.jpo^ ; pakaki, to 
talk irrationally, H. pakake ; pakelo^ to sUp out of one's grasp, H. pakele ; pakole^ incompetent, H. 
pokole; peheu,ihe wing of a bird, M. pahau; peke, low, not tall, H. pofco ; poWW, puzzling, H. 
pohihiu; pole, to defend off, M. pare ; polemo, to sink in the water, H. palemo ; puepue, to be large 
f(nd plump, H. puipui ; poha, the bursting of a boil, Ac., H. puha ; puhenu, a breathing, H. puhanu ; 
pukoko, to cackle, H. pukaka ; neko, bad smelling, H. niku ; nuhe, sullen, H. nuha ; mehana, heat, 
H. and M. mahana; 2o«a, skill, H. 2ota ; kahi, to cut, H. kahe; kakuwai, a brook, H. kahawai; 
kapuwai, a footstep, M. tapuwae ; keo, white, H. kea, M. tea; kiope, lame, H. kaopa ; kohi, to 
detain, H. kohe ; kunahua, to bend forward in walking, H. kanahua ; kupola, to roll up in a bundle, 
H. kapola ; hai, to break open, H. hae ; hauapu, a yearning, H. hauupu ; haupo, tiie thorax, H. 
houpo ; hakukai, to be stormy, H. hakukoi ; hanu, to breathe, H. hano ; hapakui, to stammer, H. 
hapakue ; heliu, to face about, H. haliu ; henefiene, to laugh in derision, H. henahena ; henuhenu, 
to be smooth, polished, H. hinuhinu ; hilo, to turn, to twist, H. hili ; huikau, to turn topsy-turvy, 
H. huikai ; kukiki, to shiver, H. hukeke ; ume, a lengthening out, H. umi ; umu, to bake, H. tirtu ; 
1^, to desire strongly, H. ipo and upu; oaka, to open as a door, H. uwaka; elelo, the tongue, H. 

alelo; enei, here, H. anei. 


K. — The Maori E is entirely lost in Hawaiian; «.p.. A, to bum, M. ka; aea, to wander, M. kaea; 
ume, to pull, M. kume, <&c., <&c. The Hawaiian E represents the Maori T. There are, however, a 
few cases in which irregularities appear to occur, suggesting that probably the E has been retained. 
Kakakaka, small cracks, M. katakata; kala, a public crier, M. kala; katpa, to flow freely, as 
perspiration, M. kakawa; naku, to root as a hog, M. naku; pekapeka, slander, li.peka^ kumu, a 
species of red fish, M. kumukumu, the gurnard; kuhukuhu, a dove, M. kuku, 

E and T.— The regular interchange of Maori and Hawaiian. Kanaka, a human being, M. 
tangata; kane, a male, M. tane; kai, the sea, M. tat, Ac, <&c. 

E (T) and H. — Wehe, to open, as a door, H. weke; pekekeu, a wing, H. peheu; kike, to sneeze, 
H. kiJie, 

E (T) and F,—Kokoke, near to. H. pokohe; nukanuka, plump, H. m^anupa; koha, the crack of 
a whip, H. poha; hupi, to pull, H. huki; kulehu, to roast, H. puUhu. 

E (T) and M.— JLfa/»'a, to fasten with nails, H. kakia, 

E (T) and L. ^Ekekei, short, H. elehei, 

E (T) hoBT.—Nakele, boggy, H. naele; kalania, smooth, as the sea, H. alania; koaka, valiant, 
H. koaa; kopiko the name of a shrub, H. opiko; hukuhi, to pour water into a vessel, H. ukuhi, 

H and E (T).— See E and H ante. 

H and ^.—Ponaha, circular, H. pohaha ; nehe, a rumour, H. nene. 


H and P. — Hiipu, angry, H. huhu. 

H and M.— Hilo, to twist, milo. 

H and W.— Hiii, to twist, M. irtrt. 

H and WH. — A regular interchange between Maori and Hawaiian. Naha^ to split open, as the 
gronnd, M. ngawha ; kihit the entangling of vines, M. whiwhi, <&o.« <S;c. 

H. Lost. — Upe, moons from the nose, M. hupe; makalui^ to labour long, H. makaluhi ; 
koehaehat morose, H. koea; hehUt mist, H. ehu; hohiUt bald, H. ohule ; homit withered, H. orni; 
ftoptZo, to relapse after sickness, H. opilo ; kuliliy to bum, H. ulili ; hulina, to be soft to the touch, 
H. ulina; hehi^ to trample, H. ehi, 

M and H.— See H and M (ante), 

M and K.— See E and M (ante), 

M and P. — Pai, blight, fading, H. mai ; piula, mule (a modem word), H. miula ; peua, to join 
together, H. meua ; pehe, like as, H. mehe ; mumtt/Ea, bad, H. pupuka. 

M and N. — Kunu, a gentle wind, H. kumu, 

M and W. — WakaikaU to examine, H. makaikai ; komit to press together, H. kowi ; uwala^ the 
sweet potato, M. kumara, 

M Loer. — Maikola, worthless, H. aikola ; uaXa^ the sweet potato, M. kumara, 

N and L (B). — Ununa^ a pillow. If. urunga; hanana^ to flow as water, H. halana; kanulu, heavy, 
H. katamu ; ktdokulohi, to stand in pools, as water, H. kunokunoku ; nanakea, to be weak in body, 
H. lanakea ; nanahu, a coal, H. lanahut M. ngarahu ; mant'm, to spill, M. maringi ; manino, calm, H. 
malino, M. marino ; kalana, to sift, H. kanana ; kunanay to step awry, H. kulana ; hanana^ to flow as 
water, H. halana ; nanaau^ to float on the current, H. lanaau ; nanu, surf, H. nalu^ M. ngaru ; pino- 
pinot bad swelling, H. pilopilo, M. piro ; polohukUt a present, H. polonuku ; nalot lost, H. nano ; nina 
soft to the touch, H. Una ; lanau^ to be sour-tempered, H. nanau, 

N and NO. — A regular interchange of Maori and Hawaiian. Naha, to crack open as the ground, 
M. ngawha; nati, to chew, M. ngau^ Ac, <feo., Ac. 

N and H.— See H and N anU. 

N and M. — See M and N anU. 

N and P. — Nuu^ to swell up, H. pim. 

N or NO Loer. — Naikola, to boast or glory over one, H. aikola ; tot, the sky, H. lani, M. rangi, 

L (or B) and W. — PowekOt eloquent, H. poUko, 

L (or B) and N. — See N and L ante, 

L and K (T).—See K and L anU, 

L (or B) Lost. — KoaU^ to turn round, H. koai , trail, to scrape, M. warn ; pakeaai^ a glutton, H. 

P and M. — See M and P ante, 

P and H.— See H and P anU. 

P and N.— See N and P anU. 

P and E.~See K and P anU. 

P Lost. — Peheu^ the wing of a bird, H. eheu ; ponaha^ circular, H. onaha ; puha^ to hawk up 
muens in the throat, H, uha ; puke^ to strike, H. uke ; pulu^ wet, H. ulu. 

W and U. — Wila, lightning, H. uila ; naueue, to vibrate, H. nawewe ; luilaau, to cry out, H. 

W Lost. — LauwiU, unstable, H. lauili. 

W Addbd. — Hua, to be jealous, H. huwa; nat, to open or shut as a door, H. uwai; uao^ to inter- 
fere, H. uwao; uahi, a cloud, H. uwahi ; ue, to jerk, H. uwe ; ut, to wring H. uwi ; uo, to cry out, H. 
uwo : auet alas I H. auwe ; vau, I, M. au; kauo^ to haul a load, H. kauwo ; wewe, the placenta, M. 
ewe; huua^ full, H. Jtuuwa; pupua, a blossom, "B-pupuwa; laoa^ to bundle up, H. laowa. 

In the following examples the Tongan word is written first, the related Tongan or Maori word 

(marked T. or M.) following. 


Eikiy a chief, M. ariki; efiafl, evening, M. ahiahi; elelo, the tongue, M. arero ; eku^ my, B|* a^; 

wuanahif pain, M. mamae ; ofato, the name of an insect, M. awhato ; unafi^ the caterpillar, M. anuhe; 

fefie, firewood, M. wahU; mele, to cough, M. mare ; 2uo, a cave, M. rua ; tagamimi, the bladder, M. 

tongamimi ; tokoto, to lie down, M. takoto ; malu, soft, T. molu, soft ; kemo, to wink, M. kimo ; kofUt 

a garment, M. kahu, 


H and K.^ — Sake, to aioend, M. ketke; habu, the banana leaf tied at each end to hold water, M. 
H and JEL — X/Huhit dark blue, M* uriuri ; bihihi, to cleave to, M. pipiri 


H and F.—Efiafi, evening, M. ahiaki ; hifo, down, M. iho; afi, fire, M. ahi; fuji, to deplume, 
M. huti, 

H and S. — Tuha. equal, T. tusa. 

H Lost. — Agai, the corresponding opposite, M. hangai. 

H Inserted. — Hake^ upwards, M. ake ; hala, a road, M. ara; hifo down, M. iho ; uha^ rain, M. 
ua ; haamo, to carry on the shoulders, M. amo ; lohut a forked stick used for twisting off bread fruiti 
M. rou ; toho, to drag, M. to ; haku^ my, M. aku ; hiva, nine, M. iwa ; honge^ scarce, M. onge ; vahe, 
to divide, M. voawae ; fuhU a bunch, M. hm, 

E and H. — See H and E ante. 

E and N. — Hoko^ to apply, to join, M. hono, 

E and T— Tdtava, sour, M. kawa ; iki^ small, M. iH; fekilokilofakif to stare about. (M. 
probably a compound of tirot to look. It is the more curious because the Tongan comparative of 
tiro iajio.) 

E and G (NG). — Gauafi^ a fire stick, M. kauahi. 

E Inserted. — Kau, I, M. au, 

E Lost. — Aitoa^ an expression of pleasure at the misfortunes of another, M. kaitoa. 

M and B« — Bahabaha, light, not heavy, M. nuand; malUt loose, soft, M. paru, 

B and P.—Begular interchange of Tongan and Maori. Ba, a fence, M. pa ; baba^ a board, M. 
papa, ; ba^, a sill, M. pae, Ac, <&c. 

y and W.—Begular interchange of Maori and Tongan. Vale, foolish, M. ware; valu, eight, M. 
warn, <&c., Ac. 

M and B. — See B and M ante. 

N and L (B). — Neka, joy, M. reka; nunu, to gather together, M. mru; nima, five, M. rima. 

L and B. — Begular interchange between Maori and Tongan. Loto, inside, M. roto, (&c., &c. 

F and B. — Fuga, high, M. runga. 

F and WH. — Begular interchange between Maori and Tongan. Fa, to feel after, M. wha; faji, 
to break, M. whati, &c., <&c. 

P and S. — Sai, good, M. pat. 

L (B) Lost. — Tamaiki, chidren, M. tamariki; mux, behind, M. muri; ama, a torch, M. rama; 
ogo, to hear, M. rongo; ua, two, M. rua; uku, to dive, M. ruku; jio, to look, M. tiro; uiui, black, M. 
uriuri; tut, the knee, M. turi; vau, to scrape, M. waru. 

J and T. — Tamajii, a small boy, M. tamaiti; qji, to be finished, M. oti; koji, to cut with 
scissors, M. koti; faijijili, a thunderbolt, M. ir^tttn and whatitiri; fa^i, to break, M. whati; 
jiOf to look, M. tiro; mtfityt, to suck, M. miti; fuji, to deplume, M. huti» 


The Barotongan of this dictionary also includes Mangaian. No dictionary or vocabulary of the 
Hervey Islands dialect is procurable, but one is now in course of construction by the Bcv. W. 
Wyall Gill, B.A., and students of Polynesian are looking forward with interest to the completed 
work of this devoted scholar and historian. Until the book can be obtained, any attempt to classify 
the irregular letter-changes would be premature. A constant difference from Maori and most other 
Polynesian dialects is the complete absence of the letter H in Barotongan. Thus: Jnu, oil, M 
hinu; ara, a sin, M. hara; maara, to think, M. mahara, <&c. So strongly is this dislike of the 
aspirate maintained, that words spelt in Maori with wh (the Polynesian /;, lose the w also in 
Barotongan; e.g., a, four, M. wha, Samoan/a; anau, to be bom, M. whanau, Ac, Ac. 


In the following examples the Marquesan word precedes, and the related Maori word (marked 
M.) follows. 


Etna, a god, M. atua; meama, the moon, M. marama; metaki, wind, M. matangi; menino, calm, 
M. martno; metau, a hook, M. mafau; tehito, old, M. tawhito; tuehine, sister, M. tuahine ; tekahi, 
to trample, M. takahi; vehie, firewood, M. wahie; vefnne, a woman, M. wahine; kouvae, the chin, 
M. kauwae; toua, war. M. taua; toua, a rope, M. taura; mounu, bait, M. maunu; pootu, elegant, M. 
purotu ; tokete, brother-in-law, M. taokete ; kaake, the armpit, M. keke ; tokoau, the north-east, M. 


H and B. — Piahiahi, dear, M. ptart. 

H and W. — Haha, the mouth, M. waha, 

H and WH.— Hafoa, shelves, M. whata; hati, to break, M. whati; hatiitii, thunder, M. 

lHTB0I>tJ01*I0N. xzi* 

K and T. — M<ikamakaiimat a finger {MJj.^matamatariHma). 

E and KG. — Haka, to work, M. hanga ; hoki, to smell, to kiss, M. hongi ; iki, to spill, M. 
rimgi; ikoa, a name, M. ingoa ; inaka, the name of a small fish, M. inanga; kaahu^ charcoal, M. 
ngarahu ; kdhae, a tear, a rent. M. ngahae ; kaveka, a burden, M. kawenga ; mako, the shark, M. 
wiango; oko, to listen, M. rongo ; potakot a dark night, M. potangotango, 

K lofit. — Ate-puapua, the longs (M. pukapuka); kaa-metau, to fear, M. whaka-mataku ; tmi, to 
leek. M. kimi ; tnat, a relish, M. kinaki; inoinOt a bad man, M. kino; paa, ripe, M. paka ; umete^ 
a chest, a box, M. kttmete ; upeka, a net, M. kupenga, 

B Lost. — This is almost absolutely lost. Paaoat a Sperm-whale, M. paraoa; poi^ a tribe, M* 
pofi ; too, the taro plant, M. taro ; iki, to poor out, M. ringi ; ekaeka, pleasure, M. rekarekat 

y and W. — ^A regular interchange between Marqnesan and Maori. Vehitu^ a woman, M. 
waMnet Ac., Ae. 

M and P. — ifotiptina, a grandchild. Marqnesan also poupuna (Maori, mokopuna), 
N and NG. — Na, the (ploral article), M. nga; nutu, the head (probably M. ngutu), 
N and B. — Memno, calm, M. marino ; ntno, to spin, M. rino. 

In the following examples the Mangarevan word precedes the explanation, and the Maori word 
(marked M.) follows. 


Tekere, a keel, M. takere; teito, ancient, M. tawhito; tepeira, a qoeen, M. tapairu; teturit wax 
in the ear, M. taturi; vehie, firewood, M. wahie; veine^ a wife, M. wahine; ermhe^ a caterpillar, M. 
anuhe; erero^ language, M. arero (tongue); kerere, a messenger, M. karere; megeOj to itch, M. 
mangeo; merigi, to spill, M. maHngi; merino^ calm, M. marino; nenea, to abound M. nanea; pehau, 
a wing, M. pahau; pererauy a wing, M. parirau; ptremo, drowned, M. paremo; mehinet an old 
woman, M. ruahine; karoii, a hook, M. karau; kotmiattiaj an old man, M. kaumatua; kouae, the 
jaw, M. kauae; noumati^ summer, M. raumati; kourima^ a fire-stick, M. kauritnarima ; mohore^ 
peeled, M. mahore; mohora, expanded, M. mahora; motOt raw, M. mata; motua, father, M. matva; 
numfiu, bait, M. mauna; hue, to collect, M. hui; tuhuga, skilled, M. tohunga; tohuhu, a ridge-pole, 
M. tahuhu; aka-tokoto, to lay, to place, M. whaka-takoto ; tokuri, upside down, M. tahuri; toua, 
war, M. taua; Ummaha, an offering, M. taumaha; toutoru, Orion (a constellation), M. tautoru. 


H and B. — Tiho, to examine, M. tiro. 

H and K — Aka-makara, to think upon, M. whaka-mahara, 

H Lost. — VhuU, to pull up by the roots, M. huhuti; uha, the thigh, M. huwka; uka, foam from 
the mouth, M. huka; una, to hide, M. huna; oa, a friend, M. hoa; oaga, a whetstone, M. hoanga; 
ogi, to kiss, M. hongi; oha, wearied, M. hoha; oko, to barter, M. hoko; ono, to join, M. hono; aea, 
when. M. ahea; anga, to work, M. hanga; ape, a crooked foot, M. hape; amama, to yawn, M. 
hamama; amu, to eat scrape, •M. hamu; ana, heat, M. hana; ari, to carry, M. hari; iga, to fall, M. 
Unga; inaki, a fish-basket, M. hinaki; kou, low clouds, M. kohu; nuuina, warm, M. mahana, 

K and NG. — Ngiengie, the pandanus, M. kiekie (a related plant). 

E Addxd. — Aka-kata, a mirror, M. whaka-aXa, 

E Lost. — Aumaiua, old, M. kaumatua; ave, trailers, rope, Ac, M. kawe ; inaki, a relish, M. 

M and P. — Oho-pangu, black hair, {pangu=^. mangu, black). Urupatiu, west a-quarter-south, 
and urupatoga, south a-quarter-west (the|>a here=M. ma, and). 

M Lost. — Kakaraea, red ochre (Paumotan and M. karamea), 

N and B (or L). — Aka-tino, to look at, M. whaka-tiro ; noumati, summer, M. raumati. 

P and M. — See M and P ante, 

B and N.— See N and B ante. 

B Lost. — Ehu, ashes, Polynesian generally, rehu. 

V and W. — A regular interchange between Mangareran and Maori. Ivi, a bone, M. itoi; iva, 
nine, M. iwa, <tc., Ac. 

W (V) Lost. — Aha, the month, M. waha. 

y and WH.-— Fto, to whistle, M. whio. 

WH Lo6T. — Angai, to feed, M. whangai; ahao, to put in a bag, M. whawhao; etu, a star, M. 
whetu; ariki, a mat, M. whariki; ati, to break, M. whati; attUiri, thunder, M. iff^tta'n; ea, 
where f M.whea; eke, the octopus, M. wheke; enua, shallows, ll.whenwjL (l&udV, itu>^'««ii^lA. 

nil. lNTR0l)tJCH01^. 

This dialect, although in balk Polynesian, has been ** crossed ** with some foreign tongue in a 
very remarkable manner. The numerals and many of the vital words are utterly strange to the 
Maori linguist ; but, on the other hand, the Polynesian words have been preserved with great purity 
of sound and accuracy of meaning. The following examples may serve to show the presence of the 
foreign element. The Paumotan word is placed first, and tiie related Maori word (marked M.) follows. 

UpoupOt heart (mind), M. ngakau; ntmo, heart of a tree, M. uho; hipa, to see, M. kite; veke^ a 
fault, M. hara; pepenUf a head, M. upoko; kama, stupid, M. kuware; togari^ sweat, M. kakawa; 
tttari, to follow, M. what; poiiru, a kidney, M. whatukuhu; keka, a road, M. ara; toau, salt, M. 
mataitai; konaOf Bione, M, kowhatu ; aveke^ canoe, M. waka; touiti, rain, M. ua; toiio, egg, M. 
hua ; keiga, bone, M. iwi ; kave, nephew, M. iramutu ; tarena, sinew, M. uaua ; paku, cloud, M. 
kapua; kavake, moon, M. marama; tate, fish-hook, M. matau; mori^ oil, M. hinu; kerikeri, the 
liver, M. ate ; puka forest, M. ngahere ; tuetue, large, M. nui ; teke, fruit, M. hua ; kaihora, smoke, 
M. auahi ; niganiga^ mud, M. paru ; neki, korure^ rotika, fire, M. ahi, kapura ; orari (o rari), one, 
M. tahi; eite {e ite), two, M. rtui; egeti (e geti), three, M. torn; eope (e ope)^ four, M. wha ; ekeka, 
emiha {e keka, e mt'Aa), five, M. rima ; ehene {e hene), six, M. ono ; ahito {a hito), seven, M. whitu ; 
ehava (e hava)^ eight, M. waru; enipa {e ntpa), nine, M. iwa; horihori, ten, M. tekau; makaro^ son, 
M. tama ; mru, good, M. pai ; manemanea, finger, M. matihao ; komOt water, M. wai ; titit slave, M. 
taurekareka, p&nonga ; kaifa, husband, M. tane ; mahoU horohoro, spirit, soul, M. toairua ; kamoke, 
to count, M. tatau; kega, ladder, M. arawhata; tapurena, ashes, M. pungareha; manania^ girl, M. 
hinet kotiro; morire, woman, M. wahine; paneke, fot, M. momona. 

These words, however, are few compared with the Polynesian words in the dialect, and them- 
selves have the Polynesian phonology. In the following examples the Paumotan word precedes, 
and the related Maori word (marked M.) follows. 


Motoro, adultery, M. matoro; hopoi, to lift, M. hapai; horau, a shed, M. wJiarau; mararaf the 

flying-fish, M. maroro; ketaketa, solid, M. kita; kakalalo, the cockroach; M. kekereru; kviru, the 

eel, M. koiro, 


H and B. — Maohi, indigenous, M. maori; tohet the anua, M. tore, 

HAddbd. — Hoge, scarcity, M. oge; mahuga, a mountain, M. maunga; hanuhet a caterpillar, 

M. anuhe. 

H Lost. — Araif to guide, M. arahi; poutu, to splash, M. pohutu, 

K and NG. — Outu, a louse, M. ktUu. 

K Added. — Beko^ speech, M. reo, 

M and P. — Parau, to speak, Paumotan marau, 

M Lost. — Ote, to suck, M. mote, 

N and B. — Kirokiro, vile, M. kino. 

N and NO. — RararU, a row or rank, M. rarangi, 

B Added. — Ruruga, a bolster, M. unmga. 

T Lost. — Tureirei,' to pitch up and down, as a ship, M. turetireti. 


The inhabitants of the Chatham Islands (which lie about 400 miles to the eastward of New 
Zealand) speak a corrupt form of Maori. It has been asserted that the Moriori are the autochthones 
of New Zealand driven forth by the Polynesian immigrants ; but investigation proves them to have 
been of Polynesian speech and traditions. Their language is a sub-dialect of New Zealand Maori, 
differing little (save in a slovenly dropping of vowels) from that of their brothers on the larger islands. 
Exception must be made in two curious particulars. They have the tch sound as used in the 
Friendly Islands, and unknown in New Zealand : thus, the Maori word tamaiti, a child, is pronounced 
by the Moriori as tchimitehi. The other peculiarity is a very interesting and puzzling phenomenon 
in comparative philology, viz., that the Causative takes the form hoko^ used in Eastern Polynesia, 
and not whaka {hakat akct, faka, fa*at Ao.), common to New Zealanders, Samoans, Tongans, Baro- 
tongans, Ac. 

The Moriori dialect has preserved in its long isolation some ancient and precious words lost to 
the vocabulary of New Zealand; except for this, it would hardly deserve notice as a separate dialect. 


Many words of languages spoken in Oceania and the Malay Archipelago are presented in this 

Dictionary as being possibly related to Maori It is by no means certain that they are Polynesian 

war^a adoi>ted bj the speakers, nor that the Polynesians have received the words ^m their neigh- 

^aiv, nor even that thejr bad a oomxnon sonroe; bat as they resemble Polynesian in sound or sense 



(sometimes in both), it is possible that they may throw light on some pbase of meaning which has 
sot been preserved elsewhere. They are valuable also for the tracing of letter-changes ; bot these 
letter-changes are so difficult to bring under law that no attempt is made in the present volume to 
arrange their multitudinous diversity. 

Of these, however, the Fijian deserves a brief special notice. The language of the Fiji or Yiti 
Islands contains Polynesian words to the extent of nearly a third of its whole vocabulary ; the rest 
is derived from Melanesia and other sources foreign to the Maori people. With the exception of a 
regular change of v for Polynesian h (as vono, to join, Poly, hono ; voti, new, Poly, hou, (fee.), and a 
few irregular changes, as th (printed c) for k and h {thalut to err, M. hara; thalo, to scoop out, M. 
han>, Ac), t for t {gusu, the lip, M. ngutu), Ae., the Polynesian words are pure and permanent. 

Another Extra Polynesian language, that of Madagascar, is of special interest, on account 
of tbe great distance separating its speakers from those in whose tongue are found many kindred 
words. How far this kindred may be traced it is difficult to say ; but it is certain that words having 
affinity in both sound and meaning may be found in Malagasy and Polynesian. It is probable that 
the real affinity is rather between Malay and Malagasy ; but some words which modem Malays do 
not share with their brothers in the "Great African Island" appear to find relationship in the 
Polynesian vocabulary. 

The absence of the vowel u in Malagasy necessitates the comparison of Polynesian words having 
either « or o; but the likeness is very apparent. In tbe following examples the Malagasy word is 
placed first, and the related Polynesian word (marked P.) follows. 

Ovi, a yam, P. uwhi, or ufi; nao, thine, P. nau; havokavokat the lungs, F,pukapuka; voy, the 
act of rowing, P. Aoe, to paddle; volo, hair, P. hulUt or fulu, hum; voa, seed, P. Aua, or/ua, fruit; 
tona, an eel, P. tuna; roa, two, P. rua^ or Uui; rozirozU weariness, P. ruhU we9xy. 

As an example how deceptively the letter-changes may cloak a real affinity, I will present the 
Malagasy word vorondolOt an owl, as equivalent to Maori rum, an owl. Voro is used as an equivalent 
for ** feathers," the Polynesian huruhuru: the v (as in above examples) = A, and o = u. The 
Malagasy, however, use vorona as a general name for birds (probably i.e. '' the feathered creatures"), 
as vorombola, a peacock; varomahailala, a pigeon. The nd of ndolo may be considered as equivalent 
to tbe Fijian, in which every d is nd; and as d is merely a form of r and I (dikydiky =? likyUky; 
roa — MaJay dua^ Ac), and o su, therefore dolo is a form of ruru. Thus voro-ndolo means *'bird- 
ruru " ; and unlikely as at first sight appears the relationship, it is probable. 

On the other hand, I have not beeif able hitherto to trace even a possible affinity between 
Malagasy and Maori in more than one hundred words out of ten thousand in each language. 

In Malay, the so-called affinities are disappointing as to the number a Polynesian scholar 
would expect to find, after having rcud the works of many writers who have boldly asserted the near 
reUtionship of the Malay and Polynesian languages, and after having heard the Maori so often 
spoken of as being a branch of the Malayo-Oceanic family. The numerals are only parallel as far 
as five ; the Tagal and Malagasy being far more sympathetic. Many important Malay words, such 
18 those for sky, fire, root, hill, eye, <&c., resemble Polynesian, and are almost certainly related, but 
other vital words, such as sun, moon, mother, son, tree, smoke, <&c., have no apparent likeness, and 
the bulk of the two vocabularies is not comparable. The resemblances of Polynesian to Malay words 
ire often to Sanscrit and Arabic words which have been adopted into the Malay vocabulary. These 
remarks do not apply to all the languages spoken in the islands of the Malay Archipelago, where 
dialects are sometimes to be found having far greater affinity with Maori than the Malay of the 
mainland possesses. 





















« (a break) 







































































WH . 






For H 


For H 

* NoTS.— Althoui^ NO is represented by O in BamoaD, Tongan, Mangarevan, and Pa\un.o\axk A\^ otA-^ 
ifpUti to tlM wiltten eharaeiar. Tbe a if asss»eed, and is prononnoed as KG. 



Many words in oommon use among the Maori people of to-day will not be found in this 
Dictionary. These are words adopted from the Europeans, mainly for objects not indigenous to 
New Zealand, or unknown among the Natives prior to the advent of the strangers. Such words 
are ^'Ao, horse ; kaUt cow; poti, boat; Aperira^ April; Tihema^ December, <fec., &c. The whole 
English Dictionary travestied into Maori form might have been introduced into the present work if 
any of these bastard words had been admitted ; and the Author has been compelled to draw the line 
rigidly in favour of the pure and undefiled native language (so far as he has been able to distinguish 
it), and to avoid any use of adopted words. 


A full Index to these will be found in the Appendix. 


A. H. M., "Ancient History of the Maori," by 
J. White. 

App., Appendix to Dictionary. 

Ar. M., ''Aryan Maori," by Edward Tregear. 

Auth., Authority. 

Bot., Botany. 

Ool., Bev. W. Ck>lenso, F.B.S., F JJ.S. 

Of., Compare (confero). 

Cms., Crustacea. 

Gent., Central. 

C. 0. D., C. 0. Davis, Native Interpreter, Author 
of " Maori Mementoes," <&c. 

OoL Nom., "Nomenclature," by W. Colenso, 

Dimin., Diminutive. 

Ent., Entomology. 

Ext. Poly., Extra Polynesian. Dialects spoken 
in localities not inhabited by the fair Poly- 

Fig., Figuratively. 

Fem., Feminine. 

Eko., Exodas, Ekoruhe (Bible). 

F. P. B., I Pomander's "Polynesian Bace." 

G.-8, Appendix to Journal, House of Bepresenta- 

tives, G..8, 1880. 
O. P., Sir G. Grey's "Poems, Traditions, and 

Chaunts of the Maoris" (Ko nga Moteatea 

me nga Hakirara o nga Maori), 
Geog., Geographical. 
Ham., Samuel, Hamuera (Bible). 
Her., Jeremiah, Heremaia (Bible). 
H. H., "Histoire de Tarchipel Havaiien," par 

Jules Bemy. 
Hip., Hebrews, Nga Hiperu (Bible). 
Hoa., John, Hoani (Bible). 
Hoh., Joshua, Hohua (Bible). 
Hopa, Job, Hopa (Bible). 
Ich., Ichthyology. 
i.e., that is {id est), 
Iha., Isaiah, Ihaia (Bible). 
Ika, "Te Ika a Maui," by Bev. B. Taylor. 

Ed. 1856. 
J. L. N., "Narrative of a Voyage to New Zea- 
land," by J. L. Nicholas. 
J. P., "Jottings in the Pacific," by W. Wyatt 

Gill, B.A. 
Eai, Ecclesiastes, Te Kai Kauwhau (Bible). 
Ken., Genesis, Kenehi (Bible). 

5°*l I Korimako, a newspaper. 

L. A., Lorrin Andrews, Author of Hawaiian 

Lit., Literally. 

Z. P., "LUe ot Patnone/' by 0. 0. Davis. 
Ma,, Matthew, Mattu (Bible), 

Mak., Mark, Maka (Bible). 

Met., Metaphorically. 

M.L., In Maori letters, %,e, as if written by a 

New Zealander. 
M. M;. " Maori Mementoes," by C. 0. Davis. 
Mol., Mollusca. 
M. S., " Maori Customs and Superstitions," by 

John White ; bound up with " History and 

Traditions of the Maoris," by T. W. Gud- 
MSS., Manuscripts. The Mauscripts quoted 

are three sent to author. One by C. 0. 

Davis, another by W. Colenso, and a third 

by a native chief. 
M. & S., " Myths and Songs of the South 

Pacific," by the Rev. W. Wyatt GiU, B.A. 
Myth., Mythology. 
N.Z., New Zealtmd. 
Neh., Nehemiah, Nehemia (Bible). 
Nga., Proverbs, Nga Whakatauki (Bible). 
Nga Mahi, Acts of the Apostles, Nga Maki a nga 

Apotoro (Bible). 
Obs., Obsolete. 
Om., Ornithology. 
Pass., Passive. 
Plu., Plural. 
Prov., Proverb. 
P. M., "Polynesian Mythology," by Sir G. Grey. 

Ed. 1885. 
Ban., Daniel, Raniera (Bible). 
Becip., Beciprocal. A grammatical term, as 

"We love one another," "They clasped 

Bew., Leviticus, Rewhitikuha (Bible). 
Bntu, Buth, Butu (Bible). 
S. E. T., "Emption of Tarawera," by Percy 

Smith, FJt.G.S. 
S. B., " Maori BeUgion and Mythology," by Dr. 

Shortland, M.A. 
S. N. Z., " The Southern Districts of New Zea- 
land," by Dr. Shortland, M.A. 
S. T., " Tractions and Superstitions oi the New 

Zealanders," by Dr. Shortland, M.A. 
Syn., Synonym. 

Tau., Numbers, Tauanga (Bible). 
Tin., Deuteronomy, Tiuteronomi (Bible). 
Trans., Transactions of New Zealand Institute. 
Wai., Psahns, Nga Waiata (Bible). 
Wak., Waka Maori, a newspaper. 
W. T., ) Papers in Transactions of New 

Wohl., Trans., j Zealand Institute, by Bev. Mr. 

W. W., "New Zealand Dictionary," by Ven. 

Archdeacon Williams. 
Zool., Zoology, 
s. equal to. 




f^ the collar-bone : Te a o te kakL Cf. ahei, 
' the collax-bone. 2. The temples of the 
head : Nga a o nga kanohi. 
Tongan— cf. a, the jaw-bone. Hawaiian 
— cf. a, the jaw-bone, cheek-boue; iwia^ the 
jaw-bone. Tahltlan — cf. tcui, the chin or 
jaw-bone. Mangarevan — kouaa, the lower 
jaw : as kouae^ jaw ; for kauae. 

A, to drive, urge, compel. Cf. hoa^ to aim a blow 
at, by throwing [see Hawaiian] : Ka aia atu 
ratou e Aperahama — Ken. xv. 11. 

Ha'walian — ho-a, (for hoo-a = whaka-a^) 
to beat ; (6.) to drive as cattle. Samoan — 
ef. a^', to drive, chase ; aga, to do. Tahltlan 
— a, a method of catching men, beasts, or 
fishes by a long reach or sweep ; to sweep by 
forming a long reach, in order to catch men, 
beasts, &c. Ext. Poly.: Aneityutn — cf. a, 
to do ; ahaUt to chase, pursue ; arei, to prick 
or gosrd, as cattle ; to drive away, as fowls from 
a plantation. 

A| God, the Deity (one auth.) ; cf. attut^ a god. 
Samoan — Cf . aid^ to have authority over ; 
aoao, to be supreme. Hawailan^f. ao, to 
regard with reverence. Tongan — cf. aoao, 
supreme, sovereign ; ooRtu,* omnipresent, 
luf angarevan- cf. oo, reign, authority. 
Pauxnotan — cf. a, fundamental ; rudiment. 
Marquesan — cf. A, the sun (for ra). Tahl- 
tlan— -ef. Aot Heaven, the state of the blessed ; 
the good reign of a prince. Ext. Poly.: Tagal 
— ct Yaua, a deity. 

A, plnral of particle to. [See Ta.] 

A, prefix to proper names, pronouns, &c, : Ka ui 
atu ki aia; * Kei whea a Whakatau,* — P. M., 

Tongan — a, a prefix used before the names 
of persons in the nominative and oblique cases. 
Raratongan — a, a prefix to proper names : 
E angai mamoe a Abela ; Abel was a keeper of 

A, of, belonging to : Ko Hinepiripirit te wahine 
a Tawhaki — P. M., 47. 2. At, of future time : 
Ka ki atu a Rata, *A whea ara ai te marama t * 
— P. M., 56. 3. After the manner of. 
Samoan — a, of, belonging to : Na te tata- 
laina le noanoaga a tupu; He looses the bonds 
of kings. Ha^walian— a, of : Kahi i waiho 
ai na kua olelo a Pit ; Where were deposited 
the words of PiL (6.) Into ; (c.) at ; [d.) be- 
longing to : O PalUulit aina huna a Kane ; O 
Pariuri, hidden land oi Tone, Marquesan \ 



— a, of, belonging to : Umoi oe e otuto atu i te 
fae a to hoa ; Tou shall not covet your friend's 
house. Tongan — a, of, or belonging to : Bea 
iiau lea^ o heheage * a Sisa* ; They answered and 
said * CsBsar's.' Mangalan — a, of, belonging 
to : Kua tangi te ike a Mueu ; The nudlet of 
Mueu is sounding. Mangarevan — a, of, or 
belonging to : Te kai a toku motua ; My fa- 
ther's food. (6.) It is ; that is : A koe tena ; 
It is you ! (cf. N.Z. tena koe.) (c.) Placed 
before a numeral : e toru a mano; tnree thou- 
sand. Ani'wa — a, of. 

A ! an interjection or exclamation : A t waiho ra, 
me rapu ake e tatki, te matenga, te oranga, 
Ha'Birailan — A ! Lo ! behold ! Samoan — 
A ! interjection of surprise. 

AE, ' Yes,' in answer to affirmative question, and 
* No,' in answer to a negative one : Ka mea 
vfuii ratoUf * Ae! e tika ana ua au' — P. M., 18.. 

Whaka-AE, to consent; to give consent: Kaore 
ia i whakaae kia wehea raua. — P. M., 8.: 
Whakaae ana a Karihi 'Ae.* — P. M., 60. 
Samoan — cf. at, probably ; «, Yes ; oe. Yes ; 
ioe. Yes. Tahltlan — ae, Yes : but qualified 
by tone of voice. Hawaiian— ae, Yes ; as- 
sent, approval, consent, agreement : K pai na 
lima, a£ na waha ; The hands strike, the 
mouths assent. Marquesan — ae, to con- 
sent. Cf. e. Yes. Mangarevan — cf. ae, 
always, i,e, continuously ; e, Yes ; he. Yes. 
Morlori— cf. e. Yes. Mangaian—ae, Yea. 
Harotongan— cf. a, Ycs. 

AEAEA (a4a£a), to rise to the surface. Cf. ea, to 
appear above water ; mnea, to emerge. 

Whaka-AEAEA, to pant for breath. 2. To utter 

Tahltlan — aeae, the state of being out of 
breath, breathless; aeaca, to be exhausted, 
breathless ; ha-aeae, the gasping of a person 
near death ; fuUness ; shortness of breath in 
consequence of eating too much. Cf. aepau, 
the last dying breath ; a bequest by a father 
to his son ; wisdom or learning obtained by a 
son from his father ; taaaeae, to lie gasping 
for breath. Mangarevan — aeaea, to respire 
with difficulty ; to have pain in breathing. 

AEHA, an interjection of contempt. 

AERO, to dwindle, to become less and less. 

AEWA, to wander. Cf. kaea, to wander ; kaewa, 
wandering; maeioa, to ^8Jito. '2^. To c&x^^xsi- 
navigate (one auth.). 


Hawaiian — aea, to vander, wandering, a 
wanderer, a vagabond: A t lila ana nu i jba- 
vakama jm hi iufira tcale; I ahall be a wan- 
dering man and a vagftbond. (6.) To remoTe, 
or be removed; [i".) unstaWe, shifty; (ri.) to 
tOEB or throw back the hend. hb a pereon with 
pride ; ho-aea, to pretend to wander, to asaume 
a vagabond appearauoe ; cf. hakaaxa, a wan- 
dering sUr, a planet. 

AEWA (myth.), the ancient name of the Uarava 
tribe— S. T,. 25. 2. A name of the ' Living 
Water of Tane ' [aes Waioha] : the great 
lake of Aswa— A. H. M., i. H2, 

AHA, What? (of inanimate objects only); He 
aha ta nufou t mea ai ki toku ariki — Ken. 
xliv. 16. 2. or what kind r Ka titiro ai i le 
whtiiua, he aha runn— Tan., liii. 18. 3. What- 
ever. 4. To do vhat? to do what to? A'o icai 
hei ki atu ki a ia ■)« aJut ana kat /'—Hopa., 
is. 13. 
Tahltlan— Aha, What? How? Why? E 

kot ! What is this ye Bay to me. ■ Whut aiielh 
thee?' Alao Eaha, What? ol inqair]'. Cf 

• tauaha. What ia it f Tongan—Eha, What ? 
What of it? Oha, What?— Ko eha nau, oku 
ke ka'u ai mot knkai belif ! What ails yon to 
come with such acompsny? cf. Koeha, What? 
Rarolongan— Eaa. What? Ena laku nti i 
rave f What have I done 1-^Eaa taleii e ora'i 
i tf reira tangala t How will this man serve 
Oi' Aa, Why? Wherefore? How?— f; tt ka- 
ranga nei kmitou e, ' So It aa ra f Yet jo 
say. 'Wherefore?' Hawaiian— Aha, to do 
what ? Why ? Wherefore ?— / a^ la au, no kt 
aha! I said 'What for?'— Zajtu la aa, heaha 
ka pona .' I said ' What is proper t" he done ? ' 
{b.j An interjection of Hurprine. Samoan — 
cf. AI Whot*-/a'a-n.' Like what? How? 
Marquesan— Aha, What? lie aha le haaa 
Itiux atua t What ia tlie work of that god ? 
CI. meaha. Why? unahii, Why? Manga^ 
reVan—Aha (u) an eiolumaiiou of BBlonisb 
ment or admiration ; Eaha, What ? What is 
it 1 Which 1—Kaha to kae liaga } What ia 
yonr device? Anlwfan — Taha, What (for 
Ta-aha) 1 Taha aia ntimna ialakui ; What he 
did to thee? Ct. Tiaha, Why ? Paumotan 
-Aha, What? Whioh? Eil. Poly. : SiRa- 
yana-ot. Ae-aha, What ? Ftaha, What ? 

AHAKA {akgka], bent like a hook. Cf. haka, 
abort in stature ; hake, humped, crooked. 

AHAKOA, although: dhakoa lnkoinaha ki rata 
ki te wlutre.—B. M., HI. 3. Nevertheless. 3. 
Whether, or: Aliakoa karareht, ahah<a la- 
*gala, e kort t ora — Eko. lii. 19. i. ' He aha- 
too.'nged in the sense of 'Nevermind,' 'What 
of that V^lle akakoa, tukva alu nunta nti ko 
te Tamatta ki te woona ahauiluii.—li.-B, 20. 
Cf. aba, What? and its camparativ>». Mo- 
riori — Ihakoa, allbougb. 

AHAKU, my; tome: belonging to me; a leng- 
thened form cf akii. iny, and plaral of Inh'iku. 
my [see Taeu and Tirakitj: Ka mutu ana 
nju tamariki ,ihaku, ko cBu.-Wohl., Trans., 
vii. 37. 
Tongan— ct, haku, taj; haaka, mine. 

AHANA, faia, belonging to him: a lengthened 
form of ana ; the plural of talta-aa {lana). Cf 

AHAU, 1, me. Often au, and somelimea (in the 
South Isknd) auau : Ka mea atu a Whaka- 
tau, ' &e, ko oJiau.'- P. M., Gl. South Island 
also awau : NuJiou ano oiona.- Wohl., Trang., 
vii. 37. 

Samoan— A'u, \\ Va ao maijoi ia tt ou le 
nKu na au viala'a ai ; What 1 waa afraid ol 
has come to me. Cf. atu, I. Tahftlan— Vaj, 
1 ; also Au, and ovau : Van iin inaha. te 
fafau nti au i (u'u neifaufaa ia Outou ; And 1, 
behold, I establish my agreement with you. 
Hawaiian— Au, I, me. The (onna wau, oau, 
Owau, are also used : Aole laake aa e hault i 
ka liiaa c katiaka j Let me not fall into the 
hands of men : O Kaulii nei irau. ke kama o 
Ki:}a»a ; I am Tanrn, the child of Tarangs. 
Tongan— Au, I. Also Kau, Keu, I; Neu, I 
(always in the past tense) ; Te, 1 : Ke tamaUH 
□u, bea If a auha, ku au, mo hoku fale; And I 
shall be destroyed ; I, and my honse. Raro~ 
tongan— Au, I: Teiu au; koai koe, e takit 
tanuiili I Here am 1 ; 'B'ho are joo, my son? 
Marquesan— Au, I : Orio,oia,titlii an, eano; 
Hark 1 it is he, I arise; hearken [ Maoga- 
revan— Au, I, me, Anliwa— Avou, I, me; 
Akoi nikoiena avuu; Thon seest me: Avon 
nacatucua iacoiea j I have told you. Pau- 
motan— Ovau, 1. mc ; Vau, I. Futuna— Au, 
I, me. Eit. Poly.: Motu-Lau, I; Fiji— 
Au, I; Kau. I; Malagasy— Aho, I; Ahy, me; 
Kayan-Ahui, I; Sulu— Aku, I; Kisa- 
Yahu, I; Malay— Aku, I. 
AHE, to fnictify, to give 

Wheu ? (used in 

koutou ichai mahara a 
Cf. hfii, what place, what time ? Ithta, whioh 1 
Samoan— ahea, when (futare only) ? Also 
afea : O ouiou vie foi lou It papotn afea t Yon 
foola, when will you be wise? Ta'hltian— 
afea, <*heti 7 Also, ahea : E afea mat oe t lio'i 
mai ai ! When will you return ? Hawralian 
— ahea, when? Ahea la oe e hele aiai ia'ut 
When will yon come to n.e ? Rarotoogan — 
Aea, when? Aea koe e ava ai i laau nu>et 
When will you arise trura sleep 7 Tongan— 
afe, when? Hea k<jhai oku /aa tala kiale ia be 
ehokoafel Whooan tell him whenit iholl be? 
Marques an— ahea, when 7 Mangarevaa 
—ahea, wh«n? when is it? Also aea: ^m 
mai kott When will yon come?— .lfte« ta 
matatea ail When v,-ill the assembly take 

AHEAM EA (myth.), a name of the Rainbow, oi ■ 
deity. It was an omen of battle — U. Snp., 
114. [tiee KiuDuciu, Uks'iieu. Aniwamiw^.] 
Cf. aheihti, the rajnbon' ; and puahtihti, the 

AH El, to be able: Kihai haki i ahti nga Ihipi- 
ana le inn i tt irai o le men- Eko., vii. SI. 
3 To be possihli, to be in one's power: Ekon 
t ahei te hoko i a ia ki Ittahi I'lci te— Eko., 
ixi. 8. 

AHEI, the collar-bone. Cf. a. the collar-bone. 

AHEIHA, "Traly," a word denoting acqniea- 

AHEIHEI, the rainbow. [See above, under Ahei- 




AH ERE, a snare for birds. Gf. here^ totieap; 
tafure, to tie, ensnare. 

Samoan— -cf. sele, to snare. Tahitian — 
cf. kere^ a snare, noose. Tongan— cf. hele^ 
to ensnare. Marquesan — cf. hee, to be 
strangled. Mangarevan— cf. ere, to haug 
op ; erterty to subdue. Paumotan — cf. here, 
a snare ; to tie ; a running knot ; to love. 
Ha\iraiian— aheie, a snare. Gf. hele^ a 
snare ; paheU^ a noose, snare. [For full oom- 
paratiyes, see Here.] 

AHI, fire: Tikina he ahi i a Mahuika — P. M., 
25. [For discovery of tire, see Maui.] Cf. 
takuahi, stones let into the floor of a hut as 
a fender for fire ; auahi, smoke ; pakaiahi, a 
fire-place in a canoe. Also, (as " coitus,''') cf. 
oi, Atlco, kahika, and kaureure, 
Samoan — afi« fire : E le pupula foi U 
wmmu o lona aji ; The spark of his fire shall 
not shine. Gf. dfia, to be burnt accidentally ; 
ajilii*auy a great burning in honour of a dead 
chief; *aiaaleafi, ashes (lit. ** the eating of 
the fire '*) ; aloiafi, sparks from the fira 
Tahitian — ahi, fire : E inalia, U ama ra te 
pu aihere i te ahi ; Behold, the bush burnt 
with fire. Gf. ahimaa, a batch of food ; the 
natiye oven with its contents ; ahitao, an 
oven-fire ; fire as a signal ; the name of a 
prayer and ceremony before a cock-fight; 
ahtpihepihe, a remarkable remedy to cure 
languor or weakness, frequently used by 
the Tahitian women after confinement, and 
by persons of both sexes in chronic dis- 
orders : perspiration excited bv the steam of 
plants and hot stones ; when the perspiration 
is most copious, the person comes out, and 
plunges into a river to bathe. Ahitarahu, a 
fire kindled in the interior of the island to 
dress food during such times as the whole 
coast was sacred {rahu or rahui,) and no fire 
was there allowed to be kindled; ahitea, a 
fire-brand tied to the end of an arrow, and 
shot over a river or other water towards a 
person on the other side [see N.Z. story of the 
burning of the Arawa canoe — Pol. Myth., 98] ; 
jfuahit hot, heated, as herbs for medicine; 
taoahif to bake hastily in the native oven. 
Hawaiian— ahi, a fire: Hele ae la makou 
iwa£na o ke ahi a me ka wai ; We went 
through fire and through water. Gf. ahiai- 
Jkontta, (ahikmi'Whenua,) a volcano ; hoaahi, 
fire-kindling ; aahi^ a bag, in which fire and 
fire-materials were carried. Tongan— afi, 
fire : Bea nae vela ae mcuga ihe ajio a^u atu 
ki he loto lagi ; The mountains burnt with 
fire into the midst of heaven. Gf. gauaji, 
a fire-stick ; makaafit a flint (tire-stone) ; 
fakaafi, to awake one who is asleep. Mar- 
quesan — ahi, fire: Aiea tupu i te ahi veavea; 
Atea produces the very hot fire. Gf . pekahi, 
to blow the fire. Rarotongan— ai, fire : E 
pypuhi atu au i te ai ; I will blow against you 
in the fire. Mangarevan — ahi, fire, flame : 
Hoki mai ei ahi; He returned to get fire, (b.) 
If used after a word meaning bundle, or 
package, it means a package carried on the 
bosom. Gf. auahi, to smoke ; peikahi, a fan, 
to fan ; tutututuahi, to kindle fire after many 
attempts. Aniwa — tiafi, fire (ti for ta = 
ihe): Acre neicitia tiaji o tajia marara iai; 
Tbej saw a fix8 of ooals there. Futuna — 
iSi fixe. Ext Poly.: Motu— O/. la/U, &re; 

Aneityum— a^i, to cook on emben; ahi, 
white; Redscar Bay—nahi and lahi, fire; 
Malagasy — afo, fire ; hahy, dried exposed to 
the suu ; afovato, a flint (fire-stone) ; Malay 
— api, fire ; apiapi, fire-fly. The following 
mean *♦ fire '* : — Kayan, apui ; Siwa, ai : 
Guaham, goiji, ngaji; Chamori, quafi; 
Silong, apoi ; Ceram, o/l; Bima, ape ; 
"KsLyan, apui ; Madura, a/)ut ; Champa, 
apoi; Formosa, opot; Matu, apoi ; Ma- 
cassar, p^pi ; Bouton, wha; Tomohon, 
api; Bolangitam, puro ; Ahtiago, ya/*; 
Gah, aif; Matabello, efi; Teor, yaf; 
Mysol, yap; K. Teto, (Timor,) hahi; 
Vaiqueno, hai ; Brissi, ai; Rotto, hai ; 
Solor, api; Sikayana, a/; Ka wl, apm. 
[The last word is Sanscrit ; but if Kawi is 
allied to Pali, the Pali word akkhi, fire, may 
be a link with ahi.] 

AH I AH I, evening : Katahi ratou ka haere ana i te 
ahiahi. — P.M., 31. 

Samoan — afiafi, the evening : Sa tautau i 
latou i laau ua oo i le ajiafi ; They were hang- 
ing on the trees until evening. Gf. afiajicu), 
the evening before sunset; ajiafinialama, the 
evening after sunset ; ajiajipo, the evening at 
dusk. Tahitian — ahiahi, the evening: I te 
ahiahi e ho*i mai ai ratou ; In the evening let 
them return. Gf. ahiahirumaruma, an angry 
person (lit., " a dark, cloudy evening"). Ha- 
waiian — ahiahi, the after part of the day ; to 
be or become evening : I ke ahiahi komo aku 
la oia iloko ; In the evening she went in. (6.) 
A defamation, a slander. Ahiahia, obscure, 
faded, dim, as colours in textures : Hana iho 
la ia i ka paku lole uli, a me ka ulaula 
ahiahia ; He made the veil of blue, and of 
faded red. Ho-ahiahi, to darken, to obscure ; 
to be neither clear nor dark ; ho-aahi, fire- 
kindlings, materials for kindling fire. Ton- 
gan — efiafi, the afternoon, evening : Bea nae 
ha'u ae lube kiate ia i be ejiafi ; And the dove 
came in to him in the evening. Gf. honta- 
ejiaji, a little past noon-day. Marquesan — 
ahiahi, evening : O te ahiahi me te popoui o 
te a mua ia ; The evening and the morning 
were the first day. Futuna— afiafi, evening. 
Rarotongan — aiai, evening : Kua roroa oki 
te ata aiai nei ; The shadows of evening 
are stretched out. Mangarevan — ahiahi. 
evening, time from about 4 p.m. till the ena 
of twilight. Paumotan —ahiahi, evening. 
Ext. Poly. : Sikayana — cf. afiafi^ evening. 

AHIKI, to make haste. 

AHO, a string, line : R rua ana hekenga a te 
a/io.— P.M., 23. Gf. kaho, a rafter. (See 
Hawaiian and Tongan.) 2. A woof, the 
threads that cross warp in weaving mats : 
Ahakoa i te whenu, i te aho ranei. — Rew. 
xiii. 48. 
Samoan— afo, a fishing line. Tahitian — 
aho, thread, cord, line : Motu noa ihora taua 
na taura i nia i na rima no*na mai te aho ; 
He broke the cords from his arms like a 
thread. Gf. auahoy to fish with a hook and 
long line. Ha\(^aiian — aho, a line, cord, as 
a fishing line : Nikiniki iho la ia i ka uha 
puaa i ke aho ; Then he tied the bams of the 
hog with a cord. Ho-aho, to make or twist 
strings for a house ; (&.) to tie aho (sticks 
used in thatching*, M.aon^kaho,') qu \a ^ 




building. Cf. ahoaiolet a string too short; 
aholoa^ a long cord ; patient, long-sufFering. 
Tongan— afo, a measuring line ; a small 
rope : Bea ko hono nima kuo vahe*i ia kiate 
kinau tolu aki at afo ; And his hand divided 
it to them by a line ; (&.) one coarse or range 
of thatch on a native house. Marquesan — 
aho, a line, string ; (&.) a tress, lace. Raro- 
tongan — ao, a line, cord : E ma te ao orongd 
i tona rima ; With a line of flax in his hand. 
Mangaian — ao, a line, string : E mano o te 
oo ; a thousand (fathoms) of string. Man- 
garevan — aho, thread or cord, of which 
bands or flUets are made. Futuna — afo, a 
line, cord. Ext. Poly. : Yap— cf. ao^ twine. 

AHO, radiant light. Cf. mataaho^ a window ; 
tiahot to emit rays of light; ahoroa, the moon; 
aOf to become light, daylight. 

Samoan — aso, a day: la fano U aso na 
fanau mai ai a'u ; Let the day perish wherein 
I was bom. (h.) A daily offering of food to a 
chief. Cf. tauasOi to be blind ; ao^ day, day- 
light. Tahitian—ct oo, day ; bright clouds. 
Tongan — aho, a day : Tuku au km alu, he 
kuo ma*a ae aho: Let me go, for the day 
breaks. Ahoaho, bright, shining, as the moon 
in a clear night ; faka-aho, to do every other 
day, to do on certain days. Cf. ahofakaua, a 
term used when the moon is at the full (lit. 
" one day made two," or a double day) ; aho- 
hivay a festival ; ahotetea^ morning light. 
Rarotongan— ao, day, daylight : E riro oki 
te ao i te po kerekere ki runga ia ratoti ; The 
day shall be dark over them. Hawaiian — 
cf. 00, light, day. Rotuma — aso, day, sun. 
Futuna— aso. a day. Cf. ao, a day, daylight. 
Ext. Poly. : Sikayana — cf. atJio, a day. 

AHOROA, the moon. Cf. aho, radiant light ; ao, 
day; roa, long. 
Tongan — cf. ahoaho, bright, shining, as the 
moon in a clear night. [For other compara- 
tives, see under Aho.] 

AHOKIRA, a word denoting assent. 

AHORE, No, not. Cf. kahore, no, not; hore, not. 
Marquesan — aoe, not, nothing ; No : Aoe 
e ae na mea pohoe ; No living things were 
moving. Mangaian— acre, not, nothing: 
Aore a e pau atu i tau moko ; I will not part 
with my grandson. Ha^nralian — aole, not, 
No ; a universal negative. It is also found as 
ache, aoe, ole, Ac. : Aole ku, aole hina, <u)le 
woe ; Never quiet, never falling, never sleep- 
ing : Aole hai ke hoihoi aku; He does not 
cease, though sent away. Tahitian— aore, 
no, not, in reference to the past : A riro ai 
ta*u ei oia, oia, e aore, aore; That with me 
there should be yes, yes, and no, no. Raro- 
tongan — cf. kare, no, not. Marquesan — 
cf. kakoe, not, not at all ; aoe, no, not. 
Mangarevan — cf. kakore, no. 

AHU, a heap ; to heap up ; piled up : Ka tu nga 
puke, he mea ahu ano nga onepu e nga ringa- 
ringa o te tohunga — G. P. Ap., 83. Cf. tuahu, 
to throw up into hillocks ; a sacred place ; uru- 
ahu, a sacred place [see Marquesan] ; ahurewa, 
an altar ; ahua, to be pregnant. 2. To culti- 
vate the soil ; Ko Ngatipaoa, he iwi pai, he iwi 
ahu whenua^-M.. M., 129. 3. To t^nd, foster, 
protect : Nana i ahu mai, ka ki ia, he tangata 
^-P, M., 19. 

AH UAH U, to heap up, to earth up. 2. To foster, 

Whaka-AHU, to heap up; to lay in a heap. 
2. To swell up; cf. ahua, to be pregnant. 3. 
To be annoyed, vexed. 4. To express disdain. 
Tahitian— ahu, to throw up or huddle to- 
gether a heap of things ; to pile up stones or 
throw up earth as a fortification ; (6.) to make 
an enclosure to catch fish in shallow places ; 
(c.) to scoop, ladle, or shovel ; ahuahu, a small 
enclosure for catching fish; (&.) a ladle, or 
anything to bale with. Cf. ahua, to tend or 
nurse the sick ; ahuna, property or other 
things heaped together; ahupapaa, an en- 
closure for fish ; the wall of a new mara^ 
(sacred place) ; ahupare, a fortress in time of 
war ; aiahu, one who eats on the high and 
privileged I'lace of the marae; to vaunt in an 
ostentatious manner ; tuahu, to pile up the 
earth about a plant; ohu, a bank or ridge of 
earth thrown up. Samoan — asu, to dip out, 
to bale out, as the hold of a vessel ; (6.) to 
pour out dust or sand ; (c.) smoke. Mar- 
quesan - ahu, a sacred place. Cf. ahui, to 
transplant ; to make sacred (Maori = rattui). 
Mangarevan— ahu, to transplant ; (6.) to 
remove a house to another locality ; ahuahu, 
to build, to erect a house ; (&.) to make a raft. 
Cf. ahuahuake, to grow, to grow up ; au, to 
gather, to seize everything ; awahu, to build ; 
peahu, a surge, a wave of thfe sea; puahu, to 
grow vigorously ; puahuahu, a well -grown 
young man ; tuaJtu, a great number of persons. 
Paumotan — ahu, to transplant ; ahuahu, 
suffocating, stifling. Hawaiian — ahu, to 
gather, collect : Ahu ilw ka pua wahawaha i 
Wailua ; The despised blossoms were collected 
together at Wairua. (6.) To lie strewed over 
the ground ; ahuahu, young shoots or layers, 
as of sugar-cane ; (6.) a boy or girl that grows 
quickly ; ho-ahu, to lay up as in a storehouse : 
Mai hoahu ouk u i tcaiwai no oukou ma ka 
honua ; Lay not up for yourselves treasures on 
earth. Hoo-ahu, to fall together, as men 
slain in battle ; (6.) to collect what is scat- 
tered ; (c.) to treasure up, as anger; (d.) to pile 
up, as stones; (e.) to glean, as a field ; (/.) an . 
assemblage or collection of things ; storing, 
collecting. Cf. ahua, a bank in the sea ; a ford ; 
to be raised up on a platform ; ahuna, a heap, 
pile, collection, to heap up. Mangaian — au, 
covering of ridge of house. Ext. Poly. : Mala- 
gasy— cf. [v for h, o for u : see Introduction! 
avo, high, lofty, eminent ; avodia, high-made, 
high-built (applied only to animals); avombava, 
high words, insolence (Maori = ahu and toaha) ; 
avona, haughtiness. 

AHU, to move in a certain direction: Ka haere 
te tangata nei, ka ahu ki Piako — P. M., 184. 

AHUA (myth.), the name of the 12th Age of the 
existence of the Universe. [See Kobe.] 

AHUA, form, appearance: I penei me te ahua 
tohora te ahua o taua mea — G.-8, 19. Cf. 
kahna, form, appearance. 2. Likeness, re- 
semblance : Ko te ahtia, he ahua tangata, 
penei vie te ahua pakeha — P. M., 177. 8. Cha- 
racter. 4. The spirit or essence of a thing : 
Ka tangohia e te patupaiarehe te ahua o nga 
wJuikakai. 5. An altar. Cf. ahu, to heap up ; 
ahurewa, an altar. 

AHU ATI A (passive), to be matured or completed. 




AHUAHUA, to Tsaemble. 

Whaka-AHUA, to fotm, to iMhion ; Na, ka\ 
haert a Tajte, whakaahua i'tt oneoru heaahint 
■a*«a— Wohl.,Trana.; vii. 34. 2. Toocqnire' 
lonn : Kua oti ake ia U vbakaahua ki te abua 
nga imiiii. Cf. ichaka-iBhai-ahtta, to impart 
lotm to ; to fashion. 
ToDgan — afuliH, the temper, or prapeDsitj ; 
(A.) the directioD oi oooTBe of things ; {e.) tibe 
gnio of wood. Tahitlan — cf. Jaahua, to 
weome the appeaJ-once of something ; not 
r«al, or appearing to be acting. 

AHUA, to be pregnant. C(. ahu, to heap ap ; 
rhakaaha, to swell np ; hua, the egg of a bird, 
Toe of a fish ; desoendants. 

Samoan— afua, to b^in : A a/ua ona Jaia 
c Kti aua ; When these things begin to come 
to pass. (6.) A. feaal made when the wife 
becomes pregnant. Tongaa — afua, to long 
or desire, as in pregnancy ; (b.) (he motion of I 
mrfBce caused b; fish underwater. Cl./uo, 
to bear fmil ; to bear, csrr; ; fwiaga, a mother ; 
the sonroe, origin. Tahitlan — cf. ahaa,U> 
DOTse a person, oc wait on the sick ; aku, to 
heap up. HaTvalian^f. ahua, axij ele- 
vated place ; to be raised up on a platform ; a ' 
bank in the eea ; ahuua, a heap, pile. | 

AHUA, to hasten. Cf. ahu. to move in a oertaiD 
Ton gan— ahua, to msh at random. I 

AHUA, traJy, verily ; a word denoting assent. 

AHUAREKA, pleasant, agreeable, pleased : Ka \ 
ahuareka ma ibo a raim tiei korero ki a tomh , 
uei~P. U., 166. CI. ahua, appearance, cha- . 
raeter ; reka. sweet, pleasant; tareka, eager; 
vaiTtka, agreeable; malartka, to be fond of: 
manaicareka, pleased. 

AHUHAHUHA, tobe slightlyaciinainted with; to 
appeal to know. 

AHUMEHUME, a garment for females. It 
reaohad from the waist to the knees, Cf, 
whaka-hume, to be drawn between the legs, 
as the tail of a dog. 

AHUREWA,a sacred place; an altar: Kianoho 
mai te tohunga i mua i te ahureica, — G. P., 
360. Cl. rnoa, sacred ; elevated, high np ; 
tiuf'u, a laered place, [For full comparatives 
see Abu, and IUwa.] 

AHUROA, the name of an incantation nsed at 
the kumara planting. Turi chanted it at 
Patea on the first planting ol the kumara from 
Bawaiki. [See Pol, Myth,, 137,] 

AHURU, snng, comfortable, warm. Cf. hum, , 
glow ; watm ; to oontraot, draw in ; huruAuru, 
feathers, hair. 

Whaka-AHURU, to warm, to nestle. 

HawallaD— cf. ahvla. over-done, as food 
baked too mncb ; aiaAuIu. food baked too 
much. Mangarevan— cf. aka-ahuru, to 
keep on slapping the hand on the same place, 
Samoan — cf, n/ufu, to be over-cooked ; 
i0(lHnua, to be burnt brown ; lulu, a torch. 
Paumotan— cf. hum, colour. [For com- 
paratives, it the word is based on down, fea- 
thers, hair, wool, &a., see Hdhchubc] 

AHURU MOWAIRAKA (myth.), the wife of Paikea. 

Al, a partlele having no Elnglisb eqnivalent, and 
only to be understood bj referenoe to a Maori 
Orammar. It is ased in relative clauseB : it 
denotes liabitnal action ; it implies a reason 
for doing anything, or the object in doing 
it ; also used for ' there is,' ' it is,' Ac. : So 
a ratou rapunga tehakaaro hoki mo o ratou 
matua kia tupa ai te langata. — P. U., 7 : KoUt 
kau anote take i haeri ai au.— P. M., 18: Me 
aha ra kia kala ai a Kat.—f. M., 39. 
Mangarevan— cf. ai, a mark of the future, 
also interrogative. Samoan — ai, a relative 
particle ; O i/ea o i ai o ia t Where is he ? 
Tahltian— ai, a verbal directive ; Bometimea 
it anawers to ' will ' or ' shaU,' as Afea e oti 
ai t When will it be finished ? SometimeB 
connected with a qoestion, as requiring a 
reason : E aha i are ai ! Why was it not 
(done) 7 Ore a He i ore ai ; Because of igno- 
rance it was not. Hawaiian — ai, a verbal 
directive, generally having referenoe to a 
preceding word, as to cause, manner, or 
instrument: O ke ala ia i tmt aii ka ntakaa 
Kahai; That is the road to seek the father 
of Tawhaki, Futuna — ^ai, there, there is, 

AI, to lie with a female ; to procreate, beget : Ka 
noho ia Umakn ka aitia ki runga ki te 
takapau-iehara-nm, Cf. ichaiaipo, a sweet- 
heart; to be in love with anyone; ahi, fire, 
as " kindling." [See Hik*.] 

Samoan — cf. aiga, a family ; a relative ; 
cohabiting, as the beginning of a (amity; /ai, 
to cohabit with ; ai, to join two seams, in 
sevring; aiuta, to dwell inland. Tahitlan — 
ai, to copulate ; faa-ai, to causa animals to 
copulate, Cf.dia, a oonntry or plaoe where one 
makes his abode ; an inhabitant ; or a portioi 

of land |Ma< 

aipai, sodomy; 
venery ; humii, seed, progeny; 
it adultery with many. Ha- 

:> have 


I liololwlona ikaika: At the 
time the stronger animsls procreated. Ci. 
aikane, to cohabit, aa male with male or female 
with female ; those who mntnally give and 
receive presents, being of the same sei ; aika- 
katiln, a lascivious dream. Tongan — cf. at, 
to siirroand. enclose, defend, Mangarevan 
— cf. ai, to think o( ; to regard with designs; 
aiianga, descendant. Ext. Poly. ; Malagasy 
— cf. aina, life, anima! life ; aivo, oblldren in 
a family between the oldest and youngest ; 
□iznnn, the youngest child in a family when 
the mother is again pregnant; manaizana, to 
be with child, alter the first delivery. Iloco 
— cf. ayat, love. 

AITANGA, (derivative from ai, to beget,) a 
descendant, descendants : Be hau anake te 
aitanga tualahi a Raki ki te icahine matua. — 
A. H. M.,i.21. Hence, 

AITANQA-A-PUNQA, anuglyfellow. Pnngawag 
god ol the lizard, shark, Ac, [See PoNOA, 
I KATE as, Tanoihoa, &c.] 

AITANQA-A-TIKI, handsome persons. [SeeTiu.] 


AITAHQA-A-NUKUMAITORE (or nukumaikore) : 
Dryads ; fairies who lived in trees, or on tbe 
parasitical plants such as wharavhara and 
kiekie. Of this fairy rsce was Turakihau, the 
wife of Tura. [See Tuba.] Aocounta diflet 
aa to their appeuaueB. One \«%ini^ «a-^ 


[ 6 ] Akeaka 

that they had large chests and waists, bat 
little heads ; another text gives * no head, 
chest and waist only'; another, that their 
arms and legs were so short that they seemed 
to have no limbs at all, bat waved tbeir hands 
close to their bodies. — See Wohl., Trans., viii. 
122 ; A. H. M. ii., 13 and 29. 
AITANGA-A-POPOROKEWA, the tribe of Kae, the 
magician. They feasted on Tinirau's pet 
whale, Tutanai ; hence, war was made on 
them [see Kae] — P. M., 66. It woald seem, 
from Poporokewa being chief of Ati-Hapai, 
and Te Ura-a-Manono their house of assem- 
bly, that Kae went thither. 

A I, an interjection of astonishment or surprise : 
Ai I Taukiri, e /—P. M., 65. 

AIANEI, to-day, now, about this time : Kiapena 
ki to tuakana aianei ka hinga^ ka mate — M. M., 
187. Cf. nei, implying position near the 
speaker ; tenti^ this, ic. 
Tahitian — aauanei, to-day ; shortly (of 
future) ; aenei, implying action just gone by. 
Gf . nauaneij to-day, with reference to the past ; 
teieneiy now, immediately. Haivaiian — 
aianei, there, just by, not far off ; aenei, now, 
about this time, just now ; within a short time 
past or future; to be here, to be present ; 
auanei, indefinite future ; not far off ; by and 
by : O kuia auanei oe a hina ; Lest ere long 
you stumble and fall. Tongan— cf. anaint, 
instantly, presently; anai^ presently, by and 
by. Mangaian— auenei, by and by, shortly, 
to-day. Rarotongan— cf. akonei, by and by, 
shortly. Marquesan- cf. nei, here, now. 
Mangarevan — cf. aranei, to-day. Ext. 
Poly. : Malagasy — cf. any, to-day (part 
already past). Malay—cf. hara-ini, to-day. 

AIHU, a salutation by rubbing noses, at parting* 
Cf . t/iu, nose ; also perhaps at, coitus, and a/it, 
fire (as hika), 

AINQA, a derivative from a, to drive. 

A 10, calm, peaceful ; at peace : Kua aio haere te 
moana — A. H. M., i. 169. 
Mangarevan — aio, calm ; to calm, to soften, 
assuage : Kua aio te tnatagi ; The wind has 

AIOTEKI Hmyth.), the sons of Tiki and lo- 
AIOTEREA j wahine, the first man and woman. 
[See Tnci.] 

AIOWHAKA TANQATA (myth.), the son of Aio- 
terea — A. H. M., i. 166. 

AIORIRI (myth.), the name of a pre-dilnvian 
person— A. H. M., i. 168. 

AITU (myth.), the name of a deity : Ki te tahuna 
tapu, nohoanga o Aitu — A. H. M., i. 116. 

AITU, a deity or spirit : Ka whiwhi, ringa o Aitu; 
ka rawey ringa o tangata—Q. P., lo9 ; see also 
G. P., 181. 2. Sickness. 8. Calamity: Ko 
tepo aitu-kino, o aitua — G. P., 428. Cl.aitudy 
unlucky, ominous ; hauaitu, stricken with cold, 
wasted, pinched. 

Samoan — aitu (and situ), a spirit; (b.) a 
god. Cf. meaaaitUt good luck ; aitutagata, a 
murderer by means of the foto (barb of sting 
ray) ; an assassin ; ^aigaaitu, an uleer hard to 
heal. Manihiki~fare-a-aitu (house of Aitu), 
tiie temple. Tahitian — aitu, a god or goddess. 
Cl.jfuattu, tiznorouB, to be in a state of fear; 

raitUf a god (probably = rangi-tu) ; ta^faiaitu, 
a bird sacred to the god Tane ; tauaitu, a friend 
of a god, a priest. Tongan — eitu, a heathen 
feast. Cf. lauaitUj to cry, to weep. Pau~ 
motan — cf. haxtaitu, stupefied ; maitu, a 
spirit. Haivaiian— aiku, to break tapu ; to 
do a thing contrary to ceremony ; to eat in an 
improper manner ; to eat standing (kai-tu) ; 
the name of a disease {^kaki-tu, the croup) ; 
aikukuku, to be sick with swellings in the 
mouth and legs. 

AITUA (myth.). Death, the first-born son of 
Kangi and Papa. 

AITUA (aitud), evil omen, bad luck, unlucky ; a 
misfortune : He aitua to taua ; i hiki takn 
karakia^P. M., 30. 2. Ominous, foretelling, 
but not of evil omen : He aitua hau, fie aitua 
ua. — A. H. M., ii. 4. Notice also the lines : 
Ara ka vuitakite, hei titiro i toim aitua — P. M., 
171 : Ko aitua tonu, ko Tiki raua ko te Toa — 
G. P., 126. Cf. aitu, a calamity ; atua, a god, 
or spirit of evil ; Tua, used in the sense of 
deity. [See A. H. M., i. 6.] 

Samoan —aitua, to be haunted- Cf. aitu- 
emea, an expression signifying bad luck ; Ian- 
aitu, a weeping, wailing; aitu, a spirit. 
Tahitian— cf. Aitu, a deity ; haa-vmheaitu, 
to cause trouble of mind. Tongan — cf. lau- 
itu, to bewail. Paumotan— cf. maitu, a 
spirit ; liauaitu, stupefied. Hawaiian— cf. 
aiku, to break the tapu ; to eat improperly (an 
ofiFence against the gods); the name of a 
disease (croup) ; aikukuku, sick with swellings 
in the mouth and legs. 

AKA. long, fibrous roots of shrubs and trees. 
Often used for tying palisading, &g. : I hsre- 
heretia ki nga aka, ki nga taura, ki nga 
pirita — A. H. M., i. 167. 2. A climbing 
plant, Bot. MetrosideroB scandens. 8. The 
stem of any dimbing plant ; and to be 
found as a compound in aka-tea, aka-totara, 
&c, [See post,] 4. The shell of a shell-fish : 
Ka kchitia te aka o te pupu, ka whakapiri ki 
o raua kanohi. — Wohl., Trans., vii. 43. 

AKA AKA, a fibrous root ; having fibrous roots. 
Cf. paiaka, a root ; pakiaka, a root ; kaka, a 
single fibre ; kake, to climb. [See Tongan.] 

Samoan — a*a, fibres of a root : Ua feuiuiai 
ona aa i le faaputugdmaa ; Its roots are 
wrapped about the heap. (6.) Family con- 
nections ; (c.) the name of a plant ; a*aa*a, 
to have many fibrous roots ; (&.) an odoriferous 
plant, Bot. Seigesheckia orientalis. Tahitian 
— aa, the root or roots of any tree or plant : E 
ua toro to'na aa e ua api a*era te fenua ; You 
caused it to take root and fill the land. (&.) 
Hold ; right ; support ; (c.) footing or settle- 
ment in a country. Cf . paiaa, the roots, long 
and small, of a tree or plant. Haivalian — 
aa, the small roots of trees and plants (the 
large roots are called mole) : Mananiana ae la 
kuu aa ma na wax; My root was spread out by 
the waters. (6.) Veins or arteries of the 
body; (c.) (fig.) the lower part of the neck; 
(d.) offspring. Cf. aae, the young shoots of 
kale (taro) remaining in the ground when the 
old plant is pulled up ; aakoko, a vein ; aalele, 
an artery ; paiaa, the branches of the main root 
of a tree. Tongan — aka, the root of trees ; 
to take root in the earth : Oku totolo atu hono 
gaahi aka ki he vaitafe; That spreads out its 


[7] Akepiro 

toola b; the riTsr. {b.) The lume of a ehnb ; 
(e.) to kiok ; a kick ; akaaka, the nide-Bpresd 
and bnnehed root of a tree ; rooty, full of 
roots; (b.) the xt.y%ot the m\i-, faka-al(a,to 
ctDBe to take root. Cf. kaka, to olimbi kaka- 
aga, a frame lor plants to creep along ; a 
ladder: fekaka, to creep along a fence, as a 
tine ; akatmt, the prinoipal root ol a tree. 
Marquesan— aka, » root: Tr tuma a te 
vokoe, mav te aka \ Ic ani uiui ; The tree of 
lite, firm rooted in hesTen above. Cf. ika, 
joung roota of troes from which uatire cloth 
13 made. Rarotongan — akEi,aroot: Emari 
bout tiu aka i Taro; ItB routs will be dried up 
underneath. Cf. (myth.) Tf-aka-ia-ror, "The 
root of bU ExislBDce." a spirit Icciited at 
the Teiy lowest point of the UoivprBe, and 
■■utaining the Creation. It ie a thick Btem, 
lapering to a point — My. and S., 1. [See 
KoBi and Rohe.] Paumotan — aka, a root. 
Fuluna— aka, roots generally. Eit. Poly. : 
Fiji— cf. icahi, the BbrBH or loota of a true. 
Kayan— of. aka, a root. Malay— c(. akar, 
the Tuote of a plant ; a scandeol plnut; the 
ports of a plant that climb; akorakar, looii \ 
parneitic plants ; likar, root, origin, principle, 
foaniation. [This last ward is said by Craw- 
fnrd to be Arabic.^ Salayer— ofoir, root. 
Gah — akar, root. Sula— tao-nfoir, toot. 

AKA-KAIMANU, the name of a cUmbiiit; plaut. 

AKA-KIORE, the name of a clirabing plant. (Bot. 
Partoitia rtuta.) 

IKA-KOH lA, the name ot a climbing plant. 

AKA-KONGOHE, the name of a climbing plant. 

AKA-KUKU, the aame of a. climhiiiK plant. 

AKA-KURA, the name of a dimbing plant. (Bot. 
Melrtnideroi •cnndeni.) 

AKA-TAWHtWHI, Ih name of a climbing plant. 

AKA-TEA, the name of a climbing plant. (Uot. 
ilttru.ideroi aibijiora,) 

ARA-TOTARA, the name of a cUmbing plant. 

AKAAKA-TAPU-A-TANE (mjtb.|, the borne of 
Piujga, the linsril-god, in the skv. Here Ta- 
wbaki met Hine-iini-a-te.Kawa. [H..e Tiwbau, 
P(;suA, Af. ; also A. 11. M.. i. lll.i 

AKAU, the coast, t'js border of land neit the 
sea ; A'o ruba U kape«(ia, ka pae kfi Ie akaii, 

Sannoan— ^B'au, a coral reef. Cf. laaa-ati, 
the back of the reef ; oulaiile the reef, in 
deep water. Mangarevan — akau, low land; 
ihcnl ; a ridge ot rocks. Cf.timkaa, breaking, 
said ot waves on low islets at spilng tides. 
PauniotBTi~akau, a reef ot rocks. Ua- 
ngaian — akau, a real : Ka arre e uiari ata i 
U akau ; Lying in shoals on the reef. 

AKE, the name ot a amall tree (Bot. Dodnitea 
riieoia). In oompoEilioii, nsed wiLh eeveral 
name«, al ike-icharaiigi. tte. 
Tongaa— cf. ake, the name of a tree. 

AKEAKE, the name of a Kmnll tree (Bot. 
Olearia avieenitaJoUa). The name ia given 
at the Cbathani lalands to Boi. Olearia 

soon; ake, ake, ake, for ever; Fenei ka ora 
l„na tt taiviata, ake, ake, ake.—T. M. 10. 3. 
Used wich words denoting position, to eipreu 
position, as ito miia ake, jost before. 8. 
Down below; 4. Upwards: Kalahi ano ka 
,.,:ini>i;,a ake ona lioa.—P. M., 16. Cf. bite, 
to ulimb, Uiiccnd, mount; eke, to mount, as a 
horse, Aa. ; to ascend. 5. Implying direction 
to some position with which the speaker has 
relation. 6. Self, oneself. 7. Posseasion, aa 

Samoan— a'a, to go up, aecond, as from 
litihing; (b.) to return from banishment; (c.) 
to rise, as waves; fa'a-a'e, to cause to ascend. 
Cf. 'aV, to ascend. Tahilian— ae, to ascend, 
climb, mount up ; a chmber, one who climbs a 
tree or a bill ; [b.) to touch the ground, aa a 
boat or ship: E ae a rau i nia e i te mnu ata 
r,i ; I will ascend above the heights of the 
cloads. Faa-ae, to assist a person to ohmb ; 
aeae, to carry, to convey ; (i.) to defend the 
remainder ol an army ; to iucooor in diatresa. 
Cf. ee, to get on board a canoe ; mount a horse ; 
get aground, as a ship. Haivalian— ae, to 
pws physically or mentally from one con- 
dition, state, or place to another; {b.) to 
permit; {c.) to raise or Uft up, as the head; 
Id.) to mount, as a horae ; \e.) to be aeasiok ; 
I/.) an irregular movement of the ocean ; [a.) 
the flui and reflux of the tide ; {k.) a verhu 
directive. Implying on obhque motion either 
up, down, or sideways ; aeae (frequentative), to 
be a frequent transgressor ; (b.) to step over a 
thing often; (c.) to work over and over; {d.) 
to be very small or fine, as dust ; {e.) to 
interrupt one in his speech, Cf. atkai, the 
uune of the place in the sea where the surf 
breaks. Tongan— hake, up, upwards ; to 
ascend: Mei lie toln ta'u o fai haie; From 
three years old and upwards : (b.) flatuleninr, 
to beloh ; hakehake, a place that gradm^y 
riaea ; faka-tiake, to land, to remove things 
from the water to the shore ; (b.) to get out 
of a hole or pit ; hehake, near the shore — uaed 
of fish when they approach the land in shoals ; 
|A.) east, easterly. Cf. baieaiii, one who pro- 
motes, exalts, or dignifies others ; exaltation ; 
ogiihaie, to go upwards ; aie, to be conva- 
liiscent. to revive ; akefiia, to rise or Swell, aa 
waves ; aliihake, to ascend ; tab':!:,; an accli- 
vity, Marquesan- ake. on high, upwards. 
Mangarovan— ake, used after a word used 
OS a verb, to denote action upwards, aa Pitt 
ute. Mount! Also, from inferior to superior, 
ns in offering a gift to one's father or king : 
O-ake ; Give it I (to a common peraon 0-atu 
ill nssdj : K aka-aroa ake aaa totou ti te Etua I 
Da ye love God ? Cf. ukiaie, to force upwards 
with a pole. AnI-wa— cf. ake, thither. 
Paumotan— ake, more; (6.) precisely. Ext. 
Poly.; Fiji— cf. ccjfte (t/iake), upwards; cake- 
In, to dig or lift up. Malagasy— cf. akatra, 
ascended, gone up. 

AKENQOKENQO, to.monow, Kemjo, night, is 
here used aa po, night, is in apupo, to morrow 
— i.e., " the night'a night," time being mea- 
sured by nights, not by days. 

AKEPIRAU, the name of a shrub (hat. Olearia 

AKEPIRO, the name ot & tAavih ^Bol., Oltaria 





AKI, or Hake (myth.), a man with whose body 
the Eahhook o( Sfaui waa baited when be milled 
np the land [ram the depths of ucesn.— A.H." 
ii., 91. [See Slini.] 

AKI, to duh, rush ; Ka ahi rau>u mat ratau i 
tangata ra— Ken,, xit. 9: Na It hau aia i 
iho nno-A. H. M., i. 61. 3. To strike with 
a neapan : A Aa aiiaa toaa hoa i Utah! ii ie 
to'idfu— Eko., xxi. 18. CI. liuaUi, to rush 
upon : auki. to launoh 

AKIAKI, to urge on ; to keep on. as to keep up 
coDtinaouH knocking. 
Maogarevan—akiaki, pres 
Cf. nki, to sprout, grow; to gather with the 
hand ; a cry of joy. Tongan— of. a/riakilua, 
to encIoBO and attack from the back : akiha, to 
emhuwel ; to eviBcerate ; laaii, to eradioata, to 
tear up by the roots. Havraiian— cf. rti, 
to detilroy, conaume. ae a Gre, or as a sore ; 
uiRi, to Induce to powder. 

AKIKO, at a diatBDM. Cf. ki. to; ia, yonder 

AKIRI, to oast away: flung away, 

AKO, to teach: Ka aioaa e ia ii a aiui lamariAi 
—P.M., 175. 2. To learn: K akona limutia 
Bin una e Rata i konei — P. M., 68. Ahanga, a 
learner, disciple ; 'tkoranga, that which is 
tanght or learnt; the time, place, .tc, of 
teaming or teaching. 

WhakB-AKO, to teach : Vtirn na if alua am ia i 
Kltakauh) I nuihio ai-P. M.. 11. 
Samoan — a'o, to teach : M/i ia laloii a'u ai 
i a lalou jaiiau; That they may teach their 
ohildren. A'oa'o, to learn ; Lufuii le le loc 
a'aa-ofoi i taua; Neither shall they learn war 
any more, (b.) k teacher: U e Hi e lata laa e 
maiutua, o le a'oa'o ma U ua a-oa'niiui ; The 
little as well as great, the teacher as the 
soholar. Tatiltian — a'o, to ooanael, advise; 
adv:oe ; a coansellor : E a'o noa in t-aii I'u at 
na ; I will adviie joD. (6.) To warn, reprove; 
one "ho warns ; (i',) to eihort, preach ; a 
preacher ; faa-n'o, to ^i-e adiice or warning ; 
an adviser, Hawaiian — ao, to teach, in- 
Btruut : knowledge, inatraotion : A'a manao 
halialia u'u i ia numaii i ke ao; I have* fond 
remembrance of the desire for ioHtnictioa. [b,] 
Enlightened ; (c.J to reprove, warn ; id.) to 
take heed, beware ; obey ; to regsid with 
reverence ; [e.) to learn to do a thing ; (/.) 
to copy the eiample of others ; aoao, to ac- 
custom ; to practise; (b.) (o teach; (c.) a 
habit, cnstom, &c., peculiar to anyone. Cf. 
koleluaii, to give counsel or advice in im- 
portant matters. Tongan— ako. to teach, to 
discipline, to instiuot: Hta aiii kiatt kimaua 
aia tc ina fai ki be lanu\jii aia he faaaa'i : 
Teaoh na what we shall do with the child 
when it is born, (b.) To warn, admonish, 
caution; ahiga, a learner, a disciple. Cf. 
akonaki, to teach, instruct ; a teacher ; 
doctrine; advice; akonekiaa, instructed; 
akaiobt, to imitate ; feakoaki, to tes,ch one 
another ; to exhort motnally. Marquesan 
— aAo, to teaeb, inalnjcl. Mangarevan— 

mAo, to prove, assaj ; to elumiui> ' 

with; akoako, to make like; to eauae to re- 
semble ; akoga, proof, eiperieoce. Paumo- 
tan— ako, counsel, advice; to instruct, to 
advise. Ci.akitkame.ta persuade. Futuna 
— ako, to study. Rarotongan — ako, to, 
teach, instruction ; to preach, to exhort : Kan 
ra ratou i akarongo mai ka ariki mat ei U ako; 
They have not listened to receive inslraction. 

AKONGA ) derivatives of ako, to teaab. [Sw 

AKORANQA) above] 

AKOTIKA, proper culture. Cf. ako. to teach; 
and liha, right, proper. 

AKU, ot me; sometimes ahaku. 3. Plaral of 
lukii, my; Ka mea tnai to ratou papa 'atu 
i«i(rt.V-P, M.. 109. 

Tahltlan — a'u, my, mine, of me : B parau 
oeia'ue"E ttuiana oia no'n;" Bay of ma 
" He ia my brother." SaiQoan — a'u, 1 : 
a'u ma i lalou unia o ia le aa ; 1 and aU that 
are with me. Haiwailati— a'u, of me, mine, 
Tungan — anku, mine; eku, my. mine: Ufa 
koe lamaiki Ri, ko eku /anau .- These ohildren 
are my children : Bea koe nua kotoabe oka ke 
majnala ki ai oka aaku ia ; All that yoD see ia 
mine. Cf, haaku, mine ; haku, my. Raro- 
tongan— iaku, me: Ei ruuga iaku lam 
kalara nana ra ; Upon mo be your ourse. 
Mangarevan — iaku, mine, for me. Fu- 
tuna— aaku, my, mine. E it. Poly. : Mota 
— cf. agii. mine, for me ; Malagasy— of, ia, 
my, roe; Kayan - cf. oiuf, 1; a*»i hipon, 
my, mine ; Sulu— cf, kaku, mo ; Slkayaaa 
-of. nkii, mine; Solomon Islands— ot. 
pii, my (as siidiE : tolugu, my toot); J a van — 

AKUAKU, to delay ; to be dilatory in working oi 
Bcline. Cf. akiita, alow, lale. '2. To clear 
out an oven by removing the atones, before 

AKUAKU, steady, firm, resolute, powerful. 

AKUANEI, to-day, presently, soon (of falureonly) : 
A ka hoki mai ai au akuanei-P. M., 25. 2. 
" The chances are—" Ct. aianei, now ; lenei, 
this, <tc. 
Uaurallan— auanei, an indefinite future 
time, but not far off ; hereafter : E ike auatiri 
i ko kakon vnelutnaii ; We shall soon see oar place. Rarotongan — akonei, ol 
time future, but not far oCf ; presently ; J koaei 
koraa kua kite alu ei iaia ; About this time ya 
(two) will find him. Mangarevan— akunel, 
presently, soon. Paumotan— akuanoi, pre- 
sently, soon. 

AKUTO, late: He tau ahUo : A late season. 9. 
Slow. Cf. aktiaku. to delay. 

AMA, the outrigger of a canoe : Katahi ka pehia 
e Maui If ama. 3. The sUgc between the 
canoes ot a double canoe. Cf. amalialia, a 
canoe with an outrigger. 

Samoan — ama, the outrigger o( a canoe ; 
(b.) (Bg.) a wife. Tahltian- ama, the out- 
rigger o( a single canoe. The luieama is the 
" port," and the woman's side ; paealta, " alar- 
board." and man's side. CI. laiiama, a Canoe 
with an outrigger. Havrailan— ama, the 
longitudinal stick of the rudder ot a canoe. 
Tongan— ama, the larboard side ot a canoe; 
hama, the outrigger ol a canoe ; (ft.| the smaller 
part of a double canoe ; (c.) the leeward ; (d.) 




k prapmistion tor markjng ; to miirk, to ch&lk : 
fclia-hania, ta put the oatriKger on to a 
esDOe; {b.) foolishly i^eneroas; indifFcrent. C(. 
hamaua {hama-Tua), to marry two wiv«B at the 
nme time ; hamalf/ua, the smalleBt a&iling 
oaoe; hamaaaki, to depend opoD ; faka-ttle- 
lana, to eajl a canoe widi the outrigger out of 
the water, Marquesan— ama, the oatrigger 
Mangarevan^ama, tbo 


, the 

oatrigger ol a canoe. Futu 

riggw of a canoe. Eit. Polj. : Fiji — cf. cama 

(Itema), the oatrigger ot a caooe. Brierly 

Island— ct.satmi, outrigger. Dufaur Island 

— oL Mn'nu, oatrigger. Rotuma — cf. lama. 

AHAI, tbe swell on the aea. Ct. hapai. to lift up 

(eee HangoreTan] ; ami, to heap up. 2. 

Oiddj, dizEj. 
Mangarevan— amaamai, the pitching of a 

Teasel ; to pilch and toss ; amalga, to lift ; to 

beave ap. 
ASAIA, * halo. 
AHARU, tbe name of a tree, a ipeaiea of Mtira. 

AMARU, dignified. Cf. nuiru, shaded, sheltered. 
Ha\irailan— of. laalu, to have protectioo of 
a ohiel ; at ease, comfortable. Mangarevan 
—et.ata-nuirumaru. a protector. Tahitian- 
eL aiani, gentle, afiable. [For full oompara- 
tives. Bee MiBu.] 

AMATlATjA. a canoe with oatrigger. Cf. ama, 

AHENE, to deiire. Cf. mina, to deaire ; minaka, 
10 deaire. 2. To gather, ooUect; Me amene 
nai hoki ki a koe.—Kea., vi. il : Anunea niiii 
nga punganhu. Cf. nunt, to be assembled ; 
aiiiu, to be aasembled ; lanieiie, to be as- 
sembled; kumetu, gathered up in email 
Tahltlaa — cf.iwiu, toaad, globular; mentu, 
to be adfanced in quantity ; haa-mene. to give 
rotundity to a tMng ; omtTiemenir, to roll op a 
con ol rope ; tameiu, U> compress a thing to 
reduce ite bulk; amina, to crave the food 
that others are eating ; to have an onaatisGed 
desire. Marquesan ^ of. vuni, onited, or 
joined ; kuauiut, tbe aoited cry of all the peo. 
pie aBxembled on a feast day. Mangarevan 
— oL meru, to fold op. Paumotan — cf. 
wieneiaeae, round. Hawaiian — cf. Tiitne, to 
pnckra np ; to contract ; mcneu, to double up, 
as tbe arrai ; in<mui, contracted, ahortoned; 
mtnomtno, to oontract. 

AMrrO, or Amto (mytb.), tbe lowest division ot 
the Shades (i'a) or Nether.woild. A place 
where the soul beoomea absolatety non-exist- 


Tahitian— ct. amio, to continue lo send 
torth odour, good or bad. 

AMI, to pQe op. to heap up: E ami am ia i U 
lo/itga.—Via.u iiiii. 6. Cf. emi, to be as- 
aembled ; amiki, to gather up without omitting 
any; antne, to gather, collect. 
Mangarevan — ct. amio, to coma from all 
odes. u tbe wind; ami, a girdle with wbioh 
men hide the private parte. Hawaiian- 
ct. ami, lo lam apon binges. 

AMIKI, to gather up without leaving a particle; 
lo collect everything. Cf. ami, to heap up. 

2. To relate a tale without oraiKiDg tbfl 
smallest detail. 

AMIKU, for awutt. [See preceding word.] 

AMIO, to go round about. 

AMIOMIO, to spin round, to turn round and 
round. Cf. lakamio, to cirole round, aa a bird 
does before alighting ; mingo, curly : laka- 
minijaviingo, to turn round; awhio, to wind; 
to go round about ; aichioahio, a whirlwind. 

3. To be giddy ; swimming ot tbe bead. 
Samoan—amio, to go towards ; direction ; 

conduct ; atniomio, to go about, in the direction 
ot ; (b.) to work; a chiera work. Cf. mio, to 
wander about ; to go round about; nunuo, to 
be contused, aa a current at sea ; msgomigoi, 
■ to twiae rooad ; mite, to twiat. to be twiatM ; 
asiotio, a whirlwind, Tahitian— ^amio, un- 
settled, ehangeable ; amiomio, to change re- 
peatediy, aa tbe wind. Ct. inimio and mjomiOi 
wrinkled, creased ; amoparai, to retire Irom 
the laoe of the enemy, come round bj a oir- 
cuitouB path, and renew the fight; puahio- 
hio, a wbirlwind. Tongan— amio, twisted, 
OFooked; [b.) viscous, glutinous ; faka-amio, 
perverae, distorted (applied to languago). CI. 
mi'mto, to twist, to contort ; dissembling ; mio- 
miauki, to go in a serpentine path ; ahiohio, a 
whirlwind. Hawaiian— amio, to walk of 
move silly, ho as not to be heard ; a gentle 
moving to and Iro. Ot. ntio, to wallow, to toll ; 
to move easily; to move softly; mionio, to 
swim, to dive ; ami, a swingitig, pendulont 
motion ; puahiohio, a whirlwind. Manga- 
revan— amio, to come from all sides ; to turn, 
said ot the wind ; wind that blows in puffs ; 
amiomio, a squall. Futuna— amio, ligzag. 
Moriori — ^amimio, giddy. 
AMO, the priest.leader of a war party. Gf. amo, 
to carry on the abouldcis ; to charge upon, to 

Tongan— ct. aimi. to go in search ot the 
enemy; to reconnoitre; scouts, or advanced 
guard. Tahitlaa— ot. amoamorua, to ap- 
proach each other, as two armies. 
AMO, to carry on the shoulder: Ka oTnohia ia a 
Tana ki rata to raua ahart— P. M.. SS : E kita 

ai—P. M., 47. Cf. hiamo, to be exalted, to b« 
elevated. 2. A. litter; a bier. Cf. kawimo, a 
litter; icAalaamo, a litter. 3. A aaorad offer- 
ing (as lifted up, carried on high). 4. To 
carry in any way : Ama ake au i takii hoe 7ui 
—P. M., 111. E. To rush upon; Amehial 
Charge I 

Samoan^amo, to carry on the shoulder; 
stioka oo wbioh a burden is carried on the 
shoulder: O lea aio /ui n aveeteina ai lana 
avega i loafuataaa ma lona amo foi Hou ua i 
It shall come to pass in that day that his 
burden Bhall be taken away from off th; 
shoulder, and bis yoke from oft thy neok. 
amoamo, the name of a beam in a native 
bouse ; {b.) to carry on tbe shoulder oon- 
stantJy. Cf. amomiUi, to bear the hinder part 
of a /ata (band-barrow, bier, litter) ; 'aaamo, 
a party carrying tbe post of a bouse ; auamo, 
to carry a dead cbiet aboaVou&^i', ta-uamo, 
to carry about a dead chiet; Ja'a-amoanioln.lii, 
I to pat np a hand lo be\B lAtrj » Vj%, '4i» 




person bo ioiag being too tall or too short to 
pnt the Bhoulder to it. Tahltian— amo, to 
carr7 on the back, EtB-tbe king by a man. Cf. 
ainuanioruii. to upproach eauh other, as two 
Brniies. Moriori— amo, to carry od a pole. 
Hawaiian — amo, to bear or carry a burden 
on the shoulder; the burden bo carried, (b.) 
To perform difficult offices of any kind. Cf. 
auamo, to carry on the sbouldCTB or back : a 
stick or pole with wbioh burdens are carried 
on the ahouldei. Tongan — haamo, to carry 
on the shoulders siupunded from eacb end of 
B stick : the stick bo used ; haamoga, a burden 
or load carried as above ; faha-haemo, to order 
another to carry a burden ; to snpply the pole 
to oanr with. Cf. amo, to reconnoitre ; (b.) to 
use friction on the body; amoamo, unequal; 
faka-amoiimOt to project. Marques an — 
amo, to carry on the shonldar : K amo te 
puaa : Eia I t amo alu aloii i l<ii ; Carry 
away the animals : Hero i carry them away 
to the aea. Anlwfan— amo, to take. Fu- 
tuna— amo, to carry a parcel: amoamo, to 
rub a sick person lightly ; Iriotiou ol a ealfer- 
ing member. Cf. amoei, to careBS with the 
hand. Mangarevan — of. amo, to WBib the 
(ace qoickly. Mangaian— amOi to carry on 
the shoulder. 
AMOKURA, the red-tailed Tropic-bird {Plaelan 

AMUAMU, to grumble, to matter discontentedly: 
He le wluikaroago ki le aimiamu ami waliinf — 
P. M., 32 ; Kanui U amaamu a nga tangala — 
Wohl. Trans., vii. 63. Cf. bavutmu, to 
mutter; tomutnu, to ham; inumu, a gentle 

Samoan—amu, to speak thickl;, as a 
dying person. Cf. veui. to munnnr. Tahi- 
llan— amuamu, to grumble, murmur; (6.) 
to mock, deride, call names. Of. ntu. a buz- 
zing noise ; ntuniu, to make a confuaud noise, 
as of a number of persons ; muAu, the din ol 
much talking; oiRumu to whisper; taamu, to 
plot against a chief, Han'aiian — amuamu, 
to DBe profane language, cursing, refiling. 
CI. kuamuama, to blaspheme the gods; miimxi. 
to hum; munufiii, muttering ; mmii, to speak 
unintelligibly ; a foreigner, Mangarevan 
— of. punhma, to speak dtctatorially, rudely ; 
Futuna— amu, to grumble ; amuamu, to 
grumble. Paumotan— of. muhumahii, a 
dull confused noise ; tamvmu. to mstle; a dull 
noise. Mangaian — cf. mu, a sigh. Mar- 
quaaan — of. miimu, a kind of song ; b con- 
fused noise ; hivrnmu. to sing. Tongan— 
of. muhu, the sound of persons talking 
together ; mumu/iu, the roar o( the Etea or 
wind; vaima. to collect together; tomuku, to 
oonverse in a low tone of voice. Ext. Poly. : 
Motu— cf. niu, to coo as a dove; Fiji— 
tniirau, to go in troops ; Aneityum— i7niu, 
to low, as cattle.; Cent. Nicobar— mumu, a 
dove; Loyalty Islands— i;iunii(, the pitcher 

AMU A, the future; henoetorth. [For oompara- 

tives see Mui, first, before.] 
AMUR], the future : A muri aU mi, hereafter: 
£ iorf t tukaa jnai tona kaha a muri aki n£i 
it a ioe—Eeti., iv. 13. 

Samoan—amuli, hereafter : Faaali mai ia o 
>Bca e tutigiu amulij Bbott the ft'inifv to oome 

hereafter, [For compaiatiTea see Mimt, be- 
AHA, a cave: Katahi kn hnrre aiii nga kai patari 
ki Ic tmiha a te u;ui— P. M., 14a. Of. unoii, an 
uneTen snrface, crooked. 

Samoan— ana, a cave: A o talim faapuga 
i lateu ana : When they lie in their caves ; 
anaana, full of caves. Cf. analuiu, very 
dark (bb if going into "the cave of an 
owl"). Tahltian— ana, B cave or cavern: 

Tia n 


.= («■) 

dented with small holes, as the comt rocks in 
the sea ; {h.) tapering, or going in towards the 
bottom. Cf. anavai, the bed of a ri»er ; ana- 
tiai ahu. a aentinel to watch over a fortLtied 
place in a cave ; lauana, caves or holes in tha 
rocks under water. Hawaiian — ana, a cave: 
O ka pue maloko o na pakaua a mt na ana; 
Those which are in the forts and caves, lb.) 
A den formed hy rocks; (c.) the name of a 
hollow place ia the mouth by which the voice 
is modified. Tongan — ana, a cnve, a den: 
Bea i ht gaaki ana moe hto oe kfirkeU ; In 
caves and dens of the earth, (fc.) A cabin ; 
any snug place ; anaana, foil of caves or 
dens ; anaga, a rendezvous ; the central i)oiut ; 
the source. Marquesan— ana, a cave, a 
' grotto. Mangarevan— ana, a cave ; ana- 
ana, small oaves or grottoes. Cf. koana, a 
hollow ; a cavity in the mchs. Paumotan 
— ana, a cave. Futuna — ana, a grotto or 

ANA: a word preceded by e, and followed by ana, 
has tha sense of present (or almost immediate] 
action : E pata aaa ahan, » piilu ana koe — 
G. P., 186. Withont t, it ia used to denote 
rapid action ; and, following a word used at a 
noun, it denotes finality of action. 

Havvallan — ana, a verbal particle : E UM 
ana e ka lihilild ; Which gathers on the eye- 
lashes: E la ana i ka pim koii ; Scattering 
the lou blossoms. Mangarevan— ana, a 
particle, used to indicate the present tense : E 
tagi kuhane r hrke ana; The k-ahatu (bird) 
mourns and laments. 

—P. M., 33. 

Samoan — cf. ana, if {in past time). 
AKA, of him; of her. 3. Plural of latia, his or . 
hers : Ka akona e ia ki a ana tavmriki— 
P. M., 175. 3. For eaa, plural of Una, that. 
4. A contraction for ae-na. Yes. 

Samoan— ana, plural of lana, his or hers: 
Na te tuu ana Jua i U elecle ; Which leavM 
her eggs in the dust, Tahltian— ana, be, 
she, it ; [b,) hia, hers, belonging to it. Hs- 
w/alian— ana, o( him, of her, ol it, hers, hia. 
Tongan — aana, his, hers, or its. Raro- 
tongan— ana, his, hers, belonging to him or 
her : £ [ana naine, e ana puke tamariki lana- 
Toa tokorua; His wife and his two eons. Ext. 
Poly,: Motu— cf. eiut, his; tuna, his, hen 
(of food only) ; iena, bis, hers. 
ANAHMt^, Pudtnium TOuUtbre ifabia mt^ora)— 




ANAHE, only; dngle; this and no other: Mo 
taku rua anahe ano—VL, M., 152. Cf. anake^ 

Tahitian — anae, all, every, only : E vaiiho 
i te reira na ae anae ; Let them be only yoor 
own. (6.) Together. Marquesan — cf. ana- 
iho^ only ; anakef only, always. Mangaian 
— cl anake^ only. Moriori — cf . enake^ alone. 
Mangarevan — of. anake^ only. Paumo- 
tan — cf. anake, unique ; to be alone. 

ANAKE, only ; singly, without others ; ' nothing 
but': Ko nga tuakana anake e'whakaae kia 
wehea — ^P. M., 8. Cf. anahe^ only. 2. En- 
tirely, completely, without exception: Kua 
mate tera wakine tokorua, mate anake — Wohl., 
Trans., vii. 50. Cf. fte, strange. [See also 

Tahitian—anae, all, every, only ; (6.) toge- 
ther; at once; entirely. Marquesan — 
anake, only; (6.) always. Cf. anaiho, only. 
Mangarevan — anake, only: Tetahi ra ke, 
e roroko ana te mou tuakana ka hao ki te hi-pot 
ko ratou anake ; Another day his elder bro- 
thers thought that they would go fisbing with 
a line ; they by themselves. Paumotan — 
anake, unique ; (6.) to be alone. Raroton- 
gan — anake, only : Ko maua anake ra i roto 
i taua are ra ; We two only were in the house. 
(b.)AlI. Moriori — enaki, alone. Hawaiian 
—ii. koo-anaef {whaka-anaket) to set apart; 
e, strange, other, new. 

AN AM ATA, hereafter. Cf. nanamata^ a long time 

AN AN A (ofiona), an interjection, denoting appro- 
bation or wonder : Takoto ana ki te whenua, 
anana ! — P. M., 8. Cf. nana ! behold I na ! 
calling attention. 

Tahitian^cf. nal lo! behold! nana, to 
look at. Ha'^vaiian — cf. nana, to look at 
attentively. Mangarevan — of . nana, to 
look at ; to spv out. Rarotongan— cf . na ! 
behold 1 

ANAOA, " Truly," certainly. 

ANAU, an uneven surface. Cf. ana, a cave or 
hole ; (6.) crooked. 

ANEANE, sharp, keen-pointed. 

Taliitian — cf. aneane, dear, as a fire, or 
cloudless air. Samoan — cf. ane, the white 
ant {Termes). Ext. Poly.: Tagal— cf. anay, 
the ant which bores wood. 

ANEHU, misty, foggy. Cf. nehu, dust, steam; 
nehunehuy dusky ; nehutai, spray from the sea 
punehunehu, dusty; ua-punehunehu, misty 
rain ; kontnehu, resembling dust ; rehu, mist ; 
pungarehu, ashes ; rehurehu, to be gone down, 
as the sun ; kaurerehu, dim, dusky. 

Saxnoan— cf. nefu, to be stirred up, to be 
turbid ; fa*a'nejunefu, to be misty, indistinct ; 
fa'a-tini/u, to be cloudy. Tongan— cf. efu, 
dust; nenefu, twilight, dimness; afu, the 
spray of the sea beating on rocks ; afuafu, 
small rain, mist. Hawaiian— cf. ehu, the 
spray of the surf; steam of boiling water; 
AeMi, mist, vapour ; hehukai, the spray of the 
sea. Tahitian — cf. ehu, muddy; ehuehu, 
transient agitation; rehu, ashes; any fine 
pulverised substance; relmrehu, the dusk of 
evening; porehu, dosky. Mangarevan — 
cf. rehu, ashes ; rehurehu, morning, soon after 
imuue. / 

AN El, a word used for enei, these; here, in this 

Tahitian — cf. anei, a word signifying being, 
and answering to *' is " or ** are *' ; but it is used 
only interrogatively : oia anei; Is it so ? or, Is 
it that ? 

ANENE, to blow softly, as wind. Cf. hanene^ 
blowing gently ; angi, light air ; ha, breath ; 
ngenge, tired, weary. [Consider also words 
under hanehane, rottenness.] 
Hawaiian— aneane, to blow softly, as a 
light wind ; (6.) to be exhausted, as a man 
with hunger ; (c.) to be almost something, 
i.e., to be almost at a place ; (d.) faint, low, 
feeble. Cf . one, light, as worm-eaten timber ; 
aniani, (angiangi,) to cool, to refresh one 
heated ; agreeable ; uhane, the soul, spirit ; - 
hanehane, the wailing of the spirits or ghosts ; 
ha, to breathe ; anane, feeble, low, weak. Ta- 
hitian — cf. aneane, clear, as a fire, or a 
cloudless atmosphere. Mangarevan — cf. 
kuhane, the soul, spirit. Ext. Poly. : Timur 
— cf. anin, wind. Malay — cf. angin, wind. 
Malagasy — cf. miainaina, to breathe feebly, 
{y/ aina, life) ; anina, breeze, wind ; aniany, 
puffed up as with wind. Kisa — of. ange, wind. 

A NEW A, feeble, languid, weak. Cf. reva, to 
float; porewarewa, giddy, stupified. [The 
Sumatran word is valuable. See post.] 

Whaka-ANEWANEWA, to act in a slow de- 
liberate way. 

Samoan — cf. tuneva, to be languid and 
sleepy ; neva, friendless, destitute of relations. 
Hawaiian— anewa, indolent, sleepy; to be 
inactive or asleep ; anewanewa, to be as dead ; 
to be in a fainting fit. Cf. netpa, to reel or 
stagger, as one drunk; to be dizzy, as one 
under the influence of vertigo ; nenewa, dizzi- 
ness of the head, vertigo; lewa, swinging, 
floating, unstable. Tahitian— anivaniva, a 
great degree of giddiness or vertigo ; (b.) to be 
moving in a zigzag course, as lightning, or 
the irregular flight of an airow. Cf . neneva, 
foolish, unsteady; a fool; maneva, foolish, 
giddy; nevaneva, wild, unsteady, wandering 
{applied to the eye) ; nivaniva, unsteady ; 
onevaneva, giddiness ; peenevaneva, to fly 
irregularly, as an arrow ; tapineva, to be in a 
hopeless condition, as one on a pieoe of rock 
surrounded by the deep sea. Mangaian — 
cf. neneva, foolish. Marquesan—cf. eva, 
to be confused ; eeva, to melt ; to be debili- 
tated, weakened. Ext. Poly.: Sumatra — 
cf. neva, toddy, distilled from the Gomuti 
Palm, of which arrack is made in Batavia, 
and palm sugar, etAled jaggery, in India. 

ANlNl, headaching, giddy, dizzy: A % anini ai 
ano hoki o ratcu upoko—K. H. M., 49. Cf. 
ninihi, steep. [See Hawaiian.] 

Samoan — ct. niniva, to be giddy. [See 
Anewa.] Tahitian— anInI, dizziness, gid- 
diness. Cf. manihi, to slip or slide, as in 
climbing a smooth tree ; manihinihiy uneasi- 
ness ; to feel lassitude ; tanini, to stagger, to 
reel; to drift to leeward, as a ship. Ha-" 
waiian^anihinihi, near to falling off a preci- 
pice; to stand in a dangerous place. Cf. 
nihinihi, narrow-ridged, as a mountain sharp 
at the top. Marquesan— cf. takanini, daz- 
zled; to swoon, to stagger, totter. Extr. 
Poly. : Malagasy —ot. janiny , ^^^ ^ ^'li • 




ANIWANIWA, the rainbow: Ki ti koma It aniica. 
tti-ma, ka mate tt langala — Prov, [Seo Uehc- 
ar, the reiDbow.] 2. Black (one aa(b.). 
Samoan—nuanua, the laiDboir: Eiaifoi 
U nuanua i U aa; Tho ninboiF ehall be in the 
olonil. Cf. 'nniva, tha Milky Waj. Tahi- 
tian— anuanuB, the r&inbov; also anuenue: 
E onuantui tei nia i tana tipoo; k rainbow 
was Dpon his bead. Cf. aniraniva, to ba 
moving in a avgaag course, ae liKhtuiiig, or an 
arrow ; a great degree of giddiitcBa or vertigo ; 
lapeanuanaa. a portion of a rainbow. Ha- 
-waiian — anuanua, the rainbow; hIbo anue- 
nue: ke annentie kt ala a Kahai ; The 
rainbow is the path ot Tawhaki. Marque- 
san— anuanua, the rainbow. Manga re van 
—anuanua, the rainbow ; {b.) cloude. mists oa 
the horizon. Morlorl— aniniwa, Ibe rain- 
how. Rarotongan— anuanua, the rainbow : 

There waa a rainbow rounri about the throne. 

ANO [see Maori QraniTDar], till the present; up 
to Uiis time : Ana, tokoiclia ano kotito — P. M., 
13 : Kahort ano, not jet. a. Eiactlj, quite, 
3. Al«o : Me U tnkomaka ano hoki e moe ana — 
P. M., 16. 4. Again. E. Indeed, trulj. 6. 
An interjection eipreeaing admiration or asto- 
niahment; Ano.ti itthi o tenei wafti— Ken., 
xiviii. 17. 7. Like; as if : He mea pokare- 
kare, ano e mat — Ken., xliz. 4. 
Ha-wallan—ano, now, at this time, imme- 
diatel; : Ana ee < haaai mai ; You aball give 
it to me now. CI. anoa, now. 

ANU Imjth.), Space. Manj deities are includi>d 
in Te Tini-o-te-Anu, "The Mnltitude of Space." 
Anu-matao. Anu-whakarere, Anu-whakatoro, 
Te Ann-mahana, To Ann.mato, &c. Anu-mate 
«aa the aonrce of death. [See A. H. M., Eng. 
part. 28, S3, itc.] They ate sometimes called 
Te Kahui Anu. " The Flock of Space." [See 
Tongan of neil word.] 

ANU| cold, coldneae : Be male kai t Tokohanga, 
hr viate anu tkore e Tokohanga — Prov. Cf, 
koana. oold ; pvana, cool. 

ANUANU, cold I Takoto mai ra, i te aauanu, i te 
malao—a. P,, 83. 
Tahitian— anu, cold, or coldness ; to be 
chilly; anuanu, oold. Cf. irianti, a person not 
affected bj cold or drowainesa ; puisnuanu, lo 
bechilled; to be dejected in mind; laaanuanu, 
the cold season ; loraimcaiiu, coldness. Ha^ 
Vfallan — anu, cold : A'uu lioa i ka anu o ka 
mauna ; My friend in the cold from the moun- 
tain, Anuanu, cold, obillinesa. Cf. aimke- 
Tiuhe, rough with cold ; puanunnu, to be cold ; 
to be damp and shivering; pupuanu, to come 
oQt in cold pimplea ("BOose-fleah"); to try to 
gnt warm in vain ; to be dizzy ; to persevere 
in doing a thing. Tongan— anuanu, to wade 
and anim in deep water ; fakB-anuatiu, to doat. 
lo lie in the water. Cf, anufia, cold; faha- 
unufea, to ebill, to make very cold. Mar- 
quesan — anu, cold, to be cold: Anu, oka 
aa-iaho ktvakero, koe ita hoa ; Cold, dreary, 
dark, without companions, Mangarevan — 
anu, oold : Ena ra i te inatagi riria anu nui ,' 
It waji very oold in the diaagreeable wind. 
Anuanu, slightly oold ; chill. Cf. auanu, to 
feel cold ; cold dew ; to he eenaibla of the ab- 
0fnce ot SDjone ; lo be alone, i.e., to be cold 

Jwoaas* aomeouB is trmjr. Paumotan— 

anuanu, cold. Rarotongan — anu, cold : Ti 

anu e te pukako, le akati e te paroro ; Coldaod 
heat, EUQUuer and winter. 
ANUANU, offensive, disgusting; to loathe; He 

Santoan_Cf. anu, to spit; anuanu. to spit 
constantly; annilagi, lo insnit a superior (lit., 
"to ipit to heaven"); anuaalo, to hawk up 
saliva, a aign at diegast; amiHa, lo be «pit 
opon. hated. Tahitian — cf. manuanu, loath- 
some ; anrfeiting ; to be qualmish. Mar-- 
quesan — of, anuonu. spittle, Mangarevan 
— cf. anuanu, spittle ; to spit, to hawk up 

AKUHE, a large caterpillar. Cf. vthe, a cal«r' 

Samoan— anufe, n worm: Ana e -aina t 
anufe; The worms shall eat them. (h.) A 
caterpillar, Hawaiian— anuhe,a large worm 
that destroys tba leaves o( vegBlablea; enutlBi 
a species of worm, large and striped : A booma- 
kaukau ke akua i Kaki enuhe i ka aanaaa ; 
God prepared a worm when morning rose next 
day. (!>.) A worm, generally, in amoral senMi 
' ' ' despicable oreature I Pffied 
e enuhe ; How much less ■ 
Drm. (c.) A caterpillar: E 
■lie hulnhvlu ; 

i a poor, helpless. 
la hoi ke kanaka, t 
man. who is a w 
hoouna i na Ho e 

Canae the horses to come up like rongh cater- 
pillars. Cf. he, the name of the little caterpillar 
that eats the leaves of the cocoanut and the 
pnlm-leaf piTiiianut ; he/ic, to wither oi spoil, 
as leaves. Tongan- — unufe, the caterpillar: 
Nae liiku foki eia ae fua oe nau gone ki he 
vmife ; He gave also their increase to th« 
caterpillar. Rarotongan— anue, the cater- 
pillar : E akaki au ia koe ki te tangata mei te 
anue ; I will fill you with men as with cater- 
pillars. Cf. e, the Phasma, (Lopaphui cocco- 
fhagvi),) which eats the leaves of oocoanuta. 
and resembles what is called in New Zealand 
by Europeans "the animated straw." Mar- 
quosan- nuhe, a caterpillar; {b.) a dog. 
Mangarevan — enube, a caterpillar. CI- 
he, a kind of locust, nbich enta the leavca of 
the cocoanut. Paumotan— anuhe, a anail ; 
hanuhe, a caterpillar, Tahitian — cf. Jefe- 
fe/e, crooked, having many bends ; neenteabl 
{neke-neke-a-v:he),to ciawl or move as a cater- 
pillar. Eit. Poly.: Fiji— cl. niiry, a cater- 
pillar; Magindanao — cf. nnae, a worm; 
Tagal — anay. the ant ahich bores wood, 


ANU-MATO Lsee Anu (myth.). 


ANU-MATAO, To Anu Mataa (myth.), the wife ol 
Tangaroa. Her children were the Fish- 
dcities. [See WuiiDKCBA, PocitNi, Te Pon- 
NAiia, Anc, *c.] 

ANURANGI, a variety of the kumara or aweet 
potato (myth.)— Colensa, Trans., liii. 36. It 
was brought by Uoturoa in the Tatnui canoe, 
at the Migration.— A, H. M., ii. 180. 

ANUTAI, a variety of the kumara. [See Coleuso, 
Trana., liv. 43,] 

AHGA, a derivative from a, to drive: Ka anga 
ano, ka pei alu i a la— P. M„ 70. 

ANGA, to look or move in a certain direction : 
Kua anga mai ki rwiga hi a kouttiu nga kanohi 




« U tub— M. M„ 133. a. To mm and move 
in 1 eerUin direclioii. CI. hangai, opposite. 
uidm; attganui. opposite. 3. To begin to do 
ftiiTtluiij. [Thiaia, probablj, (UkaRarolongan 
aid, Miuatire pieSx.) a form ot hitnga, to 
work, bnild. and ichaka, the cauaatiTe. " to 
make to do." These are dJicnssed uoder 
Wbik*.] 4. Aapecl. Ct. vhtangaanga, tnni- 
iog tbil va; and tbat ; undecided. 
Whaka-ANQA, to cause to turn in a certain dircc- 

Whaka-ANQAANQA, to debate with onesell. 

Sacnoau — aea, to do, to act, to go or corns 
loiing nai, hiuiei, or atu, away, m in Maori), 
Cf. agaali-i, to act as a gentleman ; aga-ete, to 
go awaj Iromj agaltlci, to act kiniU;; aga- 
fa'afafint, to act like a woman, to act vith 
nildtieu; apnija, to devise, plan I agaaganua, 
■kilfal : agatona, to go Btraigbl ; /eaga'i, to go 
Dp and down, backwards and forwards ; Jeagai, 
to be opposite to each other ; agaoa'a, the 
"eondact" ol a csnoe, its beba^oar in the 
water. Tongan^- sga, manner, dispoeitlon, 
behaviour, natore, habit, slate: ('>) clever, 
ugaeious, knowmg ; agaaga, to interfere, to 
iiiterm(diile ; (aka-aga, a critic, an inspector ; 
Is criticJK or remark upon the work of 
another ; Taka-Bgaaga, to work careful); ; to 
work lo pattern ; to lit ; haga, to face, to look 
at ; hagahaga, to be engaged. Ct. agatu, to 
bee. to look towards ; to incline in an oppo- 
site direction ; agaofa. loving, kind ; agaatiki, 
ehief-tike in disposition {eiki:^aTiki) ; aga- 
luJu, lo go upwards; agamai, lo approach; 
liagahagai, ahead, right opposilo, as the wind ; 
hagatonu, to be in a line with an; other object. 
Rarotongan— anga, to turn ; E kia anga te 
riri o (ocu taakana ra; Until your brother's 
anger is tamed away, [h.) To make : K kva 
aiiga aia i te maramiirama no Inun are ra kua 
akantoaia ki U mta koptkapeka .- He made 
windows ol narrow lights for the boose. Anga- 
inga, to work ; Auraka roa n angaaiigii e 
Tarda i TPira : No manner of work shall be 
done in them. C(. angain, to return. Man- 
gai-evan— aga, work, lo labour ; [b.) a fathom 
{measured by the arms) ; [c.) a. sort of baaket 

aga, conduct ; the manner of eating ; custom ; 
osc. Ha-wallan—cf. ana, lo measure ; anau, 
to go about irregularly from house to house; 
anapau, to tarn, lo bend ; a hinge ; ho-anapau, 
a bending crook ; anaaiga, an eating circle ; a 
congregation of people for any purpose, pro- 
rided that a space be left in Ihe middle ; ana- 
koKua, to measnre land ; aiiahua, a tall man 
bending over. Eit, Poly. : Maglndano — 
"".Ty- '0 B", Malagasy — angay. any open 

AHQA, a eockle-ahell. Cf. aii;;arile. a bivalve 

Tongan-~agaagB, tbe name of a shell-fiBh. 
Cf. agaaganujanti, the name of a shell-Gab. 
KGAAGA, the bead. Cf. poangaanga, (be skull: 

inga—V. M., U2. 

Tt papa te imgaanga, the skoli. 
Bit. Poty. : Ualay — cf. aagu, to nod the 

WQANUI, to look straight Ot; to be eiacUy 
Ofiposite ; Kia anffatiui mai tt karero; Spaak 

directly to me. CL anga, to look in a certain 
direction ; hangai, opposite ; nui, great. [Bee 
comparatives under AKOi, Hinqai. and Sui.j 

ANGAANGAMATE. tbe back ot the band. Cf. 
anga, to turn ; aaga-taralia, lo lie on one'a 
Samoan — cf. liga, a span {liiaaiaga, fiva 
spans). Tocgan — ct. haga, a span in length. 
Mangarevan — et. aga. a (athoin; aga- 
agalua, to turn the back to one. Eit. Poly. : 
Fiji — cf. caga (rAanga), a Hpan. Malay — 
ct. angaii, to raise the bond as if lo strike. 

ANQARITE, a species of bivalve moIluBo. Cf. 
anga, a cockle-abell. 
TOQgan-~cf. agaaga, the name of a Hhell- 

ANQENGI, the name of a fiab. 

ANGI, a xephyr, gentle breeze, light air. Ct. 
hengi, to blow gently ; hantiu, blowing gently; 
aniiie, to blow gently, to breathe softly ; 
matangi, wind ; koangi, cool. 3. A pleasant 
odour, fragrance. 

Whaka-ANQI, lo approach stealthily. 3, To fly, 
as a kite : Rokohanga ala, e athakaangi ana 
ano a Whakataa i tana n<anu-P. M., 61. 

Samoan— agj, to blow, of tbe wind : Agi 
mai I lu'ii /aatoaga ; Blow (wind) upon my 
garden. Fa'a-agi, to cause lo blow : E faaagi 
mai e ia lona matagi ; He causeth his winds 
to blow. Aglagi, to blow gently. Ct. agina, 
to be put in motion by the wind ; to blow 
straight out, as a flag ; agilat^ala, to blow 
steadily, withoat squalls ; agipd. to blow at 
night. Haw^allan— ant, to blow softly, as ■ 
gentle breeze : Ke aai titi ka makani ; The 
wind blows softly, (b.) To pass over a surface, 
as the hand over a table ; (c.) to draw a net 
over the surface of the water ; (rj.) to beckon 
with tbe band ; aniani, to cool, lo refresh one 
heated; lo blow gently, as the wind; agreeable, 
cool, lelreshing ; (b.) a looking-glass. CL 
aniaiiia. smooth and even, as tbe surface of a 
planed board, or the sea in a calm ; aiwanc. to 
blow softly, as a hght wind or zephyr; 
knaniam, to blow, as a tresb breeze; a soft 
cooling wind ; luouni, a breeze, the name ot a 
wind. Tongan— agi, lo come from: (6.1 
to superintend, oversee ; agiagi, to begin ; (6.) 
to spring up, as a breeze ; aagi, chaogeabie, 
not filed : faka-agi, to consult, to meditate ; 
(b.) to hang or place anything in tbe wind lo 
dry : (c.) to give directions ; (if.) to keep the 
sail fall; aeiagina, Ihe motion ot anything 
light moved iiy the wind; agiga, that point ot 
the compass from which tbe wind blows; 
agina, to be carried away with Ihe wind ; to ba 
full, as the sail with wind. Cl.Jcagiagiaki, 
to vary or change from point to point, as the 
wind when not settled. Mangarevan — 
agi, zephyr, light wind; agiagi, to blow gently ; 
a light wind. Ct. agiagiga, a gentle dis- 
turbance of air. Paumatan — cf. liagihagi, 
hght. elegant. FutuQa— agi, and agiagi, lo 
blow, as wind. Morlori— cf. hokaangi, to 
shake in tbe wind. Eit. Poly. : Bdalagasy 
— cf. uninfl, breeze, wind ; aniany, puffed up, 
as with wind. Malay— cf. un^in, air. atmo> 
sphere, wind. Uea — cf. any, the wind. 
Java— cf. Iiangin, wind, Bugia— cf. anging, 
wind. Tagal— ol. hanijin, \(ui4. B\^a.-ia.— 
cf. hangin, wind. Magmdano — qI. luinQiit, 


ANGIANQI, thin; Era angiangi < 

" " -~a, 3. " 

ANGIANOt, the name ol a. ehmb. (Bot. Co- 
profma up.) 


ANQOA, Ihin, lean, waeteil. 

Samoan — cf. onoid, to be wasted v^vj from 
sickiieaB. Hawaiian — c(. anoi, a thiret, 
Strang desire ; ano, fear, dieod ; to be eilont 
and Eolitar; as a desert^ Tillage. Tongan 
— cf. agaago, quite enipty; perfectly dry. 
Mangarevan — cf. agoago, to be deep (of e 
bole); agnix, a circular reef in three to bii 
fatboma of water. Pauinotan — cf. agoogo 
light, slander, elegant. Eit. Poly. : Solb- 
mon Islands — ct. ogai, an eiclomatiun 
of pain and eaSeting. Bicol^ — ci. anijot, 
VBJLing, wonjing. 

AO (myth.), one of the primal deiticB who are 
the unborn Forces of Natare. Ao is (he per- 
sonihcation of Light and the Upper-world, as 
opposed to Dariness and the Lower-world 
{Pa). He ia spoben of under many forms or 
manifeetationa, as Ao-tu-TOa. "Abiding Day," 
Jo-ninrama, "Bright Day," *c,, and with bis 
oompanions. Ala, "Morning," and Whaitva, 
" Space," reeiits the powera of night, Kore, 
"The Void."r« McHgii, "The Black" (ErebuB) 
&o. One Ao was of hiunan shape, and they 
all arc counted in the pedigrees of chiefs [see 
Appendix, GenealooiesI — tih. Ilel., 12; G. P., 
App. U. [For the Maori Cosmogony, see Kobe ; 
for other Ao, see AoMui.j In Tahiti, ^oroii 
was Heaicn, and the residence of the god Taiu. 
and AaaonaTaia was the discoverer of fire. 
[See MiBi.] Ao h probably another name for 
tbe great Polynesian deity. Alta [Vatea, ' 
lea.) ■■Daylight." 

e ao— P. M., 7. 2. A day, 
time : Ka (ipu hofre mat a lot noa ki te ao nei 
— Q.-6„ 26. 3. To become light : A'ortAi te 
TFionu. Arano, ftauo, A-aaicafrn— O.P.,438. Cf. 
aha, radiant light, t. To dawn ; Aoina ake i te 
ata ka hacrt — A. H. M., ij. 9. Cf. maruao, 
dawn of day; puao, to dawn. 6. The world : 
Jue / ftflu a(u ano oti, i le ao. 6. Mankind 
(met.) : Ko tmti tangala no toIo i te n 
tbara i tenei aa {i.e.. He was not a mar 
enpematarsl being]. 7. A cloud: Te 
faa e rere mai ra—U. M., 23. CI. an, a cloud ; 
smoke; aorert, scud,, light flying clouds; 
aoTfiiia. scud, 

Samoan — ao, day, day-time; to be day; 
pass, aoina ; Ua oio alu i lalou i le pouliuli a 
ao ; They meet with darkness in the daj- 
tinie. [b.) A Aaj : E /aga/iilv a ao via U faga- 
fulu a po ; Forty days and forty nights, (a.) 
A oloud : la tumau i rma luga le ao; Let a 
cloud dwell opon it, {d.) A chiora heiid ; (e.) 
a title of dignity given to chiefs ; (cf. Maori, 
rangi, a chief, and heaven ;) (/.) the name of 
B fern ; (3.) it is right, proper ; (A.) to be ei- 
oetlent, to be perfect, as a boat, house, &c. 
aoao, excellent, surpassing, supreme ; to he 
Cf. amila, a d^y-daooei oo-alfii. 

t»l A» 

before noon ; aoj/aUma, to be broad daylight ; 
fetuao, the monung star ; aso, a day ; a daily 
ottering of food to a chief ; pitoao, to be orer- 
Bhadowed by the edge of a cloud ; tautaao, to 
rise up and pass over, as clouds ; puao, mist ; 
lauao. a chief's hair ; tnigao, to show respect 
to. Tahltlan— ao, day; hght: Taarenleite 
00; Tangaroa is the hgbt. {b.) The natural 
day; k.) bright cloads of the sky; (d.) Hea- 
ven, blesEednesB, happiness; the state of the 
bleasod ; ((.) the good reign ol a prince ; (/.) a 
hospitable man ; ig.j tbe present lifo ; (A.) the 
opening buds of trees; (1.) the white heart of 
faro, cabbage, &e, (probabW = Maori ngaa, a 
aprout); (j.) a hu'ge, spotted Sea-bird; (jt.) die 
heart of a bundle of cloth (probably ^ n^on); 
{I.) the king, as heart of the country (probably 
= ngaa) ; (m.) tlie grooves of tbe clolh mallet, 
also the marks on the cloth (probably = nguo, 
the palate) ; (n.) the inside bark nsed for ctolb 
making ; (0.) the fat of turtles, fowls, and 
fishes (probably ^ Maori nr/aka, fat) ; (p.) the 
name of a ceremony previous to that of the 
tihi ,■ (9.) braided human hair ; (r.) [he first 
or chief part of things ; (<.) one of the ropes 
fastened to a sail (aho '!} ; (t.) a spy, who comes 
upon a party at night to see what they are 
doing (probably - 0*0, to learn); (u.) the sides 
ofasquare; (r.) an angle; (w.) to press liquid 
out of a strainer; (x.) to peep, as an eel out ol 
its hole ; to appear again, as a lost fugitive, 
aoao, slim, toll, well-shaped; {b.) the ribs (prO' 
bably = Maori kaokao. the ribs). Cf. aorai, 
the name of the king's house ; aoroa, the 
firmsment of heaven ; aorerrra, a hind ol 
Native oloth ; aorereva noa, flying clouds; 
unsettled ; laino, dawn. Hauralian — ao, 
light, day ; Kuliahi ka po, Kulua kc ao; 
Tbe utght of Tutahi, tbe daj' of Tunia. Also 
to become light, to dawn, (b.) The world: 
Nana i hoonoha ke ao nei maluna lakon ; Hs 
hatb placed the world npon tbem. {r.\ Light, 
as applied to the light-green of fresh plants or 
trees ; (d.) a cloud : Me he ao piiapuaa la ke 
aloha e kau lui ; As a thick oloud love settles 
npon me. (r.) To awake, as from a vision or 
dream ; (/,) to come to one's right mind, or 
self -possess ion. HoQ-ao, to tempt, to try, to 

Erove ; to aeaay ; {b.) to try, i.e. to cohabit 
store marriage. Cf. aotili, the shy, tbe visible 
arch of heaven ; the stars collectively ; Heaven 
ileell; aopoko, a short cloud; (fig.) men at 
little weight or character ; icaitaai?. the dawn 
of day, to dawn ; pino, the hot reflection of 
the sun on a smooth sutfnoe or dry land. 
Tongan— ao, a cloud : Nae to foki ae vai nwi 
he gaahi ao ; The clouds also dropped water. 
(b.) Presence ; (c.) the front or most frequented 
part of an island ; (d.) the inside of Native 
cloth; ((.) a head-dress; (/.) to repeat a game, 
to play over again ; (17.) to seek suitable trees 
in the forest; (A.) to chase; aoao, sovereign, 
sovereignty; (A.) supreme ; (c.) the eighth dny 

make it straight ; aoga, worthy, useful, profit- 
able, acceptable, needful. Cf. aho, a day ; 
ahoaho, bright, abining, as tbe moon on a 
clear night; a Aotftfii, morning light; aoaojia, 
cloudy, overcast, as the moon ; aoniu, omni- 
present ; f'ao, to attend upon, aa a guard, or 
as a servant. Marquesan— ao, light, day- 
light, day '. Paha mai te Atua i te maatiiaama, 

Ao [] 

h no: OodcaUed the light, dft;. (i.)Aetoad. 
Cf. aotahi, to ob«y. Rarotongaa— ao, tbo 
world ; E iia keia aia i te ao /lei ; And chased 
oot of the world, {b,) Day : Tt apii nti ttlai 
ae i tttai i It tvatua ; Da; unto da; Qttereth 
■pceeh. (f.) Bann, to dawn ; E tae ua ulu H 
U 00 anga ra ; UiiUl the dawniog ot the da;. 
Ifangaian — ao, da;: Va po aa 
wajB nti ; 'Tia aight in Havaiki, and da; in 
this world : Ao mots njtan e ; The e;e of da; 
a nneloaiiig. [b.) Daylight : A'uu akama i i« 
<o t; Be is ashamed to be id the light. («.) 
The world : £ >uw i t« no nei ; Remaui id Uiib 
world. Futuna— ao, a da;; daylight. CI. 
ato, a day. Mangar«van— eo, the world; 
the Dnivetse', {b.) aatbority, goveinmeiit, 
nign; (c.) acload; {d.) inward Goneolalinn ; 
banquillit; of eoQKience ; aka-aoao, to think 
•txint. Cf. aomaka, humid ; aolikanga, au- 
Ifaotity. Paumotan— BO, the world; {b.) 
hwp;, happineaa. Cf. auina, da;hght (inn, 
10 ahiae ^ Maon hipiu). Eit. Poly. ; Slka- 
7311a — 00, morning; aito,^ day; iao, light; 
Tagal — ato, amoke; Kayan — Iota, boat; 
Amboyna (all three dialects) — aaa, Hre; 
I.ariki — aoaaoa, day. 
AD, to take ap by handfaU ; Ka aoiiia akt e It 
lohmga kia ti tana ringa—Bevi., t. 13. 2. To 
eoUeot. Ct. aoaka, two handfulB at once. 
Samoan — ao, to collect, to gather togctber. 
CLao/a'i, to cullect together, to come toge- 
ther : aofa'iga, the sum total ; aofasa, a col- 
lection ; aqfia, on asdembl; ; aoieie, to gather 
(II into one (of thinga). Tahitlan—oF. aoaia, 
to collect food aod other thingi wiUj care. 
AO, the bark of a dog : Katahi ka whakao mai, 
'Aol ao; aol a-oo-o/'— P. M.. 29. C(. au, 
to bark ae a dog. 

Tahiti an— aoa, to bark or howl, as a dog ; 
the hovling of dogs ; aoaoa, the indiatinct 
noise made by persons at a distance ; (b.) ram- 
Wng. nosettled; to be delirious. Hawaiian 
— OOOj to howl, as a dog ; (b.) to howl or wail 
tor gnef tor the lou of friends ; to howl for a 
calamity that has come upon one : heoce — 
ctoM, angry, roogli in language. 
AOAKA, tvo handfulB al a time, [9ee AoHA-tai.] 
*OAKE,theday foUowing; Kotaki ra i palaa ai 

fa—O.S, 30. Cf. ao, da;, to dawo ; ake, on- 
wards (in time). 
AOHANQA,* striped Turietyol New Zpalsnd flax 
(i**onitii«ii). a. Two handfuis at once : a de- 
rivatiTe from ao, to take np by handfuis. In 
800th Island, aoaka. 
AOKAI, the Pleiftdes. [S«e UATiniKi.} 
AOKEHU (myth.), a hero o[ great power as a 
telaai^a (wizard-priest) ; he slew Tataeporo- 

AOHUI (myth.) : Aonui, Aoroa, Aopouri, Aopo- 
t«ogo.Aowbetunia, Ao«hekere,Aoka1]inahiwa, 
Aokanapanapa, Aopskakina, Aupskarca. and 
Aotakawe are deiliee ot (he storm-clouds. 
The* are the ohjldien of Tawhiri-mo-tea, the 
Lord of Tempests, and were brought forth 
b; hit" to punish hia brothers, who bad rent 
ipBit their parents, Bangi and Papa (" Heavea " 
and '■ Earth ")— P. M., 8. 

S] Apakura 

AONQA, dawn, a derivative of ao, to dawn. 

AOREWA, Bcud, light flying clouds: Ka laangi 
Ttoa 'liaii, ( 111 It aareaa. Ct ao, cloud, and 
Tewa, to Qoal, to bo elevated. 

AORERE, ecud. [As Aorew^.] Cf. ao. cload, and 
rere. to fly. 2. The name of a garment. 

AOTAHI, the name ot a Blar (Canopua). CL^u- 
tahi aod .4 lu tit M, names of Canopua: Aotahi 
hf vihtia lajni. he ariki aia no nga lehtlu 
te iflu— A. H. M., i. 45. Aotahi (myth.) waa 
the child of Puaka {Fuanga) ; hia mother's 
name was Takurua (Sirius)^A. E. M., Eng. 
62. vol. i. 

AOTARO, to prepare beds ol gravel for tan. 
Cf. ao, to ooUeot, and tnro {Cotocatia and- 

AOTEA (or Aotearoa), the name of New Zealand : 
Ka hoe mui net. a, Jia u ki KTuiiu/aparooa, ara 
ki Aotea nei. Cf. uD, the worldi the daylight, 
and tea, white. It is an apparent allusion to 
the land having been pulled up from the 
depths b; Maui. Alt Polynesian islands were 
thus liauled up b; deities from the realms ot 
the Dark Night to the ■' While Da;." The 
MariiUGEaa Islands are called by the Nativei 
Ao-maanvi {Ao-maraiita) " the World ol Light." 
[For full particntars see Hawaiei, Midi, Kobe, 
Ac.] a, (myth.) The name of the first circle 
of the Lower-world (Papa), as oppasvd to the 
Upper-world {Rangi). 3. The name of one of 
the ancient canoes of the great Migration to 
New Zeahkod. [See Aiuwa.] 

APA, a hand of workmen : Kua hoala ano hoH 
uiM twikaiui kaloa ki a ia, hti iipa—Ken., 
xiTii. 37. 2. Said of a persou under demo- 
niacal possession. 3. The fold of a garment : 
Hpiirmi, two-ply, *c. Cf. faipa, crooked, bent; 
kapa. to stand tn a rank ; apu, a compan; of 

Samoan— ol. apn.aeiual connection. Ha- 
■walian— apa, a roll, as ol a bundle ol cloth. 
CI. iipana, a. Iragmenl, portion ; a division of 
people. Manga re van— apa, to pa^s in the 
handE Irom one to the other ; (b.) to take pos- 
session ; Bpaga, a bundle, a burden : apaspa, 
the gable ol a house. CI. apai, to carry 
APAAPA (myth.), a deified ancestor, a desoendant 
of Tiki. He was son of Whatongo, lather of 
Tabatiti, and grandfather of Kuatapu — 8h. 
Rel. 14, [See TcpnicpnwnBNDi, Tiki, Rda- 

APAHA {apdhd), if the case were that. 

APANOA (apdnoa), to time or degree that; nn«l. 

APAKURA, a dirge, lament: Ko (a mataa apa- 
' ra lenei ii a Aoe-M. M., 66. 

APAKURA (m;th.), the wile ol Tuhurnhum, the 
son ol Tinirau and Qina. She had several 
children, amnng whom are Tawhakararo, Moi- 
ratoa, Reimatuu. and Whokatau-potiki — P. M., 
6). By another legend, Apakura is said to be 
the wife ol Tuwhakararo, who was the son ol 
Bata and father of Whakataii. Whakatan 
was born in a miraculous manner, from the 
girdle or apron which Apakura threw into the 
ocean ; and the child was fai^bioned b; the 
sea-god. Eongotakawhiu— P. M.. 73, [See 
Wbaeuio, lUii, TuHCBOSUaa, dc.'. 


APARANQI (mjpth.), the god ol psMe &ud media- 

APARANGI, the open eky, the arch of hesTen. 
a. iurvra auitralii (one 8nth.). 3. A crowd 
of visitors : Hoatu U kai ma te aparangi. Cf. 
apa, a bodj of irorkmeD ; ranjri, the ik;. 

Tahltlan — apara.i, clesi, clondlesi. applied 
(0 the iky ; (b.) an enoloaure [apa : tee nnder • 
Pi] loi an infant, the eon of a king or principal 

[16} Apoapo 

cL tapiti, to join, nnite; haa-pili, tight, eom- 
pBot, orowded. Brt. Polj. ; Motu— of. abia, 
to have, to get ; abikaa, a small lean-to on a 
verandah ; Malagasy— ol. aby, all, e^ery one, 
the nhole ; amby, addition, eioeaa, ?nrplas; 
Malay — apit, close, side by aide ; to sgaeeze ; 
iO leiiDe with a bnlwarK ; topit, a friend. 

of heaven: fC aparajigi, o te taudpeau 
TtTt; Like the oatatretohed heaveni are the 
spread winga of the naming bird. 

APATAHI, a single coveritig or gMmeut. CI. 
apama, two-ply ; apa, told ; taht, one ; 
aritahi, a single oovenng. 

APATARl, to oarty, bring. Cf. apa, a company 
of workmen ; a fold of cloth ; tari, to carry. 
Hawaiian — of. apa, a ndl, handle; Ji^li, 
to tie, to fasten on. 

APIAPI, close together, crowded together. Cf. 
kapi, to be filled np, as a limited space ; opifi, 
to pnt together; i:aptli, ahot in, oonfined; 
apo, to gather together. 

Whaka-APi, to be in the way of ; obstmotion. 
Samoan — api, to lodge, to pat op at a 
honse for a time, a lodging-honse : Pe ai ea se 
auailefaU o lou tamdmatou te api ai ? Is 
there room in youi father's hoase for na to 
lodge in 7 Apiapi, narrow or strait ; to be 
narrow. Cf. apiiau, war-lodgings; apiUiga, 
a temporary hat made of green boughs ; apiia, 
a frame of atioks in a canoe on whioh property 
is placed during a journey to keep it from 
being wetted with leakage ; apilio, to be 
wedged in, confined, straitened. Ha-wallan 
— api, to gather together, aa people to one 
spot ; to briog into small compasa, as baggage ; 
apipl, anited, joined together, as the two 
canoes of a doable canoe. Cf. pipi, an oyster ; 
pili. anited. Tahltlan — api, to be full, 
occupied, closed np ; (A.) folds of cloth pasted 
together ; the bivalve shells of fish ; (c.) a part 
of a canoe ; {d.) to confederate togeUier, as 
different parties : to join, as two diviaions of a 
fleet of war oanoes ; (e.) young, recent, late ; 
apiapi, confusion ; ttatTOvmees of a place or of 
the mmd; straitnesa; difficulty as to choice; 
(i.) filled, occupied ; (c) a doth dyed and pre- 
pared with certain plants ; apia, closed, as an 
oyster's shell ; faa-api, to close, to shut up ; 
ftU-apiapi, to &11 ap, to encumber, as by 
crowding a place. Cf. apipili, together ; aptti, 
a couple on the ground joined togetlier ; a 
party joined hand in hand; to join things 
together. Tongan — abl, habitation, home, 
lands; abiabi, crowded, straight, narrow; faka- 
abi, to sojourn in the home of a friend ; faka- 
abiabi, to crowd, to cumber; aabi, strait, 
confined, wanting room. Cf. abiji, to tie 
togetlier. to bundle up; iabifialii, a wedge, to 
wedRB ; ejS^fi, [t for a, as Tongan ejiafi, even- 
ing = Maori akiahi] crowded, fuU. Manga- 
revan — apiapi, to be densely packed; pressed 
apon bj a crowd; aka-api, to be crowded 
tt^tber. Ct. apita, to make a circle round 

a tbiag with m ooid, i£o. Marquesan— 

I APITI, to put together; to plaee side by aids- 
Ct. karapiti, to put side by side ; kapiti, shot 
in by hills, confined ; uAlliH, to gird [see 
Marqneaan] ■ 2. the rodiu*, or small bone of 
the arm. Cf. kapiti, a bone. 3. A. deft; a 
narrow pass. Cf, hipiti, a oreTioe. 1. To 
supplement a deficiency. He vihare apiti, a 
steep-roofed bouse. 

Hawaiian— api ki api ki, lo fold np, aa a 
piece ol native cloth. Cf. upifti, to shut sud- 
denly together, aa the jaws ot^a trap ; to snare ; 
upikipiki, shutting up, folding together, aa a 
foreign Ian ; piki, to do instantly ; to milk, aa 
the sudden squeezing of the teat forces out the 
milk ; apipi, muted, joined together, as the 
two canoes of a doable canoe. Samoan — 
apitJa, to be wedged in; to be confined, attait- 
ened. GL aptapi, narrow, confined ; api, a 
lodging-house. Marquesan— of. lopiil, to 
join, unite ; haa-piti, tight, compact, crowded ; 
itiki, to fasten together ; pititi, to bind ; fas- 
tened together. Tahltlan— apiti, to joid, to 
unite with another ; to be in a joining state, 
as two trees growing jointly ; two parties in 
one ; a conple, or two joined together ; two, in 
counting; (&.) to have two sources, applied to 
the wind when coming from two different 
quarters ; apitipiti, to couple or join tbinn 
together repeatedly ; aapiti, united or doubled. 
Cf. piti, two, in counting (rua is the old word); 
aaupiti |aau — Maori ngakati), a double mind, 
double-minded, insincere ; having two stems, 
as a plant or tree ; (fig.) a person whose father 
belongs to one country and his mother to 
another is called taata aaupiti; api. to con- 
federate together, as different parties ; to join, 
as the divisions of a fleet of war canoes ; apf- 
pflf, together, all together, by parties joining 
together; epiti, a coaple ; two, in connting; 
opiti (doal), ye two ; popiti, a seoond time. 
Mangarevan — cf. kapiti, to be allied, joined 
together ; to make things touch eaoh other ; 
kopiii, to add to ; to asaooiate with any one ; 
to nnite things side by side ; A;i:pitira(|a, addi- 
tion. Paumotan— cf. kapiii, to seal up; 
kapitipiti, to nnite, united ; to collect, gather. 
Mangaian— cf. kapiti, to add; side by side ; 
dose. Tongan— abiji, to tie together, to 
bundle up. Cf. abiaiii, to crowd, to camber; 
aapi, strait, confined. Bit. Poly. : Malay— 
of. apit, close, aide by side; to squeeze ; hipiE, 
a companion, associate, friend. 

APO, to gather together : Ka apohia mai e rotni 
he kai uihakaiilu>~Tim., iv. 3. Cf. hapopo, to 
gather together ; popo, to throng, crowd 
around ; hiapo, to be gathered toge^er ; Cau- 
apa. to liDg, to carry in the arms ; taiapo, to 
carry in the arms. 2. To grasp, extort. Cf. 
Impo, to snatch. 

APOAPO, to gather together, to roll together : 1 
apoapakia ana e ratou — Eko., viii. 14. (6.) 
To entangle : A he mta cm>apo akan e te rfmu, 
I takaiatutaliaiinai— ¥.U.,\^. 



U> pot one'a Krm Toiinil anatbsr : O Hatiii, kai 

riaH ; O Hkuii. the Ma-encircling, {c.) 
reodre. to embrsoe u ft long-absent Irisnd; 
Bolo atai la ia i haiaaai me ia, apo mai la ia 
ia ; He mi to meet him. uid embraced him. 
{d.) To ooDtain, hold, or encircle : AoU t hikl 
I aa lain aau na iani o na lani kt apo ia ot ; 
BatTen and the heaven of heaveni cannot 
eontam yon. (e.) fo reoeive, u into the 
Btittd ; to appnhend iutdleatn&ll; ; to teoeive 
aa ft trnth. (/.) To reoeiTs, to hide, a* a 
ekmd lAvaheaomtiai opo mai, mai ko 
lalam xou tnaka ala ; A olond Teoeived him 
ftad hid him from sight. (9.) A hoop, a nng, 
ft drcle ; ft eertaiii kind of belt worn by 
*oman ; (fig.) Apo a ka make, the bonde of 
death. (A.) The miion ol the cheek-bons with 
the temples. Apoapo, to oatoh at frequently, 
to anatoh or BoramblG tor ; fb.) ft bnnf^, fts of 
tola {(arc); a hillof potatoes. Cf. apokau, to 
tftlM hold ot and displace ; apobao. the king's 
guard; kaiap», a rising or high tide; upo, to 
eoret, Init aftei ; kaha-apo, the eirouoifereaoe 
(lit., " enclosing mark "). Samoaa — 'e^jo, 
lo cling to, to keep near to ; (b.) to take oare 
of, aa of an orphan child ; to attend to land ; 
pla., 'a'apo ;, paaa., apoia. Tahltlan — epo, to 
Mtch a thing thrown to a peison ; the act ot 
ntching a thing to thrown ; apcapo, to catch 

.J ondeiatand. Cf. apoo, a 
meeting for oonsaltation ; apooaahi. the place 
where people fish for the aahi \ apoopoo, to be 
eoniolting secretly about a person and speak' 
ing ill of him behind his back ; apoopuaa, a 
place frequented by boys. Paumotan — 
apo, to transplant (probably as Maori ahu, " to 
heap Dp," means also " to transplant "). 

APO, dregs ot shark-oil. 

APOPO, to-morrow : Apopo, ia kimi i teteki tolara 
wut lalou — P. H., 91. Ct. po, night ; a season. 
TThe PolyDBBians oooDt by nightB, not by 
days ; as the English say, " toTt-oight," tte.] 
Tatiitian — apopo, to-morrow; also, abobo. 
Hairal Ian —apopo, to-morrow; sometimes 
popo ; ApopOt t haaiEi au ia lakou iioka kim 
lima ; To-morrow I will deliver them into 
yonr hand. Rarotongan — apopo, to-mor- 
row : Api^o au e oatu ci kia kot m ; To- 
morrow I will give it to you. Tongan — ct. 
060, to-night ; tAogibogi, to-morrow. Man- 
garevan — apopo, to-morrow 1 also popo. Ct. 
^outi, to-night. Moriorl — apo, to-morrow. 

APU, a sqnall of wind. Cf. pa, to blow ; pupvhi, 
to blow ; purtkereke, a putt of wind, dc. [For 
comparatives, see Po.] 

APU, to borrow ; to Eorce a way into Che groond. 
9. To gorge food ; to cram into the month ; 
to glat ; Ht kuku tangaengae nui : he parera 
apu pant — Frov, 3. A company of labourers. 
Cf- hapu, section ol a large tribe ; apa, a com- 
pany ot workmen; apo, to gather together; 

APUAPU, crammed ; staffed. 3. palatable. Cf. 
iifiuru, to crowd; to ahot up. 
Samoan— e(. aputi, to cover op, SiS the 
body, or a native oven, Ac. Tahilian — tJ. 
aim, to dart or Oj at B»eb otter, m pigs or I 

dogs; fierce; envioQI. Hawaiian— apu, to 
devooi food greedUy; (b.) to rnii after, to 
chase with the desire ot overtaking anoUier. 
Paumotan — ef. apuapu, pregnant; koapu, 
a nest. MaDgarevan — of. apuru, erowdad 
□p, stofled op. 

APUHAU 1 Oods of the storm-winds; chil. 

APUMATANQIf drea ot Tawhiri-ma-t«a, lord 


PURE,; . , . 

tntta or patches ; purei, i«olated tof ta ot graas • 
a small pateh ot garden ; puTtkireld, tt^ ot 
grasB^ a swamp ; pu, a bundle. 
Saiuoan— «t. fmUpult, to be spotted ; to be 
Btriped. Ha'wallan — at. pvlepiiie, spotted ; 
speckled; of various colours; epuiepi^, 
spotted; light and shade. Tahltlan— el 
puTcpuTc, spotted, obeqnered ; pvpun, the 
native leprosy, or ''""l" disease; opwt, 
spotted (applied to a fowl). Tongan— ol. 
bidebule^^ spotted; faka-buUbtiU, to Spot, to 
print, to varic^te. Mangarevan — of.pur*- 
pare, the face ot a man having ipota or 
marks. Paumotan — ol. hdka-purtfure, to 
dye in cotenn. 
APURU, to throng, to press one on anothsi; to 
crowd, encumber. 5. To shut Dp ; soppreaa, 
Cf . vuru, to plog ap ; Confine ; purupurti, to 
oaalki stop the chinlu ol a thing, to snppresa ; 
puniru, dose together ; apu, to Oram, glut ; a 
company ot workmen. 

Samoan— ot. pulu, glne : resin; the fauk 
of the ooooanat ; jndati, to glue, to pitch. 
Tahltlan— ot. puru, a board; the husk ot 
the cocoannt -shell ; pupuru, thick, as a mix- 
ture ; purutaa, to help together as a bod; ; to 
assist ; rr^puru, a company going oompaotly 
together on the road. Marquesas — ^, 
puu, a band of tow made of coooanut fibre. 
Hawaiian— cL wlu, to be wet; to be Bott, 
as that which haa Daen soaked in water ; that 
which is soft, as cotton ; the soft matter ol 
which kapa (native cloth, tapa,) is made, I7 
soaking it in water until it becomes paste-like; 
pupulu, to congregate in masses ; to be as- 
sembled; adhesive; soft; pulupujv, cotton; 
tinder ; to warm, (d cherish, to brood over, aa 
a ben over her chickens ; halahuku, cotton ; 
hulu, wool, feathers, do. Tongan— <^. indu, 
a kind ol gum, used as pitch in caulking 
canoes; the husk ot the cocoannt ; bnlubvUi, 
the gnmmysubstance from the banana; babii, 
to tie together ; bulitji, bird-lime, Manga- 
revan— apuru, to be stuffed full, overcrowded. 
Ct, puru, tne husk ot the ooooanat, and the 
almond ot Pandama ; parakaha, a filament ot 
sinnet. Paumotan — cl. tupuru, to macerate, 
Mangatan — ct, puru, fibre ol cocoanat, used 
as a plug lor caulking ; anything used tor 
caulking with. 
APUTA, at intervals; found only here and ther»_ 
APUTAHI-A-PAWA (myth.), the name of a tor. 
rible storm raised by the incantations ot 
Ngatoro-i-rangi, In this storm the host ot 
Manaia was destroyed— P. U., 112. [aee 

NOATOHO, Ml^UA (]).] 

ARA, a road, a path, a waj ■. A 1 imei te ava, 
teaiho mo (« ata fcoe ha piki oi- ¥.^.,61:. 1. 




A mewi» of oonveymw, 01. araniri, & high- 
way, B brokd pKth: araki, to lead, oondnaCi 
arafuH. to lead, conduct; huanihi, a load. 
arakmi, an OTergrown track. 
Samoan — ala, a path. waj. road, passage 
Li moitfi mo ia i tt ala ; The enare for him ir 
the path, (b.) The wsrp : Po o U ala, pooU 
/a\ua; Whelher in the varp Or woof, (c] A 
oauBB, a reaion ; {d.) a divi»ion of a village. 
C(. ala-iilo. a b;e.patb; -atiala, the road- 
Bide; alamu, to go direct; alalva, a book 
way; alava'a, a p&aaage foi canoes among 
Toc^B and shasls; loloala, the middle of 
the road. Tahltlan— ara, a rosd, a path. 
Cf. aranoa, the commoc rood; aranui. the 
public road : aratu, a road, a path ; ardlai, i 
guide, & leader ; aTamoi, toisetfulnesa (lit.. 
"aJeep-pftth"). Hawaiian— ala, a path, 
way, OT [oad : Heie aka la oia t ke ala maaice 
iki a kt aloha; Be haa gone in the path 
little travelled by the loTed ones. Cf. alao- 
lali, a narrow path ; alahal^, a thorougbfare ; 
atakai. a gaide : alaula. red dast on a road. 
The East ia called Hi alanui hele a Kane (in 
Maori lellera, He aranui hatre a Tarn), •• the 
great highway of Tane," and also, £« ala yiia 
a Kane (Maori = Te ara ma a Tone), ■• the 
bright rood of Tane," the dawn ; while the 
West ia called Ke alanui a Ka Hake (Te ara- 
dui Te Male). " the highway of Death." 
Mangaian — ara, a path, a way: / te ara 
taurere *i Iva.i: By a periloua path to 
Iva (apirit-land). Ct. arataa, a wa;. path. 
Tongan— hala, a road or path : Kua mou 
lofa ae hala ktfe heahonlt Whither have ye 
made a road to-day? ((■.) A doorway or en- 
trance ; (r ) death, applied to the king ; 
halaga, a path for animala ; hahala, to cot 
open, to tear open. Cf. hala/aki, to take 
another road to avoid bving Eeen; to take a 
circaitona range, as one in convereation : hala- 
halai, to force a way ; to eitneate, to dis- 
entangle ; halatoho, a drawbridge ; a pontoon ; 
fajiahala, the point or turn in a road ; hala- 
haba. a high-road, a beaten path. Manga- 

malarara i te ara Jiui ke; Maui the Eight-eyed 
was born on a strange road, C(. orn;;uflH, a 
very rough path ; arm', an ubelacle; arapnpu, 
a rough place, to be onAaed with difScuIty. 
Marquesan— ct. oanui, the liighway, beaten 
track; conduct, gaide. Paumotan 
— eara, a road, path. Futuna— ala, a way, 
path. E»t. Poly. ; Motu — cf. ariara. a street, 
a road throngh a villaRe ; dala, a road through 
the forest; Fiji— Kufd, a path, road ; Mala- 
gaay^v' "'"t removed, freed from); tiltha. 
a way, a path ; Sulu— daon, a way. path ; 
Malay— ulafi.course.direetion; ala. lowarda, 
in a direction to; jalan, a road; Siioiig— 
jdlnn, a road; Java — dulan, a road; Ilocat) 

ARA, to rise ; to rise up ; to awake ; A ahea ara 
ai tf maTamii /— P. M., 66; Kua ara ni/a riijia- 
rapa o itgo wahine ru ii runjja— P, M., 3*. Cf. 
ara, a path, a way. 

Whaka-ARA, to arouse : Hie It tangala e whaka- 
arahia anai a iaejooearia. 3. To set upright: 
Ea Khakaarahia ki naiga. la lu— P. M., 57. 

SamoaD— ala, to epring from, to arise : Le 
matii e, ina ala viai ; Arise, North Wind, 
(i.) To give birth to. (c.) To awake : Stia 

mavae le lagi latau te U ala ; Till the heavea 
ia no longer they ahaU not awake ; atala, to sit 
awake at night ; (b.) to sit or dwell (ased to 
chiefs instead of nofo) ; fa'a-ala,to arouse from 
sleep. Cf- It'll, forward, impertinent ; alaina- 
'ai. to awake to cat ; alaiuu. to start the first 
thing in the morning; alamii. to go direct; 
aUiiola, to overflow. Haiwaiiaa— ala, to 
wake from sleep ; to watch : ka Fatpae nui. 
ala i ka nioiu e ; O. the great Supporter, 
awaken the world, {b.] To rise Dp ; [c.) to 
riae up, as a new generation of people: Ala 
mai la kekahi hanauna hou ; Tliere aroae 
another generation. Hoo-ala, to cause one to 
rise, to lift op ; |b.) to stir up. as the mind; 
to rouBB to action ; (c.) to raise up. as a de- 
liverer; ((f.) to repair, as a broken wall. Of. 
jnoahiala, going from house to house ; going 
here and there. Manga re van— ara, to 
awake, to rouse oneself; Jb.) to misa a blow. 
Rarotongan— ara, to awake from sleep; Aea 
ioe e ara ai i laaii taoe ; When will yon awake 
from sleep? Tahltlan— ara, to awake; to 
be watchful : E ia varea i le laalo eialia roa ia 
muie, tiaha roa ia am faahou mai ; That thej 
may sleep a perpetual steep, and may not wake. 
{*.) To come to notice, to transpire. Araara, 
sparkliDg, BamiDg ; the gleaming of the eyes 
of animals ; the face, or eyes ; arara, the 
ascent of an arrow. Ct. eara', to watch, to be 
vigilant; a word of caution, " beware I" 
Whaka-ARA, a party of the enemy ; maraadeis. 
Probably B form o( ara, to awajie, to rise up. 
[See Aju.] 

Sarnoan — ef. /a'a-alataua. to take newa of 
a war to the gods, or to the shades of departed 
ARA. namely; particularly; that ia to aay : in 
other words. 2. Interjection, expressing sur- 
prise : Ka keua alte, ara I he langata—P. M., 
H. 3. And then (for a. ra) : Heke ana he 
aicaaica. ara ke pari kaki. i. For era, those, 
plural of Itra, that. 

ARAARA, the name of a fish, the Cavally, or 
Trevaliy (Icth. C/iranr genrgianiu) : Me he 
lakapu orn-ira-Prov. (Myth.) Thia Huh la 
held sacred by Ngapuhi and Harawa tribes on 
account o( its having fed on the drowned 
body of Bongomai, the chief of the Mahuha 
canoe in the Migration— S. T.. 35. 


ARAHI, to lead, conduct; ^a ka arahina ia e 
Tinirau ki tona kainga—P. M., 38 : Kia 
arahina mai letahi nwkai—A. H. M., i. 9. 
A'ai-aniAi, a guide. Ct. ura, a way ; to arise ; 
orai, to ward off ; oralaii. to lead, conduct. 
Tahltlan— of. urafa'.tosit.dn-ell, abide ;ara- 
lai, a leader, guide; araa, a messenger sent 
before a chief and company to give inlorma- 
tion oi their approach, or of some feast or 
religious ceremony ; ara, a path. Satnoan— 
ct. ala. a path ; alamii. to go direct. Ha- 
waiian— cf. ula. n path; alakai, to lead, to 
guide. Tongan— e(. alufi, to feel after with 
the hand. Marqueian— aahi, to lead, con. 
duct: A aafii i le tnalapo ; Lead the blind 
person. Pauniolan— apahi, to conduct, or 
guide ; (b.) to beg. to implore. 

ARAHUTA (mjlh.). the daughter of Tawhaki 
the Lightning Ood, and Tangotango (or Hapai) 




tbfl B«ft*«nl7 Hud«n. fihe wm the mom oI 
qntml betwaen Iwr pucDta, and Tuigotaiigo 
losk btt to he&Ten, Mere thej were aftenrudi 
joiiiad In Tswbaki— P. M.. 11. Anbnta mi 
»1m adled Pungft. [Set Ttwrnxi, Pukoi, 

ARAI, stbQ, Kneii, onit^n; to wirMii: Kamau 
ia ki Utaki orai-kaitaM — Ken., xsiv., 65. 8. 
To wud off. puny. S. To b« 'detained, oi 
■tand : A ia arata t U m, e te hav — 
A.H. H., a.,t. 4. To block ap: ^ kei tt 
hat^fa Unei radm i u pahei ami atu i a kot— 
SmL, ii., 81. Cf. Imiarai, a Mreeo. 

ARAARAI, to icreBD on ever; aide. 

Mangalas— Brai.toT&rdoff : ORongoarai 
■at i U kea, i ; Bongo who oardH off Che 
billowa. TahlUaa — arai, to interpose, 
mediate ; a mediator ; [b.) to obitroot ; an 
obatrvietion. HaMvailan — alai, to obstiaot, 
to hinder one in any *bj ; (6.) to block np 
door or pa«B*ge by sitting down in it ; (c.) to 
itenn. a oirele Tonnd one tor bis defence in 
danger ; to defend ; (d.) to be so thronged as 
not lo be able to see ont. Ct. alalai, to bindei 
one from doing a thing ; to obstmct i 
road : to be in the way of another ; to c< 
crate, to render sacred (topu) by ooming into 
contact with some sacred oDject. Manga- 
revaa — arai, an obslaols, impediment; to 
oppose, prerent, obstniot. Ct. arainano, the 
Pamdaitm, plaited as a proteotion against 
spear or anow. [Sou : This last word is verj 
hnportant, beoaase the " am " hen is probably 
the word for Paadanuj, which is called in 
Polynaiia ara, hara, fara, hala, &o. See 
Ibtori WhiblJ PauTnotan— cI. tavarai, to 
ddend. Tongan— cf. alai, to sit csrelesalj 
and in improper plaoes ; halahalai, to force a 
way, to disentangle. 

ARAIARA (myth.), the wife of Whironni. She 
was the mother of Hotuiangi, who became the 
wife of Paifaea. Araiara came to New Zealand 
in the Sitkatert canoe.— A. H. U., iii. 11. 
[See BuATAFu, Fukxa, 'Wbibo-mci, &a.] 

ARAITANOA, eclipse. A derirative of arai, to 
block np, obetroot. 

ARAITEURU (niTth.I, a celebrated female tani- 
vha, or water -monster. She was the mother 
□f WaihoD, Waima, Orira, Maugainuka, Ohopa, 
and Wairere, all great lake and river tanitDha, 
Arai-te-Uru and Taungsri are the gaardians ol 
Hokianga bar. 3. One of the canoes of the 
Uigiation. [See Auwi.] 

ARAHUI, a broad road; a well beaten, mach- 
nsed track : Baert tonu atu i le aranui naka- 
P. U., 3G. Cf. ara, road; rmi, great. 
Morlori — tranui, a passage. Hawaiian 
— alanui, a highway, a frequented road ; Ala- 
nd ke kanaka j The great road of the people. 
CI. ala, road; nui, great. Tahltlaa — ara- 
nui, the pablio road. CL ara, road ; nut. great. 
Marquesan—aanui, the highway, beaten 
tiaek. Cf. aa, road ; nui, great. [For fall 
eomparatiTes see Aai, and Nei.] 

ARANGA, to rise to the sorface ; to appear. Cf. 
wtaranga. to rise ap ; Uirangaranga, elevated ; 
ranga. to raise, cast ap ; koranga, to raise, lift 
Bp ; ara, to arise. 

Whakt-ARANQA, to appear in a viaion, or second 

Samoan — d. laga, to rite ; to raise np; 
malaga, to rise, as a hen from her neat, or 
troops from ambash ; a jonmej ; to cauw to 
originate ; laumalnj^o, to endeavour to taite, 
as war, Ao. Hawaiian— alana, light, not 
heavy, easily floating on the water ; (b.) a pre- 
sent made by a chief to a priest to procure his 
prayers ; a present made to a god ; a free-will 
offering for any paipose ; a sacriOce ; to bring 
a present or offering. Cf. atanaaloha. a peace- 
offering ; ofanaituni, an offering to procnre the 
death of a sorcerer ; malana, to float together, 
as a body of canoes ; lana, to Qoat on the sar- 
tace.' Tahltian— araa, to be raised or 
lightened, as a vessel in the water, or as a 
thing that was sunk ; to be raised to prosperj^ 
from a degraded state ; (b.) a measenger sent 
before a chief and company to give informa- 
tion of their approach, or to give notice of 
some feast or religioas ceremony ; (e.) the 
smali fry of fish, used as bait for the large 
ones; erearaa, to be convalescent; to be raised 
from depression by some nneipected good 
news. Ci. roa, sacred, consecrated ; roanwi, 
a targe collection of fo<>d for visitors ; maraii, 
to rise up, to bear np ; muroaraa, heavy bat 
manageable. Tongaa — of. laga, to erect; to 
originate ; to raise up the soil ; malaga, to be 
raised. Mangarevan— ct. maraga, that 
which moves or goes (said of wind or rain) ; 
raga, to float on the Barfaoe of water. Pau- 
motaa— of. faka-raga, to raise, to lift up. 
Est. Poly. ; Java— cf. tinja, oil; Fiji— et 
iaga, to he lifted up, as a dub read; to strike. 

ARANGI, unsettled; changeable; not estabUshed. 
Cf. kahuirangi, unsettled; iarangi, restless; 
kormrangi, wandering; rangi, the sky [as 
Hawaiian lewa [reica), " the npper air," means 
also " to float, to swing '.'] ; harangi, unsettled, 
foolish; haurangi, mad; dranken ; tsairanf^i, 
foolish ; porangi, hurried , road. 

Hawallao— of. alani, the name of a land 
breeze at Laaai ; hautani. to plunge as a canoe ; 
to be restless in one's grasp ; to writhe ; an- 
easy. Marquesan — ct. karai, a fool, idiot. 
Samoan — ct. atani, an excuse ; to make 
eicuss ; lagilagid, to be cloody. 

ARAPAWA, a name of the Middle leland of New 

ARATAKI, to lead, conduct; to guide: Mana e 
arataki U kauri i ce iroo— M. M., 173. Cf. ant, 
a path; to arise ; araAt, to guide ; taki, to take 
to one side ; whaka-Uiki, to conduct ; to trace 

Ha-wallan— alakai, to lead along the path ; 
to gcide ; a leader, guide : E alakai au ia o» 
; kou maka ; I will guide you with my eys. 

(A.) To lead as captives : A alakai 

pia ua pot 

lakou i ka aina loihi ; And they carry 
them away captives to a land, (c.) To 
take, as a person from one place to another. 
(d.) To lead, as an animal. Hoo-alakai, lo 
cause to lead. Cf. ala, a path ; kai, to gmde, 
lead. Tahltlan— aratai, to lead, guide, or 
conduct ; a leader, guide, director ; Va ara- 

Her maideiiB shall lead ber as 
with the voice of doves. Faa-aratai, a guide, 
conductor. Cf. ara, a road; latara, a road, 
track; the road or walk of a turtle, by oh- 
■erviug which he ma; be oanght. Raroi 



tongan— arataki, to guide, lead; a leader: 
Kart aU otia arataki, kart e (utara ; Withoat 
guide or OTerseer. (b.) To fetch: Kva oro 
atura ratini e oratoti mat taia ; They ran and 
letohed him. Tongaii — cf. autajbi, to lead 
into, to condnct ; to head a part;. Mar- 
quesao— of. aahi (araht), to guide, lead. 
ARAU, to gather. Gt. haraa, to grope toT ; to 
leach ; rau, to catoh in a net, to gather into a 
basket ; raahi, to collect. 2. To la; hold o(. 
CI. raraa, to lay hold of. 3. To entangle, en- 
tangled: Sa ka hutia ake i Iraurara tana aho, 
akvami ha arau ki ta iUaui^P. U., 27. 

Samoas — cf. ala'u, to be nearly reached, 
nearly Gnisbed. Tahiti an— arau, the tvo 
wings of a large GBhiog-net ; araurau, a long 
wave of the sea. Ct. raapa, to obtain. 
Havrailan — cf. lau, to feel after a tbijig. 
Toogan — cf. lau, to pinch with the Gngeis ; 
lai^i, to pinch. Uangarevan— cf. rau, a 
band made of leaves, for fiBbing with {b; 
driving the fish). 
ARAWA, a shark. 

Tongan— alava, one speciaa of shark. 
Tataitlan— cf. arava, the large oolopas, 
Est. Polj. : Fijian— cf. yaUiica, a spscie« 

ARAWA (mitb.), one of the moat celebrated 
oanoes of the Migration to New Zealand, 
For the purposes of comparison, traditions 
lentecting tb« arrival of the ancestors of the 
PoIynesianB (Maori) in New Zealand 
grouped together :— 
AOTEA.— This canoe was the half of a great 
tree growing on the banks of the Waiharokeke 
in Hawaiki. Toto cut the tree down and 
made two canoes, one of which, the Aoita, he 
gave to his danghter Bongorongo, the wife of 
Tnii ; the second, the ilatahonia (or as some 
say the Malaiua), be gave to bis other daughter 
Euraioarotini. The Aolea was a doublt 
canoe like the Arajca, as were probably all 
the others, bat no incidental reference hac 
preserved an acconnt of the fact. The cbie! 
Turi sailed with the Aotea, taking with him 
the kind of sweet potato called kakav, stonee 
of karaka berries, parata-mhili fern, perti 
(a plant resembling i:uni<ira) : live edible rate 
m boxes; some petput^fto. and some tame 
green parroqnels. The iatea sailed in com- 
pany with another canoe called Te Itirino; 
they bad a very rough passage, and had 
to pat into the port of a small island ia 
mid-ocean called Bangitahua. After perform- 
ing some reltgioua ceremonies they again 
Started, but quarrelled about the steering 
directions; Turi wishing to follow the advice- 
of Kupe, (who had told him about New Zea- 
land,) andgo eastward, while the others in eie ted 
on going nest. When the Ririno was lost on 
the reef at Tapalapuatea, Turi had his own 
way, and steered eastward till he reached New 
Zealaod. Tori settled at the Patea Biver. 
near Whanganui. In the Aotea came ancea- 
tors of Ngarauru, Ngatiruanui, Mgatiapa. 
Bangitane, Ngatibau, Ngatimaru, and Moa- 
npoko.~P. M., 12B, et trq.; A. M. M.. ii. 177 
and 180. 

ARAHURA.-Inthja csnoe was brought agod 
named Arahura, whose image was of green- 
stone, Jhe ohieli who came ' 

hna, Bongokahe, Rangitataa, Hineraho (fem.), 
4o,— A. H. M., ii. 179. 
ARAITEURU.— The canoe of the ancestors of 
Ngaitahu. This canoe remained at a place in 
the South Island called Matakaea. The chiefs 
were Eirikirikatata, Aroarokaefae, Mangaatna, 
4c.— A. H. M., ii. 178. 
ARAWA,— This canoe is said to have been 
built in Earotonga, a place on the other side 
of Hawaiki (Vo ttta atu i HaiPaiki). It is 
doubtful if this is the island now biown aa 
BaroConga [«ee Ribotonqi], the oanoe being 
made of loUira, a tree which does not grow in 
the Hervey Islands, The name of the forest 
where the trees grew was Tawhiti-nui ; and 
they were dragged down the river Hauhau to 
the sea. The builders are stated to have in- 
clnded in their number Bata, Wabieroa, Nga- 
hue, and Parata. It was the first canoe oom- 
pleted ; then followed the Tainui, Matataa, 
Takitiimn, Kumhiupo, Tokomaru, and JfaW- 
tphAonia. These canoes were all hnwn out 
with the celebrated greenstone axes made from 
Te Pontini, the " atone fish" of Ngahae. The 
j^rauawaa a very large double canoe, with a 
house on deck, and was rigged with a foresail, 
main sail, and mizzen-eail (Morangn tote ihii, 
te waenga, me to te iei—'P. M,, 72). The chief, 
Tama.Ce.KapnB, decoyed the priest Kgatoro- 
i-ranRi on board; end on account of Tama's 
miscoodact with the wife of Ngatoro, the veaael 
was nearly lost in the whiripool of Te Parata. 
They landed at Whangaparaoa, (a few miles 
north of Auckland,) and most of the people 
who came io the Araica settled on the East 
Coast about Uaketn, Itotorua, rt'c. In the 
canoe came the ancestors of Kgatiwhakane, 
Bangitihi, Ngatipikiao, Bangi-wshiwehi, Tn- 
hourangi, Ngatiwahiau, Ngatiporon. and Nga- 
tituwbaretoa- P. M., 83, 84 ; A. H. M,. ii. 177, 
183. The Aravnt was burnt at Makelu by 

ARIKIMAITAI,— This canoe would appear to 
have arrived prior to the others, since Turi 
fonnd the immigrants alreadv settled upon the 
Aotea arriving at Waitara. They were ances- 
tors of tnbea dwelling at Waimate and Patea. 
—A. H, M., ii. 177, Manaia is said to have 
discovered and killed aborigines at Waitaia, 
when he came in the Tnkomara ; perhaps these 
were the deacendants of the crew ol the Jriki- 
matfai.- P. M., 1*5. 

H I RAUTA.— Little is known of this oanoe. 
Kiwa was the chief. It left at the same time 
as the Mangarara. Eiwa landed at Turanga. 
— A. H. M., u. 191. 

HOROUTA.— A name of the Takitumu canoe. 
It was 80 called on acoount of its swiftness 


KURAHAUPO (or Kwaaupo, or KuTuattpo. or 
Kunthaupo). — A canoe built at the aame time 
and place aa the ^riiu-a. In this canoe came 
ancestors of Ngatiaps, Ngatiawa, Ngatiruanui 
and Ngatikahungunu. liuatea was the chief. 
—A. H. M., ii. 177 and 182 ; P. M., 63. 

MAHAHGAATUAMATUA. — A sacred canoe 
which cam? from Hawaiki, manned by priests 
only.-A. H. M., iv. 24. 

MAHUHU.— Eongomai was the commander 
of this canoe, but he wu drowned, and his 




bodj eat«D by the araara (Trevullj) fish, ai 
held sacred bj hia deeeendanta, tbs Ngapubi 
and Barana tribeH. — Sh. Trad., 25. 

MAMARl.— The aocoanl of this can . 
lull □( interest, becaoee it seems to depend 
00 legend oi older dale than that concerning 
the great Migration. TheNgapubist 
their ancefitom eume in tbis canoe, and that 
it taa the vesBel q( Nukutawhili. Relics (of 
Roiie) of this veaael are lo be found near Hohi- 
■Dga. The j>eople on board were sugipoteit tc 
bebutone (ftradly.— M. Snp., llMi.««j. [3ee 

NCKOTAWBITl, and TuPUTlrl'D-WBeHrrA.] 

HANQARARA.-The chiefs were Wheketoro, 
Te-wai-o-Potongo, and othera -, the; biougtat 
the lizards, tuatara, Uretere, kumakiauu, ma- 
topanu, and mokokakariki ; also Ibe ioBects. 
><Ti, tche, tceta, kekcrmiju, Aa. ; the birds, 
loTia and lehioi : also dogs of the ilohorangi 
breed. The crev were anceBtorB of Kgati- 
pOTOQ.— A. H. M.. U. 199. They came about 
the Eame time as the Ilirauta canoe. 

MATAHORUA.-This was the EfbI 
which came to New Zealand. It was e 
of the Aalra, and wae given to Earamarolini. 
[See AoTRi.] Beti became the chief of it, and 
DATigated it. Knremarotini's bnaband, Hotu- 
rapa, went ont fishing with Enpe. who killed 
HotD. and then carried oS the woman. H 
tailed away till be reached these Islands . 
passing down the East Coast he reached Cook 
Strait, and crossed to the Tory Channel, where 
he killed the huge sea-dragon, Te Wheke-i 
Untorangi. He left marks at a place no 
supposed lo be the Patea Biver, and relamed 
to Hawaibi, where be instructed Tun hou 
Mil to find New Zealand in the Aolra car 
—P. M., 129; A. H. M., ii. 177. 

MATATUA (or .Valaoiua).— Home state t 
this canoe was the twin halt of the Aolea. i 
not the ilatahoTua. Ituaaaru was ttae chief, 
and he brought the lorn. In this canoe came 
ancestera of I^gatimanni, Ngalikahungunn, 
Ngatiawa, and Wbaka-lohea (of Whakatane). 
—A. H. M., ii. 177. 

MOTUMOTUAHI.— The chief of this canoe 
was Puataulahi. It arrired neit after the 
Tokoniani. Ancestors ,of Ngaraura and of 
Ngatinuinai came in it,— A. H 

KUKUTERE, the canoe of \Vhi. 
hied eight months before the Flood, called 
Te Tai a Huatapii. \See BuATATn, and Til 
TCFCWHZKc*.] Bath insects and lizards n 
brought in it. The ancestors of Poroarangi, 
Irom whom spring the men of Ngutiporou, 
eame in this canoe. 

PAKQATORU lot Popo to (oru).— The chief of 
this canoe was Rakewanangaora. The people 
on board were not allowed to land, but were 
driien back by aborigines and returned to 
H»waiki.~A. U. M., ii. 181. 

PAUIRtRAIRA.— This canoe is said to have 
preceded that of Kupe, The chief Bskataora 
told Knpe of the eiiatence of New Zealand. 
Bakatanra, and the Fauiriraira went back i 
Hawaild and remained there. — A. U. M., i 

e of 

The crow landed at Knngatapu, (near Waingo- 
ngoro Rirer, Waimate Plains, Taranald,) and 
saw moa bones and ovens there. Ancsatora 
of Kgatiruauni came in the Rangi^iamiitu, — 
A. H. M., ii. 183. 

RIRINO. — This canoe accompanied the Aolea 
in the MiKralioa. The chief was called Porua. 
After being etorm-beaten, and putting into the 
small island of Rangitahua to relit, it again 
mailed, bet was lost with all hands on the reef 
of Tapntapuatea.— P. M., 13-1. 
TAHATUNA.— Nothing but the name seems 
known.— A. H. M., ii. 178. 
TAINUI.— This was one of the largest of the 
canoes, and was completed in Hawaiki next 
after the Araica. Ngatoro-i.rangi was to have 
been the priest of this canoe, but was decojed 
on board the Araica by the aublilty of Tama- 
te-Eapua. The 7<iinut wae the first of the 
large canoes to reach New Zcalanil, and made 
the land at Wbangaparaoa. The honour of 
baviog &i3t touched land was taken from her 
by the erew of the Araaa, who artificially 
dried the poles of their sacred plaoj. and their 
hawsers, to show that they bad been a long 
time in possession. The Tainui went round 
by the North Cape and entered the Manakaa 
Harbonr, was dragged across the portage at 
Otahuha, and finally was left at Eawbia, 
where (tamed into stone) slje still remains, at 
a place called Paringatai. Hoturoa was the 
chief of this canoe. He brought the variety 
of hiimara called anurangi. In the Tainui 
came ancestors of Waikato, Ngalituwharetoa, 
Ngatimaniapoto, Ngatirankawa. Ngatiapakura, 
Ngatlmaru. Ngapuhi, Ngatiloa. Ngatimabuta, 
and NRaliawa.— P. M., 90 ; A. H. M., iL 177 ; 
iv. 2». 58. 
TAIREA.— See EisoroAiicio. 
TAKER EAOTEA.— This was the canoe o( 
Takereto, He Was told by Kupe to set oft for 
New Zealand.— A. H. M., ii. ISB. 
TAKITUMU (or if oroH(a).— Differing legends 
give the name of the chief as Buawharo, and 
as Tamatea ; H^iatnbi and Nukuroa. Bongo- 
kako and Tama tea-pokai- when ua, the father 
of Eahungunu, were also on board. With them 
they brought the god Eahukura, whose guar- 
dians had been killed by Rnawharo. Tho 
canoe was turned into stone, and now lies at 
Murihikn. The people on board were very 
short of food on the voyage, and had to eat 
their children. They landed at Tanranga. 
One tradition states that the chief was Uenga* 
pua-ariki, the ancestor of Ngatiruanui, and 
that they landed at Ohiwa ; Hine-kau-i-rangi 
being a very sacred lady on board. In this 
canoe came ancestors of Ngatikahungunn and 
Ngsilahu.— A. H. M.. ii, 177, 179, and 183 ; 
iii. ta, 72, Ac. 

TOKOMARU (or r,™/(«ma™).-ThiB eanoo 
originally belonged to the brother of Bongo- 
tiki, who was wife to Slanaia. [See Masah. 
(2). I MaDaia being in trouble, and having 
slain Tupenu (who had Insulted Manaia'd 
wife,) fled BcrosB the sea in the 7'ohm-ini, first 
killing his as a sacrifice ol pro- 
pitiation. The canoe made land at Wbanga- 
paraoa. sailed round the North Cape, and 
Doostod down the western shore of the North 
Island. The vgyogera finally remained at 




Torannki, and became anceatora of Ngatiava, 
Ngatiftrea, Ngatimanai. and NgaliUma. One 
legend sik^s that the chief's name vat Bakeora. 
—P. M., 141 ; A. H. M.. ii. 177. 

TO RO A.— Nothing Keema known of this osnoo 
but the name.— A. H. M., ii. 179. 

WAKARiNGARINGA.— ThiBarriTod neil after 
the Motumoluahi, Mawakeroa was the cbief. 
fiei orew landed at Kaapokooui (Wainiate, 
Taranuki). AnceBton of Mgatimamti were on 

WAKIRERE.— A canoe which left Hawaiki 
for Kew Zealand but did not arrive there. It 
went to Matetera to obtain kumara, and thenoe 
returned to Hawaiki. 

tlome time after the landing at the Better 
known vesaels, two canoea arrived at Tarsnaki. 
One contained two women, the daughters of a 
great chief or god : the other canoe held their 
ohattcla. They went back to their own land 
and spoke well of the Taranaki country, but 
complained mnch of the boulders along the 
beach. Then the paternal god or chief eeot a 
oanoe.load of sand from his own home to form 
Band-hilla, and cover up the boaldcis. There 
has alwajfg been mnch sand on the Taranaki 
coast since.— A. H. M., ii. 177. 

[Note.— For the migration oanoea of the 
Chatham Islanders, see Mobiobi.] 
ARAWHATA, a ladder or bridge: Koia ano ko 
Kairhaj-u te arawluita liei pikinija vto tana 
Cava ki te pa— Q.-B, 30. Of. ara. a path, a 
waj ; to ariae ; whata, an elevated food-stage ; 
kauvrliatii, an elevated food-stage ; kaiichata, 
a pole placed across two forked etioke to sus- 
pend food from ; Uj/iiidiiiRki, a litter. 

Samoan — cf. ala, a way, path ; to arisB ; 
fala. a raised house lor storing jaoia in ; a 
shelf, a hand-barrow, a bier, an altar ; fata- 
inanii, a sca&old for house-building. Tahl- 
tian— ct. ara, a way, a road ; /om. an altar, 
a scaffold ; tt/ata, a coop, boi, suaffold ; pafalu, 
a oBge; aroloHrn, a roi* ladder. Moriori — 
cf. v'liata, a raft. Futuna — ct.fata. a stage, 
a granary. Man^aian — cf. itra, a road ; 
ata, a shelf to put things on ; aCarnaa, a ladder. 
Mangarevan — of. am, a road; afata. a 
coffer, box ; kouhata, a piece of wood on which 
food is hung np. Paumotan— cf, eara, a 
toad; /ata, a heap; afata, a chesl or box. 
Hawaiian- alahaka, a ladder ; i'ti mai la 
kfkahi alahaka maluna o ka honua ; A ladder 
Standing upon the earth, (b.) A rongh road, 
with many ravines or ohnEms. Cf. ala. a 
road ; haka, a ladder ; a hole or breach in the 
Bide o( a house ; a building having many open 
ipaceB ; ahxpii, a ladder ; hakait, to stand on 
Btills ; hakahaka.laW of open spaces; huka- 
kauluna, name of Btoola on whicb double 
mnoes were placed when out of water. 
Tongan — cf. hala, a road ; halaiolm, a draw- 
bridge, a pontoon; fata, a loft, a bier ; fataki, 
a platform. Marquesan— vt. hoton, ahelvea ; 
valavata, perforated, tall of holes. Eit. Poly. : 
Motu— -of. fala/ala, a ladder ; Aneltyum- 
cf. na/oTo/ata, a ladder, a ecaffold ; ne/ala, a 
■belt; Fiji— cf. vata. a loft; vatavata,e. large 
vata, having posts; Malagasy — et vata, a 
boi, coffer. 
ARE, an inteiiMtion of sorpiieed inquiijr : Vh»t 7 

ARE, unoccupied space. Ct. tckaremoa, hollDw; 

AREARE, overhanging, prominent. Cf. ahare, a 
house. 2. Excavated ; cavernous. Cf. htrt' 
kare, surf. 

AREAREflQA, a hollow place: E huna nri W 
Toto i tf arsarrnrjo o tiga poho o Bangi raua ke 
Pajio— P. M.p 8. 

Samoan — cf. nlcalc, a yonng cocoanut in. 
which the kernel is just beginning to form -./ale, 
a house; inside ; to dweU in; faletilupo'o, a cave 
full of skulls. Tahltlan— of. fare, a hoose ; 
fanfare, hollow, as an empty Btomaoh ; an, a 
billow of the sea ; areite, a wave that bieakf 
over a canoe ; ari, a wave, a billow ; (o sooop 
out the earth with both hande ; pafarrfare, 
hollowneEH, emptinesB, aa of a bag ; a break- 
ing wave, such as bends over, hangs, and then 
breaka ; tafare, a hollow cave-like place in the 
rocks ; a hollow wave of the sea. HavirallaD 
— cf. alt, a wave ; to swallow ; alraU, to tost 
about, as troubled watera; hale, a house 1 
halehaU. a place deep dowo, a pit ; to aink 
down, as the roof of a house. Tongan— cl. 
fale, a bouse ; faka-fale, to make a shed ovel 
a thing; faka-falrfaU. lo hollow; falefalt. 
like a house (applied to a rock, or anything 
giving shelter). Marquesan— c£. hat, a 
house; hafliat.iYie hollow or curt of a wave- 
Pa umotan^ct. fart, a house ; farefare, 
hollow ; a cellar, cavern : farefartga, vacuity. 
Ext. Poly. : Aneltyum— cf. hare, large, 
roomy, as the inside of a hoase. 

AREA, opeo space. Cf. ure, unoccupied space; 

Tahltlan- area, the space between two 
objecta ; (b.) presently, by and by ; areareB^ 
the spaces between the knots of sugar-canes, 
bamboo, &c. ; (b.) a stranger. [For other 
comparatives see Are,] 
ARERO, the tongue: He ttka e ratoM artro. i 
kortro vei i It kino moftu— Wai., oil., 3. Cf. 
karero. to say, to tell; (orariiii, to make a 
loud, confused noise. [See Samoan.l 2. A 
carved tongue on the end of a wooden aword 
(laiaha or maipi). 8. The points of fire, or 

Samoan— alelo, the tongne (a term of the 
greatest abuse). Cf. lalnu, to npeak; lalait- 
faiva, the tongue; fnfou, lo make a noise, B« 
of a great many people talking togethar. 
Tahitian— arero, the tongue : Tei te arero U 
polif e If ora i te rairaa; The tongne has the 
power of life and death. (6 ) Tho king's royal 
girdle : each tongue or pendant part had a 
name ; (c.) any amall slip of cloth ; the peO' 
dant of a girdle. Cf. purcro, utteranoe ; alo> 
quence; an orator; Jarero, tbe branching 
coral ; oorero {kd-arero), a tongue that digs np 
mischief; orrra, speech; an orator. Ha- 
uralian — aleto, the tongue : A a ke aloha oia 
ke kannicai o kona alelo ; In her tongue ia tha 
)aw of kindness; elelo, the tongue : JC nahui 
ke eltlo, to gnaw the tongue ; lelo, the tongue; 

El.) persons speaking different languages; [c.) 
ung up in tho smoke ; smoked red ; lelolelo> 
reddish, reddened. Cf. eltluliia, tongue-tied ; a 
tongue-tied person; luiVldo, the tonguc-bons 
{os hyoidea). Tongan — elelo, the tongus; 
Bea tea gaolii ke iiki lui elelo ki ho oaoi jufu ; 
I will make your tongue stick lo the roof of 
7001 mouth ; faka-elelo, tongued ; set in, as a 


tenon inlo a mortise. Of. lau, to talk, aon- 
Tene; Uulau, an addreu, barougaei a native 
dance; lauloto, meditation i felau, to talk 
mnch. to ahatter^ vailau, tu obatter. Maa- 
garevan— erero, the tongue : |t>.| coral. 
tnocbing like a tree. CI. trerokoikoi, a blab, 
a chatterer, Paumotan — arero, the tongue. 
C( purrro, lo emit, i^ue; korero. to interpret ; 
ctoqaent. Futuna— alelo, tbe tongue. Mo- 
riorl — wsrero, tbe toogae. Mangalan — 
wo, thetongne: Raago-i-le-arero-ku/f. Rongo 
ol the r»d tongue. Bit. Poly. ; Malagasy— 
bL Ula, the tongDe ; a blade ; Ula/o, a flame 
la/D = fiie); lelarta, talkative; lelaka. linked; 
iabudela, one in the babit of bo opening his 
month a« to show bia tongae projecting and 
roDing a little iorward b«jond tbe teeth 
Sulu — ei. dila. tongae ; Kayan — at. lidab 
lo mnntiur; Walgion Alfuros — c(. areno 
tbe tongue; Malay — of. Udah. the toague 
SllLayana — e(. aUdo, the tongue ; B 
Krama — ct. Udah, Ibe tongoe; Bugls — of. 
Ula, the tongne ; Tagal — of. dila, the tongoe ; 
Ilocan — et. dila, the tongue; Pampang^ 
ef. dila, the tongne ; Ratahan—^ rilah, the 

ARI, the eleventh da; of the moon's age {he art 
roa) : Wilua ka Ari, ka Bua kia leekta— 

Tongan — cf. aali, beautiful ; shining. 
Tahitian — cl. ariari, clear, trnueparent. 

ARI (m^rth.), a son of Bangi-poiiki and Popatna- 
Dnkn. He wu the twin-brother of Hua — 8b. 
BeL. 17. 

ARIARI, admired. 

Whika-ARI, to bold np to view: Ka hapainga U 
tuatnhi ka vhakaaH ki a Tawhaki—k.. H. U., 
i. 49. Ct. tJari, to bang up. 
Samoaii — all, to appear; fa'ali, to ahov,', 
(b.) lo make knovn. CI. tuatiali, to stand out 
visibly ; to fibow plainly ; fa'a-aliga. a sbowing, 
a revelation; fa'a-alilino, lo show distmctly, 
Tabitian— ari, the tribute paid to a king or 
principal chief ; the advantages obtained by 
marriage or otherwise, sueli as land, property. 

ve the lintt 

inSucDce or government ; fan-: 
a display of one's property; t( 
pre«eat of food to the king. 
manied couple. Havrailr 
to shake ; to wave to and fro. 

ARIARINQA, the trunk o( a tree, as distinct from 
the branohei. 

Mangarevan— cf. ana. a place or way 
bare of trees oi under-growth. Marquesan 
— cf. ai, naked. Tahitian— ct. aria, the 
■pace between objects. 

ARIA larid), to be seen indistinctly ; to appear. 
Samoan— all, to appear ; fa'a-ali, to show ; 
gliali, to appeiir : Sa le/aia foi mia ua eaaia j 
■Ka ua aliali mii ; So that things which are 
seen were not made of things thai do appear. 
Tahitian— cf. art, tbe bouncllesa deep ; a bog 
ot an unknown depth ; ariari, clear, trac^ipa- 
rent. Tongan— aali, transparent; {b.) deep; 
(e.) JQst visible in water. Mangarevan — 
cl. aria, a place or passage bare ol trees, or 
with Binall bushes only ; ariaiaogo, a great 

a charm aBfeoting a person ; anything touched 
by a penion and a«ed lor luob a purpose. 
ARIARIA (ariart'f). to resemble. 
ARIKI,B first-bam, male or female, in a family of 
note: hence, chief ; priest : ^o tenti ariki,no 
unei Tauirit—Q. P., 29G: Whakaronga msi, a 
tokn ariki, ki feau-Ken., uiii., IS : Ko U 
tahutiffa ariki Hti tafai korero — A. H. M., i., 7. 
CL ahoarifct, a chiefs genealogy. 3. A leader, 
3. A tilie of tbe chief in the irkartkuTa, 
(temple) [see WniBEsuaA] , next in dignity 
below the high-priest {Pamoa], 1. The Su- 
preme Being (one antb.) : Slaiuiaa mui ai tt 
putanga o It Ariki-~A. H. M, [Notb.— Jrtif ia 
to be found in composition as riki (see Ha- 
waiian Hi lor riki) : matamala-riki, translated 
by the late C- O. Dnvia aa '■ tbe face ot the 
priest." This in the pure oetemony (or 
blood^cteansing ; Kai ariki, kai ariki, he 
mnlamatariki koe.} 

Samoan— all'i, a chief, a lord, master : E 
ava It alalii i Uma iaiml, iiia U auauna i tona 
alii; A son honours bis father and a servant 
his master. Cl. u^aafi'i, to act like a gentle- 
man : ali'iiia, to be inhabited by a chief; to 
have a chief dwelling in tbe village ; alfita'i, 
to be subject to a chief; omioali'i, polite; 
nuituali'i. stont, able-bodied; dignified. Ma- 
ngaian— ariki, a king : Vaiiangii mai nga 
ariki ! Let tbe kings rule. In composition, 
riki, as ngariki, the (lands of the) king. Ta- 
hitian— arii, a head or principal chief, a 
king; Ho mai i (« (aWarii no malou ei/aaao 
t te parau ia matou nei ; Give us a king that 
he may judge us. Faa-alli, to invest with 
royal aothority. Cf. terrurii, the errand or 
jouniey of tbe sovereign ; ariihuaamaria, a 
buneb of red feathers that was to represent tbe 
king at oertain ceremonies; Ariitapiripiri, the 
name of a god that could heal all diseases and 
perform miracles ; ^noarii, of speedy growth 
or bulk, oa a person ; tupunrii, a floe-grown 
person. Hawaiian- alii, a chief, one who 
rules or has authority over other men ; a king, 
qoalified by varioue epitbete : He iiheke ale 
kanaka icalii alii ; Tbe people abonl tbe chief 
are without modesty. Lil, (the primary form 
for alii,) a chief, a king, ruler : Malama oia i 
na Hi, aoU pai uku i ko luktm aina ; He took 
core of the chiefs, he did not tat heavUy the 
land : O Hikapoloa ke Lii ; Hikapoloa tbe 
king. HoO-alii, to make one a chief; to rule; 
to have power or infiuence with. Cf. aliikoa, 
the general ot an army. Tongan — eikl, a 
chief, a lord ; £ hoka ia koe luv ki mva mot 
eiki iulf I He shall be chief and captain. 
Faha-eikl, chief-like ; {b.} pert, saucy. "' 

, the r 

■; the. 

le to which o 

of . 

tainebip : fatiki. to apply to a chief for re 
feeikitakaiiki, to have command ot several 
vessels in succeeaion ; agaeiki, cbiel-like in 
dispoaition ; eikibeaoi, a quarrelsome chief; 
eikitaha, a chief of chiefs. Marquesan — 
hakaiki {mhakariki}, a king ; kingly, princely: 
U te liakaiki nui, te Una tapu ; Oh, the 
great prince, oh, tbe sacred Superior: Ono 
topi i te latlae hakaiki me te mana : Bongo i* 
adorned with princely wealth and power. Haa- 
hakaiki, to rule: £ kaahakaiki hoi maund 
iha a le riu me tt po .- To rale over the day and 

night. Mangarevaa— aka-riki, aking, lord, 




premier-ohief ; aka-akariki, to establish a 
rnler, to elect a king, to give the title of king 
to anyone. Cf. atarikit an eldest son. Pau- 
motan — ariki, a king (ariki-tukau) : Fakaa i 
o te ariki ; To have access to the presence of 
a king. Cf. pupuarikiy a prince. Aniwan 
— ^teriki, a chief (te-ri/ct ; t« = the). Futuna 
— aliki, diief, noble. Moriori— ieriki-ieriki, 
a chief. Ext. Poly. : Kayan — cf . airing^ 
first. Sikayana— cf. aliki^ a chief. Po- 
nape — cf. nanamariki, a king. Kingsmill 
Islands — The principal deity is Tabu-eriki. 
Aneityum — cf. arid, high, exalted ; nati- 
maridy a high chief, a king (natimi, a man). 
Whaka-ARIKI, a band of invaders, an enemy^s 
war-party : Ka pa te karanga * Ko te whaka- 
ariki T— P. M., 62 : I hoki he mai te hokinga 
mai taua whaka^iriki — A. H. M., i. 31. 

ARIKIWI, a garment covered with feathers of the 
Kiwi (apteryx). 

Mangarevan — cf . arikij a mat ; a bed of 
leaves (probably this word = Maori wharikij 
which see). 

ARIKINOANOA, the deity of the fern-root; the 
priestly or mystical name of the aruhe or fern- 
root— Trans. N.Z. Inst., xiv. 86; A. H. M., 
iii. 95 and 104. 

ARITA, 1 Eager, strennons; burning with 
ARITARITAjj desire: Kia takuri atu ra ano te 
aritarita a tou tuakana — Ken. xxvii. 44. Cf. 
poaritaritat to be in a hurry ; puaritarita^ to 
be in a hurry. 2. Irascible ; easily offended : 
Me ta raua aritaritat no te mea he nanakia — 
Ken., xlix. 7. Cf. takarita^ to show resent- 

Tahitlan— of. nihoritarita^ fierce anger; 
paritaritat violent anger. Hawaiian — cf. 
alikalikaf stingy, not liberal. Marquesan — 
cf . ita^ harsh, rough, sour ; kcnta, to be angry, 
to make angry. Mangarevan — cf. torita^ 
to exhort earnestly ; to press with words ; to 
rush down, as water. 

ARITAHI, a tree standing by itself. Cf. tahi^ 
one. 2. A single covering. Cf. apatahi^ a single 

ARO, to face, to turn towards. Cf. hurikoaroy to 
turn inside out. 2. To have a certain direc- 
tion. 3. To be inclined ; to be disposed ; in- 
clination. 4. To attend to ; to favour : A ka 
aro mai a Ihowa ki a Apera me tarm wkaka- 
kere — Ken.,.iv. 4. Cf. aroha, to love ; to pity 
[see Tahitlan, Aroa] ; aropiriy to cling ; to be 

AROARO, the front; the presence: Takoto atu 
ana ia ki te aroaro o Maui — P. M., 28. 2. The 
face: Ka hurihia txma aroaro ki raro^ tona 
tuara ki runga — ^Wohl., Trans., vii. 32 

Whaka-ARO, to think upon; to consider: E 
whaka^ro ana ratou kua maha nga tangata — 
P. M., 7. 2. Thought, opinion: Kaore a te 
rakau whakaorOy kei te tohunga te whakaaro 
— Prov. 

AROA {arod)y to understand. 

Samoan— alo, the underside, as of a cloth ; 
the belly of a fish, &c. ; {b.) a chiefs belly ; 
(c.) the child of a chief ; (d.) the seat of the 
affections and feelings ; (e.) to be pregnant (of 
a chief's wife). Fa'a-alo, to pay respect to ; 
(&.) to begin to blow a gale. Tahitlan — aro, 
the front, face, presence of a person : E ua 
pau te fenua i mua % tana ar§ ; The earth is 

consumed at his presence. Cf. aiaro^ to sur- 
round a board or eating-place, and eat face to 
face ; aroa^ kind, hospitable to visitors ; aropa, 
a mistake, error ; to turn about and look the 
other way; arovaroj to swim with the face 
downwards; maaroaro, to be confounded or 
ashamed. Mangaian — aro, the front, the 
presence : I mua i te aro o Vatea ; In the pre- 
sence of Vatea. Tongan — alo, the abdomen, 
in great personages. CI a{ot/a, small, applied 
to the abdomen ; alobakit to sit in a row, to 
sit in order. Havraiian — alo, the front, 
face, presence of anyone : E ka wahine moe 
ihma ka alo; Oh! ihe woman sleeping face 
upwards. (6.) the breast, or belly : Ilalo kou 
alo e kola ai oe ; Yon shall crawl on your belly. 
Aloalo, to turn this way and that : Aloelo ae 
laia\ He turned this way and that way. {b,) 
To dodge ; to flee from, as from a shower ; (c.) 
to go after, as a servant, to bring things^ to 
wait on. Cf. aialo (lit. " to eat before **), the 
people about the chief ; a prince or princess, 
those about the king ; maalOy to pass along ; 
to pass through a land ; to pass by ; to pass 
away. Marquesan — ao, before ; in front. 
Rarotongan — aroaro, presence : Ki mua i te 
aroaro o te au tangata katoa nei; In the pre- 
sence of all the people. Mangarevan— aro, 
before, in front of ; (6.) presence ; in the pre- 
sence of. Cf . ardha^ squared, four-faced {ha 
= four); aroragi, to be on this side of the 
horizon. Paumotan — aroga, the visage ; 
(b.) place, room ; ki-te-aroga, opposite. 
Futuna — alo, in presence of; before. Ext. 
Poly. : Malagasy — cf. aro, defence; pro- 

Whaka-ARO-MAHANA, to come to the assistance 

Whaka-ARO-RANQI, to think about continually; 
to love ; brooding affection. [See next word.] 

ARO ARO A {aroarod)y lonely. 2. Sorrowful. Cf. 
aroha, love for an absent friend. 
Tahitlan — aroaroa, dusky, dark, indistinct ; 
aroaro, indistinctness ; dark, mysterious ; (b.) 
lonesome, desolate. Mangarevan — cf. aro- 
aroragiy to be far away on the horizon. 

AROAKAPA {arodkapa)y a row, a rank; the front 
rank : Mo te turanga i te aroakapa o te haka — 
P. M., 162. Cf. tiaroa^ a long, straight side ; 
kapa^ a rank or row. 

AROAROTEA, the name of a bird : the White- 
breasted Shag. (Om. Phalacrccorax breviros- 
tris.) Cf. aroarOy front ; tea^ white. 

AROAROWHAKI,to flap the wings. Cf. aroharoha, 
to flap the wings. 2. To move the hand to 
and ^o as a sign of grief. 3. To float in the 
air, as an albatross, without moving the wings. 
[See Tongan comparatives of Aboha.] 
Samoan — alofa'l, to paddle a canoe. Cf. 
dlo, to paddle; to fan. Tongan— alofakl, to 
paddle another to any place ; a paddler, rower ; 
(b.) to sit in a row. Cf. fealofakiy to paddle to 
and fro in a canoe ; aloalo^ to paddle in 
the water for pleasure ; faka-aloalOy quietly, 
gently, slowly ; taalOy to beckon to another at 
sea ; to fan another. Hawaiian^-cf. alot 
to pass from one place to another; to pass 
through the water by swimming ; to extend 
the hands in swimming. Futuna — alofaki, 
to row, to paddle ; (6.) to fish with a net from a 
canoe. Ext. Poly. : Motu— cf . kale, to paddle. 


[ 25 ] Aruaru 

AROHAt to lore; to feel affeetion for: Na ha 
arokatia ia e Manaia—V. M., 118. Love (pro- 
periy lor an absent friend) : A kei te nUhi tonu 
U aroha a te wahine ki tana tane — P. M., 12. 
S. Pity, oompaesion, sympathy, charity; to 
pity ; to be mercifol : E kare e tohungia e ahau^ 
^hore e manawapatia^ e kore e arohaina — Her., 
ziiL 14. Gf. oka, generous, abundant [See 
ToQgan] ; owhanga, a nest ; aroharoha^ to flap 
the wings. 

Samoan — alofa, love ; compassion ; to love, 
to compassionate (ploral alolofa) : le alofa 
efaavavau ua ou alofa atu ai ia teoe; 1 have 
lored you with eterzial love. (6.) A present, a 
gift : Ou t€ fa'alatdelei ia te ia i le mea alofa ; 
I will appease him with a present. (c,\ To 
salute : A alofa mai foi se tasi ia teoe; U any 
man salnte yon. Fa'a-alofa, to resemble the 
father (said of a son) ; (b.) to love falsely, 
pretended love ; (c.) to love sincerely. Cf. 
aha, to be treated with respect ; alo^ the seat 
of the affections ; fealofani, to love mutually ; 
ffoualofa, to yield from love : aualofa, a keep- 
sake ; taumanavakfa, to assist ; ofaofata% to 
eover with the wings, to brood over; to 
cherish, as a hen does her chickens ; ofaga, a 
nest. Tahitian — aroha, compassion, pity, 
sympathy, love ; to show love ; to show mercy : 
Te rahi ra to ratou aroha vaha ; They show 
love with their mouths : Area tou nei aroha e 
ore roa ia^jou e iriti e atu i te reira iana; My 
mercy shall not depart from him. (b.) Piti- 
able ; aroharoha, to repeatedly commiserate ; 
faa-aroha, a keepsake; relic; (b.) to. show 
mercy or compassion. Cf. arohataei empty 
sympathy ; aroa^ kind, hospitable to visitors ; 
faa-tauaroha, a keepsake, relic ; to cause pity 
or compassion ; oAa, stooping, bending ; ofaa, 
to nestle or lie close in a nest, as a bird. 
Haivaiian — loha, love, affection ; aloha, 
love, affection ; to love, desire : Aole loaa ia 
ia ka ono o ka ai, no ka mea, ua pmili i ke 
aloha; She perceived no sweetness in food 
because she was in a dark state (of mind) 
through love. (6.) Gratitude ; (c.) kindness, 
pity, compassion; to show mercy; to pity; 
(d.) to salute at meeting or parting : aloha kou 
hoa i ka puali ; Farewell, my partner on the 
lowland plains. Alohaloha, to love much ; hoo- 
aloha, to give thanks, as an act of worship. 
CI makanaaloha, a free-will offering ; oha, the 
small sprigs of kalo {taro) that grow on the 
sides of the older roots ; the suckers which are 
transplanted ; a salutation between the sexes 
(aloha ! the modem common salutation at 
meeting and parting) ; ohana, a family ; a 
brood of birds (owhanga), Tongan— aioofa, 
to compassionate, show mercy ; compassion, 
mercy: Be koe mea a hono fonua, be i he 
aloofa ; Whether for his land or his mercy. 
CI ofa, to love ; love, esteem ; affectionate ; 
ofaaga, beloved, dear ; ofamamahi, painful 

rpathy ; lofa, to fly with extended wings ; 
name of a sea-gull ; lofai, to spread out 
the hands or wings ; lojia, to over-spread ; to 
eover ; lolofa, to extend the wings ; malofa, to 
be spread ; to lie flat ; manavaofa, pity, com- 
passion. Marquesan— ^f. kadha, to love ; 
to regret ; a salutation, as *' good-day,'* *' fare- 
well " ; oha, to stoop, to bow oneself. Ma- 
ngarevan — aka-aroa, to love; to cherish: 
E aka-oiroa mai ana hiutou t I>o ye love me ? 

Mangalan— aroa, love; to love; beloved: 
Tama aroa na Motuone; Beloved ohild of 
Motuone. (b.) To salute: E aroa mai oH 
ratou ia koe; They shall salute yon. Aka- 
aroa, beloved: Pururu tau ngaarau, e tama 
akaaroa; Then, beloved son, our mourning 
will be over. Paumotan — aroha, love, 
affection, compassion; to sympathise with; 
(6.) to suffer; faka-aroharoha, to receive 
waimly ; to make welcome. Futuna — aloha, 
friendship; to love; (b,) to pity; (c.) to 
regret ; (d.) to salute. 

AROHAROHA, to flap the wings. Cf. aroanh 
whaki, to flap the wings ; also, cf. the Poly- 
nesian expressions under the last word (aroAa), 
bearing on *' wings," <S;c. ; especially Tongatt. 

AROHI, to reconnoitre, to examine with the eve. 
2. To look for. Cf. aro, to torn towaras; 
rohi, to screen with bushes. 

AROH I ROH i, mirage (one auth.) 2. The quiver, 
ing waves of heat seen rising from the ground 
under a hot sun. Cf. parearohi, the flhaking 
haze in hot weather. 3. To turn round and 
round. Cf . rori, entangled, distorted. 

AROHIROHI (myth.), a wife of Ba, the Sun, and 
mother of Eauataata, the first woman — 
A. H. M., i., App. 

Haivaiian — alohi, to shine, to reflect 
brightness : A i he ahhilohi hoi, aka, ke hele 
nei makou ma ka poeleele; (We wait^ for 
brightness, but we walk in darkness. Alohi- 
lohi, splendour, brightness. Cf. alo, to face; 
to pass from one place to another ; aloalo, to 
dodge. Samoan — cf. alo, to go out botdto 
fishing ; to paddle a canoe ; alqfi, to sit in a 
circle. Tahitian — arohi, a word of excite- 
ment to be brisk, active, or vigilant. Gf. rohi, 
to be alert, wakeful. Tongan — of. alofi, the 
place occupied by the chiefs at a kava party ; 
alofia, to paddle to any vessel to m^e 

ARONUI, to be exactly opposite : Ka noho ia me 
te aronui mai ano ki a ia — Ken., xxi. 16. [For 
comparatives see Abo, to face, to be in pre- 
sence of.] 

ARONUI, a finely. woven mat with a deep orna- 
mental border.' 

AROPIRI, to cling : to be attached. Cf. aro, in- 
clination ; to turn towards ; aroha, to love ; 
piri, to cleave, stick close ; tapiri, to join, <&o. 
[For comparatives see under Abo, and Pibi.] 

ARORE, the shell of the ear, just above the lobe. 

A ROTA HI, to look in one direction. Cf. aro, to 
turn towards ; tahi, one. [See comparatives 
under Abo, and Tahi.] 

A ROW A (Moriori), the sole of the foot. 

ARU, to follow, pursue (passive arumia) : E kore 
pea te wahine e aru mai i a au — Ken., xziv. 39. 

ARUARU, to ctiase, to hunt ; to chase away: Na 
Rangi te tikanga kia aruarumia ratou i nga 
rangi — A. H. M., i. 37. 2. To woo. 3. To 
interrupt, prevent, intercept : Ka tae atu ki te 
whare, ka aruarua atu mai ki u^a^— Wohl., 
Trans., vii., 61. 
Samoan— alu, to go : Alu iaoe i Urn fale; 
Gro to your house ; fa'a-alu, to stir up, excite ; 
alualu, to drive, chase ; (6.) to exceed, ezocd^ aa 


[26] Ataata 

' k pupil in his itndiea. Cf. attuopo, (o go all 
together ; aUmaga, the going of a. canoe, as to 
its speed or other qtialit; ; alugai'a, going ODt 
to beg (or fish. Havrallan — alu, to give aid 
or assistauee ; to unite together, as several 
persons for a partioular objeot ; to be con- 

' neoted, as the joints of the human body ; alu- 
alu, to come npon one; {b.) to fallow, pursue, 
overpower ; to pnreue, as an enemy : E alaalu 
ana ot ia mat > After whom are 70U ptuGuing ? 
(e.) To persacnte : I alualu koUiiu mai hoi ia 
mulini; And have also persecuted us. Tahl^ 
tlan — aruaru, to bunt, parens ; a puranet ; a 
honlaman. Cf. ani, a large fiBhJi]g>net, tea 
tathomt long ; arupopore, to pursue with eager- 
ness ; auau, to pursue. Tongan— alu, to go ; 
jA.) the gait or walk of a peraon ; jc.) a eteep- 
mg plant, used in making sapenor baskets. 

: llaagarevan — aru, to insist; persistence; 
aruaru, to run after ; to pursue. Mangalan 
— aru, to (ollow : E aru atu t Co niringa ae ; 
He follows your track (0 Sun). Ext, Poly. : 
Motu— cf. aru, a current (ot river or sea) ; a 
multitude; ajTia-mai, to flock; Ualay^jf. 
aru, to trouble, disturb ; aruan, oommotion. 

ARUHE, the root of the common fern (PttrU 
aqtUlina). used ai food. The fronds are called 
Tahltlaa— anuhe, the common fern in the 

ATA, an eiclamation of disgust: Ala! ina It 
hiki ka (ore tart noa— Prov. 

ATA (myth,). Morning, personified. One of the 
Light powers. [See Eoas.] 

ATA, a reflected image. Cf. Atarau, the moon ; 
hoata, the third day of the moon's age, 2. 
Shadow : I te ala tajm mi Riretoro—Q. P., 
60. Cf. atarajigi, a shadow. 3. Early morn- 
ing : Ka hi tt ata ka karanga alu ia ' Ka hemo 
aK i te kai '—P. M., 25 ; ata-hapara and ata- 

Stmgipongi, the time of dawn; ata-po, before 
awn ; ata-tu, just after sunrise ; ata-maTama, 
moonlight, Cf. haeata, dawn ; noata. early 
in the morning; piata, bright, clear; puata- 
ala, tranaparent, clear; koata. a spy-glass; 
atakite, to behold dimly. 4. The apiril, the 
Bonl : Vrmhia itoatia U ata Wharo-C. 0,D. 
Ka haicea *i te teal te ata o te taioro — MSS. 
G. An unsubatantial image or form : Maka te 
ata te taparaiau otu— 8h. Trad,, 183. 
Whaka-ATA, a mirror : He koltihi kai-v)hakaata 
— Prov. E kore e mate Id tc vjhakaata, ki te 
iFui hern ano ka pain at— P. M., B7. 

Samoan— ata, a shadow : Aud tatou aio 
i U lalolagi It ata ia; Our days on earth are 
a ^adow, {b.) The dawn ; (r.) a spirit ; {d.j 
the emblem or representative of the ai'tu 
(deity) ; (e.) a reflected image, as in a photo- 
groph; ataata, the red sky after sunset; (i.) 
to treat with proper respect ; fa'a-ata, to shade 
the eyes, ot partially close them, in order to 
tee far-oB objects ; to spy with a telescope. 
Cf, auaia, to show respect to ; atafu, to sun 
the body; atagia, to glisten; atavale. to be 
dazzled by the aun shining on the water. 
Tatiitian— ata, a cloud : E ata iti te lupti 
maira na tat maira: A little cloud rising up 
oat of the sea. {b,) A shadow : la ao. ia pee e 
ata te mau ala ; Till day breaks, and the sha- 
dows flee, (e.) A certain prayer ; (d.) twilight ; 
[e.) the shaded or omamenlal part of a mat. 

called vane ; (/.) a messenger sent balore a 
chief. Cf. paata, to oome into view, as the 
moon when rising ; atatiitii, the great morn- 
ing clouds; tatahiata, the dawn ol day; 
vaiata, a morning bath, a phrase used by the 
Arioi [Bee KabioiI , who bathed every morning. 
Marquesan — ata, a shadow ; (6.) likeness, 
resemblance. Cf. hatahata, clear, easy to be 
seen; hoata, clear, spotless, jltanua, the 
Dawn goddess, Aurora. [She was bom from 
the struggle of Light and Darkness : Tanaoa 
{TangaToa) and Hutuhei. as "Darkness" and 
"Silence," fighting against Ataa, "Light," anS 
Ono (Rongo), " Sound." The Light deities 
vreie victorious, and Atanua, evolved from 
Atea, became hia wife.] Mangaian— ata, a 
shadow : Kxia roroa oki te ata aiai ; The sha- 
dows of evening are stretched out. (b.) The 
morning light: Omai tai noku ara e, te Ala 
i maiore ; Orant me a new life, O Light of the 
morning, (c.) The essence of a thing, as ot an 
offering; (d.) (met.) the soul. Uangarevan 
— ata, on image, Iilceneaa, or reprcBentation ; 
(b,) the shadow of a man ; (c.) the twilight ol 
morning or evening ; Id.) imprint : E ata a te 
vavat, a footprint ; («.) to moke an impresaioB 
or have iiduence on anyone ; ataata, large, 
apaoious ; (b,) far oS: Kua ataata tehito te 
vaka ; The canoe ia very far away. Of. atn- 
AaiAai, evening twilight; a line sunset; ataiai, 
the red image of the setting sun; alakvraiaira, 
a beautiful sunrise or sunset ; alari^', an only 
son; taata. clear, tranaparent; aka-kata, a 
mirror. Morlorl — ^ateata, dawn. Haival- 
Ian— aka,the shadow of aperson: Inaepii 
ke aha ke kanaka mahina ke alii. riMke ke 
kanaka ; It the ahadow of a conunon man 
should fall upon a ohief, the man must die. 
[Note I The shade ol a tree or bouse is mtfu.] 
(b.) The figure or outline of a thing ; a simili- 
tude 01 likenesa : Ua iau, ke aka a Lono i ka 
molia ; Doomed is the image of Kongo to de- 
struction, [c.) The dawn or light ot the moon 
before rising ; to light up, as the moon before 
rising; (d.) the joints aa of the backbone or 
knuckles ; to go up and down upon a hilly 
road ; (e.) frailty ; impotence ; ho-aka, to 
gUtter, to shine, to be splendid. Cf. oaka, to 
open, aa the eyes ; the reflection ot the sun 00 
any luminous object ; a glimpse, glanoe, or 
flashing of light ; hailiaka, a ghost, a spirit; 
akaka. to be clear, transparent as glass, lucid ; 
bright as the moon ; akalani, a heavenly sha- 
dow, a splendid light ; akalixu, a ghost that 
appears to some people and not to others ; 
moakalia,alea,T, plain, intelhgible, transparent. 
Tongan— ata, the air ; (6.) apace, room, spa- 
cious ; (c.) trea, disengaged; (d.) downright; 
(e,) the morning light ; the official name of 
the chief of one part of Tonga ; (/.) a ahadow ; 
(g.) to reflect, as a mirror ; aata, transparent; 
(b.) ripe, mellow ; ataata, ample, apacious ; 
free, relieved ; (fi.) the dusk ot evening ; twi- 
light ; faha-ata, a spy -glass ; to look through 
a glass ; (d.) to take aim ; faka-ataata, to make 
room ; to discover ; to give place ; (6.) to look 
intently; 1« be careful. Ct- nlaloa, space, 
without bouuda ; atanoa, boundless ; alamai, 
the mind ; hoata, about mid-day ; yellow, 

ATA, an exclamation of assent ; He ata I True. 
ATAATA, a shell-fish, a Urge kind of p^winkle. 




ATA, guiUy: Sia ala tangi tatou keirongojaai 
akti Ina i pofti an nei— P. M., Sa C(. ata- 
lUma, beantlfa]; atamai, liberal. 2. Dotibe- 
T*Uiy ; alowly : Tcaa tatou ka fun i Te Ba 
mti kia ata haere ai— P. M., 31. 3. Quite ; 
thoronghlj : 3te ata tahu marire ano hoki — 
Ken., xi. 3. 4. Guacdedly; walcbfnllj : A'l'a 
ala lu j Du lonkete—V/oiil,, Trans., Tii. 50. 
5. Tenderly ; earefollf : Mahau hold e ala 
•chakatim i aia kia tttpa lie langala — A. H. M,, 
Hawaiian— akH, a paFticIo set before verbs 
to expretB ouefulness, regnlarit; ol proceed- 
ing, ^0., aa akaolelo, la apeak cautioail;; 
akaStle, lo go carelMjlaia-haerv). Samoan 
— ct. ata, & epLrit; the embleoi ot a deity; 
ataata, to treat with propeT reepect ; ataiiiai, 
Blerer, intelligcnl. Eit. Pol;.: Aneltyurn 
— cf. ahta, generous, kind ; ata, gentle, 
unooth, AS the sea ; to die awa;, as vind. 
ATAAKUA (ofaataa), good, pleasant, beantifal : 
Ka mate tt tcaSfne, fat Hine-nvi-o-te-kav>a 
ki a Taxfiaki, ki te tangata ataahua — Wohl., 
Trans., vii. U. Of. ata, gently; ala. d.iwn ; 
ataytai, liberal; ataahai, gracious, kindly; 
aftiKi, toim, appearance. 
Samoan — ot. ataata, to treat with proper 
rMpeut; otamni, clever, intelligent. Ha- 
waiian — el. aka, a pattiole set before verbs 
to express coiefnlnMt, legolaiity, &e. ; alahni, 
modest, gentle ; akamai, wise, skilful. Ta- 
hillan— cf. alaruioio, handBorae; ofgraoefol 
mien; atavai, pretty, elegant, 
ATAE, an exclamation of admiration or scorn : 
How great t Cf. katae, which has a similar 
Tahltian — atae, a word used in various 
exclamations of wonder, surprise, afiection, 
disgust, according to the nature of the subject 
and the tone ot voice. 
ATAHAPARA, the time of dawn. Cf. ata, early 
moming ; ha-para, to dftwn. [For compara- 
tive* eee Ari, and Hafiiu,] 
ATAHIKURANQI (myth.). -Full day," a dBUghter 
of Bangi and Alatuhi— A. H. M., i. App. [See 
Am, and Hutuauiiii.] 
ATAHU, an assembly of a tribe, wherein single 
girls were proolaimed betrothed by their rela- 

ATAKITE, to behold dimly ; obscure : Te alakitea 
atu U alutu o U Tathji—Sh. It., 190. Cf. ala. 
early moming ; kit(, to see. [Ccmparatives 
nnder Ati, and Ern.] 

ATAMAt, liberal. Ct.atavhai, gracious, kindly; 
ala, gently; mai, hither; whai, to possess; 
alaahua, good, pleasant. 

Samoan ^atamai, clever, intelligent; to 
underatand: E Uai te atamai i le lagaSa calea: 
For vain man would be wise ; (b.) The mind ; 
intelligence ; (c,) servants waiting on a chief ; 
fa'a-aUmai, to make wise. Cf. ala, a spirit : 
an emblem of a deity; afaata, to treat with 
proper respeot. Ha-waiian— akamai, to be 
wise; wisdom, skill, jngenoily; export, saga- 
doos, leanied ; O ke ahinai o ka jiiakuaka/te 
t lila no iai hex na ke keiii ; The wisdom of 
the father, it shall become a wreath ^or the 
■on. CL aktakamai, a lover ol windom; 
ojbihiii, tender-hearted, meek, modest; akaka, 
clear, int^ligible; aka, to ^ght up, as the 

moon before rising. Tabltlan~cf. atamo, 
wisdom, intelligence; a wise person ; alfeation 
for a child. Ext. Poly. : Aneityum — ot, 
otmoi, a spirit ; a dead man. 

ATAMAI, to behave contemptuously. 

ATAMAI (Te Atamai). myth., the name ot the 
thirteenth of the Ages of the existence of the 
Univcreo. [See Eorb.] 

ATAMIRA, a stage or pkKorm: Ka piki a 
Tiilantkai raua ko lona hoa ko Tiki ki niaga ki 
In ruua alnmira—P. M., 129. 2. A stage oD 
which a dead body i9 placed. 

Whaha-ATAMIRA, to lay out on a stage tor 
Iding a dead body. 

ATAOTEMATA, tbecomer of tbeeye. Cf. matd, 

ATARAHI (T6Atarahi),myth.,theQameofaman 
wBo, having died, ^pent live days and nights 
in the Rtiitga (the Shades) and then returned 
to life— a. B., -15. 

ATARANQI, a shadow: Kia poke i le pouH, i U 
atarangi o te male — Hop. iii., 6. Cf. ata, a 
shadow ; run^i, the sky. 

Samoan— ct. ala, a shadow. Hawaiian 
— akalani, a heavenly shadow ; a splendid 
light. Cf. akakalnni, a great light, the 
heavens much hghted ; aka, the shadow of a, 
person. Marquosan— alaani, the arch ol 
heaven, the firmament : £t atoani i vavtna o 
tia vai; Let there be a firmament in the 
midst ot the waters, (b.) The air : Na manu 
te alaani; The fowls of the air. Tahilian 
— cf, ala, a cloud ; a shadow. Mangaian — 
ct. ala, a shadow. Tongan— cf. ala, a 
shadow; dusk, twilight; alafoa, space. 

ATARAPA (myth.), the Dawn. A daughter ot 
Rangi and Atatuhi — A. H. M., i., App. 

ATARAU, the moon: E liti koia i te alarau, 
tiiiho I rvnga ra—G. P..U9. Cf. «(a. reflected 
light ; ra. the sun. 2. Moonlight : 1 U " 
ala ra uka haere a Rona ki I 

Hawaiian — cf. aka, the dawn or light ol 
tile moon befcrc rising ; laa. to spread out ; 
the face of a persoo ; nkalaii, a ghost that 
appears to some people and not to others; 
kinoukaluu. the ghost of a person not yet 
dead. Tahitian—ef. ula, twilight. Sa- 
moan — of. ala. a spirit; a reflected image. 
Tongan— ata, to reflect, as in a mirror. 
EiC. Poly. : Tagal— ct, arati, day. Blsaya 
— cf. adiau, day. Baliyon— cf. Joh, de- 
light; Ittlui, the moon. Baju— cf. laii, day. 
Slkayana — cf. laii, heaven. North 
Borneo— cf. f«u, a day. 

ATATU, the moming, just after sunrise : A i It 
alalu i a ratoa e. haere atu nnti— Mak,, li. 20. 
Cf. ala, morning light, and lu. to stand. 
[For comparatives, see kit, dawn, and To, 
to stand .i_ 

ATATUHI l»^h.). awife of Rangi, '■ the Sky." 
8he was the mother of Moronis, "the Moon;" 
Whetu, "Star;" Atarapa, "Dawn;" and 
Atahikorangi, "Full Day." — G. P., 59} 
A, U. M„ i.. T, Eng., and 43, Uaori, also App. 

ATAWHAI, kind, gracious; to be liberal; to 
show kindness ; A'o Tuianekui ka aiamhailia t 
WluikaMe—Y. M., 12U. Cf. adimui, liberal ; ala, 
gently; uhai, paseesaing; otoaAua, beautiful, 

[efaAi no 
-M. M., 



Samoan — of. atamai, eleveT, intelligent ; 
aia, s ipirit. Hawaiian— akahai, to be 
tender (^ heart; meek, meekness. modeBt;, | 
gentlenese. Cf. aka, ft prefix expressing 
carefolnem, regnluit?, &e, ; hai, to tpeak ot ; 
atamai, to be wise ; a^jlu, geotle. Tahi" 
tlan— atavai, pretty, elegant ; (6.) adoption ; 

Cf. o 

aaeetiou for a oMld. [For other oomparatiTes 
tee A.T1, gently ; and Whu, to possess.] 

ATE, a term of endearment to a ohild. [A 
traction of Tao-o-t«-itb ; which see.J 

ATE, the liver : J lou uma, i to alt, i oa tun 
—B. H. 110. 'Cf. koaleate, the apleen ; 
wftatufcuhu. thn kidneys. 2. The seat ol the 
' afteetionB, the heart : ffaiho nti taku 
tuald fcau atH ai— M. M., 3£. Tau.o-tK.aM, a ' 
teim of aSection; itaha-o-tt-att, the pit of the | 

Samoan — ate, the liver : Seia ate U tti lona | 
att ; Till a dart goes throogh his liver. Cf. ' 
ate'ai, oowardly (lit. "liTer-eating"); atepili, 
the pancreas. Tahiti an— ate, the liver. Cf. 
aCeau, the part of the liver to vhiob the gall- 
bladder is attached ; (fig.) a person of boldness 
and courage; conrageoosiatf'tu'iu, daring. fear- 
less ; otiiiate, an acnte disease ot the stomach 
or liver, attended with high pnlsation (ofut, to 
beat, as an arteiy). Hawaiian— eke, the 
liver of an animal : Kt aa maluna a ke ake ; 
The caol Bbo*e the liver, (b.) A general name 
(or several internal organs, as akeloa, the 
apleen ; akaaau, the epleen ; aktmatna and I 
akepaahoola, the longs, lights, &c. ; aktaka- 
tttai, a lover ol wisdom ; akena, to be proud, 
boaetfoli akefoa, the liver. Tongan— ate. 
theUver: Btanaanejio kiheate; He looked 
into the liver. Cf. attbili, the spleen or milt. 
MafQuesan — ate, the liver. Cf. tilrpuapaa, 
the longa. Mangarevan — ate, the liver ; 
Ot.) the intestines. The word is also used in 
imprccalion: To ate I or Ateoraro I implying, 
" Give me thy bowels 1" Futuna— ate, the 
liver. Rarotongan— ate, the liver : Kva 
riringiia lakti ate ki raro i te inif ; My liver 
is poured forth on the earth. Eit. Poly. : 
Motu— cf. alt, the liver. Fiji— of. gate-na, I 
the liver ; yatemovta, the lights ; ynle-dei, 
conrageons ; ^af«bi'u, a coward. Malagasy 
—of. aty, the liver ; the inside. Malay— cf. 
ati, the liver ; the heart (morally) ; atiali, to 
be oarefnl. Java^-cf. aii, the heart. Min- 
danao—of. att, the liver. Solomon Is- 
lands—of. alt, the chest. KIsa— cf. ajtin, 
the heart. Tagal — cf. atay. the liver ; ati, 
the middle. Matu— of. atai, the liver. 
Pampang—cf. altaii, the bell; (tia T, \ ate, 
the liver. 

ATEATE, the oalt of the leg. 2. The inside ot 
the thigh : A'a pa atu ia ki tt^ateatenga o tona 
ftuAo^en., iiiii., S6. 
Samoan— alevae, the calf ol the leg {pat — 
leg). Cf. atffima, the thick part ol the arm. 
Tahltlan-ate, the call of the leg. Cf. 
alerivui, the thick part ol the arm. Tongan 
— ateivae, {tat ~ leg,) the calf of the leg. 

ATEA, clear, free from obstruction : Kolahi atut 
te whare i ales, no te tamiiiti onais— W. T., 
vii. 68. C(. walfO, unoccopied ; clear; aumtea, 
broad dayli^t; tea, white. 3. Oat of the 


ataatea, to make spaeions. 
vateatea, wide, spacioni ; irattavate, to be 
white from fear, or sicbiees. Tahitlan— 
atea, clear ; openness, oleamasB, distiaotneas ; 
faa-atea, to give place, to make room ; to pat 
farther off. Cf . aleate, poritj, oleamess, as ot 
water ; clear, as the ooontenance ; roioUa, a 
clear, fine sky ; tataf«a, the open, wide sea. 
Marquesan — atea, a day: He koina r roe 
ana na vum atta eitu; A respite is granted for 
seven days, (b.) Cl^, open: Te Aou ateao 
U ani : The dear air of heaven. Cf. oobo, 
tight, a laminary. Mangalan — Atea is need 
for Tatea, the God of Day: Te anau Atea, 
the children of Vatea. [Bee Atu (myth.)] 
Hawaiian — akea, broad, spadons, open, not 
crowded ; openly : O be kai akea. o ka moana 
akea I Oh the wide sea I Oh the open ocean I 
{h.) To be separate. Hoo-akea, to enlarge, to 
widen out ; Co make room tor one. Cf. kea, 
lacid, clear ; akeakea, to fade, to lose ooloar; 
auakea, noon-day ; opaakea, oleamess, white- 
ness ; papaakta, a kind of soft white stone ; 
puakea. pale ; to spread oat, as the sails of a 
vessel. Tongan— of. tea, whitish ; uhalfo, 
rata that falls when the son shines. Ma- 
ngarevan— cf. avatea, noon ; vuthina-atea, 
daylight. Paumotan — faka-atea, to re- 
move, to pot away. Morlorl — cl. atatea, to 

ATEA (myth.), the last ot the Ages or Time- 
epaees lo be counted in the existence ot the 
Universe. It is the eighteenth upward from 
Te Kora ('■ nothingness," the Void)— A. H. M.. 
i. App. [See Te Eohe.J 2. Space, the Light 
Spaoe, peiBOnified : ilTa noJio i a I; Atea, ka 
puta ki Kahc ki te Fo—Q. P., 163. There 
seems to be in New Zealand little distinct idea 
of Alca. as a person ; it is only as a vast 
abstraction that he has eiigtence. Mar- 
quesas— Atea takes the place of Tane, the 
Light-giver, although one legend slates that 
Tane and Atea were two brothers, the sons ot 
Toho. A third tradition of great antiqni^ 
relates that Atea (a» Light) evolved himself, 
and then brought forth One {Kongo), Sound. 
Allying themselves, they broke lip tlie bound. 
less darkness of Chaoa or Hades (J'o), in which 
had dwelt through eternity Tansoa (laiuiaroa). 
Darkness, and Mulu-hei (Silence), l.i^t and 
Sound made war on Darkness and Silsuee, 
and were victorious; binding the deities of 
night within set boundaries. From the 
struggle came forth Atanus, the Dawn. Light 
then took Dawn to wife, and afterwards begat 
the leaser deities, man, t^c. Haivali — Atea 
IWakea] was held to be the eldest son <rf 
Eahiko(]'uicAito), Ihe Ancient One, dwelling 
in O-talo.waia, From Atea sprang the ordel 
ot the aristocracy, the aiii (ariiW) ; as from his 
brothers came the ranks of the priests and 
common people. Wakea, by anoUier legend, 
lived in Hihikn ; he married a wife. Papa, S 
princess of O-lalo.i-mehani and the grand- 
daughter of the Princess Ka-oupe-ahL Atea, 
as Daylight, and the husband ot Papa [ae* 
Fata], thus seems to be another name (or 
Bangi (the Sky) of N.Z. mythology. The 
Hawaiian Islands were created by Wakeaand 
Papa. Wakea is said to have had intetoonraa 
wiui Hina [see Hnti] , and she bronght (ortli 

Atete [S 

theisluidol Holok&i. In thegeneal<q[ies,Atea 
and Papa ue quite late in l^e geuerationa — 
37th in the ZiunuAomia genealogy, and 28th 
io the £tnnuult. One tradition atatea that the 
fint peracai on earth ifm the woman Lailai, 
deacnidect from Chaos. From her and hei 
huband, Kealiiwahilani {Te-ariki-ieahi-rangi), 
Mme their aon Eahiko, the father of Wakoo. 
Atea made the land and sea from the oolabaah 
(ipH) «f Papa, hia wife j the corei be threw np 
on high, and it became the heavena ; of the 
jnioe he made the rain ; of the seeds the aun, 
moon, and atars. Lono (i.e., Ronga) u called 
Baknakea, Lord Atea, in one hjmn. Tahiti 
— In oppoaition to the Morqneson notion of 
TangBToa representing DarkiiesE. he changes 
plaecB with Atea in the old hjmn : " Taaioa 
u the Boot, the Bock ; Taaioa ia the Light." 
— Fom., i 323. MaiiKala— Atea (Fat^) ia 
the ion ol Vori-ma-te-talere. the Very Begin- 
ning ; being a piece placked bj the goddess 
bom her right aide. He ia father ol gods sod 
men. Tatea is a fish-god, one-half being allied 
to the Taairangi {Cetacfum) and the other half 
ol human aspect. Hie home vaii in Te Papa- 
rairai (Thin-land), or Te-enoa-marama-o-Vatea 
(the bright land of Tatea). His brothera were 
Tinixan, of Motatapu, the aacred island ; 
Tango, of Ennaknra ; Tomateanaoa (Echo), 
of Te Faraitea 1 Baka, of Moana-irikau ; and 
Ta-metna, who Uvea with his mother in Te- 
enna-te-ki (or Mnte-land). Valea married a 
beantitnlgoddeea named Papa. Tangaroa and 
Bongo were twin children of Vatea and Papa. 
The son and moon are ejea of Vatea. At 
Aitntaki and Atin. Atea is called Avatea — Oil). 
H. and S., 3. [See Tinoaboa, Papa, IUnoi, 

BOBOO, Ac.] 

ATETE, to oppose, reaist. CI. U, not ; le», to 
exert oneself; tchoiba-terc, loatmo; ; toqaarrel 
with. 2. To treat ronghlj. 9. To affront, 
manlt. 4. To jostle, 

ATEWHATUKUHU, the kidneys. Cf. ate, the 
liver ; whattikuhu, the kidneys. [For com- 
parages see Ate and Whatckdbd. 

ATI, A prefix to tribal names, aa descendants of 
certain persona: Nn If tini o le Ati-Hapai 
tenet whart — P. M., 41. Cf. ncrnti, a similar 
tribal prefix, as Ngati-Tama-te-ra, &o. 2. An 
ancient name for a god or demon (one anth.) : 
Te ati tipua, t taa haia te ati taichito — Ika., 
Cf. Atiamuri, the i 

goblin. 8. A descendant: Ati to l^avitiliitiki 
kor a Taranga 1—¥M., 19. Ati na wai e vihae 1 
—P. M., 127. 

Samoan — ati, a particle, denoting a num- 
ber erf chiefs of the same name or tiUe. Ta~ 
hltlan^ati, a patronymic prefix, pointing 
oat the natoe of the anoeator or parent, with 
the deeoendanta; (b.) a faithfnl friend who 
will cleave to a man in distress. Cf. nati, a 
claaa or diatinction of men, aa nati arii, iae 
fslass of aaperior chiefa. Mangarevan — ati, 
descendant : Ati-Tane, deacendenta of Tanc ; 
Ati-Takaraii, the race ol Takaraa, a people of 
those ialanda. Mangalan — cf. ngati, a de- 
scendant of. Ext. Poly. : Fijian — cf. adi, a 
eoBunon prenomen to ladies' names, as we 
OM la^, or madam. Malagasy — atinand- 
riama, Uke Blood Boyal : prinoaa ; atinkavana, 
or MUtoBona, tw«r lelatloDs; oonBaaguiiiity. 

n «o 

Malay — Adi, a title of noblea, as Adi Bend- 

lam Rajah Mudeliar ; adi, excellent, hand- 
aome. (Both worda probably allied (o SanBorit 
adi, first.) 

ATi, then : Ka ki ofu te viahine, ' Ati me pemhta 
le karanga,'—F. H., 28. 

ATIATI, to drive away, to obaae away: A te 
kaerenga mai o nga hepara, kei te atiati i a 
raiuu—ETco., d. 17. 3. To thmat back, to re- 

ATiAKONA, the name of a fiah. 

ATIAMURI (myth.), a goblin in hqman shape. 

inhabiting Lake Taapo. He ia a deooy lor 

the ranitcAa, Horomatangi. 
ATI-HAPAI (myth.), the name of a oertoin tribe. 

2. The name of a chief who was the lather of 

Toi-te-hnatahi and son ot Te Atatnta. [Bee 


AT1RERE, the name ol a fish. 
ATITI, to stray, to wander about. CL titi, to go 
astray; otiutiu, to wander; iottti, to wander 

Tahitian— cf. atiti, the broken atalks ol 
the yoma, which are traced in order to find 
the root in the ground ; radimenta or elementB 
ol knowledge ; atitipau, a p^aon of general 
information ; oft, to recoil ; otipi, to go aside. 
Tongan— cf. aji, to penetrate, pass through ; 
to peep ; ajii^i, a spy ; to look out. SemoaD^ 
— cf. alia'i, to go eoltly towards in order to 

ATITUTU (Te Atitnta), myth., one ol the de- 
acendants of Tiki. He was son of Ngaipeha, 
and father of Te Ati-hapai. 

ATIUTIU, to wander, to atray: E otiutiu ke 
ana, kei nimhi olu koe i a raiou— Tin., 
ixii. 1. 

Hawaiian — akiukiu, to act the part ot a 
spy ; to search into ; to penetrate ; aeorching. 
Cf. kiu, a spy. Tahitian— of. atiuaea, the 
name of a yellow, running plant ; atiti, the 
broken stalka of the yams, wluch are traced in 
order to find the root. Tongan — ^f. aji, to 
penetrate, pass throagh, peep ; <yiaji, a spy ; 
to look ont. Samoan — cf. alia, the name of 
a creeping plant (Cucumu acidut). 

ATIU, the Dorth.weat wind. CI. tupatiu, the 
north-west wind ; hauatiu, the north-west 
wind ; kotiu, the north wind. 

Samoan — fa'atiu, a northerly wind ; CI. 
fa'atiu ■fagalua, a northerly wind. [See 
WHu^-HUit.] Mangarevan— tiu, the west 
wind : Ko te parapu me te tiu tetahi mau leiti 
tamaTOa; The north.weat wind and the west 
wind were other male children. Cf . urupotiu, 
the wind, W. ^ S. Hawaiian— kiu, the 
north-weat wind : O Ite kiu ko SFauiaenoku ; 
The north-weat wind of Wawaenoho. CL 
akiukiu, aearobing, penetrating : A me ka 
makani akiukiu kipe pua hala o Fuakei; The 
aearching wind pelting the hala blossoms ot 
Fnakei. [See Atutruc.J Marquesan— tlj, 
the north wind : A hua te tiu ; The north 
wind baa retnrned. 

ATO, to thateh. CI. kato, to plaok. [See Tahi- 




Tahltian— ato, to thstoh; the art ot thatch- 
ing honeei ; a thatoher ; (fi.) to rip oc plnok 
off; n plucker of leavea or SoweiE. Cf. alo)iei, 
to plnok 01 gather flowers tor a garland ; 
Anuafo, an matitiment nsed in thatchmg. 
Hawaiian— ako, to thatch ; the art of 
thatohmg; (t>.) to cat, bb with BoiBBOTB ; to 
plnok, aa flowers or fmit ; to shear, as a 
sheep; to cot oR, m hair. Tongan— ato, 
thatch ; the roof of a boase ; to thatch. CI, 
Mofaki, to Boreen ; to pile one thing npon 
another ; to be ooTered over with ; to have 
abundance ; featofaki, to thatch with speed, 
applied to two or more. Futuna — ato, to 
thatch. Eit. Poly.: Kayan— ct aio, to 
thatch 1 Bugts — atok, thatch. 
ATU, away, away from : Haere am koe i roto i 
tenet lofcaT-e— P. M., 18. 2, The comparative 
degree of worda used an adjectives ; Ki tau e 
tore iatiei e ntii atu ioka pai i to nga tamariki 
kotahi tekaa — 1 Ham., L 6. 3. Others ; Tant- 
tokoToagi, Timuranji, bm etaJii otit — G.-8, 36. 

Samoan — atu, away : Ov te foaiina atu ia 
te oe le fataia ; I give away the land to yon. 
Hawrallan — aku, verb^ directive, away 
from : Pubtu iho la ia i ke kapa, puka aht 
iaaho ; She wrapped her robes about her and 
went ootaide : Panee aku la i ka maa i kai ; 
lliey pDihed away the canoe into the sea. 
Tahiti an— atu, [Irom ; beside ; more ; adu, 
trom, nsed as the opposite of mai, hither ; (2i.) 

a adu. 

; ['.) a- 

parative ol adjectives (raAt, great ; rahi-adti, 
greater). Tonsan — atu, to give, osed only 
when the second person follows ; (b.) towards, 
wiUi same reatriction ; atuatu, to throw, fling. 
Cf. atugaki, to throw out of the hand ; to 
throw at ; atti^i, to throw at, to hurl ; ftatu- 
gaki, to throw at each other. Marquesaa 
atu, distance ; (h.) away from : A hee atu I 
Qoawayt (e.) beyond: A noho una, a nonoho 
atu; They dwelt above, they dwelt beyond. 
Uangarevan — atu, away hota the person 
BpeaUng: Akamou atu koe eki mea kai ki a 
tagata ara ; Give (away) a little food to the 
man. Cf . atutaha, open country molu, let us 
go. Rarotongan— atu, sway from; forth: 
£ aere ua atvxa ki te ngai aere anga atu; 
They went away wherever they ooold go. 

Whaka-ATU, to show, to point oat : Kia ^haka- 
aturia a(u ki a ia— P. M., 8. 
Tahttlan—fea'atu, to place and keep com- 
mon things apart from those that are sacred ; 
faa-atuatu, to keep one's property in order; 
oarelully preserving old relioe. Toagaa — 
faka-atu, to line, to cover the inside ; (b.) to 
cease to tronble, to refrain tor a time ; fake- 
atuatu, to express snrprise in reference to 
oometning bad. 

ATU (myth.), the name of a deity. Cf. ataa, a 
dei^, or demon. 
Tahitlan — cf. fata, lord, master, owner. 
Rarotongan^atu.loid: Te Atu ta koutou e 
kimi nn; The Lord whom ye seek; (b.) a 
master: E t atu aki au ra teiea auitema- 
taka angata ' If I ant a lAaster where is mj 
fearT Hawaiian — of. haku, a lord or mas- 
ter. Marqueaan— of. f*^^, » lotd ; a deity. 
[Sea comparatives of Atca.} 
ATUA, God : Oti'm tia tt Aiua ano ia t tebakaako 
imoMo at— P. U., 11. 2. A god, demon, 

snpemattiral beii^ : Ka mea eteM " He aiua 
koa " — P. M., 19 : I keke iho i nmga te odut 
—A. H. M., i., 16. Ct. atuakikakiko, iemoia, 
spirits of torment ; atuapiko, the rainbow. 3. 
An idol : Ka takaia rtga atua na, wkakairia — 
P. M., 84 ; Ka taua atua, ko Kahukura, he 
tckakapakoko rakau — A. H. M., i., 4. 4. A 
malicious person ; to be wicked ; sorly. Cf. 
aluapo. a niggardly, churlish person. 5. Any 
evil or noiions thing : Ko laka atua he ahe- 
inhe—lkM., 136. [See the Motu comparative,] 
Kei nga imi o Tuere te mana te atua — Prov. 
6. A term of endearment : Kei ran taku atua 
e amha nei au— 8. T„ 180. 7, The roorteenth 
night of the moon. Noib. — It is difficolt to 
know where to distinguish between an atua 
regarded spiritually and the outward present- 
ment. Kahukura, tot instance, is sometimes 
on abstract deity ; sometimes visible in the 
form of the rainbow ; sometimes present in a 
sacred red garment, and at times ia alluded to 
in a manner inleiring the presence ot an idol. 
(See A. H. M., i., 43.) When Hanngaroa was 
sent by her mother Kuiwai to Ngatoro-i-rongi 
iuformiiig him ol the corse of Manaia, she 
and her companions were borne Qp by (and 
brought with them) the gods Kahnkura, Itn- 
pawa, Maro, Bongomai, Eongaroa and Iho-o- 
te-rangi. These were goda for mortals, 
because the first canoes had only brought gods 
ot the kumara, and of fish— P. M., 102. There 
■re few instances mentioned in Polynesian 
legend as to deities having many limbs, or 
other abnormal personal attributes, such at 
we find in ancient deities of different peoples. 
The Hawaiian deity Komapuoa [see Poiea] 
was an eight-eyed monster, and Maoi is 
called Mani.matavara (eight-eyed) in Manga- 
reva. Sometimes a deity was worEhipped as 
a bundle of red feathers, a atone with human 
hair wrapped around it, &c. [For principal 
Polynesian deities see Taxb, Takoabo*, Tn, 
BoNoo, Atea, Bangi, &c 
Samoan— atua, a god : ,^/oi o le atua ia, 
ina faia e ia lava lana tinauga ; If he is a god 
let him plead (or himself ; fa'a-atuB, to deify ; 
to make into a god ; fa'a-attiit, to go about 
as a ghoBt, frightening people. Ct. atu, to 
be perplexed, distressed : atualoa, the centi- 
pede ; aluala^i. the chief's word tor oitu 
(deity) ; atuapaaa, to be frightened. Ma- 
ngaian — atua, a god. a demon : Vananga 
jnai nga atua ; Let the gods speak : E atua te 
tangata e oia ; This god is but a man after 
all ; aka-atuB, to become divine : Akaatua atu 
ana oki It tangata, e tau potiki; Pet child, 
thou hast taken thy place among the gods. 
Cf. atu, master, lord. Tshlttan— atua, god, 
the general name for a deity : E ua haere i 
roto i ts fare o to ratou atua; And went into 
the hottse ot their god ; faa-atua, to dei^, to 
acknowledge or serve some person or thing as 
a god. Cf. aluahara, a god that was (opposed 
to enter into a person bj means ol a cnrse ; 
paiatua, an idolatrous ceremony on the new 
decoration of the too (loko) or image ot a god ; 
tuafMd, a word ot addresa m prayer, need in 
the evening at the marae (sacred place). Ha- 
'waiian — ahua, a supernatural being, a god: 
A hoomaiui aku la i va alii la e like me ka 
hoomajui akuai They worshipped that chief 
as it they worahipped a god. (ft.) The name of 



the night when the moon was perfectly full i 
(c.}diTU)e: Aina icai akaa a Kant : The iHod 
uf the divine water oE Tine. Cf. .^Iriuiulu. 
the god of insptmlton ; Akiiakii, u god repre- 
eenled by an image (afua and tiki) ; akualapii, 
kghoet; akaaUlt, a meteor; amuakua, an- 
tnendlj, aDsooial ; niggardly ; kakaa, to 
Mcribe power to the gods, to vorsbip; to 
girdle (Uaori -^ latua); knkttai, lo wonhip 
the gods, to pray in a peculiar manner ; the 
eonttant daily eaerifice offered al any meal; 
mooakaa, a legend, a atory conaeming the 
gods. Tongan— otua, a god : Bea ha ki hf 
Btiut okit ikai faa /akamoiit : They pray unto 
a god that canool Bsre. Marquesao—etuB, 
a god, deity, divinity ; divine ; It tanui 
iui.iiiiki.fMaa mud o te mana na Elua ; Oh 
the princely eon, firat-bom of divine power. 
Uaoaarevan— etua {elTia}, a god (in old 
le^nd atua : Tona igoa ko atua Tarn; His 
name ma the god Tane) ; etua, to be violced. 
Cf. rfuaroga. divinity ; etiuiraiiaga,aaiuBlvaT- 
rior; pataetua, sudden death ; lauratUta, the 
priest of a deity. Aniiwan — atua, God: 
itua Kiktmna tohana noHlariki ; God sent his 
KID. Pa urn Ota a— atua, God. Futuna — 
atua, the native deities. CI. aliiiimuli. evil 
spirit ; atuamagunuigu, an evil spirit. Eit, 
Poly.: Motu— c(. atuuftu, a painful awel- 
ling withoat matter ; a blind boil. Anel- 
tyutnese — cf. atua, God [probably intro- 
doeed). Fijian — of. ta, at the end of a 
word, intplice greataeea; a word used by 
children to their fathers ; tiia, a nord used by 
children to their grandfathers. Malagasy 
— cf. [o for u, see Introduction] alua, a Eong 
■oog in honour either of the sovereign or ol 
the idola. Sulu ~ cf. luan, a uinster. 
Malayait — cf. Tahan, the DeJly ; (luin, a 
lord, master. 

ATUAKIK0K1K0(ii>}-th.),deiaona, familiar spirits 
■aid to haunt and torment sick or lunatic 
pmple : Ko nga matt he aUtakikokiko i kai aiux 
i s ratou — -A- U. M,. i. Cf. atua, a demon or 
deity; iiJ;o, flesh; aiaanokoieliart, " honse- 
dwelluig demons ;" afuaniJuH, internal paina. 

ATUANGAU (myth.), demons sapposed to cause 
gripings and pains in the interior of the body. 
Cf. aiiui, a demon, and itjin", to bite ; atua- 
kikokiko, malignant deities. [For oampara- 
tivea «ee Arui, and Moac] 

ATUAPIKO, the rainbon. Cf. atuatoyo, the 
nioboo : atua, deity ; piko, bent, crooked. 
[See KAUUiraA, and Ubxckd.] 

ATUAPO, a stingy person, a niggard, a chm'l. 
CL al-ua, a wicked, oroas person; Pu, Night 
(the night deities), Hades. (For compara- 
tivea see Arci, and Po.] 

ATUATORO (myth.), a name of Kahakura, the 
god of the rainbow. Cf. aiaapiku, the rain- 
bow. (See EikBDKciBA.] 

ATOA-WHAKAHAEHAE, the (ourtcenth day ol 
the moon's ago. (One aoth.) 

ATUfiEnE, the name of a highly prized hah. 

ATUTAHI, thenar Oanopns. Also called Autahl 
and Aotahi ; Ttra Alutabi ka mahula i tc pat 
— M.M.,200. 

AU, smoke: Tintia te ahil auahi tahi I Hal 
he au uta / kapaa, ko It au ki Katikati at — 
Pro7. Cf. atuxhi, smoke. 2. Gall. S. Cloud 
or fog. i. Onrrent : E kaha ana ra U iaU 
Burita. t au iakahi iraka—il. M., IT3. 5. A 
rapid in a river. 6. A whirlpool. Of. aahoki, 
an eddy. 7. Midocean {Tt au o ft isoano). 
S. A string, oaii. Cf. lau, a loop (or fasten- 
ing a weapon lo the wrist- 0. A largo pin tor 
faHteniog a mat. Cf- aurei, a Imne mat-pin. 
Samoan— BU, a sharp fish-lhom. Henoe, 
(ft.) a needle; (f.) a tattooing instrument; {d.) 
the gall ; the seat of the affections. [Cf. Ta- 
bitian aati, (for ngakau,) the bowels, the heart 
or mind.] (<;-) The liver of a pig; (/.) a onr- 
rent at sea. Auau, to piolt out, as the bonea 
of a fish ; oiu, smoke ; auapa'f, a current set- 
ting to the east ; aiialu/a, a keepsake ; atifa- 
nua. a current in the sea setting towards the 
Iftod ; aumali, a current sotting west; aatafa, 
to take out the bones of a fish ; auvatea, to bo 
oarried out to sea by a current ; to lose all 
out of a family by death; aiua, eteam, vapour. 
Tahltlan — au, a ounent or stream; (i.) 
Bmoke ; E tahu iiaa i (o nwu pereoo i te au 
auahi; («.) vapoar; (d.) a needle; to sew with 
a needle ; \t,) a dangerous Gsh with a snoot 
like a Buord-lish; (/.} a stone put in the 
laarae (sacred place) to avert some evil that 
was hkely to happen ; (g.) a atone sent to the 
chiefs to require a human lacriSce ; (ft.) the 
hottest part of a battle; (i.) a species ol sea- 
snail ; (j.) to fit, to agree ; (ft.) to pursue ; (I.) 
rubbish ; to scrape together a heap of rubbish ; 
auau, the gall ol the fish Au; (b.) a person 
who pursues a man or beast. Cf. auafa, a 
bursled gall; (6g,) a daring fellow, devoid ol 
fear ; piiaa, lo be agitated, as the bowels, or 
tho mind ; puauau, to be agitated repeatedly ; 
lo run, as a current; a rapid current in a 
stream of water ; aurai, a current caused by a 
great sea; autanjw, to whirl round; araau, 
the current of water between rocks. Ha~ 
«/allan— au, the current in the ocean ; Ice 
aa miki, o ke au ka, e mimilo ui ; The strong 
curreol, the rolling outrent, whirl away. (B.) 
Tho grain in wood ; (e.) the action of the hand 
in mixing poi (paste) ; (fi.) ao aolion or eier- 
ciBeol the mind; (f.) the gall of animals; (/-) 
time, a period of tune, as the reign of a king 
(/wu7); (a.) the time of one's life; {h.) a 
eeason; (t.) a territory or district (*au 7). Cf. 
aui, a, wave of the sea ; aumoe, time to sleep ; 
auifili, a returning tide ; miliau, an eddy in 
sea or river; wuiau, a place where water runs 
continually. Tongan-ahu, smoke, to smoke 
as a fire ; (!i.) soot : (c.) the gaU ; ahuina, to 
be smoked : to be emoke-dried ; to die from 
suffocation in smoke ; faka-ahu, to smoke-dry; 
to suffocate; faka-ahoahu, to cause a great 
emoke, aa a signal ; (i.) dark dense clouds on 
the horizon ; au, old, ripe ; old people ; aged 
and weak persons ; (b.) to arrive al, to reach ■ 
(r.) a current; to How rapidly in a current | 
(rf.) the sugar -cane leaf; auau, to shell; to 
pick out bones ; faka-au, to destroy gradually, 
or at different times; faka-auau, to inflict 
voluntary pain, as fasting, Ac., on the death 
ofafriend; {b.) to reach to. Ct. auautolo.UL 


[SS] Aug 

nneasy feeling of the bowels ; oolio ; a)iautonu, 
to deolore witboQt reserve ; auaga, the caoBe, 
the origin of death or dostrnctioo ; aiihi:, [o 
wsDdei about; a vagabond; nuhhi, to be 
oarried oot by the sea; auloloyo, a roar; a 
hollow sound ; Jiau, a large bone needle. 
Marquesan — au, the gall; (b.) a ourrent. 
Mangarevan— Bu, the ebb and Qow of the 
tide ; {(i.) a crown, a garland (luiu ?l ; (c.) ao 
awl; {d.) dew {haul) (e.) cloudy m!st on the 
sea; (/.) a bodldn with a barb oi small hook, 
like a oroobet needle ; (ti.) running. Cf, ahu. 
tniat, cloud; auahi, to smoke; kafaunhi, 
amoke; hau, gall, bitterness. Paumotan — 
of. uu, worth;, deserving; to prefer, to please; 
faka-au, to uuite, to join ; to oontract. promise, 
stipulate. Futuna — au, amoke. Cf, a/u, 
smoke. Ext. Pol;.: Malay — of. mean, a 
olond; SIkayana —, amoke; Magln- 
dano— cf. luii, amoke ; Ilocan — of. aiuk, 

AU, i, me : Aae I kau atu ana av i U ao — Q. P., 

28. [Sea Anin.] 
AU, a king (one auth.). [NoTE.~It ii probable 
tiiat this word ia properly the Polynesian Aiu. 
a king, <ta. ; and comparatives at full length 
are to be looked for under Km,] 

Rarotongan — au, a king : To aun Tonga ; 
The king of Karotoaga. [h.) An assembly ; E 

When he stood op in the asgembly of the 
people. Hawaiian — cf. au. lime; a period 
of time more or less dcGnitely dceignated, as 
the reign of a king; a-apani, a kingdom; re- 
lating to the government, Tongan— cf. 
auna, to conquer, overcome ; aahi, to surpass. 
Mangarevan— cf. ou, a crown, a garland. 
Paumotan— cf. au, deaerving, worthy. 

AU, stability, firmness; firm. 3. Sound (ol 
sleep) : Ai le rerenga o le ra, ka an U moc o 
iperakama—'K.ea. iv., 12. 

Whaka-AU, sound (of sleep) ; Ko le po roa, ho te 
po vihakaaa te inot, e moe '. — P, M., 48. 

AU, " Certainlv," a form of assent. Cf. nitara, 
" Certainly there is." 

AU, the bark o( a dog ; to biuk ; Ka au vuii ano 
U iuri ra • Au .'■— P. M., 65. Cf. tau, lo bark. 
Samoan— on, to hark, of a dog. Tahitiaa 
— aaa, to bark or howl as a dog. Ha- 
waiian— bos, to howl as a dog ; {h.) to howl 
or wail (or griel ; howUng ; cross, angry. Cf. 
aut. to lament. Mangarevaa — cf. u, 
barking. Moriori— cf. anta, to moan, 

Wheka-AU, the name of a kind of eel when fall 
grown. When yoang it is called kawieUa, 
and papav))tenua , 

AUA, the name of a small fish, the sea mallet. 
oommoDly called the herring (loth. AgouMfoma 
JmtUri) : He aua inafa whtro It ika—G. P., 

Samoan—aua, a yonng auae (a fiah). Ta- 
hitian — aua, a small fish. [See Amu,] 

AHA, I know not (often used with the sensa of 
" and don't oare ") ; Kei hea to koitiov tenia ? 
Ana, kavre matou i kilf—P. M., 9G. 9. Not, 
nsed in an imperative sense ; Aua e whakapae 
teka ki toil lum—Tial., v., 20. Cf. *auo, 
(imperatively) not ; auakn. do not. 
Samoan — 'aua, do not (imperative];); aua, 
/aufij Dsed to express dissent. " 

" well, bat." Hawaiian — aua, not to give 
a thing oaked for. to be stingy, to forbid, 
Marquesan — aua, not, no (imperative nega- 
tive) : Aua e noha i nei ; Do not stay here. 
Mangalan— aua (aua). not, will not: Aua 
au e kake, nu tf papiika e kake : I will not 
climb ; let the land-crab climb. Tahltlan — 
auaa, not, do not (imperatively) ; 1,6.) anlesa, 
save that. 

AUA, (ar advanced, far on, in djatance. 

AUA, those (spoken of before). The plural at 
TaCa : Kna pa alii nga ringa hi auapohutH- 
kajDa- P. M., 76. 

AUAHF, smoke: Kia mea at nga koa 'He 
avahi:~Ka&rt. he roimala—V. M, Cf. ou, 
smoke; ahi, fire; kaaaki, a Stick ased in 
producing Gre by biction. [Bee Tahitian.] 
Samoan — of. otu, smoke; afi, fire; auto, 
steam, vapour. Tahitian — auahi, &re : E 
amupautoa ratoui le auahi; The fire ah^l oon- 
Bume them ; {b.) a shepherd or feeder of hogs 
or other animals. Cf. auai, a stick on wbldi 
another (uurima) is mbbed to procore fire by 
friction ; anutoauahi, the fint small stic^ 
put together in kindling a fire ; (fig.) the 
beginning of contention or war; auaJU-la- 
raufare, food cooked for the goddess Toimata, 
baked early in the morning, and placed on a 
fata or altar ; jiuauahi, the middle of the 
lire ; taauahi, to ase or employ fire. Ha- 
■waiian— uahi, a cloud, a, vaporous appear- 
ance. [Note.— Judge Andrews gives «. to 
ooKe, as milk, and ahi. fire, aa derivation of 
uahi.'] Tongan— cf. ahu. amoke; o^, fire; 
ahuina. to be smoke.dried. Mangarevaa 
—auahi, to smoke, to oaaae smoke. Cf. 
kavaitahi, smoke. Futuna — cf. afu, smoke; 
afi. fire. Rarotongan— aual, amoke; Uti 
te auai e peke to, kia poke kaloa nUou ; Lat 
thera be driven away, as smoke ia driven 

AUAHI-TUROA (Te Auahi-Turos). a comet. CL 
auahi, smoke. 

AUAU, to lift. 

Samoan— cf. au, to carry away, as the 
stones ol a wall ; ouau. rubbish carried ofi the 
beach and out to sea by the high tide; 'au, a 
handle. Tahitian — cf. au, to scrape to- 
gether a heap of rubbish. 

AUAU, a basket of seed potatoes. 

AUE, Alas I to say alas ; to groan, wail, lament: 
Aut limu iho lelehi. aiie tumi ake Iflehi—P. M„ 
S. 3. An exclamation expressing aarprise: 
Aue '. ko mii ra tcnei tangata I— P, M., 26. 
Samoan — aue, alas ! oh I wonder ; Aue, 
Ivku ueo, e I Alas, my brother ! (b.) Ajq excla- 
mation of approbation. Tahitian- aue, 
alas \ Aue! c taufalu e I e alui talou nei; Alu, 
my master I how shall we do 7 (2i.) Koiae, 
tamult ; to clamour, to make a noise. Ha- 
waiian— aue (also auwe), OhI alast woe to! 
an expression of grief, regret, or pain : K£ 
utailiu i *Hu maka, e auice au-e; Dimness 
(covers) my eyea ; woe is me ! ob ! (6.) To 
cry, lament, CI. awe, to weep ; to moom. 




biw^ ; lu, to weep, 017 in ui udible manner ; 
«, lo weep, moQm; we, (0 weep. Raro- 
tongan — aue, to waU, weep, lament ) to bs; 
" Aoe I" I aaia U aa tangata nei i aue ratou > 
What ails the people that the; weep 7 Anl- 
wan— of. *aic(, slaal Marquesan— ct u*, 
an excUrostion o( mrprise. Tongan — aue, 
an eiclatQatioD of difipleased sarpris^ ; " Dear 
me!" Mangarevan— Hue, an eiclamation 
tt tarpiue or grid : auhe, to weep. C(. aiihrre, 
an exclamation at »arpriaB or grief ; uhe, a cry 
of inpatieiice or grief. Paumotan — aue, 
obt aia«l (b.) a tumult; (c.) to complab; 
aueue, to bewail. Eit. Poiy, : Nguna — oF. 
Ail woe, alasl Anettyutn — at. awe, or 
MOV, alaa I Malay — ahi, alas I a^i, alas I 
ayne, alaa I 
AUHA, to Imp ont of the water. Ct. ana, the 
■ea-mtillet ; hana, oowardlj. 
Samoan— of. auaUU : the flah aua, being 
atnid of the nalmaii. jumps oat of the water 
Bi if flying {Ule, to fly = rere) ; [b.) a coward. 

kUHAHAjtoieekafterj toeearohfor. CLhaha, 
>o seek ; vhateha, to lee) lor with the hand ; 
iaAa, to aBaroh for ; hahau, to seek. 
Ha^railan— ct Aobi, tofeellor; tog. 
Tongan— ct. fa. to feel altar anything with 
the hand; fa/a, to grope. Tahltlan— cf. 
/a/a, to (eel or touch wiUl the hand. Pau- 
motao — cf. fafa, to feel for ; to grope ; ahali, 
to obtain. Futuna — ct.fafa, to touch. 

kUHOKI, an eddy. Cf. ou,b whirlpool, b rapid ; 
and hoki, to return. [For oomparativea aee 
Ac, and Hoc] 

UlNAKE, on the morrow. Cf. akc, onwardB. io 

Hawaiian— ef. au, a space of time, ae a 
king's reign, a lifetime, Sec. 

AUKAHA, to lash the muatca or bulwark of a 
canoe to the body of a canoe ; the laahinge of 
nme : Ea ichakahoroa i reira U lenka nei a 
Jotea. ka aukahalia—P. M., 111. CI. an, a 
string, cord : firm, strong ; kaha. a rope ; the 
Istfainge of the rauaiea. 
Samoan— cf. -afa, sinnet, plaited coeoanul 
htuk fibre. Tahitian— of. aba, sinnet made 
out of coeoanat bosk fibre. Haivailan — of. 
aha, a cord braided from busk of cocoauut. 
Tongan — of. kafa, the cordage made (rota 
the fibrea of the oocoanut husk. Manga- 
revan— of. kaha, a plait o( 0000 thread. 
Mangaian— cf. kaa, string of ooooanut fibre. 
Eit. Poly. : Fiji— of. kava, a roll of sinnet, 

AUKATI, lo stop one's way; to obstruct one's 
passage. Cf. kali, to block up ; to stop traffic ; 
shut, closed; haukoti, to intercept; lioti, to 
intercept, oat off; auporo, to atop. 
Tahltlan — c(. ati, to be enclosed or eu- 
taogted; ofia, a fence ; atiati, a burr \piri- 
firi); tmli, to join. Tongan— of. fco/ia, to 
Eboke; to hinder; to obetmet, as weeds in a 
ffideo. Paumotan— e(. kakali, to clench 
Ibe teeth. 

AUKI, old. Cf. ufct, ancient times ; luauti, old, 
of long standing ; ui, to inquire. [See Ton- 

Tabltlan-auiul,Bnciently, o( old. Cf. ui, 
an age, a seaaon, Hatvaiian — ct. au, a 
period o( time, a season. Tongan— d(. uki, 
to inqnire, to look np ; ukiukivaU, to inquire I 


after in t^d. Mangarevan— «f. uAf, to 

make atlnsione ; to stii the lire. Paumotan 
— of. uki, age, generation ; many years ; 
tuaukl, a desoendant of. 

AUKU, the Will-'o-ths-witp {ignU faltiui). 

AUMIHI, to greet, woloome. Of. nihi, to greet. 
Samoan — of. rniii. to make a kiising noise 
with the lips as a token o[ aSection. Ha- 
waiian— cf, mihi, to feel sad. Tongan— 
cf. mihi. to aob ; to draw ap into the noatiils ; 
fnijimyi, to make a aocking noise with the 
mouth, Panrnotan — o(. mi'fci, to regret. 
rKoTE. — The connection with Maori may be 
in the fact that a greeting made by pressing 
noses {hmgi^ is often acoompaoied by the 
tangi or wailing cry, also used in monming.] 

AUKUMEA (niTth-), the eighth highest heaven or 
division of Bangi, the sky. Thjs is one ol the 
heavens of Behua— A. H. IS.., i„ App. [See 


AUMOE, comfortable, at ease, at rest. OL ekM, 

to sleep. 

Samoan^aumoe, to sleep awayfrom home; 
(b.) to go oat ooarting ; (e.) to sleep in a 
woman's family with a view of making bet 
proposals a( marriage. Of. moe, to ^eep, 
Tahltian^cf, moe, to aleep, to lie down; 
malamoe, to be drow^, Tongan— of. moh^, 
to sleep. Ha'wailan — aumoe, the eeaeon 
when the world is asleep, night ; ho-aumoOi 
to sleep with; to lie in one's boaom; (b.) to 
foodie, ohoriBh. C(. vwe, to lie down, to 
sleep ; to atretch ooeself 00 a bed. 
AUPOURI (myth,), a place in the north of the 
North Island o( New Zealand whence souls 
pasaed into Badea : / tt Aapouri, i te mufun^a 
mai tenfi molu, i te rertnga woirua. [See 
RsiNaA, and Fo.] 
AUPORO, lo cut short, to stop. Cf. poro, termi- 
nation ; kopoTo, truncated, having the end cut 
off abruptly ; lauporo, out short, brought to 
an end ; tuxporo, to cut off ; atilMti, to block 
up ; porokere, to be broken off short. 
Tahitian— cf. poro, the heel ; the elbow ; 
the end of a ridge-pole ; aporo, the email (mil 
on the end of a branch, Tongan— cf. 6oio- 
bolo. the roil on the top ol the canoe hauac ; 
the first-fruita, Mangaian — cf. poro, laat 
words 1 the point, the end. 
AURAKI, to turn aiide. a. To do a thing in a 
hnrry : Eafahi ka atiraki mai ki te trhanaa a 
te mujipumanjni kikino, i te ailanga a Pimga i 
AURARA, to clutch, to groap. 2. To encroach. 
Tahltlan- aumra, avaricious; (i.) to be 
idle and moriog about. Hawaiian— c(. 
lata, a limb ; lalau, to cntoh hold of ; seizina. 
Samoan — cf. lalo, to leap upon, as the miue 
on the female. 
AURAROTU lA or Haurarotuia (myth.), a name of 
the canoe o( Maui— A. H. M., ii., 9, [See 
AUREI, the first day of the moon'a age. 3. An 
ivory or bone ornament; a bieaat-piu far 
taatening a mat : Ka motu mai te avrei s te 
Kahv raka—k. H. M., iv., 167. [For illus- 
tration of appearance, see A. H. H., iii., 193, 
Eng. part,] Cf. rri, anything made of ivory ; 
a tusk or large tooth; any preoions thing, a 



jewel ; lnurei, white ; rtipvta, a bou with 

SaiQOan— of. Ui, wh&le'B teeth ; aQjthiiig 
mode of whole's teeth; U'ile'i. aajthins very 
good, as » good-lookiag tnui, a good house, 
&e. ; avltlei, bandeome, applied ta men only 
uid not to women ; good-looking. oF butansa. 
Hanrallan — ct. lei, an; ornamaDtaJ dress 
for the head or neok. Tongan— c[. IH, the 
itbale's tooth ; Ulti, good, pleasant. Mar- 
quesan — of. ei, the tooth of the sperm 
whole; potei, a while's tooth, set &a on 
AURERE, to moan, groan. 2. To sail. Cf. rere, 
to soil ; to ran, as water ; au, a current. 

Samoaii—'aulele, to rnn swiftly ; aualele, 
the fish aua, being afraid of the malnuli, jamps 
ont ol the woter as it Sjing [Mi) ; (b.) a 
eowoid ; fa'a-aualele, to be proolpitate, to be a 
coward. Ci. aMlrliia. to be carried along by a 
tavonring oanent of the Bea ; au, a oarrent at 
sea. Tahitlan — cf. rert, to fly or leap; ou, 
a enrrent or stream. Haivaiian— aulele, to 
fly off ia fiocks, as many kinds of birds. Cf. 
Uh, to fly, jamp. Tongan — cf. leU, to mn. 
Morloi'l— cf. aula, to moan. 
AUmURI, free from lapu, 2. The innantation 
ikarakia) by which peraonl wbo arc tapit from 
having tonohed the dead are freed and made 

AURU (tnyth.), the deity prafliding over the West 

— M. S., 114. Cf. haaauru. west ; urii. west ; 

a, the Deity. 
AURU, to break off. as a branch; to plock up, as 

grass, a. To throw away. Cf. uni, a grovB ; 

Jtnuru, head of a tree. 
Tahltian— auru, the top ends of email twige 

or braachos ; the end, extremity, or point of a 

thing. Cf. aura, to chop in a roti|j;h manner ; 

to break off the brancbea or plants in a 

rongh way. 

A U R U KOW HAO, the leakage into a canoe through 
holes made for the purpose of fastening the 
Tovaaia or top-streak to the canoe eidee. Cf. 
ahao-wbao, lo rarve wood ; koahao, a hole. 3. 
Any trifling damage. [For comparatives. Me 


AUTA, to encroach upon, to attack. Cf. ra, to 
itrike; >ava, a war party. 

Samoan — 'auta [anlii), marks bnrnt upon 
the body on the death of a chief ; {b.) the 
wooden drnmstick used in beating t>ie mat 
dram at a nigbt dance, or a wooden bell ; (n.) 
the agitation of Uie sea after a breeze. Cf. 
'auw;, troops being led to fight ; ta, to strike. 
Tahitlan— auta, Uie act of cutting the body 
of an enemy; (t.) the operation of super- 
cisiion (eircumciaion not practised), [See 
TiBB.] Cf. au, the hottest part of a battle. 

AUTA (Moriori), to sigh, groan, Ct. aamt, to 

Tahitlan— auta (nu'fll, a sigh or groan; to 
sigh or moan through pain or grief. Cf. nutn, 
a cutting in the prepuce ; the aot of cutting 
the body of an Baemy. Samoan— cf. 'nuld, 
marka burnt on the body at tbe death of a 
chief. Hanraiian — cf. auka, tired, weary. 
AUTAHI, tbe star Canopua. [Also Atctibi and 

AUTAIA, singular, eitraordinaiy. 

AUTAKI, Toundabout. oirooitous. Cf. au, a whirl. 

pool ; tajti. to take to one aide ; iaka, to veer ; 

tnkai, to wind round, 
AUTANE, a woman's brother-in-law; Mf hatrt 

male; husband ; amcoMnt, a 

AUTAUA, a messenger who brings tidings of an 
enemy's approaching. CI. tana., a 
AUTE, the name of a shrub or small tree (Bot. 
BrouMonnf tia popj/ri/itrrt, the paper mulbocry). 
[Now eitincl. See Colenao. Trans., ilii. 16.] 
2. A girdle made of aut« bark: Ef maro autt 
le maro a Whakatau. 3. A band or fillet for 
the bair ; a kite, or any article made of ante : 
He maim aule e taut le ahakalioro — Prov. 

Samoan — oL 'avie, the Chinese rose, ol 
blacking plant (Bot. Hibitcm roiaaineiait) ; 
'aatfloiia, one kind of 'outt {Bot, Hibucui 
ituTckii). Tahltian— auta, a plant, the paper 
mulberry. (Bot. Moron papyrifira,) a plant 
from which native cloth is nude, Cf. luli- 
aaU, cloth made of aute bark ; autepohoa, an 
inferior kind of auie ; (flg.) a person of in- 
different character, Havrallan^-cf- uaokt, 
the name of a shrub or bueh from the bark of 
which kapa (native cloth, tapa.) is made, a 
species of mulberry ; also written loiiuke, and 
iaipauke. [Note. — Perhaps oonnected with 
Maori Khauvthi. the lace-bark tree (Bot. Ha- 
heria pepulnca}.] Marquesan — ute, tbe 
paper mulberry- Mangarevan — of. «utf, 
papyrus, of whieb native cloth is made ; um, 
a small kind of papyrus : Ko Toga ra, ka 
kahuhia eki ran tule ; The sootb-wind god 
was clothed in leaves of papyrus. Est. Poiy, ; 
Fiji-H3f. malo, the paper mulberry. (Cf. the 
Maori maro, a girdle.) 

AUTE (myth,). The kite of TawhaVi, on whose 
string ho climbed to heaven, was of and;— 
A. H. M., i. 129. 

AUTETARANGA, the name of a shrab (Bot. 
PinKlen arenarica). 

AUTOIA (myth,), a division of tbe Underworld 
(the fourth downward division of Papa) neit 
below the Reiuga. Whiro rules in this circle 
of Hades— A. H. M,, i., App. [See Rsisoi, 
WniHo, and Eohe.] 2. A diviEion of Bangi, 
or Heaven ; the sevcntb upwards. Berc tbe 
Bonl of man is created ; this heaven is ruled 
over by Eehua — A. H. M., i., App, 

AUWAHlHE,a man' Ct. icahine. 
a wife, a woman ; ntifiin^, a woman's brother- 

AWA, a river, a stream : K haen ana kia mhlH 
ki taa-abi o it aica—F. M„ 43. Cf. irhaiawa, 
the bed ol a river ; wai, water, 3. A channeL 
Cf. va, a epaoc. an opening ; km'aaa. a groove ; 
a shallow drain; au^aJ^ri, aditch ; aisaTnaCi;, a 
ditch outside tbe pallsadiDK of a pa ; awama, 
a ditch; vnkairaka, parallel ridges. [See 

AWAAWA, a vaUey. 

Samoan— ava, an opening in the coral reef; 
a boal-paseage into the lagoou; (b.) an an- 
chorage tor ships : (e.) to be wide apart, as a 
plank of a canoe not fitting ; [d.) to be open, 




w % doorway ; avaava, a small opemns in the 
net : {b.) to be fall ol opening! in toe reel ; 
b't-avaava, to make wide. CL avanoa, an 
open space ; nuctava, the part of an opening 
in Uw reel which ie towards the shote ; tatt- 
ara, a pilot through an opening in the re«L 
Tahltian^ava, an entrance into an harbour; 
an opening that will admit ol ehipa and other 
lewali approaching the shore ; avaava, a 
Bnall opening in the coral teet. Haivallan 
— awa, a harbour; a landing-place; an en- 
trance between two reefs: He nuikani pono 
ale it ku mn ke aiea o HiU ; A bad wind for 
Mnning to anchor in the harbour ol Hilo. 
Awaawa, a valley ; {b.) the epace between two 
prominenoes ; the apaces between the fingers 
of the hand or toea of the feet ; |c.| the epaoes 
between the branches ol a river. Cf. awaa, to 
dig. as a ditch or pit (thie is probably aaaka) ; 
a trench, pit, or cave ; aicaaaaa, to make a 
froove ; axaloa. a place where the bones of 
ehieta were hidden. Toiigan — ava, an open- 
ing 1 a passage for veweU ; a cierice : Vakai 
toe ara tvu i he a ! Behold a hole in the wall. 
(b.) Open, hollow ; avaava, full ol openings ; 
dika-ava, to open, to perforate ; to mole lull of 
holes. CI. va, the space betweea two objects; 
a, a hole ; avaavahi, to bore or perforate in 
many places; avaavanoa, nnoccupied, free; 
feavaaki, to be full of holes ; tuuaca, to stand 
in the passage to seize the canoe on entering. 
Ifarqueaan — ava, a strait; a sonnd ; nar- 
row* (geog.) 1 [b.) the distance between two 
objecte ; (f.) spaoa, in time, Uangarevan 
—ava, a passage, opening, or canal for canoeB, 
•hipe, Ac. ; avaava, to absent oneself ; to lose. 
Paumotan — ava, a harbour, port ; channel 
of harbour; (6.) a page. Futuna~ava, an 
entrance, paawge. Uorlort — av<a, a channel 
ot river, Eit. Poly. : Malagasy— CI. am. 
tower, down, ae appUed to any part ol a coun- 
try towards which the water flows, lower in 
etHDpariEOQ with soma other place, Malay 
— ef. oyer, water, a river, Walgiou — cf. 
■Myrr, water. Doray— ol. ^paaT, water. 

AWA (myth.), the name ot a descendant ol 
Kokntawhiti. His son, Awa, begat Awanui, 
the ancestor ol the Ngatiawa tribe ol Tara- 
oaki, formerly ol the North, at Hokianga, 
[Sea NuKlTTkWBlll.] 

AWAKAR1, (or Aicakeri,) a ditch. CI. aica. a 
channel, tori and keri, to dig 
ditch; amaTva, a ditch. [For 
see Awi, and Kini.] 

AWAMATE, a moat, a ditch outside pslieading 
ol a pa, CI. aaa, a channel ; ateanm and 
•If a bin, a diteh. 

2. A 

AWANGAWANGA, anea«y in mind, distorbed. 
AWANQARUA, a variety ol the kumara. 
AWANUIARANQI (myth.), a name given to Eai- 

langala, on his marriage with Whaitiri — 

A. H. M,, i., 1ST. [See EAiruiaiTi,, and 

AWARUA, a ditch, a trench. CI. aua, a channel ; 

ma, a hole ; two ; meakari, a ditch ; awamate. 

Whaka-AWARUA, ft diteh iuride the palisading 

olapa. Of. aicamatt, the ditch ontside the 
palisading of a pa, 

AWATEA, broad day%ht; Kaort ano i awatea 
noa, ka hura U alo— P. U., 198. Cf. atta, clear, 
tree from Irom obstraotion ; leaua, nnoooo- 
pied, clear; lea, while. 9. Noon. 

Samoaii— cf. ateaUa, wide, spadous ; oatta, 
noon; aoatea, before noon. Hawaiian— 
awakea, noon, mid-day ; (b,) the name of the 
god who opened the Gate ol the Snn. CI. akea, 
broad, spacious; kea, white. Tahttlan — 
avatea, noon. Cf. atea, clear, spaojons. 
Mangarevan — avatea, noon. Gt avangi, 
beautiful, white of skin ; mahina-atea, day- 
light. Marquesan — ol. atea, a day; dear, 
open. Tongan— of, Ua, whitiah. 

AWATEA (myth.). [See Aki.] 

AWAU, I, me. A South Island form : Naha» 
ano awau~W. T., vii. 87. [See Aniu.] 

AWE, soot. S. The long hairs on a dog's tail or 
rnmp. CI. haict, a bird having long skeleton 
feathers; kavekaiM, the tentacles ot oattle- 

A WEA WE, floating in the air: Aveaiee ana nga 
korero i rvnga o Maanga Fiware — Pror. 
Hawaiian — cf. puawe, thin, soft. Sue, like 
the filaments of coM»eb, Tahltian— el. ace, 
the long feelers ol the outUe-fiah ; a taaael or 
ornament appended to a bow ; the tail or train 
ot a gown. 

AWE, soon. CI, wave, soon. 

AWEKE. obstinate in wrong ; perverse. 9. Slow, 
dawdling. S. To contend against, 4. To 

AWEKO, old, ancient. Ct. aeko, to be eitiu- 
guished, 2. Knowing, understanding. 

AWENGA (myth,), the name ol the point of 
Maui's fish-hook— A. H. M., it. 91. [Sea 

AWETO, an obstacle, obetmction, barrier. 

AWETO, or Ameto (myth.), the lowest region ol 
Hades (Po) ; absolute extinction. Ct. weko, to 
be extinguished. 

AWHA (awha), a gale, a storm : Karirole vmmu- 
hau, ka riro te auiAa— H. M., 209. Cf. kowka, 
to burst open, split; ngaaha, to burst open ; 
ha, breath {See Tongsn] . 2. Bain : Ka tvhia 
iho e Jtfaui he otp^ puToro — W. T., viL B8. 
Cf, patapataiateha, heavy rain. 
Samoan— afa (a/it), a itorm : Aua na Ie 
MiDiovwmoiiut av i U afa; He breoketh me 
with a tempest. Ct, afaina, to be hurt, en- 
dangered. Tahittan — cf. afa, to crack or 
split, break, or burst ; aja/a, torn or rent in 
many places ; aha, to orack or split open. 
Hawaiian — cf, ha, to breathe strongly; 
poha, to burst laddenly ; baisting, craclurig. 
Tongan^afa, a stomi, a hnrrioane ; (b.) a 
wonder-maker ; to appear astonished ; afaafa, 
strong, robust, healthy; faka-afa, to raise or 
cause a hoiricane, CI. fa/a, hoarse, bass. 

AWHATO, a lungus, parasitic on a kind ol cater- 
pillar {Cordicepi robtrtiii). 2, The caterpillar 
itself : Ka mahi U amhato hohoni paenga — 
Prov. [See HiWHiio.] . 

Samoan^afato, a large edible grab, loond 
in dry trees. Toogan — ofato, an inieot 
found in old timber. Ext. Poly. : FI4lan— 


of. iranaEo, % mftggot which bores into wood. 
It beaaniK a flTiug insect. It is mneh eaten 
on poor ialands. 

AWHE, to eathei np into » heap ; E aiehe ana, e 
pata ana, e kuna ana — P. M., 89- 2. To Bor- 
lonadj to beeet. Cf. haiehe, to oome or go 
lonnd; taavhe, to go tonnd a comer; tal^- 
atehe, oinjoltoai ; aviheo, a halo ; aiehio, to go 
round abont. S. To meaanie a tree hj em- 
bradng it. Cf. aahi, to embrace. 4. To pau 
round or behind. 

AWKEAWHE, to set to work with man; perwini. 
Samoan — cf. a/t, a thousand ; afi, a bundle. 
Tabitian— ct. afeafe, height, as afeafe o U 
Ttt, the height of Uie Btm ; long, tEiU, extended. 
Toiigan— cl, aft. a thouaaad; to inm aside, 
to turn in at, ae into a hoiue when on a jour- 
noj J aftafei, to ooil ronnd the body ; aftafe- 
lata, to torn ehort, to torn and go again; 
^eUui, a seipeDtine winding path. Eit. 
Folj.: Aneltyum — ti.afwe, to whir] round 

AWHEO, to be imtoimded with a halo. Cf. 
- amlit, to sorronnd; takaawht, cirooitooB. 

[Sm Awm.] 
AWHETO, for avhato- [See AwsiTO.] 

Cf. OKht, to measnre a tree bj embracing it ; 
awhio, to wind, to go ronnd ; hawhe, to come 
or go ronnd ; vAitrht, to be entangled. 3. To 
approach : Jlfi aahi atu ki a ia — Tin., i. 20. 
AWHIWHIWHI, to approximate, rasemble. Cr. 
iauHtckiwhiwIa, to approximate ; lehiiehi, to 
be entangled. 

Samoan— cf. afi, to do op in a bundle; 
afitiga, an annfnL Tahltian— cf. '<^fiit, a 
hnndle of breodfratl, or coooannts, tied to- 
gether;jSj!, entangled. Tongan—et. a/tufti, 
to warp or ooO ronnd the bod; ; Jifi, the cocoa- 
nut leaf twisted ronnd trees. Ha'walian — 
of. ahiki, to be united with another, or with 
others, in miechief or error ; hihi, to ipread 
OQt, at limbs of a tree; hihia, entangled. 
Ext. Polj. : Ualagasy—ot. Jtkina, grasp, 
■eizore ; fikUra, a olntoh, grasp. 

AWHINA, to assiBt, beneEt: A hdi owMiu koe 
mona ki otta hoariri — Tin., zzziii. 7. Cl asM, 
to embrace, to approach. 
Hawaiian— of. ahiki, to be united with 
another or with otben for purpaaea d mi*- 
chief ; to conspire. 

AWHIO, to wind abont, to go round about. CL 
ahio, to whistle [see Hawaiian] ; UutUe, to 
go ronnd aboat ; taiawlUo, to enrirele ; uikt- 
whio, gidd;, dizEj; lakamio, to Bj round and 
ronnd, as a bird does before settling ; awucmie, 
to torn round and roond ; gid^ ; owM, to 

AWHIOWHIO, a whirlwind. 

SarDoaa— asiosio, a whirlwind: E soa li 
atiotio mai It ita i toga; The whirlwind 
cornea ont from the soath. (6.) A wmtenpont ; 
(c.) hot, as in a fever. [Nora. — The Bamoan 
letter-change with Maori here (i for »A) ii 
nnnsnal. The isA of Maori ahmdd be equal 
to Samoan /, viz., t^loafio-i Tovgan— 
ahiohio, a whirlwind ; (b.) a wato^ont 
Marquesan — cL kio, to twist, to ^io. 
Tahltian — cf. pvaltiohio, a whirlwind; the 
wind or ubiatle of a stone from a aling. 
Paumotan — of. hUihio, to whistle; to hits 
at. Havralian— of. hio, a ■! anting i^nd, 
i.e.B, wind down hill; {b.) a howling noise; 
[c.) eniciatio venirii. , 

AWHIOWHIO (myth.), the god of whirlwinds; a 
son of BanKamaomao. For geuealogj tntm 
lUngi, the Sky, see A. H. M., i. 38 ; also M. S., 

AWHIORANGI, a celebrated stone aie, lost for 
many years, but recoTered (with, as related, 
miraonlona incidents.) in 1888. See KartMako 
of aoth Jannary, 1BS8. This aie waa sop- 
posed to have been branght to New Zealand 
by Tnri [see Tuai] , the navigator, and to 
have descended to him from the great god 
Tane. For acconnt of this axe being nsea to 
shape the props of earth and aky, see A. H. M., 
i. 161, Eng. [See Toio.l 

A W H I REI NGA, to embrace in the r^OD of spirits. 
Cf- atchi. to embrace ; Reinga,-iiM spirit's les^ 
[For comparatives see Awhi, and Riino*.] 

AWHITU, to leel regret ; to feel hnrt. Cf. awhi, 
approximate ; Eu, to wound. 


C a partiale, generally preceding a word i 
' as a verb, to express the fatnre U _.. 
When e is followed In atut, it denotes present 
time, as it also does when preceding numerals : 
Kava e kai ake i vutH (ui— P. M., 61 : E 
hatre ana maua ki reira, ki Otaica — P. M., 
14S ; E Ida nga raolc pononga f — Wai., oxix. 
Tahltian — e, a sign of the future tense : 
E lapea mai oe iau, e ora ia van i reira ; Hold 
me up and I shall be safe- Ha-wallan — e, a 
sign of the fotnie tense ; E hookaahaaia nu 
nua hookano; The haaghty shall be humbled. 
Cf. e, which following verbs marks a kind of 
second fotnre tense : as Lohe e an, I heard 
btiimv! SiU * mai oia. He had arrived first. 

Tongan— e, a sign of the tntnre tense : Bm 

< matt at mea koioaht oka i mamani; Every- 
thing that is npon earth shall die- 

[NoiB. — The e before numerals is often wiil- 
ten in Polynesian as part of the nomerals : as 
Tahltian — thia, how many? Manga- 
revan— tftia, how many? 4o. Ha'walian 
— tha,, toor. Marquesan — </a, tour, <£a. 

E, by. of the agent, and following words nsed u 
passive Terbs (uily : A tokawha ona koa i 
kainga kaloatia e ia — P. M., 11 : He aha a au 
i patua ai e koe—V. M-, 22. 

Samoan^a, by. Tahltian— e, bj; E 
mea hamani hia e ana ; A thing made by him. 
Havrallan— 0, by ; Ua ahaeaia oiatk4 atiii 

[87] ghu 

He was condemned by the chief, (b.) From, 
away. Toiigan — e, by. Marquesan— e, 
by : Pepena iate aki e te Etna ; Heaven has 
been created by God. (6.) From : O maua a 
keihoe tai ; We are reserved from the flood. 
Mangarevan — e, by. 

E, a sign of vocative case, preceding words used 
as noons. Sometimes e follows the noon : E 
iad e ! maranga hi runga I — P. M., 25. It is 
nsed also to call attention : E ! kua ngaro kei 
roio — P. M., 149. In poetry, it is used at the 
end of a line, without any English equivalent : 
E kaie hokia, e—G. P., 180. 

Samoan — e, nsed to call attention: jLo*u 
tamltk e, lo*u tamiUt « / My father 1 my father I 
Tahitian— e, a sign of the vocative case, 
placed both before and after the noun : E te 
mau haava el ye judges I Haivaiian — e, 
a sign of vocative case when standing before 
nonns : E hoolohe mai oe i ka makou e kuu 
haku ; Pay attention to us, my lord. Ma- 
ngaian — e, a sign of the vocative case : E 
taku mttiMi el (m\ my father. Mangare- 
van — e, a sign of vocative case. Ext. Poly. : 
Fijian — cf. e, a sign of the vocative case. 
Malagasy — cf. «, a sound used at the ter- 
mination of a sentence. 

The termination c, to lines of poetry, is also 
in general use: as Samoan— ToZi mai sea 
Hf2a tf, tau mamao, a galo^ e. Marquesan — 
O te tai'toko e hetu, e I Ha^gv^aiian — Kau ia 
ka makaniy hiamoe, la, e, Mangaian— jBTiia 
ngaro iaahi te angaanga e I <fec. 

EA {ed), an exclamation expressing surprise. 
Cf. a, and «, exclamations calling attention 
or expressing surprise. 
Tahitian — ea, an interjection of surprise 
or wonder. Haivaiian — ea, the expression 
of a call to one's attention. 

EA, to appear above water: Ka ea to ika, he 
haku no te moana uri — G. P., 10. Cf. puea^ to 
be brought to the surface ; maea^ to emerge ; 
Aa, breath. [See Mangarevan.] 2. To be 
brought to land ; to be hauled on shore, as a 
canoe, a fishing net, (&c. 3. To be produced, 
as a crop. Cf. rea^ to spring up, to grow. 4. 
To be paid. 5. To be paid for. 6. To be 
avenged: Ka ea tana kanga i a Mutuhanga 
i a ManaJaui — P. M., 94. 7. To be performed, 
as a religious ceremony. 

Whaka-EA, to pay for. 

Whaka-EAEA, to lift or draw up out of the 

EANQA, arising, rising, as of heavenly bodies : 
Ki te eanga mai o te marama ka puta ia — 
A. H. M., iii. 6. 

Samoan— ea, to rise to the surface, as a 
diver ; (&.) to return home, as war captives ; 
{€.) to granulate, as a sore ; (d.) to rise to a 
level, as a hole being filled up; fa'a-ea, to 
raise up, to exalt. Tahitian— ea, a road, 
pathway, or ladder; (6.) salvation, health, 
liberty, escape; to be in health or liberty; 
healed ; eaea, to escape, and that repeatedly ; 
faa-ea, to cease, to rest ; lb,) to save, to heal. 
Cf. «, to be incommoded oy wet, as a house 
when water comes in, or rises from beneath ; 
to swell, to tumefy. Hawaiian'— ea, to raise 
up, as a person lK>wed down ; to rise up : Ea 
mai Hateaii-nui-Akea ; Bising up is Hawaiki- 
noi-Atea. (b.) To lift 19?, or throw up ; (c.) to / 

raise up,|a8 from the grave : Pela ka mea e iho 
ana i ka luakupapaUt aole iae ea hou ae iluna; 
So he who goes down into the grave shall rise 
up no more, (d.) To mount or get upon, as a 
raised bed : Aole hoi au i ea maluna ko*u 
wahi moe; I will not get up upon my bed. 
(e.) To rise up, as water : Ea lie la na wai 
iluna me he puu la ; The waters rose up in a 
heap. (/.) A species of turtle, much valued 
for its leObdl : Ea makaulimo ; The sea-turtle 
fearing the sea-grass {i.e, lest his flippers get 
entangled in it) ; (g.) the shell of the turtle ; 
(ft.) dirt, dust raised by the wind ; dusty ; (i.) 
spirit, vital breath; (j.) life itself. Eaea, 
high, dignified, honourable; hoo-ea, to be 
raised, as land out of the ocean ; (6.) to rise 
in sight, as a cloud ; (c) to rise up, as out of 
the water ; (d.) to stir up, excite, as the affec- 
tions. Cf. eaeakai, that which is covered by 
drops of sea-spray; kaiea, a rising tide; a 
swelling of the sea. Paumotan — cf. faka- 
ea, to be finished, performed; to cause to 
desist; to repose; to halt, stop. Marque- 
san — ea, to breatiie, respire ; (b.) to float on 
the surface ; eaea, the name of a large fish ; 
(b.) glair, made from fish eggs [see Bbnoa] ; 
eaea, to be better, spoken of a sick person. 
Cf. keea, discharge from the nose ; hiccough. 
' Mangarevan — ea, to respire, on coming up 
in the sea (also eha) ; (6.) hollow-sounding, 
said of water falling on the earth ; aka-ea, to 
respire; (6.) to rest, to repose oneself; aka- 
eaea, to breathe with difficulty. 

EAOIA, but : Eaoia, ki te kino tetahi tangata ki 
tona hoa — Tiu. xix. 11. 

EHAKE, a negative, not. 

EHARA, not : Ehara koeite potiki naku—P, M., 
13. 2. Doubtless. 

EHEA, Which ? plural of tehea, Which? Ka mea 
atu ia, * Ki ehea mea ra t * — P. M., 30. Cf. 
hea, What place? What time? ahea. When? 

EH I, an interjection, " Well I " 

EH I A. How many ? More correctly hia [see Hu] . 
The Polynesian forms are often compound 
words, as Tahitian— €^ta; Ha\(raiian — 
ehia ; Mangarevan — ehia, &o, 

EHiNU, some. Ct, etokohinu, Bome, 

EHU, turbid. Cf. hu, mud; to bubble up; 
kauehu, muddy, turbid; makekehu, light- 
haired. [See Tongan.] 2. Mist. Cif. nehu, 
dust ; nehutai, sea-spray ; rehu, mist ; punga- 
rehu, ashes; puehu, dust. 3. To bale water 
out of a canoe : Na katahi ka komotia te tata 
a Turi, ka ehua te toai — P. M., 111. 

Samoan— efu, dust, to become dust; efuefu, 
dust; 'efu, reddish-brown. Cf. nefu, to be 
turbid, to be stirred up ; the name of a small 
fish ; lefu, ashes ; epu, to stir about, as water. 
Tahitian — ehu, oiscoloured, as water by 
reddish earth; muddy or disturbed water; 
(6.) red, or of sandy colour, as the hair ; (c.) 
devastated, devastation; ehuehu, to be tran- 
siently agitated, either with fear or pleasure ; 
faa-ehu, to stir up or befoul water ; (fig.) to 
stir up strife or commotion ; to persuade 
others to engage in an undertaking and then 
desert them. Cf . oehuehu, a;|s>^\iou\ \x«i]X^^x 
as the mind ; puehu, lo \)id \>\o^ini viiv^ \s) ^ 




wind ; roumehu, reddish or sandy hair. Ha~ 
inralian — ehu, the spray of the sorf : I ehu.i 
he (Uoo Kuehu ; Like surf -spray on the breast 

of Tuehu. (&.) The steam of boiling water; 
ic) red or sandy-haired ; raddy, florid : I ehu 
he oho i he kai liu; Beddish (beoomes) the hair 

by the very salt sea. Ehuehu, a strong wind 
blowing severely ; (6.) darkness arising from 
dust, fog, or Yapoor. Cf. ehuahiahi, ihe red 
of the evening; old age; ehukakakiaka, the 
red of the morning; youth; hehui mist or 
vapour ; kuehuy to shake the dust from a mat ; 
lehUf ashes ; puehu^ to scatter, as dust before 
the wind. Tongan — efu, dust: Bea e toe 
liliu ae tagata hoe efu; Man shall turn again 
to dust. Efuefu, ashes : Bea naaku li a kono 
efuefu ki he vaitafe ; I cast the ashes into the 
brook. Faka-efu, to raise a dust. Of. efui^ to 
wash the hair during the process of dyeing it ; 
efuMat dusty, covered with dust; afu, the 
spray or mist of the sea when breaking on the 
shore ; gaehu, turbid, muddy, applied to water ; 
kefu^ yellowish, applied to Uie hair ; indistinct 
to vision; maefUj dust; nenefu, dusky, dim. 
Marquesan — efu, fragments ; to fall in par- 
ticles. Cf . hokehu, red hair ; kehUy fair, blond ; 
oioikehukehut daybreak. Mangarevan — 
ehu, dust, ashes; (b.) trouble, commotion; 
ehuehu, water disturbed and stirred up ; aka- 
eu, to trouble, stir up. Cf. puehu, to break, 
tear, lacerate ; to be fruitless, as a plan, &o, ; 
to be dispersed on every side ; tiuhuehut dirty, 
soiled, said of clothing; vaiehu, disturbed 
water ; taiehu^ a troubled sea, a sea white as 
milk with the force of a gale; keukeukura, 
blond, fair. 

EHU, to exhume, to disinter. Cf. hahu^ to dis- 
inter the bones of chiefs ; to scatter ; uhUj to 
perform certain ceremonies at the exhumation 
of a chief's bones. 

Haivailan — cf. hehu^ to pull up by the 
roots, to root up ; to pull up for transplanting, 
to transplant ; mist, vapour, spray of the suzf. 
Marquesan — cf. ehuy fragments. 

El, an interjection, used at the ends of lines in 
poetry : Tena au, whanatu na^ eil — G. P., 888. 

El A, a current or tide (South Island). Cf. ia, a 

EKE, generally to place oneself, or be placed, 
upon another object : 1. To embark : Ka rewa 
te waka o ona tudkana ki te hi ika^ ka ekeia 
hi runga — P. M., 22. Cf. heke^ to migrate. 
2. To come to land, to get aground : Ka eke 
mai ki xOor—V. M., 88. 8. To mount, as a 
horse : He nuka nana kia eke ai ia i runga i 
U ika mi, i a Tutunvi—V. M., 38. Cf. ake, 
higher up, upwards. 4. To reach the summit 
of a mountain : Ko wai e eke ki runga ki te 
maunga f — Wai., xxiv. 3. Cf . ake, upwards ; 
kakej to ascend, to climb upon. 5. To go up- 
wards : Ka eke rawa mai te ra ki runga — ^P. M., 
49. Cf. toeke, to dimb a tree with a cord loop 
round the feet. 6. To be laid or cast upon, as 
blame, Ac. 7. To come to be exercised over, 
as power, control, &c. 

Whaka-EKE, to place upon, to load. 2. To rush 
upon, to attack : Hei whakaeke mo rcUou i te 
po- Ken., xiv. 15. 8. To have sexual inter- 
course with : Ara te ohu ra, kia whakaekea 
tana wahine a Bongotiki — P. M., 116. 4. To 
hang a peraon, who ifl apparently drowned, 

head downwards in smoke to endeavour to 
resuscitate him. 5. A visitor, a guest. 

EKEEKE, to mount upon : Tirohia atu hoki nga 
toa katoa e ekeeke ana i nga kakui — Ken., xxxi. 

Samoan — e*e, to raise on supports, as a 
canoe raised from the ground to' keep it from 
rotting ; (6.) to abound, as fruit lying under 
the trees ; *e*e, to place upon, as on a shelf ; to 
place oneself in a canoe ; (&.) to pay respect 
to, to reverence ; fa*a-e'e (as the last word, *e*e), 
Cf . a'e, to ascend ; to rise, as waves ; 'a'e, to 
ascend, as a mountain, <fec. Tahitian — ee, 
to mount a horse; (&.) to get on board a 

. canoe ; (c.) to ground, as a canoe at a shallow 
place ; faa-ee, to put up or hang up a thing ; 
(6.) to push oneself up against another ; (c.) 
to convey anything by water. Cf . eecu), a pas- 
senger who forces himself into a company 
proceeding by a water or land conveyance, not 
on foot; eeva, to ascend, as the moon and 
stars ; eero, to ascend, as the moon after it has 
risen ; ae,to dimb, mount up ; a climber ; to 
touch the ground, as a boat or ship. Ha- 
waiian — ee, to mount ; to get up on any- 
thiug higher, as a horse ; to leap upon ; to get 
on board ship ; to rise : Kai nuu, kai ee, kai 
pipili a Iku ; The swelling sea, the rising sea, 
the boisterous sea of Itu. Hoo-ee, to receive 
on board ship ; to put upon, as a saddle on a 
horse ; to set or put one up, as upon a horse ; 
(6.) to pass from one carriage to another ; (c.) 
a rising, a sweeping. Cf. eee, to rise from one's 
seat to steal something: hence, to be mis- 
chievous; eea, to rise up frequently; ae, to 
raise or lift up, as the head ; to mount, as a 
horse ; to be sea-sick ; to pass from one place 
to another ; eehi, to tramp up ; to kick up, as 
dust ; hikiee, to bridge over a stream ; a 
stream ; a raised platform for sleeping. Mar- 
quesan — eke, to go upwards. Manga- 
revan — eke, to embark ; (6.) to ascend an 
elevation; aka-eke, to ascend an elevation; 
(5.) to embark ; (e.) to upset, vanquish ; {d.) a 
prayer to a deity for a favour ; aka-ekeeke, to 
make soft, pulpy, liquid ; (6.) to vanquish. 
Paumotan— faka-eke, to transport, carry; 
(6.) to hang up. 

EKOTOTE, a species of tree-fern, commonly 
known as Ponga (Bot. Cyathea dealbata), 

EMI, )to be assembled, gathered together. 

EM I EM 1,1 Cf. ami, to heap up ; toemi, a hand- 
net ; Kuemi, to be assembled. 2. To be 

Whaka-EMI, to gather together: Katahi ka 
whakaemia kia kite i te patunga o WhakcUuria 
—P. M., 66. 

Hawaiian — em I, to fall behind, to decrease 
in number ; (6.) to take a humble place ; to 
despond ; to flag, fail in courage ; to think 
oneself of little consequence; hoc-em I, to 
diminish ; to shorten ; to make few ; emiemi, 
to fall behind, backwardly ; lazily; ho-emi, to 
lessen, to shnnk ; ho-emiemi, to shrink back, 
as the mind ; to hesitate. Cf. emihia, to go 
backwards ; kuemi, to stand or retreat, as from 
something feared. Tongan— cf. emi, to 
move, to shift, as the wind ; emiemi, to make 
wry faces ; to move, to wriggle about ; toemi, 
to jump or caper along. Marquesan — emi, 
to make narrow, dose, dose together ; (&.) to 
draw back; to withdraw. Of. emiee, to be 



gnrprued. Mangarevan— em iemi, to tremble 
with femx or rage; toshiTer; aka-emiemi, to 
soften ; to make pulp; : (b.) to bond, bow ; {c.) 
to •ppeftie. Ct. tiiemi, to reproach. Pau- 
motan— emiemi, fright, terror; haka-emi, to 

EHIEMI, tlie TuniB of » mutU tzte (Bot. Draco- 

phgOim bai/bUum). 
EHA,tbo«e; pltuol of tna feee Tb»]: £ tiftd 
ow aw) (no tupu— P. M., 16. Ct. «iut. these 
Tongan — cf.oma, thfttf those? ami, thisi 
thewT Aoiu, that plane there; kaena, that, 
ioeiu', this. Hangarevan— ef. cnu, there, 
■■See there 1" Eit. Polj.: Redscar Bay — 
t£. aia, this. Biierley Islands — cf, aeiui, 
thia. Kayan— of. ini, this. 

ENE, to flatter, to oajole ; to try to obtain b; 
coaiiiig. Cf. maeiutnt, lofl to toDch ; emooth. 
8. Erteme-riri, to provoke a qnarrel. 

Whaka-ENEENE, oooodted, pert (of ohildren 

Samoan — of. tneetu, to tickle; tauene, to 
■tretoh oat the hand and not be able to reach ; 
to long for sod not be able to obtain. Ha~ 
^ivallan — cL tnt. to creep, as a child first 
attempting to creep along to get near an abject; 
rtia/K, to move itself, as a thing of life; to 
file or rasp gently ; ho-fjif, to sing, to be joy- 
fal ; pleasure ; to give an injection. Tahl- 
tlaa — cf. erte. to approach near, or too near ; 
■trong, DTgenl, preatiag ; faa-ene. to encroach, 
Bi on the border of a land. Tongan— cE. 
autiu, to tickle: to show the fists or a dab 
as a challenge lor boxing: faka-fneme, to 
work eantionsly and earetnlly ; marafeiit. to 
tie tickliab : tatne, to work the fista or the 
clnb in challenge. 

ENGARI, it is better, it is more advantageoni. 
8<«tetimes, by transposition, eraagi : Kanaka, 
mgari nu vehevefie raiui— P. M., 7. 8. But, 

Tangan— cf. gali, becoming, fit; galigalt, 
likely, probably. 
EO, a flat rock (one sotb.) 
EPA, ) to pelt, to throw at: Ki te epaina 
EPAEPA, I rami e ia Mahi mta ki a w— Tau., 
iiir. S2. Cf. pa. to be itrnck. 
Hawrailan— of. epa, to be deooitfnl ; to 
steal ; one who ia false to bis trust ; an act of 

EPA, boards placed on edge under the end rafters 

of a Maori hoase. 3. Posts at end of a Native 

house, between the pimpou and pouCuAuhu. 

3. Objection, hindrance. Ct. pa, a fort ; to 

[As it is passible that this word hu lost an 

initial r, see Rxfjl.] 
ERA, those ; the plural of lera : Nga kariro o 

era ranpi, mahat lUM ofe;— Prov. [See Tfka.] 
ERANQI, it is better. A transposition of enpari : 

Erangi mt hatre nu ki roto ki tt run — P. U., 



ERD, to exhaust. 

Whaka-ERO, to lessen, become fewer, dwindle. 

CI. Buiera, to beoome weak, listless ; kero, 

dead, maimed. 
Tahitlan— of. faa-tro, to be addled, rotten 

(applied to eggs) ; abortive (applied to Irnit). 

Samoan — ct. fa'a-clo, to leave till it beoomei 
stinkiog. as sliarls; tto, to atink. Ha-wai- 
lan— cf. ilo. wet; to loak. as topa (Mative 
cloth, lapa.) with rain : e!<mali, to be wet, 
dirty, defiled. Tongan — cf. e!o, putrid, stink- 
ing. Mangarevan — cf. ero, abortive, an 
abortion, applied to badly-grown trees, Ac. 

ETAHI, some; the ploral of ttlahi: I lua hae 
etahi nga hapu—U. M., 129. [See Titahi.] 

Whaka-ETE, to enter by forcing a way through a 
crowd. Ct. rchete, to be forced out. 
Tahitlan — of. faa-rtteU, to make much of 
oneself; to spare oneself work by pnttinK it 
on to others ; paetr, to be made angry. Ha- 
-wallan — ct. ekttkt, to be pained, to be dis- 
pleased ; ekeu, proud, haughty. Mangare- 
van — of. eie. to be afraid ; ileriki, to get into 
a crowd. Eit. Poly. : Malagasy— of. efy, 
narrow, strait, close ; mi/anety, to press one 

ETEHI, some (for rtahi. plnral of tetahCl: Ka 
mea atu tUtd, ■ Ae.'—P. M., 15. 

ETI, to Bhrink, recoil, draw bock. 

ETIETI, disgusting. 

Mangarevan— of. tie, to be afraid; etitti, 
to tear, to rend. Samoan — ct 'eti, to forbid, 
as a child, Tahitlan— of. ttetU, to be 
shocked, disgasted. 

ETIA, how great. 3. Like to; resembling. 

ETOKOHINU, some. FortAinu. 

EWA, to loose from a bond. Cf. reaa, to dia- 

Whaka-EWA, the strings of a mat. Ct. uhaka- 
ewarangi, n highly -ornamented mat. 

Mangarevan— a ka-eva, to suspend to a 
string ; to tie tor banging a thing np. Cf. 
vuirra/ii-a, an old torn garment. Tahitlan — 
cf. maeraeua, to be shaking in tbe wind, as a 
fiag. Hawaiian — ct. ewaeaia, unequal, irre- 

Whaka-EWARANGI, a highly -ornamented mat: 
Uhia an tt icbakaeumrangi — U. M., 77. 

EWE, the placenta, or atterbirtb : Tuku nut, 
luka lake, luku parapara, naumai ki aako — 
S. M., 110. Ct. vjbenua. the afterbirth ; tern, 
the membrane of the fcetus. 2, Tbe land of 
one's birth. Ot mhenua, the land of one's 
Tahitlan- eve, the ttcuadinet (afterbirth) 
of a beast ; eveeve, torn, ragged. Cf. evehoe, 
twins ;/an<iu£Vf, to be exhaustiid and weakened 
by bringing forth young ropeatsdly. Ha- 
waiian — ewe, the navel string; (it.) the white 
ol an cke; (c.) (he abdominal aorta; (ij.) tbs 
place of one's birth, and where his oneeBtors 
before him ware born ; (f.) to grow again after 
being cut oil, as a stalk of sugar-cane ; ewe- 
ewe, the love and remembrance oria has for 
the place of his birth, and where be spent his 
early years. Cf. eipaevaiki, the imaginary 
voice of a female spirit ot one who has died, 
and her unborn inlant with her; itiet, tbe 
navel string ; the infant itself ; the plaetnla ; 
ieitfe, tbe placenta; the aterut or womb, 
Paumotan — eve, tbe womb. 

EWENE, only a tew. Ct. umif. many, numerotjs 
Hawallao~ef. mcene, small kala [faro). 
Tongan — cf, tve, many, uameions. 





|-|A {hdk)y breath. Gf. hanene, blowing gently ; 
hau, wind ; tohangOj hoarBe ; having a nasal 
Bonnd. [See Hawaiian.] 2. Taste, flaToor; 
o tas te. 

Whaka-HA, to breathe ; to emit breath. 

Samoan — fa, to be hoarse; to lose the 
voice ; fafa, hoarseness. Ha^waiian — ha, to 
breathe ; to breathe with exertion ; a strong 
breath : Aia i ka Aaia haha mau ia a Kane ; 
There at the Aaia constantly breathed upon 
by Tane. (6.) (fig.) To breathe revenge ; (c.) 
(fig.) light, transitory as a breath ; haha, to 
breathe hard, to pant for breath, as if in great 
haste;- (b.) to feel for. to grope for ( » Maori 
wha) ; (c.) a swelling, a puffing up ; hoo-haha, 
to strut, to act the fop. Cf. oa, to make a 
noise, as a dumb person trying to speak ; uha^ 
to belch up wind; to swell, distend, as the 
stomach; uhane^ the soul, the spirit; the 
ghost of a deceased person ; haili^ to gasp for 
breath; a ghost, a spirit; hanu^ to breathe; 
the natural breath ; a spirit (of. Malay, hantu^ 
a spirit) ; hanOy the breath ; hanoUy the 
asthina ; hacy the bark of a dog. Tongan — 
fa, to be hoarse ; fafa, hoarse. Ct fagufagu, a 
flute ; afay a hurricane ; halotUy to sob in cry- 
ing. Tahitian— cf. hahay a loud laugh. 
Marquesan — of. hapuy asthma; oppressive 
breathing; a cough; to cough. Manga- 
revan-Hof. eha, to respire on emerging above 
water. Ext. Poly. : Malagasy — cf. havoka 
voka {i.e.y hapukapuka)y lungs ; Malay— cf. 
hantUy a ghost. 

HA {ha)y to hesitate in speaking. [For compara- 
tives, see Ha, breath.] 

HA, strong. A contraction from kahay strong 
(one auth.). Tane-tui-ha; Strong-necked Tane 
— S. M., 19. 

HAHA {hh10)y to warn off by shouting. Cf. hay 
to breathe. 

Samoan — cf. sa, forbidden, prohibited (for- 
merly much used as sacred, holy) ; aasay a 
sign, portent. Tahitian— cf. hay a prayer or 
incantation formerly used for the holding of a 
person poisoned by eating certain fishes, or 
of a person who was choked by eating fish 
bones ; haio ! an exclamation, *' Off with you !" 
Tongan — cf . /a/ia, a madman, a fool ; faha- 
fahay to go shouting, as one foolish. Ma- 
ngarevan — cf. /ta, prohibited, sacred, as e 
ha akarikiy breadfruit sacred to the king; 
e ha tupapakuy food sacred to the dead. 

HA, an interjection, " What 1" Cf. M, breath; 
hhhhy to warn off by shouting. 
Mangarevan— haha, an exclamation of 
surprise. Ext. Poly. : Malagasy — cf. hOy 
an exclamation of approbation and surprise. 

HAE, ) to tear, lacerate ; to slit : £^a no ake 
HAHAE, f t€ koripiy ka haea te puku a Tupeketi 
— W. T., vii. 41. Cf . ngahacy to be torn ; hae- 
matay to cut up in an uncooked state. 2. To 
become detached (longitudinally). 3. To hate, 
loaUie; fear, dislike. 4. Envy, to be envious: 
/ tua hae etahi o nga hapu — M. M., 129. Cf. 
puAa^Aae, eaviooB. 6. JeaiouBi Ka hae na 

Rauriki ki a Hotua — ^A. H. M., i. 84. Cf. (uo- 
haey jealous; taruhaey jealous. 6. To dawn: 
Te ata ka haea i runga o Tofi^ariro— -G. P., 

HAEHAE, to out repeatedly : Tukua mai ki tend 
rakaUy kia ripiripiay kia haehaea — ^P. M., 100. 
He tangi haehaey a wailing, accompanied with 
cutting of the skin. 2. To cut up: Kei te kai^ 
kei te haehae i taua ika — ^P. M., 24. 

Whaka-HAEHAE, to frighten, terrify. 

Samoan— sae, to tear off the bark or skin ; 
(b.) to go about gadding ; (c.) to bring a house 
round by an open space when removing it, so 
as to avoid trees, io. ; saei, to tear : Ua ia 
saeia au i lona toasa; He tears me in his 
wrath (recip. fesaeia'ina, to be torn to pieces) ; 
saesae, brightly, brilliantly, of a fire ; aasae, to 
tear, to rend; fa'a-saesae, to walk wiUi the 
legs far apart ; to be bandy-legged. Cf . ma*ae, 
to be torn: maaa^saey to be torn to rags; 
masaesaelelagiy to die (of chiefs). Tahitian 
— hae, the wildness of beasts ; (6.) jealous ; to 
be jealous ; haea, rent, torn ; to be rent or 
torn ; (b.) deceitful ; duplicity ; hahae, to rend, 
to tear; haehae, to tear anything; to break 
an agreement; to separate, or break off an 
acquaintance; faa-haehae. to provoke. Cf. 
fauhaeay the fau tree [Hibisctu tiliaceut) 
stripped or torn, which sometimes began a 
qusxrel ; maehaey a spear or lance ; torn or 
rent ; pdhaey to tear, as paper ; pahaehaey to 
cause divisions ; pihaey to rend or tear ; to 
vomit; pohaehaey jealousy. Hainraiian — 
hae, to tear in pieces ; to rend, as a savage 
beast; something torn, as a piece of kapa 
(tapa) or cloth. [The Hawaiian sisals were 
formerly made of torn kapa : hence, m modem 
times, a flag, ensign, &o.] (6.^ The growling 
or snarling of a cross dog; (e.) a word ex- 
pressive of deep affection for another ; hahae, 
to rend, te^, as a garment ; (6.) to break ; to 
separate into parts ; haehae, to tear, as a gar- 
ment : Alalia haehae iho la lakou i ko lakou 
mau kapa ; Then they rent their clothes, {b.) 
To tear in pieces, as a savage beast does a 
person ; (c,) to rend, as the mountains in a 
hurricane : A haehae a^ la ka makani nm 
ikaika i na mauTia ; A great and strong wind 
rent the mountains, (d.) To be moved with 
compassion; to sympathise with one; {e.) 
strong affection ; a strong desire, as that of a 
starving man for food. Cf . haehaeiay torn ; 
injured ; haiy to break open ; to break off 
(=: Maori whaki) ; kihaehaey to tear to pieces ; 
kiha£y to be possessed by some god ; to become 
a god and go above; nahaey to rend, tear, 
burst ; to br^, as the heart with sadness ; 
nohaey to be torn, rent ; to burst ; pohaey to be 
torn, as a hole in a bundle ; pohaehaey brittle, 
rotten, as a cloth easily torn. Tongan — hae, 
a rent, a tear ; to rend ; torn, riven : Oua naa 
too ae tata met ho mou ulUy bea otia naa hae ho 
mou kofu; Do not uncover your heads nor 
rend your clothes, (b.) To strip off bark; 
haehae, to tear to pieces ; rents ; lacerations. 
Cf. fehaey to tear on all sides ; mahae, torn in 
several places. Rarotongan— aae, to ren^ 




lot: E kua aae koe i oou Itakaxt; Son hsTa 
torn TOOT gaiiDeiiU. Aeae, to rend, tear: F. 
\aa atat aa i te ekatka a to ralou ngaknu ; I 
will rend the oaul ol their bearts. Mar- 
quesan— hae, to be angry. CI. kaliae and 
bhae, rent, torn. MaDgarevan — hae, to 
rend, tear; (1.) to strip off bftrk; (e.) to hit; 
to atrike ; haehae, to tear dotb. Ac, ; (fr.) to 
bark, IS k dog ; aka-haehae, to voi, trouble ; 
(t.) to tiap 1 to tempt, to offer bait. Cf. aae, 
to i^ilit ; to cut ; aia-ka, to take off the bsik. 
Paumotan— hae, jeaioQa; Taha-hae, to scare, 
Btartle. Cf. kikat, to pnt in portions or pieces ; 
tathae, inhoman. E«. Poly.: Fijian— et. 
M<. ■ ghost, a gpectre {cf. here the Marqncsim 
tainehaehae, a female spectre, a vampire) ; 
Malagasy— ct. haihay, ghsme, reproach. 

HAEATA, dawn: Ra U hatta, takina nuii i le 
ripa—G. P., 38. Cf. hae, dawn ; ata, early 
morniog; hae, to rend; ata, shadow; ngahae, 
dawn ; to be torn. 3. A beam of light enter- 
ing any dark place. 

HAEATANOA, an opening admitting a beam of 
Samoan— of. lat, to rend off bark, or skin; 
toaae, hrigiMj, brilliantly, ol Qre ; {ta/a, to 
cnt. ga«h; the dawn;) ata, dawn. Taiii- 
tian — el. tatahiata, dawn ; aahiala, dawn ; 
hoKomala, an introdnctory invocalion to a 
god. that he might open his eyes and attend ; 
haehae, to rend anything; ata, the twilight. 
Ha\iraHan — cf. kakakiaka, morning (lit. 
" breaking the shadow*') ; hae. to rend ; aka, 
dftwn of moonlight, before the moon rises ; 
•badow. [For tnll comparatives see HiE, and 

HAEKARO, the name of a shrub (Bot. Pittoiporani 

HAEMATA, to out np in an uncooked state : Ko 
Whakapapatuakura i taona, ko Tanna-kaka- 
Tiki i hatmatalia—P. M., 112. Ct, hat, to 
alit, tear; mata, raw, ancooked; taimala. un- 
cooked. [For full comparatives see Hae. and 


HAEORA, or Hoeora (myth,), a great chief of 
antediluvian times. From him Buatapu (who 
caused the Deluge) borrowed the cauoo Tu-lt- 
pae-TOTigi, into which be inveigled all the tiist- 
bom heads of families, and destroyed them. 
Haeora and Paikea snrvived awhile; but 
HoeorH did not reach the shore, although he 
managed to send an important mesa^e by 
P»ikea, before be (Eaeora) was pursued and 
killed h; Buatapu. Hence the proverb : Taki 
mi a Uaeora, {"The great aie of Haeora,") 
for revenge kept in mind— Col., Trans., ijv,, 
19; A. H. M., iii. 10. 

HAERE, a word nsed ai a verb of motion : iKtere- 
wiai, come hither ; iiaere atv. go away. Haere- 
vuii is a phra<e used in welcome of a guest : 
Ko koTUa pea ko Tama-arero t haeriftahi mai 
— Prov. 2. To become, to change from one 
(tate to another. Pass, haerea, to be travelled 

HAEREERE, to wander, to strnll about: Ka 
minaminu tona ngakau ki it hiiereere ki iaua 
Kahi—P. M., 17*. 

Whaka-HAERE, to cause to go; to carry abont. 
2. To aeuch for. to explore ; to go about to 
eiamine. S. To eonduot eoj bnsiiiesB, to eie- 

Tahltian— haare, to go or come (with mai 
and ata. as in Maon) : Eiaka ra et vaU maoro 
ia haere ; Only you shall not go very far away. 
Hahaere, to walk or move from place to place ; 
haerea, walk, deportment ; faa-haerea, con- 
versation ; mode of conduct. C(. liofreamina- 
mino, to wander; haertoUiratara, to go (rom 
place to plac« without settling ; haerearii, to 
go by little and little. Tongan^ha^ie, to 
travel, to walk, to Toyoge ; the act of walking 
or voyai^ng (applied to chiefs) ; (b.) to appear 

(applied to gods) ; the appearance of the gods ; 
aka-haele, to conduct a great personage; (b.) 
to teach a child to walk. Cf. ItaeUcietua, to 
walk about almost constantly ; fehaeleaki, to 
walk about (applied to two or more chiefs). 
Hawaiian— baa I e, to go or come (with mai 
or aku [ata] , as in Maori), but the word re- 
quires a plural subject : Uatle aka la na tiunao 
Israelii ; The children at Israel went awaj. 
The common lorm is hale, (o move in any 
way (with laai and akiij, to walk, to go : £ 
aho no ka heU mctmulf o ko noho ana me ka 
pilikia; It is better to go than to slay in per- 
plexity ; lb.) to act, to exhibit moral conduct. 
Hoo-hole, to cause one to go or pass on: Hoo- 
hele niaicaena o ke ahi no lakoii : To Canse 
them to pass through the fire for them, (b.) 
To desire or pretend to go on. Cf. hakahrle, 
to walk with measured steps, as if weak; 
htlekiki, to act hastily; to go in a hurry; 
heUhonua, to precede ; kaahele, to travel about. 
Samoan — cf. tavali, to walk ; lavaHiiali, to 
keep moving on. Rarotongan — aere, to go 
or come : E tuataa meitaki lena ,- e aere taiia; 
"Well said; let us go." Aae re, to walk; to 
walk about : I aaere ana aia ma au ftaloa ma 
le au e te liraliratu; He walked with roe m 
peace and equity. Mangarevan — are, to 
walk, to go; erega, a walk, a promenade; 
aka-are, to cause to go ; to walk ; a, procession ; 
{b.) to talk ol ancestors, to enumerate genealo- 
gies. Paumotan — haere, to go or come ; 
haerega, walking about ; hahaere, going con- 
tinuously, Moriorl— here, to go or come. 
Marquesan- bee, to go or come: Atea me 
Oho hie aiuitu, hee via ana ; Atea and Bongo 
pass onward, pose upward : A umoi a hee ata; 
Do not go away, Ext. Poly. : Malagasy — 
of. helilirly, going about, or hovering abont. 
Sikayana— cl. aera-mai, '■ Come hero." 

HAERE (myth.), a spirit residing in fragmentary 
rainbows, or detached cloads. Cf. Tohaere- 
roB, a name of Kohukura, the deity of the 
Mangarevan— cf. Ari, name ol a heathen 
god [h dropped, as in ere, to go (for haere)]. 
Ext. Polj.: Motu — ct. Harai, the Great 
Spirit who lives in the heavens. Malay — 
cf. Hari. a great deity (Vishnu) ; nuita-ari, 
the aun, ■' the eye of day. 

HAERE-AWAAWA (mylh.), the deity or mother 
(by Tane,) of the Bail (bird), the weka— 
A. H. M.. i. 143. Also of the apleryx {kiwi) 
—A. H. M., i. App, 

HAEROA, {ma-haeroa,) a pit dug in the ground, 
in connection with incantations against one's 
enemies ; Ka keria le nia haeroa — P. M., 87 i 
see also English part, 105. 

HAHA, to seek, to look for. Ct. aubafta, to laak 
after ) hahu, to Huoh lot-, hahtui, W «i»^\ 



ahaa)ui, to feel after with the bond. 9. To 

Ha-waiian— haha, to feel tor ; to move the 
hand orer a thing: to feel a« a blind person, 
to prope : A t haha mai palia kuu makuakaju 
ia'u; Ferbapa toy tatber will feel me, {b.) 
The ioaide of kaUi (tiro) tops, nwd for food ; 
(e.) H sort of wooden net Deed for oatching tbe 
oopu Ikokopu). a, freshwater fish from brooks; 
hoQ-hftha, to manipulate ; to mannfacture. 
Paumotan — hahn, to obtain, to piocure. 
Samoan — cf. fafa, laro tops, denaded of the 
leaves and stalks. Tahltlan — fafa, to feel 
or tooch with the hand ; to try the disposition 
or inolination of a person ; (6.) the etem of 
taro. plantain, or coooanut branch. Tongan 
— faka-fafa, to (eel one's way, as one blind, or 
in tbe dalk ; la he uncertain. 

HAHA (hhhA). [See under Ha, to warn off bj 

KAHAE, Bciid. 

HAHAE. (See under Hie, to tear.] 

HAHANA. [Bee under Hi.n«. to shine.] 

HAHANI. [See Hunnixi.j 

HAHARI, the name of a ehell-fiab. 

HAHAU, to seek, to seaioh for: Bei aha ma 
korua i hahauria ai lena maliinr ! — P. M., IBl. 
Cf. haha. to leekj hahu, to March tor; wka- 
wha, to feet for with the hand. 

Samoan — sasau, mischievons, as animals 
breaking into tbe plantalionH ; (ft.) lasoivious, 
as one going aboat to seek women. Tahl- 
tlan — hahau, to make a search or inquiry ; 
hahahau, to turn aside ; faa-haKau, to torn 
aside. C(. fafa, to (eel with the hand ; to tr; 
the disposition of a person. Hawaiian^ 
el. kaha, to feel tor, as a blind persoa. 
MaDgarevan— of. au, Us seize eamestl; ; 
to pick out grains or Sowers from poda of 
cotton; to collect, gather; aunuj. to be aoch 
Bought after in marriage. 

KAHOHAKO, disarranged, crumpled; (£>.) sUmy. 

HAMU, to cihnme the bones of dead persons 
before depoaitioR them in their final reBting- 
place: lleicae hahuaai letupapakii — A.H. M., 
li. 4. Cf. chu. to disinter; iihu, to perform 
certain cetemonies over the bones of the dead. 
3. To search for. Cf. hahau, to seek ; )taha, 
to geek. 3. To eoatter. Cf. iihakuhahu, to 

Tahitlan— cf. hahu, to scrape, to sfaave; a 
tailor or plane ; hahau, to make a search or in- 
quiry. Haw^ailan — cf. hahu. having taken 
■0 much draatie medicine that nothing is left 
in the bowels ; haha, to feel for ; uhu, a cry of 
griel ; groaning. 
HAKA, a plant (the American groundsel), 
HAKA (myth,), the name of a deity mentioned in 

an invocation— P. M., 320, Eng, 
HAKA, to dance; a dance: Kia vhakatika ki 
nmga ki te luiia—F. M,, 143. 2. To sing a 
■ong 1 a Pong accompanying a dance : A Tonga 
ana au i U rongo haka o laui ahare, hatre 
mai rtti—P. M., 14. 

Samoan — sa'a, to dance. Cf. sa'aga, tbe 
song which finishes the loa (a song in honour 
of visitors) ; lagini, one kind of song. Ha- 
waiian— haa, to donee (alao ha) : Mehe kai 

e haa aku ana Ku : ia thoagh the sea wal 
dancing for Tu. (6.) A dance ; dancing, as in 
idolatrous worship. Tongan — haka, to move 
the hands as in dancing ; hahaka, to flinch-, 
to start. Marquesan — cf. pahaka, a kind 
of dance. Mangarevan — cf, hakofma, to 
recite; a recital ; aka-hahaka, to listen atteo- 

HAKAHAKA, short: Tikttike ngaharu, tmkahaka 
raumali- — Prov. 2. Low in height : Ka noho 
ki runffa ki tetahi rotati hakahaka — Wohl., 
Trans., vii. 37, Cf. hatf, crooked [see Ha- 
waiian] ; ah/ika, bent like a hook. 

Samoan-'sa'a, a short man ; sa'asa'a, 
short. Cf. la-anu-u, wrinkled, puckered. 
Tahltian— liaa, a dwarf; haahaa, lowness, 
humility; faa-haahaa, to humiliate; lowly, 
humble. Cf./au, a valley, a low place between 
hills. Hawaiian— haa, short, low ; (A.) 
humble : No Eti ka malo i he kaua,, haa oe ; 
When Tu puts on his war-girdle, yoa ars 
htmibled. Haahaa, low. short, as a man ; [b.) 
humble, meek ; cast down : Haahaa i au, ta 
mnla-ma ; Humble am I, the gazer. Cf. ohaa, 
a pecsoQ with crooked or distorted limbs ; pa- 
liaa, very short, low; humble; Bhorlneia. 
bluntnesB ; rotundity. Paumotan — haka- 
haka, depression ; lowering ; faka-hakahaka, 
to let dona ; to let tall. 

HAKARI, the names of molluscs {Artemii tiA- 
rosea and TapeAinUTtaedia). 

HAKARI, a gift, present : I homai eiahei hakari 
ma toku arijti-— Sen., ixzii. IS. 2. An enter- 
taiimient, a feaat: Na, ka tukua e ia he hakati 
ma rafou— Ken., juvi. 30. 3. The pyramidal 
structure on which food was in ancient timet 
arranged at a festival. Also called pou, and 
poii-fuijtan~See CoL, Trans,, xiii. 13. 4. The 

Whaka-HAKARI,to produce roe in a fish: Eoia 

P. M., 36. 
Tahltian— of. haati, the general name for 
the coeoanut tree and its fruit, in all ibf 
varietiei, Mangalan— akari, a teaat : O 
Tane metua i Avaiki e, tu mai i te akari; 
Oh parent Tane of the Shades, rise, eat thia 

HAKARI (^TeHakari, myth.), the name of certain 
perpendicular stones (resembling nhat are 
called Druidical stones,) eet np between Eeri' 
keri and Kaitaia. They are also called Jl'ftaia. 
Tara. These stones are sacred to ancestors, 
and Katives after passing them chant the 
charm called Whakau—U. S., 108. 

HAKAWAU (myth.), a fnmoas wizard, who by 
the power of hie charms destroyed the deadly 
talisman ol the Fuhi a Pnarala, a wooden 
head, which, aided by the incantations of its 
omieiB, Fuarata and Tautohito, had alain 
thousands of victims— P. M„ 176. 

HAKE, humped, crooked. CI. haha, low, short ; 
ahiika, bent hko a book; hape, crooked; 
hakoko, bent. 
Sarnoati— cf. ta'n, a short man; la'anu'a, 
puckered. Tahltlan— cf. haa, a dwart 
Hawaiian— cf, haa, short. Tongan— ct 
hakthake, a. place that gradually rises. 

HAKEKAKEKA {hhkeklxktka), the name of an 
edible fungus (Bot. EiTneola auricula j\ida)'. 




Ko te rakau e tipuria ana e te hakekakeka — 
Kori., Jan. 20, 1888. 

HAKEKE, the name of an edible fongoB (Bot. 
Polyporus sp.). 

HAKERE, mean, niggardly, stingy; to gradge. 

CI kaihakere, to stint. 
HAKEREKERE, gloomy, downcast. Of. kerekere, 

intensely dark; pokere, in the dark; whekere^ 

very dark ; as pouri, dark ; sorrowful. 
Samoan— of. po'eU'eU, to be night. Pau- 

motan — cL hakarekare, disgust, disrelish. 

HAKIHAKl, a skin disease, the itoh : Ki te mea 
ranei he papaka^ he hakihaki ranei tona — Bew., 
xzi. 20. Cf. mahahit a cutaneous disease; 
waihaMhahi^ cutaneous disease. 
Tahitian— cf. hahai^ diseased, afflicted; 
taihei^ to be itching from salt water. Ha- 
'wailan- cf. heehee^ a boil ; a sore emitting 
matter (=whewhe), Paumotan— cf. heke- 
heke, elephantiasis. Ext. Foly. : Malay— 
ef. eakit, afflicted, sick ; malady. 

HAKIKI, to be domineering, imperious, overbear- 

HaiHraiian — hai, to be vain, proud ; haihai, 
to show oneself haughty ; strutting, lascivious. 
CL haikaka, to mock b^ making wry faces ; 
haihaia^ unreasonable, vile, profane. Tahi- 
tian— haii, cunning; (6.) well-informed; (c.) 
hard, miserly. 

HAKIO, diarrhoea. 

HAKIRARA, idling, trifling. 2. Disgusting, nan- 

HAKIRERE (myth.), the name of one of the 
large canoes in which Whakatau's expedition 
sailed to revenge the death of Tuwhakararo, 
and to bum the temple called Te-Uru-o- 
lianono--P. M., 62. 

HAKIRI, to hear indistinctly, or, to be heard 
indistinctly. 2. To make itself felt slightly : 
He pouritanga e hakiri mat ana ki te ringa 
— Eko., X. 21. 

HAKIRIMAUREA (myth.), the wife of Tuwhaka- 
raro — ^Wohl., Trans., vii. 48. [See Tuwhaka- 


HAKO, a spoon. 

HAKOKO, concave, curved into a hollow. Cf. 
koko, a spoon, a shovel ; oko^ a wooden bowl ; 
hake, humped, crooked ; hakonoy a cleft in a 

HaiHraiian— cf. hao^ to take up by hand- 
fuls ; to shovel dirt ; a name given to any hard 
subsianoe, as iron, horn, &q, [For other com- 
paratives, see EoKo.] 

HAKOAKOA, the name of a sea-bird, the Shear- 
water or Bain-bird (Om. Fuffinus gaviut), 

HAKONO, a cleft in a rock. Cf. hakoko, curved 
into a hollow. 

HAKORO, a father : Ka korero nga tamariki kia 
patua a ratou hakoro — ^Wohl., Trans., vii. 33. 
Cf. korOf a person, a man ; ha^ breath ; koroke, 
a i)erBon ; korohekei an old man ; hakui, 
mother. 2. An old man. 

HAKU, to complain, to murmur. Pass, hakua, 
to be found &nlt with. 

HAKU, the King-fish (loth. Seriola UtlandiiS : Ka 
ea te ika, he haku, fM> U fnoana uri—Q, r., 10. 

Marquesan — cf. aku, the name of a fish 
with a long snout. Mangarevan — cf. aku, 
the name of a fish. Mangaian— of. aku, 
the Sword-fish (Xiphias gladiut). Ext. Poly. : 
Fiji— of. hakuy the name of a large fish. 

HAKU I, an old woman. Cf. kuit ** old woman," 
as a mode of address ; kuia, an old woman. 
2. Mother : Ka tahuri mai ki tona hakvi^ ki 
a Papatuanuku — Wohl., Trans., vii. 34. Of. 
hakoro^ father. 

Tahitian— cf. ut, a single woman who has 
never had a child. Tongan— cf. /cut, grand- 
parents. Marquesan — cf. kaikuit weary, 
fatigued ; kuiteinay aunt ; makui^ a term of 
tenderness addressed to women. Manga- 
revan — cf. kuiy mother ; kmiti^ an aunt. 
Paumotan — of. makuit a father; Atii, an 
ancestor ; hakui'takui, old, ancient. 

HAKUKU, to scrape. Cf. kaku, to grate, to rub 
over a harsh surface ; harakaku^ to scrape ; 
tuakukuy to scrape ; kukUy a kind of mussel ; 
maikukuy and laatikuka^ tiie finger-nails. 
Tahitian— cf. uii, a shell-fish ; the shell 
used by women for splitting leaves, dressing 
mats, &c. Hawaiian — of. uuina (kukuina), 
to crepitate, as the two ends of a broken bone. 
Samoan --cf. *u*u, a species of mussel. 
Tongan — cf. kuku, the name of a shell-fish ; 
akuy to scratch, to throw up loose earth with 
both hands. Mangarevan — of. kukut a 
piece of mother-of-pearl for working at leaves ; 
kakm^ to wipe. Paumotan— of. kuku, a 
mussel. Ext. Poly. : Fiji— cf. kuku^ a small 
kind of cockle shell ; kuki^vay to scratch with 
the nails. Malay—of. kuku, a claw ; a finger 
nail ; kukuTj to scratch ; a rasp. 

HAKUNE, Careful, deliberate ; to act without 

HAKU R A, a variety of whale (the Scamperdown 
wh^e 1): Ite tohorat i te hakura, i te upokohue 
A. U. M., iii. 25. 

HAKU RE, to search the head for vermin: Takoto 
hoki koet ki hakurea ton upoko — Wohl., 
Trans., vii. 40 : Ka ki atu te wahine, * Haku- 
reMa toku upoko * — ^Wohl., Trans., vii. 50. 

HAKUTURI (myth.), wood-fairies, forest elves 
(** The multitude of the forest elves **) : Ka tau 
te Tim o te Hakuturi i tana tau — P. M., 57. 
They were also called ** the offspring of 
Tane," that is, of Tane-mahuta, the lo^ of 
forests. [See P. M., Eng. part, 69 ; Ika., 255 ; 
A. H. M., i. 78.] Called «* the host of Haku- 
turi. of Borotini, and Ponaua**~A. H. M., 
iii. 2. From the last word it would imply 
relationship with the Ponaturi [see Ponatubi] . 
The Hakuturi are the wood-elves, who made 
the tree felled by Bata stand up again, and 
finally made his canoe. The Malay wood- 
sprites are called hanatpati, a Sanscrit word 
signifying ** forest-lord," and this is used to 
denote any great tree. 

HAM A, to be consumed. 

HAMAMA, open ; to be open, gaping : Tuwhera 
tonu nga kuwha, hamama tonu te puapua — 
S. B., 23. Cf. mama, to leak. 2. Vacant. 8. 
To shout : Ka hamama nga waha o nga tua- 
kana ki te tangi — P. M., 24. 
Tahitian— hamama. to be open, as a pit ; 
(&.) to gape or yawn ; naa-mama, to open the 




mouth, to gape ; to be open, as a hole in the 
ground. Cf. mamat open, as the mouth. 
Paumotan — hamama, to yawn ; to open. 
Hawaiian — hamamai to open wide, as a 
door ; to open as the mouth ; openly ; stand- 
ing open ; disclosed ; to gape, as the earth : A 
hamama ae ka honua i kona waha ; The earth 
opened its mouth ; hama, to open, as the 
mouth; hoo-hamama, to cause to open, to 
open wide : Ua hoohamama loa lakou i ko 
lakou waha ia*u ; they opened their mouths 
wide against me. Cf. Titama, to chew. 
Mangarevan— amama, to gape, to yawn; 
(b.) to chew, to masticate ; aka-amamama, to 
open a door, or sack, as wide as possible. 
Mangaian— amama, open, as of a mouth or 
door ; gaping ; (b.) certain priests, as "mouth- 
pieces " of a divinity. Tongan — cf. mama, 
to leak ; to chew. 

HAMANU, the name of certain invocations 
(karakia) : O nga Hamanu mo te Wairua — 
A. H. M., i. 15. 

HAMARURU, enclosed, confined. Cf. ruru, to 
tie together ; sheltered from wind ; tururUt to 
shelter from the cold ; to crouch ; marUf 
shaded, sheltered. [For comparatives, see 


HAMARURU, the crutch of a Aeo, a digging instru- 

HAM EM E, to mutter. Ct.hamumu, to mutter; 
ha, to breathe ; mumu^ to murmur. 

HAMERO, to make faces. 

Whaka-HAMERO, to grmiace ; to make faces. 

HAMITI, human excrement. [See Hamuti.] 

HAMOAMOA (also called Moamoa)^ small round 
shining stones, like marbles, found in the earth 
in some places. 2. A kind of clay. 

HAMOKO, the spaces between the bundles of 
raupo in the walls of a native building. 

HAMORE, bald. Cf. moremorey to make bald or 
bare, to strip off branches ; mamme, bare 
tumoremxtre, shorn of external appendages. 

Samoan — cf. mote, to be smooth ; fa'amoU- 
mole J to make smooth. HaTvaiian — hamole, 
rounded and smooth, as the edge of a board. 
Cf. jnolem^ole, round, smooth, as the skin of a 
bald head. Tahitian — cf. moremore^ smooth ; 
hairless, bald ; haa-more, to make one bare, 
or destitute ; without ornament, or support. 
Tongan — cf. m^le, smooth, even. Raro- 
tongan — amore, smooth, hairless : E tangata 
uruuru ta, e tangata amore oki au ; He is a 
hairy man and I am a smooth man. Manga- 
revan — cf. aka-viore^ to decapitate ; to cut off 
wood, horns of goats, &o. Paumotan — cf. 
moremorej not having hair on body ; polished. 
Ext. Poly. : Malagasy — cf. bory, destitute 
of, deprived of (especially of a limb); shorn, 

HAMU, the back of the skull. 

HAMU, to gather sparsely scattered things; to 

gather remains; to glean: Kaua atio hoM e 

hamua nga toenga a o hua — Bew., xix. 9. Cf. 

hanUy scraps, remains of food. 2. Neglected ; 

feeding on fragments : Uia mai ra to koroua 

^amu—M. M., 193. 

HAMUHAMUf to eat scraps or fragments. Cf. 

Afamu, to eat. 

Tahitian— ham u, gluttonous; to go to a 
feast whenever one occurs ; (d.) to be burden- 
some to others by eating their food. Cf . aamu, 
a glutton; amu, an eater, to eat (Maori = 
kamu) ; aihamu, to eat voraciously the leavings 
of others. Ha^waiian — hamu, the refuse of 
food; to eat fragments of fooa; to eat the 
skin; to pick bones; to scrape up and eat 
what is left ; hamu hamu, to eat fragments ; to 
crumble up into fragments. Cf . aihamu, the 
food left after a meal ; kihamuy to eat proudly 
or daintily ; to taste this and that, as though 
tasteless ; hamuiU, the class of persons about 
a chief. Tongan— hamu, to eat one kind of 
food only; (&.) to scratdi or tear away; to 
take by storm; faka-hamuhamu, to bluster 
about; to try and set others laughing. Ci 
hamvji, to pluck or snatch away. Manga- 
revan — amu, to eat with the mouth, not 
using the hands ; (6.) to eat scraps or leavings ; 
amuamu, to lift the head in eating, as gour- 
mands do. Cf. amvMveray to eat food before 
it is properly finished, whilst being cooked; 
amukiorcy to come again and again, ehame- 

HAMUA, elder brother, or sister, as tuakana [see 
Tuakana] . It is a word of the South Island 
dialect. Cf. muay before, in front; hakoroy 
father ; hakuiy mother. 

HAMUA (myth. ?), a kind of rat, the cry of which 
is supposed to be an evil omen to those who 
hear it. This cry resembles in sound the word 
''Kato! Kator' 

HAMUMU, to speak : Ka tahi ka hamumu atu te 

waha, ' Ae ' — P. M., 19. Cf. hamamay to shout. 

If 2. To mutter, to make an indistinct sound, 

7to mumble. Cf. tamumuy to hum ; mumuy to 

f murmur ; hameme, to mutter ; kohumuhumuy 
to murmur, to whisper ; amuamuy to grumble, 

?* to mutter discontentedly ; mtii, to swarm 
around ; haruruy to rumble. 

* Samoan — ef. ^a*amuy to whisper, and excite 
discontent with ridicule; memuy to move the 
lips as in speaking ; to laugh quietly ; mt/i, to 
murmur; mumUy to be in swarms ; tomumuy to 
2 grumble ; to speak to oneself. Haivaiian — 
hamumu, a low, indistinct, rumbling sound ; 
an indistinct sound of conversation ; hamu- 
mumu, to whisper; to talk in a low, indistinct 
voice. Cf. mumUy to hum; an indistinct 
sound ; mumuhuy an indistinct sound, as of 
many together ; mumulUy to come together in 
a crowd ; kamumuy rumbling indistinct noises ; 
tiie sound of many footsteps ; the roar of a 
great rain at a distance. [For full compara- 
tives, see MuMU.] 

HAMU RE, to be beforehand with others in eating. 
Cf. muremurey to return to a thing frequently. 
Tahitian — cf . hamuy gluttonous ; to go to a 
feast whenever one occurs. 

HAMUTI, human excrement: Ma wai e kai tena 
kiare kai hamuti. — Q. P., 170. Also Hamiti. 
2. A heap of dung : He poporo tu ki te hamuti. 
— Prov. 

Samoan — cf. taey faeces, ordure ; momotaey 
human excrement. Tahitian-— hamuti, a 
privy; a place of dirt and rubbish. Pau- 
motan— ham utiaga, fceces, excrement. Cf. 
ruo-HaTmiti, CLYsAiTme. l&^t.Poly.: Malagasy 
— cl. moti| » a T[iox^\ ol ^\xsi%. 




HANA, 1 to ahina; to glow; to give forth 
HAHANA, I best: Ka pau hoki i U hana , 
ona.— Tin., luii. 3*. Cf. moftana, « 
matahanahana. blnshmg, glowing ; puhana, to 
glow; ngangana, red. 
KANAHANA, a garment smearei) with red ochie. 
3. The womb, ultnu (dug uuth.). 
Samoan^H'B-fana, to narm up. as food ; 
wanned op, as food. CI. ma/ana, vana ; 
fa'ana/ana/ana, to hearten, to cheer up. 
Tahltian — hanahana, Bplendour, glory; 
awtnloess: glorioae, magniBGent ; faa-hana, 
to magnity or eialt onesell ; faa-hanahana, to 
pre glory or dignity to anolhyr. CI. anuano, 
brigbtoew, shining, luBtre, bright, splendid; 
■niiKifuiuiRupo. the brightness of a Dight-oven ; 
(Sg.) a man of fate speech, whose words 
are not to be trasted; anaanatae, to deaire 
ardently; maliana, the snn ; a day; ttihana, 
to warm again, to r?-cook ; tihuivi. to worm 
op (food) again. Ha-waiian— hatia, warm; 
to become wurm : hanahana, nann, heated, as 
by riolent exercise, work, or by the heat of the 
inn or Are ; hahana, lo be warm, applied to 
the heat of the bud ; warmth ; a general hoat ; 
(Ii.) to be warm from hard work. Cf. maluina, 
warm, ai by the heat of the — '" """ "~ 

,slhe t 

img SI 

; tow 

one perHin doee by contact with another ; a 
Einiall degree of heat or warmth; kiifbana, 
warmth, heat, as of the stin ; kohunaliana, to 
be hoi. to bo warm, io bnm ; pavuthana. to be 
warmed, as with clothing ; to be warm in 
friendship. Tongan— faka-fana, to cook the 
tftme food more than once. C(. mn/mvi, 
warm, warmth, gentle heat. Marquesan — 
ct. piAmuAaiui, poignant, smarting; muhaiia, 
warm; pahana, cooking; bnmt. Manga- 
revan — hana, brilliant, shining: E muanuilau 
hana Utaki ; And ehining fish-hooka were 
another (preeeot). Hatiana, heat, warmth ; 
to make warm ; (6.) to demand food re- 
peatedly : aka-bana, to put a thing back into 
Ibo o»eo to be cooked. Cf. una, snHocating 
heat ; mahana, wann ; to be cooked up again : 
clothes; ittobina, warm. Paumotan— hana, 
the snn ; \b.) a ray or boam. Cf. tihaaa, to 
heat up again ; to warm ; pavuiltaiuihaiui, 
lakewann ; iMlut-mahanahgina. to oonsole ; 
putahana, a eunstroke. Aloriori — cl. (atna- 
luaia, to scorch. Maitgaian — of. jfiaana, 
warm. Kx\. Poly. : Brunner Islands — 
cf. mahana, the snn. Aneityum— cf. ahen- 
hen. to bum, as the son ; henhen^ to bum, to 
ecoroh. Slkayana — cf. mtxfana, warm. 
Malagasy — cf. fana (root), wanned, applied 
to food oooked and warmed the eeeond time ; 
mafana, warm, hot. Dyak— cf. ji'(h««, hot. 
Bouton— cl. nmpane, hot; Bima and Bajo 
— cf. pana. hot, Knde — cf. baiiai. hot. 
"WayapO— cf. bana, hot. Klsa— of. tiianab, 
hot. Malay — cf. purian (? Saoecrit). hot. &c., 
Whaka-HANA, lo bold up weapons in deflanoe. 
Toagan — cf. ma/ana. zealous ; fakama/ana' 
/aiu, to excite by encouraging language. 
Manga rev an— of. hafiana, to demand food 
repeatedly. Eit. Poly. : Malagasy — cf. 
kakana. a menace expressed by a word " 
action ; a contemptuous emile, or a jeering 
threat ; also a minf uaed in calling callle 

HANE, to be eonfouoded, to be silenced (?a 
modern word). Cf. hantnt, to blow gently. 
[See Hawaiian,] 

Tahi tian— c(. hanrhanfa, to be woary, fatigued, 
weaiinesB. Ha-waiian — cf. hanta, to have 
no appetite; to be indolent, stupid ; hanehaTU, 
(o cry and wail, as ghosts do ; the waiUng and 
crying of the apitita (uftone) ; aiuane, to be 
oxhauated ; to be faint, feeble ; to blow softly. 
Samoan — cl. fantne. to bo slow in walking ; 
to fall alQwlj, aa from a blow in club malchea. 

HANEHAHE. rottenneas. 

HANEANEA, not relished, impalateable. [Sea 

Samoan^aneanea, a large cjaantity, too 
much to be attended to ; and hence anea, or 
eaten by while ants (ant), ana, the white 
ant {lermenj ; anea, to be eaten by white ants. 
Cf. anemntu, the species of white ant which 
eats into timber ; ant'OtoU), the speoies ol 
white ant which bnilda corered roads on the 
outside of timber ; hanene, low, vulgar, filthy 
language ; nuinetnanr, a disease which eate 
away the skins of the palms ol the hands and 
eotes of the feet; manetiumea, worm-eaten, of 
timber (for /anffaaea, as f'ancn^, to loiter = 
man^ne, to loiter— i.e., / to m). Tahitlan— 
cLAanrfiaaAi. fatigue, weariness. Hawaiian 
— hanea, to have no appetite ; to be indolent, 
stupid ; ane, the name of a small insect that 
eats wood, but is not itself viaible; (b.) the 
worm.dust of wood ; {c.) the cutaneous diaeosa 
called ringworm ; (d.) a soft stone asei in 
polishing wood ; (e.) light, aa worm-eaten 
timber; anea, to be worm-eaten; dry.rot ; (/■.) 
insipid, tasl^l^ss. as the inside ot worm-eaten 
wood ; aneane, faint, feeble, low, weak ; ex- 
hausted ; (fi.) to blow softly, as a light breeze ; 
(c.) to be almost something; nearly, almost. 
Tongan— ane, the moth; anennea, moth- 
eaten ; roltea. Mangarevan — cf. ane, 
dirt or scurf on the skin ; aneiuuf. dirt on the 
clothes ; the skin covered with salt from the 

HANEA. the name ol a sholl-lish, a smaU blaok 

MAI4ENE, blowing softly, as a faint breeze. Cf, 
anew, to breathe gently; ha, to breathe. 
Hawaiian— cf. ha, breath, to breathe ; 
baha, to pant for breath ; anratK, to blow 
softly, as a light breeze; to be exhausted; 
taint, weak, low, feeble ; nearly, almost ; 
aaane. feeble, weak ; h-irtehan/:, the wailing or 
crying of spirits ; to wail, as the ghosts of the 
ijMid were supposed to do ; ubane, a ghost ; 
hanea, to have do appetite ; indolent, stupid. 
Tahitlan — of. aneant, clear, as a fine atmoa- 
phere ; hajithanea, fatigue, weariness. Sa- 
moan— cf. fantne, to loiter, to be alow in 

HANI, water: Hei koko i te hani kai takari papa 
0311 — MSS. Gf. ngangi, water ; ringi, to spul, 
[See note, Hawaiian.] 

Samoan — sani, the baain ol a waterfall. 
Hawaiian—hanini, to overflow, to run out, 
as water from a vessel full of Uquid ; to spill, 
to pour out, as water ; to pour down, as a 
powerful rain ; hoo-hanini, to oauae to &ait aa 
n-aler. Cf. hiiiit, lo ste^ \\ft\A\^, to -^^^ 
softly ; to pass qvuolilj t\vtoas^\i \iie am ■«Vii«. 
humming noise; BifVil ^lOOi 




out, lu a liqnid. [KoTE.—CDlilcelj u at firat 
BighL appears, the Maori vord hani, water, ia 
a oompound of ringi. to pour ont \ r cbangeB 
with n often in Polyneaiac dioIecU, a^ Tongan 
nima, five, with Maori rima, five. Thns, the 
Hanaiiati nini, to pour out = the Maori riniji, 
to poor oat ; and hanint = harittffi. The 
Maori word njonpi, water, {ngo-ngi.) may also 
be a compound ol ringi, to pour out.] Ext. 
Fol;. : Guaham — cl. hanum, water. DyaK 
— of. hongoi, water. (For fall oomparatiTea 

MANI, a wooden weapon, resembliug a aword. 
Also oalled maipi, and iaiaha : Ka rnuu ki It 
hani— it. M., ISG. 
Tongan — cf. hani, to ipoil, to atrip : to 
strip off leaves ; auhani, to prune, to lop off. 
Samoan — ol. lani, a law to punish aoj in- 
fringing on things prohibited. 

HANIHANI, to slander, vilil;. disparage, traduce. 

HAHANI, a buikbiter, slanderer. 

Samoan — of. sani, a law bj which all pigs 
found in the plantations were killed and eat«D 
b; the finder ; a law to punish an; inlringing 
on things prohibited; lania, to eipect too 
mnch, to seek (or what is bejond reach. 
Hawaiian— cf. hanikani, to make Srat or 
slight advaocea in tempting to adultery ; 
hartiita, no part, no right in a thing. Tahi- 
tian — cf. hanihaid, to caress, fondle ; hani- 
hanirta, to fondle with a design to deceive. 
Tongan — cf. hani. to spoil, to atrip; to strip 
off leaves. 

HAKIKURA, the name of ashell-fiih. 

KANU, scraps, remains of food: Kai Aonu, tat 
hanu, luiki vuii ana koe ko to koiici—Fiov. 
Cf. hamu, to gather tbiogs thinl; seattered ; 
to glean ; hamahamu. to eat scraps or Irag- 
Tongan— cf. hana, to murmur, to complain 

in for m), as Maori Jumuinu, to mutter. [For 
all comparatives, see Haho.] 
KANUI (myth.), a brother of Eatupatn. Hanui 
and HarOB slew Hatupatu. being anaoyed with 
his thievish tricks— P. M., 115. 
HANUMI, to be merged in, or miied with; to be 
swallowed up. Cf. nunumi, to disappear be- 
hind ; lienumi, to disappear, to be out of siRht ; 
'd, to doable ; ichenumi, to be 

Wbaka-HANUMI, to loii; to causa to be swal- 
lowed up or marged into. 
Samoan— cf. numi, to be involved, to be 
intricate; to rumple, to crush together with- 
out foldiiig up ; to be jobbled. as the sea. 
Tongan^ct. numi, to plait, to pucker, to 
crease ; /mumr, to be hidden bj' other things. 
Mangarevan— cf. nunumi, to seal up; to 
press Blrongly. to imprint. Mangalan— cf. 
numi, to use up. [For another series of com- 
paratives see Kenuui.] 

HANQA, to make, to build ; a work, fabric, thing, 
property : He oi ann tiga tahunga nOTia i hanga 
nga aaka—P. U., 71. Cf. mhaka-. a causative 

Erefix ; anga, to begin to do anything ; tcAui- 
anga. to make, to build. 
HAHGAHANQA, trilling, frivolous; of no weight 
or hoportaace. Cl. ngaliangaha, frivolous. 
2. Spreadintf over the ground. 
WJjaka-HANQAHANQA, to handle gently. 

[Note.— There ia great probability that tha 
word hanga, to work, &c., la a form of irhaia, 
(lehanga,) the caasative prefix. The compara- 
tives under this form will be found at full 
length under Wn«KA,] 
Sarnoao — cf. aga, to do, to act ; fa'a, cau- 
sative prefix. Tahitian — has, work of aoy 
kind; to work, operate in any way; (b.) the 
caasative preSx to verbs (also faa] ; hahaa, 
laborious, diligent in work. Cf. faahaa, to be 
busily engaged in work; lofaafaa, one who 
does his work lazily. Haw^aiian- hana, to 
do; to work; to act; work, labour; duty; 
oQice ; calling : iVo ka mikioi o ha hana. aoU 
no ka hauhili; For the niuenesa of the work, 
not for the slovenliDess. (b.) To cause, in the 
most extensive sense : as hanamake, to destroy 
[make = dead) ; /laiuiino. to do badly (ina =■ 
bad) ; hanacH, to do, to make a thing ; hoo- 
hana, to cause to work, to compel to work as a 
slave. Cf. iuinar, vain labour, triQIng effort; 
hacthana, to engage tn business ; a workman; 
fauhana. oooalantly at work. Tongan — 
haga, to face, to look at ; hagahagB, to be en- 
gaged in. Cf. haganaki, to persevere in work, 
to work with spirit ; haganoa, diseogaged, un- 
employed ; liagavolaki, to do by constraint; 
aga, clever, knowing; agai, the finishing 
stroke ; the corresponding opposite ; faka, the 
causative prefii; faka-agaaga, to work care- 
fully, to work to pattern. [Faka appears to 
have abraded to faa, in the sense of " capable 
of," "apt:"asin/aa-ai<e {ujliaka-kawi], to be 
capable of taking ; faa, industrioos in agri- 
culture; a gardener.] Marquesan — hana, 
to moke ; work, labour (also haka) ; Baka-ea 
iho oia i te Jim a tt a, na hana aia i hana ,- 
He rested the sevealb day from all the work 
which he had done: A ua hita t hana net i 
And it is roaring, it ia working, (b.) To 
restore ; (c.) to grow, to become ; haka, used 

_ as a cauEiative prefix, as in haka-tmia, the eldest 
of a family {ahaka-mua) ; hakahaka, to work, 
to build : Hakahaka he hae ma tia ; Build a 
houae upon it. Ct haa, reason, cause. Ma- 
ngarevan —ha£a, work; to work; (h.) a bas- 
ket of wickerwork. Cf. aga, labour ; to work ; 
used also in this form as a causative prefix. 
Paumotan— haga, to do ; a deed, an action, 
work. Ext. Poly. : Aneityum— cf. ago, to 
make, to do. Malagasy— cf. aka, clever, 
skilful, accustomed to. 

HAHQAI, opposite ; confronting. C(. anga, 
aspect ; anganui, exactly opposite. 2. Across, 
at right angles : He loki hangai, an adze. 

Samoan — feagai, (fc-agai : /«, a prefix sig- 
nifying reciprocity,) to be opposite Co each 
other ; (b.) to eorresponil ; (c.) to dwell toge- 
ther cordially ; fa'a-feagai, to be opposite to 
each other ; {b.) to dwell on good terms. 
Tongan— hagahBgai, ahead; right opposite, 
of the wind; agai, to make to correspond; 
alike ; the correiiponding oppoaito ; fea£ai, 
opposite to; (A.) in a line with; (c.) coeval ; 
(^.| coexistent. Cf. haga, to face, to look at ; 
laka-haga, to set iu a line with; to place 
eiootly opposite; faka-hagatomi, to front, to 
face ; fehagaaki, to look one another lull in 
the face. Ext. Poiy. : Motu-^. hanai, to 

r of no importance ; that 




HANQANOA, a small basket for cooked food. 

HANQARAU, jest ; to jest, trifle with ; to befool. 
Cf. Hnihanga, to deceive, cheat; rauhanga, 
deceitful ; hangareka, to deceive ; to jest with. 

HANGAR EKA, to jest, deceive. Cf. hangarau, to 
jest, trifle with ; tinihangat to deceive ; rau- 
hanga, deceitfoL 

Hainraiian— cf. maalea, deceitfully ; to be 
wise, artfol, canning; hoo-laulea, to flatter, 
to seek favours ; lea, merry. 

HANQAROA (myth.), a god brought from Hawaiki 
to New Zealand. This deity helped (together 
with Bongomai, Maru, <feo.) to support Uaunga- 
roa to her uncle Kgatoro-i-Baiigi, when she 
was messenger for her mother Kuiwai, to tell 
Ngatoro of Manaia's curse upon him — P. M., 
1^. The gods (or images of them,) were 
afterwards given to Ngatoro — P. M., 104. [See 
Ngatobo, Manaia, (fee] 

HANQEHANQE, quite diy. Cf. hengahenga, quite 

HANQEHANGE, the name o a shrub (Bot. Oenio- 
itoma Uguitrifolium). 

HANGERE, half.full. 

HANQI, a native oven : KaUio te hangi tapu, ha 
Mkeo— P. M., 169. 

HANQOHANGO, a kind of wooden implement for 
digging ; to dig or plant with this tool. Of. 
hako, a spoon. 

HANQORE, weak: He ngakau ohooho, me U 
hofiohi hangore — Tiu., xzviii. 65. Cf. ngore, 
soft, flaccid; ngori, weak, listless ; pingore, 
flexible, bending ; hangoro, loose. 

HANQORO, slack, loose. Cf. hangore^ weak. 
Tahitian — haoro, dilatory, hanging behind. 

HANQORUNQORU, hanging in folds. Gt hangoro, 
slack, loose ; hangore, weak. 

HANGU {hhngU), quiet, reticent. Cf. whdko' 

ngungu, to refuse to speak. 

Saxnoan— cf. gugu, to be dumb. Ha- 

inralian— cf . nu, to meditate, ruminate ; nuha, 

taciturn ; nuhet sullen, silent ; nunu, taciturn. 


HANQURU, chattering; kauae hanguru, the jaw 
blattering with cold. Ct nguru, to sigh or 
Saxnoan — d gu, to growl ; gugu, to 
scranch. Ha'nraiian^f. numUu, to chirp. 
Tahitian— cf. vurut to groan, to grunt. 
Tongan— hagulu, to groan ; to roar. Of. gu, 
to grunt; pti^ttt, to tidk, chatter. Manga-- 
reTan--cf. guruguru, to speak through the 
teeth; to stammer. 

HAD, to draw round, so as to encompass fish, 
&c, ; to catch in a net ; to enclose : Kei te ta 
kupenga, kei U hao ana — P. M., 11. Of. 
pahao, to enclose in a net ; to shut in ; pihao, 
to surround. 2. To grasp greedily. Of. 
whawha, to lay hold of ; whawhao, to put into 
a bag ; to fill. 8. A basket in which cockles 
are collected. 

Samoan— cf. boo, to coUect together food or 
property preparatory to presenting it ; fao, to 
rob, to seize violently. Tahitian— hao, to 
encircle, as fishermen in bringing both ends 
of a fishing net together ; (6.) to dress the hair, 
by combing, cuttmg, &c. ; {c) a prayer and . 
tersmonia* ionnetljr tued at the dedieaiion of / 

a new house, or of a canoe. Ha'nraiian — 
hao, to put less things into a greater ; to put 
into ; (6.) to take up by handfnls; (c.) to rob, 
spoil, plunder; to kill and plund^; {d.) to 
take little by little ; {e,) to collect together ; 
(/.) strained tightly, hard ; (g,) the name of 
any hard substance, as iron, the horn or hoof 
of a beast : No na lakau hao i pae mua mai ; 
For the timber with iron that had previously 
floated ashore. {h.) Thin; poor in flesh. 
Haoa, to be taken by an enemy ; haohao, to 
doubt, to discredit ; (6.) to be restless, sleep- 
less at night ; (c.) to marvel, wonder at ; (d.) 
to hunt after, s^urch ; [e,) to distribute ; (/.) 
to dip up with the hands; to measure by 
handfuls ; hoo-haohao, to seek, to hunt after. 
Of. haowale, robbery ; whao, to put into a bag ; 
to fill ; JiaoHlou, an iron hook. Tongan— 
hao, to surround, to encircle ; haohao, to sur- 
round, to enclose from every side ; (6.) to sit 
in a ring; faka-haohao, to take with care, to 
proceed circumspectly ; haohaoga, the midst ; 
an enclosure ; a circle ; persons sitting to form 
a circle. Of. fehaofaki, to surround. Mar- 
qn^esan — hao, to plunder ; (&.) to place inside 
anything ; hahao, to place inside ; haohao, to 
heap up ; to fill anything ; to fill a hole with 
earui. Mangarevan — hahao, to encase, to 
put into a box or bag ; aka-hao, to make to 
bend a little. Paumotan— cf. haokai, to 
take captive, to enslave. Marquesan---of. 
e kete hao ma, a basket for collecting bread- 

HAO, a moderate-sized eel. 

Whaka-HAO, a species of seal, the Sea-lion, or 
Morse (Zoo. PkUyrynchtu leoninut), 

HA PA, crooked. Of. hape, crooked ; tahapa, at 
an acute angle ; apa, a fold of a garment. 2. 
To be passed over in the apportionment of 
anythinje;. 8. To be gone by. 
Samoan — sapa, to be unequal, to incline 
to one side, as a paddle larger on one side than 
on the other; the sun more to Uie west than 
to the east ; the night more than heJf past ; 
fa'a-sapasapa, aslant. Ha^nraiian — hapa, a 
small part, an indefinite part, a few; to 
diminisn ; to decrease. Of. hapakue, crooked, 
deformed, crippled, stammering ; hape, wrong, 
incorrect. Tahitian — hapa, a deviation from 
a rule ; (&.) a missing of a mark ; (e.) error, 
sin, crime ; hapahapa, irregular, crooked ; faa- 
hapa, to cause an error or mistake; (6.) to 
convict, to condemn ; haa-hapa, to condemn* 
Of. hape, an error; crooked; turning in, 
applied to the feet. Paumotan— faka-hapa, 
to condemn, to damn. Mangarevan — apai 
the gable end of a house ; aka-apa, to bend the 

HA PA I (myth.), the heavenljr maiden who be- 
came the wife of Tawhaki. [See Tawhaxi.] 
She is called Tangotango.— P. M., 41, Eng. 
Hapai is probably referred to in the Southern 
legend, wherein Whaitiri tells Tawhaki to 
beware of the indecent daughters of Tangaroa, 
but that if he meets Pupumainono or Hapai- 
nui-o-maunga, those two are modest and to be 
talked with.— Wohl., Trans., vii. 44. Hapai 
bore a daughter (oiJled Pianga) to Tawhaki^ 
and with her went bacik \» \i<^N«ii. ^^ \a 
called Hapai-a-Maxd,— k. B.. lA..^ \« \^, 




HAPAI, to lift up, to raise : Hapainga / hapainga 
kia tarewa hi runga. — P. M., 141. Cf. amait 
the swell on the sea [see Mangarevan] . 2. 
To rise. Cf . hapu, pregnant [see Hawaiian] . 
3. To carry. 4. To begin a song or charm ; 
passive hapaingat to start. 

HAPAI NQ A, a small basket for cooked food. 

Whaka-HAPAINGA, a sacrifice; a wave-ofifering. 
The offering was afterwards placed on an ele- 
vated stage, or whata, [See Whata.] 

Samoan — sapai, to hold in the pahns of the 
hands, as an infant ; to take in the arms ; (b.) 
to receive ; (c.) a general contribution ; sapa- 
aapai, to take in the arms ; (6.) to take hold 
of, as of any one's words. Haw^aiian — 
hapai, to lift up, to elevate, to take up, to 
carry : Hapai ae laia i ka linia o kona makua- 
kane ; He lifted up his father's hand, (b.) To 
raise the hand, as in taking an oath ; (c.) to 
honour ; to praise, to exalt for past deeds ; to 
recompense ; (d.) to take up, i.e. to oonmience 
a speech ; («.) to conceive, as a female : Ina 
i hapai ka wahine a hanau he keikikane ; If a 
woman has conceived and borne a male child, 
Hoo-hapai, to conceive, as in the mind ; hapa- 
hapai, to lift or toss up, as a child. Tahi- 
tian — hapoi, to carry or convey : A hapoi atu 
ai hoi ia oe ite vahi hinaaro-ore-hia e oe ra ; 
To carry you away to a place you do not wish 
to go to. Cf . haply pregnant ; JiapUt pregnant. 
Tongan — habai. to hold up in the hands ; 
habahabai, to hold up in the hands. Cf. a&at, 
to uphold, to render prompt obedience [this 
perhaps from aba^ to venerate, probably an 
abraded form of papa, father or chief : see 
Papa] ; abai, certain rafters in a Tongan 
house ; fehabaiaki, two or more holding up 
anything in the hands. Rarotongan — apai, 
to bring, to convey : E naau e apai ki to metua 
ra ; You shall bring it to your father. (&.) To 
offer as a sacrifice : E kia apai kotou i te 
matapo ei atinga kare ainei i te mea kino ; If 
you offer the blind for sacrifice is it not evil ? 
Marquesan— hapai, to lift, to raise, to 
heave ; to carry in a raised posture. Cf . hupai 
(with same meanings). Mangarevan — 
apai, to carry, bring : Apai ki rarOy to carry 
oneself humbly ; apai ki ruga^ to elevate, to 
honour ; apaiga, to bear tidings, to report ; 
apai n a, to raise up. Cf. amaamaiy to pitch 
and toss ; the pitching to and fro of a vessel ; 
amaiga, to lift, to heave up. Paunaotan — 
hopoi, to lift up, to raise. Mangaian— apai, 
to carry : Na Kumutonga i apaiy i apai ki 
Avaiki; Eomuton^ shall bear thee to Spirit- 

HAPAI-NUI-0-MAUNGA (myth.) [See Hapai 

H A PA K I, to catch lice; to squeeze or crack, as 
fleas, (fee. : Ka ki atu te taokete • haere mai ki 
te hapaki i aku fctitu.' — P. M., 28. Cf. paki, 
to slap, to pat ; harapaki, to crack fleas, <&c., 
between the thumbnails. 

HAPARA, to slit, to cut. 2. To dawn : Ka haea 
te ata, ka hapara^ ko te ata nui, Cf. hae, to 
slit; to dawn; haeata, dawn; para, to fell 
trees ; haporo, to cut off. 

HAPARA, a spade. Cf. para, dust, sediment, 
impurity ; hapara, to cut. [Note. — There is 
some doubt as to this being a genuine Maori 
word, as it BO closely resembles the sound of 

the English word '* shovel ;*' but " shovel " 
would almost certainly have been rendoned 
" hawhara:'] 

HAPARANGI, to shout, to bawl. 

HAPARU, to make a sacred thing common ; to 
desecrate. Cf. paru, dirt, mud, muddy; 
hapiro, to violate tapu, by eating at a sacied 

HAPE, crooked. Cf. hapa, crooked ; waihape, to 
tack ship, to go about. 2. Beside the point. 
Sanaoan — sape, turned up, of the foot, so 
as- to walk on the side; fa'a-sapesape, to have 
a knock-kneed, shuffling gait. Uf . fa'avaesape, 
a club-foot. Tahitian — hape, crooked, turn- 
ing in, applied to the feet ; (6.) an error, mis- 
take ; (c.) unequal, irregular, wrong ; (d.) the 
caterpillar: hapehape, wrong, unequal, irre- 
gular in many places ; faa-hape, to condemn, 
blame ; to cause error. Cf . hapa, a deviation 
from a rule ; an error. Ha\trailan — hape, 
wrong, incorrect. Ct hapakue, crooked, 
deformed, crippled. Tongan— habe, club- 
footed. Cf. habetui, near, as the knees in 
walking; one who is knock-kneed; hahabae, 
lame in the feet, club-footed ; fehabeaki, to 
go as one club-footed in both feet. Ani'wan— 
aape, crippled. Marquesan — hape, to walk 
on the side of the foot ; to have the foot 
twisted by infirmity. Mangarevan — ape 
(and ahape), a twisted or deformed foot; 
lame ; aka-apeape, to mock the lame ; (6.) to 
speak at cross-purposes. Cf. apeturi, a de- 
formed knee ; aka-hapa, to bend the neck. 
Paumotan — Cf . vaevaehape, club-foot. Ext. 
Poly.: Fiji — cf. sabe, bow-legged; crooked- 
ness; yavasabe, crooked-footed (yova, the 

HA PI (hapi), a native oven. Cf. f^Xpi, a amaU 
native oven ; hop\, a native oven ; tapi ot 
tap)p\ a native oven; p'ip\ to bathe with 

Hawaiian— cf. pi, to throw water with the 
hand ; to sprinkle ; pipi, to wet by sprinkling ; 
hoo-pipi, to smoulder. Tahitian— cf. pipi. 
to sprinkle with water. 

HAPI RO, to break tapu law by eating at a aacred 
place. Cf. haparu, to desecrate. 

HAPOKI, a pit used for storing potatoes. Ci 
poki, to cover over ; taupoki, to cover, to close 
with a lid ; hipoki, to cover ; hapoko, a pit for 
storing potatoes. 
Ha^vaiian— cf. poi, to cover, to cover over, 
protect ; a cover ; to shut, as a door. Tahi- 
tian — cf. poi, to be in a covered state ; tapoi, 
to cover, hide. Mangarevan — cf. poH, to 
cover over. 

HAPOKO, a pit used for storing potatoes. Cf. 
hapoki, a pit for storing potatoes ; pokopoho, 
to sink in the mire ; pudendum muliebre, 
Tahitian — cf . poopoo, deep, as a hole sunken 
or depressed ; apoo, a pit or hole. Ha'waiian 
— cf . poopoo, to be deep, to be lower down, to 
be sunk in ; napoopoo, to plunge in, as into 
water. Marquesan — cf. pokoa, a hole in 
the rocks where fish take refuge ; pokopoho, 
pudendum muliebre ; tipoko, to fill a hole with 
a stone. Mangarevan— cf. poko, to dig, to 
excavate ; pokopoko, a hollow cavity. Pau- 
motan — cf. poko, hollow; pokopoko, deep; 
concave ; to excavate. 


[49] Han 

the body, the trunk. [This is a tapu 
ndj naed in time of war.] 2. Decay 
nth.). Gl popot rotten. 8. Crowding 
nr (a South Island word). CI opo, to 
together. [For comparatiyes of third 
ig, see Apo.] 

(myth.), the name of a deity who is 
> have *' folded np the snn *' in the days 
Delnge — ^A. H. M., i. 181. 2. Mentioned 
irions bat almost unintelligible legend 
L M., ii. 53. 8. Hapopo was priest of a 
whose chief was Tawheta (or Whena). 
i approach of the war party of Uenuku, 

went to Bangi-Eapiti, to consult the 

1 Kanawa through the inspired medium 
angi. The god assured him of yictory. 

the army of Hapopo*s friends was 
)d, Hapopo was wounded to death, and, 
said : " Lying, deceiying god, you have 
d, leaving the trouble for Hapopo'* — 
which have passed into a proverb {Atua 
igirangi loaiho U mate mo Hapopo) — 
?rans., xiv. 15; A. H. M., iii. 9. 

a section of a tribe. Cf. hapa^ a sub- 

pori, a tribe. 

quesan — d pot, a tribe, people. 

(hhporo), to cut off. Cf. poro^ a butt, a 

to be finished ; avporoy to out short, to 

tauporo^ to cut short, to bring to an 

uipara^ to cut. [For comparatives, see 

ajm), pregnant : Kua hapu ia i a Ihu- 
'. — ^P. M., 33. Cf. puy a tribe; a bundle ; 
) ; puha^ full ; Jtbpu, the belly, womb ; 
surved ; apuapu^ crammed, stuffed. 2. 
ved in the womb. 

.tian — hapu, pregnant, a word applied 
tales in general. Cf. hapi, pregnant. 
aiian — cf. hapai, to conceive, as a 

: to become pregnant ; ha^ breath ; pu, 
e forth. Tongan— habu, the banana- 
ied at both ends, to hold water. Cf. 

and habuta, to bulge out. Marque- 
cf. aapoUf to be pregnant. Paumo- 
apuapu, pregnant. [See comparatives 
t word.] 

apu)^ a sub-tribe, a section of a large 
Cf. pUj a tribe; uepu^ a company, a 
topu, assembled, in a body, 
□aotan— cf. kopu^ a tribe. Mangaian 
», a tribe ; kopu-tangata, a family. 
— As kopu, in Maori, means the belly, 
»mb, there is doubtless connection be- 
hapu, pregnant, and hapu, sub-tribe.] 
aiian — cf. hapuu, many, numerous. 

hollow, like a valley ; depressed in sxur- 
2. Deep (of water). 3. A shallow lake, 
mination of a river, separated from the 
a bank of sand or shingle. Also called 

, the name of a fish : Ka kai te ika^ ka 
H runga, he ^pufta —Wohl., Trans., vii. 
See Hapuku.] 

{hhpuku) or Whapuku, the name of a 
e Oroper (Ich. Oligonu gigas) : Kauwae 
Unei na, kauwae hapuku tera ra — G. P., 
hJao called rawaru, and parikiriki : in 
Isknd, hapuka: by the Moriori (Cha- 
ilanda), ht^uma, 


Hamraiian— ef. hapuu, to be many, mnlti- 
tudinons ; a spedes of fl^. Rarotongan — 
of. apuku, to swallow. Mangarevan-Hsf. 
apuhif the name of a fish. 

HARA, to yiolate topu, intentionally or uninten- 
tionally. 2. Sin, to sin: Kanui o hara, ka 
rarue koe — M. M., 206. 8. The great centi- 

HARAHARA, sin, error : He atua koe e toka pou- 
namii, koHkati rawa te harahara — ^A. H. M., 
iii. 84. 
Saxnoan — sala, incorrect, wrong; (5.) to 
be fined or punished; fa'a-eala, to fine, to 
punish. Cf. falomd, to repent ; ealaaibvale, to 
ieel remorse ; tiaoJa, a man who stands in the 
wrong place in the game of tologa. Tahi- 
tian— hara, a crime, sin, transgression: Na 
te tahua i hopoi i te tueia no te hara e amu; 
The priest who offers it for sin shall eat it. 
(b.) Guilt ; (e.) deviating from a line or rule ; 
{d) not hitting the mark ; haa-hara, to g^ve 
or cause offence ; faa-hara, to commit sin ; 
harahara, to split in pieces, as the carcase of 
a fish, or of a fowl. Cf. haraharaveat defiled, 
poUuted with blood; haratb, acrid, exciting 
pain ; faa-haramaau^ to do or say something 
that causes disturbance, by setting others at 
variance. Haivaiian— hala, a trespass, a 
sin ; an offence : ke aha la kau hdUit e Ku f 
What could have been your fault, O Tu ? {b.\ 
Sinful, wicked ; (e.) to miss the object aimea 
at ; (d.) to be gone, to pass away ; to proceed, 
to pass onward ; hoo-hala, to miss the object ; 
(6.) to cause to err ; to be blameworthy ; to 
transgress; halahala, to turn aside, to go 
astray; (6.) to object to one; to decline a 
proposition ; to find fault with one's words, or 
conduct ; hoo-halahala, to watch an opportu- 
nity for mischief, to lie in wait (either to kill 
or rob). Cf. halahi, to miss, as anything 
thrown at another ; to dodge any missiles ; to 
hum ; a hissing or whizzing of any projectile 
through the sir; lawehala, sinful; mohaHa- 
wehala, a sin-offering; mohalahalat to break 
loose, set free. Tongan — hala, to err; to 
miss; to fail; error, or mistake; incorrect, 
wrong : Oku ax ae kovi kuou mamata ki aii 
he laU) laa, koe fax hala oe bule ; There is an 
error which I have seen under tiie sun, as an 
error which proceeds from the ruler. (&.) A 
sacred dub ; fakahala, to deceive ; a deceiver. 
Cf. halaxa^ goilty, sinful; a sinner, a delin- 
quent ; halahalaga, full of cracks, as glass or 
wood; agahala, sinful; faka-halafomua^ to 
cause a whole land trouble, to betray a whole 
people. Marqn^esan — haa, jealousy, anger. 
Mangarevan— ara, a miss, to miss a mark ; 
(6.) a fault ; (e.) a quarrel. Cf . arakava, bad 
milk; a bad breast; puharahara^ to think 
with pleasure of some ill, sickness, or fault 
formerly endured or committed; tuhara, to 
be irregular, in motions or actions. Raro-« 
tongan — ara, a sin, to sin : Kua axte katoa 
te meameaau ki te ara ra ki te purepure ; For 
rebellion is as the sin of witchcraft : Kua ara 
tetax tangata i te kite kore ; If a man shall sin 
through ignorance. Ext. Poly.: Fiji — of. 
cala (tftala), to err ; to miss a o:iark ; errone- 
ous ; eara, a tabu of cocoanuts. Malagasy 
—of. hala, hated, detested; halatrOf th^, 
robbery; Aalavolo, abhorrenoe. Kayan— of. 
hala, guilty. Javan— ef. hala, base, mean. 


[60] Haro 

Malay — of. salah, wrong. Kisa— of. hala^ 
wrong. Tagal— cf. sala^ to sin. 

HARA, the excess above a round number. Cf. 

tauhara, an odd one. 
Whaka-HARA. ) large: He tino wahine 

Whaka-HARAMARA, | pai—pai whakaharahara 

— M. M., 184. Cf. paharahara, large. 

HARA, matters of small importance. 

HARAHARA, to be diminished. 

Whaka-HARAHARA, to lessen; to oause to be 

Samoan — cf. «ato, incorrect. Tahitian — 
of. hara^ deviating from a line or rule, &o, 
Tongan— cf. hala^ wrong, incorrect. 

HARAKEKE, the New Zealand Flax plant (Bot. 
Phormium tenax) : Tu ana a Rata i tua o te 
harakeke — P. M., 58. South Island, harareke. 
Cf. harakukut to scrape. 
Moriori — harapere, flax (Phormium), 

HARAKI, preposterous, extravagant. Cf. harangi, 
unsettled ; foolish, silly ; haurangi^ mad ; 
arangU unsettled; wairangi, foolish, crazy. 
2. A familiar spirit. 

HARAKUKU, to scrape. Cf. harakeke, flax; 
hakuku, to scrape ; kuku, to grate ; tuakuku, 
to scrape. [For comparatives, see Euku.] 

HARAMAI, an expression of welcome, meaning 
to '* come towards " the speaker ; a contraction 
of haere-mai ; passive haramaitia, to be come 

HARANQl {hhrangi), unsettled. Cf. hikirangi, to 
be unsettled ; karangi, restless, unsettled ; 
kahuirangi, unsettled ; koroirangi, wandering ; 
arangi, unsettled. 2. Foolish, silly. Cf. hau- 
rangi, mad ; wairangi, foolish, demented. 
Hawaiian — of. haulani, to be restless, un- 
easy. Marquesan— cf. tioraij a fool, idiot. 
Samoan — cf. lagilagia, cloudy. 

HARANQOTE, to nibble. Cf. ngoU, to suck. 

HARAPAKI, a steep slope, as the side of a hill. 
Cf. papaki, a cliff against which the waves 

HARAPAKl, to crack fleas or vermin between the 
thumb-nails. Cf. hapaki, to squeeze or crack 
fleas, <&c. ; paki, to slap. 

HARAREKE, New Zealand -flax {Phormium tenax). 
[See Habakekr.] 

HARATAU, adapted to use, suitable, convenient. 
Cf. fail, to be suitable. 

Whaka-HARATAU, to try, to practise ; to imi- 
tate. Cf. whakatauy to imitate ; tauira, a 
copy, pattern, counterpart. 

HARATAUNGA (myth.), the name of a wife of 
Tinirau. She was killed by Hina with an 
incantation — P. M., 50, Eng. [See Tinirau.] 
Harataunga was a daughter of Mangamanga- 

HARATUA, to bevel. 

HARA U, to grope for, to feel for with the hand. 
Cf. wharau, a shed made of branches [see 
Hawaiian] ; whawha, to feel with the hand ; 
arau, to lay hold of ; rarau, to lay hold of, to 

Haw^ailan— halau, to be long ; to extend ; 
to stretch out ; (6.) a long house with the end 
in front, used mostly for canoes. Tahitian 
— cf. farauy a shed for a boat or canoe. 

Tongan— of . /a/a, to grope, to feel the way; 
lalau, to puU gently along ; to pinch. 

HARAWENE. to grumble; to be peevish. Cf. 
uene, to wnine ; wene, to grumble. 

HAREHARE, a cutaneous eruption : the itch. 2. 
Offensive. Cf. mataharehare, offensive. 

HARI, to dance ; a dance. 2. A song ; to sing a 
song to dance to. 3. Joy, gladness ; to rejoice : 
Ka hart tana ngakau i rota i a ia — P. M., 128. 

HARI HARI, a song for making rowers pull toge- 
Paumotan — hari, to dance ; a danoe. 
Tahitian— cf. rahohaari, the name of a dance 
in which both sexes were entirely naked. 
Samoan— cf. fali, sexual intercourse. Ma- 
ngarevan — of. Arij the name of a god ; artu, 
to turn ; to turn oneself. Ext. Poly. : Mala- 
gasy— /a2y, rejoiced, delighted ; falifalina, a 
source of delight, or object of joy ; falihavof^a, 
skipping, frisking about like young lambs. 
Malay — cf. hari-raya, a festival ; hari-beiar, 
a festival ; tari, to danoe. Solomon Is- 
lands—of. salif to sing. 

HARI, to carry: E koro, haria nga toki nei— 
P. M., 52. Cf. tari, to carry. 

Haw^aiian- hali, to oonvey ; (6.) to bear as 
a burden : E hali ana i ka hatelewa ; Bearing 
the tent, (c.) To carry, as a child : E like me 
ka ke kanaka hali ana i kana keiki; As a 
man carries his son. Hall hali, to oonvey fre- 
quently ; halia, to be borne or carried ; (6.) to 
have a fond recollection of a person or thing 
Halialia wale mai no ke aloha ; Love brought 
the fond remembrance. Marquesan— hai, 
to carry : E hai ina mai una kohikohi ; Bear 
mg aloft that which has been gathered. Cf. 
tat, to carry. Mangarevan— arij to carry, 
to transport. Ext. Poly. : Bicol— of. mag 
hale, to carry. 

HARIA, wild cabbage. 

HARIRAU, the wing of a bird : Kua rongo raua t 
te kapakapa o te harirau o te kuhi, — ^P. M., 
144. Cf. parirau, a wing. 

HARO, to scrape clean. Cf. heru, to comb; 
wJiaro, to scrape; waru, to scrape; harotu, 
reduced to shreds and tatters; fte kaupapa 
haro, a clean sweep. 2. To chop with an 
adze. 8. Spoken of very low water at spring 

HARONGA, a mat, made of scrapings of flax. 
Samoan — salo, to rub smooth with an old 
scraper made of shell ; (6.) to tell a thing over 
and over again, as if rubbing out all uneven- 
nesses; to tell all the particulars minutely; 
(c.) to grumble, to complain of. Cf. talu, to 
scrape out, as the kernel of a ooooanut; to 
brush up rubbish ; salu, a broom ; Baluvalu, 
to rub smooth. Tahitian — haro, to smooth 
back the hair; (6.) to skim along in flying, 
and whirl about, as a bird does ; (c.) the name 
of a certain mark made on the body in tattoo- 
ing ; ((2.) to print, or spread th^ scarlet dye on 
Tahitian cloth. Cf. harotea, a certain mark 
of the Arioi (priests of a certain oult) [see 
Eabioi] in tattooing; hao, to dress the hair 
by combing, cutting, &q. ; haaro, to scoop, to 
lade. Haw^aiian — halo, to rub, grind, or 
polish ; (h.) the motion of the fins in swim- 
ming, especially of the side-fins of a shark ; 
(c.) to spread out the hands as in the act of 




sw immin g ; (d.) to turn ; to look at ; to peep ; 
to look slyly or shyly. Cf. haloke, to rub 
against each other, as the ends of broken 
bones ; sprained or broken, as a limb. Mar- 
quesan — haharo, to polish, to rub ; (6.) to 
render the pandanu$ leaves flexible for mat- 
making. Ext. Poly.: Fiji— cf. varo, a file, 
saw; roro-to, to file, saw, rasp (the skin of 
the ratvororo). Malay—pam, to scratch, to 

HAROA (mythj, a brother of Hatupata— P. M., 
115. [See Hantji.] 

HARONGA (myth.), one of the Sky powers, a son 
of Hine-ahu-papa and Bangi-potiki, the prop 
of Heaven. [See Toko.] Haronga married 
Tongotongo, and begat the sun and moon — 

8. B., 17. L^^ HiNS-AHU-PAPA.] 

HARORE, the name of an edible fnngns (Bet. 
Agaricits adiposu$) : Ma wax e kai te harore f — 
O. P., 368. 2. The lobe of the ear. 

HARORI (for Harore; see preceding word) : He 
harori pea f he mamaku pea f — G. P., 44. Cf. 
haroritui. [See next word.] 

HARORITUI, the name of a kind of fnngns, 
growing on trees. Cf. harori or harorct fungi. 

HAROTOROTO, a pond, pool. Cf. roto, a lake. 
Ha'viraiian — haloko, a puddle of water 
standing after a rain ; a small pool of water ; 
halokoioko, to stand in pools, as water after a 
rain : hence, (6.) to be about to weep ; to have 
strong affections; (e.) drops of water, as they 
flow horn the eyes. Cf. loko, a lake, a pond ; 
kaloi, to pour out tears ; halokowai^ a pool of 
water ; ftaloku, to bubble up, as when a heavy 
rain falls into water ; to disturb the surface of 
water. Tahitian — cf. roto, a lake, pond. 
Saxnoan — cf. loto, a deep pool in the lagoon ; 
the interior ; the heart ; desire ; will. 

HAROTU, to be reduced to shreds or tatters. Cf. 
haro, to scrape ; haronga, a mat made of 
scrapings of flax. 

HAROTU, the name of one of the canoes which 
went off to meet Captain Cook at Cape Brett. 
[See Tumuakl] 

HARURU, to rumble; a rumbling sound: Ka 
rongo nei a Tama i te haruru o nga tapuae o 
Sgatoro—P, M., 19: Ko te haruru o te waha, 
to te tatangi o te porta.— V, M., 154. Cf. 
hamumu, to mutter ; to make an indistinct 
sound ; ru^ to shake ; an earthquake. 

HARURUTANQA, a noise; a dull rumbling 
sound : I rongo noa nga tangata hi te haruru- 
tanga o nga ika, — ^Wohl., Trans., vii. 53. 

Samoan — cf. salu^u, to shake; lulu, to 
shake. Tahitian — haruru, sound, noise, as 
of the sea, thunder, &c, : Tei reira te paapaaina 
o te tairi, e te haruru o te pereoo; The noise of 
a whip, and the noise of the rattling of wheels. 
Ct. faa-hururu, to make use of the hururu, a 
plaything for children ; to drive away boys by 
the noise of the hururu; ruru, to shake. 
Haivaiian — halulu, to roar, to rage; to 
roar, as thunder, or as the sound of a heavy 
wind ; to roar as the sea : E like me ka halulu 
ana o ke hax ; Like the roaring of the sea. (6.) 
The name of a fabulous bird, killed in ancient 
times by the chief Wau-ku-le-nui-aiku ; (c.) to 
■hake: A haUdu % Hale-kumu-kalani ; And 
shake fbe foundations of heaven. Haa-lulu, a 

trembling, a shaking, as of the earth in an 
earthquake ; to cause a trembling : Kei halulu 
nei ka piko o lah ; Trembling is the lowest 
point. Cf. lulu, to shake. Mangarevan — 
aka-erurururu, a great noise. Cf. ruru, to 
shake ; heheruru, to vibrate. Tongan^f. 
lulu, to shake. Mangalan — of. ruru, to 

HARURU, stinking, fetid. 

Haw^aiian — cf. Jiahalu, to be internally 
defective, as wood, worm-eaten and rotten 
inside; rotten; defective. 

HATEAj faded, having lost colour. 2. Whitened, 
as with saline efflorescence. Cf. tea, white; 
horotea, pale ; katea, whitened ; motea, white- 
faced ; atea, clear, Ac. 

Samoan— of. tetea, an albino; teateavdU, 
to be pale. Tahitian— ot putea, fair ; faa- 
teetea, to bleach, to whiten. Ha'walian — 
hakea, pale, as one sick. Cf . kea, white ; akea, 
open, spacious ; akeakea, to fade, lose colour ; 
puakea, pale. Tongan — cf. tea, light in 
colour; tetea, pale. Marquesan — hatea, 
wide width, breadth. Cf. tea, white ; makatea, 
white. Mangarevan— cf. tea, white ; putea, 

HATEPE, to cut asunder ; to cut off : Kia tukua 
mat tona ringa hei hatepe atu i a au — Hopa, 
vi. 9. Cf. hautope, to cut asunder; tope, to 
cut off ; tipi, to pare off. 

HATETE, fire. Cf. ngatete, to crackle. 

HATUPATU (myth.), a young chief, who, after 
the arrival of the Arawa canoe in New Zea- 
land, went with his elder brothers, Hanui and 
Haroa, to spear birds, near the head of the 
Waikato Biver. Finding that his brothers 
stored away the birds as theirs, and did not 
give him his share, Hatupatu, in the absence 
of the other two, broke open the storehouse, 
had a great feast on the birds, and then, 
wounding himself and making great confusion 
about the place, pretended that a hostile war- 
party had done the mischief. His brothers 
found out the deceit, and killed him. He was 
brought back to life again by a spirit {Tamumu- 
ki'te-Rangi) sent by his parents. Hatupatu 
then met a fairy woman, or ogress, who took 
him to her home, and kept him. One day he 
rewarded her by smashing all her property, 
and then escaped with her treasures of red- 
feather cloaks, &c. The ogress, Kurangaituku, 
was informed of this by a bird, and she pur- 
sued the youth with strides as of seven-leagued 
boots. Hatupatu, by enchantment, caused the 
rock to open, and hid therein; while Kura- 
ngaituku was scalded to death in the sulphur- 
springs at Te Whakarewarewa (Botorua). 
Hatupatu then returned home, and his death 
was again attempted by his brothers. Their 
father interfered, and said that it would be 
better if, instead of fighting against each 
other, they fought against Baumati, who had 
burnt the Arawa canoe. They then all united 
in getting up a great war-party to attack Bau- 
mati, but no division of warriors was assigned 
to Hatupatu. He exhibited his powers a^ a 
magician several times on his way to combat ; 
changed his red wreath into a pohutukawa 
tree, and proceeded under water along ^e 
bottom of Botoma Lake, eating mussels. Bjr 



IccantatioDB he de<ieived the Gnemj into the 
ide& that be hsd a large force under his cotn- 
mand. In tbe battle vhicli eiiBued, BDumsti 
was killed by H&tupstu, and hia head carried 
o Mokoia IbUuid, in the Eolotua Lake — P. M. 

114, e 


HAU. [Note.— This word ia an eioeedingly diffi- 
cult one to arrange or oUeaifj nadei diflerent 
headings. Manj of its meanings soem ebaipl; 
distinct from others ; but tboee nbo read tbe 
contparativeE carefully ^11 see that it ie almoHt 
impoEsible to teU where one meaning merges 
into another, or where a dividing line could be 
drsvn. Tbua. the senaea of oool, fresh, wind. 
dov, eager, brisk, Ismous, illustrions, rojal, 
oommanding, giving orders, striking, hewing, 
4o., all pasB one into another. Therefore, 
with regret, 1 have to group all the meanings 
of hau togeUier.) 

HAU, wind: Ka kongi hi te marangai. ki nga 
hau knlaa—P. M., 20. Cf. hauaralii, the west 
wind; hauativ, the north-weat wind, 40, 2, 
To be borne on the wind : Whakarongo ra te 
taringa ki tt haV'lava, e hau nuii nei i U tai 
M It vm— MRS. S. Dew, troistm^. Ct. ha-a- 
maint, bedewed, wet ; hauTUla, dew ; havku, 
dew ; kaulahi, bedewed, wat ; havmii, dew, 
(to. 4. An anglo, a comei. 6. Sacred food 
offered to Ibe gods [see Whinoai] : Maxai e 
katre tt han o lo paTihira nei t- — A. H. M,, iv. 
SO. G. Food used in tbe pure oeiemonies, to 
remove the tap\i from a newly bailt hoaee. 
oinoe, &c. : Kamvtu ka -whavgaia te hau mo 
ana maki—P. M., 20. T. A perBonal mediata, 
(anch ai hair, Baila, i!bo.,) nted between a soi- 
ceior and his victim. (6. Also hahau, and 
hauhau, to strike,' smite : Inaiaata e houa ana 
ki U palu—e. M.. 93. 9. To hew, chop : A'o 
2'oto i hahau. ka htnga ki te tchenua.) 10. An 
odd hall- fathom. Cf. Aaumi, to join,lengtheD. 
11. Eager, brisk. C(. hauara., revived ; ngahau, 
brisk. 13. FsaouB, illaEtrioas. 

HAHAU, to seek, search lor : Hei aha ma koma 
i hahauna ai Una wahine r~P. U., IBl. Cf. 
halia. lo seek; kahu, to aearch for. 3. See 
Eau.I^ob. Sand 9. 

HAHAUKGA, Ihe oircumstanetE. Ac, □( searching 
for; Te Ao, te Ao, tt Kimihanga, teEahaunga 
^P. M., 7. 

HAUHAU, cool: Toia ake le tatau kia tuwhera, 
kia puta mat ai le hauhau ki a ou— P. M„ 68 
Cf. hauangi, cool ; hauaitu, starved with cold , 
hauhivga, frost; ha,vp<ipa, ice, &o. 2. Bee 
Hac.Kob. Sands. 

Whaka.HAU, to command, give orders, give the 
word; Katahi ka vhakahaua i Ivri nga lama- 
riki kia haert—P. M., 107. 2. To animate, 
inspirit, nrge on. Cf. kavahau. to recite old 
legends [see HawaiioB] ; havia, a man who 
marks time for psddlers in a canoe; ngfiliau, 
inlected b; eiample ; brisk. S. The name of 
■ wild being, sapposed to dwell in wooda (like 
maim) [B<e Maibo]. i. To tell tteee: U te 
panehe e kokoi, te ickakakau rakau — M. M., 

Wha'ka-HAUHAU, to inspirit, urge on ; a song to 
nrge on others : Katahi ka koia le mora, ko 
toiia ichaliahaiihau (cnsi— P. M., 118. 2. To 
give orders, command. Cf. au, a king (one 
Samoan— sau, dew; (o fall as dew: O It 
taeao foi va loti ai le lau, ua litnna at I; ' 

about the war .camp. (A.) A present o< 
food; (c.) to come; saaau, heavy dew ; Luiau 
as dew 1 {b.) mischievous, oe animals breaking 
through the plantations ; (c.) laBoivioas. as 
one going Bboot to seek women ; (d.) to sling 
a stone ; {e.) to swing round the arm in giving 
a blow ; (f.) to blow a trumpet ; (g.) one kind 
of cutlleSah having long tentacles ; (h.) a kind 
of crayfish ; (('.) a large aie, oeed by carpen. 
tera; EBUBati, to sprinkle; lb.} to build up 
port of a wall that had fallen down ; eausau 
(cniunu), the mallet Used in tattooing ; sautia, 
to be bedewed ; fa'a-Bau, to bedew ; saua (c'tu')). 
to be cruel, oppressive, despotic ; iB'B-aaua, 
(fa'a-iiuil,) to be oppressive, tyrranical ; Latoa 
te Je fa'a-logologo i U leo o U ua fa'aiaua; 
They hear not the voice of the oppressor. 
C(. laii'aitagata. a cannibal; tauali'i, a god; 
ihu/ano, to cut the plan3is (or a canoe ; taulala, 
opprcBsive, cruel ; taunoa, to beat the wooden 
drum ; iiiiiiMifMT, to cat off tbe outer part of a 
log, to make it true and even ; tati/HH, to alter 
cries rapidly ; to make a speech without colling 
out names and titles of chiefs ; laudui. one 
wide plank ol a canoe; fathom. wide calico; 
/a'a-iaalala, oppreasivs; /a'a-iaunoa, to ill- 
nse; fa-a-saaiiti, haughty; fa'a-iautoga, to be 
Oppressive. Tahlttan— hftu, dew : Kialui ma 
ei hau e te ua t nia ia outtni ; Let there be no 
dew or rain upon you. (b.) Peace : Ei hau in 
or, ei hau to lei tuni maj ia on : Peace to you, 
and those who help you. (c.) Oovemment, 
reign ; I le hifu o te matahili o lena ra hau ; 
In the seventh year of his reign. Fail, a god, 
as being head, or above ; [b.) a king or piinci- 

Sal chief, as above others; (c.) a sort of hoad- 
rees ; hahau, to go aslant or beat in, as ths 
rain driveo by tbe wind into a honse ; hauhau, 
to take off the first chips in hollowing a tree; 
faa-hau, to make peace ; a peacemaker ; (b) 
to act as a guard; a watchman; a soldier; 
faa-hauhBU, to make repeated efforts for peace; 
faa-faufau, to aflect dip^ust or abhorrence ot a 
thing ; to call or denominate a peiBon or a 
thing as Sllhy or disgusting. CI. foupaTO-iae-i, 
a bead ornament of fealbers ; /auurumao, a 
war cap; /uiipoo, a cap or bonnet; fau, ths 
name of a treti [for fonr lust comparativee, see 
Maori Wbavuac, to tiej ; hauarii, a kmglf 
government; havmanohtiiic, a democracy; 
havtaaraatira l}tau-ma-r:ivgatira], tbe state ut 
a people living as tenants or tributaries; 
hauviateata. & government in the hands of a 
chief by blood or hereditary descent ; havpaK, 
to toil or work hard ; tihaiihav, to beat sticks 
in order to keep time to a dance; hauriria, to 
be in fear or dread ; euhau. to ciercise lord- 
ship ; aujau, to pay a tax or tribute ; aihau, 
to enjoy peace and tranquillity ; amuhaa, to 
enjoy peace, or the iraits of peace ; the pereou 
or persons who live on land which has been 
conquered ; muofuiu, tbe commencement ot 
peac« ; haumoe, the cold night breezes of the 
valleys; mehau, wind ; haua, socnt ; to emit 
effluvia ; pui}ittuhau. to blow gently, as a small 
breeze ; haumarii, Cool, grateful ; lahau. to 
blench clothes in the morning dew ; toihau, to 
bleach in the dew ; fuehnumi, soft or dump, ai 
by dew. Ha-waiian— hau, the name ol tbe 

bteeztLg DDmiiig lonnd to Leleiwi. (6.) Tht 



[58] Hauaitu 


fmefal aam^ Idr snow, ioe, frost, oold : Aika 
itie ana o km hau % ahuia mai ai ; When the 
'dew that h&7 upon the ground had evaporated. 

ie.) The rough hristlee of a hog when angry ; 
d.) anger, applied to men ; (e.) the name of a 
soft porous stone ; (/.) the name of a tree, the 
bark of which is made into oloth [see Maori 
Whawhau, and Whattwhi] ; {g.\ a kind of 
dsnoe for lasoiyioas purposes ; (h.) to swallow, 
gulp down ; (i.) to inhale, to snuff up ; (j.) to 
snort, as a horse ; (k.) the title, anciently, of 
the hi^est rank of cniefs. [See Fomander, 
*' The Polynesian Race," vol. ii. 67.] Hahau, 
to whip, scourge, chasten : Aia hoi^ ua hahauia 
wtai nei kau poe kauwa; Behold, your ser- 
vants are beaten. (&.) To inflict plagues ; (e.) 
hahau-ai, to thresh gniin ; (d.) to hew stones ; 
hauhau, to lay stones in a wall ; to build with 
stones ; (6.) to strike, to smite ; Ic) cool. Gf. 
auhau, a tax, a revenue for tne benefit of 
ohie£i ; to levy tribute ; to exercise lordship ; 
aukaupukay one who solicits favours of chiefs ; 
kaua, to whip, to chastise ; hauput to excite, 
stir np; the sudden excitconent of the pas- 
sions ; hauwawa^ confusion, disorder ; u/uiu, a 
whip ; to whip, to scourge ; to pile together ; 
to build up, as the walls of a city ; to pile one 
thing on another; to pinch; to oppress; to 
afflict ; uhauhaut fearful, weak, tremulous ; 
kauhauj to strike with a whip or stick ; to 
throw a stone at; kiLahaua^ to call out the 
people, as a chief; proclaiming; assembling 
the people ; uhauumut to lay stones smoothly 
in a waol; hauopo^ to lay in good order, as 
stones in a wall ; to stand evenly ; haukeke^ to 
shiver with cold; cold; haukea^ the white 
snow; whiteness, as of snow; haukeuke^ to 
shiver intensely with the cold; haueli, the 
native Glauber's salts, which are dug out of 
caverns in the rocks on the island of Hawaii ; 
hauoU, (** without dew,") a barren place; 
hehaut the mountain breeze in the morning ; 
a mist ; a cold, fine rain, floating in the air ; 
frosty ; rainy ; hahay to grope, to feel for, as a 
blind person ; to feel for, as if in search of 
something. Tongan— hau, a conqueror, a 
reigning prince ; (6.) a large tx)ne needle ; (c.) 
ornaments for the nose and ears ; (d.) the in- 
strument used in tattooing; {e.) the holes 
made in canoes to pass the ropes through; 
(/.} Uie takaga (attendant) of the Tui Tonga, 
(Kmg of Tonga) ; (g.) to come, to arrive ; 
hahau, dew, mist ; (6.) to hang ropes to dry ; 
to fasten to ; (c.) to adze, to chip logs of wood 
square ; (d.) to strike, brandishing over the 
head ; hauhau, damp ; (6.) elastic ; faka-hau, 
rigorous, tyraimioal; oppressive; troublesome, 
annoying ; (6.) to put through the nose and 
ears ; (e.) to whine, to cry ; faka*hauhau, to 
bedew, to wet. Gf. fiaua, to be exposed to the 
wind ; hauhaufanOt open, airy ; hat^ia, to be 
left alone, to be deserted; damp; wet with 
dew ; tukuhauy to pay tribute ; houtoga^ to op- 
press, to govern with rigour ; hculmUy anger, 
wrath ; hauhtkty to beat at random ; haunamu, 
to strike at random ; auna^ to conquer, over- 
come; autakiy to lead, conduct; to lead a 
party; Amca, to send, to command; houeiltiy 
ehie&i of rank, nobility ; houtamakiy masterly, 
imperious. RarotODgan~au, dew: E i 
tepatapata mai H U an o te au rangi ra; 
And tne eloiida drop down dew. (6.) Peace : 
E malm €QrQngaa^iU Oik iio koUmnaeima; 

I will give peace in your country, (e.) Beign : 
I t€ vara o te mataiti o Uma ra au; In the 
eighth year of his reign. Marquesan — hau, 
air : Ma te hau atea o te ani ; In the clear air 
of heaven. Gf. tohauy a gentle wind ; hauhau^ 
bad, wicked; ugly; n^a^u, a cry of invitation 
to the feast, when the names of the guests 
are called out. Mangarevan— hau, dew; 
(6.) to blow gently; (c.) to build [see Maori 
Whawhau, Whatu, and Patxj] ; (d.) respect ; 
(e.) fear ; (/.) gall, bitterness [See Maori, Au] ; 
au, a crown, a chaplet; (5.) dew; (c.) to 
seize earnestly ; to pick out grains or flowers 
from pods of cotton ; hahau, to speak gently 
and to the point ; akiBi-hauhau, to be sober in 
eating and drinking. Gf. aunaiy to be much 
sought in marriage ; auririy to strike against, 
said of waves against a canoe ; aurumokoe, a 
crown made with plumes of the Frigate- 
bird ; aupikitavakey a crown made with plumes 
of the Tropic-bird ; aukatakata, a garland of 
pandanus [see Maori WhabaJ ; auahUj to 
build ; auaumakut to be slightly damp ; auanUf 
to be cold ; agreeable, said of great person- 
ages ; haumatapehaUy a large wave ; pehauhau^ 
to beat with the wings. Paumotan— hau, to 
reign, to rule; the State, kingdom, govern- 
ment; (b.) to surpass; superior; (c.) peace; 
faka-hau, conciliation; to reconcile. Gf. au, 
deserving, worthy; hauroay supreme. Ext. 
Poly.: Aneityum — cf. nathatahau, a ring- 
fence of stone ; a wall round any place. Fiji 
— cf. eau (t/iau), to present property, to 
make presents ; caucau (t/taut/i^u), the land 
breeze ; to praise ; to speak of with admira- 
tion ; sau, a king or high chief ; the command 
of a chief ; vaka-aausaUf to act like a chief ; 
to take a thing as a chief ; saut to clap the 
hands lengthwise ; sau-ca, to out, as bamboos, 
reeds, &q. ; to break in a certain way, as a 
cocoanut is broken in order to drink the milk ; 
retaliation; reward; tatuau, the outskirts; 
satuauvatUy a stone set as a tapu for food ; a 
stone painted and enclosed by reeds set in the 
ground. Malay— cf. hawa, wind [said to be 
Arabic] . Solomon Islands— cf. oa, wind. 
Bicol — cf. hayop, hoyop, to blow. 

HAU A (haua)f crippled, lame. 2. Gowardly, das- 
tardly, without spirit. Gf. tautauh, inactive, 
cowardly ; hauaitu^ lean, wasted ; listless ; 
haumaruruy languid ; hauareay cowardly, weak. 
Samoan — cf. shua, to have a return of sick- 
ness ; to be ill of an epidemic ; to reach ; to 
spread to ; to over-run with fire, flood, or visi- 
tors ; «dud, cruel, oppressive, despotic ; fa^a- 
sauea, to be slow, deliberate. Tahitian— cf. 
taua, a coward. Ha\traiian — cf. haua, to 
whip, to chastise, a chastisement ; haukeke, to 
shiver with the cold ; haunahtlBy to flee in 
war. Marquesan — cf. hauhau, evil, bad, 
ugly. Tongan— haua, to wander, as one in- 

HAUA (myth.), the name of a deity— P. M., 220. 

HAUAITU, starved with cold ; pinched ; the 
sensation of great cold : Ka hemo raua i te 
hauaitu. — Wohl., Trans., vii. 50. Gf. hauhau, 
cool; /iatuiyi(jri,cool; /uit</ni7tpa, frost ; haupapa, 
frost ; ice. 2. Lean, wasted. Gf. attu, sick- 
ness; hauarea, lean, weak, cowardly; hau- 
fnanim, languid; hauik, erippled; without 




Paumotan— hauaiiu, atnpiSed. Samoan 
— of. ><iiHi, to have a retoru of BicknesB ; to be 
ill of an epidemic ; wiu-i, cmel, oppreasive ; 
lau, dew ; ailu, a spirit ; to be hsanted. 
Mangarevan—cf.Huaiiu, rags, tatters. [For 
full deiivatiTeB see under Uac, and Aitd.] 
HAUAMA, the name of a tree (Bot. Entclea 

HAUANQl, ooal. Cf. kauhaii, coo! ; angi, breeze. 
[For comparalivea, see Hac, and Asai.) 

HAUARAHI (hanttrahi). the west wind. Cf. Imu. 
wind ; arahi, to guide ; hauiiiiru. the west 
wind. [For oomjiarativea, see Htu.] 

HAUAREA, thin, lean. 3. Weak. 3. Cowardly. 
CI. haiia, cowardly; haiuiilu, Etarved with 
cold; lean, wasted ; luiantaniru, languid. 

HAUATIU (hauatiu), the north-west wind. Cf. 
hau, wind; aliu, the noith-west wind; koliu, 
the north wind ; tupaliu, the north-west 

Samoan— of. /a'a-riu, a northerly wind. 
Mangarevan — cf. [iu, the west wind. 
Hawallan^ — cf. kiu, the north-west wind. 
Marquesan— cf. tiu, the north wind. 

HAUAURU (hauituni), the west wind: Hongi 
raaa uiu *i te haiiaum—P. M., 20. Cf. ban. 
wind ; u'ni, the wtst ; mHiiru, the north-weat 
wind; (amiiMru, the south-west wind; laam, 
the west wind. 2. West. 
Hawaiian — cl. JiaJauIu, name of a strong 
wind off Waianae or Oahu ; pnakainutu, the 
name □! a wind ; a light geatle breeze ; a 
dying breeze of the trade wind, Mangaian 
— of. urutunga, the west wind. Manga revan 
— of. uru, the aouth-weat ; the south .west 
wind ; urupatiu, west.^-north. 

HAUHAKE, to digap, to take up, as a root crop: 
A i te ira ■ hauhakta ai te laara, ha koliia ko te 
kumara—A. H. M., L 37. Cf. kuke, to dig ap. 
to excavate ; moiuliake, separated ; houhou, to 
dig up. 

HAUHAU-TE-RANQI (myth.), the name of a 
celebrated jade axe— P. M., 63 : E tvo ana 
laki, ka Tiitauru, ko HauhaaCerangi—F. M., 
70. The Araaa. Tainiii, and other famous 
ceuoes were hewn out with this aie, •xbioh 
was a part of the celebrated " Gsh " of Ngahue. 
[Bee AnAWA, Poctini, ToTiUBO, Ac] 

HAUHUNQA, frost: E piki ai koe nga iiuamga 
hauhunga, i rvnga. a TtmgariTO — Q. P., IBS. 
Cf. haa, dew; hmihau, cool; huJta, froal, 
snow ; httvangi, cool ; haiaiapa, frost ; hvka- 
papa, frost. Ac. 2. Thin loe. Cf. hukapapa, 
ice ; havpapa, ioe, [For comparatives, see 
Utn, and Hdea.] 

HAUHUNOA (myth.), the god of sharp Cold, a 
son of Tawhiii-matea.— A. H. M., i. App. 

HAUKOTI, on intercepting party; to intercept, 
cut off : haukoli i ic arcuru, to obstruct, Cf- 
kati, to cut, to intercept; kalipu, to cut short; 
aukaii, to stop one's way. [For comparatives, 
aee Ric, and Eoti.] 

HAUKU {haukii), dew: Ka rii^tia hoki nga 
roimala e Rangi ki rmiga ki a Papa-tii'a-tmku 
—ko ia U Aaufctt— P. M., 13. Cf. tau, dew ; 
haiinui, dew ; hiuraAi, dew ; Aaurulu, dow ; 
hautaoTUa, daw, Ac. [For oompaiatiTOa, aee 

HAUMAKU {hawahkhV bedewed, wet. Cl. hao, 
detv ; haulaka, bedewed; maku, wet. moist. 
[For oomparativea, see Il*u, and Makd,) 

HAUMANU,resloraUie;giving health: Muri ifio 
ko nga karahia haumanu rao nga turoro — 
A. H. M., i. 8. Cf. luiuorB, revjyed- 

HAUMARURU, languid, indispaeed; weak, as 
worn out by sickness ; Ka ka le tapapa, 
haumaruru tonu iho—S. T., 181, Cf- Jiauaitu, 
hstless; Aaua, withont spirit, oowardly ; luiu- 
arfo, weak. 3. Indiffeteut. unconcerned. Cf. 
heedless ; kaurokuroku, onsettled, 

HAUMI, a piece of wood by which the body of a 
canoe is lengthened ; to lengthen by addition : 
Ki te rapa haiimi huki mo Horoutn— G.-8, 
27. 2, The joint by which this additional 
piece is fastened; to join; a connection. 
Cf. hau, an odd half-fathom. 3. A bond, coa- 
lederaey. cooapinicy : A ko nga hitumi o ana 
Taha iwi ko nga muiu o nga Ana ne nga Too — 
A. H. M.. i. Sti. 

HAUMIA (myth.), the name of a taniicha or 
water-monster reiident at Manukau. He 
decoyed another laniicha named Ureia to hig 
abode, and Ureia was then slain. Heuce the 
proverb, ■' Ha-amia akakatere taitijclia "— S. T., 
77. 2. An ancestress ol Paikea, the water- 
deity. [See FiiKKi.] 
Havralian — cf. Uaumia, the mother ol 
Kekauakahi (Te Taua tahi), the war-god; 
Eaumea, a name of Papa, tha (ireat Mothal 

HAUMIA-TIKITIKI (myth.), the deity or Lord o( 
the {esculenl) Fem-root, and of all vegetable 
food growing wild : as Kongo- ma-tone waa 
Lord of the kuTnara (sweet potalo) and all 
cultivated plants. Haumia was a sou of 
Kangi and Papa, and assented to the rending 
apart of his parents [see Rindi] ; for this he 
was eiposed to the torj of his brother Tawhiri- 
malea, tbo Lord ol Tempests, who would have 
slain Haumia but that he was hidden in tha 
breast ol his mother. Papa (tlie Earth). Haa- 
mia's brothers were lu-matauenga, Bongo- 
matano, Tawhiri-matea, and Tangaroa — F- M.. 
7. By another legend, Hanmia was the son 
of Tamanui-a- Rangi. who was the son ol 
Bangi and Hakeheke-i-papa— A. H. U., i. 20. 

HAUNENE, noise, uproar: Ka kaert mai hchoa 
wahhie lift ka vihakarongo ki te hauntne — 
A. H. U., ii. 10. 

HAUNUI, dew. Cf. hau, dew ; Aaufcu. dew ; hau- 
niAi, dew ; fuurvfu, dew ; hautaorua,dBW,Aa. 
[For oompoiatives, see Hic] 

HAUNQA {kaunga), besides, not: Havmgaia nga 
tohunga karakia t hiki ana — P. M., 157. 

HAUNGA, odour; odoroua, stinking: Na ka 
ron^o te kuri fa i tc kaunga whetiua—P. H., 
119 : A ka )iongi ia U haunga o oaa kakahu-- 




Een., zxrii. 27. Cf. Ann, wind; puhonga, 
■tinkiDg ; hongi, lo tmell. 
SacDoaa — MU|a {lAugH), Btrong-smelling, 
pnngent. rank. Cf. laa, a present of cooked 
food. Tahiti an—, soent of aoy kind ; 
to emit efflavia, good or bad: Aore hoi i mau 
mai ti kaua auahi i niu ia ralou ; Nor was 
there any smell of Gre npon them. Ct. mtha u, 
wind- Havirallan—hauna, atioDg-Kmetling. 
oOeDDve to the amell : A t p>i at hma bauna ; 
And his bad emell eball oome ap. (b.) The 
Mrang oSensiic emeli of meat : He kai haiinu 
tit ka palani : Stroop-ameUing is the aonp of 
the pnlani. Hau, to iwallow, lo gulp dowo. ai 
the amoke of tobacco ; (A.) to inhale, lo snuS 
Dp, as tha wind ; (r.) to snort, as a horse ; 
hauhauno, sCrooR-Bmelliag, offensiTe to the 
■n»U; hoo-hauna, (o deceire, entice; (6.) to 
clasp aronnd ; {c) to seize with the hands, as 
something diSenlt to hold : (d.) lo stuff the 
tagina of a woman in order tiD procarc! abor- 
tion. Cf. hiiiaaia. contagion, ceremonial un- 
cleannesa from contact oi contignitj with dead 
bodies; oneleac, impure; haakai, filtbiness; 
haunana, an oSenaJTe smell, bat less than 
k«MM; horn, to smell; honohono, bnd-amell- 
ing; iMiAiiuiui, water cAeQUTe to the emell. 
ToDgan— ef. holmpo, smelling like urine; 
hogo, the bladder ot small animals. Ma- 
ngaian — aunga, perfumed, smelling; odour; 
Eaa waia i It aanga puariri piioa no lati-i tar 
TO ; I perceive the rich perfume from the 
dreu ot that fool. Marquesan — cf. hono- 
inono, bad-smelling, as of urine. Manga- 
r«vaa — cf. hogohogo, a bud smell. Pau- 
motan — hauga, odour, Cf. hogohogo, offen- 
live in smell. Eit. Poly, : Malagasy— cf. 
fofoaa, smell, saToor. 

HAU-NQANGANA (myth. ■■ Blustering Wind"), 
one of the power* of the Air. Be was son of 
Hau-tuia (■■ Herdng Wind "), and a desceodaDt 
of Te Uangu (Erebus), throogh Baugi-poliki 
— S, R,. 13. 

HAUNQAROA (myth.), the daughter of Manaia 
and Koiwai. Bhe was the mesacngar ot hvr 
mother to inform her oncle Ngatoro ol the 
of Manaia"- P. M., 102. [See 



HAUORA, revived. Cf, era, life, health ; }tau' 
wind : eager, briik ; liauhau, cool. 

Whaka-HAUOnA, to revive, refresh, 

Samoan— fauola, to calculate on long life. 
[For other comparativeB, see Uto, and Oiu.' 

HAUORA (myth.), the ITlh of the Ages (counting 
upward« from the Void) of the eiistenc 
the Universe— A. H. M,, i. App. [See ni 
of the Time-Spaces onder Kooe.j 2. The 
toonh (upwards) of the ten Heavens. The 
Waler ol Life {Te Wai-ora-o-T ane) was in this 
Heaven. From hence the human soul was 
sent into a child when it was born, Tawhaki 
WM Lord of the Hanora heaven — A. H. M,, i. 
App. [SeelixNoi.) 

HAUPAPA, frost, ioe. Ci. hau, dew, moisture ; 
papa, to lie flat ; to be thrown down ; the 
earth; /unuitfu, starved with cold ; haahunga, 
troBt. [For comparatives, see Hic] 

MAUPAPA, to ambiuh; to lie in wait for. Cf. 
fapa, flai ; to lie flat; haakoti, to interoept 
kupapa, to go stealthily. 

HAUP0I4QI, an eddy wind, Cf, hau, wind; 

pokipoki. an eddy wind, [For oomparattves, 

see HiD.] 
HAUPU {lianph), a heap; to lie in a heap; to 

place m a heap : Ka hanga e rafou relaM 

■ngohi-moana, ht mea haupu — O..H. 10. Ct. 

haptt. pregnant; pu, a heap; puke, a hill. 

[See Samoan.] 
HAUPURANQA, a heap, (Cf. putanga, a heap r) 
Samoan — cf. faiipu'c, to be heaped up. 

Hawaiian— ol. kaupu. to eioita ; stir up ; 

the sodden eicitement of the afTeotioos; 

himpua. any hard bunch or protuberanoe on 

the joints or limbs ; swollen. 
HAURA, an invaUd. 

Samoan— cf. taua, to have a retam of 

stckoess : laalala, oppressive, cruel. 
HAURAHI, dew, CI. hau. dew; /uninui.deir; 

hauiit, dew ; haurotu, dew, do. 
Morlorl- of. Iiaurangi, dew. [For othn 

comparatives, see Hac.] 
HAURAKIRAKI (the Soath Island dialect (or 

haurangi), mad. foolish, wicked : Atua hau- 

rakiraki, aaiho It malf mo Hapopo—A. H. M., 

iii. y. Cf. haraki. preposteroas, eitravigant. 
HAURANGI, mad : A ka haurangi hot ki nga mea 

e kitta ana t o kanohi t kitt ai \oe — Tin., 

Mviii. 3*. Ct. arangi. unsettled ; harahi, 

Sreposteroiu ; huran^, foolish; wainin^, 
emented, loolieh. 2. Drunken : A ka inumiit 
e \a te uraiiui a ka Adurani^' — Een., is. 31, 3. 
Enraged; wild with anger: //; m ano, ka 
hanrangi It wahint net, ka riri ki tana leina — 
P. M., 137. 

Hawaiian— haulani, to root, as a hog : to 
plonge, as a canoe ; (ti ) to be reatless in one's 
graip ; to be uneasy ; swkinR freedom Irom 
restraint; restive. Ct. Ami, a kind of dance 
used for lascivious pnrpoaes, acoompaoied by 
singing ; hauhili, diverging from the right 
path ; blundering, falie ; haakau, a chopping 
sea. Marquesan— horai, a fool, idiot. 
HAURARO, low down. C(. ram, beneath, under; 
Itpi'iauriin), to exterminate (ttpi, to pare off) ; 
uhaurhau., to tie [see Samoan] . 2, The north : 
Ka rikoriku mai U mala o I'uaka i It hauroto, 
he Uibii lau pai~A. H. M., i. 45. Cf. rani, 
north; /lauduru, west; west wind. 

Samoan — cf./aufalo, the lowest /ou {beams) 
in a hoose ; to faatco on the outrigger so that 
the canoo may lie flat on the water ; to 
demean oneaell; to bumble oneself; faa, to 
tie together; Info, below, down, under. Ha- 
waiian— ct. halito. to take hold of with the 
arma under ; to drop the head downwards ; 
lata, down, low. Tahltlan— cf, /n/oiiruro, 
to go about stirring ap misohiet or sedition ; 
rriro, below, under; the west; raroraroae, ol 
Ion extraolion. Tongan— cf, fautalo. a 
string of bark used in making Native oloth ; 
lalo, below, dowa 
HAURAROTUIA (myth.), a name of the canoe ot 
Maui. [See Midi,] 

HAUROKUROKU, unsettled. 

HAURUTU, dew. Cf. han, dew; hauih. dew; 
fioanui, dew; haurahi, dew; bautjka, he- 
diMvod ; haupapa, frost. [For Comparatives, 




HAUTA {hatUh)t one who beats time for the 
pollen in a oanoe. Cf. hau, eager, brisk; 
whakahau, to animate, give orders; ea, to 
■trike. [For comparatives, see Hin, and Ta.] 

HAUTAI, sponge. Gf. tot, the sea; hau, moisture. 

HAUTAKU {hautaku), bedewed, wet. Cf. hau, 
moisture, dew ; haumhJI^t bedewed, wet ; 
haunvif dew, ^c. [For comparatives, see 


HAUTAORUA, dew. Cf. hau, dew; haukU, dew; 
haunui, dew ; haurutu, dew, Ao, |Tor com- 
paratives, see Hau.] 

the carved Native house now in the Museum 
at Ohristchurch, New Zealand. It was built 
by Honu-tu-amo— A. H. M., ii 168. [For 
particulars of other carved houses, see Buapu- 


HAUTETE, to talk rapidly and indistinctly, to 
jabber. Cf. ngaUte, to crackle ; whaka-ieU^ to 
quarrel with ; hauhau, cool. 
Hawaiian— haukeke, to shiver with the 
cold; to be in pain with cold ; to be in pain : 
Ka haukeke o kona mau iwi ; the pain of his 
many bones. Cf. haukeuke, to shiver much 
and intensely with the cold ; haukea, the white 

HAUTOPE, to cut asunder: Ka hautopea afti 
tena waima i roto i Uma tiri— Ken., zvii. 14. 
Cf. hahau, to hew, chop ; tope, to out, to cut 
off ; hatepe, to cut asunder ; frpi, to pare off. 
[For comparatives, see Hau, and Tope.] 

HAUTU {hautu)f one who marks time for the 
paddlers in a canoe. Cf. whaka-hau, to in- 
spirit, command; tu, to stand; hautii, one 
who beats time in a oanoe. [For compara- 
tives, see Hau.1 

HAUTUMU, a head wind. Cf. tumu^ contrary; 
hauj wind. [For comparatives, see Hau.] 

HAUTUIA (myth.), the father of Hau-ngangana 
and son of Paroro-tea (" White Scud*')— S. R. 

HAUTU RE. the name of a fish, the Scad or Horse 
Mackerel (Ich. Caranx trachurtu). 

HAU WARE, saliva. Cf. hau^ moisture; ware, 
spittle ; exudation from trees ; haware, saliva ; 
huare^ saliva ; huware, spittle ; whawhau, to 
tie [eee Samoan] . 

Samoan — cf . faua^ spittle, saliva ; fauh, to 
drivel ; vale, snall-slime ; slime from the fau 
tree [see Whawhau] ; phlegm, mucus, ^or 
other comparatives, see Ware.] 

HAU WERE, hanging down, pendulous. Cf. were, 
to hang, to be suspended ; pungawerewere, the 
spider. [For comparatives, see Whawhau, 
and Webb.] 

HAUWHENUA, the land-breeze: E pupuhi ke 
ana te hauwhenua iara — G. P., 190. Cf. hau, 
wind ; wfienua, land. [For comparatives, see 
Hau, and Whsnua.] 

HAUWHENUA (myth.), the land-breeze per- 
sonified as an Air-deity. A child of Bangi 
and Papa — P. M., 15. 

HAW A, chipped, broken, notched. Cf. hau, an 
angle, corner; to strike, smite; wa, space 
between two objects ; heuea, to be separated ; 
awa, a channel. 

HAWAH AWA, to be smeared. Cf. haware, saliva ; 
tahawahawa, to be defiled by contact with 
something tapu. 

Samoan— sava, to be daubed with filth; 
filth, ordure. Tahitian — hava, dirty, filthy ; 
defiled; havahava, filthy; having been re- 
peatedly befouled, as an infant. Cf. tahatfa- 
hava, to befoul. Hawaiian— hawa, to be 
daubed with excrement ; to be defiled ; to be 
in a pitiable state; hawahawa, filthy, dirty, 
especially with such dirt as sticks to one. 
Marquesan— hava, dirty, fouled. 

HAW A, ) the ventral fin of a fish. Cf. 

HAWAHAWA.j pakihawa, the throat fin of a 
fish. 2. The fins of a fish. 

HAWAI, fungus on trees. 2. The name of a 
fish, the black kokopu {Galaxias), found in 
Lake Taupo. 

HAWAHAWAI, hillocks in which weeds are 
buried, and afterwards planted with potatoes. 

HAWAIKI (myth.), the cradle-land of the Maori 
(Polynesian) race. This would appear to be 
the impression produced by tradition, since 
no record appears of any older dwelling-place. 
Nevertheless, Hawaiki may have been the 
name of some place in which the migrating 
tribes rested for many generations ; or it may 
be the name of several places, the newer 
named in memory of the older. The locality 
of Hawaiki has caused much discussion ; but 
the evidence is so misty, and in many ways so 
conflicting, that the question is still open. 
The traditions vary in the different islands as 
to the way in which Hawaiki is regarded. 
Sometimes it is (as in New Zealand) an actual 
place: the names of its people, their wars, 
loves, works, Ac., told of with great wealth of 
legendary detail. In other islands (as in the 
Hervey and the Marquesan Islands), either 
the geographical existence has fadea into a 
mere poetical dream of Spirit-land, or it has 
become the veritable Hades, the shadowy 
Under- world of death, and even of extinction. 

New Zealand. — There is no detailed 
account of the land itself, and our knowledge 
has to be gleaned from incidental remarks in 
legends concerning tiie lives of the ancestral 
heroes. The Maori race living in Hawaiki 
seem to have had nearly the same cere- 
monies, weapons, customs, and dispositions as 
the Natives dwelling in these islands at the 
time of their discovery by Cook. It would 
appear, from the conclusion of the Maui 
legend, that Maui dwelt in Hawaiki (P. M., 
85) ; yet the land he pulled up from the ocean 
(Aotea-roa) is New Zealand, or rather its 
North Island, Te-Ika-a-Maui, (" The fish of 
Maui "). The great temple (Wharekura) was 
in Hawaiki, and accounts are given of those 
who attended it, and the reason of its over- 
throw. The word ^* wharekura,** however, is 
so constantly used as to other wharekura in 
New Zealand as to be confusing. The great 
double canoes used in the voyage to New 
Zealand were built in Rarotonga, ** which lies 
on the other side of Hawaiki," but it appears 
doubtful if the name applies to the island we 
know as Barotonga in the Hervey Group. [See 
Babotomoa.] It is stated that Ngahue dis- 
covered New ZeiJand when flying with his 




axes of jade, (greenstone, nephrite,) before 
Hine-tn-a-hoaoga and her weapons of obd- 
dian: then he returned to Hawaiki. The 
Arawa canoe was built from a totara tree, a 
tree indigenous to New Zealand, and not found 
in Barotonga (Hervey Islands) ; so, too, the 
^oporo treest which caused the dissensions 
u Hawaiki (leading to war and the migration) 
are pecoliarly New Zealand trees. The birds 
brought in the canoes, the pukeko, kakariki, 
Ac, are New Zealand species of birds. This 
would seem to discredit the evidence of the 
traditions, so far as detail goes. The time 
occupied in transit and incidents encountered 
should be some guide to us, but we are again 
met with improbabilities. Tun's voyage in 
the AoUa appears to have occupied some time ; 
they met storms, and put into an island 
named Bangitahua, where they refitted and 
again set out. This island cannot now be 
identified. The Arawa canoe was nearly 
destroyed in an immense whirlpool (Te waha 
o Parata), which is perhaps purely mytho- 
logical. Ngatoro went back to Hawaiki, when 
** the wind of Pungawere ** was blowing, in 
seven days and nights. But other legends say 
that canoes went to Hawaiki and brought the 
htmara to New Zealand in one night. Some 
writers consider that Savaii, in the Samoan 
Group, ia the original Hawaiki, guided by 
the similiarity of name (Savaiki). Others, 
lor a similar reason, believe that tne island of 
Hawaii (Sandwich Islands), is Hawaiki. The 
inhabitants of those islands themselves, how- 
ever, believe in another Hawaiki, neither in 
Samoa nor Hawaii. The subject is ably dealt 
with by Mr. Colenso, F.B.8., in *' Trans. N.Z. 
Inst.," vdk i. 396 et Sfq, A theory held by M. 
Lesson (**Le8 Polyn^ienes ") is that the Middle 
Island of New Zealand was the original Ha- 
waiki ; but this theory has, I believe, no sup- 
porters of any mark. The Asiatic origin of 
the Polynesians has been considered probable 
by Messrs. De Guignes, De Bougainville, 
Count de Gebelin, Cook, La Peronse, Marsden, 
Molina, De Fleurien, Chamisso, Baffles, Craw- 
furd, Bory St. Vincent, Balbi, Liitke, Beechey, 
Dnmont d'Urville, De Bienzi, Dieffenbach, 
Horatio ELale, Gaussin, De Bovis, Pomander, 
De Qnatrefages, and other eminent anthropolo- 
gists. In support of this theory, the Native 
timdition avers distinctly that the sailing 
directions from Hawaiki for New Zealand 
were to steer for the *' rising sun*' — P. M., 
134. On the other hsnd, another legend 
states that to those dwelling in New Zealand, 
Hawaiki was '* where the red sun comes up" 
—A. H. M., iiL 108. Throughout the South 
Sea Islands, the general notion is that Hawaiki 
is in the west; and souls going to Hawaiki 
as the Spirit-land always pass to a Rerenga 
wairua (spirit's leap) on the westernmost point 
of the islands. In New Zealand, the spirit's 
leap is at the most northern part of the North 
Island. [See Beinoa.j The canoes, accord- 
ing to many legends, seemed to be able to 
sail backwards and forwards to Hawaiki when 
they pleased, and with little danger. [See 
Hin.] The different arguments are too 
folumioous to be treated at length in the 
presen t work. This place called Hawaiki 
was undoubtedly considered to exist in the 
sense also, by New Zealanders as by 


Eastern Polynesians. In the legend of Rangi- 
whaka-oma^ we find that **the boy went 
quickly below to the Lower -world (Reinga) 
to observe and look about at the steep cliffs 
of Hawaiki"— A. H. M., iii. 129. It is also 
stated that Hawaiki-roa was the land fished 
up by Maui — A. H. M., v. 3. HaMrail. — 
The Hawaiian name of Hawaiki (thfe dialect 
drops k) is Hawaii, or at full length, Hawaii- 
kua-uli-kai-oo, which in Maori letters (abbrevi- 
ated to M.L.) is Hawaiki-tua-uri-tai-koko. It 
was situated in Eahiki-ku (M.L. — Tawhiti-tu), 
meaning Eastern Tahiti or Tawhiti. [Note. 
— This word has given rise to great confusion 
in Polynesian literature, the words Tahiti, 
Jliti, Itiy Kahiki being supposed invariably 
to refer to the Island of Tahiti (properly 
Tahaiti), but now known either to be the 
corresponding word to the Maori tawhiti, 
*' distance," or else referring to whiti or hiti, 
'* eastern," " sun-rising." In Hawaii, the word 
Kahiki (M.L. tawhiti) includes every group 
in the Pacific, from the Malay Archipelago to 
Easter Island.] This Eahiki-ku, in which 
Hawaiki was situated, was on the large conti- 
nent to the east of Kalana-i-Hau-ola (M.L. 
Taranga-i-HaU'Ora), where mankind was first 
created. [See Tabanoa, Haxjora, Kobe, and 
Tixi.] It was also called Kapakapa-ua-a-Eane 
(M.L. Tapatapa-kua-a-Tane) in a very ancient 
hymn. Other names are Aina-huna-a-EAne 
(M.L. Kainga-huna-a-Tane), ** The hidden land 
of Tane"; also, Aina-wai-akua-o-Eane (M.L. 
Kainga-wai-atua-o-Tane) and Aina-wai-ola-a- 
Eane (M.L. Kainga-wai-ora-a-TaneU **Land of 
the Divine Water of Tane." [See Tanb.] 
This country, as Pali-uli (M.L. Pari-uri), 
*'The dark mountain," is described as Para- 
dise. This paradise it seems possible that a 
man can again reach. The tradition says: 
"It was a sacred land: a man must be 
righteous to attain to it ; if faulty, he cannot 
go there; if he prefers his family, he will 
not enter into Paliuli.*' An ancient hymn 
says: — 

" Oh. Parinrl, hidden land of Tane ; 
LaDd in Taranga-i-Hau-ora ; 
In Tawhiti-tu, in Tapatapa-aa-a-Tane ; 
Land with springs of water, fat and moist, 
Land greatly enjoyed by the Qod." 

The traditions of this paradiEc have singular 
resemblance to the ancient legends of Eden. 
In the midst of Paliuli were the beautiful 
waters of life, transparent and clear [see 
Waiora]; and from hence were driven forth 
the Hawaiian Adam, Eumu-honua (M.L. => 
Tumu-whenua) [see Tuputupu-whenua] , and 
his wife, Ola-ku-honua (M.L. Ora-tu-whenua), 
This pair were supposed to be exiled on account 
of their having done some evil, not plainly 
stated, but connected with the sacred apple- 
tree {Ohia tneUmeU), or the "tabued bread- 
fruit tree," Ulu-kapu-a-Kane (M.L. Uru-tapu- 
a-Tane) ; and the man is often alhided to after- 
wards as "the fallen chief," "the mourner," 
"he who fell on account of the tree," Ac. 
Allusions are also made to the moopelo (M.L. 
mokiiper&jy some kind of lizard or reptile, as a 
lying animal, and a chant speaks of it under 
the name of the Ilioha — 

" The Ilioha, the mischief-maker, stands in the 
He has caught the chief Eo-honua," 6to. 




Then follows the man's new names : " Fallen,'* 
"Tree-eater,'* ••Mourner,** ••repenting,** Ac. 
These songs and allusions are far more ancient 
than the visit of any European. In one of the 
Hawaiian genealogies, that of Euma-uli-po 
(M.L. Tumu-uri-Po)j the first person on earth 
is supposed to have been a woman, Lailai, 
who was evolved from Night (Po). She and 
her husband, Ee-alii-wahi-lani (M.L. Te Ariki- 
wahi-rangi), were the parents of Eahiko (M.L. 
Tawhito\ the father of Wakea (Atea), [See 
Tawhito, and Atea.] A great chief, whose 
name was Hawaii- loa (M.L. Hawaiki-roa), or 
Ke Kowa-i-Hawaii (M.L. Te Toa-i-Hawaiki ?), 
sailing east towards lao (Jupiter, when morn- 
ing star), first discovered Hawaii, and then 
returned to fetch his wife and family, which 
having succeeded in doing, his progeny peopled 
the Sandwich lelands. The Hawaiian, like 
the New Zealand navigators, seem to have 
been able to go to and from Hawaiki when 
they pleased. [See Fornander, y. l.j As the 
Marquesans cfaim descent from one of the 
twelve sons of Toho, so the Hawaiians are 
descended, according to the legend of Eumu- 
honua, from one of the twelve sons of Einilau- 
a-mano (M.L. TiniraU'a-mano)^ whose father 
was Menehune, the son of Lua-Nuu (M.L. 
Ruanuku). [See Buanuku, and Tinirau.] 
Marquesas. — The Marquesans are the only 
Maoris who have kept the record of a national 
name. This they say is "TeTake.** They 
claim that the god Tane, one of the twelve 
sons of Toho, was their original ancestor. 
His home was in Take-hee-hee, or Ahee-take 
(M.L. Take-herehere, or Ahere-take), They 
mention seventeen stopping - places, one of 
which was Vavau (? Vavau, near Tonga) [see 
Wawau] , before they reached Ao-maama (M.L. 
Ao-marama), ** the White World,** their present 
abode. Perhaps this name, like the New Zea- 
land name, Ao-tea, having a similar meaning, 
is a reference to the land pulled up from the 
Abyss by Maui. The Marquesans mention a 
Tree of Life in their Paradise : — 

•' The tree of life, Arm rooted in heaven above, 
The tree producing in all the heavens 
The bright and sprightly sons." 

But this, which may be a mystical tree, cannot 
be referred to in the iucantation used at human 
sacrifices, when there was mention of ''the red 
apples eaten in Vavau,*' and " the tabued apples 
of Atea,** as being the cause of all evil and 
misfortune. ''From Vavau to Havaii** is the 
earthly boundary. Havaiki. in the Marquesas, 
is •• below,** a world of death and fire. Thither 
went Maui to get the Rift of fire for man from 
the fire-goddess [see Tregear, Trans., xx. 386J ; 
and the name is uRed in modem times as an 
equivalent to *• Hell." Havaii is spoken of in 
the Marquesan legend of the Deluge as the 
first land appearing after the Flood : •• Great 
mountain ridges, ridges of Havaii.'* Ma- 
ngareva, and the Gambler Islands. — 
Here Avaiki has taken to itself almost entirely 
the spiritual character. It signifies (1.) an 
abyss; (2.) Hell ; (3.) antipodes ; and (4.) the 
name of a place mentioned in ancient song, 
and now conjectured to mean Hawaii in the 
Sandwich Islands. It is also called Havahiki, 
a word which (recognising the full value of 
Polynesian phonetics) may be tiie really 
original and perfect form: Ki U nuku ke, ki 

Raro, i Havahiki; To the other world, the 
Under(-world), Havahiki. Mangaia, and 
the Hervey Islands. — Avaiki has here lost 
all apparent geographical value. It is entirely 
the Spirit-world, the Under-world, where the 
Bun goes to rest at night, and whither the souls 
of the dead depart. [Ab an entirely mythical 
place, it is more fully described under Kobs.] 
In Avaiki, the great pua tree (Fagraa berteri- 
ana) stands beside the lake Vai-roto-Arikit 
*' the Royal Freshwater Lake." On this tres 
the spirits of those who die are received ; thence 
they fall into the fatal net of Akanga, and then 
pass into the fire of Mim [see MibuJ ; that is. 
the souls of the mean and oowardly so fall — 
M. S., 161. In Aitutaki, the heaven of souls 
is called Iva. There the spirits (of those who 
have been buried with proper funeral offerings) 
lie evermore at ease, chewing sogar-oane, Ao, 
Tonga.— We have no record of Hawaiki, 
either as a supernatural or historioal locality, 
among the Friendly Islanders. A place oallod 
Bulotu receives the souls of the Tongan chiefs; 
and it was from this place, an island lying to 
the north-westward, that their ancestors came, 
they being two brothers, who, with their wives 
and attendants, left Bulotu by order of the god 
Tangaloa. This ancestral home is the dwel- 
ling of the gods. In it stands Akaulea ("the 
Speaking Tree **), which executes the orders of 
the divinities, and stands near the Water of 
Life, the Vaiola. [See Eorb, and Waioba.] 
As only the nobles have souls, they alone pass 
to Bulotu, to what has been aptly called *'a 
Paradise of the Peerage.'* The petty chiefs, 
the MatabuU, go to Bulotu, as servants of the 
chiefs ; the common people, or Ttia, cease to 
exist with the death of the Body. [See 


HAWAIKI (myth.), the Ancestral Land personi- 
fied. Hawaiki was a child of Papa (the 
Earth), by Whiwhia-te-rangi-ora. She ha4 a 
sister called Wawauatea — A. H. M., i. App. 
[See Wawau.] In Hawaii there was a great 
navigator called " Hawaii** : *• Here is Hawaii, 
the island, the man**; and "A man is Ha- 
waii'* (He kanaka Hawaii), This allusion is 
perhaps to the Hawaii-loa, spoken of in pre- 
ceding description as the discoverer of Hawaii 

HAWARE (hhware), saliva. Ct ware, saliTa; 

hauware, saliva; htiare, saliva; hmware, 

saliva. 2. To groan. 
HAWAREWARE, full of saUva. [For oompara. 

tives, see Wars, and Hauwabi.] 

HAWAREWARE (fUiwareware), lean, spare in 
body. Cf. ware, mean in social position; 
wliare, a house. [See Hawaiian.] 
Hawaiian — hahaie, to flatten down; to 
sink in; (6.) to be hungry; halehale, to sink 
down ; to fall in ; to flatten down, as the roof 
of an old house. Gf . hale, a house ; hahaie, 
lying, deceitful ; hawale^ lying, deceitful ; 
walewale, destitution. Tongan— cf. vale^ a 
fool, ignorant ; valevaU, young, tender, applied 
to infants. Manga re van-Hcf* varevaret to 
be awkward. 

HAWATA {h^wata), to mutter. 

HAWE, the name of a bird having some long 
skeleton feathers, very highly prized- by the 
Natives. It is only found near the North 
Cape. Cf. awe, the long hairs on a dog's taiL 




Whaka-HAWEA, io despite; B whakahaweatia 
ttna € Bhau tona matamuatanga — Ken., xxv. 
84. 2. To diBbelieye. 

HAWEPOTIKI (myth.), the name of a boy, the 
•on of Uennkn, the high priest in Hawaiki. 
Hawepotild was killed in revenge for a marder 
eommitted by his father ; and this led to the 
trouble by which Tori was driven oat in the 
Aotea eanoe to New Zealand— P. M., 126. 

HAWERA (Aavera), a place where the fern or 
bosh has been destroyed by fire. Gf. wera, 
burnt ; tawtra^ a burnt place in a wood ; para- 
wtruy land where the fern has been burnt ofF. 
[For eomparatives see Wbba.] 

HAWERE (hdimen), a variety of the humara 
(sweet potato). 2. A fruitful year. 

HAWINIWINI (hdiiminhnnC)y to shiver with oold; 
to shudder. Ct vtntwtfii, to shudder ; huwini- 
winLy chilled, having the skin roughened wi^ 

HAWHATO, (Cordiee^ roberttii,) a genus of 
Aseomyoetons fungi, which attacks the cater, 
pillar of the Ghost Moth {Hepiahu), [For 
oomparatives see Awhato.] 

HAWHE, to go or come round. Gf. awhe, to 
pass round or behind ; awheo, to be surrounded 
with a halo ; taawhiy to be travelled all round ; 
takaawhe, oironitous. [See Whawhs.] 
Saxnoan — ct »afe, panntu menttrualu, 
Tongan—^. aft, to turn in at, as into a 
house whsn on a journey; afeafeiy to coil 
roand the body ; hafe, to carry suspended by a 
string from the neck or shoulder ; aftafttata^ 
to tarn short, to turn and go again ; afeitui, a 
serpentine path. Ext. Poly.: Aneltyum — 
ef. o/ioe, to whirl round the head. 

HE, a, an ; a word used as an indefinite article, 
sometimes used in the plural : He aitua hau, 
he aitua uo— A. H. M., li. 4 : Tikina he ahi i 
a Mahuika—F. M-, 25. 
Saxnoan— se, a, or an : 8e ipu vai malulu : 
a cup of oold water. Tahitian— e, indefinite 
article : B va to ihora oia e fanua atura e 
tamaiti ; And she brought forth a son. Ha- 
^H^aiian — he, a, or an: Aohe alii au, he 
kanaka nae; I am not a chief, but I am a 
man. Tongan— ha, a: Ha tagata Uleimo 
bote; A man good and wise. Gf. he, the. 
Rarotongan — e, a, or an: E atamoa kua 
akaiina hi nmga i U enua net; A ladder set 
upright on the ground. Marquesan— he, 
(sometimes e,) a, or an ; Hakahaka he hae ma 
eia : Build a house upon it. Mangarevan 
—^ a, an, or the : Homai ta te tupuna kia na 
e tunUurumana; His grandfather gave him 
a staff of power. Ext. Poly. : Fiji— cf. a, an 
article, as a tamata, a man. 

HE (Ad), wronff; unjust; unfair; improper; sn 
error, mistake : Ka noho tonu ki te arai atu i 
te he—M. M., 82. Cf. takahe, to go wrong ; 
Atfwo, to be deluded; j^hehe, mistaken; whe^ 
a caterpillar [see Tahitian]; ke, strange. 2. 
A difiSculty, trouble ; to be in trouble. 8. To 
be acquainted with. 4. Suffocated (I he te 

HEHE (hthX)y gone astray. 2. Consternation 
(one aiith.). 

HENGIA (passive), to be mistaken for another. 

Whaka-HE, to mislead, to cause to err. 2. To 
tad. lault with \ to oondsmn; to object to, to 

speak against. 8. To commit some act which 
will bring down vengeance on one's own tribe, 
as a means of revenge for an insult offered by 
one of the tribe. 4. A mistake, an error : Me 
whakatika ata nga whahahe — A. H. M., ii. 3. 

Samoan— se, to wander ; (6.) to mistake ; 
sese, to wander; (&.) to mistake; (c.) to do 
evil, to do wrong, applied to such sins as adul- 
tery, &Q. ; (d.) to be nearly blind ; fa'a-sese, to 
mislead ; (h.) to bring the head of a canoe to 
the wind, so as to leave the sail flapping. 
Tahitian— he, an error, a mistake; wrong, 
erroneous ; (6.) a caterpillar. [Kotb.— This is 
Maori wht, a caterpillar. The Tahitian has 
hape, error, and he, error ; but hape also means 
a caterpillar : see Hape. J Hehe, shy, strange, 
alienated; faa-he, to condemn, to accuse of 
error ; (h.) to lead astray, to cause error ; faa- 
he he, to cause an alienation between friends ; 
strange, distant. Gf. hepo, to be in confusion. 
Hawaiian — cf. he, a grave ; a dividing line 
between lands ; the name of the little worm 
that eats the leaves of the cocoanut and palm- 
leaf pandanus ; to roar as a strong wind, such 
as roais down ravines; the name of a war 
weapon ; htwa, wrong, erroneous. Tongan 
— he, astray ; lost ; to err, deviate ; hehe, to 
stray, to miss the way, to wander ; faka-he, to 
mislead, to misdirect ; one who leads others 
astray; faka-hehe, to drive away, as birds. 
Gf. hehee, to drive away ; feheaki, to go astray 
on both sides. Marquesan— cf. hehe, one 
who is not tattooed properly ; hekeke, to mis- 
take the road. Rarotongan— e, to err, to 
go astray ; an error, mistake : E ktta e kotou 
ra; If you have done wrong: Kua e tela; It 
was an error. Mangarevan— ehe (for hehe). 
to stray, go wrong ; an error, mistake ; hee, to 
wander, to lose one's way ; (6.) to have lost 
one's reason ; to be delirious ; hehe, as hee ; 
aka-aheahe, to cause to stumble. Paumo- 
tan— he, crooked, awry ; hehe, crooked, irre- 
gular ; faka-he, to mislead ; (b.) to deny ; to 
abjure ; faka-hehe, to be crazy, mad ; (&.) to 
refute, to confute ; (c.) to bend, to warp ; (d.) 
deceit, fraud, perfidiousness. Ext. Poly. : 
Fiji— cf. sete, wandering about; astray; in 

H EA, a multitude, majority. 

HEA, "What place?" E haere ana koe kiheat 
—P.M., 61. 2. "What time?" Gf. ahea, 
"when?" tehea, "which?" 

HEA HEA, every place, [For comparatives, see 

HEAHEA, foolish, silly. 

HEANQA, error, a mistake. [See Hb.] 

HEi, a neck ornament ; to wear round the neck : 
Katahi ka mahara a Te Kanawa ki tona hei—^ 
P. M., 176. Gf. htitiki, a neck-ornament of 
jade ; whitiki, to tie up ; a girdle ; whiwhi, to 
be entangled [see Tahitian] ; hi, to fish with 
a line; whai, to pursue [see Mangarevan]; 
tohai, "cat's cradle" [see Hawaiian]; tihei, 
to carry a burden on the back, holding it in 
place with the hands [see Hawaiian]. 2. 
Samples of what has been prepared for a 
feast, presented as an act of courtesy. 
Samoan — sei, to put a flower into the hair, 
or behind the ear ; a flower so placed ; seisei, 
to adorn the head with flowers; fa'a-sei, to 
adorn with flowers. Tahitian— hei, a wreath 




or gailajid of flonera ; (b.) to sntancle and 
catch in a net ; heihei, a garland of flowers ; 
{b.) to eotangle repeatedly; faa-hei, to put 
a garland oa the head; [b.) to catch Gah in 
a mil : (c-) to get or obtain some good or 
b«iietit. Ct. atohfi, to plock and gather 
flowers tar a hei or garland ; heiomii, to be 
entangled, at Ssk b; the heads ; heipue. ga- 
thered, congregated, a£ people; heipuni, Ui be 
entangled, beset on ever; side; to be in the 
Qiidet of difScultiea; lahei, a faaodkerchieE or 
upper garment ; to cast a net for fish, Ha- 
waiian— hei, a net, a snare for entangling 
Bnd taking an animal ; to entangle aa in a net 
(applied to men) : A hei ilto ia laiou i kana 
Kpena ; They catch them in their net ; To 
catch or entangle one by the neck or legs ; (b.) 
ft draught of Gahea; game taken in hunting; 
(c.) the game of "cat's cradle;" (d.) the oerB- 
nonj ol hanging greener)' about the house of 
the goda, to render the sacriGcea acceptable; 
{(.) a wreath of green leBves; (/.) the fruit of 
the pawpaw tree ; (j.) the pawpaw tree (aUo 
called miU) ; heihei, to run aa in a race, to run 
a race ; hehei, to entangle in a net, as tsh, or 
birds in a snare ; hoo-hei, to set a snare i (6,) 
to be entangled in a snare. Ct. heiav, a large 
idolatrous temple ; htihsimaa, a canoe-race ; 
iahei, a belt ; a sack passing over the ehonl- 
der ; a cloth for preserving goods ; kihei, the 
garment formerly worn by Ijawaiian men, tied 
in a knot on the shonlder. Marquesan— 
het, a collar, a necklace; (6.) to adorn, em- 
bei;i6h; (c.) to entangle: A Mulaliti ua liri 
ma una; Muluhei was entwined above. Ct. 
itiki, to lie. bind. Mangarevan— heihei, 
to chase, to drive o9, to exile. Cf. eiei. a kind 
of common fern or bracken. Paumotan— 
faka-hei, to take captive, Ifakahei haakai,) to 
enslave. Cf. hiliki, a ^dle. Eit. Paly. ; 
Fiji — cf. <;, lo flower; if-iia. a Bower ; it-aa, 
to pluck flowers; levaki, driven away- 
HEI (myth.), a fhief who camo to New Zea- 
land in the Arawa canoe, [8ee Anini.] He 
settled at Wlutianga, and waa buritid at the 
extremity o( the promontory {0-a-lui\—9. H., 


HEIHEI, noiae. 3. The ham-door fowl (modem?) 
Hawaiian — cf. boo-heihei, a drum ; to 
Boutid or strike the drum ; hehe, to laugh, 
mock ; hthei, to be ennnored. Eit. Poty. : 
Malagasy— of. hehij, the scratching of the 
ground, as poulD7, ite. Malay — cl. haijan, 
a fowl ; hayan-kakiih, a cook. 

Whaka-HEI, to go to meet. Cf. heipii, coming 
straight towards. 2. To inspirit, to rally. 

HEINQA, a parent ; ancestor. 

HEIO, the tiilge of a hUl. 

HEIPU [heipk), coming straight towards. Cf. 
vihaha-hei, to go to meet ; pu, precise, very. 
2. Just, proper. 

HEITIKI, an ornament of jado. shaped like a dis- 
torted human figure, worn on a necklet ; 1 u 
htitiki etehi, i te kurupounavtu eUlii—P. M.. 
70. Ct. liH, to wear round the neok; tiki, a 
carved figure on the gable ot a house ; the 
name ot a deity [see Tisi] ; iikiliki, a girdle ; 
a kuot of hair on the top of the head ; uiAiliJti, 
h girdle ; to gird ; tckiti, a hoop ; ichiiehi, to 
entangle, £a. (aa hei), [For oomparativea, sea 
Hra, and Tm-J 

HEKA, mouldy. CI. punihekahtka, mouldy. 
Mangarevan— eka, mouldy, roouldiness. 
Paumotan — hekaheka, discoloured. To- 
□gan— cf. Iieheka, to heal, to fill or close up, 
aa a wound. Tahitlao— of. hta, a disease o( 
children (IhruBh). but vaguely used tor maDy 
internal disorders; A^utoutfC;, jaundice, Sx. 
Hawaiian — cf. hia. sore eyes, red, and 
intianied ; heahea, to imprint with spots; 
stained, as with red earth -, hrana, a corpse, « 

HEKE| to descend ; ffeke nfi, heki nci le leaka ra 
—a—ka iigaro te ihu— P. M., U. Cf. ekt. tO 
ascead. mount upon ; pnheke, to slip ; tahekf, 
to descend ; tiiiheke, to deraend. 2. To ebb, 
3. To drip. Ct. pahekt, to have a running 
iasue. 1. To migrate; one who migrates; a 
miuration : E ki nga korero o le tieke o Paikea 
—0.-8, IT ; Ka heke alu lie wlurnua ke—F. M., 
70. C(. eke, to go on board a vessel, got on a 
horse, itc. 5. To decline lowarde eotting, ai 
the sun ; Nana, kiia heke te ra, kiia ahiaM— 
Kai., lit. 9. B. Tomias amark. Cf. hiki, to 
skip, miss, as a word in a charm. 7. To slop« 
downwards : Tnkota ana he rooroo. heke ana 
he auiaoiffa— P. M., 25, 8. A rafter: Tt 
tahnkti, nga heke, nga kaho—Q. P., S94. 9. 
A kind of eel. 

HEKEHEKE,todeseend, decline: Moku ano met 
ra, mo fe ra ka hekeheke — Prov. : Kapua heke- 
heke iho i rungao Rehia — A. H. M., li. S. 

HEKETANQA, the descent ot a hill. 

HEKENQA, a migration. 2. Adesoent: E na 
ami hekengn o te aho—P. H.. 2S. 

Whaha-MEKE, to cause to deaoend. Ac. ; to let 
down : Ka tchakaliekea ki te moatia nga aho — 
M. M.. 181. 2. A rope. 3. To catch eela bj 
means of a net attached to a weir. 

Whaka-HEKEHEKE, striped: Kga mea whnka- 
heluhekt, me nga mea purepure—K«n,, uii. 35. 
Samoan — se'e, lo slip, to slide, to glids 
along; (ft.) to be dislocal«d, aa a joint; (c.) to 
beg for food : ae'ese'e, to drag oneself along, 
sitting on the ground; fa'a-Be'O, to glide oo 
the breakers bj means of a board, or the stem 
of a ooooanut leaf, when there is a swell oa 
the reef or on the shore ; tb.) a small shed 
built against the side of a bouse; (c.) aside, 
sideways ; u'ego, a party gliding on thS 
waves. Ct. sK. to wander ; matt'eie'e. slippery. 
Tahltian — hee, to be in a discharged or 
banished coudilion, as of one Inmed out ol 
his place ; (b.) to be swimming in the snrf. ■ 
favourite paatime ; faa-hee. to remove or leavB 
through some oEFence or displeasure ; (t.) td 
float or swim on a sort-board ; (r.) to eaofe an 
evacuation ot the body by means of a purga- 
tive. Cf. atiihec, a stranger, foreigner ; taA«, 
to be purging ; heeanni. to swim on the t«p ol 
a rolling sea ; herpiie. to sail before the wind ; 
aheehee, to ebb. as the sea; pabee, to slip or 
slide, as the foot ; to ebb, as the sea ; ^^ ID 

Hawaiian— hee, to melt or tun. as liquid; 
to flow, as blood or water; a flowing, as ot 
liquid; (fi.) to slip or slide away; to play on 
the surf-board: O AUtka, o hrel Ob Alalea, 
glide away I [c.) A flight, aa ot a vanquished 
army; to flee, through fear: O ka poe i hee; 
The vam^uished flying people, (tl.) A bloodf 
isBue, aa cala^neriia : He Tcabine hre koko; k 
woman with ait issue of blood. («.) A Iftnd- 


[61 J 


Blip: Meht htt nui no kttahiai: Like a great 
laodBlip from the hills. (/.) The rope that 
rapports the mftal ; s sta;; hehee, to melt, 
as metals ; to liquefy oof solid substance ; 
liquid, tbin, flowing: to flow: to solicit, as 
th« b«*Tt ; to make teaitoJ ; £ hthte auanei 
fca foi ; The iDhabitants shall melt anaj. 
HehehM, to fade, as the colours of calioo ; 
heehee, to flow or melt avaj ; to become 
liquid; (b.) to flee in battle; {e.) to dip np 
water with a cnp ; (if.) an avalanche, a tand- 
alip; h(X>-hM,tD oanae to melt; (ft.llocaiiaB 
to flee, to rout, as an anny; hoa-hehae, to 
melt, to liqaeff: h00-he«hee, to make angry, 
to TO ; to bo wild. CI. ((. to gel on boarii 
(bip ; heehia, to tremble with Sear ; heehnhia, 
a machine soinething like b sled, on whioh the 
BDcient Hawaiians slid downhill ; heckoko, a 
flowing of blood, especially the ealamenia or 
wifiuti ; heenalu. to tlide or play on the surf- 
board : hxtvaU, to melt easily ; to flee like a 
coward in the time of wivr; kiiihet, to doubt, 
hesitate; pahtekte. slippery, muddy, as a 
ro«4 ; pohfran, to slip or toll down a steep 
precipice on account of a great rein. To- 
ngan ^~ h«ke, to move on the poeteriois ; 
hekec, lo slide, to slip ; heheke, smooth, slip- 
pery; (1>.) to slide or skim over the surface; 
{<-.) to be beguiled or deceived ; hekeheke, 
■lipperj, smooth; faka-heke, to cause others 
to alip and fall ; {b.) to Bslter, to beguile ; 
addicted to Battery; (c.) to word off. Ct. 
hektatmi, to slide, to slip ; htkenoa, to go ; to 
be when one has no bQiineBs; feheiKkeaki, to 
glide to and fro, as a bird flying, or a canoe 
•ailing to and "fro in smooth water ; la dance 
•long. Mangalan— eke, to descend : Kun 
Tenet te po. ka ike ata ai,e; Nixht is at hand, 
whither thou most descend. Marquesac — 
heke, to go by the sea-coast; heo, to go, to 
Kt out on a journey ; heehee, to peel bread- 
fruit. Mangarevan — heke, to (all down; 
to fall in; j6.) to sink with too ranch weiRht; 
hekega, defeat; a lost battle; aka-heke, to 
deniotish. to beat down ; to make to tall {ot 
Iruit) ; aka-hekeheke, to reduce to apulp; (6.) 
to have a conference; to question each other, 
Cf. ekf, to embark ; tkerke, to soften by boil- 
ing; h^ketoio. a &0V/ ol blood. Paumotan — 
faka-heke, to have a misearrisBe ; abortion ; 
(b.) to banish, eipel ; (c) a purgative ; to 
purge ; {d.\ to give a passage to. Ct. la; ^, 
to eipel, banish ; Hekeiio, to pass ; a voyage. 

HEKEKEKE-I-PAPA (myth.l, the name of Turi's 
cultivation al Patea— P. M., 136. [See Tuai.] 

HEKEMAI, a kind oC shark. 

HEKERAU. smaU tubers of kunuxra. 

HEKERUA, a sucker thrown out by a plant. 

HEKETARA, the name of a tree (Bot. Olearia 

HEKETUA, Gvacoation ot fircti ; a cesspool ; a 
privy : Ka hanga lioki e ia te hiketua hei 
thakattinga mo nga taliae—F. M,, 37. Cf. 
hek*. to drip, 
TahiliaD — cf. hee, to cause an evacuation 
of the body by meana cf a purgative; lalier, 
to be purging. Hawaiian— ci. lue, to flow 
as a liquid ; a bloody tssuo. Toagan— cf. 
heke, to move on the posteriors ; heheke, 
MBiooth, alippej;. Uaii{[arevaii— al. heki- 

toto. a flow of blood. Paumotan — at. fakn- 
heke, to purge ; a purgative. 

HEMA, procreative power (one anth.) : Ka lapa 
te iiiffoa taua lamitili ko llema hti ingoa, mO 
laku hemahemalanga iho ki a koe — A. H, M., 
i, 47, 

HEMA (myth,), a celebrated hero or demigod ot 
antiquity. He was tlie son of Kaitangula by 
Whaitiri. Ho was slain by some evil and 
Bupcroatnral creatures dwelling by day in the 
water, and called in the North Island the 
Ponaturi [see TonitiibiJ , and in the South 
Island Paikea. Kewa. and Ihupuku, name* 
referring to sea-monsters or whales. Hema'B 
wife was named UrutonKa; by her he bad 
three children, a giri called Pupnmainono, and 
two sons. Earihi and Tawhaki. Uema's wife 
is said in another legend to be Eaienuku, the 
younger sister of Puku, AiCer Hema'i murder, 
Tawhaki revenged him by slaying the Pona- 
turi, and res<;uing his father's bones, [See 
T:twBASi.l There are several versions of the 
Blory, whioh is very ancient. In one legend 
the name of Hema'a wife (and mother of 
Tawhaki) ia Aranheta-i-te-rangi. In another 
Uema is called a female, and has for husband 
Hnarot'i, begetting flrdttbe girl Pupumainono, 
then Karibi, then Tawbski-A. H. M., i. 54. 
[See Wohl., Trans., vii, 15 and 41 ; P. U.. 36; 
A. H. M., i. 120, 121, 128.] 
Hawaiian— Hema and his brother Punft 
ll'ung'i) were Bons of Aikanaka (A'ailanffota) 
by Hinabanaiakamalama, according to the 
Ulu genealogy. [Bee Hctiuw ; bIfo Tregear, 
Trans., lii. 600.] His son was Eahai (Ta- 
lehnki). Uina was disgusted with her children's 
dirtiuess. and she went to the moon. Hina is 
almost certainly a lunar goddess ; and the 
story of the dirty child is transteired in Maori 
legend to the account of Tawhaki and Taugo- 
tango— P. M., 41. Hema sailed to a far-oit 
country, where he was slain by a people which 
killed all strsugers. Kohai went in search o( 
him— For., P. 11., i, 11)1, and ii, 16. Tahi- 
tlan — c(. bemulieiaa, the Nautilus {Argonaul). 

HEMANGA, a basket half-fuU. 

HEMIKEMI, the occiput, the bock of the head: 
Kti te korero mai, ki tua o U liemihemi—Frov, 

KEMO, to be passed by; to be gone away: Hemo 
kau ulu ana taua main ruka—P. M„ 24. Cf, 
pakemo, passed by. 2. To go for a thing, or 
be gone to fetch it: Ka hemo a liangi ki tt 
h!taia—i.. H. M., i, 30. S. To miss a mark: 
Ht too rakim e karohia ata ka hemo; te too 
hi, leerohla mai, tu tonu — Prov. 4. To be 
consumed. 5. To be dead : A ka hemo, a ka 
kohia atu ki tona iai — Ken., zlii. 33. 6. To 
bo faint : Ka hi U ata ka karanga atu ia ' Ka 
hemo ax i te kai '— P, U., 26. Ct. moe. to 
sleep ; to die. [See Hawaiian.] 7, To suffer, 
as to be pinched with cold, £c. : Kit hemo 
Taua i te hauaita—Viahl., Trans., vii. 60. 8. 
Denoting the completion ot an action. 

Whaka-H£MO,(o consume. 2. To be oonsnmed. 

Wbaka-HEMOHEMO, to attend at the death-bed 
of anyone. S, To be at the point of death. 
Tahilian— hemo, to be oul-done in a con- 
test; (A.) to shp oS, SB the handle ot a tool ; 
faa-hemo, to out-do, to eicel ; (6.) to break or 
nullify an agreement ; a breaker of an agiee- 

CI. lahtmo, to Qntie, m a knot ; to diEanniil, 
as aa agreement.- Hawaiian — hemo, to 

looKD, to untie, aa a rope ; to cast off ; loose, 
separaliog; (b.) to come out, to move away. 
depart; (c.) to tam off. as a tenant; to dis- 
poEseas ol one's land ; (it.) to looaen, i.i, to 
Bet sail, as a vessel ; {e.) to break loose from 
restraint or eoDfinemeot; to break over a 
boundary ; {/.) to break off a habit ; to wean. 
aa a child ; hoo-hemo, to loosen, i.e. divorce 
Dinrried persons ; (6.) to set at liberty ; hemo- 
hemo, to loosen very much ; (6.1 to be weak 
from fear; (c.| to be ncfastened; hoo-hemo- 
hemo, to take away, to separate. Cf, ohemo, 
neaiied, as a child from the breast ; to dis- 
charge (reely from the bowels, as in dyaentery ; 
ohemohemo, faint, languid ; lurnoe, faint, hun- 
gry, dying ; tilumo. to break off, to separate 
into parts; to divorce; hinaAtino, to nmoose; 
a feeble state of health; pafifma, to loosen, set 
loose ; to slip, as one walking ; to slip off, as 
tkO aie from its helve ; pohemo, to slip out ol 
the hand. Tongan — ef. homo, to slacken, to 
become loose. Mangarevan— emo, to be 
foictdfrom. to pull away; detached; emorage, 
rapture, separation ; aka-emo, to detach, to 
untie ; aka-smasmo, to pass anything on to 
annlher person ; (b.) to untie often. Pau- 
motan— hehemo, to be divorced. Cf. ma- 
htmo, abortion ; fumokia-alu, to redeem, to 
free. Mangalan — cf.iruiflno. toslip throogh 
or away Irom. Ext, Pol;.: Malagas7--~cf. 
htmotra, pulled back, drawn bock. 

HENI, (for Hani,) the name of a weapon: Ko 
tono hmi ana he ki lona nn^aringa mau at — 
A. H. M., i. UB. 

HENUMI, to be out of sight, to disappear. Cf. 
ntinumi, to disappear behind ; nuniinunii, to 
be ashamed; Aaniimt, to be swallowed up; 
ir^riu, the warp of cloth. [See Samooii.] 

Whaka-HENUMI, to cause to disappear. 

Saiooan — cf. /etu, to make a join in 
plaiting, Aa. ; numi, to be involved, to be in- 
tricate ; to rumple; it gather ik a dress. 
Tahitian— of. /mu, the strand of a rope ; 
venu, the threads that are woven into a mat. 
Tongan — fenumi, to be hidden by other 
things. CI. fenumiimmiaki, to cover up or 
over; to conceal; numi, to gather in sewing ; 
to plait; to packer ; to crease; mnninni, to be 
creased, crimped, not folded. Mangarevan 
— cf. envftai, flexible ; slack, as a rape ; 
Runumi, to press strongly, to imprint. Mo- 
rlori— ct. hoko-ahtjoi, to spin a thread. 

HEKQA, the edge of the boll of a canoe to wbich 
the rauaica or streak-board is fastened. 2. 
Food lor a working party : Kei tavahi tomt, t 
taka ana i te lunga^k. M. H., iii. 7. S. (See 
Hanralian—cf. lune, a bundle, as of pota- 
toes or other things, done op lor carrying; 
htga, the hollow of the thigh ; the buttocks ; 
the nakedness of a person ; the mora veTitrit. 
Mangarevan— egaega, a jomt; a division 
between parts. C[. Iirgaga, a piece of wood 
atrelched along the walls, by which the rafters 
are supported, Eit. Pol^- : Motu — of. heni, 


1] Here 

HENQI, I to blow gently. Cf. anri. light ^ ; 

HEHENQI.I maiangi, wind; kohmgi. wind; 
palitngibengi, blowing gently. 

Whaka-HENQI, to move stealthily. 

Samoan— cf. tegi, ahy, wild, not tame; to 
snatch ; agi, to blow (of the wind). Ha-wal- 
ian — ct. henipoa, feeble, weak; aiti, to Uow 
softly, as a gentle breeze. Tongan — ci.JMfi, 
wild, not tame ; higihtgi, the dawn of day. 

HENQIA, black skin. 

Samoan — cf. ttgi, wild, not tamo; ugUtgi, 
twilight. Tahltian-cf. A«iDa,tobebUckaIl 
over ; variegated. Tongan— d. higi, wild, 
not tamo; to scar, to bum any eruption oo 
the skin ; bahtgia, to be suffocated with he«t ; 
to be blasted ; to termenL 


HEOI, (or Heoti,)aword denoting saffldeneyand 
completeness, generally nsed with ano, as han 
ano, enough. Cf. oti, flniahed. 3. Implying 
that what f ollowB is the natural result of what 
has jQSt been stated; aooordingly; and w. 
a. But, however. 

HERE (myth.), the name of a deity. He wai a 
son of Bangi'potiki, the Prop of Heaven [lea 
ToEo] by bu wife Papa-tn-a-nnkn. Here wai 
a twin-brother of Ponga, tbe god of Uiuds — 
S. R, 17. 

HERE, to tie, to tie up, to buteo with ooHs : JTa 
hetea ki te tauiMOm o te waka—?. H., 117. 
Cf. paihere, to make up into bundles ; tahtre, 
to tie; ensnare; ahtn, a bird-anare; pihere, 
a snare ; houatre, to tie, to bind ; icere, to b« 
suspended. 3. To oall, as to a feast : E koft 
t Paeko e htrea—i. H. M-, v. 23. 

HEREHERE, to tie, to tie up : I Aonpa hoki ki U 
ahua te tohora i hereherea ai e taUm i 
Whangaparaoa — O.-S, IB. 3. A captive. K 
slave ; Ka riro hoki rattni i U herekere — Tin., 
ziviii. 41. Cf. Iwepu. to seise, catoh, hold 
firmly ; wkaka-ahere, to oppreai, maltreat- 

Whaka-HERE, a present; to conciliate with a 
present: Hei tehakakert ki tana afua~H88. 

HEREA, to be predestined to death; A koia rA 
tana alua toha mo nga moAi kua hena — 
A. H- M., v. 42. 

Samoan— sela, to snare; a inare; (b.) t, 
bamboo; selesele, a species of sedge. Ct. 
matiuele, a noose; feltfele, to be involved; 
intricate; teUfatu, the ^ell used for scraping 
breadfruit. Tahitian — here, a string nooas 
or snare; to ensnare; (6.)^ favonrita, a be- 
loved one ; faa<here, to make use of a snara. 
Cf. kerelau, a rope or string for lospending 
things at some height; heri, a rop« tied to 
the foot of a pig, fovl, itc. ; paherc, a oomb; 
to comb the hair ; tahtre, a sort of girdle ; to 
make use of a snare. Hawaiian— hale, a 
noose-snore for catching birds; (b.) to stretch, 
as a string or rope ; helea, to put a nooM 
round the head of a ^ark. Cf. ahtle, a snaiai 
paheU, a snare, a noose; haaeU, to tie or laah 
on with ■ piece of string ; to bind or seoore by 
tying; litUuma, tbe stone anciently used al 
an ancfaoT to hold a canoe ; kaheU, a braiding, 
a wreathing of vines or plaited leavea ; kihtU, 
to scratch or tear, as briars or anything 
crooked ; Tongan— hele, to oatoh in a nooM, 
toeosnaie; (b.)to«ndei todiu«mbl«i fttka- 


[68] Heu 

helehele, to take by oraft. Gf . helehut a snare 
for the head. Marquesan— hee, to be 
choked, strangled ; to strangle. Manga - 
ian — ere, to hang np ; ereere, to subdue ; 
(6.) to fasten or tie with cane ; aka-ereere, 
dear, best-belored. Cf. tamakerehere^ a son 
or daughter kept in the house to make them 
fair and (at ; toere^ to clothe oneself. Pau- 
znotan— here, a snare; (6.) to tie ; to lace up 
np ; (c.) an ambush ; (d.) a rnnningknot; (e.) 
to lo^e ; aifection ; faka-here, kind, gracious. 
CL tahere, an armlet. Rarotongan — ere, 
a snare : K%ui motu te ere, e ktia ora io nei 
taUm; The snare is broken and we have 
escaped : ereere, a snare : Te aaere ra aia na 
runga i te ereere ; He walks upon a snare. 
[Note. — ^For Ereere vaerua^ or " soul-traps," o! 
Danger Island, see **Life in Southern Isles," 
Gill, 181.] Ext. Poly: Fiji— cf. vere, en- 
tangled ; confined ; a plot, conspiracy. 

HERE a spear for killing birds; to kill birds 
with a spear: Ko tana here, ko nga ngutu 
ton»—P, M., 96. 

Samoan— sele, a bamboo knife; {b.) the 
name of a shell-nsh ; (c.) to cut, as the nair ; 
(d.) the name of a sharp, cutting weed ; selea, 
to be cut, of the flesh, Ac. ; selesele, an evenly 
ent head of hair ; (5.) a species of sedge ; (c.) 
to cut into several pieces ; (d.) to shear. Cf . 
telei, to cot, slash ; teleulu, scissors ; selefatu^ 
the shell used to scrape bread-fruit; gelemamhf 
to shave the head quite close ; ulevatevale^ to 
shave the head quite clean ; fa*a-selemutu, to 
cut o£f a part; to cut short, as a speech. 
Haivaiian — cf. helehele^ to go through»(the 
liaori harret to go or come) ; heue^ to cut up, 
to divide asunder ; mahele, to divide, to cut in 
pieces ; to separate from one a *^ other, as 
people. Tongan — hele. a knif ■ : lo cut ; to 
lacerate; (&.) a shell-fish; heleci, to cut off; 
(&.) to diasemble; faka-heie, to cut off, to 
separate from. Cf. hele-koji^ scissors ; heleta^ 
a sword ; helemaka, the harp shell ; helema, 
the sheU of the hele, Paumotan — cf. 
hoherey to cleave, split. Ext. Poly. : Fiji — 
cf . $ele, a piece of bamboo, used as a knife ; 
uleth^ a sword. 

HERENQUTU, without projecting eaves. Cf. 
ngutu^ a lip. [For comparatives, see Hebe, a 
spear; and Nounj.] 

HEREPU {herepu), to seize, to catch and hold 
firmly. CI herehere^ to tie ; a captive. 2. To 
tie ap in bundlea Cf. pu^ a bundle. [For 
comparatives, see Hebe, and Pu.] 

HERETAUNQA, the name of a place on the East 
Coast of the North Island, supposed to be the 
fish-hook with which Maui pulled up the land 
from the depths of ocean. [See P. M., 27.] 

HEREUMU, a cooking shed. Cf. umut an oven ; 
whareumu, a cooking shed. [For compara- 
tives, see Umu, and Whareumu.] 

HERU, a comb for the hair; to dress with a 
comb: He heru itri, he piki^ he kotuku^ he 
toku no te rangatira — P. M., 178. Cf. karau, 
a comb ; heu, to separate, pull asunder, scatter 
(to shave?); weu, a single hair; harau, to 
grope for. 2. An eel fork : Maui, e hoea mai 
to heru mo nga pa tuna — Ika., 133. 
Saxnoan — aelu, a oomb ; to comb ; (b.) the 
fsathen on a oook's head which are erected 

when he is beaten in a fight ; seluseiu, to 
praise. Cf. talu, a broom ; to brush ; to 
scrape out, as the kernel of a coooanut. Mar- 
quesan — heu, to scratch the ground with the 
hands ; (&.) hair (not of the head, properly), 
hair of animals. Mangarevan— cf. eru, to 
reject, cast away ; heru, to reject with hands 
and feet ; heu, small hairs on the body ; pahere, 
a comb; pajiore, a oomb. PaumotdJn — 
heru, to brush with the hand. Tahitian — 
heru, to scratch, as a hen does ; heruheru, to 
scratch repeatedly, as a hen does ; (6.) to rake 
up old grievances. Cf. paheheru, to scratch 
repeatedly ; pahere, a comb ; to comb the hair ; 
paheru, to scratch, as a hen ; to dig and search 
for a thing ; pahoro, a comb, Haivaiian — 
helu, to scratch the earth, as a hen ; to dig 
potatoes with the fingers ; to paw the ground, 
as an angry bull ; {b.) to count, to number, to 
compute; (c.) to tell, relate; heiuheiu, to 
recount, to make mention of some past trans- 
action. Tongan — helu, a comb ; to comb 
the hair. Cf. /uiZu, to card or shred anything. 
Ext. Poly. : Aneityum — cf. era, to scratch 
as a fowl. Fiji — cf. seru, a comb ; seru-ta, to 
comb. [See also comparatives under Hsu, 
and Weu.] 

HERU, to begin to flow (said of the tide only). 
2. Distorted (applied to the limb of an 

HERUHERU, the name of a plant (Bot. Leptopterie 

HERUIWI, a name applied to a great chief or 
leader (on account of his comb being an 
emblem of rank?). [See example of Heru.] 
Samoan — cf. seluseiu, to praise. 

HETA (myth.), the name of .the chief command- 
ing the opposite party to Ueuuku in the 
battle of Ratorua — G.-8, 20. [See Batorua.] 

HEU, the eaves of a house. Cf. weu, a single 
hair. [See Hawaiian.] 2. A patch of scrub. 
Cf . maheuheu, a clump of shrubs. 

HEU, ) to separate, to pull asunder : Ka heuea 

HEHEU.J to Po, ka heuea te Ao—V. M., 8. 
Pass., heuea, to be separated. Cf. weu, a 
single hair. [See Hawaiian.] 

HEU HEU, to scatter, clear away. Cf. maheu, 
scattered : hau, to hew ; heru, to comb, 2. To 
be dispersed. 

Samoan — seu, to stir round ; (b.) to turn 
the head of a canoe, to steer to ; (c.) to catch 
in a net, as pigeons or fish ; {d) to ward off a 
blow ; (e.) to interrupt a speech ; (/.) to pre- 
vent, as a fight, Cf. heupule, to interfere with 
the authority of another. Tahitian — heu, to 
throw off, as an infant its covering ; heheu, to 
open, uncover. Cf. veu, downy hair, a sort of 
frin}:;e on the border of a garment; maheUf 
to be coming into notice, to be knowable ; the 
past and passive of heheu, to uncover; ma- 
heuheu, to be dishevelled, as the human hair ; 
to be blown into disorder by the wind, as the 
thatch of a native house; thrown into dis- 
order, as bedclothes. Haivaiian — cf. heu, 
the first shooting of the beard in youths; ?ieu- 
kae, to split, as a cane ; to treat one harshly ; 
vianoheu, to bite with the teeth and pull off, as 
the bark of a tree : hence, to deface, to make a 
mark in ; manuheu, a breaking np, a flying 


avaj; a, setting at Taiianae, b9 a people; ciTil 
oommotian ; wii, to be covered with hair or 
dowa, aa a joung UDsbavoD boj; iceumeu, 
grssB. herbage . Tongan — heu, to ward 
off; {b.) to catch birds on.tlic Tfing; (c.) lo 
tnm over with e. stick {him ?) ; {d.) to steer 
tUe paddling canoe; (e.f to stir ronod and 
rouod. CI. beutnla. to ward off a conversa- 
tion ; hekii and liehthu, to prevaricate. Mar- 
quesan— -heu, to jerk a fishiog-liDe id the 
water. Mangarevan — hen, little hairs on 
the bodf ; hairy; hauheu, to rough-hew; to 
blook out [n cammenaJDg a work. Cf. puluiu, 
the stem of batiana when frait has all boen 
taken. Paumotan — cf. pugaheulitu. to 
(liuge, to border; rehu. limit. [Nots. — Vtu 

Bynon^'m lor hura. It is probable that, as io 
preceding eiomples, Am is oonneeted with 
A^m, comb, and hum, liajr on the body, wool. 
Jia.] Eit.Poly.: Fiji— cf.ceu(UiBn),oarved; 
leu. a stick pointed to dig a cave as the 
burial-place of a chief; to Eplasb about in the 
water, as some Bshes do. Duke of York 
Island — of. tceu, hreir. 
HEU, a razor; to shave. [The liknneag of this 
wold to to the English word "ahnve," as pro- 
noonced by natives, has led to the idea that it 
has been introduced. Possibly it may prove 
to be B FolfoeniBD word for eitirpating the 
beard; if ao, the following comparatives are 

Maori— of. hea, to aeparale, to pull asun- 
der; the eaves of a honae; weu, a single hair; 
hail, to hew; hcra, to comb; hura, hair on 
the body ; down; teathors; mahtTi. 6catt<?red; 
tnnliiiilifii, ehruba ; mahuru, scrub ; lieata, 
to he Beparated. Tahitlan — cl. vea, downy 
hair; a woolly kind of hair; a fringe on 
the edge of a garment; heu, lo throw off; 
tiialieaheii, to be disbevelleii, as the human 
bair ; to be blown into disorder b; the wind, as 
the thutcb of a house; haha, a razor or 
Bcrapei. Hawaiian — of. heu. the first shoot- 
ing of the beard in youths ; viea, to be covered 
with hairs or down, an a young unshaven boy ; 
tceiiwrUi grase, herbage (as Maori huru, brush- 
wood; liuraktini, coarse hair); oAifu, to come 
out, as the beard of a young man ; to weed or 
hoe ; pehevheu, whiskers. Marquesan- — cf. 
hta. the hair, beard, wool, down, nap of cloth. 
MangarevaD~cf. hcu, little hairs on the 
body ; hairv, shaggy ; vnii'm, herbage. Pau- 
molan— cf. reii, wool. Eit. Polv : Lord 
Howe's Island— cf, vm. hair. [Also note 
the preceding word, UecJ 

HEWA, to be misled, deluded: 'A htwa au e tenei 
kei te oo — Q. P., Siia. Ot. he, wrong; tnoe- 
heiea, a dream; poheiea, mistaken, confused; 
papohewa, bavintt diseased eyes. 2. Doubt. 

Tahitian— hsfa, oblique, aa the look of the 
eyea; to squint; hefahefa, dim. confused, ss 
the eyes by the brigblneas of the sun. Cf. 
tahefu, to be squinting, or looking obliquely; 
he, wrong. Hawaiian— hewtt, to be wrong; 
to aot or be in error; wrung, wicked nesa : 
Aohe okana mai o kona hitna; There is no 
baaad toJiie wickedness. Hewahewa, to make 

amuute; Aoo-hewa, to Mouse, to find Uolt 

with; (6.) toheanderacurae; hoo-hewihewt, 
to forget one's appearance or name ; (b.) to ba 
deranged ; (e.) sullen silence. CE. atcaheuia, 
to miaa. to overlook; an error: nheicahetai, Ua 
gone in sickness; dead-drunk; dim-sighted; 
liable to mistake what is seen ; kakeiea, to 
misa; to be foiled; kuhihev/a, to mistake. 
Mangarevan^eva, fooliab, crack-brained; 
s fool, an idiot ; evaeva, to hang, to hang op; 
tieva, to be ma^, furious ; hevaheva, to wsik 
hardily, and with pro ad amartnese. GL 
ptifvattta, old; used Dp, said of garmentl. 
Samoan — of. le, to miatake; to wander. 
Paumotan — cf. Iieva, to wail, as infants; to 
weep foa Tahltian htva, mourning for th« 
dead). Ext. Poly. : Fiji— cf. letewa, (oolishi 
fooliahnesa ; ftwamla, a false blotsom ; ■ 
Sower without fruit. 

HI lh\), an eiolamation expressing oontempt. 

Whaka-HI, ) to jeer; to apeak with contempt; 

Whaka-H I HI, [ supercilioua, arrogaot ; deSant: 
He tangala tino ichakahihi a Rualapa — 
A. H. M., iii. 14. Cf. whaka-ii, oonceited; 
hihi, to hiaa ; toroiki, to be insolent; hi, to 
raise, to draw up. 

Sarnoaa — cf. liti, to draw Dp; tnuitf, ■ 
torned-np noae; aiii'i, to make oneself great; 
to be proud without cause ; to abuse haughtily. 
Hamraiian— cf. hihi. an oflenoe; hihiia, to 
bo offended; perplexed; ihihi, angry, cros*. 
offended; unsociable; i»iIaiM, proud; exalted 
on account ot one's office, or neamecs to ■ 
chief; ihiihi, majestic, dignified; to put on 
dignity or importanoe; kilohi (M.L. = (trohi), 
to look at oneself with complaoenoy. to 
be vain; pride, vanity; self - opinionated. 

Tongan hihi, to sp^ evil; to baok-bile; 

to deride. Cf. faka-hihiapa, foolish; weak of 
intellect; to act childishly; hia, aln ; guilt. 
Tahitlan — cf. hihi, men fleeing from battle; 
faa-hipo, lo play the coxcomb. Marquesan 
— of. Aint. to mock ; to leaae. Mangarevaa 
— cf. AiAi, one without a proteolor; an orphan; 
to flay a dead iierson or animal. Paumo- 
tan— cf. Aihi, hard, difficult ; /ato-Aifeli'. to 
Booff at. Rarotongan — of. ii, to hiss in 

HI (h\), I to hiss; to make a hissing noise; 

HIHI {hihi). I Hihi ana i nga kohatu kaka o 
Waikorora — P. M., a4. Cf, ihi, to make a 
hissing or rushing noise; toroAJfti, to apart 
up, aa water ; kihi. sibilant. 2. To be affected 
with diarrhoea. CE. pahihi, to Sow in driblets; 
(nruAi. diarrhom; hirere, to gDsh, to spurt. 

WiiBka-HIHI {ahtika-hihi), to cause to hiss. 
Samoan — lisi {liil). to make a hissing 
noise, as green wood in the fire ; sisr, to triokla 
down ; {b.) a, fiasure or hole from which watar 
trickles; |c.) streams in the sand at low water. 
Gf. uiia, to hiss. Tahitlan— hi (hi), to guah 
out, as water; (b.) a bloody floi; faa-hi 
(/aa-AI}, a pump; aayringe; to pump; to OH 
aayringe; to make water gush out; hihi, men 
running or fleeing in batUe; hihihiM, the 
quivering of the lips and motion ut the teeth 
by extreme cold; to quiver or chattel, as the 
teeth, through cold. Cf. Airere, to fall, ai 
water over a precipice ; oAl, to guah out ; tba 
&jMi)toi3 ■, paU, to s^aah the watcs bo that 




ii may wei a person. Hainrailan — hi, a 
flowing away; a pnrging, as in dysentery; 
dysentery ; to flow away, as in dysentery ; to 
pnrge ; ^5.) a hissing soond, as the rapid flow 
of a liqmd ; (e.) to blow out with force any- 
thing from tne month ; (d.) to droop, to be 
weak ; hoo-hi, to open ; to dissolve ; to act as 
a cathartic Cf. JUkoko, a bloody flax ; 
dysentery ; hemorrhoids, or piles. Tongan 
-~ef. hi, semen; kihif to dislodge from the 
shell ; takahi, to scratch as a cat ; to make a 
wratching noise. Marquesan— hi, dysen- 
tery. Mangarevan — cf. ikere, a great 
flowing of blood ; flowing, mnning ; ikerehere, 
to boQ np, as springs ; pehiki, to gush out, as 
water. Ext. Poly. : Aneityum — cf. €uis, to 
hiss. Fiji — ei {thi), to break wind (pddo). 
Solomon Islands — mi, to wash. 

HI {Ki)f to raise, draw np. Cf. hikit to lift np ; 
wkaJkahihi, conceited. 2. To catch with hook 
and line ; to fish : Ka korokoro U ika i hiia e 
Maui — ^Wohl., Trans., Tii. 89. Cf. kiki, a 
eharm for raising fish ; Kiweka, hanging. 8. 
To dawn iKaJnte ata, ka karanga atu, * Ka 
hemo OM i te Aat'— P. M., 25. Cf. iki, to 
dawn ; hikit a ray of the son. 
Samoan — sisi, to hoist, to draw np. Cf. 
tasUi, to draw up, as the pola (mats forming 
the walls) of the house; 'aim, the stick on 
which a fidiing net is hung in the house; 
ftfft*t, to make oneself great; to be proud 
withont cause (plural of si'i, to lift = M. 
kiki). Tahitian— hi, to fish with hook and 
line. Ct papahiikii, a certain mode of fish- 
ing. Hawaiian — cf. /tit, to lift up (M.L. 
= kiki) ; kunahihit a standing up of the hair. 
Tongan— cf. /oa/tt, to be able to lift or 
carry ; kihikif to raise or draw up ; hiatu, the 
manner of catching the fish called atu ; tau- 
hihi, to angle, to fish with hooks. Mar- 
quesan—hi, to fish with a line. Manga- 
revan — hi, to fish with a line : Hi ratou, hi 
hoki ta Maui^matavaru ; They fished, so did 
Maui the eight-eyed. Ci hipo, to fish with a 
line ; Mrikiri, to fish for turtle ; kiki, to fish, 
hut nsed only in fishing for one sort of fish. 

HI A, ** How many 7" When used in speaking of 
persons, toko is prefixed — tokohia : E hia nga 
rao to poTumga f — Wai., cxix. 84. 

Samoan— fla, " How many ?" (e fla) : EJia 
ea a*u amio leaga ma a*u agasala f How many 
are my sins and wickednesses ? Hainraiian 
— ahia, how many ? (sJso ehia) : Ehia na hinai 
piha a oukou i hoiliili ai t How many baskets 
did yon take up? Tahitian — ahia, how 
many ? when speaking of things in the past 
time ; ehia, in the future ; E too-hia, when in- 
quiring about persons. Tongan— of. fiha, 
nnmber. Marquesan — ahia, how many? 
Mangarevan — ehia, how many? Pau- 
motan — ehia, how many? how much? 
Aniwa — efia, how many? Futuna — ^fla, 
how many ? Mangaian— eia, how many ? 
Ext. Poly. : Malagasy— cf. hia, what ? how 
is this ? Sikayana— cf. efia, how many ? 

HIA, \a desire, wish; to desire, to wish for: 
HIAHIA, j Me tuku ki tona hiahia—P. M., 119. 
Cf. fnamoe, sleepy; hiainu, thirsty; hiakai, 
hungry. 3. To love, to be in love with : Ka 
kiahia mai te tuahine o tana taokete ki a 
P. U., 4L 

Samoan — ^fla^ to wish, to desire ; fa'a-fla, a 
prefix to verbs signifying to pretend to, assum- 
ing ; fa*afiaaWi (M.L. = whakahiaariki), to 
pretend to be a chief ; flafia, joy, delight ; joy- 
ful : Le leo le alaga o lefi^fia; The noise of 
the shout of joy. Cf. fiamoe, to be sleepy ; 
fia*ai, to be hungry ; fiasili, ambition. Ha- 
ivaiian — cf. hia, to reflect, think; to en- 
tangle, catch in a net ; /itoai, strong desire ; 
hiamoe, to lie asleep ; deep, sound sleep ; hi€t- 
hia, goodness; honour. Tahitian— faa- 
hiahia, ^e quality that causes a thing to be 
admired; to admire an agreeable object; 
admirable, agreeable, fine. Cf. hiaai, to desire 
food or drink; hiai, extreme venerv; hia- 
mateoa, to exult, rejoice ; hiamu, to have an 
appetite or long for food and drink. Tongan 
— fle, a word used in composition to express 
the meaning to wish, to desire, to feign, Ao,, 
as fieeiki, to wish or assume to be a chief 
(M.L. = hia-ariki) ; fieinu, thirst ; fiekai, 
nunger ; fiefla, to exult, to rejoice ; joy, glad- 
ness : Koia teu fi^tfia ai i he malu o ho kaba- 
kau; I will rejoice in the shadow of your 
wings ; faka-flefla, to cause rejoicing, to exhi- 
larate; joyful, delightful. Cf. fielahi, proud, 
ambitious ; fiegutuhua, to jest, to joke ; fi^fta- 
tonoa, to rejoice too soon. Marquesan — 
cf. hiaki, to be jealous. Mangarevan — 
al(a-hia, tender, soft, delicate ; al(a-hiahia, to 
cboose, to select. Ext. Poly.: Fiji-'-cf. via, 
to desire ; viakana, to desire to eat. 

HIA, with difficulty ; hardly to be performed. 

HIAINU, thirsty: Na ka hiainu a Ngatoro, ka 
mea, * Kaore he wai m% tatou* — P. M., 92. 
Cf. inu, to drink; hia, to desire; toheinu, 
thirsty ; hiakai, hungry ; hiamoe, sleepy. 

Samoan— fiainu, thirst, to be thirs^ : Ma 
oufaaumatia o ia i le fiainu; And loll her 
with thirst. Tongan— fieinu, thirsty, to 
thirst: Bea mo ho nau toko lahi oku mate 
fieinu; Their multitude dying with thirst. 
(For full comparatives, see under Hta, to 
desire, and Iku, to drink.] 

HIAKAI, hungry : Me he mate hiakai toku, e kore 
ahau e korero atu ki a koe — ^Wai., 1. 12. Cf. 
hia, to desire ; kai, food ; hiainu, thirsty ; hia- 
moe, sleepy. 

HIAKAiTIA, to be desired for food. 

Samoan— fia*ai, to be hungry: E faavai- 
vaia Uma maloH i lefi^i^ai ; His strengtii shall 
be consumed in hunger. Tahitian— hiaai, 
to desire food or drink : Eiaha e hiaai % tana 
ta mau maa moe ra; Do not desire his 
dainty food. CI hiamu, to desire food and 
drink. Hawaiian- cf. hiaai, strong desire. 
Tongan— flekai, hunger, hungry : Kuofiekaia 
ae kakai, mo ogqjia, mo fieinua, i he toafa ; 
The people is hungry, weary, and thirsty in the 
desert. [For full comparatives, see Hu, to 
desire, and Eai, food.] 

HIAKCX skin : He tau kuri, ara, he hiako kuri — 
A. H. M., iv. 181. Cf. hiapo, the skin of an 
infant. 2. Bark, rind. 

HIAMO, to be exalted, to be elevated. Cf. hi, to 
raise ; amo, to carry on the shoulder ; a litter, 
bier ; kauamo, a Utter ; whataamo, a Utter. 
[For oompaiatlvea, ma Bi, V> wa^^ V[yi ka!c^<i 
to cany on the Bho\]ld«t,'\ 




HIAMOE. sleepy, drowsy. Gf. Mat to desire; 
moet sleep ; hiakai, hungry ; aumoe, at ease. 
Samoan — ^fiamoe, to be sleepy. Ha- 
^waiian — hiamoe, to lie asleep, to sleep, to 
rest in sleep : E lea auanei aui ka hiamoe ; I 
shall soon enjoy sleep. (&.) To fall prostrate, 
as if asleep. Marquesan— hiamoe, to sleep. 
Ext. Poly. : Fiji— of. viamoce (viamof/te), to 
be sleepy ; via, to desire ; moce (mothe), sleep. 
[For foil comparatives, see Hia, to desire, and 
MoE, sleep.] 

HIANQA, vioiouB, refractory: Ka pa ano te mahi 

Manga ano aua vri tutu- A. H. M., i. 37. 
HIANQATIA, to be imposed upon. 

Tongan— cf. Ma^ sin, gailt ; sinful. 

Whaka-HIANQONQO, to pine away: Ka torere 
tonu ra hoki U ngakau hi te whai i te whaka- 
Mangongo o tona ngakau — P. M., 166. Cf. 
ngongo, to waste away; a sick person; 
pingongOf shrunk ; pakokot shrunk, emaciated ; 
MkokOt wasted, starved ; koko, rotten. 

HIAPO, the skin of an infant; tender, as an 
inJEant's skin. Gf. Mako, skin, bark; maUt- 
Mapo, precious, prized. 
Marquesan— cf. Mapo, the tree from the 
hsak of which native doth (tapa) is made. 
Mangarevan— cf. Mapo, a tree not known 
at the present day, but alluded to in legend. 
Ha^fvalian — et Mapo, the first-bom of 
parents; makaMapo, the first-bom child. 
Paumotan — of. mataMapo, the first-born. 
Tahitian — of. mataMapo, the first-bom. 
Mangaian— cf. mataiapo, a chief. Sa- 
moan— ef. nopo, native doth made from the 
bark of the Paper Mulberry (Broussomtia 

HIAPO, to be gathered together. Gf. M, to be 
raised, elevated ; apo, to gather together ; to 
be gathered together. [For comparatives, see 

HIATO, to be gathered together. Gf. Mapo, to 

be gathered together. 
Whaka-HIATO, to collect together; to cause to 

be gathered together. 

HIAWAERO (or Hiawero), the tail of an animal: 
A tohakaangahia mat ana nga hiawero ki a 
raua tohakahiawero — Eai., xv. 4. Gf. waero, 
the tful of an animal ; kahuwaero, a mat 
covered with the skin of dogs' tails ; whiore, 
tail, of animals ; awe, long hairs on a dog's 

HI AWE, gloomy, dark, dismal. Gf. awe, soot. 

HIAWERO. [See Hiawaero.] 

HI HI, a sunbeam ; a ray of the sun : Pakurakura 
ana nga puke i tana M'Ai — M. M., 160. Gf. 
ihiiM, a ray of the sun ; ihi, to dawn ; M, to 

Tahitian— hlhi, the rays of the sun; (b.) 
the whiskers of a rat, mouse, or cat ; (c.) the 
two hard eyes in a cocoanut. Gf. hihimata, 
the hairs of the eyelashes ; hihimoa, the 
feathers on the back of a fowl's neck; 
hihioura, the feelers of the crayfish. Ha- 
ivaiian — cf. /it^t, thick together, as grass ; 
to spread out, like the limbs of a tree ; ihi, 
sacred, hallowed ; kunahihi, a standing up of 
the hair; to have the hair standing erect. 
Marquesan— hihi, a ray of the sun. Pau- 
motan — hihi, a ray ; a sunbeam. 

HIHI, the name of a bird; the Stitoh-biid. 
(Cm. Pogonomis cincta). 

HIKA, to rab violently. 2. To kindle fire 1^ 
rubbing two pieces of wood together : Katahi 
ano ka Mkaia te aM—G,-B, 27. Gf. ka, to 
take fire. [See Kauktmabtma, and Ejlunoti.] 
South Island, Hi nga. 8. To perform a cere- 
mony with incantations, kindling fire bdng 
part of the ceremony : Ka Mka toku aM, ka 
manako te whenua- Col., MSS. Gl koMka, 
ancient; a chief of high rank. 4. (fig.) To 
have sexual intercourse : Te wai o te Mka o 
Marama — G.-8, 20. [Hoani Nahe explains 
that it was by Marama using this expression 
in her song that her adultery with nier slave 
was discovered. And with next meaning, d 
the two versions : " Te wai o te Mka o 
Marama "— G.-8, 20 ; and Ghrey's : " Te wai 
o te waha o Marama " — G. P., 91. Here, also, 
cf. Samoan tolo, to rub sticks for fire; and 
moetotolo, to conmiit fornication. See Am, 
Ai, and EjLUAn] 5. Pudendum muUebre. 

HIKAHIKA, to rab, chafe. 

Samoan— si *a, to get fire by rubbing one 
stick on another. Tahitian— hia, to use 
friction to produce fire. Ha^fvaiian — hia, to 
rub two sticks one upon the other to obtain 
fire; (6.) to refiect; to think; (e.) to run 
about as wild; roving, unsteady; hiahia, to 
obtain fire by using two sticks ; (6.) goodness, 
honour, nobility. Marquesan— cf. Mka^ to 
slip, to slide, to fall (Maori = Mngaf). 
Mangarevan — hil(a (and ika), to produce 
fire by friction of wood. Paumoutan — ika, 
to cause fire by friction; hikahika, bright, 
shining ; Mkahika i te hana, burnished in the 
sun's rays. Ext. Poly: F^i — cf. «auAa, the 
hearth; saukd, to commit fornication; sika, 
to appear, to come in sight ; to shake, of a 
priest when a god enters him ; to be a fkther. 
[If Mka is a compound of ka, to kindle, see 
full comparatives of Ea.] 

HIKA, a term of address to young persons of both 
sexes : E Mka, ko hea koe t — P. M., 161. 

HIKAIKAI {Mkaikai), to move the feet to and 
fro. Gf. Mka, to rub, chafe; hokaikai, to 
move backwards and forwards. 2. To writhe, 
twist about. 3. To be impatient. 

HIKAITI (myth.), a deity ruling the tides. — 
A. H. M., iii. 49. 

HIKAKA {hikaka), rash : Etahi tangata wairangi, 
he hunga hikaka — Eai., ix. 4. Gf. kaka, red- 
hot ; pukaka, hot. 
Hawaiian — cf . hia, roving, unsteady ; 
Maxi, to lie awake ; to be sleepless, restless ; a, 
to bum, as fire or jealousy ; aa {kaka), bold, 
quick, angry, mischievous. Tahitian— cf. 
Maa, to steal, as thieves formerly used to do 
after addressing a prayer to Hiro, the god of 
thieves, for success ; faa-a4i (whaka-kaka), to 
tease or provoke to anger. 

HIKARI (Moriori), the calf of the leg. 

HIKARO (hMtarS), to pick out. Gf. karo, to pick 
out of a hole ; tikaro, to pick out of a hole ; 
to scoop out. 

Tahitian — cf. aaro, to excavate; to scoop 
out, or scrape out ; a scoop or ladle ; paaro, 
to excavate or hollow out, as in taking the 
kemel out of a cocoanut. Tongan— <sf. 
hakalo, a scraper, for scraping old ooooannts. 



Ha'wallaa — d. poalo, to aooop or plaok ont 
tbe Kjm; to tvUt ronnd &od draw out, aa a 
tooth. Eit. Poly,: Fiji— of. caUi ((ftalo), a 
googe or tool of k hollow tona. 

MIKI, toliftnp, carry, narse: Tcwi la te atua 
ttmai hiki ma/— P.M. ,93: Hikitiamai taua lai 
^txi of the Whangai-hau charm) — S. T., 136. 
3. Bi^od np : Kri te rangi hikilia, iti te 
rangi hapainga—G. P., 265. 3. To get op ; 
to itart. Cf. ahilii, to make haste. 4. To 
look ktter, to have in charge, attend to : Ma 
ngti matua tane t hiki nga tamariki — A. H. M., 
i. 6. 5. To jomp or leap ioToluntanly ; to 
skip, as one's heart when startled, or oob'b 
toot in the dusk. Ct. tchiti, to start, to be 
klarmed. 6. A ahum tor raising fiiih : Kntahi 
ia id hapai ake t tana hiki ake mo tana ika 
kia Tnaiangi ake— P. M. 34. C(. hi, to raise ; 
to fiah with hook and line. 

HIKIHtKl.tonarsaintheanoK, to cany in tbe 
arms, as an infant: Hanuti Utka iamaili kia 
hikihiki ou— Q. P., 250. 

Samoan — si'i, to lift, to Uft np, to remove : 
£ tiitia foi te papa ai le mea la i ai ; The 
rook IB lifted from ita place, (b.) To levy a 
fine 1 (c.) to oany war into a district or 
country : Lotou te lii inai le taua ia le or ; 
They will bring war against yoa. (d) To take 
oneself oft in a grudge ; sisi'i, to make great, 
to make oneself great; to bo proad without 
eaUBe ; {b.) to abnse haughtily; (<:') to make 
a fringe; ai'iai'i, to attempt; (6.) one method 
of fishiog. Ct. li'in-italiga. " to lift the ears," 
fig., to give BiteDtioD ; liHtii, to raise the atmi 
to strike a blow with the olub ; to act all 
together; itiaii'i, to be raised, to be lifted op; 
to be off on a joomey or to war ; mofsi'itia, 
to be restless at night; te'i, to jerk, plaok, 
■natch. Tahitian— hii, to narse. to dandle, 
to take a child in the arme : ilai te hii e hopoi 
i le oi'u ro ; Aa if carrying a sucking child. 
((.) A sort of basket to put froic in for the 
qaeen, or obief mourner. CI. hiiatua, a priest 
that carried a god ; hiirima, the ficBt-Iruit for 
the king, principal chid, or favourite son ; 
paMi, an infant's olotb or little mat. Ha~ 
irailan — hii, to hft up, to bear opon the hips 
and support wiih the arms aa a child ; to bold 
as a ebild npon the knees : E hiiia hoi ma no 
kuli ; Dandled upon the knees, (b.) To carry 

to tend OB a child : Ka pot a'a i hii ai a 
Huilama; Those I swaddled and broogbt op. 
Hoo-hii, to lilt ap. as a child in the arms, to 
eaiTj. Ct. hiilani. to norse or take care of, as 
an infant ; to eialt, to praise, to admire ; to 
admire and obey, as a servant does hia master ; 
praiae, eialtatton ; hiipoi, to tend and feed as 
a young child ; hiikati, to throw, as a stone at 
a person or thing ; mahiki [not proper letter- 
change; this ^ jKawhili] ; to lift up, to carry 
in the arms. Tongan— hiki, to lift, remove : 
Tun, bea hiki hake ae tamajii bea fafa ia ho 
nima ; Get up, lift up the boy and hold him 
in your hand, (t.) To raise, as the voice; 
Oku ke faa hiki Jiake ekoe ho ie'o *(' he gaahi 
aa r Can yon raise your voice to the clouds 7 
hihikj, to raise, Uft up; hikihiki, to move by 
lilting; faka- hikihiki, to magnify, emit. CI. 
agahiki, pride, high -mindedu ess ; lifted up ; 
kikgijx, to exalt, to flatter ; hikilaki, a throw, 
ding) hikiUM, to lemore niddenly; hikiiufji. 

to divide out food tor the gods; to devote; 
hikifaga. the act of removing the bonce of the 
dead ; hikituha, to work in order, or in line ; 
hiiitagi, to exaggerate ; huki, to hold on the 
lap; to olasp; to dandle. Uarquesan — 
hiki, to Bee ; to &y away ; to avoid, shun ; to 
escape, disappear. Mangarevan— hiki, to 
hold a child in the arms or on the knees ; hiki- 
hiki, to hold a child thus for a short time ; 
aka-hiki, to take an infant in one's arms; 
to dandle. Paumotan—hlkl, to flee, to fly, 
to avoid ; (b.) to bound, to skip ; (e.) to fondle, 
to cocker; hikihiki, a swaildliag-alotb. CI. 
hiki-fagai, to nourish. Mangaian— iki, to 
nurse a child in the arms; ikiiki, to dutm, 
foster. nouri»h : E apai koe e ikiiki i leiaaH 
tamaiti naku ; Take this child away and nurso 
it forme. E it. Poly. : Aneltyum— ct.aMV^, 
to drag, to draw np; Fiji — ol.iiki-ta,to tread 
on by accident. 

HIKIRANGI,tobe unsettled, restless. Ct.harangi, 
nnsettled; karangi, unsettled, rastless ; kahuU 
rangi, onsettled; hiki, to start; rangi, sky; 
hiko. to move at random. [For comparatives. 
Bee also Banoi. JFIewa, and Wnm.J 

HIKO, to move in a random way. Cf. pahiko- 
hiko, a makeshift fence ; kokikohiko, [o do 
irregularly. 2. To stir, as fainls at daylight. 
S. To stretch oat the hand at random : Ka 
hikoia ki te (aAo— Wohl., Trans., vti. 49. i. 
A pace (hikoinga maeinae) : E aha bikoinga 
iBotaat i mua totui o te tohunga — A. H. !£., 
i. 102. 6. To step out with the feet. Ct 
hikai, to step, 6. To dawn, to begin to shine : 
Hikoia i te aieatea—F. M., 166. 7. To blaze, 
glare : T^ra te uira e hika £ le rangi— U. M., 
167. 8. DisUnt lightning, 

HIHIKO, to move laioWy. 2. To be strenuons, 

HIKOHIKO, to shine, to glitter; Tera te vhetu. 
hikahiko ajia mai kei runga—Q. P., 139. 

HIKOIA, (passive.) to be shone upon. 

Samoan — si'o, to surround : Ua na (iomia 
foi au i lonn upega; And surrounded me with 
his net. Ct, i'o, to wind, as sinnct round the 
arm ; sni'oi'o, to wrigRle as snakes and eels, 
applied to a lanky man. Hawratlan— hio, 
aslant, leaning, oblique ; to lean over ; a xlnnt- 
ing wind, i.e. a wind down hill; [b.) to be 
" - -" - ' • - ■ id fro : (e,) to lean on, 

1 [d.) 

iniler ; 

j the i] 

comer of a grass houKe, ■'.:. siantiig both 
ways ; (/.) a howlinj; confused noise ; [g.) 
eructalio renlrit ; hihio, to fall asleep; to 
dream ; a vision ; (b.) to fall asleep again 
after waldng ; (i;.) to blow, to rush violently, 
as a strong wind ; hlohio, bright red ; (6.) to 
draw the breath into the mouth, as one eating 
a hot potato ; (f ,) to eal in a hurry ; (d.) name 
of a apecies of fish-hook. Cf, hiotani, to lie 
Btretched out with lazinesB ; ohio, the undu- 
latory movement of the air over a smooth 
plain on a hot day ; the reflection of the niind 
on a beloved but absent object ; hanahia, to 
cause to lean or push over from on upright 
position ; to stnpger in walking ; a walkmg 
crookedly, Tahitian— cf. hio. to look, to 
behold ; a looking-glass ; liiohio. a spy, ■ 
soothsayer ; hiopahi, to look askance, to look 
archly ; hii^oa, to scratinise. to act as a haej' 
bod; ; hiohio, a rope filed at the extremity of 
a mast to hoist up colours or ornament ; oMc 
hio, on evil designing look, m of a thief ; tg 



look abont, u ft perion obm dMth ; ohioliioa, 
eiddiueBs, inBtabilit?. Tongan — ct. hiko, to 
take out of the fire or sun ; to blow, ns a buiri- 
oaoe; hiiu, to go awry. Marqueaan — el. 
hiko, to [ake b; force ; {b.) to take a veak or 
sick person out of the power of orucl deitiea. 
Maagarevan — of, ila>, to deprive, to ourtail ; 
mahika, to disappear at a quick run ; mahilio- 
hiko, evening twilight ; poihiko. that which 
begins to appear at a distance ; iku, the moon. 
Eit.Poly,: Fiji— Df.)'i*(Mi*o.aflpj'; Kayan 
— cf. hiio, the elbow ; Magladano— at. 
liko, the elbow. 
HIKOI (hikoi), to alep. Cf. kike, to step out ; a 

HIKOKO, wasted. BtarvQd,etaac!ated. Ct.pakoko, 
emaciated, lean ; piitgongo. shrunk ; ngonrjo, 
to waste away ; a sick person ; pahikohiko, a 
makeshift fence; a bow-fence. 

Ha'walian— cf. hio, leaning, or oblique; 
pahio, Btooping, aa a person ; to move as a sick 
persoo. Samoan— of. tiaa, to be worn out ; 
(o ha wearied ; having a look of eihsuEtion. 
Mangarevan — cf. gogonogo, veij thin and 
meagre ; ikoga, swooning. Marqueaan — 
of, fii^i to t^ce a siok person out of the power 
ol evil deities. 

HIKU,thBtailof a fish or reptile: Kikai i mau 
ki U itaha, i yaau ke ki hliu—P. M., 116. Ct. 
kohika, the tail. 2. The rear of a war party : 
A pat-aa iho fou hiku e in— Tin., iiv. IS. Cf. 
tauhiku, to be in the rear. S. The tip of a 
leaf, Ao., the point. 4. The name of a Ash, 
the Frost-fiBh (Ich. Lfpidopuf eavdalui). 5. 
The eaves of a bouse. Ct. ikuiku, the eaves ol 
a house. 

HIKUKIKUNGA, the head of a stream. 

Samoan — i'u, the tail: Ina aapa ata ia o 
lou liiaa ma tago i lona lu ; Stretch out your 
hand and take it (the snake) hj the tail : {b.) 
the end. the extremity of any thing ; ti 
to finish ; to fulfil i (e.) to come upon 
the eitremity, the end ; the 

knife. Bword, do. ; the extremity of a leaf 
bamboo, £o. ; the tail of a pig or fieh ; i'ui 
the end, point, at of a oocoaout leaf ; fa'a-i u, 
the ending; to finish; fa'a-i'uga, the tail.end 
of a atrip of poik or fish. CI. t'uaimi, tc 
to come to an end ; ti'ua'au, the extremity of 
the reef; li'ugucu, a corner of the mouth; 
i'ti/ono, the decision of a council-, f-umatagi, 
the end of a storm ; i'ulogata, the last of a 
family ; tauei'tai'u, the top branches of a tree. 
Tahitlan— hlu, the tail ol fishes. CI. hiiilia, 
to cut short in ft speech ; hiiUa, the carved 
upper end of the ancient Tahitiau mast ; 
arahiu, the uppenuoEt eitremity of a tree ; 
hiutira, a small altar for a god on board a 
Oftnoc. Ha'wailao— hiu, the toil of a fish: 
Ht ia kaokoa, akioki oh, mat ke poo a ka hiu; 
A &sh whole, uncut from head to tail. (A.) 
The practice of sorcery; hiuhiu, to practise 
■orcery. CI. hiumalolo, the tail of a fljmg-fish. 
Tongan^hiku, the end, the point of a thing ; 
hikuhiku, the poiol or end of a thing ; iku, the 
end ; to finish ; (b.) the tail ol animalH : ne 
nooiaki ae ihi ki he iku ; Turned tail to toil : 
fakft-iku, to make an end ; (6.) to point a rope. 
pi. hikianaiagi, Iba end or flniahmg ol a bur- 


rieane; hikmtagata, the rranaioB of men ia 
former times; baikuihi, the point, the taper 
end of anything; tauhiliu. to finish off; 
Uiagaikti, the rnmp, the seat, tho buttocki. 
Marquesan — hlku, the division of fish tj 
the middle. Ct. kahiku, the tip or end of a 
plant. Mangalan— iku, tbe tail : Ei ioti t 
U iku ti loora ; To chop oCf the tail of thi 
whale: {b.) the tip or extremity, as of ft leaL 
Mangarevan— iku, the tail of a fish; (£,) 
the moon ; ic.) a wave of the sea, rising aHet 
a calm ; ikuiku, a light, fair breeze. Ct. aka- 
Haai'i, to make into tbe form of a oone. Ext. 
Poly : Kayan— et. eko, the tail. Malay — 
cf. ikur, the tail of animals; Uie lower end; 
the train of a gannenl ; liku, the elbow ; an 
angle ; a flexure. 

HIKUAWA, the source of a river or streftro. Cf. 
hiku, the tip or point ; aaa, a river ; hikvtaa, 
tbe head of a river. [For comparatives, sM 
HiEU, and Awi.] 

HIKUPEKE, to reef; to be shortened, so as not 
to hang down low. Cf. pepeke, to draw up, ■■ 
the legs or arms; hiku, the tail. [For com- 
paratives, see Hiko, and Pekb.] 

HIKURANQI (myth.), a hill on which dwelt the 
god called Te-manu-i-te-ra (" The Bird of tbe 
Bon," Di " Bird of Day "), in hia bouoa 
Totoka. On this hill mortals took refuge 
during the Bood (of Iluatapu) — A. H. M., iiL 
11. The storm beat on Hikurongi, and it 
would have fallen, but a Deliverer drank the 
flood and saved the remnant of men. Thii 
Deliverer ia caUed Hine-makuis, or Ihloa-kura, 
or " the son of Te-ra-ara-kai-ora." Bome soy 
that Marereao performed incantations, and 
made the tide go bach. In the Uama-roa, 
(about June,) Te-pn-Qoi-o -tonga forced tha 
water up and drowned all those people not on 
the hill of Hikuraugi. Another version relates 
that Paikea, by order of Kuatapu, led the 

EKiple who were to be saved to a bill called 
uke-hapopo. Mahikursngi, the hill on which 
the sky rests, is probably the same place. It 
was the first land which appeared when Maoi 
pulled up his " fish " ithc land) above water: 
Ko It matau ra tena i hi ai te ahtnuarahi, t 
takolo nei; ka rewa Ulkurangi, kei Tunga — Q. 
P., ICO. It was known bh "the Holy Moun- 
tain " in Hawaiki ; upon it fell the first [ftiot 
light, when the sun and moon appeared ti 
" eyes ot heaven."- A. H. M., i. 4», 60, 143 ; 
iii. 11, SI, 37, 51, 55. [See Hiwitsi, tUoi, 
and Boinpn.] 

HIKUTAU, the head of a valley or river. Ct 
hiku, the tip, end, aa of a leaf ; tau, the ridga 
of a hill ; a partition ; kihiliihinga, the head 
of a stream ; hikiiawo, the source of a river. 
[For oomparatives, see Etm.] 

HIKUTOIA (mylb.), the sixth (in descent) divi- 
sion of the Reingft, or Hades.— A. H. H., l, 
App. [Sea ItEraoA.j 

HIKUTOTO, revenge, a TevdHla: Ko tamtfia ki 
If taua hikulolo-&.. U. M., v. S3. Cf. toto, 

HIMU, the hip hone, Cf. humu, the hip bone. 

HINA, grey hairs: Ka H atu U vaha o Tura, 
' He hina, bt kina male '—A. H. H., ii. 11, 
3. The moon (one auth.) : Ka berta tt whaka- 




Acft* M te Ba^ a ka htrea hold tetahi pito hi a 
Hitim, ara ki te nuirama—A. H. M., ii. 81. 
[See HiiiA (myth.)] Hina-iwaiwa, a glim- 
mering moon; hina-ot<iota, new moon. Cf. 
wiakinot to shine dimly ; Mnatore, to glow with 
an unsteady light ; phosphorescence ; hinapo, 

Saxnoan — sina, white; plural, sisina : E 
tUina ona mfo i he $ucuuiu ; His teeth will be 
white with milk. 8ina (nna)^ white, of the 
hair; to be white, of the hair; fa'a-sinasina, 
to whiten ; somewhat whitish. Cf . nna^aiuga, 
old, bat foolish (from eating uga^ the soldier 
erab ; ugauga, partially grey, of the hair) ; 
ubuma, white-headed {E manatu ai se tati ua 
ubtfina U moana : One would think the sea was 
hoary) ; jiuwina, the moon ; tnatna, to shine, 
of fire. Tahitian— hinahina, grey, applied 
to the hair : Va ruhiruhia hoi au, e ua hina- 
himahia tmu vpoo ; I am old and grey-headed. 
Cf. a^'iMi, ** grey-head," spoken in contempt ; 
makiita^ the moon (in some dialects) \ ohina^ 
gre^, gieyiah. Tongan— hina, and hinahina, 
white, grey : Bta o a*u ki he uUi kina Uu fua 
hoe; Eren to grey hairs will I carry you. 
Faka-hinahina, to bleach, to make white. Cf. 
ai^iiAtfia, a grey head ; tahihina^ sound, but 
light in eoloor, as wood ; mahina^ the moon. 
Marquesan— hina, grey; white, of hair. 
Cf. paepae-o-hinat blue sky flecked with white 
elonds; pavahinat a white beard, a highly- 
prized ornament ; ma^tiuz, moonlight. Ma- 
ngarevan — hina, grey, hoar^, of hair. Cf. 
otohina^ grey hair; ma/iina, bght, not dark; 
malfid, uie moon. Mangaian — ina, and 
inaina, gr^* hoary, of hair: Te kaiu e te 
tangata rauru inaina ; The sucking child and 
the grey-haired man. Haivaiian — hina, 
hoary, grey, applied to the head ; (6.) grey : 
He hina me he uahi la no ka Uta o Pelt; The 
grey (colour) like smoke (steam) arising from 
the crater of the Tolcano. Hinahina, grey, 
greyish ; (6.) withered, as fruit ready to fall. 
CL hmaXiit whitish; ahina, a grey colour; 
mahina, the moon; poohina, a grey-haired 
person; pohina, an aged person; a mist or 
fine rain ; a thin dond ; white, whitish ; any 
white substance, as flour, &c, ; wanahina^ 
becoming white-headed (irafia, to dawn). 
Pauxnotan — cf. hinahina^ indignation; ko- 
hiftahina, grey ; kahina^ bright, as the moon. 
Ext. Poly. : Ilocan — cf. sinamart splendour. 
Malay--cf. nnar^ a ray of light; lustre; 
fcer-nnor, to shine; fiuwtn, saltish; sinar- 
hulan, moonlight. Magindano— cf. nnang, 
mid-day ; son. Fiji— cf. siga, the sun ; day ; 
rigasigauj white ; sikdj grey-headed ; cina 
(tAina), a torch or lamp ; a god ; to fi^ with 
torches; man'ma, salt. Java — cf. haairit to 
be saltish ; rahinaj rina, and dhina, a day (the 
last word connected with Sanscrit). Tagal 
— cf . <mn, salt ; maasin, saltish. 

HINA (myth.), or Hinauri, a girl who appears in 
New Zealand tradition as Uie sister of Maui. 
[See Maui.] Hina is by far the best known of 
all Polynesian legendary ^rsonages. In the 
more eastern islands she is a goddess, and is 
almost eertainly the Moon-goddess, although 
oonnected with the Ocean-lord, Tinirau, in 
a Teiy mystical manner. Hina is called 
Hinaori, Hina-te-iwaiwa, Hine-te-iwaiwa, 
Hiaa-te-oiaota. aooording to different yersions I 

of the New Zealand story. As Hinauri, she 
married Irawaru, who, going out fishing with 
Maui, his brother-in-law, was unlucky enough 
to anger him, and Maui then turned Irawaru 
into a dog. [See Ibawabu.] Hina was over- 
come with despair, and threw herself into the 
sea, uttering incantations, and calling on the 
goblins of the deep. She was borne up mira- 
culously, and floated for many months until 
she was stranded on the beach of Motutapu, 
** the Holy Island,** [see Motutapu,] and 
hence she assumed the name of Ihungaru- 
paea (*' stranded log of timber "). Hma was 
rescued by two brothers, who cherished her, 
and she became the wife of Tinirau, the chief 
of that country, who was also a god, the Lord 
of Fishes. [See Tinirau.] Her brother Rupe, 
who had lamented her greatly, sought her 
through the heavens up to the tenth or highest 
heaven of Behua. There he learnt that Hina 
was at Motutapu, and, assuming the shape of 
a pigeon, he flew thither, revealed himself to 
Hina, and carried off both his sister and her 
new-bom baby — P. M., 32, et seq, A South 
Island version gives an account of the swim to 
Motutapu by Hine-te-iwaiwa, more resembling 
the Mangaian story (afterwards related), and 
calls Hina the mother of Maui ; evidently amis- 
take — Trans., vii, 10. As Hine-te-iwaiwa, she 
was the goddess presiding over childbirth, and 
was often invok^ in spells at the time of par- 
turition ; the invocation is to be found S. B., 
29. (In Tahiti the waters of childbirth, liquor 
amnii, are called ina,) As Hine-i-te-iwaiwa, 
she is said to have been one of Tinirau's prin- 
cipal wives, and that she went with others to 
capture Eae by stratagem, after he had in- 
sulted Tinirau by killing the pet whale Tutu- 
nui [see Eae] — P. M., 66. She also went to 
Whakatau concerning the burning of Te-Uru- 
o-Manono as revenge for the killing of Tu- 
whakararo— P. M., 73. A South Island myth 
relates that Hina was the daughter of Tuna- 
roa and Bepo : hence she is named Hine-a-te- 
Bepo — A. H. M., ii. 76. White says that Hina 
swam to Motutapu because she had heard of 
Tinirau [see Mangaian version] — A. H. M., 
ii. 127. Before Tinirau heard Bupe (Maui- 
mua) call his sister £Une-te-iwaiwa, Tinirau 
knew her as Hine-te-ngaru-moana — A. H. M., 
ii. 136. As Hina-te-otaota, Hina is the " New 
Moon " — A. H. M., i. 85. Hina is the moon — 
A. H. M., ii. 87. [See comparatives preceding 
the word Hina.] Hina is called Ihiihi as wife 
of Irawaru, and she had a son named Pero 
(dog) — A. H. M., i. App. 

Haivaii— Hina is known here both as Hina 
and as EUnahele, the goddess of fishes. She 
was the wife of Euula (Tu-Kura), the god of 
fishermen. Hina appears as the intercessor 
between the fishermen and their deity ; when 
the god refuses to give fish, £Una is appealed 
to. Hina also appears as the wife of Hema, 
and the mother of Tawhaki and Euihi. [See 
Tawhaei.] She went up to live in the moon, 
because annoyed at the dirtiness of her chil- 
dren. Her lunar name is Hana-ia-ka-malama. 
This is apparently a version of the Tawhaki 
legend of Tangotango. One of the months 
was named after her, HinaiaJeele. Hina was 
seduced by Wakea (Vatea) [see Atea] , and bv 
him she brought forth the island of Molokai, 




to the great rage of Papa, the wife of Wakea. 
Hina as a Delu^goddeas is known as Hinalii, 
and the Noachian deluge is now alluded to as 
the Eaiakahinalii {Tai-a-Te-Hina-ariki). She 
had two sisters, Hinakuluiua {Hina-turu-i-tui)j 
the goddess of rain, and Hookuipaele {Whaka- 
tu-i-pakere). Manahiki — Here Hina is 
calleid sister to the three Maui brothers ; she 
helped to fasten the great fish-hook (Tonga- 
reva, or Penrhyn's Island) of Maui. This 
agrees with the Hawaiian account, which 
states that the fish-hook was baited with the 
bird of Hina, the alae, Niue— The Under- 
world of the dead is called Maui, but the 
heaven is the ** bright land of Sina " in the 
skies. Samoa — Sina is " the Woman in the 
moon;" and the dark places on the bright 
face of the full moon are supposed to represent 
Sina with her mallet, beating out the bark of 
the paper mulberry for native cloth. She is 
also connected with the Deluge; she, the 
daughter of Tangaloa, [see Tanoaboa,] being 
sent down by her falser again and again in 
the form of a bird to see if the flood was sub- 
siding. Mangaia— The heroine here takes 
the name of Ina (the Hervey Islanders drop- 
ping the letter h). Maui could not snare the 
Bun, (all the ropes burning up,) until he made 
a noose from the hair of his lovely sister Ina- 
ika {" Ina, the fish"). She was left one day by 
her parents in charge of some of the treasured 
family ornaments, but allowed herself to be 
outwitted and robbed by the goblin arch-thief 
Ngana. Her parents beat her terribly for 
this, and she resolved to fly from home to 
Tinirau, the king of all fish, he having over- 
shadowed her by a spirit {manu) which com- 
pelled her journey. She crossed the ocean to 
the Holy Island on the back of Tekea, the 
shark-king ; became the wife of Tinirau, and 
bore him a son, Eoro. [See Eoro.J Her 
brother Bupe came to her in the form of a 
linnet, and made peace between Ina and her 
parents. There are two other Mangaiian 
myths which give different spouses to Ina. 
One legend states that Maui's sister Ina was 
bride to the god Tane [see Take] ; another 
version relates that Marama, the Moon, fell in 
love with her, and took her away to the lunar 
mansions as his wife. Ina is called a tapairu 
[see Tapaibu] , or fairy princess, in some of 
the Native songs, especially those relating to 
the ball-playing : — 

** Of these fairies the most strangely fascinating 
And proficient at the game is our ina, 
Lovely blossom, whose home is in the sky, 
Beloved wife of Full-Moon, I have beaten thee." 

M. & S., 246. 

Marquesas — ^Hina was the wife of Tiki, 

the first man. [See Tm.J A sky fiecked 

with white clouds is called the Paepae-a-£Una, 

** the pavement of Hina." The Deluge hymns 

invoke her as well as Fatu-Moana, the Lord of 

Ocean. She is addressed as Hina-te-ao-iho, 

Hina-te-ao-meha, &c. Tahiti — Hina was 

the name of the first woman ; the wife of Tii 

{Tiki). Hina-tu-moana was beaten by her 

parents [see Mangaian version, ante] because 

she lost the family treasures in a freshet. At 

that time she dwelt in Papeuriri, at Tahiti. 

She received a divine lover, who guided her to 

TJporu, where dwelt her foster-father, named 

TaivaiTa - Tane • Tinirau • hoi - mate-te-hapa-o- 

FaeoTO. She crossed to him at Tahaa, on t 
ray-fish. At Baiatea there is a peninsula 
called Motutapu (Holy Island), whereon Hina 
and her brother Ru (Bupe ?) landed ; as there 
is a Motutapu in Rarotonga, another in New 
Zealand, &c, Bu and Hina helped to prop the 
sky [see Toeotoko] ; and in this Hina's bro- 
ther seems confused with Bu, the earthquake 
god. Hina went on in her canoe, and aiming 
at the moon, reached it, and became the lunar 
goddess, leaving Bu as master of the earth. 
Numberless spots in the Society Islanda are 
named after Hina: the opening of the reef 
through which she sailed ; the place whereon 
she beat out her tapa (native cloth) ; the site 
of her bread-fruit tree, &o. The allnsions in 
legend and locality-names to Hina are very 
frequent in Polynesia, but cannot all have 
mention. On glancing at the preceding word 
(Hina), the comparatives show how hina is 
connected with *' light " and *' moon " eveiy- 
where ; and this is probably why Hina beoame 
the wife of Tane, the god of Light (in Eastern 
Polynesia), or the wife of Marama, the moon, 
or of Atea, daylight. Some dim oonneotion 
between the moon and the tides may have led 
to the growth of myths confusing the Moon 
goddess with the Fish goddess, the great 
swimmer, the Deluge maiden, and the Deloge 
bird, &c. [For stories concerning Hina com- 
pared at lengtJi, see Tregear, Trans. N.Z. Inst 
xix. 486, et seqj\ 

HINAHINA, the name of a tree, the Whitewood 
(Bot. Melicytus ramiflorut) : Ka pakaina H t$ 
hinahinat na toro ton — Wohl., Trans., viL 88. 

HINAKI {Kinaki), an eel-basket, a basket for 
catching eels : I a Kura U hinaki-tuiia — G.-8, 

Tahitian — hinai, a kind of basket. Cf. 
hinaimatai, a kind of fishing basket or net. 
Tongan— flnaki, a cage; a net. Manga- 
revan— inaki, a basket for catching fish; 
aka-inaki, to procure. Haiiirallan — hinaij a 

HINAKIPOURI {hynakipouH), quite dark. Of. 
hinapourit very dark ; hinapo, twilight ; pouri, 
dark ; j?o, night. 

HINAMOE, sleepy. Cf. hiamoe, sleepy; mo*, to 

HINAMOKI, (also Inamoki.) a kind of rat. 
Morlorl — cf. hinamoko, to sqeak. 

HINAMOREMORE, a variety of the kumera, or 
sweet potato: He turanga-patuptUu, he Mna- 
moremore, he kakari-kura — A. H. M., iii. 88. 

HINANA (Klnana), staring angrily, looking fierce 
(spoken of the eyes and eyebrows) : He iwi 
kanohi hinana — Tin., zxviii. 60. Cf . fiana, in 
a passion; the eyebrow; nanakiat fierce. 2. 
To wink : He aha hoki o kanohi i Mnoiia oi* 
Hopa, XV. 12. 

HINANQA, the name of a smaU freshwater fish 
(Ich. Galaxiat attenuate). [For compara- 
tives, see Inanoa.] 




the names of different varie- 
ties of greenstone {jade, or 

HINAPO, tvriUght (one anth.) CL Mna, gngr 
hairs; the moon; po, night hinatore uaj 




reioent gabstanoe. [For oompara- 
I HiHA, and Po.] 

Kl, Tery dark: Naku i taku atu i te 
t— G. P., 69. C5f. hinapo, twilight; 
ffknesB ; po, night ; uri, black ; hina- 
qnite dark. [For comparatives, see 


: {h\nZLtore)t any phosphorescent sub- 
CL kina, grey hairs ; the moon ; 
hrilight ; tore, to bum ; a white spot ; 
glimmering, dimly luminoos ; inatore, 
the- wisp, ignis fatuus, 2. The young 
I a apeoies of toetoe grass {Arumdo), 

jiatf), or Whinau, the name of a tree 
aoearpus dentatus), 

(myth.) [See Hima.] 

rl : generally used only in addressing 
• yonng woman : E hine «, tangi kino 
aurere nei ki te kai — G. P., 201 : Nuku 
me, kia piri mai koe — A. H. M., v. 18. 
ne, a girl ; wahine, a woman ; tuahine. 

Bister ; tamahinet a daughter. 
an— cf. teine, a girl ; fafine, a woman ; 
fie, a daughter (of the mother only, 
be father) ; fa^ateine, to act the girl ; 
a girl ; mafine, a woman (a respectful 
fa^aflifine, hermaphrodite, Tahitlan 
Mne, a daughter ; tamahine, a daugh- 
hine, a woman ; hinerere, offspring. 
Lian — cf. hine, strutting, proud of 
ipearance ; wahine, a woman, female ; 
uupaa, a virgin. Tongan— cf. fine, 

fefine, a woman ; taahine, a maiden. 
lian — ct vaine, a woman. Mar- 
i~cf. vehine, women ; female. Ma- 
ran — cf . ahine, a woman ; female (also 
veine, a wife ; tamahine, the oldest 
r ; mohine, a term of endearment for 
ngest daughter; toaahine, a woman. 
otan — of. vahine, a wife; mohine, a 
; makuahine, aunt. Futuna — cf. 
iroman ; female. Ext. Poly. : Motu 
ine, a woman ; Waigiou, pin, a wo- 
Waigiou Alfuros, bin, a woman; 
t, a girl ; Salayer, baini, a woman ; 
ratty, Jineh, a woman ; Morella, 

a woman ; Teluti, ihina, a woman ; 
^o, vina, a woman ; Gah, binei, 
m ; Salibabo, babineh, a woman ; 
, umbenei, a woman, &o., &o, [See 

A (myth.), a goddess seen floating on 
.ers of the Deluge— A. H. M., i. 175. 
*r were Hinerakatai and Hineapohia. 


ONE (myth.) [See Hine-nui-te-po.] 

PAPA (mvth.), the first wife of Rangi- 
one of the Props of Heaven. [See 
Her children were Sky powers : Tu- 
a-rangi, Tama-i-koropao and Haronga. 
a wedded Tongotongo ; and from this 
re bom a son, Ba (the sun), and a 
r, Marama (the moon). 

ilk (myth.) [See Hineahua.] 

)EPO (myth.), '* The daughter of the 
" Hine was bo named as the daughter 
•lOA-te-tapoa (**Long.Eel, the goblin*'). 


H I N EH AON E (myth.) [See Hine.nui-tb.po.] 

HINEHEHEIRANQI (myth.), a deity, or wise an- 
cient being, who (with another named Hine- 
ikukntirangi) is often invoked during deep-sea 
fishing — Ool., Trans., ziv. 8: Ko te aki na 
wai f Ki toro ko Hineikukutirangi, H toro ko 
Hineheheirangi — MSS. 

HINEHUARAU (myth.), a taniwha, or monster, 
killed at Wairarapa by the chief Tara — Col., 
Trans., zi. 85. 



HINEITAITAl (myth.), a woman who lived in 
pre-diluvian times. She was the wife of 
Bakuru, but on account of his sin went away, 
and was afterwards married to Kumikomi- 
maro. These two had a son, Tantini, who 
made a remarkable voyage— A. H. M., i. 171. 
[See TAumn, and TupuTXTPUWHSinTA.] 

HINEITEIWAIWA (myth.), a name of Hina, 
when, as one of Tinirau's wives, she helped 
to enchant and capture Kae for his murder of 
Tutunui. [See Kae, Hina, and Tinzbau.] 

HINEKAUIRANQI (myth.), the priestess-chief of 
the Uorouta canoe, in the Migration. [See 
Takitumu canoe, under Abawa.] 

HINEKORAKO (myth.), a spirit residing in lunar 

HINEMAKURA (myth.), the sister of Boatapn. 
She drank the flood-water at the Deluge, {te 
tai a Ruatapu,) and thus preserved the rem- 
nant of mankind on the hill of Hikurangi — 
A. H. M., iii. 31. [See Hikubangi, Moaxuba, 


HINEMARU (myth.), the wife of Umukaria, and 
mother of Hinemoa. [See Hinemoa.] 

HINEMATIKOTAI (myth.,) a woman dwelling 
among the sea-fairies. She informed Buapu- 
puke that his son had been made a tekoteko 
(carved gable ornament) on Tangaroa's house, 
and also told Bua how to slay tiie sea-fairies, 
for whom she was doorkeeper, (as was Ta- 
whaki's mother for the Ponaturi,) and the 
sea-fairies died from the admission of light to 
their dwelling, as the Ponaturi died — Stack, 
Trans., viii. 176. [See Buapupuki, and Pona- 


HINEMOA (myth.), the beautiful daughter of 
Umukaria and Hinemaru. They dwelt at 
Botoma, and the maiden was the centre of 
attraction for all the young chiefs of the 
surrounding country. Among these were the 
sons of Whakaue-Eaipapa, three of whom, 
Tawake-heimoa, Ngarara-nui, and Tuteaiti, 
were legitimately bom; but the fourth, who 
was named Tutanekai, had been bom after 
his mother Bangiuru had eloped with Tu- 
wharetoa. [See Banoiueu.] Hinemoa owned 
a secret preference for Tutanekai above the 
other suitors, and the lovers found means to 
make their love known between themselves. 
Being separated by the lake, music was had 
recourse to as a means of sympathetic com- 
munication, Tutanekai and his friend playing 
on musical instraments which could be heard 
across the water. Guided by the sweet sounds, 
Hinemoa swam the lake at night, and after 
being in the water some hocuni, r«aohAd the 



wtirm spring at Waikimihia, and Tefresbed 
herself. Tbere abe was found b; Tutaneksi, 
wbo look ber to bis hojnfl ; and, in the morn- 
ing, to tbe joy of the whole sattlfiment, pro- 
dacsd hie beaatiful wife. Her place in tbe 
p«iligreea of ber descendants in pointed onl 
witb maob pride, and the story is a yery sweet 
and Bimplo totk-tale— P. M., 146, et teq. 

HINENUIOTEKAWA (myth.), the wife of Paikea, 
[See PiiKKA.] Faikeu la a eupornaturnl per- 
sonage; and HJne appears in lieaven, in Te 
Aksttka-tapU-o-Tane, the house of the hKard- 
god, PungB. Here ahe tell in love with 
Tawhaki, when be ascended ; and, leaving her 
husband, she became tbe wife of Tawhaki, by 
whom she bad a child. This caused tbe 
death of Tawhaki, bot be rose again by his 
own mflBfl— Wohl., Trana., vii. ii : A. H, " 
i. 10 and 18. 

HINENUITEPOor Hine-nui-i-te-po (myth.) This 
goddess was the daagbter of the god Tone 
[see Tu4l] and the Earth. formed Maiden, 
(Hine-ahn-ODe, or Hine-ba-ooe) constructed by 
that deity from tbe soil. HineabnoDB brought 
forth an egg ; whence emerged a child naitied 
Tikl-tohua. from whom oiune forth all the 
fowls of tbe ail. Tbe next child was a 
danghlar, Tikikapakapa [iitanga-a-Tiki-kapa- 
kapa = birds), who was afterwards named 
Hine-a.tauirB ("tbe pattern maid"). Hine- 
■tauira became the wife of Tane, and bore him 
several ohildren. among whom are Tahnkumea, 
Tahnnbnkairo, Tabuoliatu, and Tahukumoa- 
atepo. At this time she was ignorant of her 
relationship to Tane ; but on discovering her 
parentage, she was overcome with shame and 
despair. Bbe went down to Hades {Po), and 
became a goddeas of the Dark, assuming the 
name ot Hine-noi-tc-po in tbe Under-world, 
tiring to drag down tbe soals ot men to Night, 
while Tane strives to lead them to the light. 
She bore one daughter to Tane, a girl named 
Hinetitamauri. After abe bad left Tane she 
broaght forth Te Pourimi ("the dark night"), 
Potangotango ("the very dark night"), and 
then Pare.korilawa, who married Tawhaki, 
the Lightning god. In trying to pass through 
her doiuaina and deUver the souls o( men from 
death, Maui was slain. One legend stat 
that Maui deceived Hine by walking " like i 
atua," I.e. on bis feet and hands, with his 
belly and face upwards ; then, after robbing 
the aged goddess, Maui told bis brothers ' 
visit her walking upright. Thus it was th 
Maui.mna (Bnpa) was shun, and not o 
great Maui (Maui-tikiliki-a-Taranga). From 
Hinenhuone (the mother of Hine-nni-te-po), 
through her child Te Kapuwoi, came the race 
of Europeans ; while from Hiue-titama (a 
name of Hine-nui-te-po.) sprang the Maori 
people. See S. B., 22, 23 : P. M., 83 ; Wohl., 
Trans., vii. 9 and 30 : A. H. M., i. 131, I4(J ; 


HINENQARO, some portion of tbe intestines : Ka 
icthe te Makutu ktt rolo i te kinengaro o te 
lanffala—MSS. 2. The affections, teelings, 
the heart (fig.): / ra(o hoki i te v>ai, i rata 
hoki i te hinengaro o te tangaia — MSS. 
Samoaa- flnagalo, a obiers will, or desire ; 
to will : [b.) a ehiet's heart, or the seat of the 
affeottoiui : E jhiIo Uma Jiiuigalo, e maloti foi 


Uma mana ; Be is ynee in heart, and mi^ty 
in strength, (c.) Tbe liver of a pig or ilurk. 
Ct. fiiujaaUM, to be angi^ (ot obiets). Tahi- 
tian — htnaaro, love, deaire, aSection ; to lova, 
to desire : £ faaipoipo noa 'tu mtou i la rotou 
e hinaaro Ta ; Let them marry who they Iot« 
beat, (b.) Will, ohoioe, pleasure ; to wUl ; to 
choose : E te rave mi oia i tana hinaaro i tl 
tiiiu atoa te rai ra ; He does as be wills with 
the heavenly army. Mangalan — inangara, 
love, to love: I inangaro ana aa ia kotou; 
I have loved yon. Tongan — flnagalo, th« 
miod, applied only to the king (Tui Timga). 
Futuna— fififtgapo, the mind, the will ; Kipe- 
nei tiau Jinagaro i latere nei feipei tragi; 
Thy will be done on earth as it ie in heaven. 
Paumotan— hinagaro, willingly ; to be Ti- 
ling; to wish, to wish for; fakB-hinagaro, 
seductive; delusive. Morlorl — hirangani, 
conscience. Marquesaa— hinenao, to love; 
also hinanau : Te Falu nui Alea liaatuta i U 
kinanau; The great Lord Atea eatabliidied in 

HINENQARO (myth), the name ot tbs ninth ot 
the great Ages of the Universe. [See Eob>.] 

HINENGUTU (myth.), a laniwha or waler-telpie, 
residing at Eaingaroa. She is a very hum- 
leas creature of her class, being only a knot of 
wood floating on a pool ; but any interteieocs 
with this log of wood laingB on heavy rains. 

HINEPIRIFIRI (myth.), the wife of Tawhaki. 
She rescued Tawhaki when he was attacked 
and left for dead by his cruel hrotheti. Shfl 
was mother of Wahieroa, the famous chief- 
tain.— P. M., 36. [See TiWB*si.] 

HINEPUPUMAINAUA (myth.), the mother ot 
Tawhaki and Karihi. The legend baa oontra- 
'dictory veraiona : Hine is called Earsniikn 
(A. H, H., i. 121): and also Pupn-mai-nono 
(A. H. M., i. 54), who is generally called Ta- 
whaki'B aiater— A. H. M.. i. 121. 

HIHERAKATAl (myth.) [See HiSBiHDi.] 

HINERAU (myth.), the name of a wind in the 
Land of Spirits— M. U., : 

HINERUAKIMOE (myth.), one of the Powers ot 
Night. [See Eobe.J She woa visited by Tane 
when aearching (or his wife, Hine-ft-taaita— 
A H. M., i. 146. 

HINETEIWAIWA(myth.) [Sea HuramnTwo.] 
a daughter of Eob 
lenga, and bote a k 
named Tama-ihu.roa- S. B., 63, 76, 

HINETERAHGIATAAHUA (mythj, a heautifal 
chieftaineas, the mother ot Boango-rahia — 
A. H. M.. ii. 37. 

HINETENQARUMOANA (myth.), the i .. . 
which Tinirau knew hie wife Hina, before at 
heard her brother Bupe call her Hine-ta-iwa' 
iwB-A. H. M., 

KINETITAMA (myth.), a name tor HiseDnitepo, 
as " the first-born " (tilama tor timala, to be' 
gin). She was by this name the anceatreas ot 
the Maoris— A. H. M„ i. 117 ; iii. 13S, [Se* 

HINETITAMAURI (myth.), the daughter of Tan* 
and Bineatauira. It was on acooont ot th* 
birth of this child that Hine fled dowb to tb« 




Shade* (Po). oad became the cause of death 
ftmong mortals—S. B., 33, 
HIHE-TU-A-HOANQA (myth.), «ome ancient per- 
Kiiukge referred to in the myetictU atory of 
"PoQtini and Whaiapn "— P. M., 82. She 
drove Xgibae oat from hia former dwelling- 
place, and in his wanderings he oame to New 
riftlind, bringing with him hie famoue ika 
(&ib), the greenstoQe Poutini. [See Poutimi.] 
3. & groat prie«teaa und magician, a gmnd- 
dangbtcT of Tawhaki, acd the sister □[ Bata. 
Wben Bata was anable to use the tree he had 
(elied, designing it for a canoe (he not baviog 
repeated the proper invocation, the wood- 
blrie* tet the tree np again when felled), his 
■islet told bun to sharpen his axe on her 
ncred bodf, which, being done, had the da- 
■JTod eflect. Hence her mune, " The-msiden- 
tttinding-M-a-grindstone," or, as the Soathem 
Tenion gives it, "The maiden whose back was 
A whetstone" {Kaiet, e tehakairi ana ki runga 
ki U na iici o Inu taptina, ko Hinttuaoaka)— 
Wohl., Trans., vii. 46 : A,. H. It., i. 69 : P. M., 
69 : S. T., 5. The sharpening invocation : 
Orooro U loki na Hinf-luahoanga—^. T., 163. 
Hine came to Mew Zealand in Kata's aaooe — 
S. T., S. 

HIHE-TU-A-MAUNQA (mjthj, -The Mountain 
Maid," an anoeBtresa of Tans. [See Tine.] 
Tane took her to wife, but she onl; brought 
forth the rns^ water of the hilla and the 
mimiterB of the monntains, so Tane forsook 
her.— 8. R.. SI. 

HIHE-TU-TE-RAU-NIAO (mjth,), a daughter of 
Taramainuku.^S. R., 79. 

HINEWHATA (rayth.), the stump of a tree on 
which Hinemoa rested in her swim across the 
lake.— P. M., 148. [See Uimehoi.] 

HINU, oU, grease, (att; substance: Ka ringilia 
U Ainu— P. M., 62, 2. Pigeons or other game, 
preserved in their own fat. 

Tahltian— hinu, oU, fat, grease : E rafti 
riirii ot i te Tcira, a nijiii ai Ic hinu i nio iha ; 
Ton shall part it in pieces and pour oU thereon. 
Hinuhinu, brightness, lustre; bright, glossy, 
glistening ; fa.a-hirtuhinu, to cause lustre or 
■plendonr; to make respeoCed or honourable. 
Cf. lahinu, to anoint with oil. Hawaiian— 
hinu, oiotnient ; an; substanije tor beamear- 
ing ; to anoint or besmear, as with oil or 
grease ; to anoint ; (b.) to be smooth, to be 
■faining; smooth i greasy: polished; (''.) to 
■lip. to slide easily; hinuhinu, to shine, as if 
with oil; bright, shining; splendid, as red 
olotb; glittering, as polished atones. Cf. Aifu. 
clegftot, powerfui, magnificent ; hiluhilu, ex- 
odhiDt, beautiful ; the glorious, the powerful ; 
Aoo-Ailu, to eialt, praise, dignify ; oAinu, to 
roast, aa meat ; the piece of meat so roasted ; 
a ipit ; ohitiuhinu, to roast much or often ; to 
be parched or dried, as (lie skin of roast meat ; 
to be smooth and shining, ai a swelled skin : 
hence, to be sick ; hmu, to anoint ; heniikenu, 
■hininp, glittering, polished; kahinu, to tub 

Marquesan^hinu, to make sacred (rapu), to 
make oertain things anabte to be ealeu by 
certain penoni. MaQsalan — Inu, oil: E 
ririnti oki axa i U inu ki rungao ; He shall 
pout oil npon it. Of. akatainu, to anoint. 

Mangarevan— hinu, greoee, oil ; hinuhinu, 
oil on the head. Cf. aka-i«u, to eat handlula 
of liquid poi. Paumotan — cf. tahiita, to 
anoint, to grease ; oil for perfumery. Eit, 
Poly.; Tlcopia— cf. jiinu, cocoanut oiL 

HINQA (tor hika,) to kindle fire hy friction : Ka 
kingaia U ahi tupu— A. H. M„ i.6. [SeeHtKi,] 

HINGA, to fall, as a tree, or a person, from an 
npright position : Ka hinga, ka takoto, kei te 
whenua—Q. P., 29. 2. To lean, to lean upon : 
Kauht hinga mat ki ruiiga i a au, kapi tana 
he arunga oiifane, ko te urunga man Conu — 
Prov. Cf. hnaga. to make to lean to one lide, 
■ tilt. 3. To seek, to look for : Ka htnga W 

i. 15. 

HIHIHQA, tofallinnnmbers. 

HIHGAHINQA, to fall in numbers, a« on the 
battle-field ; the slaughter of numbers. 

HINQAIA (pass.), to be fallen upon. 

Whaka-HINGA, to cause to fall: Whika-hingata 
etehi a nga ra kia nta hittre ai— P. M., 72. 

Tahitian— tiia, a fall ; to fall, as a person 
or tree that was standing ; faa-hia, to cause 
eomethiug that was standing, as a tree or 
man, to fall down. Cf. Iiiatumio, to fall, root 
and branch. Hawaiian — hina, to lean from 
an upright poslrion ; leaning ; {b.) to tall, to 
(all down, as a house ; a falling : Hina iho la 
du maluna (I ka papaa Itpo ; I fell upon the 
hard grennd. (c.) To fall, morally ; (4,1 to 
be offended ; to offend ; hoo-hina, to slant 
over; to throw down, as a person. Cf. tahina, 
to fail before one ; to be the victim ol one'a 
intrigue or displeasure; to supplant; to take 
the advantage of one, Tongan — higa, to 
fall, to stumble ; a fall, degradation. Ct. 
Idgaatja, anything by which one falls or 
sturoblBB. Marquesan^hlka, to fall; (6.) 
to slip, to slide; (c.) to be overoome, van- 
quished. Mangarevari^iga, to fall, a fall, 
tumble; aka-hlgo, to upset, said of men or of 
anything large. Cf. igahu, vanquished ; iga- 
maorora, pestilence, a greuC mortality. Pau- 
motan — hIga, to (all ; (b.) to be worn ont, 
used up ; decay ; (f .) dead ; faka-higa, to cause 
to fall. Mangalan — iga, to fall. Ext. 
Poly. : Malay— of, littget, to lean. 

HIHGANGAROA (rayth.). a chief who built tha 
£r9l carved house. It was built at Uawa, or 
Uwawa, and was called Baweora. — A. U. M., 
ii. 163. [See Buapupcke.] 

HIKQOHQI,a variety of potato. 

HIOI, the name of a plant (Bob. Mtntha cunning- 
hn'iiii]. 2. The name of a bird, the Qiound- 
Lark (Om. Anthui noi-a-ieatandia). 

HIORE, the tail [see WmoBE]: Toroherohe mat 
ana te hiore—¥. M., 29. 

HiPA, to start aside. 2, To pass on one aide. 
il. To eiceed in length ; to surpass. 

Whaka-HIPA, to slip aside, to turn aside ; Otiia 
i whakahlpa ala ia i te aroaro o Haora — 
1 Ham., nix. 10. 

Whaka-HIPAHIPA, irregular in height. 

Samoan — glpa, to be awry, to incline to one 
eide ; (b.J to make a mistake in speaking ; (c] 
a Bijiah hah, asmallQying-lish. Tahitian — 
hlpa, self-conceited ; pnde, to be proud ; (6.) 
tha sharp point of a sail ; hipahlpa, to display 
pride repeatedly ; faa-hipa, to turn aside ; (b.) 
(o aseume superculions alia. Cf. ohipa, wor^ 


D go II 

hipa, to bluDder \n Epeating, a blunder; (6.) 
little bnndle; hipahipa, to be joyfnl, to exprsBB 
glsdnasa : hoo-hipa, a. kind ot meU (aong) ; 
(6.) to vow, to perform a. vow ; (c.) to Bpe&k 
falsely ; a, ffLleehood. Cf . ohipi, to perform B 
VOW ; to speak that which ia false ; oMpim, 
wicked, or careless, of negligent 
Toogan — ^ hiba, awry, orooked, 

atoop 1 (b.) a book ; (f .) 
tnahipahipa, wiudtng. t 
things vhich are not right ; ttihipa, to impute 
a thing to anyone. Mangarevan — cf. aka- 
hipa, to raise the jaw of another with the 
hand, to "chuck under the chin." Pau- 
molan — of. hipa, to inspect ; to superintend ; 
to look at, gaxe ; hipahipa, to make a visit ; to 
perceive; hipahia, viaible; hipatika, to look 
at fiicdlf. 

Whaka-HIPA, the head ; the hair ot the head. 

HIPAE, to lie In the nay ol. Cf. pat, to lie 
across ; & step in a stairoase ; to be oast on 
ahoie; hipa, to pass on one side. 2. To lay 
oroBswise. Cf. parpae, a threshold ; pat. to 
lie across : whako-hipa, \a tum aside. [For 
comparatives, see Bir*, and Pae.] 

HIPOKI {XipM). to cover, to cover .ver : Na 
hipokitux iho ia e ia— Eai., iv. 19. 2. A cover- 
ing : Ka huTuhia ala i noa te hipoki a le aaka 
—Ken,, viii. 13. Cf. pott, to cover over i ha- 
poki, a pit for storing potatoes : kaupoki, to 
cover over; to invert ; (aupot:!, to cover over ; 
huripoki. to tum upside dovm. [For com- 
paratives, see PoEi.] 

HIRA, in great nnmberg, nnmerons; a mnlti- 
tude : Kia rili ki nga tchelu o It rangi te 

HIHIRA, shy, suepicioas. Cf. hirau, to trip up. 
2. The act of bevelling Ibe edge of a log ol 

Whaka-HIRAHIRA, to eitol, to magnify, to do- 
prcaiate others in order to magnify oneself : 
E lehakahirahira ana ana koe i a Hoe ki tota 

— Eko., . 


Tahilian— hira, bashlulncsa in the presence 
of many together, or of asuperior; hirahira, 
scnipnlousDCSfi ; the fear of eating sacred food 
or what the Borcerera have prayed over ; (b.) 
Borne regard tor tbe feelings of others ; hlhira, 
to look askance. Samoaa— cf. tiia, to be 
outdone ; lila/aga, a chiers observing, a chiePa 
Bight, a chieFs knowledge ; tiiila, to see, to 
know (a chiers word), Hawaiian— liilahila, 
shame, blushing of the face, confusion ; to be 
ashamed : A koi aku la takau ia ia a hilahiia 
oia. f mai la ia, ' E ftuouna aiu oukou I ' And 
when they urged him till he was ashamed, he 
said ' Send ': HilalB, to bend, to crook ; hoo- 
hilahila, to be ashamed ; bashful, modest, as a 
backwoodsman ; to pnt one to shame by his 
own Buperiority. Tongan — cf. iauhila, to 
tnrn up the eyes. Uaugarevan — cf. hira, 
frank, baidy. 

HIRAU (W™u), to enUngle, to trip np. Cf. 
hihira. shy, suspicioui ; rau, to catch in a 
net ; hi, to catch with hook and line. 

Whaka-HIRAU, to trip, to stomble. 2. To feel 
for anything in the water iritli one's feel. Cf. 

HIRAU, a paddle tor a canoe. 

HIRAUTA (myth.), the name ot one ot tha 

HIRERE (hXrfre), to gush, spurt. Cf. hi. to make 

Tahitian— hirere, to spurt Cf. rert, to 
leap, [For other comparaticee, see Hi, and 

HIHIRI, laborious, energetic, ossidnons. 3. Ba- 
quiring exertion. Cf. uAiri, to twiit, to plait 
[see Saraoanl . 

HIRIHIRI, to repeat incantations over any one to 
impart energy : Naku i tchakatata t, i tt hiri- 
hiringa ma le ntua— M. M., 192: Eatahi • 
Tone ka hirihiri i tona ure—k. H. M., i. 147. 
2. A short invocation : He hirihiri te ingoa o 
te karakia polopolo—Q-&. 29. 

Whaka-HIRIHIRI, to assist, relieve. 2.ToohBiit 
spells to relieve a suSerei : Ka inhakahirikiTui 
ata ki mnga ki te icahine t tchakamamae ra ; 
ka hirihiria atu ana ki U Aauhou o BtntMat- 
laiehiti—P. M., 126. 

SaTnoan— aili, best, prinoipa], faigheat; to 
be the principal, highest ; {t.) to lodge in, to 
stick in. as a feather; {c.) to inqnire, ask; 
[d] to pass, to exceed, to go beyond; exceed- 
ingly : sieili, the head turmeric-maker ; ((>.) to 
be spread about, as water from h watercoursa 
which has overflowed ; (<;.) to shoot, to dart, 
as pain from one part ol the body to another; 
fa'a-sili, to be enparior ; {b.) to go beyond, to 
project ; (c.) to canse to pass oft, aa fatitrne by 
taking reot, or sleepiness by getting a uajj. 
Cf. fa'a-eilita/o, to he relieved for a time, to 
have a partial relief in sickness ; tilimuta, to 
exceed all; fill, to be entangled, to be in- 
volved, intricate; to plait, as sinnet; jiUgIt, 
diligent, persevering ; fa'a-taiuili, to afleot 
superiority, Tongan — hili, to put upon, to 
lay upon ; (b.) the preparation of arrovrroot; 
hihili, better, more valuable; hilihKi, to seek 
fruit when only few and scarce. Cf. fthiU- 
hili. to pile one upon another ; hilifahi, to lay 
or put npon; (uu/iiii, to ait or stand on any- 
thing very high, aa a maat-head. Manga- 
revan— ake-hirl, to help a sick person; (i.) 
to make a nest orden (of Bome animal) ; aha.- 
hirihiri, to put the food edl round tbe aideB of 

for turtle. Eit. Poly.; Malagasy— i 
hiry, inflexible, obBtinate. 


HIROKI [hfToM), thin, meagre, lean {also Whi- 
rolli) : He liiroki, lie ahua kijio noa i/io— Ken., 
xli, 19. Cf. Tchiro. tbe Becond day ot iho 
moon ; mini, a thread ; to spin. 


[7«] Hlwl 

Havralian— ct. hilo, the first night in 
vhioh tiiB new moon oaa be aeea, bb it is liks 
■ twisted thie*d(hf2o, to twist, spin). [See 
MtDp&ratiTes of WBOo.] 

HtRORI (Alrori), to walk with trembling kneea; 
to totter, atogger. Ct. rOr), eDtangled ; rori, 
diilorted; pirori, to roll aloDg, na a ball; 
Torirori, demented, dazed ; tunrri, to stagger, 

Ha^raUan — cf. ton, to torn over ; to 
ehange. alter; hila, to twist; hilohila, to 
wander here and there, in telUog a story; 
itoli, the unpleasant sensation of pregnane;. 
Tabitian — of. arori, a movement; to be 
moTing or sbakinR; to stagger; faa-rori, to 
move, shake, or pull a thing from aide to side, 
in order to make it looHe ; tnriiri, to stagger. 
Uangarevan— ct. rori, to rock, to stir, to 
toss about : turoH, to totter ; faintnesB. weak- 
ness ; gaToriTori, to vaecillato. Paumotan 
— hirohirouri, rariable. 

HITARA, s priaed variety of the kumara, or aweet 

HITARI (AXari), ■ sieve, or mitrament for sifting. 

HITAU {KUau),^ small waist-mat; apron. Cf. 
itau, a girdle (or the waist ; ahitau, dressed 
flax Sbre ; lehitiii, to gird ; tau, a wrist-thong 
(for a weapon) ; wAimft), to be enlaiigled. 

HITAWETAWE (tAtaiettaait), very long. 

HITEKI liAUki), to hop. CI. hiioko, lo hop. 

HITI (myth.), alioriginea of the Chatham Islands 
(near New Zealand,) when first discovered by 
the Polynesians : Ko Hiti It ingoa o tana iici 
ki u Morion— ii.-S, 2. [Bee MouioBi.l 1[ is 
a debated point as to the question of One New 
Zealand islands having been inhabited at the 
time of the arrival of the Maori. I-egeod 
■peaks of a laoe in prior occupation, and says 
that they were called " Toi." or Upobo-toea ; 
tfaat tbey lived on fern-root, fisb, and birds, 
but b*d no knowledge ol the kumara (sweet 
potato). [See Ecuaka.] See Locke, Traoa., 
I*. 484 : also 0.-8, 2. A very aarioas legend 
states that Maui l^t Sui to charge ol the land 
when he (Uani) bad dragged it op from the 
oeeao depths, and the raceof Eai dwelt in the 
land. [See Kci.] Then came a people from 
aoToas (he sea, the Tutu-mai-ao, who aeaumod 
enperior knowledge, and began to kill ; but 
soon afterwards they Iwgan to intermarry with 
the former inhabitants, antil the race of Koi 
diiappcared, aod Eai herself went down under 
thegionnd tolive. [See NnELUTAWBixi.] Then 
the Tutu-mai-ao were dominant, ontil another 
race oame aoroas the sea, called the Tuiehn 
(fairies), and attacked the inhabitants !□ the 
lame way as the Kai people had been attacked, 
iBtenuarried in the same way. Sia., and then 
UBmned the rule. Then came other doscend- 
aata ot Maui, the acceslral Maoris, who acted 
like their predecessors, till the Turehu became 
extinct ; and tlie Maori have dwell on ■' The 
Fiah of Maui " for forty-six generations. The 
Toreha became palupatarthe [see Pathfiea- 
uaa]— A. H. M., iii. 1B9- Manaia is said to 
have killed aborigines at the Woitara (P. M., 
145); but another legend states that these 
were the people (Maori) which come in the 
Ariki ■ mai ■ tai oanoe. [See AaiwA.] The 
Pajigatoru euio« wu not allowed to land in 

New Zealand, the original inhabitants driving 
tbe immigrants back bj force, and the Panga- 
toni ratucned to Hawaiki— A. H. M., ii. 181. 
Oa tbe other hand, Ngabue told the Hawaikl 

Eeople that there were no men in Now Zea- 
ind ; neither did Bakataora see any inhabit- 
ants—A. H. M.. ii. IBS. Cf. Iiihili. to expel. 

In Tahiti the word hiti means a monster, or 
whatever is deformed at birth ; hanahiti is a 
person oJ the hiti or border, one o( inferior 
note ; hitiapa, the iuhabilont of a border land ; 
liiti, an edge or border ; to rise, applied to tha 
sun, stars, Ac. (the Maori lehili) ; tahiti, to 
transplant, to remove a thing from its original 
place. Jo Mangaian (dialect drops h). It! is 
tbe place whence came the ancestors of the 
Aitn, a god-tribe. It is now said to be Tahiti, 
but this ia very doubtful, aa lawhiti is the 
com moo Polynesian word (or any distant 
place. [See Haw*ihi, and Tawhiti.] The 
Hauralian word {Kahiki) is discussed under 
Hawaiki. It is also deserving of notice tliat 
in Hawaiian, hiki. (hili or lekiti.} means to 
arrive at. to reach, as the Maori uihili means 
to cross over. In Marqussan hiti is " to go 
to the side ol tbe mountain." It is curious to 
mark that in Tonga the Tongana are sup- 
posed to be named thus as being the Western 
(or South-western) people, in distinction from 
tbe Fijians. who were the i'iti (or Eastern) 
people. JQoratio Hale, quoted by Fomander, 
"Polynesian Raoea," vol. L) This would give 
the etymological value o( uihili, " to shine," to 
the meaning of hiti, aborigines, as in Tahitian 
hitia-o-tt-ra, sunrise, or eastern. As a mere 
hypothesis, it may be considered whether tha 
//ill of the Chathams were allied to the Viti 

SFiji) people aa a Papuan race : as " the 
Eastern people. 

HITOKO {hiMkc), to hop. Cf. hittki, to hop; 
toko, to spring up (in the mind). 

HIWA, wolohlul, wakeful. 

Samoan— ol. liva, a dance, song. Ha- 
'wailan— cf. hiwa, black, preoioua ; any black 
article supposed to be acceptable to the gods 
as an offering ; dear, beloved. Tahitian — 
cf, hitia, a clan ; the company in a canoe. 
Tongan — cf. hiva, to sing ; a song ; a heathen 
festival. Mangarevan— of. hirahiva, heavy, 
said of tbe eyes; iva, a stronger; ivaiva, 
severe, hard; aka-ivaiva, to detest. Mar- 
quesan — of. hiea. strange. 

HIWAl (MiPoi), the potato. Cf. riirai. potato. 

HiWAIWAKA, 1 the name of a bird, a species ol 

HIWAKAWAKA.f Rhipidura. 

HIWEKA(Aiu>(bi), hanging. 

Whaka-HIWEKA, to hang up. 

HIWI, the ridge ol a hill: Taki eke nei au U 
hiiei hi parahaki—S. T., 179. Cf. kahiwi. the 
ridge of a hill ; iuriluara, the spine ; tuaiai, 
the back; iici, a bone. 2. A beaten track. 
3. The main part or bottom piece of a canoe, 
to which tbe bow and other pieces were united 
by lashing. 

Samoan — cf, tuatipi. the backbone ; a chain 
ol mountains. Hawaiian— hiwi, the fiat or 
depressed summit of a protuberance ; (b.) to 
diminish, as a swelling ; to flatten down, as a 
protuberanee. Cf. iwt, (he aide ot an upland 




hill of kalo (taro) ; the Btones ased a,t land 
boundary mrU'bB; kaaliiiei, the summit of a 
mountain. TatiUian— ct. iaaivi. the slope 
of a monatBm lid^te; I'rifuimao, the spine; 
aivi, any ridga of low hills HtretchinK to 
the mountains ; taa, the back ; ivi, a bone. 
Mangaiian — cf. luaici, a hill; kaivi, a 
ri<l|{c, crest of a hill ; ivi, a bone. Mar- 
quesan— of. luaivi, a mountain; tun, the 
back. Mangarevan — ivi, a small hill : (ft.) 
a bone. Cf, luiliia. the backbone ; aka-iviivi, 
to mftka (olds ; afrn-iEi'lua, shelving ; to form 
a ridge. Paumolan — cf. cuiaivi, a amall 
hill. Eit- Polj.: Fljl-of. tivi-a, to cnt a 
thing, as a stick, to a point. 

HIWI, to jerk a (ishing-line: Kataht otw ia hiicia 
<tu— P. M.. IIG. Cf. hi, to fish with hook 
and line ; hiki, to start, jump. 

HIWIKIWI. the name of a fish. 

HO, a word expresBive of the action of Rivingi 
presenting, Ac. It ia very rarely used except in 
eomposition, as ho-mai, give (bilherj ; hn-alii, 
give (away from speaker) : itehentfa ka kai- 
poHU kne i ho kai, kaore i ha alu e ltn(— MSS. 
8. It in also used in the sense of motion, as in 
the English idiom " giTe way :" ho-akr. go on. 
Namoan— soso (fiwl), to move along. With 
moi (hither), to draw near; with nru (away), 
to move oft. Cf. iota, to turn from side to 
aide, to be reatleas, as io a fever. Ha'wailan 
—ho, to trHnsfer ; to bring hither or Cftriy 
awaj (also with mai and alu] ; (6.) to briaR, to 
present : £ ho mai ovknu i kekahi kanaka i 
hoa kava no'u; UiTe me a man, that we may 
fight together, (c.) To carry, or cause to be 
conveyed ; to transport ; (d.) to produce, to 
bring forward, as food to the table. Tongan 
— of. foaki, to give, to present ; liberality. 
Mangarevan — ho, to give (with mai and 
alu} : i/ii taai la tt tnjnina kia na r tuntturu 
lUana; His grandfather gave him B staS of 
power. Paurnotan — ct. hoake, to despatch, 
(jend off. Mangalan— o, to give (with mai 
and alu) : Omni tat noku ora e, o Te-ata-i- 
maiorf ; Give me a new lite, oh Light of the 
morning. Tahltlan — hO, to give (with mni 
and alu): Ilomai i teit tnmia nou; Oive me 
this mountain. 

HO Cid). to pout, to project the tips in soom. Cf- 
ko, to put out the lips in derision. 2. To 

HOHO {hohJj), to Bpeak angrily; to say " ftoftB," 
2. To grin. 3. To drop, to drip, to trickle. 

Tahltlan — ho, a war-shont, signifying joy 
or triumph. Hawaiian — ho, to cry out in 
a ctamorouB manner; (b.) the asthma ; (c.j a 
Doiae as of lowing cattle ; oho, to exclaim, to 
cry out, aa many voices; hoa-ho, to raise the 
voice to a high pitch ; (i.) to apeak loguther, 
to shout acquiescence or acclamation ; to pro- 
oloim : Hooho mai la na kanaka a pau me 
ka lea kahi ; All the people answered with one 
Yoice. (c.) To shont in triumph : £ hooho na 
kanaka a pan i ka hooho nui ; All the people 
shall shout with a great Bhout. (rf.) To cry 
out in fear and distress: (t.) to wheeze, to 
breathe hard ; to snort ; hoho, to snore, to 
breathe hard, to snort; to gurgle; (b.) to cry 

canoe in the water ; (g.) to jet, as water into a 
canoe wbeD there is a hole; (h.) to leap or 
slide down, as one from a precipice ; hoo-hoho, 
to force ont. to emit wind. Ct. kahoho, to cry 
out after one ; a crying out ; ahontiog, calling. 
Tongaa— fofo, to rinse, to wash elifibtly ; (b.) 
to ruEth, aa a current of water into deep holes ; 
(c.) to drink up; hobo, soft, yielding, as eailh 
after rsin. Mangarevan— ho, to friizhten 
fish ; aka-hoho, to lick, to kiss. Ext Poly. : 
Anoityum— of. ho ! I am here. 

HOA, a friend, male : Ko taku hoa pta, ttnei, ka 
hnki mai—Q. P., 28. Iloa-Kahine, wife. 3, A 
companion, ally, confederate : A Inkowha oTia 
hoa i kainga kaloalia e in— P. M., 11. Hoa- 
riri. an enemy. 

HOAHOA, a spouse. Used also of two women, 
wives at the same husbaod : Ka aicha atu koU 
It ft-wAoa— P. M., 183. 

Whaka-HOA, to make a friend or SBsociate of. 
Sanrioan — soa, a companion, friend; (b.) 
one who procures a life for another ; (c.) a 
song in honour of visitors ; fa'a-Boa, to seek a 
wife for another; lb.) to apportion, divide out; 
Ta'a-soasoa, to deliberate about the distriba- 
tion of food ; (b.) to be pmdent. Cf. »o/tfafiat, 
the female companion of a lady ; iraifii<i'a, a 
companion canoe going with another ; auMa, 
to dance by companies at a night dance ; tiA- 
tnii, an armour-bearer. Tahitlan^hoa, a 
Iriend (also eboa, and nsed as a term M 
address) : tt hum ia o taun htrt no'u ra : o 
le hiini ia o lo'u iiei hoa ; This is my well- 
beloved, and this is my friend. Faa-hoa, to 
make a friend, to procure a friend ; to adopt a 
companion ; hoahoa, likenesa. resemblance ; 
hohoB, an efligy. figure; form, likeneas; faa- 
hohoa, to compare as to iLkeness, to esteem at 
bearing sQeh a. likeness ; (b.) to portray or 
make a likeness of a person or of a thing. Ct 
hoatiii. a friend that is always willing ; hoatan, 
the office of him who indicated peace or war. 
Haivalian— hoa, a companion, a fellow, a 
friend, an asaiatant : A ike laknu ia ia. lame 
lakou i konakobi hoa ; Whan they aaw him, 
they brought him thirty companions ; E no 
hoa ka La nui haon : Ub, companions of the 
great baroing sun. (ft.) To secure by tying ; 
to bind, to wind round, Cf. hoaaloha, a loved 
companion; hoahana, a feilow-labonTer ; hoO' 
binauna, relatives of one's own tribe; hoakatu, 
a fellow-suldier. Tongan — boa, a second, a 
companion ; to couple ; to pair with ; to accord 
or agree with; faka-hoa, to couple, to pair; 
(b.) snapicious ; to auspeot or imagine ill ol 
another ; faka-hohoa, to put fairly, bad and 
good, large and small, together. Ct. ohoana, 
a apouse, a partner; fehoanaki, to pair, to 
couple ; gaahoa, a couple, a pair (Q«ed only in 
coin)>osition), Marquesan — hOB, a friend, 
companion ; I If tiima Onaona a na hoa : In 
the beginning, Space and companions. Ma- 
ngarevan— hoa, a Iriend; oa, a friend, said 
of a man loved by another; aka-oa, a friend; 
aka-hoa, to mnke friends with any ona. 
Rarotongan—OB, a friend, oompanioD : So 
ioe e leou an oa e noo *j miia ia kot ra ; Yon, 
and your companions that sit before yon. 
Paumotan— hoa, companion, Iriend, Ext. 
Poly, I Kayan — ct. hntca, a wife. StKa- 
yana— of. toioa, a Iriend. Ticopla— ol. km, 

HoA [^ 

HOA, to um a blow &t by Ihrawing, CI. vgahoa- 
Iwa, headache [see Samoan] ; pahnakoa, hesd- 
achei a, to drive [see Hawaiian] ■ 2. To 
cbann tha ground over whiob oue is going to 

Samoan— foa, to ohip, aa a hole in an epg- 
shbll ; (6.) to break, aa a rock ; (c.) to break 
the head; a fracture of the bead; foFoB, to 
break the ehclt, to hatch ; (b.) to begin a tnro 
plantation ; fa'a-foa, a boil. Cf. foagafanua, 
|>igeoDB hatched earlj ; foa lima, n chicken 
hatched by bftod from an egg left hy the hen. 
Havrallan-^hOB, to strike on the head with 
a stick : to strike, as in lighting ; [h.) to beat, 
■s bark in making kapa, (Mpn, native cloth,) 
vith a stick on a atone ; {e.) to drive as cattle. 
[Note. — This word, if disBected, is probably 
Ao*(T, i.e. ho-a. for hoo-a, for ho^-a^= whaka-n, 
causative of Maori a, to drive, nrgo.] (if.) To 
tie, to aecnte by tying, to bind ; hohoa, to 
strike repeatedly on the head with a slick : 
la beat kapa; a cane; a'nar-club: lioo-hoa, 
to challenge, to dare one to fight ; to provoke 
one to anger (cf. Maori hoariri, an enemy). 
Cf. nahoahoa, to strike on the head ; to break 
ooe'a head ; the effect of Bonetroke on one's 
head -, pihoa, dizziness of the head, aSectiog 
one's eyes ; pahoa, a ahsrp atone \ a broken 
piece ot stone with a sharp edge; a short 
wooden dagger. Tahitian— hoa, to grasp, 
ts an aatagonist ; a wrestler ; (b.) lo stand, as 
an aimj ; (c.) the headache : hoatioa, teasing. 
perplexing. Cf. hoai, anp^, indicating mis. 
diief, applied to the human conntenance ; 
tiahoahoa, to be disturbed by noisea ; a violent 
headache- Tongao— foa, to fractpre, crack; 
to m&ke an opeoing ; fofoa, to crack op into 
several pieces ; lb.) a good fpearman ; faka-foa, 
to cry OT sing with a loud strained voice. Cf, 
/ofoai, to be hatched, to be crocked ; foaaga, 
a litter, a brood ; tafoa, to break, to crack. 
Marquesan^f. hahita, to beat bark for 
native clo<h. Mangaian — oa, to strike ; K 
aa I te Hpoko, i oa i lo rae ; Strike the head, 
strike the temples. Paumotan— faka-hoa- 
hoo, a row, a noise. Ext. Poly. : Motu — cl. 
tahoa, to throw a spear ; tabo'ikaa, to throw. 
Ualagasy — cf. con, struck, hit, wounded. 

MOANGA [hoAjiga.), a kind of stone used aa a 
grindstone, or whetstone [For description, see 
Tiani. N.Z. Inst., xviii. p. 26] : Na. ka ki te 
raha o U hoanga, ' Kia ioi, kia koi' — Wohl., 
Trans,, vii. IB. 

1 grindstone). Hanralian — hoana, 
a hone, a whetstone, a grindstone ; to rub. as 
with a stone ; (b.) Hf hoana t paa ai ka icaa, 
a polishing stooe for JiniRhiog a, conoc ; (c.) to 
make-believe, lo preteod ; (d.) the name of a 
Epecies of Gsh (Dtoifon). large and singularly 
abmpt behind, as it cut off in the middle. Of, 
hcanaptiu, to crook, an a piece of timber ; to 
project. to makean angle; hooanakaa, a ftiad- 
stone {kaa = Maori laka) ; hoanahva, bending, 
stooping ; a tail, slim, stoop .shouldered man. 
Toogaa — fuaga, a grindstone. Ci. fwifuaga, 
the pumice stone. Mangarevan — tioaga, a 
fine Tolcaoic alone used for whetstones (also 
0>^) ; (b.) a grindstone. Cf, haho, lo polish ; 
egaoaa, to swing a cord over and over wilboat 

n Ho6 

HOARIfll, enemy: Kei lata ano tona hoariri— 
P. M., 70. Cf. n'rl, anger ; hiia, to aim at in 
throwing ; boa. friend (?). [For comparatives, 
see HoA, and IliBi.J 

HOATA {h'Mta), a long sp^ar. Cf, hvala, a barbed 
spear. 2. The third day of the moon's age. 
Cf, aCa-maramn, moonlight. Samoan^cf. 
fuala, the handle of a spear. Tahitian— 
boats, the name of a night of the Tahitiaa 
moon or month. Hawaiian — hoaka, to lift 
up. to lift up OS a spear in lighting : Hoaka at 
la ia i kana ihe ; Ue lifted up hia epear. (b.) 
To drive away, to frighten; (c.) to glitter, to 
shine, to be splendid ; (if.) the crescent of the 
new moon, the hollow of the new moon ; («.) a 
UHine of one of the Aapu {lap") days, the 
secoud day of the moon ; (/.) the arch or lintel 
over a door. Marquesan — cf. ftoata, deax, 

HOATU (liTjatu], to give, away from the person 
speaking : A'a hoalii hr ia ie wai ki a Hine- 
Mna—y. M.. 131. 8. To move on, away from 
the Hi>eaker: ' Ael hootal' Ka karanga atu Ie 
kmniu^ke nei — P. M., 63. [For oomparativos, 
see Ho, end Atc] 

HOE, to presH away, lo pneh away with the hand : 
he riiujaringa hoea, a rejected suitor. 2. A, 
paddle, oar ; to paildle. row \ Talon ka hof M 
If /»— P. M., 22. 3, To voyage, travel, in a 

HOEHOE, to toss about, to scatter, 2. To paddle 
about; to make repeated trips in a canoe: Tt 
tan'jaia nana i hufhota te moami — (i. P,. 67. 
3. 'I'o convey in a boat or oauoe, making re- 
peated trips. 

Whaka-HOE, to rejeet \ to show indiCEcrence to. 
Samoan— foe, a paddle ; foefofl, to paddlo 
briskly ; foea, to have plenty of pullers in a 
caooe. Cf./wnii, a steering paddle; foemua, 
the bow paddle; foemiiii, to steer; to/or, to 
cut paddles, Tahitian — hoe, a paddlo, oar ; 
to row or paddle ; (b,) the helm of a ship ; 
hoehoe, to paddle repeatedly from place to 
place ; (li.) a mode of fishing ; (c.) to elean or 
sharpen the teeth of a wooden comb. Ha- 
■waiian— hoe, a paddle : Kipu iho la lakoa i 
na hoe ; They turned the paddles back {i.e., 
rowed backwards). Hoehoe, to row a canoe or 
boat here and there; {li,\ the shoulder-blade, 
from its resemblance to a canoe paddle : {e.) 
a wind-instrument, something resembling a 
tlute. Cf. hoel'i, to urge on, lo push along; 
hoeitli, a rudder ; hoewaa, a paddler, oarsman. 
Tongan— fohB, a paddle. Cf. fohevli, a 
steer-oar, a rudder ; taufor, a rope belonging to 
the steer-oar ; lafiit, to lufi, to bring nearer up 
to the wind. Marquesan^ — hoe, a paddle; 
lo row. paddle: Ue hoe i le liiiia; A paddle 
in the hand. Barotongan — oe, an oar, ■ 
paddle; to row: Akaniaroiroi iura le au 
lanijata I le oe e oki akiwa ki uta: Never- 
theless, the men rowed hard to bring it to the 
land. Mangarevan — hoe, on oar, paddle ; 
to row ; K haka vare ana le vaka t le Iioe ; 
The paddling in the canoe stops ; (6.) to labour 
at agriculture, Cf. ofir, an oar, paddle ; rapa- 
rapalioe, the blade of a paddle. Est, Poly.! 
Motu— cf. hoih; a paddle. Fiji— ot, voce, (e 
==th) a paddle, to propel a canoe with a paddle; 
CDi^mi/niitii. the nautilus [kuila, 
Malagasy — cf. soy, the art of rowing ; miiiog. 




to row -ifivoy. %a oar; foiitoy, roving, rambling, 
going to nnd Iro. Caroline Islands— cf. 
oa, a paddle. Solomon Islands— cf. foat, 
B paddle. 
KDEHOE (m^th.), a Eeml-divice persoQ, a des- 
oendant of Uangi (the Sk;}. He «u bdd of 
Uraps, and father of Fuluorangi. — 8. It., 15. 


HOEORA (myth.) [See Habora] 

HOEPAPA, to eradioate, to destroy all traces of. 

Cf. hoe, to push awa; ; whakahoe, to reject ; 

papa, toundatioD. 

Maori, 66.] 

HOKA Ifihhh). weanBome, wearied with eipects- 
tion : Kaa hoka loftu teniruo ki (oiu ora— 
Hopa, 1. 1. Cf. tnhhhh, hnppeoiog late io 
the da;. 

Hawrallan — cf. oha, siob from grief, or 
oare. Tongan— hohaa, aiaguBt, nneaaineaa, 
aniiet;; faka-hohaa, to discompose, to dis- 
gast, la make uneaaj. Cf, hobaaji, to arouao, 
to call attention. Manga re van— oha, to 
fall down, to fall down as the amiH of a sick 
person; ohaohB.a boil orcarbancle in the skin 
which relaiea the miiaoles. Eit. Poly. : Fiji 
— cf. roja, to speak ; speeob ; vosavota, to 
speak much, talkaiive. Malagasy— cf. ota, 
cowardly, weak. 

HOME, wrinMedwith langhing. 

HOHEHOHE, the name of a molloso (Mol. Tellina 

HOH ERE, the name of a small ties (Sot. Plagi- 
aalhui lyalli). 

HOHOEKA, the name of a amall tree (Bot. Panax 


HOHOKO. [See under Hoao.] 

HOHONU. [See mider Homo.] 

KOHORO. [See nnder Horo.J 

HOI, the lob« of the ear. 2. The gusset of a 
gaiment. Cf. tiboi, to eipand the woof in 
weaving ]Bee TiHotj. 3. Far off, distant, i. 
Deaf ; obatinata : A tat U hoi a teiui laureka- 
nka—P. M., 16i. 

HOIHOI, an exclamation of denial bb to thetrath 
of aometbing spoken of; E hoihoi ana hoe ki 
qAqu — Sh. N.Z., 807. 3. Deafening, noiBy. 
Cf. lihoihoi, noisy. 

Ha'waiian- (^.pifioiAoi, to rejoice; to talk 
oocfascdly ; hoihi, afar off. at a very great dis- 
lanco. Tahltian— cf. hoiha, an exclamation 
of contempt of some order given. Tongan — 
cf./oi. cowardice, a coward; timid; hoihoifaa, 
a term applied to a female chief when old 
and infirm. Maagarevan—cf. hoi, to drive 
away; thin, miserable; aka-hoihoi, horrible 

HOIHO, the name of a bird, the Great Pengnin 

(Om. Eudypta anlipodiim). 
HOIKI [liotki), capering upwards. Ct. hoka, to 

be pointed. 
Ext. Poly : Malagasy—ct. Uoky, sharp, 

pointed, having a point like a bird'i beak. 
HOIMATUA (myth.), a leUtive of Tnri, the an- 

oeitor of the Whanganni tribal. He was the 

father of Potildroroa, a boy who was mnrdered 
by Denukn, the high priest— F. M., 126. [Bea 

HOKA, the name of a fish, the Bed Cod (Id). 
LoUlla baecui). Its liver is used as Eoropeaju 
nso cod hver, for oil-making. 

HOKA, projecting sharply apwarda. Cf. oka, » 
knife ; to prick ; the rafters of a Inanara pit l 
hoiki, tapering upwards. 3. To take on th« 
point of a fork. Cf. tihoka, to stick in, thrust 
in. 3. A screen made of branches stack lit 
the ground. Ct. pahoka, a similar Baraen ol 
Samoan — so'e, the brace of a house; 
Waso'a, to speai Gsh ; soso'a, to spear ; (A.) 
to husk Docoanuts (by sticking a piece ol wood 
pointed at each end into the groond, and 
striking the huak on the opper part). Ct 
fa'a-ioata, curved posts used in building boat- 
sheds and cooking- boa ses. Ha'wailan -- 
hoahoa, to cause the hair to stand erect ; or a 
natural object sagtiesting thia : O Kauai, 
mauna Itoahoa ; Kauai with the ragged moun- 
tains. Mangarevan — oka, a wooden stick 
for digging ; (b.) to push out or pull out with aa 

1 dart ; okaoka, to poke among the w 
fish. Cf.nhdDjtoatii.tahang up ; aTeefordsW 
of coral nnder water. Mangalan- cf. oka,* 
rafter. Tungan- hoka, to pieioe, to stab; td 
take oS the husk of a coooanut; (b.) a sma]! 
cross-timber in a Tongan house. Cf./eAota, to 
strike or stab repeatedly ; hokaaUstwi, to pieiaa 
or stab behind ; hoJbafuu, an upright suppoctet ; 
mahoka, to be speared or pierced. Pau- 
motan— hoka, to pierce, transpierce ; (b.) ia 
prick ; (r.) an dar ; hokahoka, a spear. CL 
toka, a fork ; a dart ; hokaohoka, to goad, V> 
priok. Ext. Poly. : FIJI— of. coka (ihika), 
to pierce, usnally with a ipear ; the tie-beami 
of a house; toka, the ribs oi timbeis ol * 

HOKAI nibkai\. stretched ont, apTMd oot, ex- 
panded. Cf. kokan, to stretch out o&e'a legi. 
a. Far apart. 3. The large teatheis of a wing. 
Cf. hoa, a feather. 4. A brooe or stay. G. 
Breadth. 0. One at the lucky talari, at atart- 
ingB during sleep. 

KOKAIKAI, to move haokwaids and torwuds. 
Havrallan'-hoBii to mix, to stir up jAo (ot 
koo, causative prefix = ichaka-kai) ; {t.) Ih* 
union of two things sewn together ; a sDtore, 
a joining ; (e.) to be singular in one's conduct 
and deportment ; hoaiar, to clean oS mst and 
dirt ; to moke white and dean : white, dear, 
ahining, as the undouded moon ; (b.) to bs 
proud, to be lifted up with pride. Toogan 
— cf. hohnka, the name ot a kind of fiahing- 
net; to fish with this net. Samoan — aa'al, 
the brace of a house. Cf. la'a, the braoe of a 
hoDse. Mangarevan^-cL oka, ft prop; a 
stick for digging with. 

HOKAIA, the stratified appearanoe of clouds. 

HOKAKA (feJaifl), to desire. 

Tahitian— ct. hoaa, a 6ne polish on wood, 
pearl-shell, &e. ; Savour, as that of a roasted 

H0KAR1 ili!>kari), to stretch oot the legs; to 
move by etret<jiing out the iega. Ct. hoiai, 
spread out, expand ad. 



HOKATAKA, llie name at « plant (Bot. CoroHa 

HOKEKOKEA, impBtient. 

HOKEKE (hblttlu), Btubbom, nD^ielding, ohnrlish. 
Cf. t«J(<, obstinate ; hoiikeke,oba\inaie ipokiki, 
■nllan; Caktlie, choiluh; hou, to peraiat in a 
demand. i;For comparatiTeB, Bee Eske.] 

HOKI, to Tetom : Me hoki pra taua kiuta-^P. M.. 
SB, Passive, hokia, to be returned lo, or lor. 
S, A reatorati™ charm (or a. sick paraon. 

HOKIHOKl, lo retnm frequently. 

Whaka-HOKI, to turn back ; to oanw to retam : 
Tatei oflo telahi karat'a kin irhakakoki m<ii 
i U icairua ki rolo ki It koiai — M. M., 35. 2. 
To give b«ck i lehakakoki kupu, to answer: 
B, Ktg>t, l! ahakalukia mat te v/aka ki a 
au. 3, To replace : Ka whakahokia te poupou, 
ftuafa'a— Wohl., TranB., Tii. 37. 
Samoan— fo'i, to retain, to turn back again: 
Ontx loe/oi lea o ia nai ia te ia ; And he re- 
tnmed back from him. Faa-foi, to osaae to 
ntois, to bring back : B te tot faa/oiiia la o 
out U efiieja r Will yon bring ma back into 
the dnit again? Cf. fo'ita-i, to send back; 
te/o'i. to return ; fa-afoUita. to cbuhb anger to 
be raatraioed ; ft/o'ifo'ia'i. to be (ickle. Ta- 
hitlan — hoi, to rettini (dual, hohoi) : E hoi 
tia e haere i taua tituafart noitii ra ; Let him 
to aod tetum to bia houae. Faa-hoi, to aeud 
back, to eaose to return : I tei/aahoikia joaira, 
I aa lamarii tatruma nana ra ; After be had 
wnt her back with her two bodb. Cf. hoia- 
tmri, to backslide; to torn baok. Hawai- 
ian— hoi, to retnm, to go back ; Me ka lioi 
whaiu alai hoi i Kauai; Thef would return. 
'as to their bouIb only.' to Kanoi: hoihoi, to 
ICBtore, to bring back : No ke aha hoi he lohi 
loa nei oitkou i ka hoihoi aku i ke alii t Why 
an 70a then the last to bring back the king ? 
(A.) To send back, to dismiHB: Jofc hai ke 
hoihoi aku; He does not cease (beggmg) though 
tent awaj. {c.) To obange one thing for au- 
othet ; (d.) to retnm, as a rebeUions people 
to their allegiance ; [e.) to answer : Owau ke 
hoihoi alat ia olelo iou la,ai kou mau hoala- 
una me oe; I will answer yon, and joar com- 
panioos with yon. Cf. boihou, to return anew ; 
hoihope, to retnrti backwards; ulwi. to return 
from following one; to turn baok; to unite 
together ; to live and sleep together, ag a man 
and wife onoa separated 1 kahoi, to keep back. 
to hinder. Rarotongan— okl, to return ; E 
acre, t oki akaou vtai ; Go, and cqme back 
•gain: oohl, to return: E oaki ana koraa; 
Betom, Ton two : akB' oki, to came to return ; 
to take back, send back; Ka oki koe e akaoki 
tot ■ to au taeaie ; Betuni yoDrself. and take 
faaek your brotbers, Tongan— foki, to turn 
back; Toe /oki alu at lagata faki laha ki hono 
faU; Let every man retnm to his house. 
FokJaga, the place or thing from which one in 
lonied back ; faka-foki, to cause to tetcm ; one 
*rbo causes others to return. CI. jokihi, to 
torn o»er ; fifokiaki, to turn again repeatedly ; 
fitafokiaki, to tarn about ; tafokx, to turn 
OT«T, to tnm round. Mangarevan— hoki, 
to tnrn on one's steps : Qoki mai ei ahi ; He 
ntoned to get fire. Oki, to return : Oki mai, 
hoki; Belnm hither also. Aka-oki, to return ; 
(t.) to reject a proposition ; (c.) to refuse a 
prweat. Of. oHkotua, to draw back, go back. 

Futuna— foki, to return. Paumatan — 
hokihokl, often; (b.) to peraist, insist; fakS' 
hoki, to retum ; {b.) to give back. 
HOKI, also: Katahi ka hoki mai ki Maketu nohe 
ai, laahi ai hoki. 2. For, because : Ina hoM 
i pouri tonu te rangi me le mhtnua i mua— 
P. M., 7. 3. To give emphasis, to assent. 
Samoan^ro'i, also : A/ai foi taloii te nonofo 

here ne shall die also, (b.) A diminntive, io 
qualifying assertions : Va faapea /oi ono taU 
mai ia ia le au ; Thus he answered me. 
Tongan— fbki, also: A'e ke takoto foki ki ho 
bolu fakatoo hfma ; Lie you also on your left 
side. Ha'wailan — hoi, also, besides; more- 
over : He niti ka poe ana i kokua jnai ai, oiffau 
hoi kekahi ; She has been a rescuer of manj, 
and of mjBell also. Tahltian— hoi, also ; B 
haere atoa hoi au ; I will go also : (6.) besides ; 
(c.) likewise. Mangarevan— hoki, tdso; 
iiomai hoki e toU ko Iraiapatapala ; He gave 
the axe (named) Iraiapatapata also. Anl^van 
— foCB, again ; Ertjia acawa kofarerc foce ; Yo 
must be born ngain, Paumotan— tiokihokl, 
often; (b.) to perBist, inaiet. Futuna— foki. 
also, likewise. Rarotongan — oki, also : S 
kopapa oki aia ; He is fieah alBO. Ext. Poly. ! 
Malay— cf. juffn, olso, likewise. 

HOKI. the name of a fish (loh. Coryphanoida 

H0K1O (hl,kio). to descend. 

HOKIO (myth,), a night-bird, wboaeory, " Eakao, 
kakao / " is on omen of war. This hoarse 
cry is caused by the choking in its throat, 
caused by the hair of the warriors who will 
fall in the Coming battle.— M. B.. 166. 

HOKIOI IhWni), the name of an extinct or 
mythical bird : He Bakioi i ranga, he Hokiot 
i ninga. ft.i /— O. P., .IS. (Also okioi.) Tha 
Natives say that it nae (like the Arabian Roe) 
a huge bird of prey, large as llie mad 
{Diiiomii) ; also that it had many^oloured 
feathers, and a bunch of red feathers on ila 
head. tSee Sir G. Grey. Trans.. T, 43E.] Sir J. 
von Hanst describes remaiuB of a huge rap- 
torial bird whose bones have been found in 
Now Zealand, and named Harpagornit moorei. 
Sir W. Bnller considers the Hokioi to be iden- 
tioal with the Great Frigate Bird {Fregata 
aquila). [See Trans., vi.64.] The South Island 
legends Bpeak of a huge man-eating bird, titt 
Hakvai. [8ee HiKCAl. Pouakii, and Pom,] 
Paumotan— cf. huakao, the Frigate-bird. 

HOKO, a prefix to numerals, signifying ten times 
the subjoined numeral : torn, three; hokotoTU, 
thirty, ^c. : Kalahi ka haere te bokoKhitu, ro — 
P. M. 13. 

Eit, Poly.: Malagasy — cf. vokoaoko, a 
oroHB. the figure of an X (see note. Tad). [See 
next word-l 

HOKO, to barter, exchange ; (modern) to buy 01 
Eell merobandiBe : Engari i haere niai 
pvnonga ki le hoko ftai— Ken., xlii. 10. Cf, 
bono, to join. [See Somoan and Tongan.] 

Samoan — cf. lo'o, to join ; lo encircle, to 
aorround : a follower, imitator, or disciple; 
lo-oga, property given to the family of a wifa 
on fetching her after a separation ; to'oio'o, to 




be joined ia manj places ; ioto'o, to nnite, 
join ; /u'a-fU'oio'D, to deliberate about the dis- 
tribntion of lood or propertj. Tahltlan — 
hoo, to eichanga property, to bay or sell ; a 
price, equivalent: A haere, a lioo i le hinit : 
Oo, and Bell the oil. Cf. (a/wo, to reoom. 
peoBC. a rewaril ; revenge (as utv) ; lapihoo, to 
eichanRe, Hawaiian — at. hoo, to furnish, 
to Bup^ly ; to Etretch out the hand to do a 
tbing. Tongan — ef. hoia, to come, to airite 
ftt ; to Sovr, OS the tide ; image, likeoosa ; the 
one who sncceeda, next, nearest in piaee 
gradation ; hokoho. lo trace out tbe pedigree 
of a person ; hokahoio, to Eplice, join ; to ect 
fa order one after the other ; continuons. nn- 
oeaninK : faka-hoko, to apply, join ; faka- 
hokohoko, to bring up; to hasten towarda, as 
a fair vrind the Tessel ; to wish to resemble 
others; AoX*o(ai;ri, a joint, apUae ; hokotaii.Xo 
join on ; fihokolaki, to meet; to cohabit ; to 

resemble, as a child its parent. Mangalan 
— oko, to barter, to buy. aell: E te. aronga 
kalna ioko ia rnlnu; All the people which sell 
thom. Marquesatt — hoko, to bay or sell. 
Manga re van— oka, to buy or sell ; (b.) 
eatisfaution ; (r.) ptronK, Bohd. hard, obstinate ; 
induli;pnce ; ohooko, exchange ; okookooga, 
vengennce; aka-oko, to lie, bind; to ooiiaoli- 
date. lo make firm. Cf. okonta, to be put in 
the place of another; oiofntoo, to answer; 
okolahima, not to be able to do a thing ; 
taioio, salt. Pautno tan— hoko, to buy, sell, 
traffic; price; (''.) brave. Cf. lahnko, to pay; 
reprisal ; revenge. 

HOKOMIHIMIRI, to stroke, pat. Cf.rafW, to rub; 
to tQUch in passing ; komiri, lo rub with the 
fingers. [Foe ooroparotiyefl, see Miw.] 

MOMAI {Tt Humai). the name of a oanoe. [See 

H0HA1 {li'tnai), to give lo the person speaking. 
[Bee under Uo.] 

HOMIROMIRO {limiromiro), the name of a bird, 
the Pied Tit (Orn. Pelroica loitoi). 

HONAE, a small basket : Ka tm-o ana In Hnga o 
llotu ki te kai vusna i tawi honae—k. H. M., 
iv. 191. 

HONE, to rob, maraud, take the goods of others. 
Hawaiian — cf. hoiie, lo be saucy, to be 
trickish ; mischief; hontlione, misohieTOUs; 
honekmi, impudent ; to be saucy. 

HOKEA, not present, to be absent. 3. To escape. 

HONI, tbo Mole Cricket (Ent. Onjllolalpa vul- 

HOHONI, to bite, to wound slightly. 2. To 
devour, coDSume; Ka mahi le airliata bohoni 

HONIHONI, to eat bit bj hit, divided into mor- 
sels : lie kaia kai honihoni — Prov. 
Samoan — ol. tomi, to chop. Tahttlan— 
honi, tobite; hohoni, to bile : I tei hohntii to 
ratou niho; That bile with their teeth, 
Honihoni, to gnaw, to eat by little and little ; 

■ faa-hohoni, a vice, a pair of pincers or nippers; 
to pinch or nip ; to cause lo bite. Hawai- 
ian— cf. hone, to priek ; to enter, as a sharp 
thing ; to bo playful, saucy, or miachievous. 
Paumotan— ct. honi, coitu*. Tongan— 
hohoni, to lanoe, to make small 
te?eial places ; hoitli, to lance. 

HONIA {hhnia), eioessive: a word used to in- 
tensify mangtre. lazy, and apparently on^ 
with this word : as mangeTt honta, eztiemelr 

MONO, power, anthority, InQuenoe (as mana : bm 
U*na] ; Kei au le hono mo le oo— A. H. M., L 

KONO, to splice, join, uijite : Houoa It pilo on 
ki le pito male — Prov. CI. (u/iono, to join; 
Adiu, to barter [see Tongan]. 9. To odd. OL 
laraliono, to pile up, to lay in a heap. 3. Con- 

Samoan— fono. to bold a oonndl; {b.) to 
patch, to inlay; (c.) to eat; fofonD, to patoh; 
(b,) to send on a message one who hoa jut 
come in ; (c.) to send on lo forbid a party 
coming ; fa'a-fono, to gather to a meeting. Ct 
laufuiio. a plank of a. oanoe ; la/aiui, to join 
the planks of a canoe. Tahitlan — hono, to 
splice a rope; to join pieces ol wood; (b.) a 
row of thatch about a fathom in breadth; 
honohono, to be joined one after another in ■ 
continuous line. Cf. hunoa, an agreement, a 
plot ; hoTtoaparaa, an agreement ; honolua, to 
trace carefully to the origin ; ^Aono, to spluw 
or join ; ono, to join one pioce to another ; to 
exchange one thing tor another ; lahono, to 
join, to piooe togather ; liaktmo, to join bj 
lengthening a piece. Hawrallan — hono, to 
stitch, to sew np, to mend, as a garment or 
net ; a stitching, sawing ; (fc.) to join, to anite 
together ; joined, fastened : /lolo ka hoao o na 
mi'tu ; Below is the duster of islands, (e.) 
The back of the neck ; (d.) the name oE a kapa 
Itapu) where every man must hold his hmds 
in a particular manner. G(. Iiomai, the back 
of the neck (M.L. ^= liotio-kaki) ; a uniting, a 
bringing together and causing a new relation- 
sbip, moslly brought about by marriage : ol 
makiia hatwai, a parent by marriage, or a 
parent in law [lunimiNti has mis meaning alio : 
see HuMOAWAi] : paahono, to «plioe, to Be« 
together; pahono, to sew up, as a rent; to 
stitch together. Tongan— (bno, a piooe ol 
wood, ivory, ibc., inlaid ; fonofono, to inl^y ; 
anything inlaid, Cf. hnkahoko, to iplioe, ta 
join ; to sot in order one after another ; hoko- 
aga, a joint, the place ol joining ; AoAoho, con- 
tinuous, unbroken. Marquesan — cl. hono, 
a turtle. [Norn. — This may perhaps eiptsin 
connection ol words above, as to " inlaying," 
Ac] Mangarevan — hono, to adjust or 
place sticks, timber, i!!:o.; (b.) to lengthen, by 
splicing ou another piece ; ono, to pnt end to 
end ; to elongate ; [b.) to tic, lo knot ; (e.) to 
compose a song; (d.) to beat, to worm ; (e.) to 
poke the Gic, to stir np the fije ; onoga, a 
small bundle of long things, as reeds, branches, 
Ac. ; fascines ; onoono, the slips ol Pandanv* 
for a mat. [See Kieeig.J Kxt. Poly. ; Fiji — 
cf. t'ono, the joints or pieces of which the body 
ol a canoe is formed; inlaid. Malagasy — 
of. haona, joined, connected. 

HONOHOHOA {Iwnokonda), to be hatasaed, an- 
noyed, TCIBd. 

HONU, fresh water: Haria mai U hottit i ta 
jtarH/wiiM- MdS. 

HONUHONU, deep water: Haere i le lulinitf, 
haere i te Acnu'ionu- O.-S, 29. 


Tahltian— honu, to be glutted with otst- 
abundanoe; {b.) the saa-tnrlle ; hohonu,deep. 




nrotooiiil ; the depths : A,loto tt rai ia AoAonu ; 
Hang Dpoa the heaveiiH in the depths. C(. 
honuafai, the tortoise or l&nd-turtle. Ha- 
'waltan — honu, the turtle, the terrHpLa, more 
(lenerstly apphed to the sea-turtle ; s tortoise. 
[NoTi. — The ftonn vas formerly forbidden to 
woman to eat in the times of the kipu {lapu). 
under penoltf of death.] HotiOnu, to be deep, 
umter; the deep (/.«.. the sea); deep. &s a 
pit: Vaeli lakoa i ka auicalia a hahonu ; They 
dug a ditch very deep, (b.) To ba full, as the 
•ea kt tull.tide ; honua, the bottom of a deep 
place, as of the sea, or a pit ; (6.) s louoda. 
tioD, a resting-place ; (c.) Sat laud ; the earth 
gGDerally, including seas and mountaios. 
[Nor.— This is the Maori lehenun, the earth,] 
Toagan—rontJ, tail, fullness : Bfa koeai nae 
fonu at faU i ke kau lagata moc kau /aJiiK ; 
Kow the honse was full of men and vomen. 
(6.) The turtle ; ronuhia, to be filled ; fofonu, 
lull, applied to vessels ; ib.) a cold in the bead. 
Marquesan— honu (also hono), Ibe deep.aea 
turtle ; hohonu, deep, profound ; (b.) higb up, 
Mangarevan — honu, the turtle; hohonu, 
the deep sea ; the high seas. Cf, autaiohonu, 
high. water ; huruhohonu, high. tide, spring. 
tide: tahihohonu, a deep place in the sea, 
Aaiwan— ronu, to be full: Ni/onu a tika 
ton; Full of great fishes {ni = sign of post 
tense prefixed). Eit Poly. : Motu— c(, ftonu, 

HONOA, to iudine, to slaut, to tilt on one side. 
Cf. lunga, lo lean. 

KONQANQAIA, emaciated, haggard. 

HONQERE, a channel. 

HONQI, to smell. aniCF : Haere I t kore iarua e 
Hgara, ka hongia hi te pin—F. it., 43. Cf, 
haangii, odour; pihonga, putrid. 2. To salute 
by touching noses : Ki liongi ki iiga icahine ra 
—P. M., 136. 

HONGIHONQI, to raneU: A la koala ai taua 
arulu HKt nga tangala kaloa e hongihonai — 
A. H. M., I. 13. 

Samoan — togi, to rub noses, to salute; 
Kgisogi, to smell: JUa latint le faiilogologo, 
latou u le aai, nui laioa U togitogi ; Which 
neither hear, nor eat, nor smell. Cf. fogi. to 
blow the nose ; fogifogi, the part between the 
nose and lip; fogifogivale, to blow the nose 
frequentlj, a sign of anger. Tahltlan — hoi, 
to imell : E ihu 'o ratou, eita ra e hoi ; They 
hare noses, but smell not. (&.) To kiss or touch 
nosaa ; hohoi, to kiss or touch noses, as two 
persona. Hawaiian — honi, to kiss: Holo 
■Kit lu ia e halaaai ms ia, afo mai la ia ia, 
honiatla; ne ran to meet him. and embraced 
him, and kissed him. (b.) To touch; to apply 
a comboBtible article to the Ore ; (<.} to smell 
as an odour : Honi aku i kt ala o ka maua ; 
Smell the sweet scent of the gross, (d,) To 
led the influence of, as the roots ot trees do 
the water; (a.) to salute by touohing noses, 
Ct. hohono, to smell strongly, as tar or burning 
•olphur; a stench; hauna, strong smelling. 
Tongan— hogi, to smell, to snifT; faka-hogi, 
to seek out by the smell. Cf, himii, to sniS (us 
niwia, tor M. ringa^). Rarotongan — ongi, 
to imeU, to snill; |b.} to Mlote (by robbiug 
noBM) ; (met.) to kiss : E kiia ongi atura aia 
ia raua ; Then she kissed them. Uarque- 
■an— hold, lo kiw, ulal« ; (b.) to smell ; (c.) 

to be certain of, Mangarevaa — ogi, to 
kiss, to embrace; {b.) to imell; (c.) to turn on 
itself, lo pirouette ; ogiogi, to kiss often ; 
ogiga, taste: aka-ogi, to kiss; (b.) to spin a 
top; lo turn, as the earth seems to do to a 
diziy person. Paumotan — hogi, to rub 
noses, kiss ; (6.) to kindle fire. Cf. hngohogo, 
to have an oflensive smell ; koni, fornication. 

HONQOI, a brace, stay, support. 

HOPAflA, the belly; I huna iho hoki koi ki roto 
ki le Itopara nui a Toi.—P. M,, 6S. 

HOPE, the loins, the waist : Kia tirohia atu ai 
U hope te tangala— P. M,, 162. 

HOPEHOPE, the lines tattooed on a woman's 
Tahittan — hope, the tail of a bird; (b.) a 
man's hair tied up beliiud ; (f.) to be Gnisbed, 
ended ; faa-hope, to make an end ; to take all ; 
the last one. Cf. hoptremu, the lower part of 
the spine. Hawaiian — hope, the end or 
tbe beginning ot a thing ; the termination of 
au extremity ; [ii.) n place, or office ; a sao- 
oeasor in a place; {e.) the close of a period or 
time; fd.) a particular age or time; (e.) the 
time ot one's death, the end ot life; (/.) the 
end — i.e., the result or consequencs of an 
action; ending; last-, behind; hope na, the 
endini; ; (6.) the rear at on army, Mar- 
quesan — hope, behind; (b.) the tip; (e.) a 
bit, piece. Mangarevan — ope, belund ; (b.) 
the posteriors ; {c.j the end part of fruits, ia. ; 
aha-ope, the end; last; complement, CI. 
opekara, last and poorest fruit of the bread- 
fruit tree; opfolio, the back of the head. 
Paumotan— ho pega, the last, ulterior; the 
sequel, cousequence; to result, follow. Cf. 
hoperemu. the posteriors ot an animal, 
Mangaian — opo, end, extremity. 

HOPEKIWI, a potato- pit. 

HOPETEA, the name ot a sheU-fisb. 

HOP! (Iiop}). a native oven. (Cf. ftnpl, a native 
oven ; lapl, a native oven ; taplpl, a small 
native oven ; tuplpl, u amall native oven ; plp%, 
to bathe with water. 

Hawraiian — cf. pi. to throw water with the 
hand, to sprinkle ; green, sogged with water ; 

splash witb water ; tapi, to rinse with fresh 
water, Tahltlan — cf. pipi, to sprinkle with 
water. [For other comparatives, see Pxpi 

HOPI {hopi). Itobeafraid.faint-hearted: KH 
HOPIPI (ftoplpl),! ^M/^i iouto. ngatau-Tiu., 
11,3. Ct. Dpi, terrified; hopo. fearful; piri, 
to keep close, to skulk [see Tabitiau]. 

Tahitlan^hopii, the falling sickness, api- 
lepsy ; hopilpli, to be struok motioolesa by 
sudden fear ; (b.) to be oramped iu the foot or 
arm. Cf, hopiri, to sit io one's plaoe through 
fear. Marquesan — hopl, infirm ; slok. 
Hawaiian — of. hopiloU, lo eat slowly and 
careluUy, as a siok person 
HOPO, I afraid, fearful, overawed : Kia 

HOPOHOPO, f hopaliopo koutou ki H mra kaa 
oli ie k-xnga — Hob., vi. IB, Ct. hopi, to be 
HOPOHOPO, to doubt: Ka hopohopo (una vha- 
fcaaro— A. H, M., v. 67. 




Wh«ka-HOPO, to Blwro. 

Hawaiian— hopo, to fear, to be afraid : 
shrink back throuKh fear ; hopohopo, to fear 
much, to dread; learful, afraid. Samoan — 
sopo, to step over, to pses over; aoposopo, to 
traniflrBBa : (6.) to raiae the test in walldnfl, ao 
Bi to leave a Binall trail ; (r.) to marr; inoes- 
inooaly. or approaoh criminally to a relative. 
Ct. Mopoliu, to tiansgrcBa the lana of bonito 
fishiDg by Bteppiog over tbe cnnoe; lopmopo- 
loa, to take long steps; lopo-vale. to pass over 
nnooremonioQsly. Tongan— hobo, a jump, 
tpriag, leap; to jump; faka-hobo, to eom- 
tnand a person or pernona to g,o from one place 
totmotlier; (6.) lo make one jump; (c.ltocut 
out, as a cancer; faka-hobohobo, to allow to 
hop out, as a bird out of its cage. Marque- 
Ban — hopo, to be afraid. Cf. tahopo, lo fear; 
to bold in the arms ; to anibrBce. Manga- 
revan— opo, to inspect, to have an eye on ; 
(b.) to pay attention to ; opoopo, to think about 

HOPU, to catch, seize : Ka pula mai a Hiai, ka 
hopukia e Whakatau — P. M., i3 ; Kahore nga 
kererti Ha malakiihia fa, hopuMna loulia eia 
— Wohl., Trans., viL 87. 3. To analch : Ka 
hopukia e Halypalu. *a niou— P. M., 97. 

HOPUHOPU, to catch Irequenlly; to catch one 
after the other. 

Samoan — cf. opo, to take hold of, as in 
vrestling ; oponpo, to carry in the arms. Ha- 
v;allaii — hopu, to seize upon, as eoincthing 
escaping ; to grasp, to catch ; a taking, seizing ; 
(6.) to take as a prisoner, to apprehend a cri- 
minal ; to hold faat, as something caught: / 
if iai t hopu ana ; In the Eea they are gathered 
up. Hopuhopu, to seize, to grasp (requenlly ; 
to hold fast firmly. Cf, liopnhnpoalulii, to do 
something in a atate of trepidation; lo pre- 
pare in haste; lo catch quickly and shake; to 
make haste. Tongan — cf. holjv. to jump, 
leap ; hoboaU, a captive taken in war. Mar- 
quesan— hopu, lo embrace, to aeize in the 
Rarotongan — opu, to take hold of. 

: Ko I. 

, _. ._ e ol life for those who take 

hold of it. Mangarevan— cf. aka-kopu, to 
keep the body bent on the march. 

HOPUHOPU, the Porpoise (Ich. Phocuna c 

Tahllian— cf. Iiopv, to dive under water ; 
hopuhopu, to dive repeatedly. Paumotan 
— cl. hopu, to bathe. 
HOPU {hopu). (o be swollen, like a blister. Cf. 
hapu, pregnant i pu. a bunch, bundle, heap ; 
lo blow ; piipu, to babble up ; puku, to swell ; 
piipula, a blister on the akin ; kopu, blistered, 
Hawaiian— bopupu, to be filled or puffed 
up with wind, as a bladder, or the bowels, 
(For other comparatives, see Pc] 

HOPU-TU (myth.), the siileenlh of the Ages in 
the eiiatence of the Universe. [For Ihe Time- 
Spaces, see Eoiuc.] 

HOPUA [hTipua], hollowed, depressed ; like a cup 
or troogh. Cf. hapua, hollow, depressed, a. 
Iiyiug in pools. 

HOPURUPURU, mildew; mouldy. CL pun, 
fusty, mouldy ; kopuru, fusty, mouldy jiuni- 
kekahtka. mouldy. 

HORA, to spread out, expand : Horahia mai on 
kahu ki aluitt—S. T., 175 : Ka toe mai nga 
Uhunga ki it htrra rau ki le tuaahu — P. U., 
SI. Cf. vmhora. spread out; tahora, uncul- 
tivated open country; oni, awedge; horapa, 
overspreading. 3. Scattered about, Cf. uhakO' 
korakora, scattered. 

Samoan— fota, lo spread out, as mats to 
sleep on : Vaia /o/ola i ona luga Itma malama- 
lama ; He spreads out his light upon it. (b.) 
To unfold, as the hand; (c.) to promise; 
fotafota, lo spread out, to unfold; {b.) to 
preach ; (e.) to promise. Ct. folaii, to spread 
about, to spread a report ; mafola, to be spread 
out, to be extensive, to be vride; to be plain, 
pernpicuons (of a speech) ; ioia. to run away, 
fly away escape, ; tafola, a sliallow place in a 
lagonn. Tahltlan— hora (hord), to atretdi 
out the hand in liberalily ; hohora, to open 
the hand with the palm upwards, a sign of 
atn^ement; (6.) lo open what was closed or 
shut, ftc, ; (c.) lo spread or lay out ) horahora, 
spread out, as a garment, mat, ±e. ; (b.) ti ~ 

poison fish ; horahora i tt laa, lo put 
each thing separate; to distinguish things; 
mahora. to be spread out, as cloth ; to appear 
fine and clear, as the sky does after cloudy 
weather ; majiorahora, open, cleared land. 
fjawaitan — hola, to open; to spread oat; 
(b.) the name of the root and stalk of tbe 
duAriAii, a poisonons plant; to poison fish 
with this narcotic ; holioia, to spread out, to 
stretch over : Ilohota iUxlo a Keoleaa, spread 
out helow is Eeolewa. Hoiahola, to spread 
out, to smooth, as cloth ; to make np, as a 
bed 1 [b.) to calm, to soothe, to enliKhten (ap- 
plied lo the mind). Cf. uhola, to unfold; to 
spread out, as the wings of a bird ; to spread 
down, as a mat; to smooth out, as a rumpled 
cloth; to wrap up, as m one's bed-clothes; 
(fig.) to calm, to enlighten ; kauhola, to 
expand, as a Sower : to onfold, as n piece of 
native cloth ; mokota, to untold, as the leaves 
of a growing plant ; pohohi, to open or spread 
out, aa the petals of a flower wlien biosHoming. 
Tongan — hola, to desert, elope, abscond; 
departure, elopement; faka-hola, to unloose; 
to let go away ; to send oat ot the way ; Tola, 
to spread out ; fofola, to unfold, to spread out, 
to extend. Cf. holataki. to abscond with, to 
carry off ; to allow to run ofi, in steering ; 
mafola, to spread out ; folau, to voyage, to 
sail ; a fleet ; folahi, to E]>read out ; laufola, to 
spread oat ; to spread abroad what is secret ; 
a dance ; tafota, lo be sonttcred ; viiihola, lo 
bore the way out. Marquesan — hoa, to 
spread out, as cloth. Rarotongan— ooni, 
lo spread out, to expand : K oora nu i loin 
kupenria M runga ia kof. ™ ; I will spread out 
my net over you. 3, To spread out, scatter : 
E ail m^Q makoikoi (ana i oora na ranga i tt 
Far! : He spreads sharp things on Ihe mud. 
Mangarevan- hohora, to spread garments 
as B carpet ; (b.) to put earth into a holo. 
Cf. mahnra, lo spread out, stretch, eipaod ; 
moAora, to spread out ; ora. to wedge open ; 
oraora, small dnst or rain falling in the ^et ; 


[68] Horo 

high tide. Paumotan— hohora, to unfold ; 
(b.) to lie down with the legs extended ; (c.) to 
stretch out, as the limbs ; horahora. to unroll, 
to open, unwrap. Of. kahorahora, the surface, 
area. Ext. Poly. : Fiji — cf. vora^ to grow fat 
or stoat. 

HORAPA, disseminated through ; overspreading : 
E kihai i horapa atu te mate hi te kiri — Bew., 
xiii. 6. Cf. karat spread out ; rapa, entwined ; 
korapa, cross-grained, twisted. 
Haivaiian — cf. holapa, the act of rising or 
boiling up ; the swelling or rising of a blister. 

HORE, not (Generally used with raira, em- 
phaticaUy, as hore-rawa, not at all : Ko wai 
hei homai i te mea ma i roto i te mea poke f 
Hore-rawa — Hopa, xiv. 4. Cf. kore^ not; 
kahore, not, no ; takahore^ a widow. [For 
comparatiyes, see Kahore and Kobe.] 

MORE, to peel or strip off. Cf. mahore, peeled ; 
mahihore, peeled off ; yahore^ scraped off. 2. 

Samoan— cf. foU^ to be sunken, as the 
eyes in their sockets; to be wasted away. 
Tahitian — hope, to peel ; hohore, to take off 
the skin of fruit, to peel off the bark of a tree ; 
to excoriate. Cf. ohorehore, bare, as the eye- 
brows without hair, or a thing skinned ; 
pahore, to flay or skin, to peel off the outer 
covering ; ahort, barked, as a young tree. 
Hawaiian— hole, to curse ; {b.) to peel off, 
to flay, to skin ; (c.) to rasp, to file, to rub off ; 
a bruise ; a scratch or break in the skin ; (d.) 
to notch the end of a spear, to make grooves ; 
holehole, to peel, to strip off, as the skin from 
the flesh, or the flesh from the bones ; (b.) to 
separate one thing from another. Cf. uhole^ 
to skin, to strip off the skin of an animal; 
to peel the bark from a tree ; mohoU^ to bruise, 
to break up, to crush; to rub off the skin; 
(fig.) sad, sorrowful, dejected ; pahole, to peel 
off, as the skin ; to rub, to polish ; pohole, 
a wound, a bruise ; to bruise ; to break forth, 
to open, as a flower ; to peel off, as the skin. 
Marquesan — hoe, to flay, to strip off the 
skin of a dead animal. Mangarevan — 
hohore, to rough-hew. Cf. kahore^ to peel or 
pare lightly with a knife ; mohoret to peel ; 
ore, to excavate, as falling water does ; pahore^ 
to peel, to cut off. Paumotan — cf. kohore, 
bald ; to make bald ; pahorey to peel off, to 
scale off. Ext. Poly.: Fiji— cf. vore, a pig; 
Malagasy — cf. bory, destitute of, deprived 
of ; cropped, shorn ; ombybory, cattle without 

HORE, a burial-place under tapu, Cf. hore, not. 
Hamraiian — cf . hole, to curse. 

KOREA, dim. 2. Bald. [For comparatives, see 


HORI, to cut a piece out of the ear. Cf. hoi, the 
lobe of the ear ; horipi, to sHt, as the ear of a 


Tongan — cf. maholi, to be chipped in 

HORI, to be gone by. 

HORI, ) false, untrue ; to speak falsely. 2. 

HORI NOR I, j to mistake, misjudge: Ka hori a 

Tawftaki he wahine no tenei ao ano — ^P. M., 

Whftka-HORI, to disbelim. 

Tahitian— cf. hori, riot, wild or loose mirth; 
hohori, to go about begging or demanding, as 
the ^riot. [See Eabioi.] Tongan — cL/oli, 
to walk round and round. Samoan— cf. soli, 
to tread on, trample on ; to ill-use, to treat 
as a conquered person ; sosoli, to eat things 
which were representatives of gods ; soliaoU, 
prostration, putting the soles of a chief^s feet 
against the palms of the hands and the cheeks. 
Ext. Poly. : Fiji— cf. voli, to go round, or 
round about ; vori, to refuse to Bleep with, as 
husband and wife. 

HORIHORI, a kind of mat. 

HORIPI, to slit, as the ears of a pig, &o, Cf. 
hori, to out a piece out of the ear ; ripi, to cut 
or gash ; koripi, to cut ; maripi, a knife ; {b.) 
to slip, as a knife, &c, [For comparatives see 

HORIRERIRE {h^rerire), the name of a bird 
(Om. Gerygone Jlaviventris), 

HORO. [Note. — The senses of horo, as "to 
crumble down," *' to swallow," and *' to be 
swift," are difficult to separate in comparison, 
as they continually run together.] 

HORO, to fall in fragments ; to crumble down ; 
a landslip : I horo ai taua ana kohatu — G.-8, 
19. Cf. takoro, to cause to crumble down; 
oro, to grind [see Tongan, and TahitianJ . 2. 
To drop off or out, as seed, &o. : Ka horo ano 
nga ngohi ki raro — ^P. M., 175. Cf. ngahoro, 
to drop off or out ; papahoro, to fall off or out. 

3. To fall, or be tiEiKen, as a fortress : Apitiria 
tonutanga atu ko te pa ka horo — P. M., 92. 4. 
To differ. 6. To cause to crumble down. 

HOROA, (passive,) to be fallen upon by anything 
crumbling down. 

Whaka-HORO, to cause to crumble down : Poro- 
aki tutata, wJiakahoro ki tau k^ — Prov. 2. To 
take to pieces. 3. To slack off, or let out a 
line : lie manu ante e taea te whakahoro — Prov. 

4. To hurl down, to precipitate downwards : 
Koia i whakahoroa ai ratou e Rangi ki nga Po 
—A. H. M., i. 26. 

Samoan — solo, to slide, to fall down, as a 
wall : E soloia foi pa uma e oo i le eleele ; 
Every wall shall fall to the ground : a land- 
slip ; a portion of a wall fallen down ; (&.) to 
pass along, as a number of people along a 
road; a string of men passing along; (c.) a 
song in praise of a chief*s land ; sosolo. to 
run, as liquids, or as fat when melting; (6.) to 
spread, as a skin-disease ; (c.) to lie about, as 
a woman who has conceived ; soiosoiOj to sUp 
away, as the earth from the side of a hiU. Gt 
soloa, to be overspread, as by vines ; to be 
overrun with water; tolo'ava, songs of *ava 
drinking; soloi, to throw down a wall; to 
break gradually, as a wave fit to glide on, 
in swimming with the surf-board ; aolofa, to 
fall down, of a house only; to disperse, to 
dissipate; to resolve, as a swelling; iolovi, 
to slide down, as a man down a cocoanut 
tree ; aUuolo, to overthrow. Tahitian— 
horo, a piece of mountain or hill that slips 
down to the valleys by reason of much rain ; 
faa-horo, to cause a thing to slide down ; 
faa-horohoro, to remove property from one 
place to another, as when people change their 
residence. Cf . ahorohoro, to be crumbling or 
sliding down, as the earth on the side of • 




mountain. Hawaiian—hoo-holo, to cause 
to slide down, as an avalanche. Cf. holo, 
rnnning, moving ; holomoku, a rushing, as of 
water; an overwhelming; kaholo^ unfixed, or 
unsteady ; paholo, to sink in the water or 
mud ; poholo, to slip, sink, or glide into the 
water, as a piece of lead or other heavy sub- 
stance ; to slip off, as an axe from its nelve ; 
to miscarry, as a female ; poholoholOy to adhere 
only slightly; pauholo^ to be destroyed by 
the earth slipping away from the mountain. 
Tongan — holo, to fall ; to move in quick 
succession ; holoholo, to wipe, rub ; to scrape 
clean ; hoholo, to rub ; to slide ; faka-holo, to 
move in a line; (&.) to glide or run over a 
smooth surface ; faka-hoholo, to slide, to move 
on any smooth surface ; faka-holoholo, to move 
in succession ; (6.) to let go ; (c.) to let down ; 
{d.) to become fair, as the wind. Cf. faka- 
holokiy to break down, to demolish. Manga- 
revan — horo, to fall down, to slip, as earth ; 
a fall of earth ; (b.) to rain ; ore, to fall, slip ; 
(&.) to rub ; friction ; to whet, sharpen ; aka- 
ore, to swim in the water ; to glide, slip. Cf. 
igamaorooro^ a great mortality, a pestilence ; 
oroarua^ a fall of grain, as of com falling here 
and there like rain ; orokukUy to take ofF the 
surface ; to glide ; ororo^ friction ; to rub. 
Pauxnotan— hopo, to hide, bury. Cf. tahoro, 
to swallow, to slip down ; mahorot to have a 
miscarriage ; haka-mahorOy to slide, to glide 
along ; papahoro, to slip. Ext. Poly. : Fiji — 
volo-ta, to break (of brittle or thin things, as 
pots). Malagasy — horohoroy a tremour, or 
quaking; horohoroontany , an earthquake^ 

HORO, 1 quick, speedy: Ko koutou hi mua, 

HOHORO,] ekore au e hohoro—V, M., 62. Cf. 
kaihoTOy to do hurriedly ; papahorOy to flee. 

HORORO, quick, swift : Kia hororo mai, tena nga 
kau Pxingawere — P. M., 84 : Tikina atu^ kia 
hororo mat — P. M., 86. 

Whaka-HOHORO, to hurry, to speed. 

Samoan— solo, swift, to be swift, of a canoe ; 
(h.) to pass along, as a number of a people on 
the road ; sosolo, to run, as liquids ; (6.) to be 
a coward. Cf. solomuay to go ahead, to take 
tiie lead ; gasolOy swift ; to pass along ; »oloa% 
to pass along, as a war party to war. Tahi- 
tian — horo, to run ; hohoro, to run (dual) ; 
horohoro, quickly, expeditiously. Cf. huhuray 
to run ; ahorohoro, to run, as a number of 
persons ; horoririy to run away in anger ; pau- 
horoy those destroyed by running away in 
battle ; hururUy to be in a hurry. Tongan— 
hole, to move in quick succession ; faka-holo, 
to move in a line ; to glide or run over a 
smooth surface; hoholo, to slide; faka-holo- 
holo, to move in succession. Cf. holoakiy to 
push on in succession ; feholoakiy to move in 
different directions, to be going and coming ; 
gaholOy swift, applied to vessels ; swiftness. 
Hawaiian— hole, to go fast ; to move gene- 
rally, a going, moving, running ; racing ; sail- 
ing : Hai mai a oia i na *lii i kona holo i 
kahiki ; He told the chiefs of his sailing to a 
foreign country, (b.) To travel in any way — 
i.e.y to run, ride, or sail: Holo a hiki i ka 
If aa pelupelu ; They ran till they got to their 
ihort canoe, (c.) To flee away : Holo kiki aku 
la Papa ; Papa ran hastily away. Hoholo, 
to run, to sail, to glide swiftly ; paFsive, to be 
driven swiftly by the wind ; hoo-hoiO| to cause 

to ride— 1.«., to carry in a vehicle; (&.) to 
stretch out the hand for taking anything. Cf. 
kaholOy to work rapidly at any business ; to 
row swiftly ; to jostle ; naholOy to run along 
the ground, to flee away from ; a retreat, a 
flight; holoaay to run here and there; holo- 
tnokuy a rushing as of water. Marquesan — 
hoo, quick, swift, of a vessel. Cf. vaehoo, a 
good walker ; pokihooy quick, si>eedy. Raro- 
tongan— oro, to run : Kua oro atura ratou e 
arataki mai ia iu ; They ran and fetched him. 
(6.) To flee, escape : Te enua mamao i oro atu 
nay e ; The distant land to which thou art fled. 
Manga re van — oro, an exclamation convey- 
ing the idea of promptitude ; {b.) quick, speedy ; 
quickly : Oro riri Mauike ; Mahoika quickly 
grew angry, (c.) To whet, to sharpen ; (<f.) 
to pass quickly, said of a vessel ; aka-oro, to 
swim in the water ; to glide, slip. Cf . orokttku, 
to slip, glide ; taoroy to fly rapidly : oroatokiy 
to speak rapidly, hastily; vavaeohoro, swift of 
pace. Paumotan — horo, to run, gallop ; (b,) 
rout, defeat ; horohoro, to run swiftly ; faka- 
horo, to flee away, to escape. Cf. haka-mahoroy 
to slide, glide along. 

HORO, to swallow : Ko Waikato horo pounamu — 
Prov. Cf. kaihorOy to eat greedily ; horomi, to 
swallow, devour. 

HOROHORO, to remove the iapu from a house : a 
cleansing ceremony like the pure. [Note. — 
The priest offered a small quantity of food to 
the presiding deity, some of which he (the 
priest) ate, and the remainder was consigned 
to the earth, thereby removing any stain 
attaching to the offering. After the priest 
had sprinkled the place with water, the cere- 
mony terminated. — L. P., 136.] 

HORONGA, food eaten by the priest in the above 

HOROHORONQA. food cooked by the father of a 
new-born child with which to remove the tapu 
from tlie infant— S. T., 144. 

Whaka-HORO, to remove tapu (as horohoro) : Ka 
whakahoroa i te tapu kia wawe ai te kai nga 
atua — A. H. M., i. 8. 

Samoan— folo, to swallow (plural fofolo, 
dimin. folofolo, pass, fologia) : Ma faamaga le 
gutu le eleele ma foUt ia U i latou ; If the 
earth opens her mouth and swallows them. 
Cf. folomagay the morsel swallowed ; folopa'Oy 
to swallow whole; to swallow without chew- 
ing. Tahitlan — cf. horomiiy to swallow; 
horopuupuuy to swallow eagerly, without mas- 
tication ; tahorOy to swallow soft food without 
mastication ; horofetOy to be choked with 
swallowing large quantities of dry food without 
drink. Tongan — folo, to swallow, to engorge : 
Be tuku be au ke oua mua keu folo hifo hoku 
ifo ; Let me alone till I have swallowed my 
saliva. Folofolo, to swallow in succession; 
faka-folo, to cause or help to swallow. Ha-- 
waiian — cf. holoy to put or thrust in, aa the 
hand into the bosom ; Iwlowaay a box, chest, 
cradle, trough. Marquesan — hoo (hdbV to 
devour j7oipoi (mashed food) ; hoona, to swallow. 
Cf. hootikoy to swallow without chewing ; to 
bolt food. Mangarevan — horo, to sw^ow ; 
oro, to swallow; (&.) to mince one's words; 
aka-horo, to swaJlow ; (b.) to seek after veiy 
earnestly; aka-horohoro, to seek gropingly 
after that which is not visible. Cf. koromi, 
one who swallows. Pauxnotan^-d tho 




following words, meaning to swallow : tahorOf 
horopitipitif htyromu, taJioropugat horomitif 

HOROAUTA, or Horouta (myth.), a canoe of the 
Migration. [See Abawa.] 

HOROEKA, the name of a tree (Bot. Panax 

HOROHORO, the wild turnip (Bot. Brassica 

HOROI, to wash ; material to wash with, as soap, 
clay, Ac. : Waka ana e iaki to raua whare, ka 
hoToia ona patunga — P. M., 47. Gf. oro^ to 
grind [see Hawaiian] ; roimata, a tear [see 
Hawaiian] ; kauhoro, to scrape ; to rub with 
anything rough. 
Samoan— aoloi, to wife ; a towel : Soloi ai 
iU ie aoloi ua ia futi ai ; To wipe them with 
the towel which was his girdle. Cf . o2o, to rub. 
Tahitlan — horoi, to wash or cleanse : A haere 
i to fare ^ € horoi i to avae ; Qo to your house 
and wash your feet. Horohoroi. to wash re- 
peatedly or in different places. Cf. horoiatoto, 
a man for a sacrifice (*' blood- wash '*) ; rori^ to 
wash or cleanse in water {^horori), Ha- 
ivaiian — hoioi,to wash with water, as clot lies ; 
washed, cleansed : E holoi oe ia oe iho a e 
hamo hoi; Wash yourself and also anoint 
yourself. (6.) To scrape or clean the dust 
from the feet ; (c.) to brush clothes ; to wipe, 
to clean ; (d,) to blot out, as a writing ; (e.) to 
clean in any way; holoholoi, to rub with 
pressure and quick motion ; to rub off dirt ; to 
rub down smooth. Cf. o2o, to rub ; to grate ; 
to rub up and down ; oloi^ to rub as the stone 
rubs kalo (taro), as well as pounds it ; haloid 
to weep ; to wipe the eyes when weeping. [See 
Maori Boihata.] Tongan — holoi, to wipe, 
to rub off ; holoholoi, to wipe off : Bea e ikai 
holoholoi a hono manukia ; His reproach shall 
not be wiped away. Cf . holo^ to wipe, to dry ; 
a towel, anything used to wipe with ; hoholo^ 
to rub ; /o, to wash clothes ; foto, to wash or 
rinse slightly. Mangaian — oroi, to wash. 
RarotODgan— orei, to wipe: Kua hai iora 
e kua orei i tt vaa ; She eats and wipes her 
mouth. (6.) To wash: Kare e kai ua i te 
manga, e na mua ra i te orei marie i te rima ; 
They will not eat food without washing their 
hands first. Marquesan — hooi, to wash; 
(6.) to wipe, rub. Mangarevan — horoi, to 
wipe ; a handkerchief, <fro. ; horohoroi, to wash 
the feet and hands ; oroi, to rub the eyes ; a 
handkerchief, Ac. ; orooroi, to wash the hands. 
CL ore, to wash ; to wipe ; to rub ; friction ; 
OToro^ to rub ; friction ; rueruey to wash with 
water; to rub; aka-horohoroirima, to pour 
water on the hands to wash them. Ext. Poly. : 
liotu— cf. huriat to wash, to scrub. 

HOROKIO, the name of a shrub. 2. A name 
given by the Maoris to several species of ferns 
— Col., Trans., xiv. 42, note. 

HOROMATANQI (myth.), the great taniwha or 
water monster of Lake Taupo. He is a reptile- 
goblin who lives in a cave on the reef on the 
north-east side of Motutaiko Island. [See 
Gudgeon, M. S., 19, and S. E. T.] 

HOROMATUA, a title of the priest in the Whare- 
kitra (temple), next below the ariki ; the third 
in rauc — M. 8., 46. [See Whabskura; also 
KoBOXATUA and comparatives.] 

HOROMI, to swallow: Horomia oratia ana taua 
tamaiti ka mate — P. M., 107. Cf. horo, to 
swallow ; kaihorOf to eat greedily ; horomiti^ to 
eat ravenously. 
Tahitian— horomii, to swallow. Cf. orami, 
to disappear. [For other comparatives, see 
under Hobo, to swallow.] 

HOROMITI, to eat ravenously, to devour. Cf. 
horOf to swallow ; mimiti, swallowed up ; kai- 
horOj to eat greedily ; horomi, to swallow. 
Paumotan — horomitii to devour ; to swal- 
low. [For other comparatives see Hobo, to 
swallow, and Mimiti.] 

HOROPEKAPEKA, the Blue Shark (Ich. Car- 
eharica glaucut), 

HOROPITO, the name of a shrub (Bot. Drimy$ 
axillarii) : Te horopito ko te rakau i tu ai a 
Weka—O, P., 324. 

HOROTATA (myth.), the wife of Tinirau, and 
daughter of Mangamanga-i-atua. She was 
killed by Hina. [See TiMmAU.] 

HOROTEA, pale. Cf. tea^ white; kotea, pale; 
kateaf whitened ; moteay white-faced. [For 
comparatives see Tea.] 

HOROTETE, worn out ; exhausted ; prostrate. 
Cf. tetit to exert oneself; houtete^ stunted, 
Hawaiian — cf. holoke, to run or rub against 
some opposing object ; to be stopped short, as 
the mind in a course of thought or investiga- 
tion. Tahitian— cf. horotaeta^^ to' be desti- 

HOROUTA (myth.), one of the canoes of the 

Migration. [See Abawa.] 

HORU {hbrh)y red ochre. It is obtained from 
water; the variety of red ochre called takou 
being procured from a stone : Otira ko ie 
wahine ra he mea pani ki te horu—A, H. M., 
iv. 1U3. 

HORU, to grunt, snort. 2. To yell in accompani- 
ment to the war-dance. Cf . /io, to shout ; ru, 
to shake. 3. To rankle. 

HORU HORU, to rumble: Horuhoru taku manawa 
i a Hawepotiki — P. M., 108. Cf. ru, an earth- 
quake ; to shake. 

Tahitian — cf. horuhoru^ to be agitated, or 
troubled in mind ; horuru, drunk with *ava 
{kava). Mangarevan — horu, disorder in 
the stomach; horuhoru, conflict, agitation; 
aka-horuhoru, to be in great numbers. Cf. 
orUf the noise of branches ; oruoru, agitated. 

HORU A (hbrua), to go down, descend. 

Hawaiian — holua, to glide down on a 
sledge : this was a favourite pastime of the 
ancient Hawaiians ; {b.) a smooth path on the 
side of a hill, for glidmg down ; (c.) the name 
of the strong north wind, generally in the 
winter. [See Maori Whakabua.] Cf. holut the 
depths of the sea ; the deep ocean. Tahi- 
tian — horue, an amusement in which persons 
slide on the side of a hill, or swim on a board 
in the surf of the sea. Mangarevan — cf. 
ortuif the entry of two fish into the fish-basket 
at once ; said of persons, when two answer at 
once ; ounut^ to fiow without interruption. 

HOTETE (hbtete)^ the name of a large cater- 
Tahitian — cf. hotehote men of short 




Btatare. [Cf. the Maori whet caterpillar, and 
dwarf. See Whe, and the Tahitiau note to 

HOT! Kl {hbtiki), to tie, to fasten with cords. Cf. 
tikitikif a girdle ; whitiki, to tie up, to gird ; 
heitiki, a greenstone ornament worn round 
the neck. [For comparatives, see Tikitiki.] 

HOTIKI, the tattooing on a woman's forehead. 

HOTO, a wooden spade. 2. The spike on the 
tail of the sting-ray (Ich. Trygon pastinaca), 
[See Whai.] 

HOTOHOTO, a stinging pam. 

Samoan — foto, the barhed bone in the tail 
of the skate, used for the purpose of assassina- 
tion. Tahitian — hoto, a sort of spear. 
Mangarevan — hoto, fish bones used for 
barbing spears; aka-hotohoto, pain in the 
bowels arising from insufficient food ; (b.) 
great waves, or a tossing sea ; (c.) to make a 
sort of triangle by joining the extremities of 
two parts ; etc, an arrow ; (b.) wood similar to 
a mast ; (c.) a poisonous fish-bone used for 
barbing spears. Cf. aka-nwehoto^ to adorn or 
garnish the point of a fish-back spear. 
Mangaian — oto, the barb of the sting-ray. 

HOTO, cold. Cf. hotokCi cold; winter. [For 
comparatives, see Hotoke.] 

HOTO, to begin a quarrel. 

Tahitian — cf. hotohoto, passionate ; raging. 

HOTOX {hUoa)t slow in growing ; backward. 

HOTOKE (hhtoke), winter. 2. cold: A hH te 
hotoke^ ara hex te makariri anake ka nohoia 
taua tu wKare — A. H. M., i. 13. Cf. hutoke^ 
winter ; viatoke^ cold ; hoto^ cold. 
Tahitian — cf. tokeioke^ cold, coldness ; hui- 
toetoet cold, as water ; applied also to the 
mind ; matoe^ to crack or split ; motoe^ cold ; 
putoetoef cold ; comfortless in mind. [Note. 
— Fornander, P. R., i. 17, gives the etymolo- 
gical meaning of tokerau as "the cold sea."] 
Paumotan — cf. faka-toketokc, to cool, to 
chill ; toketeketCy cold ; to be cold. Havrai- 
ian--cf . koekoej to be wet and cold ; damp- 
ness; cold. 

HOTU, (generally with ngakau or manawa for 
subject,) to sob, pant, sigh. 2. To desire 
earnestly ; to long for. 3. To chafe with ani- 
mosity. 4. To heave. 

HOTUHOTU, accompanied with sobs. 

Tahitian — hotu, to kindle, as anger ; (&.) to 
bear fruit, as a tree ; (c.) to swell, as the sea ; 
hohotu, to bear fruit (dual) ; faa-hotu, to pro- 
duce fruitfulness in trees ; hotu hotu, the 
kindling of anger, and that often; hotutu 
(hotutXi)^ flatulent. Cf. hotua, force, power, 
courage ; JwtuapOj a sudden unexpected attack 
in the night ; hotumata^ the act of attacking 
or seizing suddenly ; taatahotuanuit a man of 
prodigious strength either of mind or body; 
taihotUf a huge towerirg sea. Samoan — 
fotu, to fruit ; U).) to appear, to come in sight. 
Gf. fotat to swell, as the mound of earth over 
a yam plant ; to swell as with elephantiasis. 
Hawaiian — hokuhoku, to breathe hard, to 
wheeze, as one stuffed with food; (&.) the 
asthma; (c.) filled with anger or unpleasant 
sensations. Cf. Ao, the asthma; to wheeze, 
breathe hard. Tongan — ^fotu, to appear, to 
heave in sight, to approaoh ; (&.) unpropor- ' 

tioned, as too much of any ingredient in one 
preparation ; (c.) kava or something, taken as 
an introduction to a person. 

HOTUA (myth.), the first man killed in the 
world. He was slain by Bauriki, in envy of 
his good fortune with women— A. H. M., L 

HOTUKURA (myth.), a ehieftainess of HawaikL 
Turi wishing for revenge on Uenoku, the high 
priest, sent the heart of Hawepotiki (the son 
of Uenuku) to the boy's father as food, hiding 
it in the offering furnished by Hotuknra — 
P. M., 127. 

HOTUNUI (myth.), a celebrated chief of the 
Tainui canoe — G.-8, 18. He had two sons, 
Marutuahu, and Te Paka, the father of Ka- 
hureremoa — P. M., 15 and 158 ; A. H. M., iv. 
195. [SeeABAWA.] 

HOTUPUKU (myth.), a celebrated monster, of 
lizard shape, slain at Kapcnga by Purahokura 
and the men of Botorua — Col., Trans., xi. 87 ; 
G. P., App. Ixxxv., Ar. M., 40. 

HOTURAPA (myth.), a chief of Hawaiki. He 
was a son-in-law of Toto and brother-in-law 
of Turi. His wife, Kuramarotini, was carried 
off by Eupe to New Zealand— P. M., 129. 

HOTUROA (myth.), the commander of the 
Tainui canoe, according to one version. The 
genealogy of his descendants is given in 
A. H. M., iv. 60. 

HOTUTEIHIRANQI (myth.), the name of Whiro^s 
canoe— A. H. M., ii., 14. [See Whibo.] 

HOU, a feather; a feather stuck in the hair: 
Tiaia to hou, Jtia pai ai koe ki mua ki te 
vpoko — M. M., 176. 
Tahitian— cf. hmiy an auger ; to bore with 
an auger. Tongan— cl fofou, to push 
through. Mangarevan — of. /ton, a gimlet, 
an auger ; to pierce with a drill ; to stir up 
the ground. Hawaiian — of. houhou, doll, 
blunt ; to pierce, to thrust through. 

HOU, new, fresh, recent : Ko te ara hou tenet — 
G. P., 277. 2. Distant: Mau hoki e titiro hei 
hou noa atu te wai — A. H. M., v. 57. 
Sanaoan— fou, new, recent; to be new: 
atua fout na se'i tutupu; To new gods that 
came newly up. Fa*a-fou, to make new. 
Tahitian— hou, new, late, recently, lately; 
faa-hou, to renew; again; done over agam. 
Cf. o/u/u, a new garden or enclosure ; pahout 
young ; new, late ; tiahou^ a novioe ; the first 
wetting of a fish-net ; young, inexperienced ; 
uihout the rising generation. Hawaiian — 
hou, to be new, fresh, recent: A ala mai la 
kekahi hanauna hou ; A new generation had 
sprung up. (b.) To repeat, to do over again : 
He hou mai no i na kakahiaka a pau; They 
are new every morning. Hou hou, to be per- 
severing, to continue doing a thing. Gf. haka- 
hou, just planted. Tongan— foou, new; E 
tubu be hono fua foou; It shall bring forth 
new fruit. Fofoou, new, renewed ; faka-foou, 
to renew ; renewal, newness ; conversion. Cf. 
fou, to build or repair canoes ; fakafou^ to 
open, to disclose, as a secret ; akegafoou, a new 
plan ; a new era. Marquesan — hou, new, 
recent: Tai hou, tai hee; New generation!, 
generations past. Cf. tamahou^ a newly-born 
infant. Rarotongan— ou, yonng ; ouangi, 




youth : Kitera tangata ouna; To that youDg 
man. (6.) New : E tapaia koe i tetai ingoa 
on; You BbsU be oaUed by a new name. 
Mangarevan — hou, new; (b.) a harvest; 
abandanoe of new bread-fruit ; aka-hou, anew ; 
to make new, to renew. Cf. matahouy new, a 
novice; pohou, to come to a new country. 
Pauxnotan — hou, young; (b.) new; faka- 
hou, to renew. Gf. tuhout a novice ; ukifiout 
youtliiahiess. Ext. Poly. : Fiji— of. r<m, 
new ; vovou, young ; Malagasy— cf. vao, 
new ; Klsa — of. wohru-wohru^ new. 

HOU, )to fasten together, bind, lash. Cf. 

HOHOU, I whawhaut to tie ; whao, a nail ; 
vhatachi, a ahrub (the bark of which is used 
lor tying) ; hcuwere^ a shrub (identical with 
Kkauwhi : cf. here^ to tie, and tpere^ to be sus- 
pended) ; hotikif to tie. Hourongo^ or houhou- 
rongo, to make peace. 

HOU, to force downwards. 2. To force one s 
way downwards. Cf. hou, to dig up. 3. To 
persist in a demand. Cf. houkeke, obstinate. 
Samoan — of. fout to make an attempt ; to 
raise a rebellion. Hawaiian— cf. hou, to 
stab, pierce; to exert oneself in casting a 
spear or javelin ; to thrust, as the hand into a 
hole ; to stretch out, as the hand ; to search 
for something mentally ; houhm, to be blunt, 
obtuse; to be persevering ; to thrust through ; 
to drill, bore, or pierce ; ou, to pierce ; o, to 
pierce ; a sharp stick (Maori, ko). Tongan 
— cf. fofou, to bore, to push through. 

HOUHOU, to dig up, to obtain by digging. Cf. 
tihoUt a tool used instead of a spade ; hauhake^ 
to take op a root crop ; /lou, to force down- 
wards ; io, to dig with a ko. [See Ko.] 
Mangarevan — hou, to stir up tlie ground 
with a tool ; ouou, a gimlet, auger ; to pierce 
with a drill. Cf. tihou, to take food out of a 
hole; to seize anything lying in a hollow 
place. Paumotan — faka-hou, to furrow, 
groove, plough. Tahitian — cf. hou, an 
auger ; to bore, drill ; houvaru, a pit formed 
by the sinking of the earth, as though it had 
been dug. Ha^raiian — hou, to stab, pierce : 
E unuhi oe i kau pahikaua, a e hou mai ia'u 
me ia; Draw your sword and thrust it through 
me. (/>.) To dip, as a sop into milk ; (c.) to 
thrust, as the hand into a hole; to stretch 
out, as the hand ; to draw out, to extend ; {d.) 
to search for something mentally ; houhou, to 
be blunt, doll, as an instrument ; (b.) to be 
persevering ; (c.) to thrust through, to drill, to 
bore. Cf. ou^ to pierce ; o, to pierce [see Eo, 
Biaori] ; a sharp stick ; oo (M.L. = koko), a 
digging instrument. Tongan — fofou, to 
bore, to push through ; fou, to build or repair 
eanoes. Cf. huoy a spade, a hoe ; to dig, to 
hoe; to dear away weeds. Ext. Poly. : Fiji 
— cf. vhcb-taka, to dig all the ground between 

HOU, ) cool. Cf. hauhau, cool. 2. Dis- 
HOUHOU,! agreeable, unpleasant. 
Whaka-HOUHOU, to feel disgust. 

Tahitian — cf. houhou, to irritate by pro- 
voking words ; houu, sullen, sulky. 

HOUHOU, the name of a tree (Bot. Scheffiera 
digitata). Also called whauwhau. 

HOUANQA, this time last year. 

HOUANQE, a little while ago. 2. A little while 

HOU HERE, the name of a tree (Bot. Hoheria 
populnea), the Lace-bark. Also called houi 
(hou\), whauwhi, &c. Cf. houhere, to tie, to 
bind ; hou, to bind ; here, to tie, &o. 

HOUHOU-RONGO, to make peace. 

HOUI (^u%). [See HouHEBE.] 

HOUKA, a species of Cabbage-tree (Bot. Cordy- 
line australis). Also called kouka. 

HOUKAWE, (Morion,) pride; to be proud, 

HOU K EKE, obstinate, unyielding. Cf. hou, to 
persist in a demand ; keke, obstinate ; hokeke^ 
obstinate ; tokeke, churlish ; pakeke, hard, 
stiff. [For comparatives, see Eess.] 

HOU MA, the name of a tree (Bot. Sophora tetra- 

HOUMAITAWHITI (myth.), an ancestral hereof 
the Maori, who resided at Hawaiki. His wife 
was named Tuikakapa. Houmaitawhiti's dog, 
Potaka - tawhiti, offended the high - priest, 
Uenuku, and the dog was killed by Uenuku 
and Toi-te-hautahi. This act was revenged 
by Tamatekapua and Whakaturia ; hence 
arose war in Hawaiki, which was the cause 
of the great migration of the Maori to New 
Zealand. — P. M., 76. Houmaitawhiti appears 
to have attained divine honours, and was pro- 
pitiated by the ceremony of " sending off a 
canoe with food for the gods at Hawaiki and 
for Houmaitawhiti, food both cooked and 
uncooked. This canoe was made of raupo 
(bulrush ; typJia), There was no one in the 
the canoe, only stones to represent men." — 
S. K., 56. 

HOU M ATA, to extort. 

HOUMEA (myth.), the name of a female of high 
rank, and only spoken of in very ancient 
legend, which gives fifty generations back as 
her life epoch. She was an ancestress of 
Paikea — [See Paikea.] — Col., Trans., xiv. 26 : 
Stack., Trans., xii. {Jlaumia). 2. The wife of 
Uta ; a frightful creature, a thief, &g., who 
devoured her own children. She was destroyed 
by hot stones being thrown into her open, 
insatiable mouth. The shag [see Kawao], 
being a greedy bird, is still her representative ; 
and her name is used as a by-word for all evil, 
thievish, and adulterous women. — A. H. M., 
ii. 171. 

HOU PARA, the name of a tree. 

HOUTETE, stunted, dwarfed. Cf. horotete, pros- 
trated, worn-out. 
Ha'waiian— cf. hukiki, dwarfish. 

HOUWERE, to tie or bind. Cf. hou, to bind; 
here, to tie; were, to suspend; houhere, the 
lace-bark tree. [See Houhere ; for compara- 
tives see Hou, to bind, and Were.] 

HU (/m), mud, swamp. Cf. ehu, turbid; huhi, 
swamp. 2. A promontory. Cf. ihu, a nose, 
bow of canoe, &c. 

Samoan — cf. su, to be wet ; sua, to contain 
water ; fusi, a piece of swamp. Tongan — 
cf. gahu, moist, damp ; huhu, wet ; to bleed. 
Hawaiian — cf. hu, to overflow ; hupuna, a 
collection of waters in a hollow place. Ext 



Poly.: FIJI— ct.ruvu, muddy, f See bIbo next 

HU (hu), to babble up : Puna te Toimata, pahtkt 
btt kei aku tamo—M. M., 26. Cf. hirohubu, 
to boil ; u, tbe bieast. [Sue Tongm J 
Samoan— Bu {ii'),lo be wet, moist; ausu 
(>iuu), Bomewhst moist ; A e lot tupu at i U 
iu*it It vai ; It will rtoit. being in a wutery 
place. Susu, the breast ; the dag of animals ; 
fa'&-BU ( fa'a-th), to put into water to keep 
moist. Cf. (HU, to contain liquid, aa a, bottle 
or well ; to discbaige matter, aa an abscesB ; 
luali, to spit out ; to pooc out, ae water ; 
ivileai, water; tu'iliu, bilRe water; ttiaiiuiu, 
milk ; tiii. to dilute. Tahitian— cf. «, to be 
damp or wet ; tbe breast; palm, to be dammed 
np, as wuter; to be spattered up, as soft mud 
wben trodden upoo ; pihvlia, to draw a thinf; 
through the hand, as a wet rope, to press out 
the water. Hawaiian— hii, to swell and rise 
up, as water in a pot ; (b.) to rise up and swell, 
as leaven ; fermenting ; (c.) to rise up, as a 
thought ; (il.) to overflow, to run over the 
banks: A e hu no in maicaho o kona minoieiii 
a pnu .- It shall overflow all its ehannels. (e.) 
To burst out, spoken of affection ; {/,) to shed 
or pour out, as tears; Ke hu akn nei kvu imika; 
My eyes pour out tears. (17.) To circulate, as 
a story ; (h.) to miss one's way ; (i.) to heave 
in night ; (j.) to ha unstable, inoonstant ; 
huhu, to be angry ; wrath, displeasure; scold- 
ing ; cursing ; to be crabbed, charlish : A 
paniia iho la ka hilahila ame ka maiau ma ka 
hakaliaka ka hahu ; Shame and fear took 
the place of anger. Hoo-hu, to meditate ; to 
indite, as a song. Cf. Iiuoi. to have an over- 
flow of pasiuun ; huoU, unleavened; huha,a 
report, or sometbing said ; hupuna, standing 
water. Tongan— cf. huliu, the breants; to 
suckle ; huhna, milk ; juice ; fdiuhu, a nursing 
mother. [See also comparatives under U, the 

HU, the tenor or drift of a speech. Cf. tah 
to run in B continuous line. 3. Asthma. Cf. 
huaiipa. HBlhmn. 3. To click the tongue, 0.1 
to a horse : A ka ichakarcmgn akf a Tura e hu 
ana a Turahftau— A. H. M., ii. II. 

HUHU (halm), to bias, to whiz, buzz. Cf. 
piroTohU, a toy which makes a bumming noise ; 
jm/im. a blow-hoIe in a rock. 

Hawaiian— hu, to whistle, as the wind 
through the rigging of a ship ; a noise, a rust- 
ling, as the wind among trees ; ho-kani, a 
humming-top. Cf. Aon, tbe asthma ; short- 
neea o( breath ; ho, the BSthtoa ; to wheeze, to 
snort ; hoiipo, the thorax ; a palpitation or 
fluttering of the heart ; poohii, to Bound, to 
crack; to creak, as shoes. Tahitian— hu, 
wind emitted from the reetiim ; huhu, a species 
of wild bee. Tongan— fu, to make n hollow 
noise by striking the hnnda together; the noise 
so mado ; fufu, the same as fu, Manga- 
revan — hu, to burst, to crock, snnp ; u, to 
bark, hoot at ; uu, to break wind. Cf. hululai, 
to breok wind. Paumolan — huga, a hurri- 
cane. Mangatan— u, to puff; to break 
wind: Ua, t Tiki, i te u tiiaraagi ; Pufll, 
Tiki, as only spirits can, Eit, Poly. : Fij i— 
cf. uu. to cough. Motu — at. fiii, the noise 
mitde by the wind ; to hun. 

HU (/lit), still, silent. 

r coietmg, 1 

Hawaiian — hu, to ooze out silently ; (b.) 
to shed or poui out, as tears. Cf. oAu. ft 
roller or swell of water that does not break ; 
jjoAu. to be calm ; to Inll. ai the wind ; % eahn 
still place in tbe sea ; still, quiet ; kupohu, • 
calm, Tongan — fufu, hidden, secret; to 
hide, conceal. 

HUHU, to strip off an ootercovering: to caEt oD, 
as a rope. Cf, parahuhu, to tarn up, as the 
sleeve ol a coat ; huaki, to uncover, to un- 
earth. 3, To deprive of ou 
strip. 3. To free from lajni. 
Tongan — hu, worship, sooriGce ; to pny, 
worship; {b.) to enter within. Cf. hufii, 
intercession ; htifi. to open, applied to plaoei 
for religious worship ; hahita, to root, as • 
pig; kuat, to turn op. Tahitian- huhu, to 
brail op a sail ; to draw the string of s bag ; 
(b.) the sliding door, or window-shatter. Cf. 
pahuhu, to draw a thing through the band, as 
a wet rope to press out the water, Mar-- 
quesan— huhu, to strike tbe flag, to lower the 
flag in defeat ; {b.) to wrestle. Paumotan 
— huhu, to draw out, unsheathe. 

HUHU, the name of a Urge white grab, the 
larva of a beetle (Ent. Prioiiopliii relicularii) : 
Takato ana ki ft lehenua, anana I ma it buha, 
jTifl tt pnpo, taa te haiiehane—P. U., 8. 3. The 
game of cat's cradle {ichai, or nuiui). 3. The 
handle of a humming-top. 
Tahitian — cf. huhu, a speoiea of wild bee ; 
pauhuhu, to be moih-eaten. Hawaiian— 
huhu, the name of a worm, a inteot 
that eats cloth ; (b.| a worm or bug that bore* 
into wood, rendenng it fall of holes ; (c.) 
rotten, as a calabash ; worm-eaten, aa wood; 
huhuhu, rotten, worm-eaten, Paumotan — 
of. Imhu, a groove. Tongan — huhu, to punc- 
ture ; huhuhuhu, to pierce, to prick. Cf. 
huhukia, to be pierced Or pricked bj insects, 
Bs fruits. Eit. Poly. : Malagasy— -ct. coia- 
hina, rotten (applied only to wood) ; vavoka, 

HUA (myth,), an evil-mtnded man ol ancient 
times— A, H. M.. i. 168. 3. A god, ruling tbs 
tides- A. H. M. iii. 49. 3. One of the primi- 
tive deities ; a son of Kangi-potikj by Pspa-tn- 
a-nuku. Uc was a twin- brother ol Ari. 1. A 
person who was m the oaooe of Whiro. [Sea 
WI1LB0.J 5. The lather of tbe boy alain bj 
Whiro before atartiog- A. H. M., ii. 11 and 

HUA, fruit ; to bear fruit : No tt mea i hua ai it 
hf kaa riro alu kot—U. H., 100 : Ka tango ia 
ki tftehi hua o taua rakau — P. M., 18. Henca, 
posterity, descendants : Ka haert (era ki tt po, 
hti kuhime i a raua nei Auu— Wobl., Trans,, 
vii. 30. Cf. buakumu, very tmitfal. S. Tlu» 
egg of a bird ; the roe of a Gsh : A tt pi una, 
ht hua niiui— Tin,, ixii, G. 3. To bloom, aa 
a flower. Ol, pua, to blossom. 4. To abound. 
Cf, lahua. a heap of food ; n^dAuo, to swarm. 
5. The full moon; to be full moon : Wehta l» 
ari, ko hua Am vtlita—L. H. M.. i. 43. CL 
huuki, to dawn, 6, Cause, occasion. 7, A 
lever ; to raise with a lever : £it Tturrangi U 
hua e U pakanuku a<— A, H. M., ii. 166. Ot 
muAuu, raised up, lifted. 8. To overturn, 
frutilrate, 9, A aection of land. 10. Fowar. 
11. to name : Huaina iba e ralou tt ingoa « 
taiei mea, ko 7ofior(i-nul— Q.-S, 19. Ul. To 



tliiiik: Hua noa he wai matao, ana kua vera 
—P. M., 97: Ku hua, t lama, i katia atu ana 
U kaka mo U jw, i (o iphitnaulanja. 13. To 
be Eore ; to know. H. (Morion.) The keel d( 

HUANQA (huimga), a. relative: Rt huanga ki 
Matiti, hf lama ki TokeraUr—Piov . 

MUHUA, abundant. [Sea He* No. 4.] 

WUHUATANQA, eicellence. goodneaii. 

HUAHUA, biids. itc, captured tor food; game: 
Ki It tature hua ma ru(ou— P. M.. SS : Ko nga 
kualma hoala Ha kainga—P. M., 63. Cf. 
pahua, to plunder. S. tJmaU pimples. S. A 
Teeiel in tmich food was boiJed b; means ol 
he«t«d stones: Ka ringilia tt huahua mimi 
mi ki rolo ki nga tcaha—Q.-B, 37. Cf. kohua, 
B boiler ; B native oven. 4. A rait ol a tence. 

Wluka-HUA, to pronounce: Sa rongo tonu uu *i 
a koe t vhakahua ana i ratou ingoa- — P. M., 
14. 2. To recite: Katahi ka ahakahualia tt 
karakia—f. H., 69. 3. A tenaoe. 
Samoan— fua, a Hower; (t.) a Irnit; to 
produce frnit : I luga foi o laaa i le /.iniw, ma 
U/va o It tavtletlt; On the trees of the earth 
and the frails of the ground ; (r.) to proceed 
torn ; lo originate, In bSRin ; (d.) seed ; (e.) 
anegg: Pr at ea it Hiu..uj7i i le niuoUfua 
wuM r la there on; taste in the white of an 
^g ? {/.) the Bpawn o( fish ; (g.) a good- 
looking child of a chief ; {h.) a fleet of canoea; 
(i.) to meaiuie ; a measure ; (j.) to poise the 
■pear ; Ik.) to oollect leaves lor tiiatching 
with; ((.) to inler; fuafua, to measure; to 
weigh : (A.) to ponder; (c.) to lake aim with 
the spear; (d.) abaceasea in the hands, lace, 
or feet; fa'a-fua, to riae, as a ground-swell or 
wave, hot not to break. Cf. fualupt. a 

Eigeoa'a egg ; fuhmoa, a fowl's egg ; /uupiti, a 
zard'e egg ; /uala, a crop ol fruit : fuata'i 
to begin; fuga, flower, blossom [see Malay] 
pua, 3ie Qardinia flower; /aa/uu'ini. pimpIfH 
nui, cuoked food, espedally as food for thi 
Biek. Tahitian— hua, an atom, a grain o 
•and, a particle ; (6.) the thread of a gar 
ment; (e.) the teaticlea of animalB ; (d.) the 
string of a bow ; (r.) tie apray ol the aea (= 
M. lm»o); (/.) congealed, coagulated (= V 
tmktt) ; is-] a pattern ; huaa, family ; lineogf 
huBhua, pimples on the skm ; (i.) to be p 
duced to powder; pulverised; faa-hua l< 
fa-akua ?) to aaaume the appearance of somi 
thing not real ; faa-fiuahua, to beat or redui 
•nyttiilig lo atoms. Cf. haaahi, a spark ol 
fire ; kuaai, progeny ; huapartva, an egg of 
the hard pareva ; (6g.) a person of mean origin ; 
Aumriri, small pattiolea ; huaraau, sawdust, 
01 dust oauseJ by worms ; ahaa, the bloeso: 
o( the sngar-cane ; huaroro, a species of sms 

gouid, used for bottles lo hold ' *' 

oil. Tongan— fua, fruit ; to 1 
prodnce : Bia nun nau loo ae/uc 
nou wina .- They took of the fruit of the land 
in their bande ; (6.) a measure ; to measure ; 
It.) the »pBwn ot fish; (d.) size, bulk; (c.) to 
fcar.cany; (f.) aU, every one; (j,) befoie any 
other, AtbI ; faka-fua, to fructify ; to oause to 
bear trait; ib.) to carry on the shoulder; 
(tiui^a, the source, origin; {b.) a mother. Cf. 
f»aia, (millol ; faaga/tihifuhi, lo bear fruit in 
olnsten; fitalaulake, the (niit at the end of 
the stem; fualau, the name given to the small 
Tarns thftt grow at the ends ol the tendrils 


akffaa, to bo inflated ; to bwpU, as the waves 
of the sea ; haa, lo laek, row, or acnd ; to root 
or turn up the earth; the taste; a jest; k 
preparation ol food; juice, milk; hu«a*i, to 
mention, to repeal. Hawaiian— hua, the 
swelling, growing, and msturity of vegetablee; 
(b.) fruit ; offspring, the production of animali 
or vegetables: Aohe nraentme. o ka hua, h6 
malili; The frail ia not fall-grown, it is 
stunted, (6.) To sprout, lo bud ; (e.) to grow 
in size, as fruit ; to increase as a people ; Hva 
mai nei a Uhulthu : He was abundantly pro- 
lifio, (d.) An egg ; (e) a kidney ; (/.) to sweU 
□p, as the foam of water (? Maori huka, loam] ; 
(S.) the effect or result ol an action; (A.)* 
summary oE one's wishes; a short sentence; 
(i.) a letter ol the alphabet ; (j.) seed for sow- 
ing: Malama e hupa aaaiiei ka hua i luluia; 
Perhaps hereafter the seed sown may spring 
up; (*.) the human teeticlea; (i.) envy, jea- 
lousy ; to feel envious or jealous of another; 
huaa, to lift with a lever ; huahua, a bunoh or 
kernel in the flesh ; small awellings about the 
eyo; hoo-hua, to cause to swell, as a bud; to 
proilace fruit, as a tree ; to bring forth, as ft 
female ; (6.) to lease or vei by begging ; to 
resort often to one tor favours; (c-) to perg*. 
vere in, as any habit ; hoo-tiuabua, to iucreaM, 
to grow in aize. CI. huaai. an egg that auj 
be eaten; grain; frail lor food; to dig up 
something covered in the ground (cf. Maori 
huaki) ; huaoU, without fruil ; huahaule, pre- 
maturely born; frieudleaa ; an orphan ^t. 
" seed-fallen") ; ohiia, the family part of » 
household, as children, servanls, ic, master 
and mistress generally not included ; huakai, 
a apouge ; lo travel in large companies ; hua- 
nwa, a ben's egg ; kaihua, high tide ; deep 
water; paihua, a bundle of fruit; huU, to 
pry op with a lever. Marquesan— hua, the 
same thing, the snme ; (6.) to reeompenae, to 
return; huhua, swelling, inflated; to swell; to 
grow turgid ; buahua, the testiolea. Cf. huaa, 
a parent, family; people; kokua, pimples OH 
the body- Rarotongan— ua, seed ; Ina rw 
kotou e akamura-i au i tt ua ruftait ,- Behold I 
will corrapt your seed- (6-) Frail; uangH( 
descendants : K ka riro looa ra uaiiga iiiei U 
ungaunga-ani a It tniia ; I will make your 
posterity like the dust of the earth. Maaga- 
revan — hua, to bring forth, said ol grain and 
trees ; (6.) to commence to recite a prayer ; 
huahua, pimples on the face ; ua, a parliole 
giving the idea of plurality ; (6-) the genitals i 
uaga, harreat, abundance of fruit. Cf. tohva, 
a place of assembly; lahua, well cooked; 
kohua, a prefix to proper names, used when 
oalliog. Anlwan— nohua, (no = article pre- 
fiiad,) seed; (b.) Iruit: Tati eipeiia nohua, ma 
«c< loria jakalaparia rwhaa; One soattara 
seed, and another gathers and savea up the 
Irait- Paumolan— ua, to be born ; huaga, 
lineage. Cf. huakai, a descendant. Futuna 
—fua, to bear fruit. Morlori— of. hu, to 
abound. Eit. Poly. : Molu— cf. huahua, 
fruil. Fiji— cl. eua, fruit, produce; B grand- 
child ; to bear fruit, to be Iruitful ; a stick on 
which a burden ia carried over the shoulder. 
Malagasy — of. voa, seed ; uouniftio, a cocoa- 
nut (i.e. haa-nia). Sikayana — cf. fua, an 
egg; Java, ico/i, fruit ; Malay, ftuaft, fruit j 
Bugls, fruwa, trail; Kar-Nicobar, uha, 
an egg ; Central Nicobar, hueja. aa. eg£'. 




Dyak, gua^ fruit; North Borneo, bua^ 
fruit; Kisa, iroim, fruit (through Javanese 
woh); Formosa, waua^ fruit; Matu, bua^ 
fruit. The following words all mean fruit : — 
Salayer, biia; Menado, hua; Sanguir, 
buani ; Salibabo, buwah; Cajili, bttan; 
^Wayapo, /uan; Masaratty , /uan ; Am- 
blaw, btiani; Liang, bua; Morella, hua; 
Camarian, ftnirai; T eluti ^ huan ; Ahti- 
ago, viian; Gah, woya ; Wahai, huan; 
Teor,/tttn; Baju, bua; Nevr Britain, 
vua; Eromanga, buwa ; Ureparapara, 
wo; Ulav^a, hua; Nifilole, nua; San 
Cristoval (Wano), hua; San Cristoval 
(Fa^aniK/ua; Malanta (Saa)« ^ua; Ma- 
la nta (Alite), tniavua; Vaturana, imvua; 
Florida, vuavua. 

HUAI (hUat), the name of a shell-fish (Moll. 
Chione stucJiburyii). 

HUAKI, to open; to uncover: Kia huakina te 
ahi nei — P. M., 182. Gf. huke, to dig up, to 
expose by removing earth ; uaki^ to open or 
shut a door ; hua^ to lift with a lever ; kai^ 
food [see Hawaiian] . 2. An assault, a charge ; 
to rush upon, to charge : Ka mea kia huakina 
hoki ki a Paoa—F. M., 192. Cf. aki, to dash ; 
ua/ct, to launch, as a canoe. 3. To dawn : Ka 
moe^ ka huaki te ata^ ka poua te kai—F. M., 
140. Cf. hua, full moon. 
Samoan — suai, to dig up ; suasuai, to work 
hard for others, as a man in his wife's family, 
or vice versA, Cf. sua, to grub up, to plough ; 
to gore, as a boar, or bull. Tahitian — huai, 
to open or uncover a native oven, or anything 
buried in the earth. Cf. huaira, intrepid, of. 
great power and force, as a wild beast. Ha- 
ivaiian— huai, and huaai, to dig up some- 
thing covered in the ground ; to open, i.e. to 
dig up, as in opening a native oven and taking 
out what is baked ; (&.) to open, as a grave, to 
disinter ; (c) to open, as a reservoir of winds ; 
to cause the wind to blow, or water to gush : 
Htiai ka wai puna i ka pali ; Gushing forth 
are the springs of the mountains, (d.) To 
open upwards, as the lid of a chest ; (e.) to 
suck or draw up water in drinking, as a beast ; 
hoo-huai, to bring a wind, to cause it to blow ; 
{b.) to turn or dig up the ground : Ua hoohuaiia 
oia malalo iho ona e like vie ke ahi ; What is 
turned up from below is like fire. Huahuai, 
to boil up, as water in a spring; to break 
forth, as water ; (b.) to tear or break the skin. 
Cf. hae^ to dig, to throw out dirt, as in digging 
a pit ; huehue, to loosen, open. Tongan — 
huai, to turn up; (b.) to pour out, to spill; 
huaaki, to mention, to repeat. Cf. huaaga^ a 
place where pigs have been rooting ; huohuai, 
to open up, to lift a covering. Paumotan — 
huaki, to uncover, expose : Htiaki i te kopie ; 
Uncover the oven. Cf. uaki^ to remove. 

HUAKUMU (huakumu), very fruitful. Cf. hua, to 
bear fruit ; hmhua^ abundant. [For compara- 
tives, see Hua.] 

HUAMANQO, a variety of potato. 

HUAMO, to be raised in waves, as the sea : Hei 
takahi i runga i nga huamo o te moana — Hopa, 
ix. 8. Cf . hua, to raise with a lever ; hiamoj 
to be raised up. [For comparatives see Hua, 
and Amo.] 

HUAMUTU, the name of a fish. 

HUANUI, a road, a much travelled path : Engari 
me moe mana ki te huanui — Ken., xiz. 12 : 
Kahore e kitea te huanui ki te kai, te huamU 
ki te wahine—Wohh^ Trans., vii. 32. CSf. 
huarahi^ a road ; nut, great. 

HUANQA {huiiuga}, [See under Hua.] 

HUANGO, acthma. Cf. Au, to whiz, tobnzs; 
angoa, lean, wasted away ; huatare, to gasp for 
breath. [For comparatives, see Hn.] 

HUARAHl, a road, path: Kei whea koia te hua- 
rahi t — r. M., 25. Cf. huanui^ a high road ; 
arah\ to lead, conduct. 2. A means of acoeaa : 
He tini nga huarahi e ha^re mai ai tenei taonga 
kino te Maori, te makutu, 

HUARANQA, to transplant. Cf. htia, to bear 
fruit ; ranga, to raise ; tirangaranga, scattered. 

HUARE, saliva. Cf. huhare, huwhare^ haware, 
hauware, ware, all meaning spittle. 
Tahitian — huare, saliva. [For full eom- 
paratives see Wabe.] 

HUARERE (myth.), a son of Tuhoro, and grand- 
son of Tama-te-Eapua — S. B., 53. 

H DATA, a barbed spear: Ka mau % konei ki te 
paraoa poto, ki te huata, me te tini o te patu — 
M. M., 187. Cf. Jioata, a long spear. Whore' 
huata, an armoury : Ko te whare-huata a 
Maui—F. M., 160. 

Samoan — fuata, the handle of a spear; 
fa*a-fuata, to carry on the back between the 
shoulders; (b.) to put a handle to a spear. 
Cf . fua, to poise the spear ; fuatauina, to kill 
a chief. 

HUATAHI, only -begotten : I a koe kihai nei i 
kaiponu mai i te tamaiti, i to hucUahi ki a au 
— Ken., xxii. 12. Cf. hua, to bear fruit ; tahi, 
one. [For comparatives see Hua, and Tahi.] 

HUATA RE, to pant, to gasp for breath. Cf. hu, 
to whiz, buzz ; huango, asthma ; tare, to gasp 
for breath. [For comparatives, see Hn, and 

HUATAU, a thought ; to think upon : He aorere 
ka kitea ; lie huatau e kore e kitea — ^Prov. 

HUATAWA, a dark variety of the siliceous stone 
called mathwaiapu. 

HUAWAI, (or hunwai-pipi.) the name of a shell- 
fish (Mol. Cardium striatuhan). 

H U H U E ' ^ ^ quick, speedy. 

H U E, a gourd : I tupu ki hea te kawai o te hue f 
— M. M., 194. Cf. pohue, a name for climbing 
plants, such as convolvulus, (&C. 2. The name 
of a fish. Cf . upokohue, the porpoise. 

Samoan — fue, the geneial name for all 
creeping plants ; (b.) a fly-flapper, carried by 
chiefs and orators. Cf. fue*afa, a creeping 
plant, used as string ; fueinea, the water-bine ; 
juesa, the sacred bind-weed (Bot. Hoya sp.). 
Tahitian — hue, a gourd or calabash ; huehue, 
a small gourd; (b.) distended, applied to a 
swollen stomach ; (c.) to be in terror and 
amazement. Cf. hueaere, a gourd that fills a 
place with leaves, but does not bear; huero^ 
seeds of trees and plants; eggs of lizarda, 
birds, &Q. ; mahue, to be pushed up, as the 
earth by the shooting of some plants ; jwAtie, 
the name of a species of oouvolvaius. Ha- 
ivaiian — hue, a gourd; a water calahaih 




liuehue, spreading over, growing thiokly, like 
thrifty Tines, as the koali (conyolvulus) ; {b.) 
spreading over like rain. Gf. hueili^ a skin- 
bottle ; kuiwai^ a water calabash ; pohuthue, 
the name of a convolvulus ; pohiu^ a broken 
piece of calabash; a water calabash. To- 
ngan — hue, to project out. Marquesan — 
hue, the melon, Ac. ; [b.) any kind of 
container or vessel. Gf . hueaki, a bottle ; hue- 
taka, the cordage of a canoe. Mangarevan 
— hue, a calabash ; the vine which produces 
it ; aka-hue, to gather together ; aka-huehue, 
to recite, to sing the titles of persons. Gf. 
poue, a climbing or running plant ; uhe, a 
calabash not yet gathered from the plant. 
Pauxnotan — hue, a gourd. Futuna— fue, 
creeping plants. 

HUENE, to squeak. Cf. u^ne^ to whine; wene^ 
to grumble, to be peevish. 2. To desire. 

HUH A, the thigh (for huwhn) : Taunaha kau ana 
i nga pike, i nga huha — P. M., 92. [See 


HUH ARE, flaliva : Ka tuku ano hoki i tona 
huhare kia tarere ki tona kumikumi — 1 Ham., 
xxi. 13. Cf. huarcj huwhare, haware^ hauwaret 
and ware, all meaning saliva. [For compara- 
tives, see Wars.] 

HUHI {hhhi), the game of •* cat^s cradle,*' called 
also wJiait and maui, 2. Discomfiture : Ana 
ka kite koe i te huhi—F. M., 27. 3. Weari- 
ness. 4. Swamp. Gf. /im, mud, swamp ; ehut 

HUHU. [See under Hu.] 

HUHUA. [See under Uua.] 

HUHUNU. [See under Hunu.] 

H U H UTI . [See under Huti.] 

HUl, } to put or add together. 2. To oongre- 
HUHUI,/ gate, come together: Ka hui taua 
iwi ki te matakitaki — P. M., 39. Gf. rahui^ a 
flock, herd ; kahui, a herd. 3. To jerk ; jerk- 
ings taken as omens. [See Takiri.] 4. An 
assembly. 5. To take as plunder. Gf. hui- 
rapa^ grasping. 

HUI HUI, to come together; an assembly: Ka 
huihui raua ko tona hoa ho Tiki — P. M., 128. 
Samoan— fui, a cluster of nuts ; (6.) a wild 
taro ; fuifui, a bunch or cluster of fruit ; (6.) 
a flock of birds ; (c.) a succession of waves. 
Cf. fuifuiatu, a school of bonito ; fuifuifeth, a 
cluster of stars ; fuifuimanu^ a flock of birds. 
Tahltian — hui, a plural or collective particle 
prefixed to various nouns (as hui-arii, the 
royal party or family ; hui-tupuna, ancestors, 
^tc.) ; huhui, to fix wash-boards to the sides 
of the canoe, to prevent the sea from breaking 
in ; huihui, throbbings or jerkings of the flesh ; 
{b.) to be throbbing, as an artery. Gf. /turn, 
a parent with his descendants ; the suckers 
of the pia (arrowroot) ; huihuimanu, a flock of 
birds ; Huitarava, Orion's Belt. Hawaiian 
— hui, an uniting ; an assembly ; a cluster ; to 
mix, to unite together ; to assemble together : 
A kui mai la me kana mau wahine ; He added 
to the wives he already had. (6.) To agree in 
opinion; (c.) to bend, to turn one way and 
then another (V == M. hari) ; (d.) to be in pain, 
bodily pain, as niho hui, the toothache ; («.) 
the flippers of the sea turtle ; (/.) the sniall 

uniting sticks in a thatched house, parallel 
with the posts and rafters and between them ; 
hoo-hul, to add one thing to another, i.e. 
to collect : Hoo-hui hou no oia % keia mea ia 
mau mea a pau ; Let this be added above 
all. (&.) To unite, as in a treaty ; (c.) to col- 
lect together as men ; to mingle ; to come 
together, as waters; (d.) to meet, as people 
long separated ; huihui, a bunch, a cluster of 
anything, as stars ; a constellation ; (6.) the 
Pleiades ; {c) mixed ; manifold ; huhui, a 
bunch or collection of things; a bundle of 
grass. Gf. huikait to mix, to jumble, to 
throw things together without order ; huikahi, 
bound up, girded ; huina^ a number, the sum 
of several numbers ; the point where two trees 
meet ; an angle, corner, as of two roads, of a 
house, fence, &o. ; huinahelu, to count, to 
number ; /luint, to end in a sharp point, as 
the top of a high mast ; huipn, to mix together. 
Tongan — fuhi, a bunch or cluster : Okukona 
ho 1U1U gaahi fuhi ; Their clusters are bitter. 
(b.) A rope or anything by which a heavy 
weight is carried ; (c.) to fasten on ; to carry 
by ; fuhifuhi, bunches : tutuu ae gaahi 
fuhifuhi; Gather the clusters. Faka-fuhi, to 
hang in clusters ; to tie a number of things 
together; fuifui, a flock of birds ; to announce 
a flight of birds ; (h.) waves of the sea ; (e.) to 
quench the thirst ; to extinguish Are ; faka- 
fuifui, to fly in flocks. Cf. huifuhi^ to gather 
in bunches. Mangarevan — hui, dependent 
islands ; huhui, a parcel of fruit tied up in a 
bundle ; huihui, to cover, wrap up. Gf. ui, to 
gather with the hand ; uui, a bunch, a parcel; 
hue, to collect, bring together, rake up ; kahui, 
a bunch of grapes, a row of bananas or Pan- 
danus ; tnrahui, to steal a prohibited thing. 
Paumotan — cf. hui-tupuna, forefathers. 
Marquesan — cf. huki, shiverings, chilliness 
of the flesh. 

HUI, to be affected with cramp. Gf. hui, to jerk ; 
huiki, pinched with cold ; crouching in fear ; 
hukiJniki, to contract suddenly, as the muscles. 
Hawaiian — cf. hui, cold, chilly, as the 
morning air from the mountains ; huehu, cold, 
chilled. Tahltian— cf. /mt, to pierce, lance, 
or prick. Tongan — cf. hui, a bone or needle; 
huhukia, a prickly sensation, felt in the soles 
of the feet. 

HUIA {huia), the name of a bird (Cm. Hetera- 
locha CLCutirostris). It is a somewhat rare bird, 
and the tail-feathers are prized as ornaments : 
Maka iho te kotuku, te huia, hei whakapaipai 
mona—F. M., 136. 2. (Met.) Darling, trea- 
sure : E hoa ma, puritia mai taku huia — S. T., 

Samoan — cf. fuia, the name of a bird (Om. 
Stumoides atrifu»ca\. 

HUI AW A (myth.), a person of prediluvian times 
—A. H. M., i. 169. 

HUIKI {huiki), pinched witli cold. Cf. kuiki^ 
cold ; hukihuki, to contract suddenly, as the 
muscles ; hui, to be affected with cramp. 2. 
Gowering. 3. Land exhausted by frequent 

Hawaiian — cf. hui, cold, chilly, as the 
morning air from the mountains ; to ache, to 
be in pain ; to bend ; huehu, chilled, cold; to 
shiver. Marquesan — cf. huki, shiverings , 
chilliness of the flesh. 



HUKA, (ouu, froth. Cf. Au. to babble ap. 2. 
Frost, anon ; No Tongariro te huia. tt panga 
nai kti taku kiri—'H. U., 64. C(. hauhunga, 
froot; kuiipapa, ice, frost; hukartrt, gnow; 
ftuiSwAalv, hail ; huk&punga, buow ; hukatara, 
llail. a, Cold : Na U hula i kore ai e tujnt— 
0.-8, 17. 

HUKAHUKA, foam, froth; A i xhiua atu 
kot ki U hukahuka o le tai~P. M., 14. 2. The 
thmma or shreds on a mat : Ka vekua tm 
vait e te rahai ; ka niolv ngo bukalaika- 
P. M., 81. Cf. hunsahunga, the refuse of Bai 
leaf ; down, nap of a gormeDt. 3. Fringe. 
Hanging in shred a. 
Ha-wailan— hua, a flowing, a going forth 
from; foam, froth, aa from one in a fit; (b.) ' 
Bweil up, as the foam of water ; (c.) a flowin,^ , 
■ flowing roba, the trail of a garment; the 
tncks at the bottom of a goim ; {d.) the snapper 
of a whip 1 huahua, foam or troth, ub of the 
aea : Lai eva pvni ; hnahva kai ; Lol it 
baa enclosed uo ; oh, the foaming sea I [b.) 
To foam at the mouth, as of one in a fit. 
Cf. huakai, the foam of tha eea ; to foam, as 
the sea; Am, cold,chillj ; AuaAuoi. to boil up, 
aa water from a spring ; a violent boiling. 
Tahitian— ct. AuAun, the top of b moaolain. 
TongBa— cf./uii, a flag, banner. Manga- 
revan — huka, (roth of living things ; huka- 
huka, vet; mnch agitated hy Btrong winds, 
said of waves ; uka, foam from Die mouth ; 
ukauha, troth, foam ; froth un the mouth and 
nostiila of drowned people. Cf. fiuju, a 

xikakea, to skim ; lohuka, much saliva. 
Paumo tan— huka, a bubble of water. Cf. 
hukai, spittle. Marquesan — cl. vka. fer- 
mented. Eit. Poly. 1 Fiji — cf. vuka, to By. 
HUKA, long, in time. 2. Detlcienoy ia meoBure- 

HUKAPAPA (fluWpapa). ice ; frost: Kiin mangu 
nn* i te hukipopa — Hopa., vi. IG. Cf. Iiuka, 
Iioal, anow ; hukhwhata, hail : liuktipuiiga, 
EDO* ; kukatara, hail. [For camparalivea. 
Me Hnxi.J 

HUKAPUNQA (hukbpuTiga). mow. Cf. Mila, 
frost, snow ; hukapapa, ice, frost; hukatara, 
hail ; hukiickatu, hail ; pungapvnga, pollen of 
the raupo. [For CDinparativea, aee Host.] 

HURARERE, snow ; Kia pthia koe t le ana o U 
kukaTere—O. P. 171. Ct. huka, frost, snow ; 
hukapunga, mov; hukhpapa, ice, Ito&l ; kuka- 
tara, bail ; hukhwkatu, hail ; Ttre, to fly. [For 
wmparaliTes, see Hcka, and Bebe.] 

HUKARI (Aufcttri), to use geatares, to thow by 

HUKARI (Imkari). the young of birds. Cf. 
hakari, a yoniig bird. 

HUKATARA,hail. Cf. ftufto, (roat, anow ; hak&. 
uhilu, hail ; hukhpapa, ice, frost, &a. [For 
comparatives, see Hdei.] 

HUKAWHATU [tntkhwhalu). hail. C(. ahaiu, 
hail, h ail- stones ; huka, snow; hukatara, 
bail; htikipopa, ice, froBt; hukhpwnga, snow. 
p'or oonpaifttiTes, see Hdka, and Woam.] 

tan le hangi topu. ka faikea—V. M., 1C9. Cf, 
huti, to hoist, pall up oot of the ground ; Attu- 
hake, to take up a root crop. 2. To eiOBTate ; 
to hollow out ; Ka hukea U riu, ka hvnua le 
ihu le la-P. M., E7. 

Samoan — fu'e, to unooTer an oven ot food. 
2. To put into a ha^kat; fufu'e, to oat the 
planks ot a oanoe thtn after fitting them. Ct. 
/u'e/ua, a oanoe hollowed ont ot one tree ; 
lu'e. to search, to examine. Tahitian — hue, 
to throw np into a heap; (6.) to overthrow 
and cast out worthless things. Cf. mahue, ti> 
be pushed up. as the earth by the shootini; of 
plants. Hawalian^huB. to canse to flow 
ont ; {!>.) to unload, as a ship ; (c.) to dig, to 
throw oat dirt, as in digging a pit ; (d.) a Uiict, 
thievish ; huehue, to throw up, to raise op ; to 
loosen, to open ; (b.) the name of the water on 
Hoalalai. where the last volcano broke oat. 
Tongan— fuke, to open, to eipoae to view, 
as the contents of an oven ; fufuke, to expose, 
to untie, and lay open ; fukefuke, to open oat, 
to spread out aa a flower. CI. viafukt, open, 
unfolded ; mahuke, to be forced or raised 
apwarde. Marquesan — huke, to hollow ont, 
in polishing any small atensil. Manga.- 
revan — huke, to throw np earth in a native 
oven ; (6.1 (o avenge ; vengeance. Paumo- 
tan— huke, to dig; a shovel; hukehuhe, to 
eicavate. Of. huktn. a den or hole ; hoke, to 
dig ; hakihuki, to perforate. Mangaian — 
uke, to dig up. Eit. Poly. : Motu — eL 
hukfa, to break oft, as a single banana. 

HUKEKE(/ii<ti*<). slaggeriDg. 

HUKI, pierced; to stick in, aa feathen in the 
hair. 2. Fnll, ot the tide. 

HUKIHUKI,BEpit on whioh fish are roasted ; to 
roast on a spit. Cf. mohukihuki, to spit a fish 
for roasting. 3. To contract suddenly, aa the 
muscles. Cf. Am', to be affected with cramp ; 
huiki, cowering ; kiki, to jump or start in- 
Samoan^BU'l, the stem of 

having water in it, but no kemet ; (c.) t 
thread on a string; to do needlework; (Ct. 
Maori lui. to sew 7) ; su'isu'ja, to be pained in 
the foot, as il being pricked ; susu'l, to pierce 
a young cocoanut in order to obtain the juice ; 
(6.) lo fasten on the Inualuga (covering of the 
ridge) o( a house. Tahitian— hui, to pierce, 
lance, or prick ; (b.) to make a long side-stroke 
with a sword or club ; (c.) to throb, as a vein 
or artery ; (d.) to skip with a rope ; (r.) to eat 
forbidden food slyly ; huihui. throbbinga Ot 
twistings in the fleah; to be throbbing, aa an 
artery ; (6.) highly polished ; handsome. Cf. 
Aui t'"!, consternation, as il from a blow; huitolo, 
to bleed, also to open an abscess ; the act ol 
destroying the infant in the womb; (in. to 
pierce with a hole or opening ; tniihmiaaiau, 
to polish the pearl flsb-book. Hawaiian — 
hui, to ache, to be in pain ; bodily pain. Cf. 
haiwia, a seam, a aniting by sewing togsthar. 
Tongan — huki, to pierce, punotare ; huhuki, 
to prick, to pierce; hukihuki, to csolk. Ct. 
hui, a bone, a needle; Auifiui', atony, thornj; 
fthuihui, needle-hke, thorny, prickly ; apphtd 
to pointed stones or ooral in the road ; 




hMhukiat a pricking sensation felt in the palms 
of the feet ; to be pricked or pierced by insects, 
ms fruit ; fehukihukiy to cram into a small 
space ; to be one on the other from want of 
room. Marquesan — huki, a small stick 
used to strengthen the thatch of a houno ; (b.) 
shiTerings, chilliness of the flesh. Manga- 
revan— huki, to pierce, said of lightning (cf. 
Hawaiian huilaf to flash ; and Maori uira, to 
flash ; lightning) ; (h.) to hide a small stick in 
the ground, or in some soft body ; (c.) to hook 
off frait, <frc.. with a pole ; {d.) to dart, shoot, 
as a test of skill ; uki, to stir the fire ; ukiuki, 
lancing, piercing ; sharp, piercing pains. Cf. 
ukiake, to thrust up with a pole. Pau- 
motan — hukihuki, to bore, perforate ; {b.) 

? ricking, itching. Cf. huke, to dig. Ext. 
'oly. : Fiji— cf. cii/ci-fa, (t/iuki-ta) to dig or 
loosen the ground with a stick ; vukivttki^ to 
turn oyer and over ; vuki-ta, to turn upside 

HUKINGA, the head of a valley or river. 

Tahitian — cf. Atiia, a parent with his 
descendants (perhaps from huij collective). 

HUKUI, a scraper; a piece of wood used in 
cleaning the ko : Ka rere mai te kereru ki 
runga ki te hukui o te ko a Te liaka — Wohl., 
Trans., vii. 38. 

HUMARIRE {hiimarire), beautiful; beauty : E! 
e I e tia tonu tou humarire — P. M , 160. 

HUME, to bring to a point, to taper off, to make 
conical : Ka hukea^ te riu^ ka huviea te ihu te 
ta — P. M., 67. 2. A coward : He whiore hume 
tenei tangata — Prov. Cf. vraerohume^ a cur. 

Whaka-HUME, to be drawn between the legs (of 
the tail of an animal). Cf. ahuviehnme^ a gar- 
ment for females ; kume, to pull, to drag ; 
humene^ gathered up into small compass. 
Tahitian — hume, to put the slip of cloth 
called maro about the loins and between the 
legs [see Mabo] ; faa-hume, to tie up the 
girdle called maro. Haw^aiian— hume, to 
hind around the loins as a m^Zo (waist-belt) ; 
to gird on as a sash : Kai humea mai ko malo^ 
o Ku ; See where your girdle is put on, oh Tu. 
Cf. htimemalonMikaif wearing an ornamented 
girdle, i,e., imitating a chief, acting the fop or 

HUMENE {ftttmene), gathered up into small com- 
pass. Cf. huToe, to bring to a point ; menet to 
be assembled. 

HUMENGE, to benumb. Cf. nienge, shrivelled, 

HUMU, the hip-bone. Also Himu. 2. A man 
(Obsolete. One auth.) 

Tahitian^cf. humaha, the thigh. Tongan 
— cL kumUt to stumble, to fall ; faka-humuj to 
tie the fore-legs of an animal ; to cause an- 
other to fall. 

HUMUHUMU, stripped of prominent parts. Cf. 
hohumuhumuj shorn close. 
Tahitian — cf. kumu, a secret plot of murder. 
Haivaiian — cf. humu, to sew cloth, to fasten 
together by sewing. Marquesan— cf. humuj 
to fasten, to keep by force ; humua^ a prisoner. 
Mangarevan — cf. kumuhumut short, well- 
made fingers. 

NUN A, to conceal, hide ; concealed : E huna nei 
ki Toto o te areatenga o nga poho o Bangi raua 


ko Papa — P. M., 8. Cf. tahuna, a shoal, sand- 
bank. 2. To destroy : Kia kaua e huna e 
ahau tenei pa — Ken., xix. 21. Cf. tahuna, a 

Samoan— funa (funh), to conceal, with a 
negative, applied to scent, or a wind rising ; 
fa'a-funa, to clip the hair short. Ct.funa% to 
conceal ; tafuna, a rocky place in the sea ; 
tafuna^ to strike suddenly, as with the hand, 
or by throwing a stone. Tahitian — huna, to 
hide, conceal : Eiaha e hunahia ia*u nei; Do 
• not hide it from me. Hu huna, to hide or con- 
ceal repeatedly. Cf. hunahunaai, the act of 
concealing the names of the true proprietors 
of lands ; purarohuna^ some concealed action ; 
tahuna, to conceal, hide. Ha'uvaiian — huna, 
to hide, conceal ; that which is concealea 
{kahi-huna, the private member of the body} : 
Huiui Hina i ka eheu o ka A lae ; Hina hid 
the wing of the Alae. (&.) To keep back truth 
in speaking ; (c.) to hide, as a trap or snare ; 
(d.) to disguise oneself ; hoo-huna, to conceal, 
as knowledge ot wisdom ; hunahuna, to con- 
ceal oneself ; to steal away and hide. Cf. 
hunakele, to bring a corpse secretly, as in 
former times. Tongan — funa, to moult, to 
change the feathers; funaaga, the souroe, 
origin. Rarotongan — una, to conceal; 
uuna, to hide ; concealed : I uuna ke atu ei 
koe % to mata ia matou nei; Tou concealed 
your face from us. Mangarevan — una, to 
hide, conceal ; (&.) to '* bite *' one*s words ; to 
stammer; to speak timidly; unaunaj to hide 
habitually. Marquesan — cf. hunahuna, 
small. Ex Poly. : Motu— cf . ehuni, to 
conceal; privately. Fiji— cf. VMm, to be 
concealed ; vvni-a, to hide. Malagasy — cf. 
fono, a cover ; wrapped, shrouded. Malay — 
cf. sunyiy private, retired. 

HUNA, the tenth day of the moon*s age. 

Hawaiian— huna, the name of a day of 
the month : ohuna, the eleventh day of the 

HUNANQA-MOHO, the name of a kind of grass 
(Bot. Apcra arundinacea) . 

HUNAONQA, a son-in-law, or daughter-in-law: 
A ka korero ki ajia hunaonga — Ken., xix. 14. 
Cf. hunarei, and hunarere, father-in-law or 
Tahitian — hunoa (hunba), a son-in-law or 
daughter-in-law : Aore Jioi oia i ite e o te 
hunoa ia nona : He did not know that it was 
his daughter-in-law. Hawaiian — hunona, 
a child-in-law (hunona-kane, a son-in-law; 
hunona-wahine, a dau{;^hter-in-law) : / lilo ai au 
i hunonakane na ke alii ; I should be a son-in- 
law of the king. Cf. hunoai, a parent-in-law. 
fSee HuNOAWAi.] Rarotongan — unonga, a 
child-in-law : Koia e nga unonga vaine katoa 
tokortui nana ra ; And her two daughters-in- 
law with her. Marquesan— hukona, a son- 
in-law, or daughter-in-law. Paumotan — 
hunoga, a son-in-law. Cf. hunoga-marire, a 
daughter in -law. Moriori — hunungo. a 
daughter-in-law. Cf. hunau, the brother of a 
sister (? whmau). [See also Hunoawai.J 

HUNAREI, ] a father-in-law, or mother-in-law. 

HUNARERE, I Cf. hungmcai, father-in-law or 
mother - in - la\v ; hutuionga, son - in - law, or 
dauphter-in-law ; hungarei, father-in-law^ ot 




HUNE| the down or pappus on the bnlrash or 
raupo (Typha). Gf. takunet seed-down of ratipo, 
Samoan — fune, the core of a bread-fruit. 
Tahitian — hune, the core of bread-fruit. Cf. 
auhunet harvest ; a season of plenty : uruatL- 
hunet the harvest or season of bread-fruit (.see 
Maori Noahubu.] Tongan — ^fune, the core 
of the bread-fruit. Paumotan — of. kahunet 
to get in, as a harvest, to reap. [See also 
under Pua.] 

HUNOKIKO (myth.), the name of an enchanted 
red mantle brought by Turi in the Aotea 
canoe. It was spread out for the people to 
behold at Mangati, at Oakura (giving the local 
name), and at Kaupokonui — P. M., 135. [See 
TuBi (myth.).] 

HUNU, \ to char. Cf. pahunUf fire; to bum. 

HUHUNU,/ 2. To singe: Koi aha ai hoe te 
hunuhunu ai ki te mura o te ahi—O, P., 154. 
Cf . parahunuhunut to roast. 

Samoan — susunu, to bum up : Ma susunu 
mea manogi i mea maualulttga ; And burnt 
incense on the lofty places. Sunusunu, the 
burnt bush where a plantation is made. Cf. 
limastuunut in haste to seize food (lit. ** hand- 
burnt ") ; 7na8unu, to singe, as the hairs of a 
pig. Tongan — hunuhunu, to toast, to singe, 
to broil; huhunu, to singe, to sear; (b.) to 
bUght; blight; (c.) a disease of the skin. 
Ext. Poly. : The following words mean ** hot": 
Rotuma, aunu; Santa Maria, tutun; 
Torres Island (Lo), tun; Kspiritu 
Santa, tutunu ; Fate, futunu; Api, 

HUHUNU, a double canoe. 2. Temporary wash- 
boards at the bow of a canoe. 8. A party 
attacking desperately ; a " forlorn hope." 4. 

Tongan — cf. fehunukii^ to project, applied 
to the breasts of girls at a certain age. 
Mangarevan — cf. unu, a piece of wood to 
protect the fishing apparatus when set ; unu- 
vnukoket to journey. 

HUNUKU (}wmiku), family encumbrances. Cf. 
hunga^ a company of persons ; nuku^ to move ; 
Ma, to assemble. 

Samoan — cf. nuku^ people ; stuu^ the breast, 
a teat ; «&«&, to come or go. Tahitian — cf. 
nuu^ a fleet of canoes ; an army ; to glide 
along. Haivalian — cf. Tiuznuu, multitu- 
dinous ; ^u, a class of the common people ; to 
oome. Paumotan — cf. nuku^ a host, army. 
[For comparatives, see Nuku.] 

HUNG A, a company of persons ; people : Katahi 
ka haere te hunga ra — P. M., 151. 2. A vassal. 
Hawaiian — hu, a class of the common 
people ; huna. a small particle of anything, a 
oramb; hunahuna, fine rain, mist, spray. Cf. 
hunakaua^ the individuals of a war-host ; 
hunakait the fine spray of the sea ; hanalewa^ 
the van of an army ; hunaahi^ a spark of fire. 
Mangarevan— uga, to send; ugauga, the 
persons sent. Ext. Poly.: Fiji — cf. vuqa^ 
(vun^pa,) many. [This word is perhaps re- 
lated to the next, Hunoahunoa.] 

HUNQAHUNQA, tow; refuse of flax; down or 
nap which comes off a garment. Cf. hukoL- 
haka^ thrums on a mat ; hanging in shreds ; 
mohungahanga, crumbling, mealy ; mahunga^ 
meaHy tahunga^ any downy substance. 

Samoan— fu^a, flowers, blossoms; fuga- 
fuga, the rubbish which is separated from 
oocoanut fibre in process of cleaning ; (6.) the 
name of the fuga when it is small, or when 
there are several together. Cf . fugafugamuHa^ 
grass-seed. Haw^aiian — huna, a small part 
of anything ; a particle of dust ; a cmmb of 
bread ; to be small, fine ; to be reduced as fine 
as powder; hunahuna, cmmbs, as of food; 
fine rain, spray, mist. Cf. hunaolona, tow, the 
refuse of flax ; hunakai, the flne spray of the 
sea ; kahuna^ small particles, as of food, fine 
dust, &c. ; to sprinkle salt on a sacrifice ; the 
sacrificing priest [see Tahu and Tohunga] ; 
mahuna^ small, fine. Tahitian — hua, an 
atom ; a grain of sand, a particle ; huahua, to 
be reduced to atoms, pulverised. Cf. kuaaeho^ 
the down on the aeho or reed ; kuaautet the 
down on the aute (Bot. Morua papyrifera) ; 
ohua^ to divide or share in small partis. Mar^ 
quesan — hunahuna, small. Mangarevan 
— hugahuga, crumbs; small portions of any- 
thing ; aka-huga, to break up small ; to divide 
into morsels; ugauga, morsels, crambs; (6.) 
persons sent on a mission. Paumotan — 
hugahuga, a rag, tatter; (&.) frippery; a 
trinket ; (c.) to crumble. 

HUNQAREI, father-in-law, or mother-in-law : Ka 
whakatika mat a Paikea raua ko tona wahine 
me ona hungarei me ona taokete — G.-8, 28. Cf. 
hungawaif a father-in-law or mother-in-law; 
hunarei, a father-in-law or mother-in-law. 

HUNQAWAI, father-in-law or mother-in-law. Cf. 
hungareiy a parent-in-law; hungoi, a pareut- 
in-law ; hono, to join. [See Hawaiian.] 
Hawai 1 an — h u nowai, a parent-in-law, either 
father or mother according to the designating 
terms kane or wahine ; honowai or honoai, a 
uniting ; a bringing together and causing a 
new relationship, mostly brought about by 
marriage, as makua-honoai, a parent by mar- 
riage. Cf. honot to join together; hunoai' 
kane^ a father-in-law ; hunona, a ohild-in-law. 
Tahitian — hoovai, " in-law " — as metua- 
hoovait a father-in-law. Ext. Poly.: FJiji — 
cf. vugoy a parent-in-law or ohild-in-law. 

HUNQOI, a parent-in-law: Ka tii otu a HineO" 
tauira ki tona hungoi, ki a Papatuofiuku — 
Wohl., Trans., vii. 85 : Ki te matua hongoi — 
A. H. M., ii. 8. [See Hunqawai.] 

HUNGOINQOI, trembling. Cf. ngoingoi, an old 
woman ; huoioiy trembling, tottering ; oioi^ to 

HUOIOI (huoioi), trembling, tottering. Of. otot, 
to shake ; hungoingoi^ trembling. [For oom- 
paratives, see Oioi.j 

HUPANA {hupanaV to fly up or fly back, as a 
spring ; to recoil. Cf pana, to thrust or drive 
away ; whana^ a spring ; to recoil ; kowhoMa^ 
bent ; springing up violently ; koropana^ to 
fillip. [For comparatives, see Whan^, and 

H U PAN ATA NQ A, a derivative from hupana: Mt 
te hupanatanga o tana tawhiti — P. M., 22. 

HUPE, mucus from the nose : Tajbania, MQ»e 
nui — Prov. 2. The pattern of tattooing just 
under the nostrils. Cf. ihu, the nose. [See 

Samoan — isupe (tnfpd), mnoos from the 
nose. Tahitian— hupe, the mnooB of the 

Hupeke [i 

nose : (ft.) the dew thM fallB at night ; hupe- 
hyp«, ihBbby, Qglj, ill-(avoarod ; faa-hupehupe, 
to mai OT nuke onaightlj, to diBSgure. C[. 
kupevao, the night-dew in the valleja. HS" 
'wailaji'-hup«, {aad upe,) maouB from the 
nose, Pau m Ota n— hupe, mucus; hupehupe, 
dirtj i (6.) sordid, mean; (c.) eSeminbte. 

MUPEKE (hupeit). to bend the lega and &rma: 
bant, of the legs and ormE. 3. An old 
womaii. Ct. pepeke, to draw np the legs &ad 
■nns ; tvptki. to leap ; koeoftlie, having the 
limb) doubled ap. [For comparativea, see 

HUPENUPENU {mptnupenu), mashed up. Cf. 
pautptKU, mashed ; kopeaapenu, to Cromple, 

HURA, nerronB twitchinga in the shouldera, dc, 
teguded as a sign that one is the subject at 
remark. 2. The large centipede. 

Hawaiian— hulahula, a twitchiog, as of 
the eye ; an involuntary muacular motion ; to 
twitch often, as the eye ; [b.) a swelling or 
lOtuberaDoe nnder the arm or on the thigh ; 

[ strangers, 

r of 

i^proachlng wailing for 

MURA, to nneover, to expose, to remove a eover- 
ing : Ka hitra i nga iakahu o Tawhaki — P. M. 
60. Ct. kohtira, to appear above ground ; to 
apTDQt. 2. To bont ont. Cf. hure, to search. 
3. To begin to flow, of the tide. 4. To dawn : 
Kaore ana ia i awatea noa, ka hura Ic ata^- 
P. M., 198. Ct. ura, to glow, especially of 

NURAHURA, visitors condoling with people who 
h*ve been plonderad. 
Samoan — ct. iiUa, a song ot thanks for a 

EeMDt of 'ava \ fuUt, dropsj ot the body ; to 
very low, of the neap tides ; food taken to 
Tiaitora ; futafuUt, swellings on the body. 
Tahitlan — ct. hura, to be impelled by im- 
petnouE desire; to eiult with joy; a native 
danoe or play ; matahurahura, the first begin- 
tung of a crop of bread.frnit ; mahura, to be 
detected, brought to light, or, rntber, to be 
ooming to light, as a secret ; ura, to danoa. 
Ha^waiian — cf, Aula, to pry np with a lever ; 
to transplant, as a tree; to shake or tremble 
lor tear of injuring ; to shake ; to dance ; to 
sing and dance ; hulahula, a dance, a carousal ; 
* iwelling. a prolaberance onder the arm or 
llugfa. Tongan^«t. fida, a tumour, a hard 
•wdliDg ; any castrated animal ; ula. a night 
danoe'; to danoe ; faia-fufula, to swell out ; to 
look displeased. Mangarevan — ct. kohura, 
to dart a stone or Lance at anything ; hakiirt, 
to open, to uncover. EM. Poly.: Fyi— of. 

■eiie upon, as a disease ; vula, the moon ; a 
month; Eulnru/d, white ; irurairura, the earth, 

the world. 

HURAItQI (hiiranoi), a fly. Cf. ftu, to buzz, to 
whiz. 2. Timorous, easily trightoned. 

HURE, to search. Cf. Aum. to hunt out ; to nn- 
eover, to aipose ; kohurt, to turn op what is 
below the aarface ; Auri, to tum ronnd. [9ee 
Tongan and Hawaiian.] 
Tongan— fufule, to rummage; to torn over 
and over in searoh. Cf. hafiiU. to shell, to 
•trip ofl the ontside. Hawalian^^ kuti. 

6] Hurl 

a seaichicg, seeking ; a taming over. SSa- 
ngarevan — of. huhnn, to open, uncover. 

HUREPO {Hiirepn), the name ot a bird, (ha 
Bittern (Orn. Ardea paciloplila). 

HURI, to tarn roond. Ct. lahuri. to torn one- 
self; huriaro, to tum right ronnd; hurt, to 
search [see Tongan] ; wbiri, to twist. 9. To 
overlura; to roll over: Hunhia atu etahi 
kahntu nui ki te kuieaha o te a/ia — Hob., x. 18. 
Cf. tahuri, to turn over; hurirapa, to tQt Op 
on one side ; hurikaaro, la turn inside oat ; 
kauhitri, to tum over the soil, to dig. 3. To 
grind in a mill ; anything which is tamed 
round, as a mill, or grindstone. Ct. miri, to 
rub (probably this is connected elymologioallj' 
through abiri. to twist), i. Seed. 6. To 
oversow, G. To set about a thing, " to tum 
to. Ct. takiiri, to set about a thing. 7. Xo 
betake oneself, to repair to. 
HURIHURI, to turn over and over in one's mind, 
to pander, reSeot upoo. 
Samoan — fuli, to tnm over, to capsize: O 
le Tia le /ulUia i tatou r toiia loaia ; He over- 
tarns them in his rage, (b.) To roll along. 
Fufuli, to vomit blood; rulifuli, to roU over 
and over; fa'a-fuii, to canse a distarbanoe. 
Cf. fiiUaU), to be turned wrong side ont; 
fuii/ao, to tnm upside down ; fuiila'eUa, to 
be turned keel np; fulitua, to tum the back 
to, as in anger or in Bight ; ma/ali, to ba 
tamed over, to be upset; lafuli, to turn over, 
as a stone, *o. ; fa-a-wifulijuli, to waddle 
with fatness ; to swing the body from aide to 
aide ; to be crank, as a boat. Tahitian — 
hurl, to turn over, to roll, as a cask : B hari t 

Boll great stones upun the mouUi of the cava. 
Hurihuri, to turn over repeatedly. Ct. fturf- 
taere. to turn keel upwards ; huriavero, to be 
overturned by a "torm ; hiiriaroa, to tum awij 
the front or face; hurifenua, the name given 
to a very tempestuous wind ; kurituma, to 
overthrow tram the foundation ; pahuri, to 
turn over horizontally. Rarotongan — uri, 
to turn over, to roll over : E kia uri ke i u 
Uika i ningao i U van a U nionci nei; Till 
tbey roll away the stone from the moath ol 
the well. Ct. uriia, a cyclone. Hawallaa 
— huM, to tum generally in any way ; to torn 
over and about: I hnli aka ai aa i ka akait 
paha. I ka /umn paha ; That 1 may tam to 
the right hand or the left : Uali aht U ke aio 
kt akaa i ka laca ; Turned is the face ot the 
god to the skies, (ft ) To search ; to tum over 
in searching ; a searching, a seeldng ; (e.) to 
tnm over and over ; to roll over, or away, aa 
a Btona ; Id.) the tops of kalo (laro), tor plant- 
ing ; huhuli, to torn; to tum up; toaearoh; 
hulihuM, to tum over frequently; to searah 
after. Ct. haliliia, turning two ways; blowing 
both ways, as the wind; huUpa. to torn to- 
gether, to wring, as wet clothes ; hUi, to twisl^ 
to spin ; to tum aver and over aa in braiding ; 
hul/i, to bore a hole. Tongan—fuli, to ba 
covered over with rings burnt in the skin ; 
faka-fuli, overwhelming waves; fulihi, to tnm 
over, to upset; to reverse; fulifulihi, to tnm 
over and over repeatedly. Cf. fuhlalo, to bom 
the lower parts; falitaa, to tum the baok 
upon, to avoid; fefutifvUhiaki. to roll baok- 
wards and forwards ; fufaU, to rummage, to 
tum over and aver in sesjo^-, {ultkde.f^cttA, 




powerful, as a harrioane, that turns all upside 
down ; mafuli, to be capsized, or turned over 
<ind over ; tafulif to move round, to move 
along. Mangarevan — huri, an offset or 
scion of banana, for planting. Cf. hurita, a 
species of banana. Ext. Poly. : Motu — cf. 
huro, a grindstone. Fiji — cf. roW, to go 
round ; volivoli, to revolve ; suli-ruiy the name 
of the banana when young, or fit for trans- 
planting. Sikayana — of. huri, to turn over. 
Aneityuxn — cf. uhuri, to dig or root as a 
pig. Malagasy— cf. vorivory, round, cir- 
cular ; o2y, curled ; olikia, winding ; /oZy, silk 
thread ; spun ; foritra, folded ; horibory, round, 

NURIARO, to turn right round. Ct. huri, to 
turn ; aro, face, front. 
Samoan — ^fulialOi to be turned wrong side 
out. Cf. /u/t, to turn over; tafuli, to be 
turned over, as a stone, Ac. Tahitian — 
huriaroa, to turn away the front or face ; to 
be estranged in affection and refuse civilities. 
Of. huri, to turn over, &c. [For full compara- 
tives, see Himi, and Abo.] 

HURIANGA-I-MATAAHO (myth.). "The over- 
turning by Mataaho,'' a name given to the 
Deluge, or a partial deluge : Koia i tapa ai 
tona ingoa *Ko te hurianga i Mataaho'—'P.'Mi., 
47; P. M. (Eng.), 37. [See Mataauo, and 

HURIANGA-TAKAPAU, the conclusion of the pure 
ceremony: Ka hurihia te hurihanga takapau 
— P. M., 24. See Pube, and Takapau.] 

HURI-I-TE-TAKAPAU, a religious ceremony or 
incantation: Tae atu H te wax, ka karakiatia 
te karakia huri i te takapau — A. H. M., i. 8. 
[See Takapau.] 

HURIKOARO, to turn inside out: Na, kua hinga, 
kua hurikoaro — Eai., vii. 13. 2. To attain an 
object not intended. Gf. huri, to turn round ; 
koaro, inside out ; aro, the front. [For com- 
paratives, see Huai. and Abo.] 

HURIKOTUA, to turn the back. Cf. huri, to 
turn ; tua, the farther side of a solid body ; 
tuara, the back ; kotua, to turn the back ; 
huritua, to turn the back towards one. [For 
oomparatives, see Hubi, and Tua,] 

HURIMAITEATA (myth.), the '» mother" or tute- 
lary deity of the kakikatoa, or manuka, tree — 
A. H. M., i. 23. 

HURIPOKI, to turn upside down. Gf. huri, to 
turn ; poki, to place with the concave side 
downwards. Huripokia te kohue, to turn over 
the ground with a spade. [For comparatives, 
see Hubi, and Poki.] 

NURIPUREIATA (myth.), the name of the canoe 
borrowed by Buanuku from Haeora. Enticing 
the first-born chiefs of the people into the 
canoe, he destroyed them, in revenge for a 
fancied slight. This canoe was also called 
Tutepaerangi — ^A. H. M., iii. 10. 

HURIRAPA, to turn upon one side. Cf. htiri, to 

H U R 1 R U A, to turn inside out. Cf . fturi, to turn ; 
rua, two. 

Ha'waiian— hulilua, turning two ways, or 
blowing two ways, as the wind ; changing from 
one thing to another, as the thoughts. [For 
lull comparatives, see Hubi, and Bua.] 

HURITUA, to turn the back towards one. Cf. 
huri, to turn ; hurikotua, to turn the back ; 
tua, the farther side of a solid body ; tuara,. 
the back. 

Samoan — ^fulitua, to turn the back to, as in 
anger or in flight. (Tor full comparatives, see 
Hubi, and Tua.] 

HURU (myth.), one of the minor deities; a rep* 
tile-god — A. H. M., i., App. 

HURU, the glow of the sun before rising. 2» 
The reflection of fire, the glow of fire : Ka 
kitea e ia te huru o te ahi — ^Wohl., Trans., vii. 
49. 3. Warm. Cf. ahuru, warm, comfortable. 
Samoan — sulu, a torch ; to light by a 
torch ; (6.) the eye (as the torch of the body) ; 
(c.) the true son of a chief ; susulu, to shine, 
as the heavenly bodies, fire, <&c. ; (&.) to be 
handsome ; sulusulu, to go about with a torch. 
Tongan — cf. tuhulu, a torch, flambeau ; to 
light with a torch. Paumotan — huru> 
colour; (6.) height, figure, shape. Ext. Poly.: 
Motu — cf. lahi (= M. ahi), fire ; lahi-hururu-- 
hururu, a flame ; hururu, a torch. 

HURU, brushwood. Cf. kohuru, a sapling; 
hururua, brushwood ; hurupa, a thicket. 2. 
A dogskin mat. 3. Hair, coarse hair (pro- 
perly, of the body, but sometimes used for Uie 
hair of the head) : E Tura, e aha nei e ma i 
roto i te huru pangof — A. H. M., ii. 11. Cf. 
uru, the head ; a single hair ; a grove of 

HURUHURU, coarse hair, bristles (not properly^ 
applied to the hair of the head) : Ko nga huru- 
huru taku tinana, he tupu ki runga ki to 
pane—'P. M., 100. Cf. Jturunui, having long, 
fur. 2. Feathers : He huruhuru te manu ka 
rere ; he ao te rangi ka uhia — Prov. 

Samoan— fulu, a hair; (&.) a feather ; fulu- 
fuiu, hair : A liua foi fulufulu o i le ila, ua 
sina^ina ; When in the disease the hair ia 
turned white ; fufulu, to rub, wipe, wash ; 
fulufulua, hairy. Cf. fuh^io, the hairs on 
young birds ; fulufulumata, the eyebrows ; 
fuluma'eua, having the feathers rumpled ; to 
have the hair ruffled ; taufulufulu, to b» 
hairy. Tahitian — huru, the bones of the 
totara (hedgehog fish) ; huruhuru, hair, wool, 
feathers : E aore oia i mahanaJiana i t4 huru- 
huru tau mau mamoe ; If he were not 
warmed by the fleece of my sheep. Cf. 
hurupa, a thicket ; hurutoi, the fringes of 
sinnet tied to the handle of the native 
hatchet ; a company of musicians ; a bundle 
of axes; ahuruhurua, the rough-looking state 
of a thing; tuhuru, a young bird whose 
feathers aro just beginning to grow. Ha- 
waiian — hulu, a feather of a bird: Eiaka 
uhuki hulu manu ; He is the picker of bird^s 
feathers ; (h.) a bristle of a hog ; {c.) the hair 
of the body (hulukueviaka, the eyeotows) ; (d.) 
wool, the fleece of a sheep ; {e.) a kind of fish- 
hook ; (/.) Blnggish, as the mind ; disobedient; 
huluhulu, cotton ; a fleocy blanket ; a fleece of 
wool ; the hair of an animal ; feathers, <fec. ; 
hairy; covered with feathers. Cf. huluiiwi^ 
a feathered cloak, made or adorned with the 
feathers of the iiwi, (a small red bird) ; hulu 
manu, a bird's feather ; the name of a cdass of 
men about the chief, very great favourites ; 
uluulu, to grow up, to grow thick ; huluJtuIU' 
luii, to stand up, as the comb of a cock ; to 




Btsnd up, u btialles ; made rongh and uglji 
fts the feathers of ■ bird in water ; to be wet 
KDdcold. Tongan— ruluftilu, hair, hauy: O 
hagt ha ko/u fulufulu ; Like a huirj garment ; 
(b.) feathers ; faka-fulufiilu, to males rooRh, as 
a boaid thai was smooth. Cf. falia-ful\ilulu, 
coloured, as black sod white feathers ; an 
ablation, a washing ; to wash, cleanse ; /ulu- 
fulttotua, the down or tender hair found on 
joung birds; fttlafitluhaa, ancamtortabte. as 
one not washed ; Jalufuluhia. to be tired, 
wearied; fulatamaki, to be choked, or euSo- 
cated, from holding the breath ; mafutu, 
hair?. Rarotongan— uru, featbers, hair; 
tiruuru, feathers, eouse hnir; hairy, of the 

n ,- tintU his hairs bad grown like a bird's 
feathers. [In Ibis example the same word 
mean* hair« and feathers.] Ct. Taunt, hair of 
the head ; paum, the head. Marquesan — 
hu J, hair on the body ; (b.) feathers. Cf. hriu- 
inata, ejelash. Mangarevan — hum, bair 
on the body; (6.) a feather; (c.) shape, 
Ccnre ; uru, hair on the haij ; feathers, &o. 
Cf. Aurulupu, the crown of the head ; um- 
nanu, a plume ; uruurumafa. eyebrows. 
Paumotan— huru, colour; (b.) species, or 
kind ; (e.) height. Sgnre, shape. [This vord 
wonld hardly b; its meanines appear related, 
bat that veu is given as a synonym : and veu 
= the Maori iren, a single hair. See Wed.} 
huruhuru, coarse hair on the human body, or 
as the mane or tail of animals ; [b.) a feather ; 
(e.) wooL CI. pafturuAuru, woolly; ururakau, 
a thicket ; vtiu, coarse hair on the body, or 
on animals. [See note above as to w«u, and ct. 
the Maori atku, a bush, wood.] Futuna— 
fulu, the beard; the hair on the body; (6.) 
plumes. Eit. Poly.: Fiji— of. Bulua, hair 
about the pudenda ; vuluvnlakanimata., the 
eyelashes. Malagasy — cf. i>a/a, hair ; 
Tolomboroaa, quills ; roronn, birds (evidently 
aa " feathered creatures ") ; vofovoto, coq- 
fQ«ion. entanglement ; bolobolo, oloseness, 
luiuriant rankness. Malay — c(. bulu, bair 
of the body ; won] ; feathers ; huto. beard 
(hair of bead = bok). Java — of. bhIu, hair 
of the body, feathers, &c Tagal— cf. boln, 
hair of fruit, *o. Solomon Islands — cf. 
bulubulu, any small plants not otherwise 
named ; fobi, beard. Magindaio — of. 
balbul, feathers. Ballyon — ct. bulu. hair; 
featbers. Guaham— cf, pulu, hair. Matu 
— cl. bulan. down, feathers ; hair of the body. 
TVayapo— cf./oZo, hail. Ahtlaga-'<il. ulvu, 
hair- Bouton— cf. bubca, hair. Masaa- 
ralty— ct. oto/olo, hair; S.E. Apl-ct. lulu, 
hair ; Sesake— cf. ululu. hair ; Fate— cf. 
(urn, bair; Lepers' Island — ct. vulugi, 
hair : Kspiritu Santo— cf. i^ul, hair. The 
following words mean (eathers: — Salayer — 
bulu; IVayapo— /uiun; Amblaw— 6o(oi ; 
Liang — haru ; Batumerah — hutana ; 
LarlKl — manuhuTu ; Sapurua — huruni; 
Aivalya — hulae ; Camarlan — phului ; 

HURU, to eoBtitot. to draw in: Homai talm 
Maro kia huraa — P. M., S9. Cf. uru, to join 
oneteU, aswoiate ; ahuru, snug, oomfortable, 
wum ; MaAuru, quieted ; Auru, warm. 

Samoan— sulu, to fasten on, as the natin 
wrapper; {b.) to plunge into, as a oanos in 
the waves ; (c) to take refui^e in ; {d.) to wear 
a cloth on visiting the family ot a dead chief, 
which cloth is given to the family. Ct. tulu- 
aoan. to fasten on the wrapper under the arm- 
pita i luluffiiiiti, the place where the litt 
(girdle o[ leaves) ia fastened. Hawaiian — 
of. hului, to draw together, as ■ fiih-net whtin 
full of Gfb. Tongan— ct. huluhula, to repair 
the tbatcb ; hulukebi, to Easten the dress above 
the chest, applied to women ; hulutua, to asso- 
ciate with tbe poor; fihulanaki, to told the 

HURUHURU-KAKARIKI (myth.), the cune of a 

KURUHURU-WHENUA, the name ot a tern (Bot. 

AtpUniun lucidum). 
HURUKOEKOEA (myth.), the name ol one of the 

malignant deities dwelling with Miro in Talaa- 

o.te-po. rSre MliiD.] 

le ot a Bsa- 

HURUNUI, having long fur. Cf. huru. eoarw 
bair ; nui, largo. [For uomparativea, sea 
Hono, andNci.] 

HURUPAillbe second-growth of email treei, 

HUfiUPI, f springing up after land has been 
cleared and abandoned. Ct. ^luru, bruabwood ; 
pa. to block op ; hururua, brushwood ; urupa, 
a bnying-place ; piri, to be close. 

Tahltian— hurupa, a thicket. Cf. nipa, a 
thicket ot brushwood; a thicket ol branching 
coral; urupirf, a close thicket. [For other 
comparatives, see He no, and Fa.] 

HURU-POUNAMU, the name of a bird, the Bush 
Wren (Orn. Xeniciii longipei), 

HURUROA, the name of a shell-fish. 

HURURUA, brushwood. Cf. huru, brushwood; 
hohttiu, a sapling ; hurupa, second -growth, ot 
young trees ; arurua, overgrown with busbea. 
3. Land covered with brnsbwood. [For com- 
paratives, see HcBtr.] 

HURUTETE, stunted, hindered in growth. Ct. 
koulelt. stunted; kuruttte, stunted; Autoloi'i 

HUTETE {hutett). to be tied up in the ooraer of 
a bag. 

HUTI, (to hoist: Hutia le punga, takiritia 

HUHUTlJ hoki nga ra-F. M.. 72. CI. Iat»- 
hutihuti. to pull one another's hair. 3. To 
pull up out of the ground : Hutia ana U rakau, 
hatre kaloa nga pakiaka — M. M., 167. Ct. 
hake, to dig up. S. Buti-ika, to fish, to poll 
np a fish : Ka kai tt ika, ka hutia ki runga — 
Wobl., Trans., vu. 43. 


HUTINGA, a place cleared ot weedg, in prspaia- 

Samoan— full, to pluck featbert or hain : 
Ou /utj D'u lauula ma (a'u 'ava ; I plucked off 

my hail and beard, (i.) To poll ap wwd« ; 




(c.) to hook Dp a, &ah, Fufuti, to haul in thi 
nahuig-liiie ; futifuti, to pluck lepeatedl; , 
futia, a Binnet ring into which the fiahing-rod 
ie inserted. CI. futiopa, to pluck the nings 
mi tail ot n pigeon ; to ont the haii dose ; 
tavfuli, to pluck hair or feathers (egpeciallj of 
pudendum muliebrf) ; vele/uti, to biesk oO 
veedB Kithout palling np the roote. Tahl- 
tian— huti, to pull or draw up a fiBMng-liue ; 
to hoiat, SB a, flag ; [b.) to diaw wuter : A liuli 
na oe i te papc no tt aruraa: Draw water for 
the eiege. Huhutl, to pluak feathers, hair, 
grass, Ac, and that repeatedly ; hutlhuti, ' 
pluck, pull, or draw repeatedly. Cf. hatiH 
a mode of fishing ; nuihiiti. to draw np or oi . 
to ilip off. Hawaiian— huki, to draw, to 
pull ; to draw, as with a rope : Huki no 
lakou iluna me ka viakau : Thoy draw thera 
all np with a hook. (6.) To raise, to lift op a 
person b; the hand ; (<;.) to put up opon, as 
one substance on another; (d.) to brace or 
prop up ; (t.) to cook soft. HuhukI, to draw 
□p frequently, lo poU out, as in drawing outs ; 
{b.) to pnll along ; {c.) to cut down, as a tree ; 
hukihuki, lo draw or pull frequently. Cf. 
uhuki, to pull up, as graas or weeds ; hutiieai, 
to draw water, as from a well; 
root up, to deatroy, aa a people ; hukahi, to 
pnll by force ; iihuki, consumption, putrefac- 
tion, eBpeoially of animal bodies, Toogan— 
fuji, to pall, to pluck, to deplume: Bea ma 
hoku kouahi kinle kinaiilolii nae fuji at kara ; 
My eheets to those who palled ont my beard. 
Fufuji, to pull, to stretch out ; (b.) the fieneric 
term tor all bananas. Cf. ma/ujifiiji, to pall, 
h) jerk repeatedly. Marquesan^huhitti, 
to pull one another by the hair ; hutihuti, to 

full out the feathers of a bird ; (b.) to pull or 
rag the hair. Rarotongan — uti, ^ draw 
water : Kite alura ratm i e lokolni puke 
tamaine ti aere ra e uli i le vai ; They saw 
maidens going to draw water. Mangarevan 
— huti, to make a thatch of pandanui leaves ; 
huhuti, to pull up as by Ihe roots ; hutihuti, to 
pnll up herbs ; to pull out feathers, Ae. ; uhuti, 
to pull up by the roots ; utiuti, to tear away 
bit by hit. Cf. mahutihuti, grief shown by 
tearing out one's hair; lahuti, to disperpe. to 
dissipate to right and left. Paumotan — 
huti, to hoist, to hoist up ; hutihuti {If buru- 
huru), to deuude the body of hair. Futuna— 
futi, to deplume. Eit. Toly. : Fiji-cf. i-iici 
(vu(Ai), a (am bed; vali-a. to pluck tcatherB, 
hair, &o., ofF animala ; viitiku, hair, nool, 
feathers. Sulu — ot. pahiiji, an anchor [see 
Maori example of hull]. Slkayatia— of. 
v/uli, to pull or haul. 
HUTIWAI, the name of a plant (Bot. Icena 



HUTOITOI (Aiiroitoi), stunted, dwarfed, growing 
weakly. Cf. 'uiutetf, stunted; ^lorord^, stunted; 
hutotoi. Btnnted. 

HUTOKE (hJitokc), winter. Cf. hoiake, winter; 
laatoke, oold. [For comparatives, sob Horoai.] 

HUTOTOI {hTiioiBi], weak, stunted. Cf. hutoitm, 
stunted, weakly. 

HUTU (mytb.). a chief who was wooed by a 
joang lady of high rank nooied Pare. He, 
being already married, declined her atten- 
tions, aod she, ashamed and humiliated. 

hanged her«cli. Ber tribe decided that Hutu 
was rcapoosible for her death, and must die. 
OettinR a few days' grace granted to him, ho 
proceeded to the Under-Wurld, and by offer- 
tng his jade mere (club), he induced Hine -nui- 
te-Po to show him the way to the borne oE 
spirits. Faro at first would not Bee him; but 
Hutu was a master of all athletic exercises, 
and invented a new and wonderful game, the 
reports coacerniug nhich at lest drew Pare 
from her retreat. Hata and Pare then went 
back to{;elher as man and wife to Ihe realms 
of day— A. H. M., u. 1«7. 
HUTU, the name of a plant (Bot. AKariaa 

HUTUKAWA, the name of a tree, thepoAulultaicii 
(Bot. ilelToiideroi lomenUna) : E numuni a(u 
aim i ala nei he hiitukaiea—F. M., 113. 

Samoan — cf. /u(u. the name ot a tree (Bot. 
BarHnglonia epeeioia). Tahltian — ct. hiiiu. 
the name of the tree Barringtoitia. Tongan 
— et.fata, the name of a tree. Marquesan 
— cf. hutu, the liitrrlnfl!ooia tree. Manga- 
lan — cf. ulu, the name of the Barringtonia 
tree. Mangarevan— c(. Iwia, the name of 
a tree. Ext. Poly.: Solomon Islands — d. 
paputu, the Barriaglonia. 

HUTURANQI (myth.), a wiJa of Paikea. She 
was the daughter of Whironui and Araiara — 
A. H. M.. iii. 41. [See Paieea.] 

HUWARE, saliva : Ka iaaliaina le hitieart ki te 
Kheaua, e hoki atu ranei ki loa tcaha 1 — ^Prov. 
Cf. hiiart, huluire, hawarf, )iauwbare, mar*, 
all moaning saliva. [For comparatives, see 

HUWIHIWINI (hiiwiniicim]. chilled, having the 
papillie on the skin erect with the cold. Cf. 
vriniicini. to shiver; hawiniirini. to shiver 
with cold, to shudder. [For comparatives, see 


Samoan — fufa, a portion of pork between 
the legs, Cf. ii/a, the re.-f iim; the poeleriorB. 
Tahltlan — hiifaa, the thiwh ot any otealare. 
Cf. Iiiifaapapai, an incendiary, a breeder ol 
ooutontion ; one who strikes his thigh in 
deSaace of an enemy ; liiivtaha. the tbigb. 
Hawrallan— uhB, the thigh : K tau mai oe i 
kou ((Ilia maltxh) ilw o ko'u uha ; Pat your hand 
under my thigh, {b.) The lap of a womaa ; 
(c) the enlarged intestine near the okui ot 
beasts ; the alimentary caaal. Cf. huha, a 
large, fieshy person, but weak, indolent and 
laxy. MarquBsan — cf, tiiha, to «plit, to 
divide. Mangarevan — uha, the thigh, the 
buttock, hreech [E tnatatii no te uAa, a wind 
from aslom); ua, the thighs, legs; (i.) the 
parts of generation ; [e.) to play at hall. CI. 
hnha. a bandage for a pendulous icrolvm. 
Paumotan — huha, the groin. Raroto- 
ngan— ua, the thigh: Kva papaki iora av i 
laka ua ,- I struck my thigh. 
HUWHARE {hmchare). saliva, spittle : Kia koro- 
miit ai tukii hinchare —Uopn, vii, 19. Ct. 
Iiitari, iiamire, haaahare, humare, and icare, 
all meaniug loliva. [For oompantivei. Me 




I a particle, used in fonning indefinite past 
* tenses or aorists : He aha te mea i Mere mai 
at koe ki a au t — P. M., 61. 

I, used transitively to connect an active verb 
nith its object. 2. From: He tiki ahi mat 
ia koe — P. M., 26. 3. From the sight of. 
4. At a distance from ; wide of, or bejond. 
6. In comparison of. 6. Than : A kua oti te 
hoatu e ia ki tou hoa e pai atu ana i a koe — 
1 Ham., XT. 28. 7. In complex prepositions, 
i raro t, <tc. : I roto i o ratou whare korero — 
P. M., 83. 8. Following ehara^ not : Ekara i 
te mea i whanau tangata mai — P. M., 69. 9. 
By reason of: / taua mate-kai koki o muri iho 
— Ken., xli. 31 : For want of. 10. By, after 
neuter verbs : Ka mate koe i au — P. M., 79 : 
Ka pau hoki i a Tangaroa nga tamariki a Tane 
— P. M., 9. 11. With : E ki ana te whenua i 
te tutu i a ratou — Ken., vi. 13. 12. At (of 
place) : Katahi ia ka noho i uta — P. M., 59. 
13. Upon : Ka manu ia i te au o te moana — 
P. M., 130. 14. Along : Ka rongo ki te toko- 
wuika a nga tangata kua mate i te haerenga i 
nga huarahi ma Taukunui^ ma TuporOy me 
Tikitapu hoki— P. M., 147. 16. By way of: 
Ka haere i te Motunui^ i te Kaweka^ Urenui-^ 
P. M., 122. 16. Connected with the last ; 
sometimes translated "of,** and sometimes 
redundant : No tua atu i Hawaiki — P. M., 71 : 
Kia haere maua ki te tiki i a Takakopiri — 
P. M., 143. 17. In the act of (past time). In 
the state of. 18. At, in, by ^n'^time) : I te ata 
ka karanga atu a Tawhaki — P. M., 61. 19. In 
the time of ; at the time that ; whilst, daring : 
I te kauanga mai i te po — P. M., 130 : 1-te-mea^ 
when. 20. Possessing, belonging to (in past 
time) : Ehara i a koe tenei kainga, noku ano— 
P. M., 81 : Ko te kuH i a Te Pfl*t— G.-8, 27. 
21. In company with ; led by. 22. In the 
opinion of. 23. Causing trouble to. 

Samoan — i, an euphonic particle before 
plural pronouns, except the second person: 
(6.) In: O U nafaia a*u i le manava^ e le o ia 
foi lea nafaia o ia f Did not he who made me 
in the womb make him ? (c.) At ; (d.) to : Le 
ala i lona fale ; The path to his house, (e) 
For ; {f.) of : Ua e Hoa ea tulafono i le lagi f 
Do you Know the laws of heaven ? (</.) On : 
Ina ia to mai le ua i le laueleele ; To cause it 
to rain on the earth. (K) On account of ; (t.) 
concerning ; (j.) with : Ina e teteu ia oe He 
mamalu ma le malualii ; Deck yourself with 
beauty and majesty. Tahitian— i, when 
prefixed, is a sign of the past tense ; (6.) at, 
for, in : as, t reira, at that place or time ; i te 
fwa, for such a thing ; i te fare^ in the house. 
Mangarevan— i, to, to the : J titirihia i te 
Po ; It has been cast to Hades. (&.) With : 
Pi te vaka i te ika ; The canoe was filled with 
fish. Marquesan — i, a sign of accusative 
case ; (6.) in : Keika kua kaikai i Vevau ; The 
red apples eaten in Yavau. (e,\ On : E ke 
iho i tat; Reserved on the sea. (<2.) A sign of 
past time: Na hana aia i hana; The works 
which he had made. Haivaiian— i^ to : E 
htU amanei oeika luah^pau; You will come 

to the grave. (6.) Towards ; (e.) in, into : Ua 
hooheiia oia i ka upena ; He is cast into the 
snare, (d,) Of : AoU hoi oe e makau i ka 
luku ; You will not be afraid of destruction. 
(e.) At : I ka pololi e akaaka no oe ; You shall 
laugh at famine. (/.) By : E make lakou i ka 
pahikaua ; You shall die by the sword, (o.) 
In respect of ; (h.) on account of ; (t.) with : 
Ka wahine i ka ipu wai ; The woman with the 
water-bowl. Tongan — i, in : Bea ikai he 
kafu i he momoko ; They have no covering in 
the cold. (&.) With: Oku nau viviku i he 
gaahi uha mei he mouga ; They are wet with 
the showers of the mountains, (c.) When : 
I he ene fokotuu ae fono ki he uha ; When he 
made a decree for the rain, (d.) Through : 
Beau alu mo ene mama i hefakabouli; By his 
light I walked through darkness. Raro- 
tongan— i, a sign of the past tense: Nato 
rima i akaaite iaku ; You made me with your 
hands. (6.) With complex prepositions : I 
roto i toou ngakau ; Within your heart, {e.) 
W^ith : Kua ki au i te whakama ; I am filled 
with shame, (d.) From : Eaa oki koe i rave 
mai ei iaku mei roto i te kopu t Why did yon 
bring me forth from the womb ? (e.) In : Toku 
ora ki roto i toku rima ; My life in my hand. 
(/.) By : E aeae ainei koe i te rau i peke i te 
matangi ra f Will you break a leaf driven by 
the wind ? (g.) Of : E te ki oki i te pekapeka ; 
And is full of trouble, (h.) Out of : E kare e 
akatuia mai i to ratou moe.; You shall not be 
awakened out of sleep. Paumotan — i, ac- 
cording to. Aniivan — i, to ; (&.) though. 

I (i), to ferment, turn sour. Cf. toro}, to fer- 
ment ; mol, to ferment, to turn sour. 
Hawaiian— ii, sour, mouldy, fusty, as food 
injured by long standing ; to be mouldy; rust, 
anything indicating age or decay ; (6.) cove- 
tous, close, niggardly ; (c.) to be lost, forgotten, 
as something formerly known. Tahitian — 
i, to prepare food for the mahi^ a sort of fer- 
mented breadfruit, preserved for food in time 
of scarcity. Cf. tin, thick, stiff, applied to 
paste ; iiru, thick, adhesive md« ; watery, 
applied to taro, yam, dc, when injured by the 
sun or dry weather. Mangarevan — i, to 
spoil ; to be spoilt, damaged. Cf. ika, momdi- 
nesB. Paumotan — faka-ii, leaven. 

Whaka-ll (trAaA^i-))), self-conceited, vain. Cf. 
wJiakahihi, to speak contemptuously ; whakai, 

I, an interjection, without any special meaning, 
used at the end of a song or stanza : Ko te 
tohu te mate na, i — G. P., 163. 

I A, he, she, or it: Kua whakakinokino ano i a 
ia — P. M., 64. 

Samoan — ia, he or she : E tili lava lona 
uso aupito itiiti ia te ia ; His younger brother 
shall be greater than he. Tahitian — cf. oia, 
he, she, or it. Hawaiian — ia, he, she, or 
it ; him : He mau opale wale nokai lilo me ia ; 
Some of the rabble only went with him. 
Tongan — ia, he, she, or it : Kohai ia te ne 
talatalaakii au t Who is he that will plead 




with me ? Mangarevan— ia, he, she ; him, 
her. Marquesan — ia, he, she, or it. Cf. 
Ota, that is he ; it is he. Ani'fvan — cf. aia^ 
he, she, or it. Pauxnotan — ia, he, him. 
Ext. Poly. : Motu— cf. ia, he, she, it ; Fiji— 
cf. koya, him ; Malagasy— cf. izy, he, she, 
it, they ; Kayan — cf. kia, he, she, it ; Sulu 
— cf. sia, him ; Malay — cf. tya, he, she, it ; 
Tagal — cf. siya, he ; Pampong — cf. ya, he ; 
Formosa— cf. icho, he; New^ Britain — 
cf. ia, he. 

I A, a word used as a demonstrative pronoan (in 
the singular only) : that, the said. 2. Be- 
peated, to give a distributive sense : Each, 
every : E pena tonu ano ia po ia po — P. M., 13. 
Samoan — ia, these (only in plural). Ha- 
v/^aiian — ia, this, or that, according as the 
thing referred to is absent or present. Tongan 
— cf. aia, which, that. Tahitian — ia, that, 
or it : Eaha ia f What is that ? Ext. Poly. : 
Fiji— cf. ya, that. 

I A, a current, stream : Ka riro au i te ia — M. M., 
23. 2. The sound made by rushing water. 

IA, but. 

I AN A, then, used as an intensive : Tenay iana I 
haere mai tatou kia kite ■ — P. M., 121. 
Samoan— cf. i^, well then! used to call 
attention in the middle of a speech. 

I AN El, nay, used as intensive. 2. Used in inter- 
rogative sentences. 

lAUA, an exclamation : Hold I stay I 

lAWANGARUA (Moriori), to reel, stagger. 

I HE, the name of a fish, the Garfish or Half-beak, 
a small fish, with a long beak or snout (Ich. 
Heviiramphus intermedius) . 

Samoan — cf. ise, a certain fish. Ha'uvai- 
lan — cf. iheihe, a species of fish of the sword- 
kind, but small ; ifie, a spear. Tahitian — 
cf. ihe, a spear ; oihe {kh-ihe), a stick used for 
digging. Marquesan— cf. ilte, the name of 
a fish with a long nose or beak. Manga- 
revan^f. ihe, the name of a fish. 

IHENGA (myth.), the god of the kumara or sweet 
potato, the sweet potato used in offerings. He 
was the son of Bongo-ma-tane — A. H. M., i. 
App. 2. A chief of Hawaiki, who came to New 
Zealand in the Arawa canoe. He it was who 
aroused the great priest Ngatoro-i-rangi, when 
the canoe was being engulfed in Te Parata 
whirlpool. (P. M., 87.) Soon after landing, 
Ihenga gave his daughter to Ngatoro as his 
wife, and he himself went to reside at Maketu. 
Exploring inland he discovered Lake Botorua, 
but finding the land around it already occu- 
pied by Maru-punga-nui, he had recourse to 
artifice, and at last by his cunning obtained 
possession. His descendants continue in occu- 
pation. (P. M., 96.) Ihenga married Hine-te- 
Aakaru, the daughter of Kahu — S. B., 63. 
Ihenga was the youugest son of Tuhoro, the 
son of Tama-te-kapua. His brothers were 
Taramainuku, Warenga, and Huarere — S. B., 

JHI, to split, to divide: Ka wJiai atu a Maui, 
ka ihi te kauae o Murirakawhenua — Wohl., 
Trans., vii. 38. Cf. koihiihi, reduced to splin- 

. ters ; toihi, to split ; pakihi, to dig for femroot 
[see Tahitian]. 2. To draw a line, furrow. 
8. To dawn. Cf. HMt a ray of the son. 4. 

to make a rushing or hissing noise. Cf . hxhi^ 
to make a hissing noise ; pahihif to flow in 
driblets ; kihikihi, a kind of locust or cicada. 
5. Supernatural power {mana): Here te ihi, 
rere te mana, motu te upoko o te atua — Q. P., 
288. 6. A ray of the sun : I raro ano te Ra, 
ko te ihi i puta ake — Wohl., Trans., vii. 40. 
Cf. hihi, a ray of the sun. 7. The front gable 
of a house. Cf. maihi, the facings of the front 
gable of a house ; koihi, a verandah. 8. An 

IHI IHI, to make a rushing noise. 2. To be 
frightened, to shudder with fear : Ko te ihi ihi 
me te pouri kerekere e tau iho ana ki a ia — 
Ken., XV. 12. Cf. kaihi, trembling with dread ; 
koihiihi, to thrill with fear ; moihi, to stand 
on end, as the hair with fright. 3. A ray of 
the sun. 

Whaka-IHI, sacred; to make sacred [see Ihi] : 
Maku e whakaihi, maku e whakamana — S. T., 
134. 2. A prohibition ; a tapued place. (Syn. 

Samoan — isi, to split ; isiisi, to split much 
or often. Cf. maisi, to be split, cracked ; 
oriUcium vagina:. Tahitian- ihi, skill, wis- 
dom, dexterity ; ihiihi, skill, economy, good 
order ; cunning, crafty. Cf. hihi, the rays of 
the sun ; the whiskers of a cat or rat ; hihimoa, 
the feathers on the back of a fowl's neck ; 
ihipapa, to demolish; to extirpate, root and 
branch ; ihituniu, to overthrow, to demolish ; 
ihiorea, discretion, prudence ; paihi, to extir- 
pate, root out (cf. Maori pakihi, to dig fem- 
root) ; uihi, the whistling of anything that 
cuts the air; ihe, a spear; ihirea, trouble, 
perplexity ; fear. Hawaiian — ihi, to peel 
off the bark from a stick : A ihi iho lai na 
kaha onionio keokeo ma ua mau laau Iti ; He 
peeled white streaks on the rods. (6.) To peel 
or flay off the skin from an animal ; (c.) sacred, 
holy ; hallowed : I ke ala ihi, i he alaloa ; On 
the sacred path, the long path. Ihihi, angry, 
cross, offended ; (6.) to neigh as a horse ; ihiihi, 
the interjection of surprise at seeing anything 
uncommon or out of the ordinary course of 
things; hoo-ihiihi, to put on dignity, or im- 
portance. Cf. ihe, a spear ; a javelin ; kaihi, 
to spin round like a top ; dizziness. Tongan 
— Ifi, to blow with the mouth ; (6.) to Bound 
an instrument of music ; (c.) the name of a 
tree, and its fruit. Cf. i»a, to hiss ; maifi, a 
humming noise; the sensation of wind, as 
when anything passes near the face ; maihi, a 
cut, to wound by cutting ; moifi, a buzzing, as 
wind caused by something in quick motion ; 
pahihi, split, riven ; a splinter ; a thin piece of 
wood used as a knife. Mangarevan— cf. 
nehihi, to gush out as water ; pehihihi, inter- 
laced, crossed, as the branches of trees ; aka- 
pehihi, to gush out as water. Ext. Poly.: 
Magindano— cf. ihi, to urinate; Formosa 
— cf. isi, urine ; misi, to make water. 

IHI (myth.), the name of a great taniwha or 
water monster in Lake Taupo. 

IHIIHI (myth.), the wife of Irawam and mother 
of Pero. Hina is thus called, Irawaru being 
the tutelary deity of the dog— A. H. M., L 

IHINGA (myth.), a chief who brought baok 
charms, songs, games, <fcc., from Mira*B Honse 
of Death. [See Bongoicax.] 




IHO, the heart of a tree. Gf. uho, the heart of a 
tree ; tarauho, the heart of a tree ; toto, hard ; 
/o, god. [See Mangaian.] 2. That wherein 
the strength of a thing consists, as of an army, 
Ac. 3. The tohunga (priest) or principal 
person in a canoe. [See Iho-o-te-rangi, and 
Ihowaka.] 4. A lock of hair. 

Whaka-IHO, to cut the hair. 

Whaka-IHONGA, a part of the ceremony per- 
formed for the dead. 
Tahitian — iho, the essence or nature of a 
thing or person; (6.) applied to a person 
coming to himself after swooning, ot recover- 
ing his intellectual faculties ; i hoi ho, the ghosts 
of the dead, which were supposed often to visit 
the living, especially relatives, and to inflict 
illness or death ; faa-iho, to use prayers and 
ceremonies, as the priests did formerly to pro- 
cure the presence of a god in or within the 
image. Cf. ifioarii, the dignity and office of a 
king or principal chief ; Hunlioatupu, the living 
relative of a dead person ; ilwpohe^ mortality ; 
ihotaata, the person himself with regard to 
something sacred ; ihotatau^ the reckoning of 
descent ; genealogy ; ih- tvpuj indigenous ; the 
native of a place ; ihotoi^ the name of a cere- 
mony and prayer of a canoe-builder in cutting 
a tree for a new canoe. Tongan — hifo, to 
offer in sacrifice ; faka-hifo, to counteract 
by an offering or sacrifice. Cf. t/o, the 
taste ; faka-ifoifo^ to try with the mouth. 
Mangaian — io, the pith or core of a tree ; 
(6.) (tig.) a god. [For full comparison see 
Maori Io, a deity.] Mangarevan — cf. iho, 
a morsel, a piece. Paumotan— iho, essence, 
substance ; faka-iho, a shade, a ghost. Ha- 
inraiian — iho, the pith of a vegetable; the 
centre of a tree ; i hoi ho, the solid, heavy part 
of timber ; the heart ; something solid inside 
of something soft. Ext. Poly. : Sikayana — 
cf. ihot flesh. [Note. — The last word shows 
that reference should be also made to Maori 
hiko^ flesh -i.e., the io of Hawaiian and Tahi- 

IHO, from above; downwards; down: Ka kaere 
iho raua ki raro — P. M., 49. Cf. whanaiho, 
down, ever so deep. 2. Up above : Wharotigo 
ki te kupu a te tangata e iri iho nei—T. M., 
67. 3. Conveying the idea of direction from 
some place connected with the speaker, but 
not where he is at that time. 4. Denoting a 
short lapse of time. 5. A current running 
rapidly through an eel-weir. 
Saxnoan-ifo, down, downward: Ua tino 
mai foi i lona tulugatiti e oo ifo i lalo ; From 
the appearance of his loins downward ; (&.) to 
bow down, as do those conquered in war, as a 
token of submission ; (c.) to descend, as from 
inland to shore ; (d.) to terminate ; ifoa, to 
have an attack of a complaint to which the 
person is subject, which then falls (t/o) upon 
some other part of the body, as a headache 
ending in bad eyes ; ifoifo, to descend, as from 
the top of a house, a tree, or a mountain ; 
fa*a-ifo, to make a hostile descent, to attack 
the enemy in time of war. Cf. ifoa^e, a 
descent. Tahitian — iho, to descend from an 
eminence ; (6.) an affix denoting sameness or 
proximity ; faa-iho, to cause or help a person 
to descend ; to let down a thing ; one that 
leads down or lets another down from an emi- 
nenoe. Cf. iaiho^ to let a thing down from a 

high place ; toihoiho, to decline, as the son in 
the afternoon. Ha'fvaiian — iho, a verbal 
directive which implies motion or tendency 
downward; to go down, descend: dole make 
hau maluna iho ; Let no dew descend upon 
you : Nou iho ka la o keia aina o Lahaina ; 
The sun of this land of Lahaina strikes down. 
(b.) Implies succession in time or narrative, as 
mahope iho, after that ; (c.) equivalent to self, 
or selves, as fio'u iho, myself; hoo-iho, to 
cause to descend ; (6.) to bnng down upon one 
as a punishment ; (c.) to cause to fall. 
Tongan— hifo, down, downwards ; to descend : 
Bea teu li hifo a hoo mate i lie ao a ho mou 
gaahi tamabua ; I will cast down your slain 
men before your idols. Hi hifo, the West ; 
faka-hifo, to unload ; to discharge ; to put 
down. Cf. hifoaga, a landing-place, descend- 
ing place ; aluhifo, to descend ; foohifo, to lie 
on the face, to prostrate ; prone ; agahifo, to 
go downwards ; tahifo, a descent, declivity. 
Marquesan — iho, to descend ; down. Anl- 
vran — ifo, down, downward. Mangarevan 
— cf. iho, a piece ; the final piece of a song ; 
nohoio, to sit down ; oniiho, to descend a tree, 
Ac, by using the arms and legs. Pau- 
motan— i hoi ho, to descend ; faka-iho, to 
cause to descend. Cf. tohihoiho, to decline ; 
to sink ; to decay. Ext. Poly. : Nguna — cf. 
siwo, downwards. 

IHOWAKA, a sacred person when under the 
immediate charge of a priest : E mea hoki e 
noho ana a ia i runga i te ihowaka — A. H. M., 
iv. 95. Cf. waka, the medium of an atua 
(deity or demon). [For comparatives, see Iho 
and Waka.] 

IHOOTERANGI, Te Iho-o-te-Rangi (myth.), a god 
of Hawaiki, by whose assistance Ngatoro*8 
niece crossed the ocean to New Zealand — 
P. M., 102. [See Kuiwai, Noatobo, Mamaia, 
<fro. ; also compare Iho and Io.] 

IHU, the nose: Ka tukua te ringaringa, ka motO' 
kia ake kH tana iku—F, M., 23. 2. The bow 
of a canoe : Tahi mai ano i te ihu, a te noko 
atu ana — P. M., 52. Cf. tauihu, the figure- 
head of a canoe. 3. The foresail : Maranga to 
te ihu, te waenga, me te kei — P. M., 72. 
Samoan— isu, the nose : A oomi le isu, ua 
tau ai le tota ; When the nose is wnmg, blood 
comes. (&.) The snout : Pe tvia lona isu a o 
lavea i mailei ; Its snout pierces the snares, 
(c.) The bill of a bird. Cf. itumene, a small 
nose ; isumiti, a sniffing nose ; isupapa, a flat 
nose ; isupe, mucus from the nose ; isupU, a 
diseased nose eaten off by ulceration ; isusiMi, 
a tumed-up nose ; i8uva*a, a large nose ; pogai- 
isu, the nostrils. Tahitian — ihu, the nose: 
Te tuu ra ratou i te amaa raau i to ratou apoo 
ihu ; They put the branch to their noses. (&.) 
The snout ; (e.) the bill of a bird ; (d.) the 
fore-part of a canoe {^hu-vaa) ; {e.) to work in 
the sea, as the fore-part of a canoe in a high 
sea ; (/.) to be lost or going at random among 
trees and bushes, not knowing the road ; faa- 
ihu, to strangle, drown, or smother ; the person 
who strangles, drowns, or smothers ; ihuihu, 
to be choked or smothered ; choking. Cf . ihu- 
mamea, the beginning of an affair ; ihupaa, a 
disease of the nose ; paiku, the name of part 
of the nose, also part of canoe. Haivalian 
— ihu, the nose of a person : Auku ka ihu o ka 




Kahine hnhiiicalf; The angrj woman tonw 
ap her Boao. (A.) The snout of ftn aomial : / 
kona iliu i kihe i ke kai ; With bia nose that 
Bpouts up the Bea. (c.) The bil) of a bird. 
(J.) the forepart oE a canoe : Aukv ka iha i 
ka makani ; The bow Btanilfl np in the wind. 
Cf. ihuolaola, a BDoring nose ; ibuliii, anger, 
contempt; ihtipapa. fiat-nnsed ; ikukukani, 
bard-breathing ; ilaipii, to turn up the no^e in 
eontempti makaihu, the sharp poiut at the 
bow of a canoo. Tongan— ihu, the noBe : B 
hikti ai at iliit oe kau fannija ; It ah all stop 
the Dosea of tbe passeneerB. Faka-ihu, to 
malie a nose or projecting part on the end of a 
CBDoe. Cf. ihiibiigi, a llat nose; iMffolo, to 
apeak Ihroogh the nose ; araiiliu, the nostril. 
Marqueaan— ihu, the nose. Cf. lunaihu, 
the upper part of the nose. Mangarevan — 
ihu, the nose ; (b.) to make a deep dive. Cf. 
iliuinoko, abort of breath from deep didng; 
go'joiu, lo anufHe through the nose; komohiu, 
mncoB obatrucling the noBlrile; mainihu, a 
promontory, Paumolao — ihu, the noae; 
lb.) llie how of a canoe {ilin-ralia}. Raro- 
iongan— of. putaia, the noso. Futuna — 
ihu, the nose. Ext. Polf . : Fiji— cf. urii.Na 
(atAu-na), the nose ; Brunner Islands, 
and Dufaure Islands, of. inhada, the nose ; 
Ualay — cf. idung, the nose ; ingui. mucns 
from the nose. The following 

the "nose": — I 

Roluma— iiu ; San Cristoval fWaool — 
barUu; Vaturana-iJH : Florida— iJm; 
Ysabel {Bugotu]— iAu ; Aurora Island — 

IKUATAMAI (mjth.). Ihnatamai and ILuware- 
woro vers two hrothera who found the body of 
Hina when etranded on llie shore at Wflirarawa 
after hei long hwIqi in (ho ocean. [See 
HiHADHi.] She became the wife of the two 
brothers, bat was delivered op by then lo their 
lord, Tinirau, the Eing (or (jodj ot Fishes, a 
child ot Tangaroa— P. M., 4'J. They are also 
mentioned in the celebrated birth -incantation 
ol Hine-te-iwaiwa (a name of Hina) : — 
" Tu I tou lia m* ko Ihitirareirart, 
Ta i (au kona me ko Ihiialaniai." 

B. R,. 110. 

tHUMANEA, knowing, clever. CI. uhunmiua, 
knowing, clever. 

iHUMOTOKIA I (myth.), a celebrated an. 

IHUMOTOMOTOKIAJ cicnl combat, the ballla 
ol " bruised noses." so called because the men 
ot the party of Ngatoro-i-ranpi Etntck their 
noeea to draw blooil, and then lying down, 
blood-Btatoed, pretended to be dead, thus de- 
Indingtho enemy who approached incautiously 
near- P. M., 108; G. P., 153; A. H. M., i. 7. 
[See MoikTOBo, and Kciwii.] 

IHUNQARU (myth.), a god brought from Hawaiki 
by tbe Uaori, and in eiislence until quite re- 
cently, it ii mentioned in the Wliaiigai-hau 
incantation — S. T., ISo. Dmngaru was a lock 
of human hair, twisted with a rope ot aute 
(bark of Morui papyri/era), kept in a house at 
Mokoia (Botorua) ; this house was built with 
woDit brought from Hawaiki. The god was 
destroyed by the Ngapnhi tribe in their raid, 
k.B. 1«23. 

finding by the brothers- P. M.. 19. [See 
Ihuatauai, Him, ie.] 

IHUPENU, a crooked or flattened nose. Of. ihu, 
nose ; peniipena, nasbod. [For oomparatiTea, 
BBS luG, and PEnnrENC.] 

IHUPUKU (myth.) Paikea, Eewa, and Ibupukn 
arc names of savage peoples wbicli destroyed 
Ucma, the father of Tawhaki [see Tawbaxi]. 
TSVhlers says that these are names of whale* 
(Boulb Island), and probably refer to ugly or 
tMubarona races met with by the Maori during 
their migration— Wobl., Trans., vii. lo. They 
are called Ponaturi in the North. [See PoNi- 

IHUPUKU, grasping at, eagerly devouring. 
IHUPUNl, a dogskin mat. CI. puni 

stopped up. 

Whaha-IHUWAKA, a boaster, one who impliel 
that he is " the bow of Ihe canoe " : Koia 
lenei taua langala hf lehakaikuiraka-^A. H. U. 
V. 70. 

IHUWAREWARE (myth.). [Bee Ibdataiui.] 
IKA, a Qsh. the general name ot aU fish: Ko 
Tangaroa he ika—P. M., II. 2. A body fd 
men ; a tioop ; a cluster, as of stars : Tirahitt 
Atutahi, ilarchua, e; mana e whakart>ea tt 
iba Khtta riki—H. M.. 198. 3. A Gghtuig 
man, a warrior. The first person killed of 
captured in a Gght was called Te-ika-a-TiU, 
or laalaika, or ika-i-U-ali. i. A victim : Kit 
jaau ia ii tana iha luafaAi, to le tamahint a 
iIarii-lt--icharf-ailu—P. M., 20. S. Te Ika-a- 
Maui, tbe North Island of Kew Zealand [se« 
P. M., aC] : iViara f tarcica ana i ninga It Ika 
a ilnui—V. M., 24. C. An aacient name lot 
stone, or the stone from which weapons wen 
made, greenstone, obsidian, Ac. For the cela- 
brated block of gieenstone (jade) called Te- 
Ua-a-Xgahue see N'oabue. The name aioae 
perhaps from a curious belief, onoe common, 
that greenstone was obtained from the body 
of a Ush, and, though soft at first, quidd; 
hardened on cipoaure to the sir. 7. A up- 
tivo. 8. A liiacd {ika-vhenua]. 0. The prin- 
cipal chief ol a tribe. 10. Bitumen used for 
chewing {mimiha). II. (Myth.) A monsl«t, 
one of Ihe great tauriatit with which heroM 
fought. 12. The representation of sucb mon- 
Bter. 13. A mourner, from his outting him- 
BPlt aboot to show grief. 
Samoan — i'a, the general name for fishss 
(except bonUf and Bhe!l-liBh) : E mamaU ai i'a 
i U- raila/e: The fish in the river shall die. 
CI. i-aiHonu, the whale ("fiEh-bcasfl ; f-arai, 
the eol, Tahitlan—ia, fish of any kind: Tt 
mail manu o It rcra e te ia o te lai ; Tbe bird! 
of the air and the fish of the sea. Cf. iaararoa, 
a fish, a present ot fish taken to a chief : haia, 
a hnman sacrifice [thedead bodies obtained in 
war and carried to tho marar ; after tbe cere- 
monies were performed the bodies were called 
faiaia] ; laia, a fisherraan. Han'allan_ia, 
a fisli, tbe general name ot all sea-animala, 
also those in fresh water : O ka ia kahi no k4 
akiia : Some tisb for the god. (b.) Meat of 
any kind, in diatinction from vegetable food; 
(c.) the Milky Way [sac Uaori bt* (myth.)i ; 
iaioa, a dead body embalmed -, to preserva 
dead bodies by salting them. Tongan— ika, 




» filb : too at ika oku fuafaa kai ; Taba np 
the Gnt fith tb&t comes. Cf. ika/ono, fish that 
mijtimte ; bailta. a fence built to oatob fiab ; 
taliogaika, a ahoal of fish. Marquesan— 
Ika, fisb : Peptna tfto le Altia i iia ikii nunui .* 
God created great fish. {Ii.) A general name 
lor a thing or matter. Cf. avail/a, to fiah. 
Mangarevan — ika, fiah : Ha le tai i tahuti 
H le ika ; The sea sweeps away the fish. (6.) 
Fioth, foam ; (c.) ntouldinesB ; aka-lka, to go 

timca. Cf. ikatu, fish which go in shoals to 
deposit spiLVD near shore. Mangaian— ika, 
tai : Ka rare nui na tetai aroiiga i la koloii 
ika i rauka ra; Bring of the fish you have 
now caught {b.) A victim for sacrifice. The 
aj used at the sacrifice was Tauimia, liongo, 
Uou ika I Bongo, slay thy fiah I Anl'wan — 
tika, fish : ifa eika neinaiic iluga aia ; And 
Gsh laid thereon. Paumotan— ika, fish. 
Eit. Poly.: The following words also mean 
"fish":— Fiji, ika; Sulu, «da ; Malay, 
ijt'in,' Slhayana, ika ; Kar Nicobar, ka ; 
Central Nicobar, ga; SUong, acknn; 
N. Borneo, jikaii; Iloco, ikan; Java, 
iwa ; Boulon, ifcaui ; "Wayapo, ikaii ; 
AiDblawr, iJcirini; Liang, njan ; Larlkl, 
tan.- Gah, ikan; V/^ahal, inn.- Teor, 
ikan: Apl, yiia ; S.E. Apl, Sesake, 
Fate, and Atnbryn, ika. 

lU, or Ika-roa. or Iks-O-te-rangi (myth.), the 
Galaxy or Milky Way. Ikaroa was the mother 
of Nga Whela (the stars), and was the wife ol 
Kohn (mill), who va> the son of Takopo,, one 
of the Props of Heaven— Wohl., Trans., 
vii. 33; 8. B.. 17. (See ToKo.] The Milky 
Way is also called Mango-roa (Long Shnrk). 
In Hawaii the Uilk; Way is called la (dsh). 

IKA : Te Ika-a-Rangitanira, an earthwork repre- 
senting a huge lizard (ifta-icAenrirt), cut odI of 
the earth on the bank of the River Waitio at 
Hawke'a Bay. It was made by a chief named 
Bangilanira— Col., Trans., li. 66. 3, A chief 
who came to New Zealand in the Arawa canoe. 
He died at Whanganui-S. B., 61, 

C4i11?ii becaose pulled up by Maui from the 
depIhE of (he oeean. [See liu, and AIaui.] 
Compare the Hue of Hawaiian verse, He api 
nei ka halo, ka vialia. ka poo o ka hoiiua ; 
Uoving are the gills, the Sne, and the head of 
the earth. 

IKAIKA, the name of a plant. 

IKA-I-TE-ATI, the first man killed or captured in 
■ fight. Also called ii^thika, n^tHnffohi, 
maOlaH, teika a Tiki, Ac. [See Isi.] 

IKAKOANA, the whale : Ka kiUa le ikamoaTta e 
pa< ana i ula^P, il., 92. Cf. ika, fish ; 
moana, the ocean ; ikaichenim, a lizard. [For 
comparatives, see Iea, end MotxA.] 

IK*NUIATAHUA, the name of an inonntation: 
Man iho le karakia to tt Ikaniiiolahiia— 
A.H. M..i. 31. 

IKATAPU, bodies of enemies slain in war : Ka 
multi te patu, kei te harihuri i nga ikalapii — 
P. M., 72. CI. ika, a victim; lapu, eaored. 

[For eomj«rativeg, see lu, and Tapu.] 

IKATERE [myth.), the tatelary deity ol fishea. 
One version says that he was the son of Punga, 
the Eon of Tangaroa, Lord ul Ocean. He Qed 
with his children the fish, to tiio s^a, to eacaps 
the wrath of Tawhiri-matea— P. M.. 1. [Sea 
Tanoaboa.J Another legend states thatlkatera 
was the son of Whatitiri and Tu-le-wanawana. 
He waa brother of Huahme, the god of eels — 
A. H. U., i. App. Cf . ika, Gsh ; tere, to fioat, 
drift; swift. 

IKA-WHENUA,a lizard: ^rahi ahuahu karakia 
ikaichenua ai. [See the myth of Pooga, &o., 
P. M., 4.] Cf. ika, fisli ; lehenua, land. 

IKAWHIRO, an old warrior. [See Whido 

IKE, 1 high, lofty. Cf. pnffei-fte, to flUvato; 

IKEIKE,! hhikt, high. lofty; poike. to plaoe 
aloft ; likelike, loltr, high ; kiekit, the name 
of a climbing or trailing plant (Bot. Freijcinetia 
banktii). [See Hawaiian.] 

Wbaka-IKE, to raise. 

IKE, to strike with a hammer or other heavy 
ioatrument. [Note.— Unlikely as at first sight 
appears, the above meanings of Ike seem in 
the comparatives to he so associated with 
kiekis {a plant from the leaf-fibre of which 
nativii cloth was ouoe made,) as to be inse- 
Hawaiian— le, canvas (>« nnni, fine linen ; 
lole if, while cotton cloth) ; (b.) a vine used in 
mahiog baskets; also used in decorating their 
persons; (e.) a material braided into hats bj 
the women ; (J.) a stick used in beating kapa 
{lapn ^ native cloth) : (e.) to insult, provoke, 
pick a quarrel ; (/.) flexible, limber, like cloth, 
or a vino; iele, the leaves of the if. formerly 
used in decorating the gods of Hawaii, gene- 
rally made into wreaths ; {b.) to bo decorated 
■v.iih leaves, to be dreaaed in wreaths; hoo- 
ieie, to bo ennobled, to be dignified ; (b.) proad, 
pompous; light-minded; vainglorioos ; («.) to 
be rjuarreUome. Samoan — i'e, the mallei 
tor bcatini; out the bark ; 'ie, the name o( fine 
native mata which are nsed much as money is, 
and conatitafe the moat valuable properly of 
Samoane ; 'le'ie, a rag ot cloth; {b.) a species 
o( creeper {Frfi/rinelia). used for making fish- 
traps. Cf. i'nl'ni, a mallet with grooves, for 
beating out the bark of the paper mulberry, 
and making liitiiga (a kind of cloth). Tahl- 
tlan — ie, the mallet DBcd lor heating cloth; 
(11,] a boat's or ship's sail of any sort ; Iele, the 
fibrous roots of the plant farapepe, used tor 
tying fences, making baskets, Ac. ; faa-ie, to 
get a cloth-mallet ; faa-ieie, to act in a vaiti, 
foppish manner. Marquesan— jka, a pieoe 
of wood for 1)eating native cloth. 01. (ai'e, 
proud, haughty. Tongan— Ike, a beater 
used in making native cloth, Mangarevan — 
Ike, the mallet for beating out cloth from 
I'apynit. Of. ikei, to raise oneaelf ; to appear. 
Paumotan — elke, a mallet for beating out 
t'lpa (native cloth); ikeike, to adorn; (S.) 
pleasant, gracious ; faka-ikeike, to carry one's 
head high. Mangaian— ike, a mallet for 
beating out cloth ; ,Vo le ike langi reka e papa 
ilua: Softly Bounds the cloth-bca ling mallet 
o'er the sea. E»t. Poly,: Fiji— of. ike, the 
short thick stick for beating bark into cloth. 

[Lest ie bo the proper word, and the k ex- 
cresoent (as ike or kicj, see lull comparative! 

of ElEEIB.J 




IKEMOKE, (or Ikimoke.) restless, aneasj. Of. 
moke^ a solitary person. 

IKI, to oonsume, devoar. Cf. toikit a tree charred 
by fire. 2. To pull up, as a shrub, or a fishing 
line. Gf. hikit to lift up ; a charm for raising 

Haivaiian — cf. it, a person hard-hearted, 
cruel, and selfish. 

IKI MOKE. [See Ikemoke.] 

IKOA, a name— South Island for ingoa, [See 

IKUIKU, the eaves of a house. Cf. hiku, the tail 
of a fish, the rear of an army, tip of a leaf, &o. 
[See Tongan.] 

Tongan— cf. ikuiku^ the ends or tails of 
anything : iku, the end, the tail of animals. 
Mangaian — cf. iku, the taU. 

IN A, denoting emphatic assent : certainly ; to be 
sure: Ka mea etehU * He aiua koa—ina te 
ahua '—P. M., 19. 2. Calling attention. Cf. 
na, a word used to call attention ; nana^ see ! 

3. For, since, inasmuch as : Ina hoki i pouri 
tonu te ran^i me te whenua i mua — P. M., 7. 

4. Equal to iena in calling a person. 5. When. 
Cf . inahea^ when ? 

Samoan— ina, When (of past time only) : 
Ina ua latou vaai atu i le alii ; When they 
saw the lord. Hawaiian— jna, used in an 
imperative inviting sense : Come on ; let us 
do (something) : Ina kakou, e harm kakou i 
kulanakanhnle ; Go to ; let us build a town. 
(6.) For indeed (with no) ; that ! I wish 
that : Ina i haawiia ntai ka make no kakou i 
ka lima o lehoioa ; Would to God we had 
died by the hand of the Lord. Mangaian — 
ina, Behold! E irui, tei vaitata au ia koe ; 
Behold, I am with you. Tahitian — cf . inaha^ 
Behold I nay lo, behold ! 

INAHEA, an interrogntive of past time : When? 
Cf. ina, when ; hea, what time ; inakuara, a 
little time ago; nonahea, from what time? 
Samoan— anafea, when (of past time). Cf. 
ina, when (of past time only); fea, where. 
Ha^w^aiian — inahea: Inahea hoi ko hikou 
poho loa ana Halo pela ; How had they fallen 
to such a depth of infamy ? Tongan — anefe, 
when (of past time only). Cf. ane, a particle 
relating to past time; anebo, last night. 
Marquesan— inehea, when. Aniwan— 
enaia, when. Mangaian— inaea, when (of 
the past). 

INAIANEI (inhianei), just now; to-day (of past 
time only, but not far off) : E ka whaki atu au 
hi a koe inaianei, ne t — P. M., 12. Cf. ina, 
when ; aianei, now, to-day ; nei, denoting po- 
sition near the speaker ; tenei, this ; inake, 
not long since, nonaianei (of time past), just 
now, to-day ; inakuanei, just now, to-day ; 
inamata, formerly. 

Samoan — cf. ina, when, of past time only; 
nei, now; this. Tahitian — cf. aauanei, to- 
day, shortly (of future) ; aenei, implying action 
just gone by ; nauanei, to-day (past). Ha- 
ivaiian — cf. aianei, there, not far off; aenei, 
now, about this time. Tongan — cf. anenaini, 
just tbis moment past; ane, a particle, ex- 
pressing past time. Mangaian— cf. auenei, 
by-and-by, shortly. Marquesan— cf. nei, 
here, now. 

INAINA, to bask, to warm oneself: Inainanoa 
ake ki U ra i whiH n^i— M. M., 189. Cf. 
paina, to warm oneself; hina, gi^7> hoary; 
the moon ; hinatore, to twinkle ; inatore, an 
igniS'fatuut, will-o*-the-wisp. 

Samoan— cf. inainiti, to be full to repletion ; 
maina, to shine (of fire) ; masinat the moon ; 
sina, white. Tahitian— inaina, to take off 
the hair of a pig by scalding, or by singeing 
over a fire. Cf. mainaina, pain of mind, or 
anguish, caused by anger or displcasore ; to 
feel anger. Haw^alian— inaina, anger, or 
hatred : ka nalu o ka inaina ; The surf of 
angry feelings. (6.) The reddish evacuation 
whicn precedes labour (parturition) : I ka 
inaina o ka lani) Because of the travail of 
the chief. Hoo-ina, and hoo-inaina, to cause 
hatred, to stir up anger, to provoke. Manga- 
revan — inaina, to warm oneself; {h,) a torch ; 
aka- inaina, to warm; to dry anytning in the 
sun or by the fire. Cf. ma\na, the moon. 
Moriori— inaina, to scorch. Paumotan — 
Inaina, to be in a Ixxry ; faka-lnaina, to provoke, 
enrage. Cf. hinahina, indignation; kahina, 
bright, as the moon. 

IN AKA, the name of a tree (Bot. Dracophyllum 

IN AKE, not long since; the other day. [For 
comparatives, see Ina.] 

INAKI, to throng upon, to crowd, to pack closely. 
Cf . ki, full. 2. To thatch, to cover over with 
overlapping layers or rows. 3. To interrupt a 
speaker and cut his speech short. 4. To fall 
back on reserves, or come up as a reserve 

Samoan— cf. inainaH, the main body of an 
army ; inaHlau, a row of thatch ; one width of 
thatch, put on from the bottom to top of a 

INAKUANEI, just now; to-day (in past time). 
Cf. akuanei, to-day, presently (of future). [For 
comparatives, see Ina, and Axuanei.] 

INAKUARA, a little while ago. Cf. inakuanei, 
just now ; nonakttara, a little while ago ; ina- 
mata, formerly. 

I NAM ATA, formerly. Cf. nonamata, a long time 
ago; inanahi, yesterday. 2. Immediately: 
E haere ana ki te pehi, inamata e haua ana ki 
tepatu—P, M., 92. 

INAMOKI, (or Hinamoki,) a kind of rat. Ext. 
Poly. : Murray Island— cl mokia, a rat. 

INANAHI, yesterday: He aha ti whakaotia ai e 
koutou inanahi, inaianeif — Eko., v. 14. Cf. 
inapo, last night; nonanahi, yesterday; inaia- 
nei, just now (past) ; ahiahi, evening. 

Samoan — ananafi, yesterday : AtuX o i tatou 
tagata ananafi ; We are but men of yester- 
day. Tahitian — ananahi, yesterday, or to- 
morrow, according to the way it is mentioned ; 
i-ananahl, yesterday; also ninahi, and nanahi: 
/ nanahi mai hoi oe na ; Whereas you csme 
but yesterday. Haw^aiian — jnehinei, and 
ineihinei, yesterday; also nehi, and nehinei: 
Ua ike io no au inehinei i ke koko; Surely I 
saw the blood yesterday. Tongan— aneafi, 
yesterday : Aneafi i hono fitu oe feituulaa nae 
mahui ae mofi iate ia; Yesterday, at the 
seventh hour, the fever left him. Cf. ane, a 
particle expressing past time; aiuho^ laat 



tught; anthtafi, the day belore jeatorday; 
tHafi, the aftemooa, eveuiog. Marquesan 
— ineriEihi, festerdaj. Mangarevan — ine- 
n&hi, yestet^jF, Paumotaii — inanahi, jea< 
lerd»y. CI. inunnTiialu, the day before jcater- 
day. Fuluna— nanaD, yeatecday. Manga- 
Ian— nanai, jeBtorday. Ext. Poly.: Sika- 
yana — «f. tcnanaji, yeslerdBy; naiuxfi, yester> 
day ; Solomon Islands — ot. iyi, yeaterday. 
iNANA (inav&), a word oallingatleDtioii : Ka mea 
atu U niakai ra • Inana I '—P. U., OS. [See 


INAHGA, (aometioiBs Hinsnga,) the name of s 
very Einall freah-vater Hah (Icth. Galai^iai 
altmaatia): Kei tc hao iaanga^P. M., 134. 
■ (Myth.) Thej Bprang from the mantia of 
NflatorO'i-iaiigi. ahaksD over the water. [See 
NouaBO.] 2. A kind ol greenstoDD (jade) ol a 
light colonr. 
Samoan— insga, the name of the fry of a 
■mall freab-water tiah. Hawaiian — hinana, 
the name of a Teiy small fish, the youag of 
the oopu (?= Maori kokopu), Tahltlan— inaa, 

^tbe small fry ol fish. Marquesan— inaka, 
the name ol a small fish. Mangarevan— 
inaga, the name of a kind of amall fish. 

INAKQETO, qoioUy. 

INAOAKE, two days ago. Ct. inaoakeaake, 
uteral days aga; nonaoaki, the day belore 

INAOAKEHUI, three days ago. a. inaoake, two 
days ago ; nonaoaktaui, three days ago. 

INAPO (imp?'), last night : I ntia at lot e ia 
inapo — Ken., xiii. 42. Cf. po, night ; iaaaaki, 
jsElerday ; nonapo, laat night. 
Samoan— anapo(nnnpS),UBtnighl. Tahl- 
tlan— napo, last night. Hawaiian — cl. 
napo, to set, tn go down, aa the eun. Tongan 
— anebo, l^t night. CL anthebo, some day 
past ; aiuafi, yesterday. Mangarevan— 
inepo, ImC night. Paumotan— «f. inaruki. 
last night Iruki, night, darkness). [For full 
oomparativea, sec Ida, and Po.] 

INATI, seveie. CI. naii, to pinch, eoutcaet, 

IHATORE, the i^U./aiuvi, or wilKo'-the.wisp. 
Ct. kinaton, to twinkle, glimmer ; tort, to bum ; 
{naina. to bosk. [For comparatijeB, Bee Hina, 
and ToEB.J 

INAWHAI, I not long ainoe. [See oomparatiTeg 

INAWHEKEJ of iNi. when.] 

IHE1, isitao? [SeeNEi.] 

IHOi, to beg, pray; prnyer ; entreaty; praying: 
JiTo ana kai ht mta iaoi nana i te po — A. H, U., 
i. 165 : Me It karaHa inoi ki te mana o Tn— 
A. H. M., i. 35. Cf. noi. to be high ap, ele- 
Tated. (See Hawaiian] 
Samoan— <t. /a'a-noi, to ask permission ; 
to raise the hand to strike, or aa threatening 
to do BO. [This is a synonym of fa'a-poi, to 
renerale, stand in awe ot.— Pratt.} ; inoino, to 
demand, to ezangine. Ha'waiian~-ct. noi, 
to beg, lo beaeeob, to ask, aa in prayer; noiau, 

wisdom ; skill ; to be wise ; noili, skill, skill in 
the osH of language. Tongan — cf. hi'noi, to 
inapeot, to oriticise ; to direct, to give iBstioa. 
tion ; faka-hinohino, to lead, gnide, direct ; 
guidance, direction ; falia-hinokinoi, to infonu 
an adopted child of its real parents ; faka-noi, 
to press, urge, iocite. Marquesan— moi, to 
beg, to beg for, to aak, implore. Mangare- 
van— inoi, to demand ; inoiinoi, toiroportnne; 
Inoiraga, a demand. Paun^otan — cf. nonoi, 
ta proieat, complain ; to invoke ; to overawe. 
Eit. Poly. : Motu— ct, nonoi, to beg. 

INCH IRA, bebina. 

INU, to drink : Ka haatu e ia U teai M a Hine- 
moa, ka inum/n— P. M.. 131, Ct. mu, lo drink ; 
akeinu, thirsty ; hiainu, thirst; ; toAunuhunu, 

IINU, to drink frequently. 

Whaka-INU, to give drink to. 2. An incantation 
□Ter a new tilling net, the first time it is naed. 
Samoan— inu, to drink ; U inu i U amio 
fenpn t pci o le vni ; Who drinks np wicked- 
ness like water. Fa'a-inu, to give to drink, to 
cnnee to drink: plnral, feinu; pass, inumla: 
redup. inulnu. Cf. I'nii *au>uu, to drink by lap- 
ping; inwnaga, a dni':;;ht, a drink; inuninii, 
to rain heavily, bo as to .is lo canse a splaahUig 
of the waler {lit. " to drink suit vtAfa"). 
Tahitlan — inu, to drink; drink ot any kind : 
Aiia a'cra hoi t tia ia ratoa ia inu 1 tiuapape 
tahtra; They could not drink of the water 
of the river. Marquesan— inu, to drink. 
Hawaiian — inu, to drink ; any liquid for 
drinking: /nu a ka mana i it kai-nla; The 
birds drink in the red sea. Hoo-lnu, togivs 
drink to, lo water, as a flock. Cf. pawaiinu, a 
drinking trough tor cattle. Tangan — inu, to 
drink ; a beverage : E /ua foki koo vai ki he 
Jnu; You shall also dnnk water by measure. 
Mangarevan — inu, to drink; inulnu, to 
drink continaonsly ; aka-lnu, to eat liquid poi 
(paste) by handtuls; aka-ainu, to make to 
drink, to give to drink. Mangalan- inu, to 
driuk; alsounu: Kia itm Tane i te vai kea ra, 
f ; Bo that Tane may drink the living water. 
Futuna— inu, lo drink. Botuma— inu, to 
drink. Eit. Poly.: Ct. Motu — inua, to 
drink; Malay — ininuin,andjiinuin, to drink; 
Slkayana — unu, to drink ; Magindano — 
oniinuni, to drink; Java — ri^inum, to drink; 
Pampang— min»m, to drink ; Tagal— omi- 
Tuna, to drink ; Duke of York's island— 

INUKOROKORO, a lazy fellov, one who likes 
eating bet'.er than work, a " loafer." Cf. inu, 
to drink ; korokoro, the throat. 

INOO, to incline towards, to turn towards. 

IH60ING0, sharp-pointed. 2. A young eel. 

Wliaka-INQOIHQO, whimpering, sohbiog pee- 
vishly. Cf. koraingoingo, puling, whimpering; 
koingo, yearning, fretting. 
Samoan— i^o, to be wearied with, to be 
tired of; fa'a-igolgo, to be wearied of. Ha- 
waiian— ino, to punish, to make sad ; Inoino, 
to grieve, to make sad (7 Maori tino) ; (6.) lo 
be very tempestuous, as the aoa. Tongan- 
igo, diflpleaaure ; to be veied, or displeased. 
Mangarevan— a ka-i go Igo, to pout, to look 
cross on account ot having to leave ona'a 
house, or of searching iroitlessly. Cf. (ufcu- 
akaigoigo, to pout. 




1 ingaa ona ko Tu-h 

-P. M., ! 


Ikoa. [Se« Unrque 
Saenoan — igoa, a name : at ea lona igaa, 
ai foi le igoa o !ana ataliif What is 
his Dame, and vhat U \m Bon's nauie? 
Fa'a-igoa, to name, (o give a name to. 
Cf. igiitpo, a watobvord in itax \ liigoa, 
to be nnnamed. Tahltian — ioa, a name; 
To Of ioo rahi t tt mala'uhia ; Yoar great 
and Umble name. Hawraiian—inoa, a 
name of a person, place, or IbiDg: Elaa iiuia 
i kapaia ma kn tnohiipuiii : An island has two 
names. Tongan— higoa, a name, a designa- 
tion : Jita e ikai fcuno higna i he liala ; He 
shall have no name in the path. Faka-hlgoa, 
to name, to designate : Sea naa la fakahigoa 
at kolo ki he higoa o hmio foha; He colled 
the town after the name ol his gon. Mar- 
quesan— ikoa, a name; aUo inoa: Koia hoki 
I'a le ik/ia; TJmt was certainly the name. 
Morlorl— ingo, name : Ko Rnnginuita la ingo 
-" ■- ■ ■ i the name of 

that oanoe. Rarotongan — 

male ingoa o lona laeake t matt; Xa the name 
of his dead brother. Mangare van— igoa, a 
name : Tona igoa ko aftw Tane ; His name U 
the god Tane. Aha-igOa, to name, to call bj 
a name. Futuna — rgoa, uams: Kilapu liau 
igoa. Hallowed be thy name, Aniwan — cf. 
luigo, name. Paumotaa— igoa, a name. 

10 (myth.), God, the Supreme Being : A'o U lino 
AlJta ko lo, nana i haiui" le whenua toe Cerangi 
—A. H. M., ii. i ; see also L. P., 132 (with in. 
oanlatioQ). Cf. Iho-o.te-rangi, P. M., IDS, lo 
begat lo-nuhu, who begat lo.raogi. nhi begat 
Tawhilo-te-raki, *c.— A H. M.. i. 32. 3. 
Power, force, energy, mental or physical (one 
auth). 3. The soul. 4. Life. Ci. Icwahine, 
the name of Iha first woman. S. A twitching 
or bodily vineaaineBa, a sign of the preaenoe of 
a god : to twitch thus : Ki tr n\ea ka iu i le 
pikohiai he taha—h.. H. M.. ii. 5. [See 
TiKmi.] G. Fiah cut into slrips, and dried in 
a native oven. 7. In the MoHari genealogy. 
Tiki beRat Uni. Ura begat N'ganRana, Nga- 
ngana begat lo, lo begat lo-rangi, &o. 

lOlO, batd. Cf. iho. hard; that wherein the 
Btrengtb of a thing conaiata. 2. Obstinate. 
3. Aching from wearinees. 
Samoan— cf. io, a long atrip of fish or fleab. 
Mangaian— io, a god : Te lo I i Te lo ra e 
kikinae! Ah, that god I that bad god 1 The 
god Motoro wHB cBillBd Te lo Ora, " The Living 
Ood," becauae be wonld allow no living aacri- 
fioe npon his altars. This was in distinction 
from Kongo, and other gods called lo-mate, 
to whom human beioKS nero offered np. |b.| 
The soul, the spirit: ilea pa te atua oi te io 
tamjala ; If the divinity please, man'a spirit 
must yield, (c.) The pilb or core of a tree. 
[See Maori Ibo.] Hawaiian — ct, io, truth, 
reality, real ; truly, verily ; I'u, sacred, a sacred 
place 1 iuiu, to be afar off, high ap ; to live in 
some sacred place ; a place supposed to be afar 
off or high up above the earth, or beneath the 
ocean, aacred as the dwelling-place of Ood ; 
poiu, grand, or aolemn ; loo, Jupiter, when 
morning star. Tahitian— Ihoiho, the Su- 
preme Being: "In the beginning there was 
nothing but the god Ihoiho ; afterwards there 
was an expanse of watera which covered the 

abyss, and the god Tinotaata floated on the 
surtaea." This ancient legend is giTen by 
H. de Bovia, Amaiairt dei Etabli*ie7itenU 
Fran^au de VOeeanie, Papeete, 1863, p. 96. 
Cf. ioio, handsome, brilliant ; variegated ; 
hoioio, diffidence, fear of a superior ; puaioio, 
a handsome blossom, a handsome parson ; oo. 
Heaven, blcaaedness, the state of the bleased. 
Tongan— e(. aoao. supreme, the soTeieign. 

iDgeniaoaly I to Out wood into small pieces; 
to make feeble or thin. Ext. Poly. : Motti — 
cf. iahu, a woman who is aaored, and who 
periorms oertaui rites during the absence of 
voyagers to ensure their safe retain. 
lONUKU (myth.), the Qrstbom of the deity Io. 
lonnkn begat lorangi, who begat TahilO'te- 
raid (■' Ancient of Heaven.") [flee Io, and 


lOTAHAE, a twitching or jerking io the body, a 
sign of the preaenoe of the god Io : Te lo-tahae 

ii. i- [Seoli.] 

lOWAHINE (myth.l, the first woman. She-was 
made by Tane, and given to Tiki-an-aba, the 
firal man. They had six children— A. H. U., 
i. 16B. 

IPO, pertaining to love : He puhi koe ttaku, he 
ipo ki te moeiiija— M. M., 30. Cf. mhaiaipo, to 
be in love ; a sweetheart. 

Samoan— fa-a-ipoipo, to perform the mar- 
riage ceremony (an introduced word). Tahi- 
tian — ipo, a darling, one made much of i {b.) 
a lump of breadfruit; to make a lump of maM 
(dough) : faa-ipo, the name uf a goddess ; (b.) 
the name of a tree ; faa-ipoipo, to marry : K 
/aaipoipo noa 'Iti ratou i ta ralou e hinaaro ra ; 
Let them many those whom they like best. 
Rarotongan— aka-lpoipo, to marry; Kta 
akaipoipo aia i tetahi oaine no reira ; To take 
a wife belonging to that place. Ha^vaiian 
— ipo, to cohabit before marriage, or without 
marriage; a paramour; a sweetheart: E hoo- 
vahatraJia inai no kou laau ipo in oe ; Your 
lovers will deapiee you. Hoo-ipo, to woo, to 
court, to solicit the affectione of one, applied 
to either men or women ; (b.) to oobabil se- 
cretly ; hoo-ipoipo, making lascivious geslurei 
while eating [A me ka ahaaina hooipoipo.) at 
lascivious feasta. Ct. upo, to covet, to luat 
after; apo, to embrace, bold; moeipo, a forni- 
cator, an adulterer. Marquesan — ipoipo, 
said of two peraoos who love one another. 
Mangarevan — jpo, married. Cf. ipora, to 
receive anyone or anything with outslreWhed 
arms. Paumotan— faka-ipoipo, to moiry. 

IPU, a calabash, vessel: Ka ki vga iptt i nga 
toko— P. M., 35. Cf. ipurimii, a bottle made 
of seaweed. 2. A pool, hollow. Ct. bapu, the 
hollow of the baud. 3. Concave. 
Samoan — ipu, a cup ; Ua latou toe foi mai 
maalatou ipu i le iio ! They returned with 
empty cups. Cf. ipu'aca. the cup for Serving 
ODt 'aca (an tntuxicaling drink) ; mala pu, the 
top half of a cocoanut shell ; 'opu, a cup. dish. 
Tahitian^pu, a cup, a veasel. Cf. aiba, • 
cup; ntii, the sbeli of the cocoanat, gourd, 
Ac. ; a concave or hollow, as abu-rima, the 
hollow of the hand ; (Cf. Idaort kapu, hollow 
of the bond, and to drink out of the palm of 


[107] Irirangl 

AO t 

tiujni, to bkle ' 
Ian — ipu, ft geuenl name tor all gourds, cala< 
buhes, meloDs, iSe. ; (b.) a general name far 
■11 EnuLI ooDtainerB, aa ■ oap. mug, bowl, boi. 
ike. : Ka leahine i ka ipu-u/ai ; The woman 
with the w«tor-bowl : Buai mai la Kahiki i 
kaipu makani; Tahiti (or Distance), thou didst 
open th; wind-box. Cf. ipuai, a leeael (cala- 
bash) tor eontaining (ood) ijntMaka, a melon : 
tpulaau, m wooden Teseel ; hipu, a bag tor 
earrfing small things in ; apu, a oap made ot 
ooooannt ihcll for drinking awa ; aibu, or 
ttipu, a onp. Tongan — ibu, the general 
name (or •arthenware TeBaeb : Koia leu age 
ai kiho nima a ene ibu nana ; I will give her 
eop into foar hand. Cf. ibuinu, a veBsel to 
diink (rom, a oup or mug ; iba-jiota, a glass 
Tc«srl : ebu. to iviok ; kabu, the banana leaf, 
■0 folded as to hold water. MarquesaD — 
ipu, and ipuipu, an; vessel to drink from ; Te 
tfa ipuipu, a It t/a ipuipu ; The four bowls, 
and the fonr bowls. Gf . ipuoho, the cranium , 
brain-pan. Rarotongan~cf. iapti, a oup. 
Uangarevan — ipu,a calabaah : Kai tanaki 
a kai o to U mau ipu ; He ate the food in the 
calabaah. Aka-ipu, a sore that gathers and 
■npptiratee. Futuna— ipu, a oap. 

IPUIPU, footsore. 

Manga re van— of. aka-ipu, a sors that 
gathers and snppuratee. 

IPURIMU, a bottle or vessel made of seaweed. 
Cf. ipu, a vessel, a ealabash ; rimu, seaweed. 
[For oomparatives. see Ipu, and Bmc.] 

(RA (mplh.), the name of the ancestor ot the 
N^ti-ii« tribe. He was a sou ol Uenaku, a 
gnat chief ol the East Cape. Ira was led on 
the heart of hii mother— Col, Trans., liv. 8. 

tRA, ) marks on the akin : freeklesi moles. 

IRAIRA, S warts, Sc. Cf. iroTnala, a speck In 
the eye. 3. A. birth-mark, 
Samoan— ila, a motber'a mark ; a mark in 
the skin 1 (b.) a defect; ilsila, spotted; to be 
tpotl«d. Cf. ihaaea, a diseaae of infants, 
Tabitian— ira, a mole or mark on the akitt. 
CI. irma, a stripe, streak, or lajer : flm. a 
mole or natural spot on the skin. Ha^vai- 
lan^la, and ilaa, a dark spot on the skin. 
Tongan— ila, a mark, a spot on the body ; 
ilaila, spotted, streaked. Marquesan— ia, 
a mark on the skin ; a stain or birth-mark on 
the skin. Mangarevan — ira, a skin disease : 
blaok spots on the akin. Paumotan— cf. 
Arira. a akin disease, an eruption. 

IRAMATA. a speck in the eye. Cf. ira. a fipot ; 
mala, tbe e;e. [For comparativeB, see lai, 
ftnd llui.] 

IRAHUTU {irhmutu). a nephew or niece: Ka 
Iinw i ioBti a TuhMTukuru It iramulii o liupe 
—P. M., «. 
Samoan— llaTnutu [i&imiiu). 

brother and sister are dead ; i,b.) a father's 
■Ut*T. Hawrailan — ot. iUimuku, an ofHcer 
vbose busineaa it was to enforce the orders of 
a chief OT jadge : ao executioner; a desCrojer. 
ToDigan— liamutu, a nephew, or nieoe : Bia 
loko tetagofubt bono ilamuiu ; Be bad thirt; 
nephewa. Uarijuesan- iamutu, a nephew. 

nieoe. Mangarevan— Iramutu, a nephew 

IRATUROTO(m;tb.J,»sonof Tora. He rescued 
his father, and Ined to recover him in bis last 
illness. fSce Tuai.] 

IRAWARU (m;th.). the father or tutelary deil; 
of all dog9. He was the hnsband of Hina. tiie 
stater of Maai. Irawaru and Maui went out 
fiiihing together; and Maui, being displeased 
with hia brDlher-in-lan. by enchantment 
turned him into a dog. On Hina qneslioning 
Maui as to the whereabouts ol her huaband, 
Uaui told her to call " Moi I Moi I" where- 
upon the poor dog ran ap. and Hina. learning 
the truth, threw herself bto the sea— P. M., 
32. The South Island version differs some- 
what. (See Wohl.. Trans., vii. 40.) Irnwara 
ia also called Oaa. and naa the father of Pero 
(dog). Hina as Owfl'a wife U named Ihiihi — 
A. H. M.. ii. 77. 86. 119, and i.. App.: A 
different version, M. 8., 115. 

3 hang, to be suspended : Ko ni 

P. M.. 48. Cf. moiri. BOapended over ; tairi, 
the place whers the sun " bangs" in tbe after- 
noon ; mere, to be suspended. S. To yearn 
after, long for: Taku manau-a ka irihia nei — 
A. H. M., ii. 3. B. To lift up. to keep lifted 
□p ; Uikilia, Tangaroa, ha I hapainga ha ! 
kiv iri ha /— M. S., 16B. 
Whaka-IRI, to bang np, suspend : O ko aga I'tri, 
*o irhakuiria ki runga ki It ahare. 2. The 
head of a slain enemy when dried and hung 
ap, or placed on a pole, as a mark of derision ; 
to hang up thus: Kia u-hakairia koe t rvnga o 
WaiiBltilu—S. T.. IB'2. 

Tahltian— iri, to lodge, or stick up, in a 
thing or place ; faa-iri, to cause a thing to be 
lodged or placed ; to use or put Up a board for 
any purpose. Hawaiian— ill, to strike, rub, 
or sotape on tbe groand ; aa a canoe to run 
aground: the stranding of a ship: IIi iko la 
ka haielana : The vessel stranded, (b.) To 
come upon one, as a hleasiug or a omrse; [c.) 
to fall to one, aa an inheritance : A Hi mai no 
in nil ifi keiki : It ijecome the heritage of the 
children. Hoo-ili, to cause one to inherit; |b.) 
to bring upon one, as evil ; (c.) to lade, as a 
beast of barden; hoo-ilirii, to collect, gather, 
as fruits ol barvett, tnel, &e. ; to lay up, to 
heap logelhar, Tongan— ili, what is reBer\ed 
or kept for reproduction ; faka-ili, seed. Pau- 
motan— iri, to be pat np in a place, to lodRe. 
Rarotongan— ri, to huig, to bang up : Kua 

The king said, ' Hang him np.' Eit. Poly, : 
Malay — of. I'ri, a rack, a manger. Java— 

IRilRI, to perform ceremonies over a new- bom 
obild : / alttia ai hei tuaha nto it tamaiti i It 
wa i iriiri ai— A. H. M., v. 66. (Hee also Tci, 
and ToTo.] Henoe : 2. To baptise, 
Tahilian — ef. uhiairi, a ceremony, per- 
formed when the naval string is cut. Ha- 
wailan — cf. I'li'i to lay upon one, to make 
responsible ; the descent of property from 
parents to children. 

[R1NQATAU, thenameof abird, tbe SUver-Eye 
(Orn. Zoittropi caruleaceiu). 

IRIRANGI, having a divine sonnd. 




IRO, a maggot, fly-blow ; a thread-worm : Iro te 
irOt homai kia Itmnga — Prov. : Kaputa nga iro 
Tutakahinahina ki reinga — Wohl., Trans., 
yii. 82. [See comparatives of Mmo, to rub.] 

Saxnoan — ilOj a worm or maggot in putrid 
flesh or ulcers : E liloia foi i laua i ilo ; The 
maggots shall cover them. Cf. fHo^ a thread. 
Tahitian— iro, a maggot, a worm. Cf. hiro^ 
to spin, twist ; airoiro^ small maggots ; small 
fibrous roots of plants. Ha^valian— ilo, a 
maggot, a worm : Ua paapu ko^u kino i ka ilo ; 
Hy flesh is covered with maggots. (6.) A worm 
consuming vegetables; (c.) worms of various 
kinds ; iloilo, wormy, full of worms. Tongan 
— cf. elOf putrid, stinking ; fiJojUo^ to twist, as 
a thread. Mangarevan — iro, maggots ; (6.) 
worms in the body, or in animals. CI hirot 
to twist ; trot, to roll about, to make contor- 
tions ; irokopapay worms in breadfruit paste. 
Ext. Poly.: Motu — of. uUmlo^ maggots. 
Fiji — cf. idouU), maggots. 

Whaka-IRO, to carve, to adorn with carving; 
carved, ornamented : Ko te tupuna tenei o te 
iwi mohio ki te whdkairo^ o Ngatikahungunu — 
G.-8., 29. [For origin of wood carving, see 
BuAPUPUKB.] The word is sometimes used for 
stone carving : Kohatu whakapakokOt kohatu 
whakairo, (Cf. iro, maggots, worms ; perhaps 
through some fanciful resemblance between 
carving and worm-eaten wood ?) 2. Tattooed : 
Te tohu Manaia i kitea ai^ ko tetahi wahi o 
te ringa, he mea whakairo — P. M., 94. 

Whaka-IROIRO, to carve; carved. 2. Varie- 
gated ; striped with colours. 3. To deal 
crookedly, to deceive. Cf. whhiro^ to be dimly 
seen ; imperfectly understood. 
Samoan—fa'a-ilo, to make known, to show; 
fa'a-iloga, a mark, a sign ; to mark, distinguish. 
HaTvaiian— hoo-iloilo, and hoiloiio, to pre- 
dict, to guess, to tell beforehand. Cf. hoilo^ 
wintry, the winter months. Tongan — iro, 
knowledge, understanding ; to know ; to find ; 
to discern; iloga, asign, mark; iloilo, prudent, 
to act prudently ; faka-iio, to discover, reveal ; 
to promise; faka-iloilo, to distinguish; to 
know; to call to mind; faka-iloga, a sign, a 
mark, a proof; to signify. Cf. ihohele^ cun- 
ning, as a bird that knows the snare ; tatro, to 
mark, to point out, to select ; tairoiroy a sooth- 
sayer; to foretell. Mangarevan — aka- 
iroga, a mark, a sign, to mark ; (6.) a small 
man. Mangaian — cf. tatro, to mark, to take 
notice. Ani^van— iro, to know; faka-iro, to 
teach : Tomotua kei fakairo ; Able to teach. 
Paumotan^faka-iro, to aim at a mark; (&.) 
to domineer, to subdue. Cf. tairo^ to mark, to 
stamp. Moriori— hoko-airo, to carve. 

ITA, tight, fast, secure. Cf. kita, tightly, fast ; 
ngita^ firm, secure. [For comparatives, see 


Whaka-ITA, to hold fast, to restrain. For com- 
paratives, see EiTA.] 

ITAU, a girdle for the waist. Cf. hitau^ a small 
waist-mat ; whitaUy the prepared fibre of flax 
(¥hormium) ; fan, the string of a garment. 

ITA U PA, an interjection expressing ** There, you 
see I" or "Very well, then." 

ITI, ] small : / rite ahau ki ia manuy ki ia 

n))l\,) mana — maim iti—manu rahi—V, M*, 

21. Cf, meroitif small; maitiitiy a youth, a 

jrooDg mAD; whdtitif narrow; Autti, narrow; 

rikiy small [see Tongan] ; tamaitiy a child ; 
potikiy a child [see Tf^tian and BiarquesanJ . 

Whaka-ITI, to abase, to humiliate. 

Samoan — itiiti, small, httle : Ua lagona ai 
foi o^u taliga nai mea itiiti ; My ear heard of 
small things. Fa*a-itiiti, to make smaller, to 
diminish ; to abridge. Cf. to^aitiitiy few per- 
sons ; laitiitiy small. Tahitian — iti, snoall, 
little : E iti d teruiy o tau tane, i ravehia e oe 
na f Is it a small thing that you have taken 
away my husband? (&.j Slender; itiiti, veiy 
little ; diminished ; faa-iti, to reduce, to dimi- 
nish in size ; to lessen in rank or influence ; 
faa-itiiti. to diminish by little and Uttle, to 
reduce by degrees. Cf. oitiy a small, con- 
tracted passage ; a small place, a little comer ; 
paitiy to ga^er small things; potiti, small, 
diminutive; puitiy small. Ha^vaiian — iki, 
small, diminutive ; a Uttle: E unu iki aepaha 
ka pono; To help a little perhaps will be welL 
(6.) Not at all ; (c.) nearly : Ike iki lakou ia 
ia e pai wale mai ana no iluna o ka ilikai ; He 
just saw him rising above the surface of the 
sea. Iki iki, confinedness. straitneas, want of 
room ; lb.) severe pain ; panting for breath ; 
strangulation ; (c.) dose and hot, as the con- 
fined air of a crowded room ; {d.) tight, as a 
bandage ; hoo-iki, to make small ; spare ; to 
hold back. Cf. haikiy narrow; pinched for 
room ; suffering from want of food ; desolate ; 
to be bereaved ; keikiy a child, a descendant ; 
the young of animals. Tongan — iki, small 
(not the regular letter-change, as in Hawai- 
ian) ; faka-ikiiki, to cut into small pieces. Cf. 
ikimoay to tear in pieces ; oneiki, fine sand ; 
jiiy small, little ; tamajiiy a little boy. Mar- 
quesan — iti, little ; a few. Cf. poitiy a little 
boy. Mangarevan — iti, small ; a little : E 
ora koe i te tagata iti t Will you be saved by a 
small man? Aka-iti, to diminish; aka-itiiti, 
to make very small. Cf. attt, narrow, strait ; 
kikiy children, little ones; kui-itiy an aunt 
('* little mother") ; teitiy a child, infant ; the 
pupil of the eye, place of vision (as in English, 
"Hooking babies in her eyes"?); teitiitiy a 
new-bom child. Anivran — cf. »m, small. 
(Cf. the Tongan jiiy small.) Rarotongan— 
iti, small : E riri iti oki toku; I was a little 
displeased. Cf. meangitiy small. Ext. Poly. : 
Aneityum — cf. isjisjiy light rain. The foi- 
lowing words mean " small " :— Malagasy, 
kitikia; Eddystone Island, itiki; Ma- 
lay, chi; Bouton, kidikidi ; Ternate, 
ichiichi; 'Wahal, kiiti; Bajan, didiki; 
Neiv Britain, ik; Lepers' Island, biti; 
Fate, kiki ; San Cristoval, (Fagani,) 

ITIITI (myth.), a sister of Kupe. She went with 
others of Tinirau's people to the capture of 
Eae. Itiiti might be a name of Hina, (Maui 
and Bupe having no other sister that we know 
of,) but Hina's name, as Hine-i-te-iwaiwa, is 
mentioned as that of one of the same party — 
P. M., 67 ; A. H. M., i. 85. [See Kae.] 

ITO, an object of revenge : Ka huihui mai nga 
iwi ki te matakitaki ta ratou ito — P. M., 152. 
Cf. utOy revenge; object of revenge; utu, 
satisfaction for injuries received. 
Tahitian— cf. itOy to be watchful, active ; 
itoitOy stimulating, arousing ; atto, mis- 
chievous, fierce, warlike; faa^ito, to make 
equaX to a moasvu^. 




IWA, nine : Na ka taUu ana it aakint ra, ka 
tat U U iaa—P. M., Gl ; also jwha (South 
IiUnd): HiH kawbaru.hiki hiiurha—'Kohi., 
Trma., Tii. «. 
Samoan — iva, nine: Ua uma maiinaeiva 
na ato t lud/ulu : At the end □( nine mauthB 
mi Iwenlj daja, Tahltlan — iva, niap. 
Also tiva, DJne, ia cooDling : E hopoi no na 
spu t iva ; To give to the nine tribes. Aivaiva, 
grekt in qoBiiiii}>, ftbnndaiit. Hawaiian — 
iwa, nine. AIbo aiwa, and eiwa : Aa}iea la na 
nta eiiea t Where ate the nine? Tongao— 
hivB, nine: Bea kf nofo at vahe e 'lii'a U he 
jaahi kola kehe ; And nine parts to dwell in 
other towni. Cf. hivagofulu, nioetj ; hira- 
§tau, aiae bandied, Harotongao— iva, 
nine ; Kare aina aia e vaoo i te iva ngauru t 
'\xa ant / Doe» he not leave the ninetj and 
nine? Uangarevan— iva, nine. Ani- 
wan— [va, nine (ica mo luo, by oinesj; 
rite-ivB, ninth. Futuna— iva, nine. Eit. 
Polj. : The following words mean " nine " : — 
Fiji, eiiea ((«»a) ; (ci'ica-siifn/Hiu. ninety); 
Ualagasy, tivy -, Sulu, liam ; Slkayana, 
fiiro; Lampong, tiwah ; Manie, tua ; 
Uagindano, liaou : Pampong, lium ; 
Tagal, liyaiHi Cajell, nura; Maasa- 

ratty, cAi'a ,- Amblawr, aitra; Amboyna, 
liwa; Saparua, tiwa; Ceram (four dia- 
lectal, i iva : Gah, (ia; Wahal. lia; Teor, 
liner; My sol, (i. 
IWI,abone: ilawtake hoki nsa iici o to raua 
papa — P. H., 60. Cf. ioiai, a skeleton; 
vhdAaJbtwi, to look aside [sea Tongan and 
SuQOWl] ; itcikart, wilhont strength. 3. A 
tribe : Ko ia le Tangaiira o tera lai o IVaitaha 
-P. M., U3. 
Samoan-'ivr, a bone; .V-i Iflfmt.-iioo-- 
"in uma ; Which made all m; bones ehtke. 
(b.) A portion of the back of a cooked pig ; (c.) 
tbe keel of a canoe ; (d.) bonj, appUed to the 
eje vben covered with a film ; 'i'ivi, bonj. 
Ct. fvi-auof, the jaw.bone ; 'ivi'aio'aio, tbe 
hbti 'ivi'ivitna'a'a, etrong, hard - boned ; 'ivi- 
fala/ata, the hreaat-bone ; 'ivifof, the ahoalder- 
blade; 'ivitu, the spina; gaughivi, a joint; 
taaiivi, the back -bone ; a chain of moantaina ; 
Ouinrieac, the ahin. Tahltlan — Ivi, a bone 
of anf eort : Eiaha roa hoi to hoe ivi ia/ati ia 
eutou; Neither shall yoa break a bone of it. 
(b.) A widow : £ rin> la oulou ntau vahine ei 
ivi ; Yonr wives shall be widows, (e.) One 
who lalla in battle ; (d.) a place ol ghoats. in 
or abont the monnt Hehiui, in Baiatea. Haa- 
Ivi, to pretend to be a widow. Cf. iritiaio. tbe 
■pine of an; animal ; iuifuainoo, the apine ; 
tuatvi, the elope ol a mountain ridge. Raro- 
toogaii — ivi, a bone : £ kua akaki i to ratmt 

aa Ttgai to ki te ici tangata ; Ue tilled tneir 
places with the bones of men. {b.) A tribe. 
CL (uaict, a hill. Morlofi— imi, ft bone. 
Futuna— ivi, ft bone. MaDgarevan— ivi, 
a bone : {b.) a Qsb-boDe ; (c) a family ; {i.) a 
genealoK? ; {e.) a parent, relative ; (/.) a amall 
hill. Cf. (vilua, the backbone; iviluapa, 
robust; iviluapu, bunch-backed; iri tail, the 
neck- bone ; koivi, a bone; tfao human skele- 
ton, Ha-waiian— Iwi, a bone; HoUhole iko 
la laloa I na iiei o Lam : The; akinoe;! the 
booes of Bongo (Captain Cook), (b.) The 
midrib of a leaf; (e.) tbe aide of an npland 
hill of kalo {tan) ; {d.) a cocoaoat shell ; the 
rind o( BUgar-cane ; (e-) boundary stones; {/.) 
any bard, broken material : (g.) (Fig.) near 
kindred ; jwllwi, poor in Sesb, thin (" bony"). 
CI. iaialalo, the nnder jawbone ; iiDia, the 
jawbone; iicikaiuika, a human bone; iaxkua- 
tnoo, the backbone; tbe bones of the back; 
iwipona, a joint. Tongan— C(. iri, the edge 
of a plank or board ; iviivi. the edges or 
cometii of wood, as of a square log ; strong, 
as one whose veins appear large and full; 
kivi, snnk, applied to the eyes ; blind {cf. 
Samoan 'ivi]. Marquesan — ivi, a bone; 
Te iri a ke mai una te tai o Uavaii ; Stretch 
tbf bonea bitbei, over the sea of HawaikL 
(6.) Tbin, emaciated : Iviivi kae, You are very 
thui. CI. koiri, tbe body; female; a sow; 
puivi. thin, nothing but bonea. Ext. Poly. : 
Slltayana — ct. iwi, a bone; Solocaon 
lalancls— cf. eaa, a wife. 

1W1KAU, extreme leanness. Cf. iieikore, veak ; 
iicinpohe, inSrm. [Foi comparatives, see Iwi, 
and Eao, only.] 

IWIKORE, weak, without atrengtb. Ct. imi, a 
booe; kore, without; iwituu, lean; iicingoke, 
ia&tm. [For comparatives, see Iwi, and 


IWINQOHE, infirm. Cf. iici. a bone; ngohx- 
vgiihf, tlufciil ; iirilmrc. ncuk. \ For compara- 
tives, see Iwi, and Nooeknoohe.] 

IWIPUPU (myth,), the wife of Tamatea-Pokai- 
whenua. She waa mother of EabungODU. — 
A, H. M., iii. 78. 

IWITUARARO, the spine. Cf. i»>. a bone ; tua, 
behind ; luara, tbe back ; ttcituaroa, the 
backbone. [For comparativea, see Iwi, and 

IW1TUAR0A, tbe apine : Takahia ana e Maui te 
iaituaroa—F. M., 28. Ct. iwi, a bone ; tua, 
behind ; (uura, the back ; itcicuararo, tbe 
spine. [For oomporatives, see Iwi, Tui, 
and Boa,] 

tchenua, land. [For comparatives, see Im, 
and Wbxhd*.] 
IWHA.nins. [Sse Iwi.] 



■ K^ on inDeptive putiole. It is used to denote 
' one action ebuiguig to imotbei, oi the 
commeDOemeDt ol snothei o<icun'eiioe : Ka 
pahun atu ki tBako to rotdu teluua, ka miininj;a 
ake iaua naahta Ta, ka titiro ala i tt haltata- 
tanga o tt vhaHteka—F. H., 16. 2. (At th« 
begituimg ot a, wDteiioe) WhsD, bb soon aa : 
Ka mutu It miAaro a ona hoa hi a ia, ka tonoa 
atu ia kia haert atu kia rapu t a raua— F. U., 
Samaan — a, when : Peae nofo i loa fait ; 
When jou sit in yonr house, (b.) A lign ol 
the future tense, when near at hand ; (c.) a 
Bign of the dual and plunl before the pro- 
nouns; % bat; (6.) if. Hawaiian ^ a, 
when: A ia ouhm t at at, a t tnu ai hoi; 
When 70D ate, and when jou drank, {b.) 
Then; (c.) there; (d.) until; {e.) and then. 
Tongan— of. ka, but, if, for, althoogh, not- 
withstuidiDg, neTerthelses. Marquesan — 
of. ka, a mark of the optative and imperative. 
Mangarevan — cf. ka, a particle signifying 
the aubjunotive or impenitiva mood of a 
Terb : placed before a verb, following the 
particle ai, signififis the future tense ; plaoed 
before a numeral, givei an ordinal valne, ai 
iafat.first; ianu, semnd. Eit-Pol;.: Fiji — 
of. iba, a sign ot the patt tense ; sometimee of 
the fatiire. Malay — cf. ka, to, after, Ao., 
moch used u a prefix ; kalima, fifth. Mala- 
gasy— ct. ka, that, so that, so as, bnt, not- 
KA, plural article. South Island dialect for n^a 
Otira he nui ke ata ka korero a ka tangata — 

A. H. M., i. 17, [See Noi.] 

KA {ki). to bOTQ, to be lighted, to take fire : Ka 
tahmia te ahi, ka ka — P. M.,lfi. Pass, kangio. 
C[. pakAkii, hot; kanaku, fire; kirahu. an 
oven ; p>ikiiti, hot ; pikil^, saorched, 

KAKA(bitd), red-hot. 

Samoan— 'a'aaa, to be glowing hot; (b.) 
(Fig.) to be ardent ; fa'a-'a'asa, to make red- 
hot; fa'a-'asa'asa, to be nasty, hot-tempered, 
hasty. Tabltian— a,thestata of oomboition 
or burning well ; to be in a burning state ; [b.) 
prepared, as food by roasting, boiling, baking, 
Ac. ; aa, to be done, or overdone, as oooked 
food 1 (b.) to be in a state ol burning fleroely ; 
to be burning, as a pluraUty of fires ; faa-aa, 
to kindle fire, to make it bum well ; (6.) to 
oaose food to be well-cooked ; (c.) to tease, or 
provoke to anger. Cf. aama, to be burning 
brightly and vehemently, as a large fire ; bright, 
ahuiing dear, aa a lamp or fire ; ahi, fire. 
Hawaiian— a, to bnrn, aa a fire; to blaze, 
aa a fiame ; fiery, baming ; Va a mai kt ahi 
ma ka waha ; The fire burned in their mouths. 
ib.) To born, as jeoloosy or anger: E a anti 
kou lili me he ahi ia I WUl your jealouey bum 
like fire 7 Aa, to bum fieroelj or forioualy. as 
fire ; {b.) to bum oonatantly ; (e.) to he bold, to 
dare; (d.) to challenge; («.) to ventore; (/.) 
to accept a ohalleoge ; to act presnapluoaelj ; 
(0.) spiteful, quiok ; angry ; roguish, mil- 
ohievous ; hoo-aa, to light, as a lamp ; to 
kindJe, aa a Hre; to bom, aa anger. CL 

aaioio, red-hot; aakaka, the olwu burning ol 

the heavenly bodiei on a fine night ; aM, fire. 
Tongan — kakaha, hot, Gei; , painful ; faha- 
kakaha, to make very hot. Raratongan — 
ka, to bum : E ka mlou i U ai; They shall 
bum in the fire. Uarquesan — ol. kaata, 
reddish, fire-oolonred. Mangarevan — ka, 
to kindle ; {b.) to sing, said of a cook cnnng 
at dawn ; aka-kiL to kindle ; dry wood. lor 
kindling fire ; kaka, yellow ; red ; vermiUion, 
bright red. Ct kakarata, oahre, yellow eArth 
burnt to redaess (ol. Tohitian araea, red 
earth). Paumotan— kakaia, sparkling. Cf. 
kavm and kanapanapa, to shine, glitter ; kana- 
kana, to ahine hri^^tly ; kama, to re-kindle; 
hoka-kama, to pnt fire to ; kaniga, fire. 
Futuna— ka, to kindle 1 kaka [kakA], bril- 
liant. Eit. Poly.; Uotu — cf. Jtakakaka, 
red; any bright oolonr. Aneltyum — of. 
ociu, to bom; hot, bnming; cat, to bnrn; 
pungent. FIJI — of. kakana, burnt (of a 
person's body) ; kataa, bnmt. Sulu — ot. kayu, 
fire. SilODg---oL kaiat, heat, to bnm. 

KAE (myth.), the name of a magioian, who, after 
borrowing Tutunni, the pel whale of Tinimn 
the Lord of Fishes, mahaioosly killed it, and 
then with his tribe feasted on the body. In 
revenge for this, Tiniran sent a party ol ' 
women, who, by their dances and a tnagio 
song, lulled Eoe to sleep, and then oairied 
Vi m off to Tinirau's house. On Eaa's waking 
from his enchanted alumber, Tiniran tannted 
bim with his treaohery, and then slew him. 
(P. M., 56 ; S. T., 66.) Uomateawho, the 
Ood of Whale*, was very angry with Kae for 
the death ot Tuttmni. IG.-8, 29.) A Sonthem 
version, given by Wohlers, diSera mnoh in 
detail. According to this aooount, Tiniran, 
' 1 on Tatunoi, met Eae, who was in a 
Eae borrowed Tntanni, and Tiniran 
his way in search ol Hiue-te-iwaiwa, 
borrowing a large naoCilus as hii steed from 
his friend Tantini. It was by the imell of the 
south wind that Tiniran knew that bis whale 
was being roasted, ta thia aoooont the sleep 
incantation is given. The Somoan veivion 
differs, inasmuch as Ae (Eae) was a Tongan, 
who attached himself to the Bamoan chief, 
Tinilau, whose journeys were made on the 
backs ol two tnrtles. Tinilau knew ot the 
death ot his pets by the coming ot a bloody 
wave. He oalled a meeting ot all the avenging 
gods, who, assembling, went to Ac's bouM, 
found him asleep, pioked him up, and laid 
hi f in Che house of Tinilau. Ae, not knowing 
that he was in Tinilaii's house, began talking 
about "the pig, my master" ; he waa at onoe 
killed, cooked, and eaten. A point ot interest 
in the New Zealand story ia that Eae's house 
is said to be of a shape which is either Samoan 
or Uelaneeian. Kae was known to the women 
by the gap in his front teeth (henoe the pro- 
verb, " Ka kata STo*."— P. M., 891; so also 
Poporokewa was known (P. M,, S5); and the 
deaoendants of Poporokewa are said to have 
eaten the whale (F, M., 61 ; see also A. H. M., 
iL 129, 131, 1S9, ific Also wc may compare 
Qie Uu^jUB^ui ^ah, akarkae, to have pun 




in the moath from having eaten unwholesome 

fish). Both Tiniran and Eae are mentioned 

in an old Mangaian song, called Karaponga*8 

dirge in honoor of Bora : — 

* Tema oa U toH paehaeka a TiniroM, 
TemMa i U naigi U upoko o Kae.** 

"This is the axe greatly ooTeted byTiniraa, 
Now uplifted against the head of &ae." 

KAEA, to wander. Cf . kaewaf wandering ; aewa^ 

to wander ; maewat to wandei. 

Ha^iraiian — ^aea^ to wander from a place ; 

wandering ; a wanderer, a vagabond : A e aea 

ana ha cukou poe keiki ; Yonr children shall 

wander, (d.) To go astray morally; (c.) to 

lonove, or be removed ; ho-aea, to pretend to 

wander. Cf. hokuaea, (= M. wJietu-kaeaf) a 

planet ; kuea^ a wanderer ; kueway to wander 

aboat, to be unstable, a vagabond. Tahitian 

-eL oeo, the concave part of a crooked piece 

of timber ; faa-aea, to make a curve. Tongan 

— cL kaea, to deride, mock (as at an outcast ?). 

KAEAEA, the Sparrow-hawk ; also kaiaia (kaiaih) 
(Om. Hieracidea nova-zelandne) : Ka puta aiu 
a Tamure ki vaho, ka kite aia i te kaeaea — 
A. H. M., iv. 90. 2. A simpleton. Cf . kaea^ 
to wander. 

KAEAEA, to act like a hawk ; to look rapaciously. 
Cf. kaiaiitf a sparrow-hawk ; kaih^ to steal. 
Mang^arevan^^. kaevaeva, the name of a 
bird. Tongan — of. kaxhaa, to steal. Mar- 
quesan— cf. ktuva, used in the phrase, A 
kno i U tova kaeva^ to make war for the sake 
of getting victims. [See also comparatives of 

KAEO, the name of a freshwater shell-fish : Me 
te kaeo, me te kiripaka—'P, M., 157. 2. A 
boIbouB- rooted seaweed. 

KAEHO (myth.), a chief of pre-diluvian times — 
A. H. M., L 169. 

KAEWA, wandering. Cf. kctea, to wander ; oeira, 
to wander; maewa, to wander. 2. Loose, 
ilaek. 3. Detached. [For comparatives, see 


KAHA, strong : He iangata kaha tenei ki te wha- 
wkai — G.-8, 30. Cf. fta/ia, a rope [see the 
Samoan]. 2. Loud, strong-voiced: Kihai i 
kaha te ngunguru—F. M., 173. 

Wbaka-KAHA, to strengthen : Kia mahara ki a 
OMj whakahangia hoki ahau — Whak., xvi. 28. 
Samoan— 'afa^ to be fit, proper ; (6.) to be 
fit lor making smnet; of cocoanuts, neither 
too old nor too young ; (c.) to be fit only for 
plaiting sinnet; {d.) sinnet, the cord plaited 
from cocoanut bark; ^afa'afa, strong, robust 
(applied to men). Tongan— kakafa, large, 
growing (applied to animals). Marquesan 
— cL kaha^ the power of life and death given 
to the priests; keha^ force, vigour. Tahi- 
tian — ahaaha, rapidity, swiftness to pursue, 
as a warrior his enemy. Cf. ahavai^ sinnet 
made strong by steeping in the mire of a bog ; 
(fig.) a strong, active person. [This word is 
probably allied to the next : see comparatives 
of next word, Eaha.] 

KAHA, a rope, especially on the edge of a seine 
net: Kia vhakarahia tekaha kirunga—F. M., 
140. 2. The lashings of the attached sides 
(maaiffa) of a canoe : Katahi ratou ka tahuri 
a t€ tapatapahi i nga kaha o nga waka — 
P. H., 166. 8. The houndary-liBe of Und, iko. j 

4. A net, a snare : Me ta kite kaha— Woh[,t 
Trans., vii. 35 : Hei taehe mana, ara hei kaha 
— MSS. 5. A line of ancestry ; lineage. 

Samoan —*afa, sinnet, the cord plaited from 
the fibre of the cocoanut husk, largely used 
instead of nails for house and boat-building ; 
(b.) to be fit, proper ; (c.) to be fit for making 
sinnet ; (d.) to be fit only for making sinnet. 
Cf. afaj the mesh-stick used in making nets ; 
*afa*afaif to wind sinnet round the handle of 
a weapon to prevent it slipping; *a/a*i'o, a 
hank of sinnet ; ^afauto, the rope along the 
top of a fishing net ; *afailaugtUu, to draw 
people with words, as with a string ; *afapala, 
sinnet stained black by steeping it in the black 
mud of a swamp ; *afata*ait a roll of sinnet ; 
ala^afa^ the mark made by sinnet when tied 
round the body. Tahitian — aha, sinnet 
made out of cocoanut husk ; (6.) the first of 
the enemy slain in battle (a piece of aha was 
tied to the body) ; ahaaha, rapidity, swiftness 
to pursue, as a warrior his enemy; neat, 
smart, of good carriage. Cf. aa, the fibrous 
substance that grows on the cocoanut tree; 
ahatainat tough ; ahatatai^ the sinnet fasten- 
ing the barbs at the end of a fish-spear ; 
ahavai, black sinnet, made strong and coloured 
in the mire of some bog ; (fig.) a strong, hardy, 
and active person ; araaha^ part of a canoe, 
sewn together with sinnet ; tuta/ki, to devote 
to the service of some god by marking with 
aha (sinnet). Hawaiian — aha, a cord 
braided from the husk of the cocoanut : He 
att, he koit he aha^ he pale ; A handle, an axe, 
a cord, a sheath. (6.) A cord braided from 
human hair ; (c.) strings made from the intes- 
tines of animals; Id.) the name of a small 
piece of wood around which was wound a piece 
of kapa (tapaj native cloth), and held in the 
hand of tne priest whilst offering sacrifice ; (e.) 
the name of a certain prayer of great power 
and efficacy, supposed to be so sacred as to 
hold the kingdom together as with a cord ; 
hoo-aha, to make or braid together the strings 
for a calabash ; to tie up a calabash. Cf. 
ahamaka^ a piece of doth fastened between 
two posts, and swinging between ; a brave 
man, skilled in war. Mangaian — kaa, string 
made of cocoanut fibre. Tongan— kafa, the 
cordage made from the fibres of the cocoanut 
husk ; faka-kafa, to supply kafa for any work ; 
to make a collar for a dog with kafa^ &g. Cf. 
Aa/at, to bind, to wrap up with kafa ; kafaga, 
a kind of strop for keeping the feet together in 
climbing ; kafakafai, to make nets of kafa 
round anything fragile ; kafaki^ to climb, to 
ascend; motukafa^ to break away from res- 
traint. Marquesan — cf. keikaha^ the bark 
of the cocoanut. Mangarevan — kaha, a 
plait of cocoanut thread : Eki kaha, motu 
hoki ; With a rope of kaha, broken also. Cf. 
natikahtty to strangle with a cord of cocoanut 
fibre (as a religious ceremony) ; purukakay a 
filament of cocoanut. Ext. Poly.: Fiji— cf. 
kava, a roll of sinnet. 

KANAKA (kahaka), a calabash. 

KAHAKAHA, a kind of garment : He kahakaha 
ona kakahu—F. M., 131. 2. The name of a 
plant (Bot. Astelia cunninghami), 

KAHAKI, to carry off by ioxce: KaHaki tofnu oita 
t a Bona, te rakau^ me tana taKa toai — ^.lA.^ 



167. 2. The strap by wbicli to fasten a load 
on one'a baclt. 3. A master ; the owner of a 
slave. [See Kawbiki.] 

KAHAKORE, weak, Btrengtbleas : Ekoreetaeae 
K langata hihakore—V. M., 17. Cf. kalia, 
strong; koTi, not; witboat. [For oompara- 
tives, see Kuii, and Kens.] 

KAHARARO, tbe rope on tbe lower edge of a 
Beine net. Cf. kaha. a rope ; raro, under, be- 
neatb. [For comparatives, see Eaha, and 


KAHAROA, a larRe aeine or drag net. Cf. kaha, 

a rope, especially on llie edge of a seine ; roa. 

long. [For comparatives, sea KiHi aud Roa.] 
KAHARUNOA, the rope on the upper edge of a 

aeine. CI. haha, B rope ; runfja, above. [For 
comparatives, see Kaha, and Bunoa.] 
KAHAWAI, the name of a fish (loh. Jmpi< 

mlai): To hahatcai tigak mii, aroaro tahvH 


KAHEKO, taslip. 

KAHENO, untied. Cf. mahmo, to be untied; 
faheio, to became untied. 

KAHEREHERE, forest (South Island forn^a/Mrt) : 
Ha ratta i rers noa atu ki U kakertkere — 
A. H. M., i. 31. 

KAHERU (lAkeru), tt spade or other instrament 
(or working the soil : Ka laraia he kakem, ha 
Tonga he kelt—F. M., 11. Cf. Actu, a comb ; 
a fisb'Spear. 

KAHI, a wedge. Cf. makahi, a wedge; malaka>ii, 
a wedge. 2. ilembruiuviriU, 3. Ancient. Cf. 
kahika, ancient. 

KAHIA (liahia), tbe name of a plant (Bot. PatH- 
Jlora tetandTa). 2. Tbe image of a hnman 
Sgnre carved out of a pa fence. 

KAHIKA, ancient, the ancients : He ivi kolahi tt 
Maori i U teheTtua i tnaunu mat ai i ngn m o 
nga kahika— a.-S. 17. Cf. kithi. ancient. 
2. A chief of high rank. [See Kaoah.] 

KAHIKA fkahika), \ the name of a tree, 

KAHIKATEA (kah\katta].j the Whit« Pine (Bol. 
Podoearput daerydioidei). The frait ii called 
koroi. Kia kite ka-u atu i tf icao kahikatra ki 
Tapapaki—0. P., 171 : He koronsa naliaka ki 
lae au ki nga urn iahtka—^iSS. (Myth.) Tbe 
mother or tatelary goddeaa of this tree was 

KAHIKATOA (inWiaioo), thenaraeot atrec(Bot. 
Leplotp'rmiini tcoparium] ; A'u le kiibikalaa, 
hri vhare mo Kahukura, i tnam ai a Kahu- 
turo— Ika. 117. (Myth.) Tbe mother or tute- 
lary goddess of tbia tree was Huri-mai-te.ata. 

KAHIKOMAKO, (or Kaikhmako.) the name of a 
tree (Hot. I'ennantia CDnjiahoiaj. 

KAHITUA, the name of a shellfish. 

KAHIWI, tbe ridge of a hill. Cf. /ii'icf, the ridge 

of a hill. [For comparatives, see Hm:.J 
KAKO, the name of a plant (Bot. Linum monu- 

kakaho, reed-grass; kahotea, rooflesa; kaokao, 
the ribs. 
Samoan— 'aso, tbe small rods or rafters in 
the roof of a native house. Cf. 'atomoamoa, 
tbe 'Qio neit the ridge-pole. Ha-walian — 
aho, tbe name of tbe small atlcka used in 
building. Tahiti an^abo, the rafter of a 
houBC. Tongan — kaho, the teed ; (6.) an 
arrow; [c.) the ribs or lines in any work; 
faka-kaho, to rib. or divide by lines ; faka- 
kahokaho, broad, deep lines or riba. Cf. kahoa, 
to tie or hang round the neck ; a necklsoe ; 
taffakaha, a qaiver, the bamboo for holding 
arrows. Marquesan— kaho, a croBs-piece 
of wood which binds the rafters of a house. 
Mangarevan— kaho, the rafters of a hoase : 
kabokaho, long, veil-made fingers ; (b.) augar- 
caue ; kao, a rafter. Cf. kaokort, a rafter ; 
tmlikao, a finger. Uangaian— kao, small 
rafters of a honse: E mat. e tt kao noou le art : 
Ob, smaller raft«rg of the house, sleep onl 
Ext. Poly. : Aneltyuoi — of. nelcau, a rafter. 
Fiji— cf. koto, the cross beams to which the 
deck ot a canoe is fastened. Malagasy^L 
kakato. a piece ot wood; a tree. Kayan— 
ef. kaio, a rafter. Sulu — cf. katau, a rafter. 
Malay— cf. kiuau, a rafter. 

KAHORE(i:aftor;),no: not; none; also kaore; 
A ka mea mai ia-Kahort I'— Hob.. ». 4. Cf. 
hare, not; ahort, no, not; kore, not. S. On 
the contrary. 

Whaka-KAKORE.todeny; toreloBe: Kawhaka- 
kakore tona papa—Ken., ilviiL 19. 

Tahltlan— aore, no. not; none: Aort ra Cr 
hoe i hio nuU i muri ; Hone shall look back. 
Hawaiian— aole, not; no; an universsJ ne- 
gative. Also found as aohe, ohe, ole, and aoe : 
Hookabi no makamaka, o oc no. aole o hai ; 
One only frieed, thou art he, there is no other. 
{b.) To deny, to ref ose to do a thing ; (r.) cot 
to be ; no existence. Mangaian— cf. Aare, 
no, not ; aorf, not, nothing. Marquesan- 
cf. kakd. not. not at all [kakori) ; aot, not. 
no. Mangarevan — cf. kakore, no. 

KAHOTEA, having no covering on the roof. C(. 
kaho, a rafter ; tta, white ; alea. dear. [For 
comparatives, see EiBo, and Tsa.] 

KAH U (myth.), a chief sent to attack WhakaUu, 
when the latter attempted to bum Te Tihi.o- 
Manono [aee WBiiuiin] . The story is very 
dim, and there is a play upon the names of 
Kahu (hawk,) and Raiaia (spsrrowbawk). These 
chiefs ficw, and wei« caught with nooaea— 
8. T., 69. 

KAHU (kahu), a hawk, the Harrier (Oni. Circui I 
gouldii) : Whakapula ki te tora ka iak'. ti 
kahu—k. H. M., iv. 16. 3. A boy's kite. 
(Myth.) On bis kite Tawhaki ascended to hea- I 
ven— A. H. M., 1. 129. The hawk was a god 
of file, and a ohild ot Mahuika, the Gra god- 1 
deas— A. H. M., ii. 71. 

Whaka-KAHU, to take the shape of a hawkr Na, 
pco ana mai a J/aui. kua ichakakahit — Wohl., 
Trans., vii. M. 

Ext. I'oly. : Malagasy — cf. papan^o, a kite 
(hawk) ; papangobaio, a paper kite. 

KAHU, the surface : Te kahu-o-te-raagi, the blue 
sky ; also labaraki, blue sky— A. H. M., i. 30. 
Probably heaven or sky personified, in the 
allusion, E Kahu i te ranni, tena to iramata — 
G. P., 153. 3. A gannent : WhUikia tou kahv 




i Uata ka tehanaki-M. M., 178. C(. kaha- 
Imci, ft nut covered with kiwi's fefttfasra ; 
kakuOtuko, ft mat with ornamentftl border. 
8- Aeorenug: Sa huna alu i nga kakahu a 
TowftaJbi— P. M., 60. Cf. ahu, to heap np. 
KAKAHU (itditaAu), ft mat made of fine Sax; (b.) 
to pot on, Bs a earmaot : Ka nolio ki raro, 
ifl*oftuaJior«t-P. M.. 41. 
Whaka-KAXAHU, to dotbe : Ka KlutkakakahnHa 
a ilaa ki nga htkahu pai— A. H. H., i. 11. 
Samoaa — 'afo, a wrapper of liapo (nativa 
doth made trom the bark of the paper mo], 
berry), naed aa a sheet ; to wrap tip in the 'a/u ; 
R'ani, to wrap up in a sheet ; 'afu'afu, the 
periimieam; (i.) the hymen; (c.) a true bro- 
tha. Cf. afuloto, bedclothes oaed under the 
taJMMi (moBqoito onrtaiD). Tahltian- 
fthu,eIot]i and ganuentB of all deacriptiom . 
£ ahu Jkot i U oAu i ; Chaoge jour garmenU. 
Aahu, a pie«e of oloth ; cloth in general ; faa- 
ahu, to olotba, to pat on otolhes : £ faaabu 
tauia'na t tt ahu no oe ; I will olotbe him 
with 7011T gannent. Ct. ahupara, a Rood sort 
dI native oloth ; ahuapi, elotb doubled and 
paatad together ; ahuuiumau. a garment con- 
Hautlj worn ; ahupau. an inlerior kind o( 
clot}) ; akuta'i, preaeots ol cloth, &is., given to 
ehiifi and other lititors : presents also given 
on the death or foneral of a person ; taaku, U 
attire, to dr«s8. Hawaliaa—ahu, a fini 
mat ; (i.) to oover one with a oloak, to clothe 
{e.) to gather or eolleot together ; (d.) to laj 
Dp, ai in a etore-bouse ; aahu, an ootaide 
(BimeDt; a cloak, robe : Ec pu neii ka aahu; 
He ie patting on his clothing, (b.) The bark 
of the mulberry soaked in water, for making 
lapa (native cloth); (<,) armour; (d.) to put 
on clotbea: Ua aahuia i ka aahv mamo; He 
vat clothed in a yellow robe. Ct. ahmla, a 
nd-featheied cloak, worn by kings and high 
ebieb; aahaapoo, aoovering for the head, a 
datmce ; aahukapji, a conBecrsted garment. 
Tongao— kafu, and kafukafu, to cover, to 
wrap one in. lo sleep ; a coverlet ; anything 
with which one covers himself to sleep in ; {b.) 
the inner skins of seeds; faha-kafu, ' 
a person when laid down, or ask 
(tfttu/u, to wrap anything several times roond 
Uie body and lie in it ; lioju, to nrap up, 
dothe; elothing, a garment. Marquesao 
— kahu, clothing ; elutf for clotbing. Ma- 
ngarevan— kahu, cloth ; stuff for clothing ; 
lo clothe : Ko Toga ra, ka kahu hia ike rau 
tuU: The Bonth Wind (god) was clothed in 
Isavee of papyms. (b.) To hide a child's eyes 
b its mother's breast. Cf. tapakahi, a mor. 
iel of stuff or otolh. Mangaian— kakau, 
prments, clothes; clothed; Kua kaiaa i Ie 
hnkiriii ; Clothed in net-work. Aka-kakau, 
to clothe : £ naka e akahxkau ia koi ki It 
kakau pu; I will clothe you Kith a change of 
gamenta. Paumotan—kahu, dress, a gar- 
ment: {b.} native doth; faka-kahu, and 
tk-kahu, to clothe. 

KAHU, to spring np, to grow. Cf. aha, to heap 

■p ; to tend, fostar. 
mka-KAHUKAHU, to begin to grov, to acquire 

■W, aa tmita, Ae. I 

Woka-KAKAHU, 1 the albomen or white of 
Wiaka-KAHUKAHUJ egS'- B* rtka ranri te\ 

»kakakahukah» o tt hua mnnit— Hopa, vi. 6. | 


KAHUKAKU, a ghost, a spirit of a deceased 
person. 3. The germ ol a human being, 
grown into a malignant spirit ; a cacodemon. 
3. A cloth used by women (panniculu* gua 
utiiur /emina laemirualii). (Noia.— The last 
two meanings are oonoected. 8ee S. B., 107 ; 
also Tregear, Trans., ni. 471, note. It is pro- 
bable that the " ghost " is connected with the 
idea of " growing," because the gbost springs 
from what the Natives think to be "wasted 
germa of human beinga."] Ct. karukam. aq 
old rag ; a clot of blood, 
Samoan — Cf. afua, to b^n ; a feast mada 
when the wife becomes pregnant, Hawaiian 
— ahuahu, young shoots or sprouts from layers, 
as from sugar-cane; (b.) a boy or girl that 
grows quickly. Mangare van— kakahu, to 
grow up ; to grow. 
KAHUA [kiihua], form, appearance. Cf. kaha, 
surface ; ahua, form, appearance. [For com- 
paratives, see Adui.] 
KAHUl {kahta), a herd, flock: I urhakaititania 
haki c rulou nga kahui ki it mat — Ken., nil. 
2. Cf. hui, to put or add together ; to congre- 
gate; rakai. a. Bock, herd. 3. A diviiion, a 
company : Tenet hoii letahi ailanga u Raki, i 
trma kahui Tahu—A.. H. U., i. 17. 3. The 
companies or divisions in the temple called 
Wharekora— Ika.. ITS ; M. S.. 203. Tb kahui 
Whetu, the host of stars. 

Samoan — ct.fui, a clnater of nnta ; Jaifvi, 
a cluster or bnncn ol trait ; a flock of birds ; a 
eaocession of waves ; fuifuifttk, a oluster of 
stars ; fuifuimanu, a flock of birds. Ta- 
hltlan—ahui, to collect various articles of 
properly into one plnoe. Ct. uJiu, to heap up ; 
haihui, lo join together, aa a n amber of persona 
to do some work ; hui, a plural or ooUeotiva 
particle. Ha^altan — ahui, a boncb or 
oluster of fruit, as of bananas 01 grapes. CL 
hui. to unite together; to mix; to add ona 
thing to another ; u> assemble, an assembling. 
Marquesan — of. kahvi, tied by the four 
feet. Mangarevan — kahui, a banch of 
grapes ; a row of bananas or Pandanui. Cf. 
aka-kabui, to disappear, said of the stars ; 
tarahui. to Steal a prohibited thing ; Aut, 
dependent island? ; hvhui. a bundle of fruit. 
ToDgaa — et.fiibi.a, bunoh, oloater; fuifui, 
a flo<£ of bird*. 

KAHUIPUAKIAKI (myth.), the plice whither 
Tangaroa journeyed to procnre the tresaoMB 
of Whakitaa— Trails., vii. SI. 

KAHUIRANQI (kdhairangi), ansettled, reitteaa. 
disturbed. Of. kahurangi, unsettled ; harangi, 
unsettled ; hikirangi, to be nusetUed ; iahu, 
Burfaoe ; raagi, sky. 

KAHUI-flUA-MAHU, sattinm ; about the month 
of April : A hei te kabui-rua-nuih-u ka limala 
te ako i WbaTekuTo—k. H. M., i. S. 

KAHUITARA (myth.), the tutelary goddess of tha 
Toiea, Euuaa, Tara, and all sea-birds whioh 
fly in flaoka— A. H. M., I, App. Kaboitara 
was the daughter of EiJdwai. 

KAHU-I-TE-RANQI (myth.) [See S180, the snr 




l&od before the adveot of the FolynesuuiB 
(Maori). Stftok, Tc»n».. lii. 160: Q. P., 418. 
[Bee Tdpda, and Hin.] 

KAHUITOKA (niTth.]. the name ot inbkbituila of 
Nev Zealaod when disoovered bf Enpe. The 
names ot their chiefs were Eehn, Behn, and 
Moaoa. [See Kdpb, and Etm.] 

KAHUKAKANUi (rajth.). the illegitimate eon of 
Hanaia. [See Manui 3.] Be distinguished 
himself b; killing the fiiet man of the enemj 
(mataika) in the fighting which took plaoe 
after his mother, BongotiM, was insulted bj 
Tupenu and his party— P. M., liO. Hi* 
brother's name was Tuarenni. 

KAHUKEKENO, a mat made ot seal-skin. Gf. 
kahu. a RHrment, and ktieno, a seal. [For 
comparatives, see Eihu, and Eseeho.J 

KAHUKIWI, a mat coTered with the leathers ot 
the Kiwi {ApUrux) : Tango i 
kahukiwi—il. }!., 186. [For 
Kahc, a garment, and Kiwi.] 

KAHUKURA (mj^h.), the god of traTeUers; lite, 
death, and disease: Ka tu i U paepat, ia 
tfrrona a Kahukura, a liupaica, a Srmgomai— 
P. M., 84 : The deitj of the Bainbow : Ka lu 

hoki, raua tokonia-k. H. M., i. 163. Kahn- 
kara was also called Ataatoio, " the spying 
god." He was worshiped in the mua. or 
sacred place, where stood his image of totara 
wood, about a cubit long, and withoot (eet. 
This was brought in the Takitumu canoe, b; 
Buawharo. <See Ahawa.] Kahukura was 
classed among the great and good deities, 
with Kehua and Tane. He was seen after the 
Deluge, fltandini; io the sky, and incantations 
were iierlonned to him. [See Thpctdbo- 
nat^NDA.] Stack. TTanx.. xii. 161 : A. H. M., 
i. 411, and 179 : iii- 61 ; also P. M., 102. The 
Morion genealogy gises two Kahukura : one 
the son it Bongomai and father of Tiki ; the 
Other a son of the second Uongomai aud 
father of Buanuku. Both, ' 

" the lii 


in Appendit] 
saw some fairies \palupaiarflie) Eshiiig, and 
mingling with them in the dark, helped them 
to draw their nets from the sea ; while thus 
engaged he learnt their magical fishing song. 
On finding out that a mortal was amongst 
them tlie fairies ran away, leaving their nets 
with Eahukura. Then was the art of making 
nets first discovered— P. M.. 180. S. A man 
who, coming to New Zealand from Hawaiki, 
brought the iumara (sweet potato), and abaied 
it with the people of the country. They in- 
duced him to return in order to get more — 
A. H. M., iii. 98, et leq. This visitor briog- 
ing k-avtara is said to hava been Rongoi-tua. 
in appearance like the rainbow — A. H. M., iii. 
KAHUKUHA, the rainbow; a rainbow with a 
small arch, appearing to be near at hand. S. 
A red garment: Ka tanga i tf kahmchtro, i 
nga kahukura— P. M., 96. Cf. iahu. a gar- 
ment; kura, red. 

Hawaiian— ahuu I a, a red-feathered cloak ; 
a oloak made of the preciona feathers worn by 

kings and high chiefs ; a gorgeon* drea* : 

Komo Ktti bma ahmiUt ; Tnii pntting on bia 
feather okiak ; {b.) a kind ol fiah net OL 
kuUUida, arching, aa the rainbow. TaM- 
tlao — oL Uihuwra, a pieoe of a rainbow ; r«d 
oloada. Mangarevan — of . kara, dinna; 
royal, excellent ; red ; a red ' turd of whoaa 
feathers the king*! mantle was made ; togakiira, 
precions, valuable; vakakura, a preoiotia life- 
giving thing ; ia/ni, olothing ; ati^ for olotb- 
tng. [For fall oomparativeG aee Kaso, a gar- 
ment, and Edsa.] 

KAHUMAMAE, the garment of a slain pemn, 
sent to his distant relativea, to provoke them 
to revenge his death. Of. kahu, a garment ; 
mamae, in pain. [For comparatives see Eian, 
and MiwiK ] 

KAHU-MATA-MOMOE, the yoangest son of 
Tama- te-kapna, Tuhoro being an dder brother, 
Tuhoro and Kahu had a fierce qnaire], aud 
Tuhoro tore away from his brother's eai 
the celebrated greenstone, Kankaomatna, and 
buried it. This took plaoe at Uaketn. 
Soon afterwards Tnhoro went away with hii 
father to Moehan (Cape Colville], and they 
both died there. The corpse ot Tuhoro waa 
carried overland to Kahu, that he might per- 
form the pure ceremonies. Kahu vrent to 
Manukan from Waikato on a paikta, or water 
monster— B. B.. 78. He took a parrot's fea- 
ther from his head, and set it up to become a 
taniaha at Ohou-kaka, near Maketa- S. B., 
76. Kahu had a son named Tawaki (Tawaki- 
moe-tabangal, whose son was Uennkn-mai- 
rarotonga. 'Tuhoro described Kahn aa "a big, 
short man, with a sleepy eje." 

KAHUKQUNU (myth.), a bod of Tamatea-irakd- 
whenua and his wife Iwipnpu (or Iwirau). 
Kahungunu was mode angry by his elder 
brother Whaene, who had insulted him, and 
the younger then dwelt apart with his men. 
From him descended the ancestors of Ngali- 
raukawa— A. H. M., iii. 80. His Qnt wife was 
HIne-pu-ariari ; his second wife Bongo-mai- 
nahine. formerly wife of Tamatakutai. 

KAHUPAPA, a raft. CL kahu. sarfaoa; papa- 
biiiad. flat; a slab, board; kavpapa, a floor I 
a lleet ot canoes ; Jiau, to swim. S. A sbieldt 
a " tortoise," a sapping-shield or protection to 
an attacking party. [See S. T., App., Voc.] 
3. To bridge over. 

KAHURAKI (myth.), one of the Mcred plaoes in 
the heavens, whither went Tn and Bongo to 
miike war— A. H. M., i. 37. 

KAHURAKI, unoonscionable ; nnreaaonable. >. 
(South Island dialect.) [See neit word.] 

KAHURANGI, unsettled, irresolute. Cf. karangi, 
restless; jhi/iuiran^i, unsettled; disturbed; 
harangi. unsettled ; hikirartgi, to be nnsettled; 
iahu. surface; tnngi, sky; kahuraki, nnrea- 
sonable. [For comparatives see Eabo, snr- 
I face, and Eiiiai.] 

I KAHURANGI, a variety ot the voloanic stone 
called obsidian, of a reddish colour. It was 
used for cutting Che body, to show eitrem* 
grief when the deceased was a chief or prieat. 
—Trans., viii. 80. 3. A precious stone, a 
jewel : Whaia koe ki te iti kahuranfi, Ua 
tapapa koe he mavttga tiketikt—S. N.Z., SB. 



KAHURAPA, extended aidevajs, lateral projec- 
tion, aa in the batUess-libe growth at the base 
of tome forest trees. Ct. rapa. flat part of » 
spade : raparapa, dat part of the foot ; kau- 
ropa, having broad taterai projections ; rirufa, 
banng Oat projeotioDe. [For oamparativ> 


UHUREREMOA (oiTth.), ft famous beauty o( old 
iajs. She was a daoDhter of Faka, who was 
a ion of Uotnnni, a chief of the Tainui canoe 
[lee Akika.] Te Eahoreremoa married Taka- 
kopiii and bore him a daaghtur, Tuparahaki, 
trtnn whom ipracg the Ngatipaoa tribe— P. M., 
168; for genealog;. «ee S. B., IG. 
UHUTANIKO {iaIntt&Hikii). a. mat o( Sue Oat, 
with an ornamental border. Cf. kahu, a gar- 
ment ; Umiko. the ornamental bonier of a 
mat. [For comparatives, «ee Kmo, and 

HAHUTIATARANGI (myth.), Paikea'B name i 
Hawaiki. [See Pueei.I Otherwise said 1 
be the eldest eon of tfenuku, Hia brother 
Kiatapu was angry with bim, and slew tha 
Gnt-bom ol families, atteiwards bringing 
about the Deluge called by hia name — A.. H.H., 
iiL 9. IBee Buuipn.] 

lAHUTOROA (kahuioro!,), a mat covered with 
the down of the albatross. Cf. kaku, a 
tavai ; Eoroit. the albatross. [For oompara- 
trrea, aee Kabi;.] 

UHUTOTO, a variety of the kumara (sweet 
potato) : Ae kei au taua kumara, ko tana ingoa 
it ialoitoto—tL. H. M., It. 8. 

KAHUWAERO, a mat covered with the akine of 
dogs' tails: K aha nga paraloi, e run 
kahttvaero—Koxi., Nov. 20, 1SS8. CI. kaha, 
a garment ; inuro, hair of a dog's tail. [Fo) 
eompuativee, see Kahu, and Wabbo.] 

tAHUWIWHETU, {the South Island dialect for 
kahuiwhetu,) a oonstellation, a cluster of stars. 

Ul, food : Ma aai nga kai t kawea na e koiUau 
—P. M., 30. 3, To eat : if« kai au i reira— 
P. M., 98. Also ngai (South Island). Cf. 
kiakai, hungry ; ithangai, to feed [see Ta- 
hitianj: kalikati, to champ [see Paumotim]. 
2. To bite. 3. Kaihau [see WniNou-Hin] . 
1. Anything which is in large quantities. 5. 
Aridue; a puzzle; a toy; a pnzzliog game 
of Qntjing knott : Mt korero atu i ahau he 
kai ki a fenitou— Kai., ziv. 13. 6. Movable 
pro p er t y, chattels (one aath.) : Ka korem kua 
kitt ia i te lehauia — (olui A^i kt pounumr *-- 
■on— P. M.. 70. 

KAKAI, to eat bequenUy. 

KAINQA, the refnge o( a meal, as cockle-shells, 
Aa. 2. A place of abode. [See Kaiijoa.] 

Samoan — 'ai, a present of raw food ; (&.) t 
nl : Jna nofo ia i liiga. ina ai ; Arise and 
eat. (c.) A stone with which children play 
hitle-and-Eeek ; (d.) a count towards the nom- 
ber which delemilnes the game ; a'ai, to eat 
frequently; (6.) atowD, villai^e; ' ai n a, ei liable ; 
'ai'aiga, a remnant, from which part is taken, 
as a piece of cJoth ; (b.) something parti}' con- 
anmed. as a fowl psitly eaten ; [e.) a part of 
the moon, either wating ot waning ; (d.) to go 
ODt to beg for food. CI. 'ai!i, to eat sulkily; 
'aiMum, to eat chewed food ; 'ainhi, to pick 


CDCoanuts on a jonmey in order to eat; 'aipa, 
a glutton ; Int'aiga, the remains of a meaL 
Tahitian~ei, to eat; aiai, to eat a little 
repeatedly ; faa-a>, to (eed. nurse ; a fosterer, 
a nuisB ; a feeder (ct Maori ichangai, to feed). 
Cf. aiaifaa, to eat in the tive of certain 
prayers without regarding the prohibitions ot 
the chiefs, a crime to be paniahed with death ; 
to eat improper things when sick or pregnant j 
aiaihaa, to be of ongovemable appetite; to 
eat voraciously ; to covet anything ; aiahtt, 
one who eats on the high and privileged place 
on the marae. the nftu [see Tdaaed] ; oinwunu, 
to nibble, ae (ish at bait. Hawaiian— aj, to 
eat. to consume food; food : Ai mat ka ia, o 
ka ulua makflt ; The fishes ate it ; the ufuaof 
the deep muddy places. (I>.) To deslroy. to 
consume, as fire : Fuka mai In ke aki mai, a 
ai mai la i na kanaka .- A fire came out and 
consamed the men. (c) To eat in, as a soie i 
(d.) to taste, to enjoy the benefits of. as land : 
(e.) property generally ; aaj, to eat to satiety ; 
(6.) to increase, as au liloer ; (c.) to give pain : 
aiai, to reduce to email particles ; A ai'ui Ka i 
ka utinhi pohakv ; Tu is pulverizing the scale) 
of the rock, (b.) To make splendid ; white. 
Cf. aihu. to eat standing ; aiBoa, to eat freely, 
without the (apu ,- aiwaiu, an infant ; aihin-u, 
to eat refuss food. Tongao — kai, food, 
victuals ; to eat : Bta It kt kai fakaiaulaii be 
hoo mea kai ; Yon shall eat your food by 
measure. (6.) To corrode, to consume gra- 
dually; (c.) to bite ; kaikai, to eat, applied to 
oniraalH: kakai, people; popolation; popu- 
lous ; kaiaga, a place where food bos been 
eaten; a lalile ; a manger; (ii.) the time and 
place [or eating ; kaiga, a relative, friend ; 

s the 

bush ; kaibo. to eat on tlie sly ; aokai, to beg 
food ; tiakai, to crave, to long for ; greedinesa; 
alukai, to rove in search of food ; /aikaikai, 
a preparation of food; keina, to eat; to b« 
eaten; t<i.(«ii)npa, fragments. remnants ; taga- 
kakai. a gizzard, crop {laga = a narrow bag. 
a sack). Marquesan— kai, food; to eat: 
Vmoi koe t kai i tea ; Do not eat of that 
(fruit). Kaikai, food; to eat; eaten: Krika 
kaa kaikai ia i i'evau ; The red apples eaten 
in Vavao. Haa-kal, to nourish, bring up. 
Cf. kaikaia. cruel ; a cannibal ; kaiknkai, a 
table ; kaikino, aiariaious ; kaioko, gluttony ; 
kaia, to Buck, as at the breast ; tokai, food set 
apart tor the gods. Mangalan— kai, food: 
Ei kai na Miru-fiura ; Food for ruddy Miru. 
(6.) To eat: Ki iona to, kai ai ; Farewell I 
eat. Mangarevan — kai, food; to eat: 
Akavwu alu kar tki mea kai ki a tagala ana j 
Give a little food to that man. Aka-kai, to 
feed, to give food ; (b.) to make presenta : 
(c.) to be the servant of an; one ; (d.) to join 
together ; to adjust. Aniwan — kei, to eat : 
faKa'keina, to feed. Paumotan— kai, food : 
to eat; {b.) to wager; kakal, to tmaw; to 
nibble ; kaikai, to chew, masticate. Cf. kakati, 
to chew; fagai, to give food. Futuna— kai, 
to eat; kakai, people, a nation, inhabitants. 
Est. Poly.; Aneityum — cf. caig, to eat; 
Sikayana — cf. kai, to eat. 




one wbo psddlen, Ac. : Kei a koe ano hoki 
tona tint o nga kai-mahi. o nga kai-hahau — 
1 Wba., ixii. 16. 

Tahitian— aJ,a piefii danoting the agent, ai 
aihuaa, B peraon acquaioted with genealogies ; 
aitaua, Bu-avenger of mordei. Tongan — cl. 
kakai, people. Mangarevaa — cf. kai-rea, 
a herald, a depatj. Futuna — cf. kakai, 
people. Eit. Polj. : Fiji— cf. kai, an inhabi- 
tant of a place ; also sometimeB a peraon or 
people, withont reference to s place. 

KM (Sonth Island dialect tor Ngaij, menace. 
2. TheheeL 

KAI (for ieij, lest : fin koko i te hani kai taJmri 
papa nui— MSS. 

■Whflka-KAI, an omamenl for the oar: Ea 
Khakanoia tana hei, m« nga u}hnkakai — P. M., 
177. 2. To baDg an ornament in the ear : 
Kia ahakakai o« Mako^-Taniwha—a. T., 179. 
Tahltian— faa-ai, an ornament to pnt in 
the ear. Mangarevan— cf. aka-kai, to 
make presents. Paumotaa — raka-kai, an 
ear-ring {fakakai-tanjiga). 

KAI {ka\), the name of a tree : Kti U rakau 
mamtne te rau he kHI Una rakau — A. H. M,, 
ii. 153. 

KAtA Ikaii), to steal : Ei te kaiatia Utahi pttti, 
malau, alio ranfi— MSS. 3. A thief; theft: 
So te tangata nana i te timata te kaia — 
A. H. U.. i. laa. Of. keia. to steal ; kai, 
property ; a, to drive, chase. 

Tongan — kaihaa, to steal; a theft; athief; 
to be stolen : Eoeuhi e k\i ki ai at kafi kaihaa 
ofakakovi i ia; For the robber shall enter 
into it and de&le it. Faka-kaihaa, thiel-like ; 
becouiiiig a thief. Cf. kaka, to deceive, cheat. 
Hawaiian — aia, an anprincipled and nn- 
godlj peraon ; to be of evil character, profane : 
JVo ka mea, ua aia na kt kaula, a me ks 
kahvna ; BooauBo both the priest and the 
prophet are profane. Cf. aiahva, to bresk 
tapii : to coospire eecretlj agnintit one ; to 
defraud one's landlord b; withholding the tai 
and using it oneself ; a hypocrite, a profane 

Grson; aihve, to steal food or properl; of all 
□da ; a thief (Au«, to steal). Paumotan— 

of. kaikaia, a plot, oonapirae; ; keia, a thief. 

Tahitlan — cf. aiaia, some supposed criaa ; 

onotVuM, to be voracious; to covet anything. 

Marquesan— a(. kaihae, to steal another's 

portion. Mangare van— kaia, wicked, croel ; 

a cannibal. Mangaian — of. keia, to steal. 

Futuna— kaiaa, to rob, steal. Uorlori — 

of. hokaia, to aceuie (ho (or hoko = tchaka, 

causative). Eit. Polj. ; Slkayana — cf . 

kaia, to steal. Aneityum — cf. caig, to eat ; 

acaig, to steal food. 
XAIAHI, the gunwale of a boat. 
KAI AH I KO, wounded. 
KAIAIA (kaiaih), the name of a bird, the Spar- 

jow-Eawk lOm. Bitracidea nmit-ielayidia). 

Also kaeaea : Eo le kai-iia me nga mea pera— 

Bcw,, li. 14. Cf. kaeaea, to look rapaoioaslj; 

JtoiA, to steal. 2. A verandah. 
KAIAIA (myth.), one of the chiefs who attacked 

Wliakatau in his assaalt on the Uru-o-Manono 

[See WaAXATAVj. Eaiais, was able to Qv as a 
iud.~8. T., 69. [See Kabu (mjth.).] 

KAIAPA, to monopolise. Cf. apa, to be ondei 

demoniacal posseaaion. 
KAIAWA (myth.), A man who by incantations 

mode free from tapn the gods, Ac, brought bj 

Wbeketoro. His daughter, Ponniahine, was 

changed into a grasshopper— ^A. H. U-, iL 193 ; 

■ee also N.Z. ■' Monthly Beview," i. 879. 
KAIHAKERE (kaihAktre), to stint, to be niggaidl; 

in giving. 
KAIHAU, the priest (lokunga) wbo eats the Aon, 

or portion set apart for the atua oi deity [aas 

WHAxati-HAu] . 2. To sell the property of an 

individual without giving him any part of the 

payment: passive, ftur'i^gaAaurfa. S. Aloafing 

fellow, a vagabond. Cf. kaiiara, a vagabond. 

4. itna-kai-bau. [See Mo*.] 
Tahitlan— of. aihau, to enjoy peace and 

KAIHAUKAI, the return present of food, Ac, 

made by one tribe to another. 2. A feast. 

(The South Island word, eqtial to the Northern 

KAIHERE (myth.), the wife of Totakahtnahina 

and mother of Tb Boiroiwhenua— Trans., vii, 

32. [Bee TnTAKAaiNAeiNt.j 
KAIHEWA (myth.), the plaoe to which Bongo 

and the rebeUious spirits were driven by Tane 

after the war in Heaven— A, H. M., i. 38. 

[See Tc, and Bonoo (myth.).] 
KAIHI {kaihi), trembling with terror. Cf. ihiifa. 

to shudder with (ear; koihiihi, to thrill with 

feat. [For comparatives, see lal.] 
KAIHORA, a top, a wbipping-top- Cf. kaihuiaka, 

a whipping-top ; kaitaka, a whipping-top. 
KAIHORO, to devour greedily, to eat voracioualy. 

Cf. hoTO, to swallow. [For oomporatives, see 

Hobo, to swallow-] 2. To do hurriedly. CL 

hora, qnick, apeedy. [For ootnparativea, sea 

Hobo, swift.] 
KAIHOTAKA (iailibtaka], a whipping-top; Nou 

te kaihotaka e tina ngungum aiui i o te I'lri 

*atofl— A. H. M- ii. 168. Of. taia, to tnni aa 
a pivot; poiaka, a top to spin; kathora, a 
wlupping-tcp ; bii (a fta, a whipping-top. 

KAIHUIA, B full-grown tree of the nitaH pain 
(Bat Areca tapida). 

KAIKA, (South Island dialect for kainga,] a 
yiliage, a home ; Ea raua afia*e ki to roim 
kaika—A. H. M., i. 164. [See EuHo^] 

KAIKA (kaika], eager, impatient. 2. Impnlsive. 

KAI KAMA, the edges of the leaves of (Ui iPhor- 
mium tenax), which are split off and thrown 

KAIKAKA, a variety of the Aumara (sweat potato). 
KAIKAIATARA {kaikaiiUara), to hava aexaal in- 

KAIKAIATUA {kaikaiht«o), the name of a ahrob 

(Bot. Rhabdolkamntu solaiuiri). 
KAIKAIKARORO (kaikaikAroro), the name ot » 

sheil-fsb (Moll. ChioBe coilala). 
Paumotan — of. kai, a moasel; karora, » 




KAIKAMO, thft'e^Mh. CI. kamo. the ejelAsh. 

[For compBratiTeB, see Kuia.] 
KAIXARU, to Bleep. Cf. kan, the eje. 
KAIKAUAU, to cnt off the tips ot anythlDg, as ol 

hiir, the bi&Dcbe« of a tree, Jia. 
UtKAWAKA, the name of a tree (Bot. Libo- 

adnu doninna). The name Kaikairaka U 

•ometimes erroneoail; applied to the PahauUa 

[L. biAciUii). 
UIKE iihikt), to he in a heap. Ct. kaulka. a 

b«p; kaaki, to lie in a heap; iie, high. loft;. 

[Foi eomparativas, see Ixe.] 
UIK1N0, to mnrder in ootd blood. Ct. kai. to 

tu I kino, eril, bad. 
MIKIRI, to none wrath ; to cherish hitter reel- 

ingB. 2. To qaacreL 
HIKOHURt (kaikbhure) a. piece o( wood nibbed 

npoD another to proauie lire. [See Kiuiuui- 

tnu, Eacib:, Ac] 
UIKOHAKO, {kaiamako. or kaMkbmako.) the 

ume ot a tree (Bot. Pennaiitia eorymboia) : 

Kn It oranga o tana ahi i irAiua t ia ki te kai- 

fcmalo— P. M., 27. 2. (Mjth.) In this tree 

th> " Med of Qie " was placed b; the fire god- 

diM, Mahoika. [See Mini, and Mahdiea-I 
MUONGUNUNQUNU, to eat ae children, before 

proper time ol eating, or before food is properly 

lAIKORA, a taiy fellow, a vagabond. Ct. kai, to 
eat; kom. crnmbs, imoll frBgmeotB ; kaihau, 
a ragabond. 

HIKU, the name ol a plant (Bot. Partmia httt- 

UIMAOA {kaiwhoa), aaplese, dry. Gf. kai, to 
cat : maoa, cooked. 

UIMARIRE, genetoDS, liberal, beneficent. Cf 
kimariTe, beaatital : mariri, gentle, qoiet 
{For comparatiTes, aee Mabibg.] ' 

U I MAT A, green. CL mata, green, tmripe 
*mUt, freab -grown, green. 3. Uncooked 
Ct kaetaata, to cut np in an uncooked state ; 
mCd. raw. uncooktd. 3. Fresh-, nnwrought; 
rirgin. (For oomparatiTeB, aee MiTi, green.] 

lAIKATAI (kaimhtai). to " loal" npon another ; 
to ipoDge upon others. Cf. matai, to cajole, 
to get withont direetlf asking. 

UINAMU, approaching, as the dawn; earl; 
morning : Ka kainanti ki u ata. kua ngara a 
Ii Balo— Wohl., Trans., tU. 37. 

KAINQA {kbifgal a place of abode [Note.— Thi» 
word is probably related to kai, to eat, (as an 
' caling place,") but this is not certain, and it 
has therefore been put as a separate word] : 
Kti te noha noa iho ia ii U kainga~V. M., 32. 
t. An unfortified place of residence. 3. A 
lodging, encampment, bivouac, i. Country. 
S. Home (with posseeaive pronoun) : Ha ka 
tmkina ia e Tinirau ki tona kainga — F. U., 
Samoan — 'aiga, the act ot eating; aiga 
(^ga). a family; a relative; fa'a-aiga, toe 
eonsommatiou of manisge. [Note. — The 
laat two Samoan words may he allied to the 
llBori ai, to cohabit, to beget.] Cf. 'a'ai, a 
town, a village. Tahltlan — ais, a country j 

or place at abode; aint, land, oonntrj (obeo- j 

lete). [Note. —Not the proper letter-ohauge, 
as Tahitian should drop ng.] Gf. aiatupuna, 
land possessed by inherituice. Hawaiian 
— atra, an eating; the means of eating {i.e., 
the traits of the land) ; hence, {b.) land gene- 
rally : a fann, a lield, a conntrj, an island ; (e.) 
any taxable privilege, as the right of fishing, 
the right of selling things in market. &c. ; {d.) 
any means of obtaining a Uving; {t.) being 
eaten, devoured, used up; (/.) pain, grief; 
weariness. Tongau — Jiaiga, a relative, a 
Irieod ; afGnity, related. Cf. itai'na, peopled, 
oocnpied by pereoos from different places ; 
kainaga, people, tribe; kaiaga, a place where 
food has been eaten. Mangalan—kainga, a 
place of abode ; a home ; (E>.) a plantation. 
Mangarevan — kaiga, the earth: E kaiga 
reka a lata oku rui ; This thing of mine ia 
certainly the land (Maai'B speech in fiahins 
nptheland). (A.) The soil; proprietary; (e^' 
a coUDtry, a dutrict; {d.) the act of eating. 
Paumotan — kaiga, the earth, i.e. the boU. 
Cf. knilirgahega, a habitation. Eit. Poly.: 
KingBcnill Islands— The place ol departed 
BouU is in the wvat, and is called Kaina-kaki. 
Mindoro — cl.cainiyy, a plantation in a lorest. 
Sikayana — cf. kaina, a village. 

KAINGAKAU {kaiaghkau), to prize greatly, to 
value. CI. ngakati, the heart, the affeotiona. 
[For ooaparatives, see Noikad-] 

KAIORAORA, a speaking together ahont a pre- 
meditated murder ; murderous talk : Kataki 
aia ka maliara ki It nui * te kaioraora a nga 
luakana ttoiia — A. H. M., i. 47. 3. A soDf. in 
ODUuaomoralicD of a battle, or of the prowess 
ol an enemy, i.«. eieorating his prowees. 

KAIOTA, fceah, green, uncooked ; to cat uncooked 
lood : / te mea t kaiola lonu ono— Hopa, viii. 
12. Cf. Ola, green, uncooked ; maota, tresb 
grown, green ; kaimata, froeh, uncooked ; kai, 

Tahltlan— ai Ota, rareneai, rawness (ol nn- 
dressed food) ; not Bofficiently dressed as food ; 
(h.) something disagreeable, introduced by a 
good speech. Mangarevan— kaiota, raw 
food. [For full comparatives see Ku, tood, 
and Oti, green.] 

KAIPAKEHA (jtaipft^eAa), avarietyot the ktmara 
(sweet potato). 

KAIPAKUHA (kaipfikiihi). a present received by 
the relatives of a bride from the bridegroom. 

KAIPIKO, to eat as persons do when tapu {i.e. 
without touching the food with their hands). 

KAIPOHU (koiponu), stingy; to be stingy, to 
withhold, to keep to oaeself: Ka kaiponuhia 
ma matou ano—il. M., 148 : Ea ngaro nui, ka 
kaiponuhia mai t ana famanii— P. M., lfl7. 
Tongan— cf. kaiho, to eat secretly (kai, to 
eat; bo, night). 

KAIPUKE,a ship: Uei icahapu ana ■*□ mo nga 
kaipnke. — Sen., zlii. 13 : £i te pakeha he kai- 
puke- A. U. M., V- 4. Ct. pulu, a hill; kai, 
to eat. (Said by some to mean that a ship 
was supposed to devour the hills hidden by 
the sails. Doubtful.) 
Tahitian— cf. piu, a word denoting plu- 
rality, as piie-Tiua, a ooUect^a ol V^Yi^^a-, 
Affpuf, to sail betotB the -wm^ 1il&-vj&\ia.u 
— cl. pue, luge, plump; pit«ua,\n&o«&«^:>')^^ 




Tongan— cf . buke, the deck of a canoe ; the 
outworks of a fortress ; faka-buket covered 
with a deck ; to cover over a small paddling 
canoe fore and aft. 

KAIRAKAU {huka'kairhkau)j a sharp white frost. 
Gf. kai, to eat ; rakau, a tree. [For compara- 
tives, see Eai, and Bakau.] 


KAIRARUNQA {kairarUnga), to eat food which 
has been passisd over anything tapu, 

KAIRAWARU {kairhwaruj^ a spear in an un- 
finished state. 

KAIREPEREPE, a relation by marriage. Cf. 
reper^e, a dowry. 

KAIROROWHARE,avarietyof the ftumara (sweet 

KAITA (kaitai)^ large. 2. A term used for the 
best sort of edible fern-root. 

KAITAKA, a mat made of the finest flax, with an 
ornamental border : Ki U kakahu kurawherOt 
kaitaka — P. M., 96. 2. A whipping-top. Cf. 
kaihotaka, a whipping-top ; ta&a, to turn on 
a pivot ; potaka, a top to spin ; kaihora^ a 

KAITA NQ ATA (myth.), a son of the god Behua. 
He was slain by Bupe (Maui-mua) in an acci- 
dental manner — P. M., 53. (For full story, 
see Maori part, p. 37.) The story is a very 
repulsive one, and is untranslatable as it 
stands, but is evidently not understood, or 
greatly corrupted. Te Pou-o-Whatitiri, the 
cause of Eaitangata*B death, is one of the con- 
stellations. A ruddy glow in the sky is pro- 
verbially said to be the blood of Eaitangata 
(ka tuhi Kaitangata). 2. A man beloved by 
Whaitiri (Thunder). She was fond of human 
flesh, and, deceived by the name (Kai-tangatat 
*' man eater,'*) came to him and became his 
wife. (See Wohl., Trans., vii. 15, and 41.) 
Kaitangata was the father of Hema, who was 
the father of Tawhaki. [See Tawhaki, Hina, 
Tanootango, &o. For Hawaiian genealogy, 
see Tawhaki.J 

KAITOAj a brave man, a warrior : Te karakia a 
te tini kaitoa nei^ tohunga nei — P. M., 156. 
Cf. toa, brave, victorious. 

Samoan — cf . toa, a warrior ; a cock ; the 
name of a tree (Bot. Castiarina equUcti folia). 
Tahitian— alto, a warrior, hero, conqueror ; 
(6.) the Iron-wood tree (Bot. Casuarina equi- 
setifoliajj also called toa. Cf. toa, vaUant. 
Ha^vaiian — cf. koa^ brave, bold as a soldier ; 
koapaka^ brave. Paumotan — kalto, valiant, 
intrepid. Cf. touj brave ; uatoa^ to tnumph. 

KAITOA, an expression of satisfaction: "It is 
good ;" sometimes with the meaning, ** Serve 
you right." 

Whaka-KAITOA, to express satisfaction. 

Tahitian — aitoa, denoting satisfaction on 
account of something disastrous that has 
happened to another, as : "It served him 
right 1'* "He well deserved it." (6.) The be- 
ginning of some words used as a charm. 
When one had a fish-bone sticking in his 
throat, the priest or some other person would 
say, " Aitoa, aitoa oe e raoa" {raoa, to be 
choked with a fish-bone). Tongan — aitoa, 
an expression of pleasure at the misfortunes 

of others. Cf . maitoa, with same mftaning M 
aitoa. Haw^aiian— Cf . aikola, an expression 
of triumph mixed with contempt. Manga- 
ian— altoa, " Serve him right I" Paumo- 
tan— kaitoa, "Be it so;" "Well and good." 
Cf. uatoa, to triumph ; too, brave ; kaUo, 
brave. Ext. Poly. : Malagasy — cf. akaito, 
Ah ! Hit 1 Struck 1 ExacUy so I Truly 1 

KAITOA (myth.), an evil deity who dwelt with 
Miru in Tatau-o-te-Po. [See Mibu.] 

KAIURE, pudendum muUebre {ovarium), 

KAIWAE, the floor or deck of a oanoe : Ko nga 
taumanUf ko nga kaiwae, ko te hoe — M. iL, 

Tahitian— avae, a part of a boat or oanoe 
just above the keel; (b.) a speoiei ol sugar- 

KAIWAKA, a line of clouds oh the horizon at 
evening. 2. The name of a star. 

KAIWIRIA, the name of a plant. (Bot. Panax 

KAI-WHAKA-PITAITAI, to nibble, as fishes do at 

KAIWHAKATORO, to nibble at bait. 01 whaka- 
toro, to toudti, to make trial of; kai, food. 
[For comparatives see Eai. and Whaxa-tobo.J 

K A I W H A N G A I , hosts, entertainers. Cf . ftot, pre- 
fix denoting agent ; whangai, to feed. [For 
comparatives see Eai, and Whangai.] 

KAIWHATA, a pole placed on two forked sticks 
for the purpose of suspending food, ^to., from 
it. Cf. kaij food ; whata, a stage. [For com- 
paratives, see Eai, and Whata.] 

KAIWHATU, the name of a charm by which 

witchcri^ was averted. Each person owned 

a kaiwhatu of his own : HH arai atu mo U 

KAIWHIRIA, the name of a small tree (Bot. 
Hedycarya dentata). 

KAIWHITI, to be over eager. 

KAKA (khkh), the name of a bird, a New Zea- 
land parrot (Om. Nestor meridionalis) : He 
kuku ki te kainga, he kaka ki te haere — ^Prov. 
Cf. kakarikiy a parroquet. (Myth.) The red 
colour on the parrot's feathers is the blood of 
Tawhaki, who was killed by his brother-in-law 
— A. H. M., i. 55. 

Tahitian — ^aa, a parroquet or small pairoi 
There are two kinds : one called cM-taevao, or 
cMvaOy which has fine red feathers ; the o^er, 
aa-maha, which has no red feathers. Tongan 
— cf. kaka, the name of a beautiful bird found 
only at Eua. Ext. Poly. : Fiji— cf. kaka, a 
kind of parrot. Malay— cf. kakat^ to scratch 
as a fowl ; kaka-tuwah, a cockatoo ; a vice, a 
grip. Kddy stone Island— of. kokeraku, 
the domestic fowl. (See Tregear, Trans., xx. 

KAKA (kaka), the name of a bird (Om. Ardea 

KAKA {khka), intoxicated with the joioe of the 
tutu (Bot. Coriaria). 

KAKA, a single fibre or hair. 2. Anything fibroui 
or stringy : Patua iho, he kaka, ki tuhaki tera^ 
a ka puekuehu, ma tana whaiaro tera — Prov. 
Cf. torokakaf stiff and straight (of hair) ; aJba, 




fibrooB loots. 3. The ridge of a hill. Of. 
it mh akU f a gpnr of a hill; kakaoteihUy the 
bridge of the noee. 4. A garment. 5. A 
■nail seine or drag-net, which is managed 
without the help of a boat or canoe. 
Whtka-KAKAKAKA, covered with short, irregnlar 

Samoan — *a'a, the fibroas sabstanoe which 
grows round the base of the cocoannt leaf, 
the Btipnle. Cf. a^a, the fibres of a root. 
Tahitian — aa, the fibrons sabstanoe that 
growi on the cocoannt tree ; (&.) the hask or 
eovering on the yoong brandies of the bread- 
fruit tree ; (c.) tiie scurf on the skin of a new- 
bora in&nt, or other yoong animal ; {d.) a 
neve or strainer ; («.) the root or roots of any 
trae or plant ; aaa, the stringy sabstanoe in 
my kind of food or vegetable ; also, in native 
doth that is not well worked. Tongan — 
kaka, a thin membranoas sabstanoe found 
roond the yoong cocoannt; (b) to climb; 
fiika-kaka, to cause to climb; (c.) to seek 
•fter a forgotten friend. Cf. kakaagay a 
lidder; a frame for plants to creep along; 
ftkaka, to creep along a fence, as a vine. 
Hawaiian — aa, the name of the cloth-like 
•ofering near the roots of cocoannt leaves; 
(6.) the name of a coarse kind of doth ; (c.) 
the outer irask of the cocoannt ; the skin of 
the banana ; (d.) chaff ; hulls ; the outside of 
loy seed or fruit. Cf. oaaaj the name of large 
threads in doth. Marquesan — kaka, a sack, 
a pocket ; (b.) a kind of web or cloth covering 
the leaves of cocoannt trees. Mangarevan 
—kaka, the envelope of cocoannt leaves, &c. ; 
{b.) a plait of ooooanut leaves. Cf. kakarua, a 
▼ein of soft material in hard stone, allowing 
one part of the stone to be separated from the 

Whaka-KAKA, to intimidate an animal. 2. To 
make a sound expressive of extreme disgust. 

RAKAHi {khkahi)^ the name of a freshwater shell- 
fish {JJnio) : Ka kai Umu i roto i te wai i te 
kakahi—V. M., 101. 2. The name of a salt- 
water shell-fish. Syn. kokota. 
Samoan — cf. *a<t, the name of a shell- fish ; 
a cocoannt shell used to scrape taro ; *a*a<i. to 
aenpe tutuga (the Paper-Mulberryj with the 
'ojt shell ; to scratch ; *an*an, a kind of clam- 
fiih. Tahitian — cf. aki, a species of cockle. 
liangarevan — cf. kakahi, a kind of crayfish 
which hides in the sand. 

KAKAHI, to perform part of the pure ceremony 
for removmg tapu : Ka kurihia te hurihanga 
takapau, ruahine rawa^ kakahi rawa^ ka noa 
-P. M., 24. 

KAKAHO (khkaho), the Beed-grass (Bot. Arundo 
cmupieua) : He ta kakako e kitea^ ko te ta o 
te ngakau ekore e kitea — Prov. Cf. kako^ & 

Samoan— d 'om, the small rods or rafters 
in the roof of a native house. Tahitian — 
cf. o^, the rafter of a house ; thread, twine, 
^ Hawaiian->cf. aho, the name of the 
small sticks used in thatching. Tongan — 
kaho, a reed : Moe vaa kaho i hono nima 
toomatna ; A reed in his right hand, {b.) An 
arrow ; (e.) the ribs or Imes in any work ; 
ISika-kaho, to rib, to divide by lines. Cf. toga- 
Mo, a quiver, the bamboo for holding arrows. 
Mangaian— kakao, a reed: Te au kakao e 

te mauku, ka mate ia; The reeds and flags 
shall wither. (6.) House- walls made of reed : 
E moe^ e te kakao noou o te are ; Oh, reed- 
sides of the house, sleep on I (c.) An arrow : 
E naku e akainana atu nga kakao e torn ; I 
will shoot three arrows. Mangarevan — 
kakaho, a reed. 

KAKAHU (kakahu), [See under Eahc, a gar- 

KAKAHUKURA (khkahukura), a garment covered 
witi^ red feathers. [See under Eahukuba.] 

KAKAi! [See under Kai, to eat.] 

KAKAMA. [See under Kama.] 

KAKAMAROKE (khkhmaroke), to become fine, of 
weather. Cf. maroke, dry. [For compara- 
tives, see Maroke.] 

KAKANiTANQA, the commencement of a steep 

KAKANO. [See under Kano.] 

KAKA-0-TE-IHU, the bridge of the nose. Cf. 
ieaka^ a ridge ; iku, the nose. 

KAKA-0-TE-IWIROA, the cervical vertebrsB. Cf. 
kaka^ a ridge ; iwiroa, the spine. [For com- 
paratives, see Kaka, and Iwi.] 

KAKAPO {kakHpb), the name of a bird, the Ground 
Parrot (Dm. Stringops habroptilus). 

KAKAPU. [See under Kapu.] 

KAKARA. [See under Kara.] 

KAKARAMEA, (or kapamea,) the name of a sweet- 
scented grass : Ka hoatu te hei kakaramea e 
Tini ki tana tamaiti—k. H. M., ii. 123. Cf. 
kakaray fragrant; mea, a thing. [For com- 
paratives, see Eakaba, and Mea.] 

KAKARAMU, (or karamu,) the name of a shrub 
(Bot. Coprotma lucida). 

KAKARANQI (as karamu). [See preceding word.] 

KAKARAURI {kakarauH), to be dusk, twilight, of 
morning or evening : E kakarauri ana ano te 
ata — A. H. M., v. 36 : Kakauri e ki te awa o 
Hauraki—G, P., 188. Cf. uri, dark; pouri, 
dark ; parauri, dark of skin. pFor compara- 
tives, see Uri, black.] 

K A K A R I . [See under Kari.] 

KAKARiKI {kakariki), the Parroquet : Ka taete 
kaka me te kakariki ki ana toto — ^A. H. M., i. 
48. (Om.. The red-fronted variety, or Platy- 
cercus nova-zelandia ; the yellow- fronted, P. 
auriceps ; the orange-fronted, P. alpinus ; the 
lesser red-fronted, P. rowleyi. (MythJ This 
bird was brought to New Zealand by Turi, in 
the Aotea canoe — ^A. H. M., ii., 180. 2. The 
Oreen Lizard (tfaultinuM elegam). 8. The 
name of a shrub. 4. A melon. 5. Green. 
Samoan — cf. *a*a!i*i, a species of taro» 
Marquesan^^. nganga^ the house lizard ; 
kakaa^ the grey lizard. 

KAKARI-KURA, a variety of kumara (sweet po- 
tato : He hinamoremoref he hakari-kura — 
A. H. M., iii. 83. 

KAKARU-MOANA, a jelly-fish. 

KAKATAi {khkatai), the name of a bird. 

KAKATARAHAERE, a variety of taro, 

KAKATARAPO (kSikhtarapr>), the name of a bird, 
the Ground Parrot (Orn. Stringops habroptilui). 




KAKAU, the stalk of a plant : A hwA ana raua 
fci nja kakoM harakeke — Hoh,, ii. 6. Cf. 
takakau, a stalk, straw ; kauahi, a Btidc used 
for obtaiDiDg fiie by tnotion ; rakait, a tree ; 
timber. 2. Tho handle of a tool: Ma te ihu 
waka, ma te kakau Am— Q. P., 111. 3. Tbe 
anoient name of the kiaaaTu (gweet potato). 
4. A variety of the kumara: Salahi ka utaina 
mai te kutnara nei. a te kakau — P. M., 111. 

Samoan — 'au, the stalk of a plant: 'au 
Ktitoejituua tutapu maii U'aa e tani; Seven 
big ears of com grew OD one stalk. (£.) A 
hiuidle; (e.) a bunch of bananas; (d.) a troop 
awaniore; («.) a class or company; {/.)a«hoal 
of Gih ; {g.) the keel of a oaooe before it ia 
cut; 'au'B.u,the ridge-pole of a house ; fa'a-'au, 
to pot a belre to an axe ; to make a handle 
tor anything. Cf. 'aim, the stick on which a 
Asfaing-nct is hung in the houHB ; 'aula, a 
wooden dcnm-stick. Tabitlan— aau, the 
handle of a tool ; (b.) the stalk of fruit ; (c.) 
the stones and mbbish filled up in the wait at 
the mame (saored place) ; (d.) a reel of coral. 
Cf. aufati, the handle or helve of a tool ; laaau, 
to helve an aie or other instrument. Ha- 
'wailan — au, the handle or helve of an axe ; 
the staff ol a spear ; the handle of an auger : 
He au, he kai, ht aha, he paU ; A handle, sa 
Bxe, a oord, a sheoth. Cf. nuamo, a stick or 
pole with which burdens are carried an the 
ehoulder ; aulinia, the stick held in the hand 
when rubbing to procure lire ; iuau, the stick 
or mallet with which native cloth (of bark) is 
beaten out ; the handle of a hoe, of a knife, 
tool, Ac. Tongan — kau, the stem oratalk: 

ne /u/u akiruaia i he gaahi kau ocfaiaketi ; 
And hid them with the stalks of flax; [b.) 
The bundle; kakau, the handle of any tool. 
Cf. kaajuika. the handle ol a net; katmatv. a 
small slick rubbed on another to get fire ; 
Uiiakakau, to take off the handle. Marque- 
san— kokau, the stalk of a fruit. Maoga- 
revan— kakau, the stalk of fruit; {b.) the 
stem ol the (t {CoTdyliiU). Cf, kakaukort, 
without a stalk, without a tai! ; kfko^ the shall 
of a lance; koutoki, au axe-handle; tukau, 
stalks of fruit ; a socket ; a handle ; the tiller 

01 a rudder ; ttikaukaa, a short handle. 
Pautnot an— kakau, a handle. Ext. Poly. ; 
Motu— cl. au, a tree ; aiiau, a stick ; a fork 
to eat wilh ; a handle, as of an axe. Solo- 
moQ Islands — ol. au. and ava, tree, wood, 
Savo— cf. kakaa, the hand. 

Samoan— cf. 'a'ava, pungent, sour, acrid ; 
teorching hot ; -ava'ava, to be oppressively 
hot, as on a sunny, calm da;, Tahltian — 
el, avaava, bitter, saltish. Ha^valian — ci. 
aicaaaa, sour. salt. Tongan— kakava, sweat, 
to perspire; faka-kakava.oauaing perspiration; 
a sudorific ; (b.) to do by proxy ; faka-kava, to 
cause a stink. Cf. fekakavaaki, to sweat from 
place to place; taluvu, sour. 
KAKE, to ascend, to climb upon or over : Kakta 
ake te taiipu o te vhare—P. M,, 19. Cf. akt, 
up»ards; eke, to mount upon; kanki, the 
ridge of a hill. 2. To excel, to rise above 
olbem: He nita pokarekare, ano )ie leai, e kare 
ioi e ka&e — i'en., iiii. 4. 
WhaJia-HAKE, to be ovtirtearing, pafled upi to 

assume itiperiority. 2. To olimh npwa; 
ascend : r«ta it mmn (itaoiTi) ka ahak- 
Samoan — 'a'e, to ascend, as to the tc 
bouse, tree, oi mountain ; 'a'ea, to be 
as a fort, Cf. a'e. to ascend ; 'a'ega, a ] 
beam used as a ladder; 'a'epopo'c. to ai 
fear, as a tree ; 'e'e, to plaoa upon ; reve 
Tahltian— ae, to aaoend, clunb, moui 
a climber, one who climbs a tree or bil 
to touch the ground, as a canoe or shi) 
the slain in battle that were taken to the 
(sacred place) and offered, also other sac 
to the gods, such aa fish ; the act ol o£F 
faa-ae, to assist a person to climb. Ha 
Ian — ae, to raise or lift, as the head ; 
mount, aa a horse. Tongan — of. ha 
ascend; up, upwards; I^aftn, to climb. 
ngalan — kake, to olimb, to ascend: Au 
kake, na te papaka e kake ; I will not 
let the land-crab climb, {b.) To sulvi 
Sourish (met,) : Kaa kake U uri a Vair 
The posterity ol Vairaoga yet survivB. 
ngare van— kake, following alter; as 
eor ; (b.) a reel or rock awash ; ^level wat« 
face ; (i! ) to arrive in shoals, as fish fro 
deep sea to deposit spawn, in shallow i 
(d.) to sleep on a rock in the sea. Cf. > 
kake, a wave of high water breaking o 
beach. Aninran— kace, up, above. 1 
motan — -kake, to climb, ascend ; (6.) i 
aground, Eit. Poly.: Fiji— cl, cafce (( 
upwards. Slkayana — cf, kake, to asci 

KAKEA, pui, matter discharged from a boil 

KAKI, (Sontb Island dialect for ngaki,) to a' 
ico.; Kalahi a Roko ka ie)iakotiha ki te 
tt mate a Tu— A. H. M,, i, 31. 

KAKI, the name of a bird, the Black Stilt 
Hima Rlqpui novn-citandiie). 

KAKI \.kak\), the neck: Ahenua tui U kU 
te kaki ki te tawkiti kareao — A. H. M., 
CLpoTokaki. the back of the neck. 9 
throat : Toka noa nna toe, e Jtangikia 
tnhata kei le kaki—Prov. 
Tahltian- a'i, the neck, of man, bei 
bird : E taviri oia i te a'i ; Wring off his 
CI. (ooai, a cloth for the neck. Havri 
— ai, the neok : He letkala oe ma ka a 
pot naauao ; You arc a wreath for the n 
the wise, {b.) Perverseness, disobedience 
(c.) the throat : A molu ko Kiwalao ai, a 
no ia ; Eiwalso's throat was out, and he 
Cf, aioeoe, a long neck ; aiuhaMha, a si 
cramped neck ; aipuu, a bunch on the shi 
from carrying burdens ; biniai, the t 
the windpipe (= Maori laiigi-kaki) ; noe 
a disease ol the throat, the croup. Mar 
san — kaki, the neck: J/au kaki Ata> 
Alea; Atsuua shades the neck of Atea 
To wish, U> desire, Paumotan— kat 
neok, Rarotongan— kaki, the aeok: 
opti tnai nia J lok» kaki : Be has lakei 
of my nook. Mangare van— kaki, the 
(b.) to give one a bad nickname. CI, iv 
the cervical vertebrie ; the neck ol a gan 
kakipaku, scirrhus (med,) of the throat. 

KAKiKA, the name of a plant (Bot. Sew<^ 

KAKiRIKIRI, (South Island dialect) for k 
Kufcirtfciri wta Tiga ika ki mnga Id nga 
— '«oliL,Tiftiia.,ra,6. 



KAKAO (mjth.), % bird ol evil omen, whose note 
WM (ometimM heard the night before a battle. 
The hair of the men soon to be alain choked 
its Dttannoe, «nd made iti orf hoarse and 
gruff. AUo called Tarakakao— A. H. M., ii. 
KAKARA. [See under Kau.] 
KAKARA (iUara), the name of a Bhell-fiih. 
lAKO, idle; trifling, of no moment. 
UNA, 1 qaiek, nimble, agile: He Hjiga kama- 
UKAMA, f kama, a lighl'fiiigersd penon. 

Hawaiian —, a person who ipeoka j 
lapidly ; ooneeoling from one, and eommoni- 
eatJDg to another ; {b.) one who is expert in 
gaining knowledge ; (e.) the motion of the i 
hands, when a penon woald trj to aeize hold 
of lomething while it rolls down a steep place ; i 
{i.) the act of stealing or pilfering ; (e.) the 
name of a (oar-footed animal in the eea. 
Tahltlan — cf. aama, to be burning brightly 
and Tchementlj, u a good fire ; ama/acu, clever, 
ikiUal, ingeniom, Tongan — kakama, to 
butle, to diive abont ; kainakaina, to bnstle, 
drive aboat. Cf. ftkakamaaki, to be aniiona 
abont aereral things at the same time. Ua- 
Dgarevan— c(. najbama, promptly, at the 
Nme moment. Paumotan — cf. kama, to 
bam 1 a flame, a torch, Eit. P0I7. : Kayan 
— «L kama, the hand. 
UHAHI, the name of a tree (Bot. ITftmnaniiu 

UMAKA [kimaka). » rock, a atone : Totohu iho 
■aa Totou ki tt Hrt, aao ht kamaka — Eko., iv. 
E. Cf. maka, to throw. 
Samoan — -d. ma'a, a stone ; ma'a'a, hard, 
itioDg ; ma'aafa, a heated atone ol the oven ; 
■a'aaao, gravell; ; anoama'a, roogh, stonjr ; 
falema'a, a stone honse. Hawaiian — cf. 
sua, a sling; to sling, as a stone. Tongan 
— d. maka, stone or rock of any kind 1 maka- 
imt, sandstone ; makaka, hard, nn;ielding ; 
wakaXa, a sling ; to sling stones ; tamnaka, to 
tMten small stones to the edge of a flshing- 
vdk. [For fnU derivatives, see Uaki.] 
UMATA (kHmata), the tip of a leaf, the end of a 
bcanch, the top of a tree. CL mala, the point, 
or utremitj ; karamala, the head of a tree. 
Samoan— of. 'amala, to begin ; mata, the 
point ol anjthing ; matavao, the edge of the 
krast. Haiiraiian — cl. maka, the point ol 
in instrument ; the budding or first shooting 
D< a plant. Tahftlan— of. mata, the firat 
beginning of anything ; mataart, the head or 
top of waves. Tongan — cf. kamata, to begin 
(d. Uaori, timata, to begin). [For foil deriva- 
tivM see Uiu, point.] 

UHAU, (Uorlori,) oonstant. Cf. mou, flied, 
luting; jnouu, constant, permanent; bunoti, 
to laslen. [For comparatives, see Uau.] 

UHE, to eat; food. Cf. eonw, to eat ; iomc, to 

Paumotan — ol. kaiiukami, to smoek the 
Win, an CTelssh: Puna tt roimota, t pakekt 

Ifa fai oia kamo—ii.. U., 38. Cf. kaikaam, 
UKO, I to wink. Of. khao. to wink. 3. 

UHOkAMO, J To twiuld* : TiHre to mata H a \ 
Ws^ U u mata kiiui i iam»—Bioj. Ot / 

kaiokapo, to twinkle, oomscste. B. To bnbbla 

KAMONQA, the eyelash. 

KAMOA. [NoiB.— 4 rare and ourionsword: Kti 
kaiaoa i nga wertterre Hinenuittpo ; Lest 
you be sacked in hj the lips of Hiae-nui-te-Fo 
—A. H. M., i. 50. Kama meaos eyelash ; and 
in Tahitian vertvere means both eyelids and 
jmdendam midiebre. Hine-nui-te-Po did not 
deatro; Maui with her mouth. Bee Uiui, 
and A. H. M., ii. 61.] 
Tahltlan— amo, to wink; the wink of the 
eye: £ amo noa hin (ona nuta; He winks with 
lus eyes, {b.) To make a aign by winking ; 
(c) to Qaali, as lightoing, when frequent and 
small ; amoamo, to wink repeatedly ; to twin- 
kle, OS the stars ; faa-amo, to make to flinah ; 
faa-amoamo, to make to wink, or flinoh, re- 
peatedly. Cf. malaamooMo, an eye given to 
winking ; amoraa-mata, a moment, an instant 
(lit. " twinkling of an eye ") ; amoamoapipiti, 
to wink at one another, as two persons. 
Hawaiian— amo, to wink, as the eye: Ua 
hakalia ka amo ana ka maka ; Blow was the 
winking of the syea. [b,} To twinkle, as a 
star: amoama, to wink repeatedly. CI. inxi, 
to wink ; iinut, to wink repeatedly ; hol:iiamo- 
amo, the twinkling of stars ; the winking of 
ejBs. Harotongan— kamokamo, to wmk ; 
Ko tti kamakamo i tana mata, kaa akatupu ia 
i U aue ; He who winks with his eyes causes 
sorrow. Tongan— kamo, and kamokamo, to 
beckon, to make signs ; to give the wink. Cf. 
fekamoaki., to bwkon to one another ; fikamo- 
fcintDji, to wink one at the other ; faka-kemo- 
kema, to twinkle in the eyes when looking at 
one another; kemo, the eyebrows; the wink 
of the eye ; kimo, the glare of the san, sa seen 
in hot weather ; tauftamo, to beckon with 
the hand, to make signs withtheeyea; taketao, 
to move the eyelids np and down repeatedly. 
Manga re van— kamo kamOi variegated, to be 
striped with different colours. Cf. tamo, to 
steal; a robber. Paumotan— kamo, to ogle, 
to glance ; kamokama, to blink, to wink. 

KAMU.toeat. Cf. ftanu, food; toeat; lanu, to 
eat; komt, to eat; kai, to eat. 2. To move 
the Ups in anticipation of food. Cf. tame, to 
smack the lips ; komt, to move the jaw as in 

KAMUKAMU, food. 

Samoan — cl. 'amu, to cut off, as part of a 
beam. Tahltlan — amu, to eat : E amuhfa 
oe mai te ht; The canker-worm shall eat 
yon np. (b.) An ester ; Ua mairi maira i rote 
i te vaha It amu ; They ahall fall into the 
mouth of the eater. Amuamu, to eat a tittle 
repeatedly, as a sick person beginning to re- 
cover; aainu, a glatton; voracioos; {b.) oor- 
rodiog, spreading, as rust or disease ; [c.) a 
tale, a story ; faa-amu, to feed, to sappljr with 
food. Cf. amuhati, to enjoy the fruits of 
peace ; hiamu, to have an appetite, or to long 
(orfood ordrink; oma.todevour. Haivallan 
— cf. amu, to shear the hair from the head. 
Tongan- hamu, io eat food of one kind only. 
Cf. lamu, to ehew. Eit. Foly. : Malay — of. 
j&ma, to glut, satiate; jamu, to entertain a 
gUMt. Java— ^. tamu, agnest. Malu.— lA, 
kamu, to tuta. Balloon— ct. konw, Vi «a,\. 

KAMU, aeeds ot oowha«e. 

KAMURI (Utmuri), ft «>dtun«-dw&. 




KANA, ) to «tare wi]dl7 : E ta kei U kana 

KANAKANA, f (ou nga hatiohi o nga tangata 
nei — A. H, M., ii. 31: Kanakana kau nga 
tangata o Peniamint — Kfli., %t, 41. Ct. mata- 
kana. on tbe took-out; pukana, to atsre vildlj' ; 
kanapa, bright. [See No. 3 of next vord.] 
Tahltlan—of. anaam, bright, or shining. 
Paumotan — of. kanaiana, Bhining, r»diant, 
beaming: kaTiapanapa. to glitter; iatiapa, 
ligbtDing : niho-innakana, tbe enamel of the 
teeth. Mangarevan— of. kanakanaara, to 
begin to take a red coloor, to ripen. »b frnit. 
KANAKANA,themeahofBiiet. 2. TheLampre; 
(lob. PetTwrn/ion 9p.) 3. The eyeballs. [See 
KANAE, the name □ I a fiih, the Qrey Mullet, 
(Ich. Miigil penult). 

Tahitlan— anae, tbe mnllet. Hawaiian 
^anae, the mullet. Mangarevan — kanae, 
a «peoies o( fi«h. Eit. Poly,: Fiji— cf. 
kantice (kana('ie). the mullet. 
KANAE (myth.) When the Fonatun eame ap 
out oF tbe vater to their houee. Manawa-Tane, 
tbe Kanae. or Mullet, came with them, 
lawhaki and Earihi slew all tbe Ponaturi, in 
revenge tor tho death of Hema ; but the Eanae 
escaped by iu leaping power, and got back to 
tbe eea— P. M., 40. 
KAMAENAE, bewildered. 

Tahitian— anae, to be aniiouit, thoughtful; 
anxiety; anaenae, to bo repeatedly exercising 
aniiouB thought, so as to destroy sleep ; to be 
repeatedly disturbed in sleep by some nneasi- 
nesa of body or mind, Paumotaa— kanafl- 
nae, to preoccupy the mind. 
KANAERAUKURA, the name of a fish, the Fresh- 
water Mdlot. 
KAN AKU, fire. Cf. ka. to take Gre, to ho lighted ; 
hana, to glow ; kanapa, bright ; Aanapu, 
bright, shining. 
Tahitian — of. anaaiia, bright, ahining, 
splendid; anapa. to Qaah as lightning. Ha- 
ivailan — cf. ana)ia, tbe Sashing of light; 
anapu, a fliBh o( light ; anapa. to ftash. 
MaDgarevan — cf. kanapa, bright, ahiuing; 
kanakana, to shine, radiate. Paumotan— 
cf, kanakana, radiant, beaming. 
KANAPA, bright, shining. Cf. kanapu, bright; 
konapu, shining; ka, to take £re; rarapa, to 
flash. 2. Conspicuous from colour. 
Tahllian— anapa, to flash, as lightning; a 
flash of lightning: Te anapa a Ic vuihae ra; 
The glittering of the apear. Anapanapa, to 
flash repeatedly; faa-anaana, to brighten, to 
mnke to shine. Cf. a, the state of oimbustion, 
or burning well; anaana, bright, shining; 
hanahana, splendour, glory. Hawrallan- 
anapa, to shine with reflected light, as the 
moon reSeoted on Che water; (b.) to flash like 
lightning; (c.) to light suddenly: anapanapa, 
the dazzling of the snn on any Inminaus body 
so as to strike tbe eyes with pain. Cf. a, to 
burn, as a fire; atvxha, tbe flashing of light; 
amipii, a flash of light; to bam, scorch, as 
the direct rays of the sun; napanapa, to bo 
bright, shining ; laVipa. to blaze, as a lira. 
Mangarevan — kanapa, bright, shining ; 
kananapa, shiaiug: Jtanapanapa, very bright, 
loog-oontisiaed lirigiiwess; aka-kanapa, to 

make brUIianl. Cf. ka, to kindle ; kaka, 
yellow-red; kanakanaata, beginning to grow 
red. as ripening fruit. Paumotan— kanapa, 
lightning; kanapanapa, to shine, glitter. Cf. 
kaiiiga, &re; kanataaa, to shine brightly. 
KANAPANAPA [kanapanapa], dark, like to deep 

KANAPEftanapE), not, no. 

KANAPU, bright, shining. Cf. *onapa. bright ; 
ko'iapu, bright; ka, to take Are. 3. Light- 
ning : 3t uira, he kanapa, U toku o It ariki — 
O. P., 83. 
Ha^valian^anapu, a Cash of light ; to flash 

as lightning: E like me ka uila i anapu mai 
ai ; Like the flash of lightning, (b.) To bora, 
to scorch, as tbe direct rays of the snn ; (c.) to 
quirer, as the raya of the sun on black lavs; 
{d-) a glimmering of light; anaanapu, to nn- 
dutale. as tbe aii under a hot sun ; (t.) to Sash 
asligbtDiog; (f.) to crook often, to hare many 
crooks; anapunspu, heat or light reflected, or 
both ; hoa-anapu, to send forth lightning : E 
hooanapa mai i ka itieila, a t hoopvehu in 
lakou; Cast forth the lightnings and scatter 
them. Cf. a, to burn as a Are ; anapa, to light 
suddenly, to flash. [For other comparatiTsa, 
see Eahafi.] 
KANAWA (myth.). Ta Kanawa was a chief o( 
Waikato, who, sleeping on the LiU called 
Pukemoiemore, was surroonded by a troop of 
fairies. [See FAinpiEABZHE.] He was very 
frightened, and offered his jewels (ornaments) 
to them, bnt they only took away the ahadowt 
of the jewels, and left tbe substance with him. 
They vanished at daybreak— P. M., 183. 3. 
A deity consulted by the priest Hapopo. on 
tbe approach of the war party led by Uenuka 
against Tawheta— A. H. M., iii. SO. 
KANAWA, a precious war-weapon, which is 
handed down as an heirloom, and used by the 
senior warrior. 3. A variety of the kamara 
(sweet potato). 
KANEHETANQA, affection (one anth.). 
KANEKE, (loineki,) \ to move from one's plaoe; 
KANEKENEKE, f lomove: ifaJior* /loii iia 
kaiu'ke If hoe i rtmga i te mokiki — Woli!., 
Trans., vii. 51. Ct. nekt. to move ; paneke, to 
move forwards. [Tor comparatives, sec Nbsk,] 
KANEWHA (khniirha), uudcrdooe, only partially 

KANI, I to rub backwards and forwards; to 

KANIKANI.f saw, as in cutting a block of stone; 
a saw : He koluita ulit nui enei katoa, he mea 
kaai ki le kani—l Ei., vii. 9. 2. To dance ; 
a dance : A taagohia ratou eiahi vahiiu i role 
i te Aunff" ' kanitani ro— Kai., iii. 23. 
Hawaliao— cf. onoi, to rab, grind, sconi 
{kani. to sing, is not proper letter- change, bnt 
ia the Maori tanpi) ; ani, to pass over a sur- 
face, as the hand over a table ; drawing, drag- 
ging, as a net lor Gsh ; ania. smooth and even 
of surface; aniani, a glass, a mirror; aniunia. 
smooth and even, as tbe surface of a planed 
bonrd, Tongan- of- kanai, to rub, to clean 
with kana (a soft kind of stone, used for rub- 
bing canaea) ; kanikani. to break, spoil, dis- 
figure, deface: kanikifa. a kind of sandstone. 
Marquesan — of. ioiikani, wood on whioh 
one laba to 'pcowwe feto- Ta-tvlUan—flf. ani, 




(iiperfidalit7, the qnelitj ot being meretf i 

the Burteoe. 
KANIHI {kinihi). la patch a garment. 
UNIH1 (mjth.), ft whirlpool in whioh Whiro 

•nd TuFB were nearly engalted : Te icaha o Te 

Kanihi. CI. Te waha o Te Parata. '" 


KANIOTAKIRAU (myth.). Te Kani-o-Tskirsu 
«u ft chiel dweliinH at ITwawa, for whom the 
first home oarred by men waa made by Hinga- 
ngaioa. [Sea BDiPUPmcB.l 

UNIOWAI (mytb.). a wife ot Bata^A. H. U., 
iii. 5. [See Bati.] 

UNIUHI (mjth.), a deity who, in anawor to the 
prayers ol the good to Tans tor vengeance aa 
the nioked. sent the laina ot the Deluge — 
A. H. M., i. ISO. 

UNIWKA (haniuitm), the barb of a fishhook : 
Kauri e lutniviha. kei Khittki i te katiae o te 
iits— Wohl., Trana., vii. 41. Cf. niwlia, the 
bub ol a fiahhook. 3. A apear, barbed on one 

UNIWHANIWHA, the barb ot a bird-spear. 

UNO, 1 the grain of wood, the iliapoBition ol 

UKANOJ the libres. 2. Berries which serve 
M (ood for pigeons, Ac. 

UKANO (jtflkano), a seed, a pip : Nga purapvra 
1 »ga icahive ra i hari mat at. he kuDuaa, fit 
Uiano Am— O.-B, 13. Ct. kaitoki, the eye. 
(See Tongan.] 

UNOKANO, foil of amall lumps. 

Samoan — 'a'ano, the flesh ot animals : Na 
I faaofmna o au i le pa-a ma le aano ; You 
have cloihed me with skin and tleeh. (b.) Tlie 
kernel ol a cocoanal ; (;.) aubstanlial food ; 
H) the marrow ol a bone : Uu <u foi li aano 
ona ivi ; His bones are moiit with marrow. 
C(. 'uno^iUf, the lean partol Se»h ; anomanava, 
proviaiona tor a journey. Tahltian — aano. 
■perm, oi seed ot certain fiahes ; (b.) the red 
bcrciea of the pun tree ; (r.| seeds of gourds, 
pnmpldDa, melDUs, and cucutabers ; (d.) a 
eoooBDUt vater-bottle ; atioano, the seeds ol 
gourde, melons, &<i. Cf. anotupu. a resident. 
Hawaiian — anoano, seeds, the seeds of fruit, 
aa of melons, apples, onions, &c. : Aole k/ia he 
Itaki no na anoanc ; It is nut a place of seeds. 
(6.) The umen of males : A iiia e puka aku ha 
anaano o ke kanaka mailoko aku OJia ; If any 
maii'B seed goes out from him. («.) Descend- 
ants, children of meu ; ho-ano, sacred, lo cou- 
Kcrmte; proud, toll of self-confidence. Cf. 
ana, the likeness, resamblance. or image of a 
thing ; the meaning ot a word or phrase. 
Tongan— kaka no, tlesh : A'efa kotoabi e ala 
h bono kakano e laba ai in ; Whatever shall 
tench the Besh shail be holy, (b.) The kernel, 
the heart, or inside of anything ; faka-kano- 
kano, to be full ; to be hned, as part of the 
boriaon with dark clonds -, kanokano, fat ; " ' 
a tenor voice ; faka-kakano, to fill, to lin 
pol inside; (i.) earthly, fleshly. Cf. kam 
olarot cross-grained \ kanoimata, tlie ball ot 
the eye; karto/ajati, tongh, ropy, applied to 
the fleeh ol animals ; hnwmate, the lean of 
fiMb \ kaiioUnitou, tender, soft ; agafakaka- 
^ne, carnal, flesbiy ; ano, a lake, pool ; aano, 
to think. (Cf. Hawaiian loko, a lake, also the 
bean, diiposition.) Marquesan — kflkano, 
I graini, ueda, pipa : Me te leila kaapuu kakano; \ 

And the herb j^'elding seed. Mangarevan 
^kanokano, grain, berry, pip. Cf. kanoHju), 
niggardly, mean ; a vagabond. Paumotan 
— kakano, a board, a plank ; (b.) spawn. 
KANOKI, the eye (sometimea Konohi) : Ano ka 
Kthi laua iici ki ona kanohi—P. M., 19. CI. 
faino, a kernel, berry [see Tongan}; kaiuikana, 
to stare wildly. 2. The face ; Ka le kanohi te 
Toa kei te trhalianga o le ringaringa — G.-B, 30. 
Hawaiian — onohi, the centre of the eye: 
Ea oni i ka haku onohi ; The pupil of my eye 
ia troubled, (b.) The eyeball, the apple ot the 
eye (kii-onohi, the little image in the centre ot 
the eye ; Maori letters = tiki-kanohi] ; (c.) the 
centre ol a thing; {d.) the centre of heat and 
light : (e.) the eicesa ot a thing, applied to 
darkness, i.e., the profundity ol darknees : Ke 
onabi o ia pouli; Where darkness is concen- 
trated, if.) The stars (poet.) : Ke kau mai la 
na onohi i ka leica; The stars stand alill in 
the Upper Space. (Myth.) Eaonohiokala 
(■■ the eyeball of the 8nn,"= M. L. Te Kanobi- 
o-le-Ra) was the name of a god who oonducted 
the spirit of a dead man to the Hhades ; hia 
companion was called Kuahailo. Tahltian — 
cf. aaivi, the seeds of melons, Ac; the red 
berries of the pita tree ; OTioTii, the point of 
B Gab-hook. Tongan — cf. kanoiniala, the 
papil ot the eye ; kakano, the flesh, the kernel, 
heart, or inside ol anything. Mangarevan 
— ct konaki, to reaemhle anyone in anything. 
Paumotaa— nohi, the eye. Ct. tukenohi, 
the eyebrow ; nohikaruri, to took aside ; noAi- 
fera, to look aside; Toinahi, a teat (= Maori 

KANOHI-MOWHITI, the name ol a bn-d, the 
White-Eye (Om. ZoileTopt lateralii). Thia 
bird ia said to have migrated to Kew Zealand 
in modem limes. 

KANOKAKO, a relative living among a diatant 

KANOKANOA (kanokanoa), to feel affection for 
an absent relative or friend. 
Tahltian— cf. ano. desolate, asahonaeor 
land; anoa, distance, lost in diatance, aa the 
sun in setting, a ship when lost to sight, &c. ; 
anuano. seeds ; aiiotupu, areaident. Hawai- 
ian — ct. unoaiio. descendants, the children ot 
men, Tongan— cf. aano, to think. 
KANONO, the name of a tree (Bot. Coproma sp.) 
KANOTI (iSnol.). to bank up, to cover up em- 
bers with ashes or earth to keep them alight. 
Cf. uthaka-noli, to Cover fire with ashes lor 
purpose. [For comparatives, see 

I tree (Bot. 
: Ka kanga mai hoJtt 
I, iuKult, jee. 


KANUKA (kdnuka), the n 
Leptoapermitm «ricczf/c'0). 

KANGA, to curse; a curse 
ruuu ki a io—P, M„ 38. 
Tahltian — aa, a prov ... 

taunt ; to provoke, insult ; (b.) jocular, given 
to jpst ; aaa, to insult, to provoke. Ha- 
waiian ^ana an a, a kind of aorcery, or prayer, 
□sed to procure the death of or a curse upon 
anyone ; to practice sorcery : Me ka uku no ka 
anaaiia ana ; With tbe rewarda of sorcery, 
(i.) Witchcraft, divination : Kt aanatia nei 
lakau ill oukou i hihio icahahce a. jiK kn. ai\a- 
ana I Thejpiophesy aIaiBe"i\a«>iiB.Tii.i\svMk- 
tiou to you. ko-ne., to speak va%i:&'],V> ^i(^> 




Cf. aria, grief, tronblo tor the conduct ol 
othcre; anaonai, angry. Paumotan — kagn, 
to inaiilt; (h.) lewd. Mangalan — kanga, 
to be mischieTooa. Ext. Polj. : Fiji— of. 
ru-iaka, to curae ; to utter evil vishea. 

KANGATUNGATU (tSnso(iingalH), a verandah. 

KAO, drisd tumnra— See Col,, TranE., liii. 13. 
Cf. kaakao, the side of a body. [See Manga- 

Hawaiian — ao, dried iahi (laro), or pota- 
toes, used as food; (b.) eea-bread, or an; hard 
bread, was so called by Hawaiiaas wbea the; 
Grat saw it. Tongan — kakao, to bore or 
throat with the flager. [In thia gray the 
kiimara for maMng too were obtained by (he 
Maori, i.e., by throating in the fingers at the 
bnse of the plant-hill, and groping tor boi 
the new tubera, while the bulk was left ( 
ing.] Mangarevan^aka-kaokao, to take 
food out of a hole on one side without touoh- 
ing the other. Cf. kao, a ahoot oi sprout ; 
matakao. lirst-fruila ; pakaokaa, the name of a 
long breadfruit; to grow without getting fat. 
said of a cllild 1 aka-pukaokaa, to go on wear- 
ing one side of a mat, while the other is left 
almost vuiworn. MaDgalan — kao, the core: 
Alia rai^m'riri ti kao o te meika ; The core ol 
the banana is twisted. Cf. itiio, the terminal 
bud of a phint. Eit. Poly. ; Malagasy— cf. 
keo. a piece of bollock's hide, toasted ready for 
KAOKAO, the nbs, the side of the body: I 
kaokaa he loliu malt—k. H. M., ii. 4. Cf. ki 
dried kinaara \see Mangacetan}. 3. The side 
ot a canoe, of a hill, Ac. Cf. kaho. a rafter; 
kakaho, a reed [eceXongnn]. 3. (Mor' 

The n 

e oi a 

), the annpita; (b.) the in- 
ner sidea of a canoe ; (c.) eUm, slender. Cf. 
a'ao. the ann, hand, or leg of a chief. Ha- 
waiian— aoao, the Bide of a thing, as iand, 
country, the coast of a country. Tahltlan 
— aoao, the ribs : £ mauitii rahi tei le ialia 
aoao It laala aloa : All the men have pain 
in the ribi. (b.) Slimness; tall; weU-ehaped. 
Cf, aoBOtahi, a broad rib-bone ; an intrepid 
warrior; tahaooao, the side under the ar 
Tongan — kaokaa, the aides of a vessel 
canoe. Cf. kaokaalalial, a canoe with eii 
bulged out ; kaokaotuu, > canoe with sides 
straight up and down ; ka)io. the riba or 
0- any work ; a reed. M a rquesan— kaokaa, 
the side cf the body, the flank. Manga- 
revan — kao [kio). the aiophagia, gullet ; 
(b.) to desire anyone ardently ; kaokao {lAo- 
kho), the side ; [b.) the lateral part of a thing ; 
aka~kao, to drinh without letting the lipa touch 
the vessel; aka-kaokao, to take food out of a 
hole on one aide without teaching the other, 
Cf. kaonui, a glutton ; envious ; pakaokao. on 
the side ; a side wind ; struck on the side ; 
tykaakao, to be by the side of. Paumotan 
^kaokao, the side, flank, riba ; (b.) lateral. 

KAO Ikio), I contracted forms of kahore, no, 
KAORE(Jiaor«l,f not: Nohea koia kixt N^tt 
vruf No It raki) Kao-F. M.. 19: Kaore 
ano i iLthia noofin— P. M., 7. Cf. kahore-kau, 
not at all. 2. Alas I Kaort It aroha e tara 
mai nti; ko ou fonu ano— MSS. [For com- 
jmntires, sea KiSo&B.] 

KAORIKI, the name ot a bird, the UtUe Bittern 
(Orn. Ardea mactdata). 

KAPA, a rank, a row; to stand in a row or 
rank: Holio Iv ai, tioko kapa at, poroichaiche 
fiofl It ana— A. H. M., v. 13 : He Toa «ga ki-pu 
tatohe a raua i roto i u kapa o ia ratou haka, 
Cf. apa, a company ol workmen. 3. Play, 

KAKAPA, to flatter, to flap: Me he mam 
knkapa — Prov. 

KAPAKAPA, to palpitate: Kapakapa tu ava. U 
tau laku a(« — M. M., 53. 2. To tremble - 

kapakapa o le harirau o te kuku — P. M., 144. 
Cf. kapekapttS., to flutter, writhe ; kopekope, 
to shale in the wind ; Altanga-a-Tiki-kapa- 
kapa, birds. 

Samoan— apa (apa), coiliu ; ■apa'apa, tha 
fin of a fish. Cf. 'apati. to clap the wings ; 
'opa'au, a vring ; apa'aacai, a species of amall 
bat iEvd/atlonura Jaliginoia) ; 'apa'apavatu, 

a shark with eight fins. Hawaiian— apa- 
Bpa, oneettled, unstable, irresolute ; {b.) with- 
out truth, deceitful ; guile, deceit. Cf. apaku, 
pieces cut off ; apana, a divlEian of people. 
Tahilian— apa iapa), a mode of oaing the 
bonds in a Native dance; apa, a flabhook with 
two feathers flxed to it, for catching some 
kinds ot fish ; (fi.) a young bird ; (c.) to dart 
a reed ao aa to slide along the ground ; apa- 
apa, birds of all sorts ; (b.) to flap, as a sail, 
or as the winge of a bird ; (f.) one aide of a 
thing when divided through [he middle, aa tbe 
carcase of a beast or Sah ; the side ot a house, 
dc, Cf. tvapa, a weakling in the ranks; a 
bird just able to fly. Tongan — kaba, the 
comers and edgea of anything ; (6.) a siege; 
to besiege, Co storm a fort ; (c.) to flap the 
wings; [d.) to try to crawl, as a child; ka- 
kaba, to reach out, to extend the arm to reach ; 
kabakaba, to flicker, to flutter; to hover on 
the wings ; (6.) the aide-fins of a ahiirk ; faka- 
kaba, to oomer; to leave an end or corner in 
culling off. Ct. /aka-balu, to make a Happing 
noise ; abaabai, to move in a mass, ai 
soldiers; kabakau, wings; kabalu, to flap, to 
flop; to move with a flapping noise; kaba- 
ioka. to begin to fly, as ctuckeus; fekabaaki, 
to extend the hands; /tkabalui, to flap; to 
make a flapping noiao ; /etaiikataaki. to hover, 
as a bird on the wing; raukaba, to flap the 
winga. Manga re van — kapa, a song lor tha 
dead ; (£.) all kinds of chants and recitations. 
Paumotan — kapakapa, half; {b.) a piece, a 
particle, lot, portion, share. Mangaian — 
kapakapa, to flutter, flap : E kapakapa te manti 
e tan ra; What a flapping of wmgs when 
resting. Eit. Poly.: Malagasy — el. krpa- 
kepoka, flounced io tbe wind ; kambana, 
joined; twins; resemblance; connected to- 
gether. Ternate (Moluccas) — ot. gabanaba, 
the leaf-stalk of tbe sago palm, v-shaped, used 
for fencing, for sides and partitions of Native 
houses. Magindann— cf. kapakapa, a fan. 
Ulaura— of. apaapa, a wing. Malanla 
(Saa) — ct. apaapa i manti, a wing. 

KAPANA (kapana), a potato. 

KAPARA Ikhpara),!, comb. Cf.mapara, a comb. 
2. Beainous wood of the Bima and Rahikatea 
tiees. It la (pUt into shreds, and theo tied in 




bondlet for use as torches : He kapara mitt 
*»«!— Prov. Cf . parot half of a tree ; split 
down the middle. 

Tahitian— cf. apara^ a name given to pia 
(arrowroot,) and other things when collected 
together, from a strange notion, formerly 
entertained, that they would vanish away if 
e&lled by their proper names. Hawaiian 
— cf. apana, a fragment, slice. 

KAPATAU (kapiuau), if. 

KAPATAU, to threaten, to express an intention 
of doing. Cf . kawatau, to speak frequenUy of 
one*8 intentions or expectations. 

KAPE, the eyebrow. 2. The space between the 
eyes and eyebrows. 3. Tattooing nnder the 
^ebrows. 4. To pass by, to leave out : Kaua 
n e kapea to pononga — Ken., xviii. 3. 6. To 
pick out. 6. To push away : Be pirau kai 
ma U arero e kape — Prov. 

KAPEKAPE, a stick for lifting embers. 

Samoan — 'ape, to pluck out the eyes, 
planl 'a'ape ; *ape*ape, to raise the skin over 
a boil, so as to let the matter escape. Tahi- 
tian—ape, to flinch, so as to avoid a blow ; 
the act of flinching in danger, or of avoiding 
the consequences of an argument ; apeape, to 
flinch repeatedly. Tongan— kabe, to swear, 
to abuse with bad language ; (b.) a plant 
whose root is eaten ; kabekabe, to deepen the 
trenches of a fort by a second digging ; kakabe, 
fc> raise, as by a lever. Cf. kabei, to force, to 
pluck ; to take out ; kabekabeteetuH^ to pick 
inytbmg ott of the ear ; kabetefua, to lift up 
and throw down suddenly ; kabetuut to renew 
th^kafa (sinnet) lashings of a canoe without 
taking the canoe to pieces; fekabeaki^ to 
iwearone at another. Ext. Poly. : Fiji— cf. 
kabe-a, to hold the spear ready to throw it ; 
hab(k€ibe-a, to spread a report. 

KAPEKA [khpekajf the head of a river. Cf. peka^ 
a branch. 

KAPEKAPE, the north-west wind. 

KAPETA, a kind of dog-fish. 

KAPEKAPETA (kapekapeth), to flutter, writhe* 
Cf. kapakapa^ to flutter; karapetapetau, to 
ilap, as a fish out of water; to wag the 
tongue; petapeta, rags. 
Haivaiian— cf. apeape^ the motion of the 
gills of a fish in water ; opt, to flap, as the 
gills of a fish when hauled out of the water ; 
to shake, to tremble ; to throb ; to beat ; 
kapekeptke^ (not the usual letter-change,) to 
totter ; to roll ; to be unsettled, inconstant. 

UPEKAPETAU, quick, speedy. 

UPETO, a species of dog-fish. 

KAPEU, an ornament of bone; a genealogical 
register, made by notching wood or bone. 
il^OTX.— For illustrations, see A. H. M., iii., 
£ng. part, 192. Kapeu - whakapapa^ see 
A. H. M., iii., Maori part, 114.] 

KAPl, to be covered ; to be filled up, occupied : 
Ko te hangi e kapi katoa i te tarutara — 
A. H. M., i 36 : Ka kapi katoa hoki nga 
whatitokor^l?. M., 43. Ct apiapi, close to- 
Seiher; crowded together; kapiti^ shut in, 
oonfined. 2. To close, as a harbour : A kapi 
pi te kongutu o te awa-^A. H. H., v. 10. 
wiiftkt-KAPI, to fill iq> a BpMoe; one wboHllB 


up the place of another; a relief, a substi- 
tute ; a Bucoessor. 

Samoan — *api'api, to patch up a cracked 
canoe with bamboos. CI optapt, narrow, 
strait ; apitia, to be wedged in, to be confined. 
Hawaiian~api, to gather together, as peo- 
ple to one spot ; to bring into small compass, 
as baggage ; apipi, united, joined together, as 
the two canoes of a double canoe. Cf. pipi, an 
oyster. Tahitian— api, folds of cloth pasted 
together ; (6.) the bivalve shells of shell-fish ; 
(c.) a part of a canoe ; (d.) to be full, to be 
occupied ; closed up, filled ; (e.) to confederate 
togeUier, as different parties ; to join, as the 
subdivisions of a fieet of war-canoes; (/.) 
young, recent, late; apia, closed, as an 
oyster ; apiapi, filled, occupied ; narrow, nar- 
rowness ; faa-apiapi, to fill up, to encumber, 
as by crowding a space. Cf. apiparau, the 
valve that unites the pearl-oyster shell; 
apipiti, together; apitiy a couple on the 
ground joined together. Tongan — kabikabi, 
to wedge, to fasten with a wedge or wedges. 
Cf. abiabi, crowded ; narrow ; aabi^ strait, 
confined. Mangarevan— kapi, to be re- 
plete, full; {b.) to be ended, accomplished. 
Cf. kapitait to fish at night with a leaf-chain ; 
apiapi, to be densely packed ; pressed upon by 
a crowd; aka-api, to be crowded together. 
Paumotan— kapi, full, to be full, replete. 
Mangaian— cf. kapiti, close together, side 
by side. Ext. Poly.: Fiji— cf. kabi, to stick 
or cleave to ; kabikabi, fiowers or delicate 
vines put round the head for an ornament ; 
kakabi, sticky, glutinous. Malay — cf. kapit, 
a companion, associate, second ; apit, pressed 
together, squeezed. 

KAPIA (khpia), kauri gum, resin. Cf. pia, gum 
of trees. [For comparatives, see Pii.] 

KAPITI, to be close together, as opposite sides of 
a steep ravine ; to be clenched, set, as the teeth : 
Ka kapiti nga niho — G.-8, 26. Cf. apiti, to 
place side by side ; apiapi, close together ; 
kapi, to be filled up, occupied. 2. A cleft, a 
crevice: Ka kawea koe e ahau ki roto ki te 
kapiti kohatu — Eko., xxxiii. 22. 3. A gorge, 
a narrow pass. 4. Fighting at close quarters. 
5. The name of a bone. Cf. apiti, the radius 
bone of the lower arm. 

Samoan— cf. apitia, to be wedged in, con- 
fined, straitened; apiapi, narrow, strait. 
Tahitian — apiti, a couple, or two joined 
together; two, in counting; to join or unite 
with another ; (b.) to have two sources, applied 
to the wind when coming from two different 
quarters; apitipiti, to couple or join things 
together repeatedly; aapiti, united, doubled. 
Cf. piti, two (rua is the old word) ; api, to 
confederate together ; apipiti, altogether, by 
parties joining together ; epiti, a couple. 
Hawaiian— apikipiki, to fold up, as a 
piece of native cloth. Cf. upiki, to shut 
suddenly together, as the jaws of a trap; 
to snare; upikipiki, shuttmg up, folding 
together, as a foreign fan ; piki, to do in- 
stantly ; apiapi, united, joined together* 
Rarotongan— kapiti, close together, side by 
side ; in company : Kare ua e tokorua tangata 
i kitea atu i te kapiti anga ; No two men were 
left together. Mangarevan— kapiti, to be 
allied, joined together ; U> m«^e \}[iixivsa V>\i^ 
each other. Ct. kopiti, \o «A^ V> \ V> «AaQ^\A 




with any one ; to unite thiuga side bj aide :; 
kopiliraga, nA^tion. Marquesan — ettapiti, 
to join, to unite; haa-piti, tight, compaot. 
crowded ; pitiki, to bind ; (itBtened together. 
Paumotan — kapiti, to eenl op ; kapitipiti, to 
unite, united ; (6.) to collect, gather. ToogaD 
— cf. abiji, to tie together ; kabikabi, (o tosteri 
with A wedge. Eit. Poly.: Malay— d. kapit, 
a oompanioQ, awooiate, friend ; apit, close. 
Bide bj Btda ; to sqaeeze. FIJI — ill. hiAi, t(i 
stick or cleave to ; kakabi, viBOooa, Btlill^. 
Tagal — cf. calapit, oloBe together. 
KAPO, to catch at, to snatch : Eapo tcm te kari 
— Prov. : Kapo tonu atu Iti U hatiro — P. M., 
6i. Cf. apo, to grasp. 
Samoaa—'apo, to oUng to, to keep near to ; 
{£.) to take care of, aa an orphan idiild. Cf. 
aapo, to catch anyUiing thrown, as a dog with 
his month ; eaiapo, to catch a number ol 
oranges thrown np and kept going; tau'opo- 
'apo, to cleave to. Tahltian — apo, to catch 
a thing thrown to a person; the act of 80 
oatching ; apoapo, to catch repeatedly things 
thrown at a person ; aapo, to apprehend or 
understand a thing quiokly, apt to nnderstsnd. 
Hawratian — apo, to oatch at, as with the 
hand ; to hook in ; {b.) to span or reach 
round, to pnt one's aim round another; O 
Eaaii, kai apo iatd; O Hauii, the seamen. 
circling, {c.) To receive ; to embrace, as a 
long-absent friend : lIoU mai laia t lialauiai 
me ia, apo mai la ia ia: He ran to meet him, 
and embraced him. {d.) To contain, hold : 
AoU t taki i na lani ame na lani o na lani ke 
apo ia oe ; Heaven and the heaven of hesvene 
cannot contain yon. (e.j To receive, as into 
the mind ; to appiebend inteliectually, to re- 
ceive as a tralb. (/.) To receive, to hide, as a 
olond : A na kt ao no ia i apo mai. mai to 
lakoa mall maka aku ; A cloud received him, 
and hid him from sight, (g.) A. hoop, a ring, 
a circle ; a certainkindof belt womb; women, 
(h.) (Fig.) Apo a ha maht .* the bonds of death, 
(i.) The union of the cheek-bone with the 
temples- Apoepo, to catch at frequently ; 
snatch or scramble for; [b.] a bunch, ae 
kalo {taTo) i a bill of potatoes ; aapo, to snatch 
at several persons at onoe ; (b.) quick at ap- 
prehension; a ready scholar ; one who snatches. 
Cf. apakau, to take hold ol and displace ; 
apohao, the king's goaid. Tongan — kabo, 
a seU-taught artisan ; kebokabo, to empty, 
to throw all the water out of a canoe ; 
fakS'kabo, to bring the sail of the canoe nearer 
the wind. Cf. Jekabokabaaki, to do, to help 
from all sides ; habo, to catch anything thiowo ; 
taukabo, to poll hand over hand, as one hauls 
up a fisb out ol the water. Mangarevan — 

scarry away. Eit. Poly, : Fiji— of. ta6o 
to take bold of a thing with something in the 
hand, that it may not burn, dirty, or injure it- 
Malagasy — d. kaps, captive. Malay— of. 
iakap, to bug, to embrace by folding in the 

KAPO, one of the Incl; takiri, or omens, by 
starting in sleep. A very Incky sign. [See 


KAPO (btpai, blind. CL po, night, daikne«; 

joatapo, blind. [For comparativaa, Bee Po.] 
KAPO, hghtning : Tt wkatitiri, U kapo, U kuio- 

rere— Koro,, Jan. 90, 1888. 
KAPOKAPO, to twinkle, coruscate; a twinkling, 

glittering : Ka mutu tt kapokapo o nga <dA«&i 

te rangi—U. U. 

Samoan — apoapo, to poise the q>ear, qnivra- 
ing it in so doing : Ua ia 'ata foi i U apoapo o 
U tao \ He laughs at the shaking of tbe spear. 
Ha-wallan — apoapo, to palpitate, as tbe 
heart; to throb, Cf. amoamo, to twinkle, at 
a star, or the eye. Tahltian — cf. amoamo, 
to twinkle, to flash, wink. Paumotan — 
kapokapo, pQlsatton ; to be palpitating. 

Whaka-KAPOWAI, to steep in boiling-watar. a. 
To cure, as in preserving birds, or honian 
heads— A. H. M., i., Maori, Sfi. 

KAPU, the hollow of the hand; Naviaia^iuhva 
nga vai ki te kap^^ o tona ringa t — Iha., il. 13. 
Cf, hapua, hollow, like a volley [see Tonganl. 
2, To drink out of the hollow of the hand. 
Cf, ipu, a calabash, a bottle, do., a container 
for liqutda [see Tabitian]. S. A steel adze, 
BO called from its shape, i. To close tbe 
hand. G. Curly fot the hair) : kapu-malwTa, 
slightly curled, wavy; Jupu-mdichatu, sepa- 
rated into distinct curls ; kapu-piripiri, woolly. 

KAKAPU, a small basket for cooked fish. 

KAPUKAPU, to curl, as a wave. % To gosh. 
8. The sole of the foot. Cf. laputapu, the 
foot of a pig ; tapuipae, a footman. 

KAPUNQA, the palm of the hand. 2. To take 
up in both hands together: WhakangaboTotia 
ano hoki etahi kapujiga mana.—Ratu., ii. 16. 
Cf. kaptika, a handlal, aa of potatoes. 

KAPURANGA, to take up by handfule. 

Samoan^ 'apu, a cup or dish made of a 
leaf ; 'a'apu, to draw the wind, as a sail. Cf. 
'apuUtutaio, a taro-Ieaf cup ; afua/u, to carl 
over, as a wave about to break. Tahitlan — 
Bbu, the shell of a nut, gourd, or fish ; (6.) a 
concave or hollow ; as abu-rivta, the hollow of 
the hand ; aba-roro (or abu-vpoo), the skull ; 
(c.) a fraternity or family : as abu-arii, the 
royal family ; apu, tbe sb^ of seeds, nuts, and 
fish ; aapu, to take up with the bond ; aabu, 
to bold out any cup or oonoave vessel to 
receive anything ; to make or put anything in 
a concave form to receive food or othrar things; 
apuapu, pliable, f eiible ; pliancy ; (b.) thin, 
slender, as a cup, the bottom of a oanoe, or 
Bomething that ia hollow. Cf. aiba, a cup, a 
oocoanut-shell, used as a cup (also aijtu, and 
aebu) ; faa-apo, to hollow ont, to make 
concave ; apamala, the socket of the eye ; 
marMpu, sn empty oocoanut ; (fig.) an empty 
frivolous person. Hawaiian — apu, a cop 
made of a cocoanut- shell, for driiiking awa 
{kova). (b.) A dish or cap of any material ; 
(c.) (fig.) suffering, affliction; aapu, a 
thin piece of wood, such as will bend np ; to 
warp or bend; (b.) a concave vessel; (c) a 
valve of a vein ; (d,) to wrinkle or niffle, a* 
cloth ; hoo-aapu, to turn the hoUow of tbe 
band upwards ; ho-aapu, to make a cup of the 
hollow of the bond [M.L. u!haka-kalcapu\. 
Cf. apua, a cup for scooping up oopu (a small 
fisb). Tongan- kabu, the bonus leaf, w 




folded as to hold water ; fkka-kabu, to fill, as 
the sail with wind ; to keep ftdl. CI, hdbu, 
the Iwfcnana leaf tied at each end to hold water ; 
kalmtOy to bulge ont; kabui^ to encirde, to 
snrroand ; a wrapper, a native dress ; ibu, the 
general name for earthenware utensils; ebu^ 
to drink. Marquesan — kapu, the hand, 
eoired or rounded ; (6.) a handml. Of. kapu- 
matti^ the orbit of the eye. Mangarevan — 
kapu, a enp, vase, trough ; (6.) a leaf-dish ; 
kapu kapu, large, vigoroas, said of fine leaves ; 
aka-kapu, to make a cap or container. CI 
kapurima, the palm of the hand. Pau- 
xnotan — kapukapu, the palm of the hand. 
Cf. kapurimat the palm of the hand. Raro- 
togan— kapu. a cap. Gf. kapurima, the 
hollow of tne nand. Ext. Poly. : Malagasy 
(No u) — cf. kaboakat hollow ; kapoaka^ a cup, 
goblet; (fig.) one who is hollow, deceitful. 
Malay--cf. kabok^ a goblet. 

KAPUA, a doud, a bank of clouds : Te kapum tu 
noa ail ka riro au i te ia — M. M., 23: A 
tangohia atu ana aia e nga kapua ki runga ki 
te rangi — A. H. M., i. 47. Gf. ptta^ foaming, 
breaking ; to roll or wrap up. 

Whaka-KAPUA, misty ; in the distance. 

Haivaiian — opua, narrow pointed clouds, 
hanging in the horizon ; clouds of a singular 
shape arising out of the sea : Nana aku la oia 
i ke kuku o na opua ; He saw the long clouds 
standing erect. (6.) A bunch, a collection, as 
of boshes, leaves, &o. Gf. opu^ to swell up, to 
be full, as the beUy of a fat person. Tongan 
— cf. kakahvi^ ^oggy ; fog or mist. Ext. Poly. : 
Fiji— cf. kahu^ foggy, fog or mist. Malay — 
d. Icodul, fog. 

KAPU I, to tie up the fronds of the kiekie^ to 
preserve the fruit. ' 

KAPU I PU I, to bum weeds, (tc, in heaps. 

KAPU K A, the name of a tree (Bot. Griselinia 
Uttoralis). 2. A handful of potatoes. [See 
EuLPUNGA, under Kapu.] 

KAPU NGA. [See under Kapu.] 

KAPURA {kdpura)y fire: A % te pou kapura i te 
fo hei whakamarama i a ratou — Eko., xiii. 21. 
Ct mhpura, fire; purapurat seed; vra^ to 
glow ; werat heat, <fec. 

KAPURANQA, to dawn. 
Samoan^-ei pula, to shine ; to be yellow ; 
fulapula^ to shine a little, as the eyes, 
recovering from sickness; pulapuUiUigoto^ to 
shine, as the setting sun. Tahitiaa — cf. 
pura, a spark of fire ; a fiash of li(?ht or fire ; 
to flash, blaze; purara, dispersion; faa- 
pwrarat to scatter; haa-pura, to make the 
sparks fly; opurapura^ to be flashing obscurely, 
IS fire. Tongan — cf. bulobulaj seed ; the 
seed cuttings of yams. Marquesan — cf. 
pKpKa, phosphorescent. Paumotan — cf. 
fwat phosphorescent ; purara^ to divulge, to 
blaze abroad. Mangaian — cf . pura, sparks ; 
to gbiue, to glow. Ext. Poly.: Bolang- 
ilam — cf. puro^ fire. Aneityum — (in = 
nom. pref.) tncop, or iTicop, fire ; incopre^ flame. 

KAPURANQA. [See under Kapu.] 

KAPURANQI, rubbish, weeds. 

KARA an old man. Gf. karaua^ an old man. 
2. A secret plan, a oonspiraoy. 

KARA (Moriori), aromatic. 

KAKARA, an odour, a smell; siivonry, odorifer- 
ous: Tena rawa te Here te haere na^ ara te 
kakara o te tawhiri — P. M., 189: Tena te 
kakara o Tutunui — Prov. 
Samoan — alala (alaJh)\ to smell of hot 
pork or fish. Gf. Batala^ to be diffused, as an 
odour. Hawaiian — aala, an odour, fra- 
grant: Ka lata aala o Ukulonuku; The fra- 
grant branch of Ukulonuku; (6.) to emit a 
perfume, to be fragrant. Ala, to anoint, to dress 
a sore or limb; (b.) spicy, perfumed: Honi 
aku i kea la o ke mauu; Smell the sweet 
scent of the grass. Gf. alahii^ the bastard 
sandal- wood; wahiealat sandal- wood; loan- 
ala^ sandal-wood : Kena aku la o Kamehameha 
i kona poe kanaka eimi i ka laau-ala ; Kame- 
hameha sent his men to look for sandal-wood. 
Rarotongan — kakara, savour, savonriness, 
savoury : Kua tuku atura aia i taua kai ka- 
kara ra ; And he gave him the savoury food. 
Tahitlan — aara, the sweet or fragrant scent 
of herbs; odoriferous, as herbs. Tongan — 
kakala, odoriferous, sweet of scent; {p,) any 
and every sweet flower ; (c.) a wreath, a gar- 
land ; (d.) sharp, pungent to the taste ; Taka- 
kakala, to scent oil with leaves, t&c. Mar- 
quesan — kakaa {Jkakdlik)^ sweet scented, 
pleasant to the smell. Mangarevan — 
kakara, odorons ; karakara, to smell good and 
savoury. Mangaian — kakara, sweet-smel- 
ling, odorous: E maire e kakara tuputupu; 
Abundance of sweet-smelling myrtle. 

KARA (obs.), to caU. 2. A salutation; properly 
to one of higher rank : E kara 1 

KARA NGA, to caU : Ka karanga, a ka kore ia e 
whakao mat ki a koe^ ka moimoi — P. M., 28. 
Gf. karangaia^ to remain silent when called. 
2. To shout, to caU out : Katahi tona whaea 
ka karanga atu — P. M., 14. 3. To call for, by 
other means than by the voice: Katahi ka 
tahu ahi a Ngatoro ki Maketu hei karanga mo 
nga teina — P. M., 94. 

KARANGARANQA, to call frequently: Kei te 
karangaranga te tangata rai te rangi — P. M., 

Samoan — *alaga, to shout out, to call out ; 
a shout : O la'u *alaga na oo i ona fofoga ; My 
cry entered into his ears. (&.) To proclaim a 
king or chief on his accession to the title ; 
*alalaga, to cry out, as many persons: Ua 
latou *alalaga ai^ aele tali atu o ia; They cry 
out, and no one listens. Fa'a-'ala, to give the 
first speech at a fono (a council: forih^ to 
shout) ; fa'a-*ala'ala, to talk sarcastically, to 
mock ; sarcastic. Tahitlan — ara, to impor- 
tune the gods and make much of them, by 
presents, &o., to gain their countenance in 
war; araa, a messenger sent before a chief 
and company to give information of their 
approach; or to give notice of the approach 
of some feast or religious ceremony ; arara 
{arara)^ hoarse through calling. Haivaiian 
— alala, to cry, as the young of animals ; a 
crying, weeping, bleating; (b.) a species of 
raven, so named from its cry ; alana, a cry- 
ing, the voice of suffering or complaint ; (6.) 
a present made by a chief to a priest to pro- 
cure his prayers ; a present made to a god ; 
(6.) a sacrifice ; to offer a sacrifice ; ho-alala 
and hoo-alala, to make one cry out. Gf. 
alanakunif an offering to procure the death of 





» sorcerer; ftoln, a paUia erier 
to invite, to publish ; kataau, lo ckii, lo can 
aload : kalaiaii, to call, as one peraoti to 
another. Tongan— kala^a, to shout, to ei- 
olaim ; a shout, eiclamation. CI. jjala, to 
cry, toraiae the voice ubova others; kalagaaki, 
to be shouted : to bo proclaimed ; ftliaUigaaki, 
to shout one to another; taLiga, to ooDVorse 
over. Rarotongan ~ karanga, to say, to 
speak: Kaa karanpa alura nia, 'I na, kua 
ruaint an;' And he said, 'Behold, I now am 
old.' Mangarevan— karaga, cries, calling 
out; menace in war; (b.) a sang ; [c.) Co Res- 
tioalate ; (d.) a tar-ofl noise at Qigbl. CI. 
kaiiti, to aoDonnoa ; to affirm. Putuna— 
kajaga, a great cry to warn ono. Ext. Poly. : 
Malay — cf, garang, loud or aonorous ; 
garangan, a loud noise, roaring. Fiji— of. 
karahxraivUi, a harsh or gratiug soand. 

Ki^RA [karh). basaltio stone. CI, hirauhfu, to 
■whirl round. [See TonRsn.] 
Tahittan-ara. a kind of hard blaefe stone, 
Gf. arhhuepine, a very hard stone. Ha- 
waiian — ala, a rounded smooth stone, a 
waterwom pebble. Ct. alamea, the name of a 
kind of hard etone from volcaooeR. out of 
which stone aiea were mnde ; alamole, a kind 
of atone. Tongan^cf. kalaimi, to buzz 
alonR like a stone from a sling. [See Mn.] 
Mangarevan— kara, a rouod heavy Btone, 
like a ball. Paumotan—kara, flint. 

KARAE (tarae), the name of a bird : Vahatia 
taku mami i te rangi, he tana, he karae, he 
(aito— P, M., 30. 

KARAHA (UTiiha\. a calabash with a wide 
mouth ; a bowl : Baria mat te bona x te 
karaha iwi- MSS. Ct. raha. Open, eitended. 

KARAKO [kiTaho), the floor or plalform of a 
canoe: Katahi ka haere t te po ki raro a te 
karalio o te icaka—Ji. H. M. iii. 6. 

KARAHU (karaftu), a native ovan. 

KARAHUE, the name of a shell.fl.h. 

KARAKA, the name of a tree (Bot. CorynoeaTpia 
lavigda): Te kiort, mt le pukeko, me te 
karalM- P. M.. 111. 
Mangalan — cf. karaka. the came of a tree. 
Eit, Poly. : Fiji— cf. gataka (jy^alaka) the 
name of a tree, bearing edible fruit. 

KARAKAHIA, the name of a bird, the White- 
winged Duok (Om. Nyroca autlralit). 

KARAKAPE, to lift op embers or hot stones with 
two Btjc^ka used as tongs. Cf. iape, to pick 
out; iarS, a kind of stone. [For comparatives, 
see Kxes, and Kuu.] 

KARAKIA, an invocation; aprayer; acharm; a 
teoilation ; to repeat an incantation or con- 
duct a teligioas service ; A'oia a TaiehaH i 
kiia at he oCua, a i karakia atu ai te iwi ki a 
Id — A. H. M.. i. IT : Katahi ka karakiatia e 
iakia riliJcura, ka ora kotoa ana tangala — 
P, M., 68 ; Ka vhahihiui i tana karakia mo tt 
ehimga i U mat- P. M., 111. Cf. kara, to 
call ; karanga, to shout. 
Tahitian— cf. aru, to importune the gods, 
and roata mnoh of ihem by presents, Ao., to 
gain their countenance in war. Hawaiian 

cf. al^ina (U.L. = karanga], a present made 

by a chief to a prioal to procure hia prayers ; 
t, pieseitt madu Co s god^ « aacritioa i to oAer 

I, the T( 

a sacnnce ; a orying oi . 
or complaint ; kala, a public ci 
Tongan— cf. gala, to cry, to raise 
above that of others. Mangalan- 
in vocations, charms, prayers. 

KARAMATA, the head of a tree. Cf. ka 
head (of the body); mala, the pc 
khraala, the end of a branch or leaf 
of a tree. [For oomparativee, see Mj 

KARAMEA, red ochre. 

Hawaiian — cf. alamea. a kind of fa 
from volcanoes, out of which stone i 
made. Tahitian — araes, red eai 
red crockery -ware ; (i'.; reddish coloni 
quesan — k^ea [koAea), red eai 
reddish, fire - coloured. Manga 
kakaraea {hakaraia), ochre, yellow o. 
to redness. Cf. karamea, part of t 
kaTanuapoToiu, good (said of thiiii 
Paumotan— karamaa, clay. 

KARAMIHA (Moriorl), asong, chant. 

KARAMU (karamh), the name of a sh: 
Cnpronao robatta, C. arhtyrea, and C 
This was a sacred plant ueed in int 
4c., eepeeiallj at the sprinkling of wai 
(so-called) Native "baptismal" a 
[See Iriibi, and Tua.] In the CI 
Islands the C'yproima baaeriana 
Kammii. swarm upon: A tau 
te tini o te ngaro ki te karamaimui 
P. M.,U. Cf. ntui, to swarm ronnd, 
raTniiimui, to crowd around. [For 
tives, aee Mm.] 

KARANQARANGA, an attendant. Cf. lb 
men ; ranga, a company of persons. 

KARAHGATA (karangain), to be mt 
addressed, to remain silent when u 
karatiija, to call. 

KARANGATA (Moriori), men. Cf. ta 
human being; ngata, a man. 

KARAHGI {kirangi), restless, unsett: 
harangi, unsettled; hikirangi, to be n 
ranirt, theskv [used asrfiEu: see Bbi 
rangi, foolish ; porangi, hurried, den 

Whaka-KARANQIRANGt, to provoke. 

KARANQU (karangli), the name of a sh 
CDprofmn falidiiiima, and C. laeida', 

KARAPA (karapa), aqninting. 2. To flaf 
ing : Ki te mea ia uira karapa i 
icluro—k. H. M., v. 42. [For oam] 
sec R tntp ^ ] S, A species of eel. 

KARAPETAPETAU, to flap, as a fish out 
Cf. kapekapita, to Hap, to flutter, U 
kapekapelaii, quick; pelapeta, rags 
wag. as the tongue. 


KATIAPI ftaropi). B'icta used in buildin 
reeds or ru^ee in place. Cf. karapiti 
in; to put or fasten side by side; 
clelt, a. crevice. 

KARAPITI, to put or fasten togethar sld> 
A karapitia ana e ia M itaeieae o Pari 
(aiepa — Tau., iiii. 26. Cf, apifi, 
aide by side; kapiti, to be dose 
karatiti, to fastun with pegs. 2. ' 
between two bodies; Kurapilia iho t 
Koewae ki M rakau — Hopo, liii. 37. 




KARAPIPITI (Jboroplpitt), laid close beside one 

Mangarevan-~ef. karapihi, the Backers of 
the oetopna. Ext. Poly. : Tagal— of. ealapitt 
eloae together. [For other comparatives, see 

KARAPOTIi to enrroond, to hedge in, inclose: 
Ko te ope ra kua karapoti iho^ — A. H. M., ▼. 
19 : Ka karapotia U wkare e nga tangata o te 
pa — ^Ken., xix. 4. 2. A blockade, a starving 
oat. Also, harapoti : Ka harapotia a ratou 
kma rua i te one — A. H. M., v. 19. 8. To sar- 
roond, as with the coil of a snake : Ka karapoti 
te hiku o te waero ka mau a Ruru — A. H. M., 

KARARA-HUA-RAU (myth.) [See Ngabiba.] 

KARAREHEi a dog : a quadruped : Ka aranga, 
Unei ko * Te mau a te kararehe * — A. H. M., 
iiL 10 : Te kararehe^ me te mea ngokingoki, me 
te kirehi o te whenua — Ken., i. 24. Cf. 
kareke, to ran ; kirehe, a dog ; kuri, a dog. 

KARAREHE (myth.) [See MAU-o-Ts-KAaEBSHS.] 
KARARIi the name of a small fish. 

KARATI, the name of a fish, the Schnapper 
(leh. Pa gnu unieolor), 

KARATITt, to fasten with pins or pegs. Of. 
(its, a peg or pin ; to stick in as a peg ; kHrapi, 
itieka used in bailding, to hold reeds or rashes 
in pi ace J 

KARAU (Adrott), a dredge, a grapnel. Cf. karo, 
to pick out of a hole ; rau, to catch in a net ; 
rarott, to lay hold of ; rou^ a long stick used to 
reach anything with [see Mangarevan]. 2. 
A comb for tJbe hair : Homai ra taku herut 
taku karau — A. H. M., i. 50. Cf. heru, a 
comb ; haro, to scrape. 8. The gauge for the 
meshes of a net. 4. A trap, made of loops of 
karakeke (flax, Phormium) to catch birds that 
borrow in the ground. Cf. karapiti^ to pinch. 
Tahitian — arau, the two wings of a large 
fishing-net ; (6.) a mode of fishing ; (c.) long, 
erookeid, and bad, as a tree ; long, ad a wave 
of the sea. Tongan— cf. pa2au, to scratch ; 
Mangarevan— karou, a hook, a clasp, a 
fork for reaching down fruit. Mangaian — 
d. karau, a land-crab. Ext. Poly. : Java — 
cL garUf a harrow, a comb ; to scratch ; karau, 
to pall a rope, to haul. [For probable com- 
psratiyea, see Bou.] 

KARAUA, an old man. Cf . kara, an old man ; 
koroua, an old man. 2. The head of a per- 
son. Cf. karu, the head. 
Tahitian — araua, a good pilot, one who 
knows well how to manage a boat or canoe in 
dangeroas and difficult places ; oroua, decrepit 
through age. Paumotan— korua, decrepit. 

KARAURIA (Moriori), an oyster. 

KARAWA, a mother ; a dam of animals. 2. A 
girden bed. 

KARA W A I, the small freshwater Cray-fish. In 
North Island, Paranepkrops planifront ; in 
Sooth Island P. setotut. 2. Dressed flax 
placed in water for dyeing porposes. 

KARAWAKA, measles : Na ratou nga mate nei ie 
Rewkarewka me te kfrawaka—k, H. M., v. 85. 
3. The name of a small fidh. 


KARAWARAWA (khrawarawa), a weal, the mark 
of a stripe : He karawarawa mo te karawarawa, 
— Eko., xxi. 25. Cf. kare, the lash of a whip ; 
karawhiu, a flail ; to swing round. 
Tahitian—aravai a stripe; a contusion; 
aravarava, stripes. Ct irava, a stripe, streak, 
or layer. 

KARAWHIU, to whirl, to swing round; a flail. 
Cf. whiu, to whip, throw, fling ; porowhiUf to 
throw ; kowhiuwhiu, to fain, winnow. 

KARE, a ripple : I haere max hoe i te kare tai- 
urn f i te kare taUroto f — MSS. Cf. pokare, 
to be agitated, as a liquid. 2. The lash of a 
whip. Cf. karawarawa, the mark of a whip, 
a weal. 

KAREKARE, surf ; the break on a bar: Ka riro 
ki te tai karekare—Q, P., 59. 2. To be agi- 

Whaka-KAREKARE, to agitate ; to shake ap. 
Samoan—*a'aie, a driving in war, a rout ; 
(b.) prompt, doing with despatch. Hawaiian 
— ale, a billow, a wave in motion : A hele hoi 
maluna o na ale kiekie o ke kai; And goes 
upon the high waves of the sea. Aleale, to 
make into waves ; to stir up, as water ; to 
trouble, to toss about, as restless waves ; a 
moving, swelling, as of waves : Kalaia ka ipu 
i ke kai aleale ; Fashioned was the bowl for 
the rough sea. Hoo-aleale, and ho-aleale, to 
stir up, as water : A hoaleale i ka wai ; And 
troubleid the water. Cf. poale, to drink in; 
waialeale, to ripple, to disturb, as the surface 
of water. Tahitian — are, a wave or billow 
of the sea : To mau are e to mau uru ra ; All 
your waves and billows. Areare, sickness, 
qualmishness, as in sea-sickness. Cf. arefatiL- 
moana, a heavy rolling swell of the sea; 
arematua, a wave that has been long in form- 
ing ; arepu, to disturb the water, as fish do in 
swimming ; aretea, the white waves of an agi- 
tated sea ; mataare, the crests of waves ; toare, 
to be in commotion, as the sea ; fare/are, 
hollow, as an empty stomach ; pufarefare, 
a hollowness ; a breaking wave, such as bends 
over, hangs, and then breaks ; tafare, a hollow 
place in the rocks ; a hollow wave of the sea. 
Tongan — cf. kale, to run fast ; faka-kakale, 
to run to and fro ; faka-kalekale, to run in 
confusion, as when affrighted [See Samoan] . 
Mangaian— kare, the surf, breaking water ; 
a billow : Te nunga koe i te uru o te kare i tai, 
1 1 Thy path is on the foaming crest of the 
billow. Mangarevan— kare, the surface of 
the sea, or of water. Cf . kore, the sea agitated 
by the passage of fish ; aka-karekarevai, to 
gargle the mouth with water. Marquesan — 
kaekae, the surface of the water. Cf. haehae, 
the hollow of a wave. Paumotan — kare, a 
wave, billow. Ext. Poly.: Fiji — cf. kerekere, 
to break, as water over a reef; to boil, as boil- 
ing water. 

KAREAO, the name of a climbing plant, the 
Supple - jack (Bot. Rhipogonum ecandens) : 
Katahi ka tikina he kareao i te ngahere — 
P. M., 151. 

KAREAOPIRITA, the same as kareao. 

KAREAREA, the name of a bird, the Sparrow- 
Hawk (Orn. Hieracidea nova-zelandite). Also 
kaeaea, and kaiaia (kaiaid). Cf. karewarewa, 
^e Bush-Hawk, 




KARE-A-ROTO, a darling, an object of bving 
devotion : Ara ho te kare^a-roto tenei—T. M., 

KAREHE, to ran. Of. karere, a messenger; 
kararehet a dog ; a qnadmped ; kirehe, a dog ; 
Aurt, a dog ; rere^ to run. 
Tongan— of. kaUt to run fast; kakaUt to 
run to and fro ; to run swiftly. Saxnoan — 
cf. *a*alet a roat, a driving in war. 

KAREHU (kitrehu), a spade. (For kaheru.) 

KAREI, the sap-wood of a tree. 

KAREKOj to slip. (Or karengo.) 

KAREKO, (or karengo,) the name of an edible sea- 
weed growing on stones {Laminaria sp.) : Me 
te kareko (he taru tupu i runga i te kohatu, a 
ka Uu ki to toru ka kiia he kapiti) — A. H. M., 
i. 128. 

KAREMU (khremu), the ping in the bottom of a 
oanoe : Ka tae ki waho ki te moana^ ka unuhia 
te karemu — A. H. M., iii. 15. 

KARENUKU (myth.), the wife of Hema and 
Pnpu-mai-nono. She was the mother of Ta- 
whaki and Karihi — A. H. M., i. 121. [See 

KARENUKU, 1 (myth.,) names of goddesses seen 

KARERANQI,) floating on the waters of the 

Deluge, by the survivors on the raft or ark of 

safety — A. H. M., i. 175. [See Tupdtupu- 


KARENGO, (or kareko,) to slip. 

KARENGO, (or kareko,) the name of an edible 
seaweed (Aig. Laminaria sp.) : Ka waiho i 
reira tana tama a Matangi-a-whiowhiOf tana 
kai he karengo — A. H. M., iii. 62. 

KAREPO, the name of a marine plant, a sea- 

KARERARERA (kiirerarera)^ the name of a water- 

KARERE, a messenger: Ki te mea ka tonoaatu 
he harere ki Tutanekai — P. M., 129. Cf. rere, 
to run ; karehe^ to run ; kararehe^ a dog. 

• Tahitian — arere, a messenger; one ap- 
pointed as the king's messenger: E pau va 
arere ; Let the period of the messengers cease. 
Faa-arere, to procure or cause a messenger to 
be sent. Cf. rere^ to fly or leap ; rereatua^ a 
person running between two armies to endea- 
vour to make peace. Samoan— cf. ^a^aU^ 
prompt, doing with despatch. Haw^aiian — 
alele, (also elele,) a messenger of a chief ; to 
act as a messenger ; (b.) to act as a spy ; to 
look or examine into the condition of another. 
Cf. lele^ to fly, jump. leap. Rarotongan — 
karere, a messeuger : I te rima o te karere ra ; 
By the hand of the messenger. Manga- 
revan— kerere, a messenger ; to send a mes- 
senger ; an envoy, ambassador. Paumotan 
— karere, a herald, envoy ; to delegate, to 

KARERO, wall-eyed. 

KARETO (kareto), to be untied, unfastened. 

KARETU (khrettt), the name of a fragrant grass 
(Bot. Hierochloe redolem) : Uonuii ki au etehi 
karftn net — Wohl., Trans., vii. 61. 
Tahitian — aretu, a species of grass for 
thatching houses. 

KAREWA (kdrewa), a float, a buoy. Of. rewot to 
float ; korewat drifting about ; moretoat afloat. 
[For comparatives, see Bewa.] 

KAREWAREWA, the name of a bird, the Bash 
Hawk (Cm. Hieracidea ferox) : Ka tangi te 
karewarewa ki waenga o te ranai pai^ he ua 
apopo — Prov. Cf. kareareat the sparrow- 
Tahitian — cf. arevareva^ the name of a 
large spotted bird, said formerly to be inspired 
at times by the god Manutea. Ext. Poly.: 
Aneltyuxn — cf. karevarevat a species of small 

KARI, an isolated wood, a olnmp of trees. 

KARI, to dig for. Cf. karituangi, to dig deep; 
tukarif to dig and throw np into hillocks; 
waikarif a ditch; keri^ to dig; kauhurif to 
dig ; to turn over the soil. 2. To rush along 
violently, as wind. Cf. keri, to rush violently 
along, as wind. 8. Bruised, maimed ; indented 
by a blow : Ka oti te upoko te kari rawa ki te 
patu—A. H. M., iii. 7. 

KAKARI, to be urgent, to be importunate. 2. To 
wrestle, to quarrel. 8. To fight ; a fight : Ka 
kakari raua^ ka werohia a Raki e Takaroa — 
A. tx. M., i. 22. 

KAKARITANGA, a valley. 

KARI KARI, to strip off. 2. A notch cut in a tree 
for climbing purposes. 

Whaka-KARIKARI, to notch. 

Tahitian — arl, to scoop out the earth from 
a hole with both hands; (h.) empty, as the 
stomach ; waste, as the land forsaken by its 
inhabitants ; frightful, as a place in battle ; 
(c.) a wave or billow. [See Kabe.J Cf. areta^ 
a person who seizes his prey in war. Ha- 
waiian — cf. alif a scar on the cheek ; alialit 
to be rough with scars ; eh', to dig the ground. 
Mangarevan~cf. kari, a cicatrice, a scar; 
an inflammation ; karia ! rush ! mount ! leap 
up I Ext. Poly. : Aneityum — cf. acaUt to 
scoop ; to throw as with a spade. Fiji — cf. 
kari, to scrape. Kayan — of. kuali, to dig. 
Malay — of. gali, to dig ; karis, a dagger, a 
kris. Kisa — cf. kalis, a dagger. Tagal — 
cf. kalis, a sword. 

KARIHI (myth.), the brother of Tawhaki, the 
famous demi-god. Karihi was the son of 
Hema and Karenuku. (or of Pupu-mai-nono, 
or of Urutonga). Karihi accompanied his 
brother on the expedition for the slaughter of 
the Ponaturi, and the revenge for the death of 
Hema. When Tangotango, the Heavenly 
Maiden, left her husband Tawhaki, and took 
their child Arahuta away with them, Karihi 
accompanied his brother on his journey toward 
the skies in search of the lost ones. Coming 
to the dwelling of the blind old goddess Mata- 
kerepo, she directed their way to the vine 
which hung down from Heaven, and which 
they must ascend. A great gust of wind seized 
Karihi. who was blown back again to earth ; 
but Tawhaki ascended safely and pursued his 
way alone. Karihi returned to his own dwel- 
ling. In Hawaii, Karihi is called Alihi, and is 
represented as accompanying Tawhaki (Kahai) 
on the journey to revenge their father^s death. 
In the pedigree called the Ulu Genealogy, 
Tawhaki (Kahai i is said to be the Kon of H^ma 
and Hiuauluohia ; Hema being the son of 
Kaitangata (Aikanaka) and Hiua. In Tahiti, 




wa find that Tawhaki (Tavai) and Karihi 
(Arii) were Itie sons □! Hems (Oema), uid that 
tbej both went dowa to Hawaiki (Havaii = 
Bpiril- world) lo seek their iatlier. They saw 
the old blind goddess counting her taro, as in 
the Kew Zealand legend. The; biought buck 
the boQM o( Hema. When Earihi ia meii- 
[ioDed in BarotODgsn mjth he ia called Arii. 
«Mch would appaient); ahaw {boia the lost 
i) that the; had received this etor; in the 
fierve; lalande Irom Tahiliau soarcee. The 
Bfttnoon tale calld Eaiihi Alise ; and he ac- 
tompaciee Tafa'i llawhaki) to Heavon iu his 
brother's jonrne; to woo Sina. He retumetl 
■alely to the earUi. (Samoan legend called " 
U Ga/a U La," or The Geoealog; ot the 
Baa—FraU.) [See P.M.,86,(i«?j. ; A.H.M. 
i. 59 : M. and S.. 256; Fom., ii. 16. Bee also 
under Tiwhiei. Ponitubi, Ac] 

KARIHl.tbeatoneof afruit; thekemel. 2. The 
weight attached to the lower edge o( a drig- 
nel : He tangala hoki it karihi o lana kupfnia 
—P. M.. HI. 

Tahittan — arihi, the ropes that are fiied to 
a fiahing-net : the npper one to which Lha raai 
or eoika is fixed ia called nri'ii-f-niii ,- and that 
to which the atones are fixed is called arihi-i- 
ram. FtgurBtiTel<r, the word was pxtiinaiTel; 
Med : arihi-i-nia were prnjers used in timo of 
war ; the arihi-i-Taro being Ihoae who alirred 
up the people to vigilaoce and activity, the 
ehiel priirsta, and other lending chiefs. Ha- 
waiian— alihi, the liiiea ol a Gah-oet; lb.) 
the corda holding the ainkers of a net ; {c.) 
Ih« upper part of a ealabaah alrap ; (d.) to be 
Rftdj to work tor the sake of gain, bat at other 
timee absent ; le.) nnwiliiogl;. Ct. alihikle, 
the name ol a drag-net ; alihilani, the hori- 

KARIKA (myth.), a brother ot Hatnpatu. a. A 
chief ot Uaiunati'fi party killed by Uatupatn— 
P. M.. 123. [See mrcpiTu.] 

URlOt, to loiter, lo be idle ; idle. Ct. (an'oi, 

Tatiltian — Arioi, the name of a remarkable 
fratemilj in the Society lalands. They were 
t semi-religiona, aemi- prodigals band of per- 
tona, recruited from all ranks, bnt principally 
b-ou tliat ol the nobles, and compriaing both 
■exes. They wandered from one place to 
another reciting old poema, and giving reci- 
taliODB. Ac., of an hialorioal character, thaa 
bMominR the vehiclea of ranch traditional 
lore. Their feslivala were acenea of the moat 
•bandoned lewdneaa and vice ; the whole eet- 
tldnent for the time of their visit being given 
np lo profligacy. The women who joined the 
■oeiety had to take an oath to deetroy all 
ptag«Dy, and thus not to encumber tbeir 
movementa with tbe care ot children. The 
Uritoy, of tbe Caroline lelonds, are Bup[>OBcd 
to be a branch of this ancient organ iiialioo. 
Mangarovan — karioi, Iviat, lewdueas : E 
hare no It karioi, a hoUi<e need for immoral 
pnrposea; aka-karioi, loiurioua, debaached. 
Paumotaa — karioi, immodeat, indecent ; a 
t^e. a debauchee ; (b.) aoflnesa, elackneas. 

KARIRI, to Bail tosether ia a fleet. 

KARITO {kilrilo), the balrnsh, or raupo (Bol, 
Typha angullifolia), 

KARITUANQI, to dig deep. Cf. kari. to dig; 
ktri, to dig. [For comparatiTes, see Kabi.] 

KARO, tbe name of a freshwater mnasel. 2. The 
name of a tree (Bot. Pitloiporuiii cratiifoliam, 
F. Icniii/olium, and P. C'imij'oUuia). 

KAHO, ) to ward oQ or elade a blow : Bt Uto 

KAKAROJ Takau e karoUa alti ka htnu, : U 
lao ki, aierohia mai, tulonu — ProT. Cf. lakaro, 
a game, aport [c(. Marqueaan and Tongan]. 
2. To pick out ol a hole. Ct. Kikaro, to pick 
out : I'ikaro, to pick out of a hole ; to aooop. 

Samoan — 'alo, to evade a blow ; (6.) to get 
ont of the road ; (c.) Co make eicniies ; (d.) to 
conceal, hide ; 'a'alo, deceiltul, avoiding open- 
ness : covering up ; J6.l to avoid conatantly or 
repeatedly: fa'a-'alo, deceitful; {b.)to retnas 
to lend, nuder ^e fala? plea that it belongs to 
another. Ct. -ala'alatli, to avoid, to keep Bloat 
from; 'alo/nga. a plane ot refuge; 'utoiil, to 
avoid, aa a dangerone boat paaaage ; 'alorao, 
one who gets out of the way ol visitors, 
in order to escape hYim entertaining them. 
Tahltlan— aro, to urge on to tight, as an 
army ; aaro, to excavate ; to scoop or scrape 
oat ; the person who acoopa ; the scoop or 
ladle; aroaro, dark; a mystery; lonesome, or 
desolate ; faa-aro, to eoncoal ; ha-aro, to lade, 
to scoop ; a scoop, a ladle. CI. paaro, to ex- 
cavate or hollow ont, as in taking the kernel 
out of a cocoanut ; aronee. to draw near to an 
enemy to fight, by crawling stealthily along the 
ground ; aroma, tbe place of fighting, a battle. 
Hawaiian — alo, to dodge or elude tbe blow 
ot a weapon ; (b.) to pasa from one place to 
another ; (<:.| to skip or pais over something ; 
(d.) to pasa through the water by awimming ; 
to extend the hands in awtmn:ing ; aelo, to 
dodge, as one doea a atone ; ho-aio, to ahun, 
to avoid, to escape from ; (b.) to shp over, in 
counting ; hoo-alo, to paas away, to forget ; 
lb.) to shun, eachew ; aloaio, to dodge, as if 
from a shower ; to turn lliia way and that, aa 
it in tear. Cf. paalo. to dig or plnck out the 
eyes ; to Iwiat round and draw out, aa a tooth. 
Tongan — kato, to move the bead ; to avoid 
danger; to get out of the way ol intruders; 
kaiokalo, to shake the head ; faka-kalo, to ran 
Ba between ahowers of rain ; (b.j to embrace a 
fair opportunity. Cf. hakalo, a acraper, for 
scraping old coooanuts ; lakalo, to evade, to get 
away Irom work ; kaloi, to shake the hair ot 
the head ; kabifaiia, a hiding-place ; a aheltar 
from tbe atorm; kiiloialofaki, to be careful ; 
fekaloaki, to elude, to evade. MarquBsan 
— kaokao {ia>ikali], a game played witli apears, 
in whidi Ihrusta are made. Mangarevan 
— karo, to evade the blow ol a atone, or of a 
lance, or a wave, Ac. ; {karo-i-te-niata. imper- 
fectly vieible;) karokaro, war; a quarrel; to 
have dispute; kakaro, to see in a conlused 
way. Cf iJiura, to gather; karohava, to dis- 
appear suddenly. Pauoiotao— karo, war; 
{b.) to chide, to reprimand ; kakaro, to fight ; 
a combat; dissension, dispute. CI. ^aro/uirrei 
to fight. Atiu— karo, to look at [see Manga- 
revan] ; E karo ki It lira; Look at the masts. 
Ext. Poly.; Fiji— cf. culo (Idalo), a gouge or 
thing of a boUow lorai ; ka!u-va, to hollo* 
out, to out with a gouge. Brumer Islands 
— ol kiinkaTtma, the hollow of the band. 



KAROKARO, a bUtc. 2. A nmrBuiIiQe party. 
Samoan— cf. 'alo, to conceil, hide; 'a'alo, 
deceitful, Tahitlan — ct. orn, to urgp on to 
%ht. SB smiieB ; aroaTO, lonesome, deaolato ; 
aronct, to drew near to va eneiaj bj crawling 
on the fiTonnd to fight. Hawaiian— cf. olo, 
to elude the blow of a weapon; ho-aJo, to 
escape from, to avoid. Tongao — of. tnto. to 
BToid daoger ; to ftet ont ol the way of in' 
traders; llaln/aga, a hiding -pUoe. Manga-' 
revan— cf. Jbnro, to avoid the blow of a Iftnce, 
lite.; karolaiTo. a war; a qaarrel ; to fiiiht. 
Paumotan— ct. kara, war ; lo chide, repri- 

KARORO, the name ct a sea-grull {Om. Lara' 
diimiiticamu) : Kn kite i te torero, i tt torta — 
P. M.. 77. 3. A kind of shell-fish. 

KARORO-INU-TAI.otie who dweUs on the sea- 

tCARU, the eye : H* karv lo U vuiipi. he knnt to 
te tavgala — P. M.. *iS. Cf. kanpango, the 
pupil of the eye ; plfco™, diBcharee (lom the 
eyeg ; kaTukoithili. a diseBEe of the e^res ; 
ukakaru, to Stare. 3. The head. Cf. karawi, 
the head. 
Taliitian— of. animata, the inside ooiering 
of the eye. Hawaiian— elu, the mosolea 
of the eye. Paumotan— karu, the papil of 
the eye. Atlu— cf. kara, to look at. Eit. 
Poly. ; Sikayana— cf. karimata, the eye. 

KARUAIPAPA (myth), a person of pre-dilosian 

tions-^A. H. M., i. 169. 
XARUHIRUHI (liftruAiniAi), the oiune ol a bird, 

the 8hag (Orn. Phalacrocorax variai.) 
KARUKARU (myth.), one of the minor deities, a 
repiile-god— A. H. M., i. App. Cf. kahiikahu 
(mjth.)i and also neit word, Eisckibu. 
KARUKARU, a rag. an old garment : KaUxhi ka 
Tawliin Ttretia te kamkara jnini tana whare 
hfi paki pulanga mona— P. M., 16. 2. A clot, 
■B of blood : Ka rere, ka tarali te iomiaru— 
Tl'ohl., Trans., vii. 39 : Clotted, aa blood : A 
ka tat ano ki nga talo karukaru a Holua— 
A. H. M„ i. 34. Cf. kanij^ni, (Morlori.) a 
bogi a svamp : dirt; kaliukaliu, pannicidm. 
[See KAHTiKiHD.] 8. The soft part of a pamp- 
tln. iu which the seeds are conlained. 

Samoan — 'alu. dregs, lees; (6.) cotigofiled 
oil ; to be congealed ; 'a'alu, diegs, sediment ; 
'alu'alu,* species of jellj-fiBh. Cf. ■alu'alatotn, 
olotted blood. Mangarevan— kani, dirt, 
tund ; {h.) soft, fertile earth ; aka-kafu, to 
dig about trees, to pile up soil about trees. 
Hawaiian— of. alu, to ruH up, as a mat; 
flabby, Bhapeless; alualua, a sucond-haod 
garment, full ol wrinkles. Tahltian-cf. 
am, an elderly person whose skin has become 
lull of ininkles. Paumotan— e(. karukaru, 
KARUKOWHITI, a diBBaae of the eye, in which 
the eyelid is turned inside. Cf. karv, the eye. 
KARUPANGO, the pupil of the eye. Cf. karu, 
the eye ; pango. black. oE dark colour. [For 
GomparBtives, see &isv, and Fu^oo.] 
KARUPE (i^nipe), the hntel of a door. 
KARUPURU, [Morlori.) a bog, a swump. 2. 
Dirt. Cf. kamkara. a clot of blood ; a rag ; 
ptiru, to plug up ; puptiru, pQlpf, aemi-liqiiid. 

KARURE Hhnirr). to twist, to spin. 

KATA, to Isngh ; pass, kataina, to be laughed at : 
K-iuoka nhau r kalaina e kouiou—P. M.. Bl : 
IVno kalavga a Kar i kata of- P. M., 89. 

KAKATA, laughing repeatedly. 

Samoan— -ata, to laugh; (plo. 'a'ata): E 

'ata ai a la i U tofolo/oga o e ua It tala ; 
He will laugh at the trial of the innocent. 
Fa'a'atft, to make to laogh ; 'ata'ata, lo con- 
tinue lo laagh. Cf. 'ata'alalili, to laugh an- 
grily; 'nrooni/o, to laugh deceitfully ; 'atafa'a- 
raaeln, to laugh vehemently : /a'a-fou'iita, to 
make a joke of. Tahltian — ata, to husgh ; 
laughter: O te ata tioa re t wveraa o tt 
nuihae ; He laughs at the shaking of a apear. 
Aata, to laugh repeatedly; much given to 
laaghiog ; faa-ata, droll, laughable, esusing 
laughter; to cause laughter; ataala, lo laugh 
repeatedly ; to laugh together, as a oompaay ; 
faa-ataalB, to cauae much or repeated laughter. 
Cf. paala, lo cause merriment ; ataore, nense- 
lesH laughter; ataniho, a smile; smiling ; to 
smile ; a deceitful smile ; alapooko. senaeless 
laughter ; hoata. to jeat, to excite mirth ; 
tupaata, laaghter. HaurallaD — aka, to 
laugh, to deride (generally akaaka) ; aaka, to 
laugh at, ridioule ; akaska, laughter; aihili- 
ratioc ; to laugh ; He huhu paha kona. ht 
akaaka paha, aoht otuolu iki ; Whether be !• 
angry or laughs, there is no rest. Hoo-aka, 
and hoo-akaaka, to make one laugh. Cf. aka- 
iki, to smile ; to be pleased : to laugh in one's 
sleeve; akahenehene, to ridicule; pauakaaka, 
to laugh at or ridioule one for labouring 
without wages. Tongan— kata, to laugh ; a 
laugh : E kata mantiki aki kee ; Tou ahall be 
laughed to eoorn. Pin. kakata. 
amile, to laugh; faka-kata, to eioile laughter; 
addicted to caaaing laughter; pass, kataina, 
to be laughed at. Ct. kataukutna. to laugh 
under restraint ; katahubtimi, to laugh with 
the mouth closed; katafakameala, a hoarsa 
laugh ; kalakatata^ii. to laugh when you are 
inclined to cry; ftkakatai, to laugh |two or 
more). Mangalan- kata, lo laugh ; Uugh- 

All the offspring of Vatea laugh at our brava 
diversion. Marquesan — kata. to tangb \ 
laughter ; aka-katakata, that which causes 
laughter. Manga re van— kata, to laugh ; to 
be happy, to be joyful ; kalakata, prolonged 
laughter ; aka-kata. to cause laughter. Pau- 
motan — kata, to laugh, to smile ; katakata, 
riailile; a joke ; ridicule. Eit. Poly. ; Malay 
— cf. katakata. to talk. Ilocan— of. cttaoa, 
to laugh. Malagasy — of, tokakakaka.lia^- 
iei; B laugh; kakaka. oackling; kakakaka, 
loud laughter. Sikayana— ):□(□, to laugh. 

KAKATA, opening in cracks; chapped. Cf . pii- 
kalakata, dry, crisp; R|7a[a, dry; ngatala, 
split, chapped. rSee Hawaiian.) 

KATAKATA. a finger. CI. kotakola. a finger. 
Tahltian- ataa, split, much divided, rent 
asunder. Hawaiian— aka, to be split or 
peeled off. as (he bark of a tree ; (6.) tha 
knuckle joints ; the protuberances of the ankla 
joiota ; the jointa of the backbone ; (p.) lo go 
up and down upon a hilly road. Cf. naka, 
(for Maori ngalala, split, chapped m kata *) to 
crack, split, as the earth in drought ; ttakaka, 
to be full of cracks ; kakakaka, small oraoka 
or open spaoes in any substance. TongaO'- 




d. luila, the piecei ol the kava branch cat toi 

MTAE (taiaf), how gre»[ I C(. atae, how great I 

KATtHI IJcdtnU). then : A'ala'ii ka panga fono 
iipoiij lit raro—P, M., 8. 2. Now, lar the first 
time: Katahi ka rangorui tf nta o oita ippoa— 
P. U., 89. 8. Only jusl. C(. tahi, one. i. 
To express odmitalion oF any quBlit?. or to 
ihow BTuprise. snnojanoe, <ta. : Katalii te 
tamaUi pnm ko kot. 

UTAITAI, the name of t, sea-bird. 

KATAO {kitao), WBtor. CF. kalo, Qowing. 

lATAORE Imjth.), & mttn.ealing mooster. dwel. 
ling at Tikiiapu. It was owned bj TangaroB- 
mihi. and was destrojed with tope bdsti'b — 
Col., Irani., li 95 ; G. P.. App. ic. ; Ar. M., 

UTATAI, the name of a bird, a kind of Rail. 

UTAIJ, the right band : E rere (i ti laha katau. 
CI. mnUxu, right, on the right hand. 
Tahitiao — atau, right, in opposition to left : 
Fla ticoo ihttra t tona arof alau i via iho i It 
mitii He set bia Tight fool npon the groand, 
Cf, bihaatati, the right side □( a person. 
Hawaiian^akau, right, oo the right hand: 
Mai ha a«ao akau ka hail ; From the right 
comer ot the boose. Cf. niiiiaakau, tlie rigbt 
tje. Barotongan— katau, right, on the 
nght hand : duraka t tapofpar ki If pat 
lafau t U pat kaui ; Do not tnm either to the 
right or to tbe left. Paumotan— kotau, 
right : as rtnn kotau. right hsnd. 

UTEA, the name of a tree (Bot. Podocarpus 
dacrydioidtt) . 

lATEA, whiteoed. CI. ten, white; atea, clear, 
free from obBtniclion; Antra, pale, itc. 

KATEATEA, scattered. [For comparativeo, see 
Ktcx. and Tsa] 

KATE KATE, a am all shoulder- mat, 

(ATETE, to splice on. to lengthen b; adding a 
piece ; a piece Joined to a 8]iear to lengthen it. 
Ci ttte, the head of a spear. 2. To move tor- 
*aida. 3. A large pig. i. Large. 

KATI, to itop, to stop traffic in any thoroughfare ; 
to block np; shut, closed; Eharal kaa kali 
U vhatitoka — 'P. U , 68. Cf. aukati, to stop 

Tahltian — cf. afi, to be enclosed or entan. 

gled ; (untf, to join or dose up : alio, a fence ; 

(Uipuni, to be in an enelosed or besieged state ; 

toatj, to encompass. Hanraiian— ct. aaki, 

to BtuTDUad or come upon one, as darkness. 

Tongan — cf. kajia. to choke ; to hinder; to 

obstntct. OS weeds in a garden. 
KATI (kUti). to leaie oO. cease (prohably eon- 

necled with last word) ; £ hoa ma, e olio, kati 

ti mo*, marangii l~P. M.. Ifi. 
Whska-KATI, to beg one to desist. 
TatlitUn— cf. alia, enough. 
KATI, well; Ihen? an interjection of inquiry. 
KAKATI, to eat into; Co gnaw through; JC iti 

hoki It niolmroa, nana i k^ikati Ir knhikuUa — 

ProT. 3. To corrode, to eat into. 3. To sting, 

lo eatiie to unart. Cf. koti, to cat; kulikvti. 

Bciesori ; kaiipo, a venomous spider ; maknti- 
kati, galling, irritating. 4. To draw and pain, 
as a blister. 5. To be clenched, as the teeth ; 
He maiekai te take, kua kakati noa atanga 
„,Ao_G..8, 29. 

KATIKATI, to nibble; Ka kai ralou i M.m.jMU 
ana a nga hoa. kalikati lonaa Tama — P. M.. 
78. Cf. kai, to eal [see Panmotao], 2. To 
champ, to move tbe jaws as io eating. 

Samoan — 'ati, to eat in, to corrode ; applied 
to wood eaten by white ants {TermeM), also 
to cloth, mats, &c.. eaten by insects; and to 
some kinds ol ulcers which eat into the flesh; 
'a'ati, to eat in, aa an uloer ; (b.) to eat into a 
tree, as the afato (a grub) does; (c.) to gnaw 
off, as the skin of sugar.cane, or the husk of a 
cocoannt ; (if.) to pierce, as the teeth of a dog, 
BO as to meet ; atiga, pieces of food, partly 
ealen ; broken food. Cf. •alimnlu, to htte 
through; •alipnpuni, to eat away the ftesh, 
leaving the skin, as an abucess ; 'aliffamea, 
dust from wood ealen by worms or white ants. 
Tahitian— ati, to bite with the ieelh ; (b.) to 
Bting; aati, lo bite, gnaw, or tear with the 
teeth; a biter. Cf. alihvta, the name of a 
fierce fish, said to pierce and hite il9 prey and 
then give notice to the shark. Hawaiian — 
aki, to bite, to bite in two, as a thread ; to bite, 
as in peeling sugar.cane or cocoaout ; (b.) to 
backbite, to slander, to spread false reports : 
Kt aki mole nti oe i ke keiki a kou uuikiiwa- 
hinf ; You slander yoor mother's son. Aaki, 
to bite frequently ; to bite in two ; (b.) to grate 
tbe teeth ; (e.) to feel the severe pangs of child- 
birth ; akiaki, to bite in two repeatedly ; (6.) 
to take away little by little ; (c.) to nihhie ; 
|d.) to pilfer : (e.) a baclibiter, a reviJer ; (/.) 
a diBcase, the dog-colic ; {g.) an edible seaweed 
growing on rocks. Cf. aiilou, a thief; to eat 
secretly the food of another. Rarotoi^gan — 
kali, to bite; Itakati, to bite: I lei kakali to 
ratoa nio : That bite with their teeth. Fu- 
tuna— kakati, to gnaw ; to oorrode. Pau^ 
motan— kakati, to bite; (b.) to clench, as the 
teeth; katiga, food. Cf. i:iii, food. Eit.Poly.: 
Fiji — cf. kati-a, to bite; used also of catching 
atbiog; Jtuffbi, broken, split ; jtaf a, ravenous , 
lierce (of animals) : iaia-kau, to bite a thing 
as in great pain. Redscar Bay— cf. katiica, 
a bamboo knife. Motu — cf. gadigadi. double 
teeth; jurfiru. a bamboo knife. Formoaa— 
cf. gaat, a point ; pagaat, a shaipening. 

KAKATI {kiiati,) Co tie op in bundles; a bundle, 
gheaf. Cf. kakati, to be clenched, ae the teeth ; 
kali, shut, cloBed ; to block dp. 
Tahilian — ati, to join, to cleave or adhere 
to apejBon ; (6.) to be enclosed or entangled i 
aati, the name of a strong native cloth, made 
of Che hark of the breadfruit tree ; atiati, a 
species of grass bearing a troublesome burr; 
atla, a fence ; to put up a fence. Cf. alipiini, 
to be enclosed, or in a besieged staCe ; laati. to 
join or unite things together ; to encompass ; 
luati, to join. Hawaiian— aki, looks of 
hair which are left on the head when all above 
is shorn off ; aaki, to be caught or held by a 
thing ; Chick, obscure, as darkneBS ; ho-aki, to 
withhold from the landlord his due ; akiaki, 
to take away by little and little. Tongan— 
kojia, to choke; to hinder; to obetruoC, aa 
weeds in a garden. Paumotan— of. kakali, 
to clench, as the teeth. 




KATIAHO, the ''Portaguese man-of-war" ^Zoo. 
Physalis pelagiea), 

KATIHI, a stack of femroot. Cf. tihU to lie in a 

KATI PO (katipd), the name of a venomons spider. 
Cf. kakatu to sting ; po, night. 2. A wasp. 

KATI R A, a fishing-rod. Cf. lira, a mast; katire^ 
a fishing-rod ; matira^ a fishing-rod. [For 
comparatives, see Tiba.] 

KATI RAM ATA {khtiramata)^ an exclamation of 

KATI RE, (or katira,) a fishing-rod. 

KATI R EH E, sore throat; a quinsej. Cf. kati^ 
blocked up ; rehe^ intensive. 
Ext. Poly. : Fiji— cf. kadre^ a disease of the 

KATO, ) to pluck : Tenei ka riro kei te kakato 
KAKATO, I t te rau powhata — Eon. Cf. ato, to 
thatch [see Tahitian.] 2. Severed. 3. To 
pinch, nip : Tena pea ia koe te katoa mai na i 
U kau— A, H. M., V. 60. 
KATOKATO, to pluck leaf by leaf : Ka katokato 
auite raupororua — Prov. 
Saxnoan — cf. ato, to thatch ; *ato, a basket. 
Tahitian — ato, to rip or pluck off ; to pluck 
leaves or flowers ; one who plucks leaves or 
flowers ; (6.) the art of thatching houses ; to 
thatch, &c, Cf. atoaurUf to break off small 
twigs; (fig.) to have a superficial knowledge 
of a thing or fact, and yet to make much of it ; 
atoheij a gatherer of fiowers and garlands; 
pautoatOt to lop off or pluck leaves or fruit 
repeatedly. Haivaiian— ako, to cut as with 
scissors ; to clip off, to crop off : ka niho 
mano ko Hawaii nei mea e ako ai i ka lauoho ; 
A shark's tooth was the Hawaiian instrument 
for cutting the hair. (&.) To pluck, as flowers 
or fruit : I ako ai i kona ka poe a pau e hele ae 
ma ke ala ; Plucked by all that pass by. (c.) 
To gather: Ako lipoa o Kanamuakea; Eana- 
muakea is gathering seaweed, (d.) To shear 
off, as the wind the top of a house ; (e.) to 
thatch. Mangarevan— kato, to cut off the 
leaves or stalks of plants ; katoga, a hatchet. 
Cf. takhto, a valley. Paumotan—cf. /cafo, 
plenty, abundance. Tongan — cf. kato, a 
basket ; faka-katoa, to assemble, to collect; to 
bind together. 

KATO, flowing; flood (of the tide only). Cf. 
kdtaoj water; katoa, all, the whole. [See 
Katoa, Tongan.] 

Hawaiian— akoako. to swell, as a wave. 
Cf. ahoakoa, to assemble, as people ; to be ga- 
thered together, as waves. Tongan — kakato, 
fulness ; complete, made up ; faka-kakato, to 
make up, to complete ; gagato, saturated, 
filled with water. Paumotan— kato, plenty, 

KATOA, all, the whole : A kua oti katoa i a au te 
whakarite te ahua o nga manu katoa o te 
ngahere — P.M., 21. Cf. kato, fiowing ; flood- 
tide ; ato, to thatch. [See Tongan] . 
Saznoan — *atoa, all; whole, complete, per- 
fect: Na sautiafoi o*u la i le po atoa; The 
dew lay all night upon my branch. Fa'a- 
'atoatoa, to complete. Cf. *a*ato, complete, in 
counting tens; ^atoatino, to be full, as the 
moon, or a canoe; to be all present, as the 
people of a village. Tahitian— atoa, all. 

every one ; everything : To raro a*e i te rax 
atoa nei, na^u ia; Whatsoever is under heaven 
is mine. (&.) Also, too, likewise. Cf . topaatoa, 
to add all together; all falling to work at once. 
Hawaiian — akoakoa, collectively; in heaps : 
Akoakoa lakcu ia mau mea; They laid the 
things in heaps. (&.) To assemble, as people 
for business ; assembled ; (c.) the homed coral; 
ho-akoakoa, to collect together, as waters: IJa 
ho-akoakoaia mai na wax; The waters were 
gathered together ; hoo-akoakoa, to gather to- 
gether, as men ; to come together again, as & 
dispersed people ; okoa, the totality of a thing ; 
the whole; entirely. Tongan — katoa, the 
whole, the mass; complete, full, entire; (ft.) 
to assemble, to collect; to be assembled; 
kakato, complete, perfect ; made np ; fulness, 
completeness; faka- katoa, to collect, to as- 
semble ; to bind together ; katoaga, a feast, a 
banquet; kotoa, all, the whole mass. Cf. 
fekatoagaaki, to feast and visit alternately. 
Marquesan— kotoa, all; otoa, till: Tatuwa 
hakapi a nonoho i na ani otoa; Tangaroa filled 
and dwelt in the whole heaven. Raroto- 
ngan— katoa, all: Kare ona e arite i te au 
tangata katoa ra; There is none like him 
among all the people. Katoatoa, the whole, 
all. Paumotan— Cf. kato, plenty, abun- 

KATOA (htitoa), the name of a tree (Bot. Lepto- 
spermum scoparium), 

KATOITOI {khtoitot), to answer, respond. Cf. 
whakatoi, to answer rudely. 

KATO RE, ) glimmering; dimly luminous. 

KATORETORE, j Cf. tore, to bum; hinatore, to 

twinkle, to glow with unsteady light. [For 

comparatives, see Tore.] 

KATOTE, unstable ; not fixed ; displaced. 

KATOTE, the name of a tree-fem (Bot. Hemitelia 

KATOTO, a variety of potato. 

KATUA (myth.), a personage of pre-dilnvian 
times.— A. H. M., i. 167. 

KATUA (kdtua), a full-grown animal or bird. 
Generally used for a female which has borne 
young : Kihai i tino rite ki te tohora katua — 
P. M., 152. Cf. viatua, adult ; mature. 2. 
The stockade or main fence of a pa, 
Hawaiian — cf . akxia, the name of the night 
when the moon was full. ('*It would seem 
that the ancient idea of an akua (atua = god) 
embraced something incomprehensible, power- 
ful, and yet complete, full -orbed." — L. 
Andrews.) Ext. Poly.: Sulu — cf. sattui, an 
animal. [For comparatives, consult Atua and 

KATUTE, the name of a tree-fem (Bot. Dicksonia 

KAU, alone, without companions; without ap- 
pendage : E tu kau ana rnai, kaore he tangata 
— P. M., 82. 2. Only : Ko te tumu kau ano ki 
a ia — G. P., 28. 3. Just, exactly. 4. Without 
hindrance: Eharaf noho kau ana i roto— 
P. M., 82. 5. To no purpose, uselessly, in 
vain: Oho rawa ake nga tama, tirotiro kau 
ana — P. M., 16. 6. Kahore kau, not at all: 
Kahore kau he tangata kotahi i ora — A. H. M., 
i. 160. 7. Empty ; imused : A ka waiho taua 
whore kia tu kau noa iAo'— A. H. M., i. 10. . 8. 




Bimplr : E rongo iorero kau 
tU wiru — Eoro. 

lUll, • PoljrtMsion word, agnitjiag "> troop of 
pereoDS." As. — not so used per « id New Zea- 
Uad. [Bee Teuc] 

tAU, to swim; to wade: Ka kau a W'haitiri ki 
■to— Wohl., Tnni., viL 41 i Kalahi ka ftau 
t( Kri ra i mud o (e walta— P. M., 119. Cf. 
kaahoe, to iwim ; liauthhoe, to swim acroHs; 
taupapa. * fleet of canoes, i. To swim or 
wade aarou : Kau iniii, kaare he iraf— P. M , 
119. 3. To Bwim lor. i. (For ngait) To bite, 
iroaw: JTa Anu ok tangata — A. H. M., ii. 167. 

KAUANQA, a lord, a crossing. 

KAUKAU, to tnlhe: Ha koMrt nga tanmriki ki U 
^■Jehu-P. M.. 107. a. To anoial the head. 
S. To wash, lave: Ka mauria ai ki le Waiora 
Tant, hoToi ai, kaukau ai—\. H. M., E 11. 

KAUKAURANQA, a bathing plaoe. 

Whaka-KAU, to make to swim. 2. A charm to 
aid in swimming. 
Samoan— a'au, to swim: E pti ona faalo- 

Im lima o U < aau ina ua aau ; k» a 
iwimmer ipreada iortb his hands to swim. 
'Au'tu, to swim abont ; [b.) to faathe (a chief's 
■Old). CI. 'aalalo, to swim tow, in order to 
cklth sea-birds : 'aupui. to sgilssh the water ; 
'aorii'. the brinh ot a river, lake, wo!l, or an; 
plue containing water ; /t'au, to Bwim. Ta- 
hlllan— au, to swim in the water; to move: 
£ papt e tia ia an kaett ra ; Waters to swim 
in. Faa-au, to assist another to swim. Cf. 
nfartrt, to awim nDBkilfoUy, not having 
teamed; triendti'aB, casta waj ; auoRo. a large 
Isel; auoaro, to awim with the lace down- 
■udi; aumoatui. I. good swimmer; uuf'ii. to 
pMi along in a canoe without landing ; aulua, 
tbe set of senlling a canoe with the sloer 
[addle; luou, to procure anything bj swim- 
miug; faaamii, a canoe with an outri{|;ger ; 
taupiri, a double canoe. Havrallan — au, to 
imm; swimming: He iai an ko Kapauone ; k 
Kafor swimming is Kapauone. [h.) To float 
OS the aurface ol the water; hoo-au, to cause 
(oiwim; to float ; (b.) to coiive; un a raft; 
hO^U, to strike, to oeat with a stick ; (b.| to 
«uh clothes as Hawaijans wash olotbes, hy 
beating them on 8 Glone in water ; {c)\o move 
jpntlj a little; todod^e; (if ,) to bring forward 
ud present on the altar ol the gods ; to oSer 
s saerilice ; aau, to Ewim dispersedlf ; a Qook 
ai of birds when frightened ; auBUi to batbe in 
vater, as a peisoo : £ auaii ma ka nuJiicai, 
To bathe in the river ; (b.) to wash, to cleanse 
with water ; (c.) to lake out wrinkles Irom a 
pie<H ol cloth ; ho-Buau, to wash the bod; ; to 
bathe ; ■ cleaning. CI. tratiiiiau. a pool, a 
balhing-place ; kau. a canoe. Tongan— 
kakau, to swim : Telia ««« kakan lui uiilU. o 
haa ; For [war that any should swim away and 
escape. Ksukau, a lulb, ■ wash ; to wash, 
batbe ; (b.) a catting in the parts of gene- 
ntioa ; tu perform this operation. Cf. teka- 
kauaki, to swim to and fro; gau<iau, damp, 
moisL Marquesan — kau, to swim; (b.) 
oil, grease. Rarotongan — kau, to swim : 
E rere atta ratou ki rum i ie lai ka kau ala ki 
tia ; That they should throw themselves into 
the sea and awim ^ors. Cf. kokuti, to baUie. 
Manga revan— kau, to swim; koukau, to 
w&sli oneself with [re*U water; aka-kau, to 
Toja^e in shallow waters near land ; (b.) a sky 

overcast, but lightly so ; the wind strong, and 
the air full of moistiiTe and vapour ; (c.) to 
throw the pearl-shell hook lar trom the 
canoe ; {d.f to take ■□ tow ; aka-kotikau, to 
pour water on the hands. C(. lokau, to 
voyage by sea. Paumolaa— kau, to swim 

£orai kau). Futuna — kaukau, to wash. 
It. Poly. : Anellyum — cf. kauoke, a ralt, 
a float; nefikau, a Urge caooe; nelcau, a 
canoe, a ship ; a box ; the aonstellatioo of 
Orion; nelcau-ak-i<ai, a trough; a canal lor 
water. Fiji — cl. iau-Io, to carry ; kaukau, a 
burden. Malay— cf. kayuh, to row with 
paddles. Siliayana — cf. kakau, to swim. 

KAUA, not; do not [osed imperatively, or opta- 
tiv^y) : Kaua Ulaki mahi e mahia e inutou i 
reira—Twx,, xxix. T. Cf, kauaka, not, do 
not; kauraka, do not; kau (intenaive), not 
(in kahore-kau). 
Samoan — 'aua, do not : 'Atia o'u two ;, aaa 
lasa ne'i autou agaleaga ; No. my brothers, do 
not so wiokedly. Tahltian — auaa, not, do 
not (imperatively). Ha'walian— aua, notto 
give a thing asked for; to forbid ; to withhold; 
to dislike parting with a thing ; to bo stingy ; 
Tongan — cf. kaua, a boundary fence; kaua- 
molua, a land-mark, or a boundary fence. 
Paumotan — cf. kaua, a bar, a barrier ; to 
fence in. Eit. Poly.: Klsa — cf. Aruun, not. 

KAUAE, (or kauwae,) the jaw: Ka mta atu a 
Maui, 'ko to k>luae kia homai ki au' — P. M., 
30. S. The wing ot an army. Cf. pakau. the 
wing ol a bird, or of an army. 3. A beam in 
a building; CI. rakau. timber. [For com- 
parativea of Eadae. as jaw. see Eauwie, For 
aeoond meaning, see Tekid.] 

KAUAEMUA, one's eldest brother or sister : Ara 
hti kauaemua mo le tino iruimmus— Tin., xii, 

KAUAEROA, the name of a Bsh. [See Bu-ded.] 

KAUAHI, a piece ot wood upon which another 
pipce is rubbed to procure fire by (riotion. 
Ci. aaaki. smoke ; kaunofi, a fire-mbbing 
atick; kaurimarima, a Hre- rubbing stick; 
kauali, a Sre-mbbing stick ; ahi, Are. 

Tahitian — cf. auahi, fire; aiaota-auahi, 
the first small sticks put together in kindling 
a tire; (fig.) the beginnings of contentions or 
war ; aval, a soft piece of wood, on whiob 
another called aurima is rubbed to proeors 
Bre by friction. [Mora. — This would appear 
to be the proper comparative of the Maori 
word, if were not possible that, aa lahitiaii 
does not often lose h, auai may be a deriva- 
tive of ai, to procreate. See Ai,] Attali, a 
piece ol wood used (or obtaining fire by 
friction. Tungaa — gauafl, a tiie-atick. a 
fire-brand. Cf. kaunatu, a email sliek rubbed 
on another to get fira ; aji, fire. Marque- 
gan — cf. koukani, the undermost piwe of 
wood used in the obtaining of fire by triation. 
Mangarevan— cf. kavauahi, smoke. 
KAUAKA, not; do not: Ka lua aEu a Tane- 
mahula ■kanaka!'— P. M., 7. Cf. kaua, not, 
doniit; t« II rntu. do not. 

Tatiitlaa— auaa, not; do not I [For other 
<ee lUct.] 




KAUAMO, a litter, a bed arranged between two 
poles, to carry a siok person in. Cf. amot to 
oarry on the shoulder; a litter, bier; kauhoat 
a litter; to carry on a litter; whataamo^ a 
litter; hiamo, to be raised, exalted; kakau, a 
handle of a tool. 
Saxnoan — *auamo, a party carrying the post 
of a house. Cf. auamo^ to oarry a dead chief 
about on a bier; ^aufata^ palanquin-bearers; 
huaUif the bier of a dead chief ; *aii, to send ; 
tauamOf to carry about a dead chief; tau*au, 
the shoulder. Hawaiian — auamo, a stick 
or pole upon which burdens are carried across, 
the shoulder; hale auamo, a palanquin; (6.) a 
yoke ; (c.) to carry on the shoulders or back. 
Cf. amo, a burden carried on the shoulders; 
to thus bear a burden ; auamoe, to carry a very 
heavy load ; au, a handle ; aumaka^ a pole to 
carry baggage on. Tongan— cf. kauala^ a 
bier, a hand-barrow; to carry on a bier; kau^ 
a handle; amo, to reconnoitre; persons who 
precede warriors as a look-out; unequalled, 
unparalleled in excellence ; haamOt to carry on 
the shoulders, suspended from each end of a 
stick. Marquesan— cf . amot to oarry on the 
shoulders. Futuna — cf. amot to carry a 
parcel. Mangalan— of. amo, to carry on the 

KAUANQA, the star Canopus. 

KAUANQA-WAI, the part of the leg above the 
ankle. Cf . kau^ to wade ; wai^ water. 

KAU ATAATA (myth.), the first woman. She was 
the child of Ba (the sun) and Bikoriko, or 
Arohirohi. — A. H. M., i. App. 

KAU ATI, a piece of wood used in procuring fire 
by friction (also kauwati) : Haere ki atu ki nga 
tangatat kia wahiamai tetahi kauwati — Wohl., 
Trans., vii. 53 : E rua enei rakau he rakau pai 
mo te kauati hika ahi — A. H. M., i. 23. Cf. 
kauahi, kaurimarimat kauetit kaunotif kauhure, 
kaureure, names of pieces of wood used in pro- 
curing fire by friction. (Also cf. tukauatit a 
whirlwind. Does this imply a rotary motion, 
once used for the kauati?) 2. A chief, a 
principal person. Cf. kahikaf a chief of high 
rank (hika, to kindle fire?); kaupapa, a wise 
man, an oracle. [Also see comparatives of 


Paumotan — kauati, to make fire by friction 
of wood. Mangarevan— kounati, a piece of 
wood on which one rubs for fijre. [For other 
comparatives, see Eauahi and Eaubimabiua.] 

KAUAUA (kauauh), a hawk. Cf. kahu, a hawk; 
kaiaihf a sparrow-hawk; kaeaea^ a sparrow- 

KAUAWHIWHIWHI (kavhwhiwhiwhi), to approxi- 
mate. Cf. awhiwhiwhif to approximate, to 
resemble ; awhi, to draw near to ; whiwhi, to 
entangle. I^For comparatives, see Awm.] 

KAUE, one of the defences (the curtain) of a pa, 

KAUEA (myth.), a descendant of Nukutawhiti. 
He turned himself into a taniwhaf and went 
under the earth at Te Keri. — Q.-8, 29. [See 

KAU EH U, turbid, muddy. Cf. kau, to swim or 
wade; ehu, turbid. [For comparatives, see 

KAU ERE, the name of a tree (Bot. Vitex littcralie) : 
I te tumutumu kauere — A, H. M., iv. 98. 

K A U E R E, crumpled, shrivelled. 

KAUETI^ one of the sticks used for kindling fire 
by f notion: I reira e takoto ana te kaueti i 
whakakitea ai te a^— Wohl., Trans.. viL 82. 
[See Kauati.] 

KAUHAU, to preach, to teach orally: A raua 
korero e kauhau nei mo Rangi raua ko Papa — 
A. H. M., i. 157. [See Eauwhau.] 

KAUHOA, a litter on which a person is carried * 
to carry on a litter : Ko te kauhoa i runga i o 
ratou pokohiwi — Tau., vii. 9. Cf. ^toa, a 
friend ; kauamo, a litter ; to carry on a litter. 
[For comparatives, see Hoa and Kauaxo.] 

KAU HOE, ) to swim : No reira tetikangai 
KAUHOEHOE,! kauhoetia ai e ia te roto o te 
Rotoatara — P. M., 161 : A ka rewa nga waewae, 
kua kauhoehoe — P. M., 130. Cf. kau, to swim 
or wade ; hoe, to paddle, to row; katUahoe, to 
swim across. 

Tahltlan — auhoe, the inspired attendants 
on a god or chief, who row the canoe of that 
god or chief. [For full comparatives, see Eau, 
and Hob.] 

KAUHOU, a line of ancestry: I te putangaio 
kauhou—G. P., 247. Cf. kauwhau, to recite 
genealogies. 2. A lesson or address. [See 

KAUHORO, to scrape, file; to mb with anything 
rough. Cf . ore, to grind ; haro, to scrape 

Saxnoan— cf. olo, to rub down, to grate ; to 
rub smooth. Ha^nraiian— cf. holoholoi, to 
rub with pressure ; to rub down smooth ; olo, 
to rub, grate. Tongan— cf. holo, to wipe; 
hoholo, to rub. Mangarevan — cf. horoi, to 
wipe; oroi, to rub the eyes; oro, to rub; 

Syn. wluikawahine. 

KAUHURE, one of the sticks used in obtaining 
fire by friction. Cf. kaureure, kohure, kauahi, 
kauati, kaunoti, kaurimarima, names of pieces 
of wood used for obtaining fire by friction. 
[For comparatives, see Eauahi, Kaubxube, 
&c. NoTB. — Perhaps related to huri, to turn.] 

KAUHURI, to dig; to turn over the soil. Cf. 
huri, to turn; kari, to dig. [For compara- 
tives, see HuBi.] 

KAU I, a stick on which eels are threaded. 

KAUIKA (myth.), the first man. He was created 
bv Tiki, or, as some say, by Tane. He is 
fJso called Onekura (Bed-earth) — M. S., 114. 
2. A great chief or priest in Hawaiki. He, 
with his chiefs Eauika-nui, Eauika-roa, and 
others, entered the temple called Wharekura 
and broke the sacred staff of Mai-i-Bangi, 
which caused troubles, ending in the building 
being burnt— Ika., 176, 177. [See Hawaiki, 
Whabekuba, Whibo, Whakatau-Potiki, <fec.] 

KAUIKA, a heap; to lie in a heap. Cf. ika, a 
monster ; or an earth-mound made in resem- 
blance thereof ; kauki, to lie in a heap ; kaweka, 
the ridge of a hill. 2. To lay in a heap. 8. 
A school of whales. 

KAUKA, (or kouka,) the name of a tree, Ti or 
Cabbage-tree (Bot. Cordyline auitraUe), 

\ a stringboard or horizontal sup- 
I, j port for the floor of a canoe. 




UUKAUiaipev. 9. fSwanderKAu, toonm.] 
Samoan — cf. au, a needle; a sharp Qab- 
thorn; ft tattooing inatmrnetit. Tahltian —«word-fiBh; aneedle; auau. 
to hunt, to pnraue; avtara, to ah&rpen the 
•dlta of K bamboo splintar lor cutlinR with. 
Hawaliaa— &uau. tbe stalk ol louta (tbe 
Fan-palm) made into a spear. CI. aubau, the 
name of a Idod of wood used in mBking spears. 
Ext P0I7. : Motu— ct. ima.gauna, B weapao 
(ima for riino, hand). Tagal — of. gayang, a 
lance. BIsaya— cf. baakaa, a lance. 

KAUKAUMATUA(ni]'th.),a<!e]ebra(ed greenstone 
Gade) eardrop— P. M„ 95. It was bronght to 
Ke« Zealand by Ngahae— P. M., B3. » be. 
Mme the propcrt; al Tama-t^-EiipiiB — P. M., 
94 : then of Tuhoro, mho buried it. It was 
attervardB found, and given bj Ihenga to 
Bine-te-Eaiftra, to carrj to hfr father, Rohii — 
8. R.. 65 Ngatoro retailed it when he mar 
lied ^e daughter of Ibenga— P. M., 95. It i 
often mentioned in Maori poetry. 

KAUKI {k&uki). the ridge of a hill. 3. To li^ in 1 
heap. Cf. Icaka. the ndge of a hiJl; knuika 
ahoipi kake,ioo]imb\ likoktkoke, bigii \ip h 
the heBTeni. 

KAUMAHAKI, a brace, a buttress. 

UUMATUA, an adnlt. a grown person ; He ia« 
matua ia; ui a(u ki a ia— Hoa . ii. 21. CI 
matua, a parent; large, important; k&liia, 1 
InU-grown animal ; koromatua. Ibe thumb. S 
An old man or woman; A ma ntin kaiiniatiu 
a tt iwi e kai lava kai—k. H. M., i. B. CI 
pKraiau, an old man. 3. Elders, seniors 11 
potitioa and age: Katahi ka Uiao mai ng^ 
htumottia tona pa— Tin., lix. IS. CI 
kaupapa, a wise man ; an oracle ; the spirit ol 
an anoestor. 4. To become adult 
A ia ttipu. ka kaamaltia, ka noho i 
nahim malutna — Wohl,. Trana., vii. 
Samoan — 'aumatua, a breedioit animal. Cf. 
'as, a troop ol warriors 1 a shoal of fish 
or company; matua, mature, full-grown; 
ttaluafofine. to be matronly. 



who were conaidered able and IniBlworthy ; Na 
akuai kapo,onaauinakuai ieao: OodeoKhe 
night, gods ol the day. [See Lonio Andrews' 
remarks nnder Katcii.] {!•.) One that may 
be tragted. aa a parent by a child ; (e.) a person 
M called who provided lor a chief or obielg; 
a tmsty. iteadlast servant; akua-auntakua, 
the sooIb of anoestral heroes became gods 
Tahltian— cl. oromatua, the sknl! of a dead 
relative preserved, as was formerly the custom. 
It «aa wrapped up in cloth, aod at certain 
times (snch as in the case o! stckneaa. •tc | it 
was produced, when the priest made praiera 
to the oromataa in the night for the restora- 
tion of the sick ; |6.) the ghostn of the dead, 
who were supposed to be transformed into a 
■ort ol inferior goda, but of a malevolent dis- 
position, and therefore prayers were addressed 
to them to coai them from doing mischief ; 
(e.) an example or pattern ; ao instructor of 
any lort. either of religion or of any art or 
trade. Mangarevan — aumatua, old, or 
aneieDt ; koumatua, bd old man ; old, ancieut 
CI. ttumotuapuga, to sustain, prop ; protection. 
Tongan — kaumatua, elders, old and wise 
man : Ka « nolc at fono mti ht tavlanki nux . 


fakakanknu met hi kaumatua; Tha law shall 
die away from the priests aad auoicnt men. 
Eit. Poly.; Slkayaoa — cf. kamatua, old 

KAUNAKI, (Morion,) to kiodle Are by frioUon 

of ivood. 
Hawaiian— kaunaki. the nnder stick, in 

rubbing to procure fire by triolion [not proper 

letter-cbange). [See Kaitnoti, Kacihi, ShcJ] 
KAUNAROA, thebod; of a canoe, without the 

Aaumi, Ac. 
KAUNEHUNEHU, dusky. Cf- n/hu, dont ; 

nehidai. aos-spray ; reftu. mist ; ehit. turbid ; 

pvtha. d^s\,&c.: kaurihnreku. dim, duaky ; 

kauniki, smoke. [For comparatives, sea 

KAUNOTI, a piecB of wood used to obtain Sn b; 

friction ; the piece rubbed by the kauriuiariToa. 

CI. kaii'ili. kaunaki, kauhiirt, kaiiriaiarima, 

itc. [For compara tires, see Kidahi.] 
KAUNflA, amMling unpleasantly. Cf. hauniia. 

Blinking. [For comparatives, see H*nsoi.] 2. 

A kumara wliioh will not grow when planted. 
KAUNQAROA, the side fence of a pa. 
KAUPAE, the atep of a ladder. Cf. pat, a step 
erch, rest; kurupae, nbeum, 

KAUPAPA, a level surface; a floor: Ka maliia 
a Tunga laiia leai ki It kmipapa rakav — 
A. H. M., V. 66. Cf. papa, flat ; a board ; 
kauphpani, fiat-ronted. 3. A raised platform 
foe storing food ; Ka hinga vga tnliuta, ka 
hiJiga nga kaupapa — ^Wohi., Trans., vii. SS ; 
A'o ahaikaigatia e Tura te kaupapa likrtike — 
A. H. M., ii. 13. 8, An allar or sacred plat- 
form {lehata) : Kia ahalbangatia he iaupnpa 
a ofi ana : a i le abiahi ka hntri aia ka 
karangaranga i ana lupuna — A. H. M.. ii. 126. 
i, A wise man, an oracle: So te kele no nga 
Pii, ko te kele na nga Kaupapa— -f. M., 90. 
Cf. phph. a father. 6. A fleet of canoes. [Sea 
the collective forms of Polynesian Eau, under 
Teead.] 6. The original of a song, as opposed 
to a parody. 7. A giiuge for the meshes of a 
net. 8. One whom the spirit of ao ancestor 
visits, and who is the mediuui of commnoica. 
tion with the living : To p'llanga inai ki akau, 
H la kaupnpa—a. E., 111. 9. Fern-stalfes 
tied together in a peculiar manner, and used 
in the niu ceremony [see Nrc] of augury as to 
the success ol a war party. The kaiipupa was 
snpposed to contain the god of the hapii (<inb- 
trib*). 10. A raft : Ka makia te kaupapa 
roupo— A. H. M., V. 68, 

Samoan — of. 'aiipa, a line of wall; troops 
are compared with it ; papa, flat, level, a 
board ; p&pa, a general name for the high 
ohiefe. Tahltian— aupapa, the flatness of 
the roof of a honae ; flat and broad, as the roof 
of a house ; as the top of a tree. Cf. papa, a 

\ flat Bl 



papa, any flat thing ; a board, a plaol; ; a com- 
paoy, a band ; aupapa, to be poor; to losa 
one'a property (drawn from the figure of a man 
losing his board ipapa). his surf-board, on 
which he swims in the surf) ; halopapa, a raft ; 
a bridge over a small spaoe; to rule, control; 
papa, an anosstor. [For other oomparatiyea, 
we Papa, flat ; Fu a Ij^pit), aneeitoi, &a.} 




KAUPAPARU {kaupHparu), flat-roofed. Cf. kau- 
papa, a level suiiaoe, a floor ; papa, flat. [For 
comparativeB, see Papa, and Eaupapa.] 

KAU PARE, to tarn in a different direction. Cf. 
parCf to ward off, to torn aside; kopare, to 
shade or veil the eyes ; tavpare^ to. obstruct, 
thwart. [For comparatives, see Pabb.] 

KAUPARERARERA, the name of a plant, a variety 
of plantago. 

KAUPOKI, to cover over. Cf. poki, to cover over; 
Mpokif to cover; taupoki^ to cover, to close 
with a lid. 2. To invert, to turn upside down. 

KAURAKA, (or kauaka,) " Do not I Kauraka tama 
e purutia — G. P., 154 : He maka hoki, u ana, 
kauraka e hoatu—Vfohl., Trans., vii. 39. Cf. 
kaua, do not ; kahore-kau, not at all. 
Tahltian — auraa, not, do not. Raro- 
tongan — auraka, do not: Auraka koe e 
karanga ki to tangata tiipti ra * E haere /' Do 
not say to your neighbour *QoV (h.) No I 
Auraka, ei ariki rat te tuku ki rungao ia 
matou ; Nay, set a king over us. 

KAURANQA, a derivative of kau. [See Eau, to 

K A U R A PA, having broad lateral projections. Cf . 
kahurapa, extended sideways, as in the broad 
bases of some forest trees ; rapa, the flat part 
of a spade ; web-footed. [For comparatives, 
see Rapa. J 

KAUREHE, the name of an animal said to live in 
New Zealand, and whose existence is not yet 
to be considered proven. It is supposed to 
resemble the beaver, or otter. [See "Petri- 
factions and their Teachings,** by W. Mantell, 
and "Address to Philosophical Institute of 
Canterbury, N.Z." by Prof, von Haast, July, 

KAUREREHU, dim, dusky. Cf. kaunenehu* 
dusky ; nehu, dust ; rehu, mist ; puehu, dust ; 
kauruici, smoke, &o. [For comparatives, see 

KAUREREWA, fighting in loose order, skirmish- 
ing : Kia taua te kaurerewa — Prov. 

KAUREURE, a stick used for producing fire by 
friction. Cf. kauahi, kaunoti, &c. [See 
Kauahi.] Also cf. ure, membrum virile ; hika, 
to kindle fire; coitus; and at, to procreate; 
ahi, fire, <&c. 

Tahitian — ^aure, a tenon that fits into a 
mortise ; a cut or notch at the end of a stick, 
to keep a thing from slipping off; aureure, 
spiral, as an auger ; involved in a curve, as a 
rope. [iSee Ure.] 

KAURI, the name of a tree (Bot. Agathis 
australis) : Kia kumea mai te kauri i te woo — 
M. M., 206. 2. The resin of the kauri tree 
(khpia). 3. Soot from burnt kauri resin, used 
in tattooing. Cf. uri, black ; kauritawhiti, a 
kind of bitumen thrown up by the tide, used 
for chewing. 
Tahitian— cf. auri, iron of all sorts; 
taauri, to use iron. Paumotan — cf. kauri, 
iron ; kauripopo^ rust ; tutaekauri, rust. 
Samoan — cf . Huli, a smoothing iron ; to use a 
smoothing iron. 

KAURIMARIMA, a pointed piece of wood, rubbed 
briskly on another to procure fire. For process 
pee A. H. M., i. 4. Cf. kauahi, kaunoti, 

kauhure, kaunaki, &c,, words nsed to denote 
the pieces of wood nsed for obtaining fire by 

Tahitian — aurima, a piece of wood mbbed 
on another {auai,) to produce fire ; rima, the 
hand. Haivaiian— aulima (also alima) the 
stick held in the hand, when rubbing to 
procure fire by friction of wood. Cf. lima, the 
hand. The aunaki is the name of the stick 
rubbed. Mangarevan— kourima, wood nsed 
for obtaining fire by friction on the kaunoH, 
or under-piece. [Note. — A very interesting 
word. It is protNBkbly the only Maori word 
in which rima is nsed for ** hand,** althocgh 
rima is " hand,*' and "five,** almost everywhere 
else in Polynesia. (See Bima.) For other 
comparatives see Kauahi.] 

KAURITAWHITI, a kind of bitnmen thrown up 
by the sea. It was formerly used for chewing 
purposes. Cf. kauri, the resin of the kauri 
pine; tawhiti, afar, distant. [For compara- 
tives see Tawhiti.] 

KAURU (lUturu), the head of a tree : Ka tuaina 
e ia ki raro, ka tapahia te kauru — P. M., 67. 
Ka topea te kauru i runga — Wohl., Trans., vii. 
46. Cf . karu, the head ; uru, the head ; a grove 
of trees ; auru, to break off, as a branch. 
Tahitian — auru, the top ends of small twigs 
or branches. Cf . uru, a thicket or wood ; the 
skull ; a breadfruit tree ; urupa, a thicket ; 
arauru, the top, end, or extremity. Ha-> 
vraiian — cf. kaiaulu, an overhanging cloud; 
the space on the top of a precipice ; a high 
elevated post. Mangarevan— cf. tauru, the 
head of a tree ; the top of a mountain. 

KAURU, the root of Ti (CordyZtn^), after it has 
been baked in the native oven. 2. The Ti or 
Cabbage-tree itself. 
Mangarevan— kouru, the name of a tree, 
the root of which is eaten in time of famine. 

KAURUKI, smoke. Cf. koraki, cloudy, overcast ; 
kbkTmri, haziness caused by smoke ; koruku- 
ruku, cloudy ; rikoriko, dusky, darkish. 

KAURUKIRUKI, smoky; dusky. 

Samoan — cf. fa*a-lolo% to be dark and 
lowering (of the sky). Tahitian— cf. rut, 
night ; to be dark or blind ; tarui, black, as 
the sky. Paumotan — cf. ruki, dark, dark- 
ness ; night ; haka-ruki, obscure. Tongan 
— cf. roki, dark ; enclosed, shut up. 

KAUTA (khuta), a cooking shed: Ka mate koe % 
te paoa ; kakore, he fcauta— Prov. 
Tahitian— cf. autaa, temporary : as fare- 
autaa, a temporary shed put up for the night. 

KAUTAHA, without depth of soil. 

KAUTAHANQA, empty. Cf. kau, alone, without 
appendages ; ta/ianga, naked ; kautaha, with- 
out depth of soil. [For comparatives, see 

KAUTAHOE (kautahoe), to swim across: Te 
tikanga i kautahoetia ai e ia te roto — P. M., 
160. Cf. kau, to swim ; hoe, to paddle ; tahoe, 
to stretch out the arms alternately in swim- 
ming. [For comparatives, see Eau, and Hoe.] 

KAUTANQATANQA, in brisk motion. 

KAUTETE (mata-kautete), a weapon consisting of 
sharp teeth of flint, lashed firmly to a piece of 

KAUTO, a variety t>f the kumara or sweet potato. 




KAUTOHA, k w»rt. Cf. tona. a wart, com, 4o, ; 

timfa, X blemiah on the skin ; jliinfona, a wart 

«ime«oeDee. [For compwatives, «ee Tona.] 

UUTUKU-KI-TE-RANQI (mjtb.), ihe name o( 

one of Tnri'B famous paddles in the Aotta 

canoe of Ihe Migration,— P, U.. 131, 

UUTUKU (for koluku). [See EotocdO 

UUUTOWHAU, a vuiet; of kumara, or aweet 

UUWAE, the chin. 2. The tattooing on the 
chin (iuua.e, the jaw) : E pakaia ranei t kot 
Una fcottor Id U ArajbiiJ— Hops., lU. 2, 
Samoan— 'auvae, the chin. Ct. 'aulalo, tho 
imdU'jaw of B pig ; *auiiatlalo, the towei jaw ; 
'aiaatbtga, the apper jaw ; 'ivi'a^a'at. the jaw- 
bone. Tahiti an—^uae, the inner part ol (he 
tower i«w. ToDgsn— ct. kmtahe, the cheek ; 
katrvat, the legs and feet. Hawaiian — 
■uwu, the ohin of a person : Nou aku la i ka 
poknbi, a pa i ka auicat: Uo threw a stone, 
■ad it atrock the chin. (Alio auae, a person's 
«fain.> Marquesan — kouvae, the chin. 
Mangarevan — kouae, the jaw, the jaws. 
Cf. kovaa, tower jaw ; koamta, jaw-bone ; kou- 
aka, the part between the jaw ud the cheek. 
Pa-QEaotan — kauae, the jaw. Moriori — 
kaue, the chin. Eit. P0I7.: Aneityuoi— cf. 
bteatiaij |fn = noan-prefii). a flsh-hook. [No< 
tioe Mani'a fiah-hook. See Mioi (mj^.).] 
Matu — tt.jiwai, the f»au; jagau, the ehm. 
KAUWATf (lor kauati). [Sea Eiuati.J 
bUWHATA, an elevated stage for storing food. 

[Fot comparatiTeB, see WaiTi.] 
KAUWHAU, to recite old Ugends and genealogies : 
Kia kaviehautia alu iaaa e ahau ki a koe — 
P. M., 136. Ct. kauhou, a line oI ancestrj. 
3. To preaoh, to admoniBb: Hekt alu, ):au- 
whaalia le itri ra — Eko., xii. 31. Cf. ahaka- 
Aou, to oommand : to inspirit. 
Tahltfan — aufau, (au/au-/erii,) the gene- 
alogy of a family 1 to search or trace genealo- 
gie»: yh.) a tribute, tax, contribntjaii ; topay 
alai; to contribate property. Cl.taahiaitlau, 
to treat with contempt anyone's ancestry or 
family, Haiwallan—auhau, to eierciae lord- 
ship; topat a people Dndertribute: Keauhau 
ia laktra ma ke kola anu ka kai; They niight 
exact ol them money and corn, [b.) A tax for 
the benefit o! chiefa: Aolc oia i auhau nofr a 
pau ka moa koloa; He did not (ax all little 
thing!, as hens, docks, £0. CI. kuaakau. to be 
teootded in genealogy, in history, or tradition ; 
kp^digree; (Uapaa i ktkahipoe kt kuanhau 
o na Hi; Some penona have pieserved the 
genealogiea ol the kings;) a person skilled in 

Kealogy ; hononralile, dislingQiahed ; to 
w the patbe of descent at kings ; hau, the 
title or epithet at a chiel, as noble or descco- 
dant of kings. [See Hic.] Samoan— 
'avau, to bawl ; to speak too load. Mar- 
quesan— kahau, a cry of inviialion to a re- 
past, when the names ol the guests are called 
out. Mangarevan — kouhaa, to regulste 
(jperatione; to >uperiiiteQd work ; to arrange 
in order. Moriori— kau ho, a legend. Eit. 
Poly. : Malay — cf, kama, lineage. 
KAWA, bitter; sour; UDpleaaant to the taste 
Ht pmtha kaica hoki ta ratau e kiaaki 

-Eko., : 

Cf. I 

laatalol ; pukaiaa, bittar, unpalatable ; ka- 

kaaa, sweat; to perspire. 3. Not relishing 
food. Cf. wakakawa. baring a distaste lor 
ordinary food; irntoita, having a distaste for 
food, (Nora.— The comparatives of l/aiea, 
sour, bitter, have been removed from those of 
the plant kawa. because (he taste of the kaca 
root (when msdc iD[a a beverage] is not acrid. 
bat mild and Boap<r,] 

Samoan — a'ava, pungent, soar, acrid ; {h.] 
to be hot; scorching ; 'ava'ava, to be oppres- 
sively hot, as on a suno; calm day ; 'avasia, 
to be bamt bj the sun ; {b.) to be poisoned. 
Tahltlan— avaava, sour, acrid, bitter; Te 

Every man that eats a sour grape, C(, (0- 
avaava, sour, acrid; avalitfil, calm, hot 
weather, which is deadly to £«b in abont the 
coral reefs, Hawaiian — awa, bitterness ; 
awaaWB, SOOT, hitter, sharp, pungent; toba 
bitter ; sourness ; E pau i ka aiia, va aanama 
iho la ka'a opu; As soon ae I had eaten it, 
my belly was bitter, {b.) Unpleasant to the 
loate ; salt, aa salt water: Hr awaawa hoi ko 
kekai; Bitter is the eolt water; (c) (Met.) 
Bard to deal with ; harsh in manners ; ho- 
awaawa, bitterness, sourness ; (b.) hardship. 
Cf. uuahia, bitterness, sourness; aicuAua, surly, 
obstinate, perverse. Tongan— cf. kakava, 
perspiration ; talava. sour, inclined to sour- 
ness. Marquesan — cf. I^aviihia, bitter, 
gonr, sharp; moiliava, soumsRs which keeps 
eoniio<j up in Ihe mouth, Rarotoagan — 
kava, soar, sharp, pungent, Mangarevan 
—kava, to be acnd, bitter; to be salt; kava- 
kava, slightly acid ; aka-kava, to make bitter; 
harsh to the taste; (b,) not to visit thosa 
often who ought to bs visited. C(. kavakava- 
rua, to be offended about nothing ; i:arar[ii, 
to be salt. Paumotan — kava, disagreeable 
to the taste ; kavakava, acid, sharp ; {b.) 
bitterness, grief, 
KAWA, ) the name of a shrtib (Bot. Piper 

KAWAKAWA, [ excrUumU Motnga ahau nei, 
rau kawakawa lui-i.. H. M., iii. 3D. It noa 
a sacred shrub, much used in religious cere- 
monies. 3, To strike parts of a building or 
canoe with a kama branch in order to remova 
(opu ; Ki te vrhai ate i le kaioa tc wnka nti 
—P. M„ 73. 3. To open a new building with 
priestly ceremonies : Kua hangh e ia tttahl 
ichuTt hou, a kahore ana i taia lima kaaa — 
Tiu, IX. S. 4. To perform a ceremony re- 
sembling baptism [sea Ininu and Td*): A ka 
kaaiaina nci U Anuia— A. H. ^I.. 11. 153 : Ka U 
kawa i kawaina, ka tt kaaa Faon — A. H. M., 
ii. 164, 5. A young tree (geneially a branch 
of ka.rarau) planted by the priest at the con- 
clusiou of the ceremony of " naming " a child : 
A'o le kawa Korakino, koia U rakaa talara — 
A. H. M,. v. 12. e. An altar : Mamae te 
kawa i Hiwrnu— A. H. M„ i, 43. 7. A heop. 
8. I'lie first of a reries or number of (liinga 
set aside for a religious purpose, such as the 
first fish in the miracaloQs shower of fishes 
brough( by the incantation of Tinirau - Trans., 
vii. 30. ; Ka lav mai le ika U kaica ki u 
ToTo le tnhare a le laiaaili . , , kite ika 
anuke i le tawa— Wohl., Trans., vii, 53, 

Samoan- 'avB, the name of a plant (Bot> 
ilacropiprr mrtln/'lieuiH) ; [li.) the intoxi- 
cating drink made from 'aiia; {c.) food; (if,) 
the beard. CI. 'a'ava, pncgent, aoni; ■and 

Kawa [140] Kawe 

*avaaitUt a name for varietieB of the pepper [See Eaha.] Mangarevan — kavei, a packet* 

shrab (Bot. Piper insectifugum, P. latijolium, parcel, ball. Cf. Jfcati^, the tcaitades of the 

P, piberulunit Ac) ; 'avoput, the ginger plant octopus. [Notb.— Kavei, with its near oon- 

(Bot. Zingiber zentmbett and Z. ojffkinaU) ; nection to kawe. appears to be a better form 

*ava8hf a plant used to poison fish with (Bot. than kawai.] Ext. Poly.: Fiji— cf. kawaiy a 

lephrosia piscatoria). Tahltian — ava, the small yam resembling ^mara (sweet potato) ; 

plant and drink called kava ; (6.) all kinds of kawhai^ a kind of mealy sweet potato ; 

intoxicating liquors. Cf. ratiava, the miro or the kumara is called a kawai ni vavalagi^ 

amae leaves, used in the marcLe for sacred pur- (vavalagi = papalangi, foreigner). Malay — 

poses ; uruuruava, a prayer made in the cf . kawit to relate a story ; a tale. Java— 

marae (sacred place) for the sake of obtaining of. kawifit to relate a tale ; katri, the learned 

children. Haivaiian — awa, the name of a language of Java, 

plant, and the intoxicating drink prepared KAWAINQA.stars which herald the dawn, 

therefrom Marquesan - kava, the root Mangaian-kavaiga, a harbinger of day : 

which 18 chewed as an intoxicant ; (ft.) tobacco ^.^. ^^ . ^ j^^^^^^ You we^ watchiig 

(modem). Mangarevan — kava, a vanety for dawn, 

of tarOf or a shrub which yields the liquor * Mm 

kava. Mangalan — kava, an intoxicating KAWAKA, the name of a tree (Bot. Libocedrut 

beverage from the root of the kava plant (Bot. dontana), 

P. methysHcum). Tongan— kava, the name KAWAKAWA, a valuable kind of dark greenstone 

of a root ; a beverage of intoxicating quality ; {nephriU or jade)* Different varieties were 

any spirituous liquor; (6.) the beard. Ext. named kawakawa-aumoanaf kawakaiDa-rewa^ 

Poly. : Motu— cf . kava^ to be crazed : kava- and kawakatoa-Umgarerewa, 

kava, folly ; foolish. Aneityum-cf. kava KAWAKAWA-TAWHITI, a variety of the kwnara. 

(Bot. P. methysttcum), from which an mtoxi- ,..^,..,«. .^/vM.-uf- / ai_ \ xi. ».• * * av 

eating drink is prepared. (Formosa-of. 6oar, KAWANQA-KONEKE .(myth.), tiie chief of the 

to chew rice and barley, and to prepare the Jlangihoana canoe m the Monon migration to 

spittle wherewith strong drink is made.) *^® Chatham Islands. At the same time ar- 

nved the Rangimata, under Mararoa ; but by 

KAWA (myth.), a person whose name is met another version the canoe accompanying the 

with in a singular sentence of tradition. Rangimata is called Rangihoua [see Mobiori] 

nni'nf tl intW Ji'n^ ^'nna^ J^^^ KAWARANQI, plaited flax (Pfu^um) I Ko U 

one of the lower heavens, Tuna coming down ^^^ ^ ^^ ^^ ^ ^^ ^^^^ ^^ ^^ kiwarangi. 

because of drought above ; and his appearance ^^ kawai.^e loops of a basket, 

is described in the sentence: **£awa and ' '^ 

Maraenui were hanging on Tuna's forehead KAWARI, the name of a shell-fiish. 

like veils " {Ko te Kawa, ko Maraenui e man KAWARIKl, the name of a plant. 

mai ana, ki te rae o Tuna, e koparetia ana) — ,/*»./«taii x i j_ xi * i • x 

Wohl., Trans., vii. 19 and 44. KAWATAU, to speak frequently of one's mten- 

tions or expectations. Cf. kapatau, to express 

KAWA-ARERO (myth.), the name of a chief who an intention of doing; to threaten. 

in Botorua Lake-^.M^ 96. ^ ^^^ ^^^Z. f XTd^ 

KAWAI (khwai), (also kawei, see note below,) the gradually from small begimngs. 

Bhoot, bianck, or tendril of a creeping plant, j^^^^^y (kdwau), a variety of the kumara, or 

such as the melon, Ac. : I tupu ki hea te kawai gweeet potato 

te ^M«— M. M., 194. 2. Pedigree, lineage : „...,.,,, ^ \ xi. « v ji xv m i 

E kimi ana i te kawai o Hauanui^^. P.. 413. KAWAU (or koau). the name of a bird, the Black 

H. The tentacles of cuttle-fish, Ac. Ct kawe- ^hag (Om. PhaUicrocorax nova-zeahndue) : 

kawe, the tentacles of a cutUe-fish. 4. The ^ ^^^^P.? ^]* '^^^ *•*• « torupueatanga 

loops or handles of a basket. Cf. kawe, a ^^' ^- ^'* "^* ^^' 

handle ; straps for carrying a bundle ; to carry ; KAWAUMARO, a mode of fighting ; close hand 

kiwei, the loops or handles of a basket. 6. to hand combat. 

The sea-breeze. . ^^ .^ ^^ ^ , ^ KAWAUPAKA, the White-throated Shag (Om. 

Samoan — avei (&»«), the cord used for phalacrocorax breviroetrii), 

^mg up a woman's basket; (6.) the handle „...,.«..,,. ^ ^x ., ,, . . ^i* 

of a mat basket. Cf. 'are. to take ; to carry. KAWAWA (khwhwh), the palings of a fence. Cf. 

Tahltlan-ct afai, to carry, bring, or take ^^^^^ * '^<»- 

a thing; a bearer of burdens; aveave, the KAWE, to carry, convey : Ka kawea atuaueia 

long feelers of a fee or cuttle-fish ; ave, the ki roto ki te to^re— P. M., 14. Cf. kawei, 

strand of a rope ; the string of a sling ; straps for carrying a bundle ; t^kawe, to sling 

avettoatore, the feelers of cuttle-fish. Ha- a bundle over the shoulder. 2. To carry, as 

waiian— awai, to bind or tie up ; (b.) a place tidings, messages, Ac. : To atu ki te rua, hei 

to stand on when addressing a multitude, a kawe korero—G. P., 261. 8. To be carried 

platform : Kuaela ke kaukauolelo ma ka awai away, as by a flood : E notio, tena te au o 

laau; The writer stood upon a wooden plat- Rangataki, hei kawe i a *oe— Prov. 4. To 

form, (b.) A bunch, cluster ; a bundle, or some- fetch : Ka mea atu ki tana taurekareka * kawea 

tMng tied up. Cf. awe, the tails of the cuttle- he wai mokuJ'^P. M., 130. 6. To induce, to 

fish. Tongan— kavei, the hangers of baskets, influence. 6. To persevere, to show determin- 

Ets, Ac. Cf. kaue, the feelers of the feke ation. 7. A handle. Cf. kawai, and kawei, 

kt-fish) ; kavekave, to swing to and fro. Cf. handles of a basket. 8. The straps by which 

/oi, to bind, tp wrap with kafa (aiimet). a bundle is oanied on the back: Tmiatekawe 




tmranga te kawe^ ko te kawe o te luiere, — Prov. 
Cf. topot, and kawtU with same meaning. 

KAWEKAWE, the tentadesof a catUe-fish: Kei 
U ngwma a Kype hi te tapatapahi i nga kawe- 

KAWEHQA, a bnrden: Ka haere ki te kainga^ me 
tama kawenga kereru — Wohl., Trans., vii. 87. 
Samoan — 'ave, to take: Tuu mai ia ia te 
on o tagata, a e ave maoe Is oloa; Give me the 
penons and take the goods yourself. (6.) To 
give; (e.) to conduct; (d.) to become; (e,) to 
carry, bear: Avh e taitati ma ave i lana 
hna avega; Each man must carry his own 
load. (/.) To takeaway; *avega, a burden. 
Ct dvci, the cord used for tying up a 
voman's burden; the handle of a mat- 
basket. Tahitlan — ave, the strand of a rope ; 
the string of a sling ; (b.) the train or trail of 
a comet or meteor ; (c.) a division or section, 
formerly applied to the prayers used in the 
marae (saered place), some of which had eight 
or ten sections ; aave, to stretch the sling over 
the shoulder in slinging stones. Cf. averua, 
two lines or ropes put together; avetoru, three 
strands of a rope; paave^ to carry or convey 
on the back; to suspend or hang up; aveave- 
fetU^ the different branches of a family. 
Ha^iiraiian— awe, to carry or bring (as it is 
followed by mat, hither, or atu^ away,) a 
burden; (6.) the tentacles of the cuttle-fish; 
aweawe, tied up in a bundle ; bound tight ; (6.) 
the arma of the squid or cuttle-fish ; (c.) the 
eurling water in the wake of a ship; the wake 
of a ship ; (d.) beautiful, handsome ; (e.) white, 
ihiny, as the face in some diseases ; aawe, 
(used imperatively, with mat,) bring here t (or 
with aku^ take away ! Ci kaawet to tie any 
flexible thing tightly round the throat; to 
strangle. Tongan — kave, the tails of the 
/eke or cat-fish ; (b.) the stem or stalk of fruit ; 
kavekave, to swing to and fro; (b.) to spread 
abroad ; (e.) to persevere ; kakave, to lead out ; 
to extend, to widen out; kavega, a burden. 
Cf. kaveit the hangers of baskets, pots, Ac, ; 
faka-kavei, to sling a basket ; ave, to tckke, to 
conduct ; fekavei, to swing to and fro. Ma- 
Dgaian— kave, to carry, fetch, provide : Na 
Mini rai e kave ; Mirn herself will provide it. 
(6.) To go : J5 kave au i Jiotutapu : I will go to 
Sacred-Island. Marquesan— kave, to carry, 
to carry away ; kaveka, a burden, a load. Cf . 
kavee, a parcel ; to do up in a parcel ; kavea, 
sea-weed. Mangarevan — kave, the ten- 
tacles of the octopus ; (6.) a bay, a space be- 
tween two capes; (c.) an elongated breast; 
kakave, parents of a fnend, or people by whom 
one has been brought up, so as to seem almost 
ond's own parents; aka-kave, to dance; to 
move the body to and fro, singing, and waving 
the hands ; ave, small roots and fibres of trees 
nsed as cordage; (6.) the train or tail of a 
comet; aveave, remote ancestral relations; 
(d.) stringy bread-fruit. Cf. kavei^ a packet, a 
parcel, a ball; aka-rokaveeke, to show ozily 
the Inanches or arms (kavei) like a cuttle-fish 
onder a stone. Paumotan— kave, relations ; 
Q.) a nephew. Cf. paavet a strap; braces. 
Ext. Poly.: Motu -cf. gave^ the feelers of an 
oatopns. Java^-^aifftf, to do, to perform, to 

KAWEAU (myth.), h Uzazd-god ; son of Tn-te- 
wsDawsDa and Tnpari.— ▲. H. M., L App. 

KAWEAU, a species of lizard. It is about two 
feet in length, of a brown colour, striped 
longitudinally with dull red. 

KAWEKA, the ridge of a hill. 2. Long. 8. 
Idling. 4. Bambling, digressing. 

KAWEKAWE A, the name of a bird of passage, 
the Long -tailed Cuckoo (Om. Endynamis 
taitensis), [See Eobxoea.] 

KAWEMOTU, the forcible taking away of a woman 
in the highway, according to ancient Maori 

KAWERU (iUku^«ru), a bait forcray-fish; to bait, 
or furnish with bait. 

KAWITITANQA, the wrist. 

KAWIU, to be shrunk. 

KAWHA, for ngawha. [See Noawha.] 

KAWHAKi, (or kahaki,) to take by violence; to 
remove by force : Ka haere ki te kawhaki i a 
Kuramarotini — P. M., 109. Cf. whawhaki^ to 
pluck off; kowhakif io tear off; whawhati, to 
break off anything stiff. 2. To remove by 
stratagem. Cf. manukawhaki, to entice by 

Haw^ailan— ahai, breaking off and carrying 
away ; (b.) to take away, to carry off ; (c.) to 
flee, to be routed, as men in battle. Tongan 
— cf. kafaki, to climb ; to grow, to increase. 
Tahiti an — afai, a bearer, a carrier of 
burdens ; to carry, bring, or take a thing ; (6.) 
to restore the captives of a conquered place, or 
those who had been banished. [For other 
comparatives, see Whawhaki, and Whati.] 

KAWHARU (myth.), a giant warrior, who was 
used as a scaling-ladder by his party in the 
attack on the pa at Moturimu, in the Kaipara. 
He was four arm-spans (fathoms) tall (i.e. 
twenty-four feet), and his face one cubit long 
(the cubit » from end of fingers to the elbow) 
— G.-8, 30. 

KAWHiA (khwhia), the name of a fish : Ite nui 
te ika kawhia % reira — A. H. M., v. 11. 

KAWHIU (khwhiu), a basket used in collecting 
the shell-fish called pai^a. 

KE (k^)t different, strange : E hara koe i tepotiki 
nakut na te tangata ke koe — P. M., 13. 2. In 
or to a different place ; in a different direction ; 
at a different time ; beforehand. 3. Contrari- 
wise, differently to what one expected ; in a 
different character or appearance. 

KEKE {kekh)y in a different line. Matuakek^, 
uncle or aunt : Ko te whaia keke ta— Bew., 
xviii. 14: Tamaitikeket nephew or niece: 
Tetahi tamaitikeke o WHro—k, H. M., ii. 7. 
Samoan— 'ese, strange, different : Auh e le 
auina atu oe i te nuu gagana ete; For you 
were not sent to a people of strange speeuc^. 
(6.) Tall. Tahitlan— ee, strange: Tettina 
noi otUou ia taio, e feia iti roat e te taata ee 
hoi i reira ; When you were a few, only a few, 
and strangers there, {h,) Different, as m^a e, 
a different thing ; (c.) oistant, as tei uta e, far 
in the interior ; (d.) away, as haere e, go away. 
Ctfaa-taae (M. lj,^whakataka'ke)t to put far 
off, or separate entirely ; matae^ a stranger ; 
strange, alienated ; taatae, a stranger. Ha- 
"wallan — e, other, another, strange, new : A 
kaulana aku i na aina e; To be removed 
even to foreign lands : Aole na he wahine $; 




She ia osrtainl; not any other woman. Ee, 
oat of sight ; at agreatdiBtance) (!i.) opposite 
to ; adversely. C(. kue, oppaaition, atcile ; the 
crooked side-timbers in a ehip ; aoything with 
an angle ; ftuiwf, to contend with ; to bioker; 
maliae, to set against; to be opposed to. 
Tongan — ka, to quarrel; a qoarrci. strife, 
discnsaion; kehe, another ; cot the Bsme; 
different; out oE the common; kehekehe, 
different; mixed; all sorts and sizes; faka- 
kehe, tQ change, to alter, to tranffDrm; to 
diversify, to make dietinctioo. CF. hr. to 
deviate ; agakehi. dissimilar in diepoaitioD ; 
to be different ; opposed. Marquesaa — ke, 
different, strange, other, otherwise ; keke, 
share, portion, division ; haa-ke, to divide, 
sepsrate : Ei mta haake i Utahi vai me tUahi 
vat; To separate the naters from the waters. 
CI. Iiektke. to mistake the road; A^Aa. some- 
thing not right. RarotongHn— ke, strange, 
different ; Kua akaipoipo i te Umuiine a ttlahi 
atua ke ; He has married the daoghler of a 
strange god. Tangata-ke, a stranger: Kare 
rac! e tangata ke i TBto i tmia are ra ; There 
was no stranger in that house. Keke, crooked ; 
aside ; different : Kare au e tu keke ,- I do not 
change. Mangarevan—ke, other, different. 
Btranga : I ftanou a Maui Matavara i U aronui 
*( ; Man! the Eight-eyed was bora on another 
path (in a different manner). Keke, to be 
surprised in doing anything. Paumotan — 
ke, different ; faka-ke, an angle, eorner. Cf. 
huru-ki, difference. Eit. Poly. : Matu— of. 
ki. other, different, strange. 

KE (ki), to produce a sharp abrupt Eound; to 
crock, snap. Cf. ti, to crack, to emit a sharp 
eiplosiva sound. 

KEKE {keki), to creak. Cf. kok?, to creak ; ng^, 

KEKE {kki), to quack, as a duck. 

Samoan— of. 'e'e, to squeak. Ha^ipaUan 
— cl. eeina, to creak; to grate; to crepitate. 
M an garevan— keke keke, to grind the teeth. 
Cf. kekeie. sharp (of the voice); ee, to saw; 
htke, to saw. Tongan— keke, to bleat or cry ; 
faka-keke, to cause to bleat or c^. PaK- 
motan—keke, to make a harsh noise : Keke i 
U ntVio, to grind the tei^th. Cf. fakakekekina, 

to grind the teoih. Kit. Poly. ; Aneityum 
— cf. kiik, the noise made by a bat, 

KEA, (also keha,) the name of a bird, the 
Moimtain Parrot (Om. HeflOT witaUlii). 

KEA, mucuf, discharge from the nose. Cf. tea. 
white i vihaka-li, to squeeze fluid ont of any- 
thing ; to milk. 
Marquesan — keea, discharge from the 
nose; (b.) a hiccough. Hawaiian — of. ra, 
dirty; kea,,»e'men; while. 

KEA (myth.), (more properly Eearoa,) the wife 
of Ngatoro-i-raugi ; ehe was carried off with 
ber husband by Tama-te-kiipua on board (he 
Aravia canoe in the Migration. On account of 
Tama's adnllery with Kea, Ngatoro, by his 
charms, drew the Aravia into the " Mouth at 
Te Parala," a whirlpool [see PiEAit] . From 
this incident cones (he proverb, " Ka taka te 
nrwiga a Kea" ("The pillow of Eea has 
fallen,") as a warnmg in danger. To Eearoa, 
and to Whahaotirangi (another ebieftainess), 
sacrifices were offered aa to onoestral spirits — 
P,M., 88; 8. T., It 

KEAROA (myth.) [SaeKai.] 

KEHA, the front ol the skull, above the forehead. 
2. A Ilea. 3. A scrofnlous swelling of the 
neck. 4. A turnip. 6. The Monnlain Parrot 
(Om. SiitoT notabilii) ; also kea. 

KEHE,thenameof aGsh. 

KEHO, sandstone. Cf. pakeho, limestone. 2. 
Pointed. CI. keokeo, pointed. 
Hawaiian — eho, a stone idol; a collection 
of atone gods; {b.} a monument; a pile of 
stones ; (c.) the name of a stone put inside of 
an animal in cooking. Mangalan — cf. kea, 
sandstone {kea-inamaa, the sacred aandatoue, 
the King's throne). Marquesan — kcho, 
basalt ; a kind of blaok marble. Cf. kea. Qint 
stone; motukea, a huge stone. Manga- 
revan — kelio, a basaltic stone, hard and 

KEKOKEHO, very clear ot transparent. 

KEKU, to Call asleep soddenly. 

KEHU, a word found only in composition, meau- 
ing reddish -brown ; probably related to ehu. 
[See ilumsMBO, Ubokrho, Eho, iKc] 

KEHUA (kfhHa), a ghost, a apirit (a modem 
word) : Mairai e haere tava ana i te leehi o te 
kehua—^. H. M., v. 13: Me le rata lui e miba 
ora ana atua kehua—L. H. M., v. 12. 

KEI, lest : Kia pai te faAu o tc afti, kei fooa 
—P. U.. 6B. 2. Whilst ; still. Cf. keiichb, 
whilst. 3. Not : Kri titiro iho ko< ki raro nri 
—P. M., 62. 
Tongan— kei, yet, whilst, daring. Tahi- 
"~~ ' '"' do not; eima, no, not ; riijjo. 

tlan^t. eiaha, 

KEI, at, on, in : Kei te ana koichatii e noho ana 
—P. M., 166. 3. With, in possession of : E 
takota net ana kei a Te Heuhea—?. M., 70. 
3. In the act of ; Kei te korerorero pea ia — 
1 Nga., zviii. 27. i. Denoting quality, state, 
character, &c. ■ Kei te porangitia koe—V. M., 
121. 5. Lake: Koia ano kei U hakari— 
1 Ham., iiv. 36. 6. (After verbs ot motioo) 
To : Kua pitta kei toako o te ana— P. M., 157. 
Tahitian— ei, (hen oi there, at that time or 
place: Eiheaf Where? Ha wail an —ei, a 
particle of place, here. 

KEI, the stem of a canoe : Ko le teina i te ihu, 
ka le limkana i te kei—U. M., 184. 2. The 
mizzen or ofter-sail of a canoe : Maranga to 
te ihu, te teaenga, m* to te kei— P. M., 72, 

KEIA (lina], to steal; a robber : Me he keia ka 
mau ratca TU te Tinga-H.. H., 23. Cf. kaiH, 

Tatiit'lan — eia, to steal; theft; a thief: 
Eiaha e taparahi, eiaha i eii, ; Do not kill, do 
not ateal. Hawaiian— <J. aia, to be of bad 
character. Marquesan— of. kaihae, to steal 
another's portion. Rarotongan— keia, to 
steal : Kua keia nuira Aofou i taku ra ; Tet 
you have robbed me. Keke i a, thieving, 
marauding: Tei iti au ^o tangata kekfia; 
We are on a thieving expedition. Paumo- 
tan— keia, to steal; a tiiief; plunder; (b.) to 
remove, take away, Futuna — df. kataa, to 
steal. Mangarevan — of. kaia, wicked, 
cruel ; a cannibaL Eit. Poly. : Sikayana — 
cf. Ao^, to steal. 



KEKA, mad, dCTaneed. 2. Beside oitftelt with 
gri«L 3. A aong sung at lanerala, beloie the 
ii>amgtt oommanoea. 

kEKE, obBtinata, Etobbom. Ct. paieke, hard, 
SOB ; p»tAla, sullen. 

Whalia-KEKE, to refnie to spea^ ; to be BuUen ; 
Hawaiian — ee, oppoaite to; adTersel;, or 
agaiosl. Cf. pae, those parte of a ka!o (taro) 
patch beaten to make tbem hard. Manga- 
ravan—cf.paifhf, disobedient; lampish. 

KEKE {iiki), the armpit (axilla) : Ka kowhtra If 
uira i roto i nga ktke o Taubaki—P. M., SS. 
Haiivalian — ae, the armpit, Cf. part, sod 
foara/, the snnpit, Tahltian — ee, the 
armpit. Marquesan— kaake, the anupit. 
Manga re van—keke, the armpit. RarO'- 
tOQgan— keke, the armpit. Paumotan— 
keke, the aniipit 

KEXEAO (HIAao), an orereost aky. 
KEKEKO, the name at an animal, the Seal (Msm. 
Arlactpkaliu cirttreui) : Na lo lauiahine ka pai 
i takim mai ai (etiri kckcTio ti kniui — ProT. 
Kin ren alu te kekeno ki lati'ftilt— 9. T., 1T2. 
KEKENO (myth.), a sea deit;, the child of Te 
Bapnka. Kekeno. in compaaj with Paiken. 
Tohora, Dpokohue, and otherg, wbb chased b; 
Tawhaki on bis return bom heaven— A.. H. M., 
i. 59. 
KEXERENQU. [See ELeeeherd.] 
KtKEfiEPO [kireripti). blind. Cf. kertkfn. in- 
tense] j dark; po, night; ichekm, very dark; 
Bikm, in the dark. [See Mitiezbefo (myth.) 
For comparatiTea see Eeressee, and Po.] 
(EKERERU (kikne<lL), tlie Uaok Wood Bng, 
vhicb emits a fetid odour (Ent. Fenplanita 
ap.). Also kekerengu. Cf. kerikere. inlcnsel; 
dark ; irhrkert, rer; dark, Ac, 
Samoan— aialu (i'u[;i). a cockroach. Ha- 
waiian — elelu, am! elelelu, h cockmadi, 
Tahltian— aararu, a amftU beetle. Tt)iii;dn 
— kakalu, the cricket. Paumotan— kaka- 
nru.the cockroach. Eit. Polj.: Malagasy 
— cf. kalaOa. the cockrosch. [This word is 
said by CousioB in his '■ Notes on MadaBiifloar" 
lo have Airican affinitiet, as the Swabili tnaka- 
lalao, Ac] 

KEKEWAI, the name of a amaU Drofion-Fl;. 


Whaka-KEKO, to look obligaely along anjtbmg. 

KENOKENO, stinking, offensive. 

Paumotan— cf, kcgokego, ordnre; kekakego, 
pvi ; to itiok. 

KEN60, night. 2. A varietj of kumara (aneet 
potato), a large white vjiTl^ty. 

KENQOKENGO, a very dark night. 

Tongan— cf. keigo, aiilky ; angry. Tahl- 
tian — c(./aa-(o, to be bo afftcled with grief 
or love B8 to lose the appetite (? ae pouri, dark, 

KEO, the peak or pointed summit of a bUt. CI. 
luho, sandstone. [See Hsngsrevan.] 

KEOKEO, peaked, pointed. Cf. keha, pointed. 

Whalia'KEO, rising to a peak. 

KEOKEONQA, the peak nf a bill: A ka eke 
iofia*auiiua ki U htokeanaa o te maimoa— 
P. M., 81. 
Hawaiian— of. keo {teo), white ; proud, 
haughty; pooi:eo, white.headed. Tahltian — 
ct. teotea, pride, haughtiness. Marquesan 
— cf. pvkeokeo. pointed; a cone; jnatikto.^ 
lance. Mangarevaa— keo, basaltic stone, 
fit to make stone axes (also keho) ; keokeo, 
sharp, after the manner of aies. Ct. vahikeo- 
kta, slippery rock. Pauinotan — keokeo, a 
point ; pointed ; faka-keokeo, to extol. 

KEREKERE, iQt«DBely dark: Ki te aica pouri 
kerekere—Q. P., 131. Cf. pokm, in the 
dark; pongertngtre, thick, dense, as smoke; 
kekerepa, blind; ahekcre, very dark; kakere- 
kere, gloomy, downcast; Jxretfrfwai, numb- 
ness; ^<fu, aolod; itrenjito, a clod ; ktrrpei, 
a clod. 2, Dark, as the akin: Ki te huanga 
kerekfTC ko Kaihaii—k. H, M.. v, 4. 
Samoan — 'ele,red earth; (6.) rust; 'ele'ele, 
earth, dirt: Ojia faia lea e leova It atvaole 
tagata i U efuefu a U •ele'ele: God made man 
from the dost of the K^ouud. (6.) Blood (to 
chiefs) ; (c.) the intiuet of women (euphemisti- 
cslly) ; 'ele'elea, dirt; ; fa'a'ele'elea, to make 
dirty. Cf, po'ele'ele, to be night ; paae'tU'elt, 
to be eclipsed (a! the sun and moou, but gene- 
rally of the moon). Tahltian- ereere, black, 
also dark, or blue : E ie mere ra to te laala 
ataa ra rnaia ; The faces of nil the men are 
blsrk. Cf. erterifenua, the spirits of the dead 
that used to appear in old times before the 
commencement of a dentructive year ; creere- 
lape-moana. dark, as the colour of the sea 
where the deep water commences. Haivai- 
Ian— eie, to be dsrk; black; dsrk-oolonred ; 
not clear; eleele, dark-coloured; black; blue; 
dark red ; brown ; darkness ; darkly : If ino- 
mino no lima, eleele ka lihilihi; The hands 
were wrinkled, dark were the eyebrows- Hoo- 
eleele, to biackeo, as the sky before a storm. 
Ct. poeleete,h)ici; dark as nicht ; benighted; 
ignorant ; bewildered ; keele. to be very great 
(of Iroable or perpleiity) ; paele. a black skin ; 
blackness; to be covered with dirt ; to blacken, 
as with charcoal ; paamaele. to delile, to pol- 
lute ; dirty. Tongan— kels, muddy ; kelckele, 
dirty ; earthy ; earth ; mnd. Cf. ke .hulu, 
slime, mud. Rarotongan— kers, and kere- 
kere, black : £1111 kerekere la matou pikiri mei 
U paakiumu ra ; Our skins were black as an 
oven. Marquesan — keekae, block. Cf. 
pukeekee, black. Mangarevan — karekere, 
blue, approaching black, ss the colour of the 
depp sea ; {b.) black or dnrk-coloured ; aka' 
kerekcre, to make black or dark. Ct. akere, 
Eky-blue ; cloudy weather; aktrekere, pro- 
found, deep (said of night, on the ses] ; dark 
shadow ; kerrtiima, black, sombre ; (t! ragi 
tfrffumn, a leaden sky;) pukertkere. to aug 
meot, increase ; lakert, to spoil, wasite, ravs^e. 
Paomolan— karekBre, dark, sombre, black; 
faka-kepekepe, to blacken, Futuna- — kele, 
earth, soil. Ext. Polj, : Motu— of, kerektre, 
the sun gone down. 




K E R E NG EO, a lamp ot earth, a olod. Cf . kerepHt 
a olod; kerekere, very dark; kerif to dig; 
kerewhenuat yellow clay ; kferetu, a olod. 
Samoan— of. ^eWele^ dirt, earth. Ha- 
"ivaiian — of. paeU^ blackness; to be covered 
with dirt ; eli, to break up earth. Tongan — 
of. keU^ muddy ; keUkele^ dirty, earthy ; mud ; 
kelebulu, mad. Futuna — of. kele, earth, 

KEREPEI, a clod, a lamp of earth. Cf. peipei^ 
a clod ; kerengeo^ a clod ; kerekeret very dark. 
[For comparatives, see Ksbbnobo.] 

KEREPO (myth.) [See Matakbbepo.] 

KEREPURU, sodden with water, satarated. 

KERERU (^r«r&), the Wood-Pigeon (Orn. Carpo- 
phaga nova-zelandia) : Ka haere nga tuakana 
kiteta kereru — Wohi., Trans., vii. 37. 

KERERU (myth.), the father or tatelary deity of 
pigeons. He came down to the Earth to look 
after Bupe. Bupe is another Polynesian name 
for the pigeon. [See Bupe.] Eerera, after 
eating tawa berries, became hoarse, and could 
only say '* Ku, ku,** Hence the pigeon-names 
of kuku and kukUpa — M. S., 115. 

KERETEKI, the outer fence of a pa, Cf. teki, the 
outer fence of a pa. 

KERETU {keretu)t a clod, a lump of earth. Cf. 
kerengeo, and kerepeU a clod ; herewhenua, 
yellow clay. 2. The thwart of a canoe. 
Havraiian — cf. eleku^ to fly to pieces; 
eUeUkUy easily broken ; to break easily. [For 
other comparatives, see Kbrenoeo.] 

KEREWHENUA, yellow clay. Cf. whenua, land ; 
kerengeo, keretu^ and kerepei^ each mean- 
ing '* a clod." [For other comparatives, see 
Kebeksrb, and Whenua.] 

KERI, to dig: Ka keria te rua haeroa—V. M., 87- 
Ka kitea e ia te totara—ka keria — P. M., 91* 
Cf . karit to dig for ; awakeri, a ditch ; waikerit 
a ditch. 2. To rush along violently, as wind* 
Cf. kariy to rush along violently; pukerit to 
rash along like a violent wind or flood. 

KEKERi, to fight: Ka timata te kekeri Maori; 
ka mate te mataika — A. H. M., i. 34. Cf. 
kakarit to fight. 

Samoan — *eli, to dig : Ua outou 'elia foi le 
lua mo la outou uo; You dig a hole for your 
fiiend. (5.) To pull hard in paddling a canoe; 
*e*ell (plural), to dig; (6.) to press the feet 
firmly to the ground when about to fight. Cf. 
*elilua, to dig a hole ; a curse, as '* May I be 
buried if I,'* &q.\ 'elisopo, to dig down to the 
very end of a yam in taking it out of the 
ground ; to kill all in a war, so as to leave none 
to increase; ma'eli^ to be rooted up. Ta- 
hitian — eri, to undermine; an underminer. 
Cf . eeri ! an exclamation made in the diversion 
of swimming in tbe surf, on meeting with a 
large hollow wave ; heri^ to dig a hole, as a rat 
or crab does ; art, to scoop out the earth with 
both hands. Haw^ailan — ell, to loosen or 
break up earth; to dig in the ground ; to make 
a hole or ditch : Ua eli iho au^ a ua inu i ka 
wai malihini ; I have digged and drank strange 
waters. Elieli, to dig repeatedly. Tongan— 
keli, to dig, to sink; a dyke, a trench, a ditch : 
Bea i he eku keli i he a, vakai koe mataba ; 
When I had dug in the wall, behold a door! 
kelikeli, to dig holes. Cf. fekeli^ to paddle 

quiokly; keU, muddy; keUkele, earth, dirt; 
kelikeliakif to persevere, to persist in any 
designs; makelit to be dug; to be in holes. 
Marquesan — kei, to dig, to work the ground. 
Mangarevan — kerl, to dig. Paumotan — 
keri, to dig; kerikeri, a stick; a scraper. Cf. 
kukerit a hollow; Miftm, a den, a hole. Ext. 
Poly.: Fiji— cf. kelia, to dig a hole; keli, A 
ditch ; karif to scrape. Malay — cf. gali, to 
dig. Soloxnan Islands— «{i, to dig. 

KERIKERI (myth.), the name of a place near the 
Bay of Islands, where Eauea, the taniwha, 
emerged from the earth-passage he had dug 
(keri), Eauea was a descendant of Nuku- 
tawhiti. [See NuKxrrAWHm.] A similar story 
is told at the Chatham Islands, where the 
Moriori point out a place called Eekerione as 
the spot where Nunuku (Nukutawhiti) oame 
up after burrowing. 

KERO, to blink the eyes ; to wink. 

KEROKERO, to wink frequently. 

Whaka-KEKERO, to look out of the comer of 
the eye. 

Tongan — cf. kemo, the wink of the eye; 
kemokemoj to wink repeatedly. Manga- 
revan— kero, said of a large extent of land ; 
kerokero, a large extent of country ; aka-kero, 
that which disapears ; (6.) to see in a con- 
fused way ; not plainly visible on account of 
great distance ; (c.) to look with one eye, 
closing the other ; aka-kerokero, to see dimly 
on account of distance ; to look with one eye, 
keeping tbe other closed. Cf. pukerokero, to 
see dimly on occount of distance. Ext. Poly. : 
Malay — cf. kelopak-ma,ta, the eye-lid. 

KERO, dead. 2. Maimed. 

Samoan — of. eZo, to stink; fa^a-elo, to 
leave till it becomes stinking, as shark ; *«2o, 
reddish-brown. Tahitian — faa-ero, addict, 
as applied to eggs; abortive, as applied to 
fruit. Marquesan— cf. matikeo, a lance; 
pakeo, a lance of hard wood. Haivaiian — 
cf. elOf to be wet; elowale, dirty, defiled. 
Paumotan — cf. kerokero^ constipation. 

KETE, a basket made of strips of flax: Ranga- 
ranga ra taku kete — P. M., 89. 
Samoan— *ete, a basket (also <ato) : Ona 
talia lea e le failauliga le ato nai lou lima; 
The priest will take the basket out of your 
hand. Cf. ^eteomanu, great prosperity (lit. 
"a basketful of prosperity*'); ^eteUki, a 
finely -made basket; ^etemamanu, an orna- 
mental basket. Tahitian — ete, a basket; 
also a small bag or pocket : Haaputu ihora i te 
hu^a rii maa toea ra e I a'era naete a hitu ; 
And they took up of the fragments left seven 
baskets full. Cf. eterauaha, a sort of net 
basket, formerly employed to hold the too 
(M. = toko), or image of a god ; (fig.) a clever, 
well-informed man. Hawaiian — eke, a 
pocket, a bag ; a small sack ; {b.) a kind of 
net, properly the bottom or bag part of the 
net. Tongan— kete, the belly: E faka- 
makona ae kete oe tagata aki ae fua o hono ; 
A man's belly will be satisfied by the fruit of 
his mouth: ketekete, fat, corpulent; kato, a 
baflket; a packet: Nae i hoku ulu oe koto 
hinahina e tolu ; 1 had three white baskets on 
my head. Rarotongan- kete, a basket: 
Kua karanga atura au * E kete kai para ; * I 
said, *A basket of sommer froit.' Mar- 




(tutsan— cf. pakeU, a bundle, paroel, packet ; 
pukHe, a poaoh, baeket. Mangarevan— of. 
aha4seUkiu, to grow big, said of girls in their 
•arij yoDtb. Ext. Poly.: Aneltyum— of. 
Ifieal, a basket (In — noun-prefix) ; incetni, 
a basket of food ; ineet-talf a basxet of taro ; 
inee^met the bladder; incetpuUt a sheath. 
Fiji— ef. kete, the belly, the abdomen ; kato^ 
a basket (henoe, a box). 

KETEKETE, to express surprise or sorrow. Cf. 
ngetengete, to express surprise or regret; to 
inake a dieking noise with the tongue. 
Tahitian— ete, to flinch; eteete, to be 
shocked, disgusted, alarmed. [See Maori Eti.] 
Haivaiian— cf. ekeeke^ to be in pain, to be 
hart or displeased. Tongan — kekete, to 
diirp ; (h,) to chatter, to prate ; ketekete, to 
chirp. Mangarevan — kete, to make a noise 
with the tongue, in token of pleasure or 
disapprobation ; ketekete, to call to chickens. 
Paumotan — ketekete, to smack one*s tongue. 

KETEPAHAO, ) baskets for catching shrimps. Cf. 

KETETIHAO, j kete, a basket ; pahao, baskets 
used for catching fish ; hao^ a basket in which 
cockles are collected ; to catch in a net ; to 
endoee. [For comparatives, see Ketk, and 

KETO, extinguished. 

KETOKETO, an invalid. 2. A maggot. 

Hawaiian— cf. etoeto, dirt, filth; filthy. 

Mangarevan— cf. ketoketo, a noose that will 

not catch fish ; sterile. 

KETU, to turn up with the snout. 2. To remove 
a corpse. 8. To begin to ebb. 
Tahitlan — etu, to root, as a pig ; a rooter ; 
rooting. Cf. etuautu^ an intruding passenger 
In a canoe. Hawaiian— eku, to root, as a 
pig ; (6.) motiofctti in utero ; (e.) to dig in the 
ground, as a plough. Cf. eu, to stir up. 
Marquesan — cf. maketu^ to lift anything 
with a lever. Mangarevan— ketu, to search 
for; ketu ketu, to search for : Ketuketu Maui; 
kua hao i te pitopitoga ; Maui searched ; they 
had gone to the veiy extremity. Paumotan 
—ketu, to pass, to pass by ; (6.) to escape ; 
ketuketu, to dig, excavate. 

KEU, to move, and hence to pull the trigger of a 
gun : Keua te pu, 

KEU KEU, to move oneself. 

Whaka-KEUKEU, to shake anything. Cf. eku, 
turbid. [See Hawaiian.] 

KEUENQA,jerkings, shakings: Ko nga keuenga 
ko nga takanga — P. M., 112. 

Saxnoan — 'eu, to remove, to take out of the 
way ; always referring to something bad, as 
filth, anything in the eye, the skin over a boil, 
the snufif of a lamp, &q, 'E'eu, to ward off on 
every side, as spears thrown ; (5.) to be full of, 
as cocoanuts lying on the ground, requiring 
to be moved to find a place for the foot; 
(c.) to put aside, as the claims of a competitor. 
Tahitlan -r- eueu, to move, to stir, as an 
infant under its sleeping-cloth. Cf. euai, to 
flinch, to give way in battle. Hawaiian — 
eu, to rise up, as one who has been sitting : E 
eu ka lemu; Get up from sitting, (b.) To 
ascend, as from a humble to an exalted 
situation ; (c.^ to excite or stir up to do any- 
thing : as mischief, theft, &g. ; disobedient, 
mischievous ; (d.) to crawl here and there, as 
worms in a putrid body; (e.) to trouble by 


asking favours; eeu, alert, ready to obey 
orders ; hoo-eu, a stirring up, an excitement ; 
hoo-eueu, to excite, to stir up. Of. euvoeke^ to 
open ; to burst open ; ehu^ spray of the surf. 
Tongan — kekeu, to ward off in every 
direction. Cf . keui^ to ward off ; keukeu^ the 
toes; makeUf to go; to appear. Manga- 
revan — keu, quarrel, combat ; keukeu, to stir 
up ; (b.) to amuse oneself. Cf. heuae, to keep 
moving about. Mangaian— keu and keukeu, 
to move slightly ; (6.) a twinge. Paumotan 
— cf . makevakevat to be agitated ; Jaka-maki' 
vakeva^ to shake. 

KEWA, extinguished. 2. A cutaneous disease, 
also called kirimaho. 3. A whale (in South 
Island dialect). 

KEWHA, restless; wavering, unsettled ; irreso- 

Hawaiian— cf. eha^ to be hurt ; painful ; 
pain ; sorrow ; ewa^ to crook ; pervert ; mock ; 
trouble. Tahitlan — cf. eAa, the barbs, 
feelers, or antennie that are attached to the 
heads of some fishes. 

KI (kl), full : Ka hui te tangata ki roto, kaki^ 
P. M., 89. Cf. makiki, filled up; tight; 
wharekXf a parent of many children (a " full 
house "). 2. High (of the tide) : Anga atu ana 
ki te tai «— G. P., 296. 

KIKi (kik\)t crowded. 2. Confined, strait. 

Samoan — cf. 't*o, full, as a bottle or well ; 
full-sized, as a yam or a taro ; covered, as a 
bone with meat. Tahitlan— i (I), full : Ua i 
i te taoa karu; Full of stolen property, li 
(il), full ; faa-i {faa-V,f to fill any thing or 
space ; that which fills, Ao. : E ua faai i teie 
nei vahi i te toto ; They have filled this place 
with blood. Faa-i i (faa-M), to fill repeatedly ; 
that which fills many vessels : E faaii i te mau 
farii ei faainu i te mau mamoe ; They filled 
the troughs to water their flocks. Haa-i, to 
fiU. Cf. toll, to fill up, as rain in the moun- 
tains. Haw^aiian — ii, a gathering together; 
to collect, to gather up, as small things; to 
bring together ; iii, to choke ; to restrain ; to 
hedge up. Marquesan — cf. kikina, full ; 
to press, to squeeze; hae-kikina^ a crowded 
house. Paumotan— ki, full, replete ; faka- 
ki, to heap up ; {b,) to fill ; replete. Rare-- 
tongan— ki, to fill ; filled : E kua ki te emia 
i toou reo aue ; The land is filled with your 
wailings. Aka-ki, to fill : £ akaki au ia koe 
ki te tangata met te anue ; I will fill you with 
men as with caterpillars. 

Whaka-KIKi (whaka-klkX), to investigate : Katahi 
ia ka haere ki te vfhakakiki i tona Iiri— P. M., 
117. 2. To dissuade. 

Ki (*1), very. 

KI (ki) , not ; not yet : Ki ano nga kai o aua kono 
i pau — ^A. H. M., v. 68. [See Eiano.] 

KI (H), to say; to think; to speak, to utter a 
word; a speech, an address: Ka ki atu te 
whaea o Maui ki nga pommga, *Tikina he ahi i 
a Mahuika* — P. M., 25: Ka kiia mai e te tua- 
kana kia kai — Wohl., Trans., vii. 36: Kia ki 
atu ai nga wahine ra kei te oho ia — P. M., 39 : 
Huihui nga ki, huihui nga korero, ki roto 
Wharekura — G. P., 181. Cf. whaiki, to make 
a formal speech ; phkiki, to question urgently ; 
whaki, to confess. [See Hawaiian.] 

KIKI (klk\), to speak. 



Tant ki a Rehua—Viohl., Trana., Til. 85. 
KIKIKIKI (kikikikl), to eUmmer. 

Samoan — 'i, to cry, aa a fly or a bird; 'i'i 
('■■i], to give n piolongcd scieain or Bqiieek. 
Tahitlan— i, to speak {obsolete). Hawai- 
ian — i, to speak, to say, in connectioD with 
the thing Bpoken or said : Oia ka i i mai ' He 
iaiiunant ktia no'u ,- ' She herself said ' He i" 
my brother.' (b.) To address one. to make 
forniai epeech; (e.) to say within oneBsU, t 
think ; {d.) to pronoanco a aiuRle word as 
Bignal: (f.| to give an appellation ; ii, a rejoii 
ing wilh an audible voice, like a chant ; 
singing in the throat, like the unrgling of 
water fcoio a calabash. Cf. hai. to apeak of, 
tail, declare, relate (An tor haa = lehtikat or 
hai = ttii;ii*i?). Tongan — ki, to squeak 
kiki, to squeak; (&,) chickens; faka-kiki, ti 
■cream , to sqaeak ; to make a shrill noise : {b.) 
to aOttt!ht. Cf. kikiuha. the squeaking D( ' 
of a bird at the approocJi of rain ; kikihi, 
dispute, contend : fikii, to sqaeak : used also 
in reference to vain, talkative prlo ; fekiki, to 
contend; to debate; kiot the chirping of 
cliickena ; kit, to make a plaintive noise. 
Mangarevan— kl, to believe; to imagine; 
to think. 

KI, to ; Ea mea atu hohi aTakia I*a— P. M., 9. 
3. Into: HacTt kot Id te vai, tchakairihia ki 
Tiinga ki te rouraa kai maoa—P. M,, 9. 3. 
Towards: Engart i anga alu tonamala H te 
ftonihd— Tau., ixiv. 1. i. Against; at; with: 
Ka u atu ano koki takamata ki lava lanpala— 
Bew., II. S: He aki e kot le putake o taua 
rakau tt te panako—k. H. M.. t, S. 5. Fat ; 
in quest of: Eio haert alu ki te tiki atu i nga 
iiu—P. M., 29. 6. Conoeming; of; rrapect- 
ing: Kaa ahakane alu atio hoM ahaH ki tenei 
tntaianga ou — Ken., lii. 21. 7. In conse- 
quence of. B. By means of : Kia verohia ia 
t ahav aiarui ki te too— 1 Bam., iivi. 8. 
At; with; on; in: Ka uhano ka o le uma . 
roto — F. M., 8S: E run kopu toroa ki r£ 
tannffa— P. M., 98. 10. According to: Ko 
take Unei o te mate, ki to tt maori likanga 
korero — P. M., 32. 11. In the opinion of. 
12. In the event of : Ki te tuuina ahau ki te 
aal. ka ora au — P. M.. 66. 13. Connecting 
the Terb with its object : Ka parare ki le langi 


Neither will I diink water in this place, (b.) 
For; (c.) in (into) ; Eiaha outoa e haere atu i 
Tolo lu nitou ra .- You shall not go in to them. 
Hatvallac-^ki, to, unto; towards: A lele oe 
i te kai hma; Fly to the Bouthem sea. (6.) 
In; at: A komo kou mau jcavae i ke kulana- 
kauhale, e make no kt heiki; When year feet 
enter the town, the child will die. (c.) By: 
(li.) for. in lespeot of; (*,) above, more than; 
(/.) onaccoantof. Tongan— ki, to, towards: 
Bea naa mau taia ki he e mau eiki; We said 
to my chief, {b.) In; at: Toe ave ia t ho raou 
ttima; Take it again in your hand. (c.| By; 
(d.) asiong; tt^aiaati oppoaile; (e.) sbout; 

oonoeroing; for (used before nouns). Pau- 
motan — ki, to. Futuna — ki, to. Ma- 
ngaian — ki, to: Ki taku lane ariki, kia, 
Tinirau ; To my toyal husband, Tiniran. 
Ext. Poly.: Aneityum— cf. ki (an afliit, in 
this direction ; here; this. Fiji—; for; 
towards. Slkayana- ti. to. 

KIA, a word used to denote a wish or proposition; 
Kia kaha te haere, kia piri mai ki tabu tuara 
—P. M., 146. 3. To denote a purpose or 
effect; that. When followed by ai. it denot«fl 
an ulterior purpose ; in order that : Kia ora 
atu ai lahi ngakait, kia pal noa iho ai lalou — 
P. M., OS. 3. To mark the relation between 
the sabject and some future time or event: 
Kia pehta M roa ou ka haeri nei 7— Neh., ii. 6. 
4. Until : Kia oti ra ano taku i ki atu ai ki a 
faje— Ken., x»vii. 16. 5. When. 6. In nega- 
tive sentences, after kare, hore. or kahore. 7. 
In instituting comparison, kia penei. &c. 

Samoan — 'ia, the sign of tJie suhiunetiTe. 
Tahltian — ia, by way of wish or supplication, 
as fa lae mai, may it come; (b.) when, in 
past or future, Hawallan^la, when ; (b) 
at that time ; la matiawa, mair iho la ke alii; 
At that time the chief died. Cf. i, the sign of 
subjunctive mood. Tongan — kia, against; 
opposite; about; (b.) lo; towards; in; at. 
Paumotan— kia, in order that; so that; (t.) 
while; (c.)to; (d.) whom ; that; which. 

KIAKA ik«ika). a calabash : E lere tona ana ia i 
Tuiiga i nga kiaka—P. M., 130. Cf. kbaka. a 

KIANO (ktano) not jet: He maha ano nga 
tchtnva hiano inohoa i te pakeha—il. U,, I2S. 
[See Ri. not.] 

KIATO (l[)alo),thelhwartof a canoe: Ka htrea 
ki te kiato tt leaka mau ui— P. U., 7. 3. 
Theft, thievishness : No e>ia nga atua kiato — 
P. M., 90. 
Samoan — iato, the bars connecting the 
outrigger with the canoe : Ua no/a i It iato 
laumuli ; He sat on the outiigger-lhwart 
astern. Tahltian — into, the transverse 
beams which connect the outrigger to the 
csnoe. Cf. ialomot. the central division of a 
fleet. Hawaiian — iako, the name of the 
arched stidts which connect a canoe with its 
oatrigEer. Tongan — kiato, the sticks eitend- 
ing from the canoe, to which the outrigger is 
fastened, Mangarevan — kiato, name of a 
largo raft. Mangaian— kiato, the outrigger 
of a canoe : H kiato tt vaka i kai mau ai, i ; 
Lash firmly the outrigger of your canoe. 
Paumotan — kiato, to pierce and cross for 
joining. Futuna — kiato, an oulrigger; a 
yoke. Moriori — cf. kiato, jealous. Ext. 
Poiy.: Malay— cf. iga, a yoke for cattle. 
(See HawaiiaiL] 

KIEKIE, the name of a climbing plant (Bot. 
Freycinetia hankeii). The leaves and fibre 
were tortncrly used for making fine mats, 
clothing, dtc : I rokohina utu ra t Tura t one 
{airiiciri) ana i runga i It lutchara o It kiikie 
—A. U. M., ii. 10. Cf. ikf, a cloth mallet ; 
ikt, high, elevated. [See Tshitian.j 

Samoan — 'ie, the name of fine native mats, 
which are used much as money is. They 
constitute the moat valuable property of the 
Samoans ; 'ie'ie, a rag of cloth : Lavalara nia 
lou'ie'iei Put on yolu ganoent [or apron). 




(&) A ipedea ol oreepet (Frfycinetia) nied tor 
nuimng Sgh-traps. Cf. •itfa'atupu, the finest 
nut vom 1)7 b bride (at hec marriage,) oeit tc 
her bodj. Tahltlan— le, > bants or ebip'i 
uil ol tnj Kort ; (b.{ the mallet tor beaCiog 
oai cloth [see Maori Ike}; wo. the fibrous 
root* of the plant /arapepi, neei Tor tying 
tenoea. making bMkeU, Ac. ; faa-ieie, to 
in a lo^fiiah uuuuier, a person that acts 
pish];. Ha«ralian — ie, a nne used 
rnkking basketr ; (b.) a mkt«ml braided iato 
mats b; the women; (c.) canvas: ie nani, 
fine linen ; (d.) flexible, limber ; ieie, flexible, 
limber, like doth or a vine ; {b.) the Wths of 
the It, birmerly used in decorating the god* 
of Hamii : Banau ka ieie lahi i ka naheU ; 
Born is the taoRled kiehit in the forest. {(.) 
To be deoonted with liuTes ; to be dressed i: 
wraths; tiDO-ieie, to be ennobled; to b 
dignified, Cf. itiee, the navel-atring conneol 
ing the new-bom infant with the mother 
Uiatt, tba placenfa ; lecundinti feiainarui 
parturienfum ; itle, a chief, a kinR ; eict, th 
naTcl'String. Rarotongan — hiekie, a climb- 
ing plant {Freytinetia bankiii) ; a miniature 
Mtev-pine orpanilanui. [See Whiri,] Foe 
the full description, see Rev. W. W. Qill's 
"Jottings from the Pacific," p. 188. Tongan 
— kit, a toat. Mangarevan — gie, email 
leaie* of pandanvt, of the minor variety, lor 
fine mats. Cf. marokiekie, long whil« ctolh, 
sitetohed out like a cord oo the ground ; 
pakUiU, to torn Qp the clothes (said of the 
wind). Marqueaan — el. kiekif, moEi re- 
•embling a fine beard; Jbiit, proud, lofty; a 
iwtggerei. P&nTDOtaa — cf. fakaikeike, to 
cut; the head high : littie. to lift, i ' 
Ext. Poly.: Fiji— cf. ki^kie, the mat in 
fine plait worn ontaide the otber dress; the 
~ ' , o( the leaves ol which mats 

KIHA (k\ha), \ to pant : Toku ngaka^ 

KIHAKIHA (k1hakfha],l kihakiJui nei ki a i 
— Wai., xlii. 1. CI. ngiba, fire ; to hnro [i 
Tahitian] ; ha, breath; kihajva, the laat 
dying breath. 

Tabltlan— Iha, anger, high diepleasure 
be much displeased; ihaiha, to be panting 
beoanse of oppression by tho boat ; {!•.) dis- 
agreeable. oSensive in smell. Hawaiian— 
ihft, to deuce greedily ; ardent ; to be intent 
npon ; peraeTering. 

KIHAt, not (only used in past tense, with i) : 
TitiTO to mala ki a Sehaa, ki U mata kihai i 
kawu—Q. P., 9TT. 

KIHAROA, the last dying breath ; (met.) Death : 
E ahva mat ra U toro i a kiharoa—O. P., 77. 
CI. kiha, U> pant ; roo. long. [For compaca- 
tliee, tee Kmi., and Rox.] 

KIHI (kihl), the name ol a trte {Bot. Pifloiporum 

KIMI, eibiUnt, hissing. Cf. hi, to hiss. 

KIHIA (myth.), the name of a famous weapon 
owned by Manaia. [See Manau, 2.] 

KIHIKIHI, a kind of locust or Cicada : He kilii- 
Hhi tara ki tt loam— 9. T., App. 

KIHITARA, a Bmall red- bodied Dragon-Fly. 

KIHUKIHU, (ringed: Ko nga kahi when, ht mea 
kihukiha tlahi—a. M.. 119. 

ki. to wholly give 

Kll, the name of a tree. 

KIKI («*!). [Bee mider Ki.] 

KIKI (mi). [See under Ei.1 

KIKI, silenced by argument. Of. ki, to speak. 
Tongan— cf. kikiki, to diipute, to conies 
Mangarevan — cf.aku-''' '" ~' 
a thing up, without n 

KIKI (myth.), a celebrated sorcerer of Waikato. 
His abadov was supposed to wither shrabB. 
He was slain by the incantations of a more 
powerful wizard, named Tamoie, of Kawhio — 
P. M., 168, 

KIKIMO. [SeeEiHo.] 

KIK1MUTU, the name of a biid, the Bifleman 
(Om. Acanlhidoiritta chlorii). 

KIKINI. [SeeKnii.] 

KIKIPORO, two pieces of wood naed in beating 
time to a song. 

KIKIRIMUTU, the name ol a bird, the EiQeman 
(Orn. Acanthidoiaitfa chloriij. 

KIKIWA. [See WHAKi-KiMw*.] 

KIK1WAI (myth.), the son of Tahn and Taraha- 
nga, and the grandson of Tiki and Eaoalaala. 
Kikiwai was father of Eahnitara, the goddess 
of sea-birds— A. H. M., i. App. 

KIKO, I fleah : A he men tui te kikokiko o 

KIKOKIKO.) te kaki ki Ie laichiti kareao— 
A. H. M., i. 36. CI. kikohunga, a gangrene; 
kikoujhiti, the tore-arm ; kikopuku, the part 
of arm between shoulder and elbow. 2. A 
person (contcmptaoosly) : He kiko vilia/uira- 
!Fu*n, a vagabond. 3. Pudendum mutiebrt 
Samoan— iOj a long stnp ol Sesb or fish ; 
'r'O, to be full-sized ; to be covered with meat ; 
(h.) full. OS a bottle, or well ; ioio, the fieah ol 
the sides, onder the arm ; 'i'o'i'o, to coil up, 
as sinnet roond the fingers. Cf. 'i'omata, the 
eye-ball; lotua, a strip of flesh or fish taken 
from the back. Tahitian— io, flesh, the lean 
ol flesh : Ua rira faahoa mai Ie io taata atoa 
ra ; It was turned again like his other flash. 
(6.) The substance of any fruiL Cf. aiio, 
(M.L. = kal-kiko.) a disease that breaks out 
in continual uloera; domestic broils; a com- 
pany banded to oommit some evil deed; luaio, 
the fieshy ports on e«ch side ol the back-bone. 
Hawaiian— Io, lean flesh, the animal mus- 
cle ; (b.) flesb in general : Pupuhi aku la takoa 
i Wa 10 I ke ahi; They burnt hia fiesh in tbs 
fire, (c.) Flesh, i.e. person ; (d.) one's fiesh, 
i.e. kindred ; O oe no kua iwi, a me fcuu io; 
You are my booe and my flesh. Cf. iomalia, 
the muiiclc on the aide of the temple ; iopuku, 
the name ol a disease in the nose (polypus) ; a 
gum-boil; lampers in a horse; iapoito, the 
name of a class of persom formerly who were 
intrusted with the careol the king, and whose 
buaiuess it was to guard his person and effects 
lest someone should obtain his spittle or gar- 
ments, and thus have power to pray him to 
death. The Poo-iopono were generally high 
chiefs. CI. also Ioio, thin, poor, reduced in 
fieah; spare. Marquesan- kJko, flash: E 
uii tifa iho koia ihua vaki toe te kiko; And 
closed up the fieah instead, [h.) Fat. bulky : 
Ua kiko lew ; You are fat (bulky). Cf. kiko- 
mata, (he eye; pukiko, flesh without bone, 



Mangarevaii — kiho, the fi<?sh of BoitiiBls or 
fruits ; kikokiko, said ot wool or cotton badly 
oarded, or of breadfruit not properly prepared. 
CI. arokiko, the almond of the panilamii. 
[See Whaea.] Em. Polj. : Fiji— cf, viciko 
(rtthi'tn), the flesh, Ihe lean of meat. 
KIKOKIKO (m;Ui.) [See Atui-Khoeigo.] 
Whaka-KIKO, I iloe-^hakakikokiko, sham 
WliBka-KIKOKIKO,/ sleep: £a akiahi, ka po, 
kn mat'ichakakiio a Maui — Wohl., Tcftna., vii. 
KIKOHUNGA, gangreae. [For oomparBtlres, see 

KIKOPUKU, the part of the arm between shoulder 
BDd elbow. CI. kiko, flesh; puku, a eweliing; 
kaowhiti. the fore-Brra. 2. A warrior; a 
brave man. [For compaiatiiea see ExEO, and 


KIKORAKQl, the blue aky. Cf. rangi. the sky. 

2. (Modem) The Grmsoieiit : Na. ka huai'na 

If kikoraiigi t tt Atvji, he. flonpi— Ken., i 8. 

[For oomparatives, seo itANQi.] 
KIKOdANGI (myth.), the loweat heaven, that 

Dearest the earth. It is the residence ol 

Tawhiri-matea ; Toimau je the roliog deity. 

It ia one of the three hoBTeaa ol Mam — 

A. H, M., L App. 
KIKOWHITI, the forearm; the Bnn from elbow 


KIMI, to seek, to loot tor: Kua malata, kiia 
ngaro ia ; kimi kau It mahine ra— P. M., 97 : 
£ ti'mj aria i nga kaicai i ioro ki la-mliili — - 

KIMIKANQA, the circmnstance, itc, of seeking : 
Tt Ao, U Ao, te kimihnnna, U hahauRaii — 
P. M., 7. 
Tahltlan — imi, to search, seek, look for a 
thing ; inquire : E imi taniau i tona ra mata ; 
Seek hla face continually, limr, the dual form 
of " to seek," Cf. I'nii'oro, a person that seeks 
and gathers the small herbs of which the little 
ornament colled oro consislA; imiroa, one of 
the jury on a trial ; paimi, to search, to seek ; 
maiiai, to search carefully. Hawaiian— 
imi, to search for a thing as lost : AaJe e imi 
he kulivna i kt oho nuletiult ; The priest shall 
not seek (or yellow hair ; ke ala iai imi ai 
1 ka rankaa o Kahai ; That is the roail to seek 
the lather of Tawhaki. {b.) To seek, as for 
knowledge, riches, &a.; itniimi, to seek ear- 
nestly, dltigenllj. Cf. imihala, to seek occa- 
sion against; imihale, to seek an inheritance 
for one's children ; imialfio, to lie ; to prattle ; 
mainii. to search carefully. Saonoan— cf. 
umi, to desire. Tongan— kumi, to seek, to 
look for, to investigate : Kabau oku ke kumi ia 
aki ho toto kolua ; If you seek him with all 
your heart. Ci. ftkumi, to seek. Raroto- 
ngan — kimi, to seek, to search for : Eaa laku 

flsi kia vtaU i What is my sin belore your 
lather that he ie seeking to kill me 1 Mar- 
quesan — imi, to seek, look for ; to examine ; 
Imllmi, to search thoroughly. Paumotan — 
kimi, to seek, to look for ; (I.) to obtain, to 

Islands. There were two canoes ; traditions 
agree that one was called Rangimala, but the 
other is natnad either Kimi or Batmilaiaim. 
The others were lost-G.-B, 30. [See Most- 


KIMIAHA, (Moriori.) fragile, easily broken. ' 

KIMO, towink. Cf. Jtauio. to wink. 

KIKIMO, to keep the eyes firmly closed. 

KIMOKIMO, to wink frequently. 

Tahitlan— cf. amo, to wink; /loimoirw. to 
shrink throiiq;h fear, cold, or bashfulness. 
Ha'walian— imo, to wink: A imo me ha 
maka ka pot inaina iraU rnai ia'a; Nor let the 
people that hate me without a oanse wink the 
eye. (b.) To snap the eyes, as in drinking 
somethmg very acid ; ic.) to twinkle, as a star; 
limo, to wink repeatedly ; to convey some idea 
by winking; imoimo, to wink repeatedly, lo 
wiok fast ; (h.) vary bigb ; far off. CE. iimo, to 
wink ; to twinkle, as a star; hokainriimo, tha 
twinkling of stars ; the winking of the eyes. 
Tongan — kimo, the glare of the snn, aa seen 
in very hot weather ; himokifflo, quick, fast, as 
applied to running. Cf. kemo, to wink ; kamo, 

KINA, the Ecbinui or Sea-urchin. 2. A variety 

of (UfO, 

Samoan— 'ina, the tchinui ; (i.) the thro&t 
(an abusive term), Tahitlan — ina, the 
name of a stuall shell-fish with sharp prickles ; 
{b.j sharp, keen, as the edge of a tool ; the 
edge of a tool. Ha'walian — ina, a speciea 
of sea-egg : Ke ai t ka ina o Maiakahi ; Who 
eats the sea-eggs of Matatatu. Cf. pokeina, 
B calabash of sea-eggs. Paumotari — cf. 
/ol-u-ftino. to sharpen. Eit. Poly.: Fiji— ct. 
jiHO (nggijia) a sort of eehinta or sea-egg. 

KINAKI (ft^iul^'}, food eaten with other food: to 
eat one kind of food with another': Kua 
paoiria itoki be am}!* hei kinaki — P. U., 95. 

Samoan— Ina'i, to eat one kind ol food 
with another, a« sauce. Cf- i'i, a sauce or 
relish, used to qualify another food, as vege- 
tables with meat. Tahitian — inai, any- 
tliing to eat with bread or vegetables, such as 
pork, lish, or fowl ; also bread or vegetables to 
accompany flesh : inanai, meat with bread, 
or bread with meat. Hawaiian — Inai, the 
little dehcaciea which give relish to food ; 
condiments. Tongan — of. kiki, used ot 
anything eaten with vegetables, or in addition 
lo otlier food. Marquesan — Inai, that 
which is eaten with aomothing else. Ma- 
ngarevan— inaki, a relish, that which is 
eaten with something else ; aka-inakr, to give 
one Eomethiog to eat with ordinary food. 

KIKI, I to nip, topinob. Ci. pakiai. to pinch. 

KIKINl,) 2- io pinch gently and secretly, as a 
sign of affection or desire. 3. To pinch off, 

KINIKINI, to pinch; to pinch off: KiniMmtia 
ana e ia nga kiri o laua ruiati— A. H. M.. iii, 
79. C(. pokinikmi. 

Whaka-KINI, to wink significantly, or give an 
intimation with the eyes; Kti ithakakini mai 
nga kantahi o te ftunja— Nga., xxiv. 19. 

Samoan— 'inl, to take bold of with the 
nails ; to pinch ; (b.) to pull np small weeds ; 
(c.) to kill, as a fish by pinching; 'ini'jnl, to do 
a thing gisdually, as to bring laro from the 
plantation in small quantities, so as to maka 


it eke out ; to est a Gab in small pieces, go as 
to make it last icith the laro. Hawaiian— 
Iniki, to pinoh witli (Immb &nd finder ; 1/k) to 
■DMch away ; to canj off ; (c.) to piach off, aa 
the bud of a plant ; ininlki, lo pinch a little ; 
to pineh often of freijuently; iini, to desire, 
to vifb for, to long after; a strong desire. 
Tablttan— cl. iniini, traemente, leavinga of 
food. Toogan— cf. kini, to Btrike ; to ont 
th« bair abort; to let blood; makini, to 
smart, to tingle. Marquesan— of. kihina, 
to press, to sqaeeze; to be full, as a boose. 
Est- Poly.: Motu — cf. ginigini, stinging. 
Ftj I — at, kini'ia, to pinch ; to nip betvoen 
finger and thumb; ginigini, the act or cere. 
monr of bonotmog a warrior, geoeraUj done 
b; women, an obscene exhibition. 
KIKINI, (for kiikune,) to oonceiTe a. ohM (Sooth 
Island dialect) : Ko le icahine ka kiktnia It 
lanaiti—A. H. M., o. 10. 
KINO, misfortoDe. eril, viekedness ; aversion, 
bate, hatelol ; bad ; to dislike, bale : / nga ra 
a u kino, hei kino — P. U. 15 : I loh^ lonu l\oki 
ralou H it kino—k. H. M., i. 25 : Kii tahuri 
ake ana tchakaaro Jci'ro — F. H., 16 : Mot mai, 
e pa, i Toto tl •ahare kino—Q. P,, 28: Eaoia 
ki te kino tttahi tangata ki tona Ada — Tin., 
lii. 11. Cf. makimkivo, diignsted ; mokino- 
kina, lowerinf!, Ibreatening. 3. Dglj : Ht 
tangata alaahua av, ht langala kiiui koe — 
Viobl., Trans.. Tii. 45. 3. With ill-usage. 

Whaka-KINO, to disparage ; to treat with con- 
tempt : to condemn aa being bad. 

KINONBA, evUs; troubles; Ami ko le rua tenii 
nga kiimnga — P. M., 25. 

Whaka-KINOKIKO, to make ugly or ctU: Ka eke 
in ki te magi, ka mliakakiiiokino i a ia — 
?. M., 53. 

Satnoan — 'ino, excrement; 'j'lno, pshaw! 
an interjection el contempt; (&.) bad, either 
physiMliy or morally ; 'tno'ino, to bate, to 
abominate: Ua vutlrm 'ino'iiio i bni eaafa i 
Kial Wherein have we despised yonc name? 
Fa'a-'ino'ino, to cause to hate. Tahltian— 
ino, evil of any kind ; badness, vileness ; badly, 
wickedly : K laata parau ino rahi roa ra ; A 
man whose connsrl ia wicked. lino (the 
ploral), vile, ill; faa-ino, to defame, to injore; 
defanatioQ ; a defamer ; to hurt or spoil a 
thing; to give offence; to show dislike or 
ill-feeling 1 inoino, vexation, grief of mind; to 
be Texed, displeased. Cl.poino, aaill-natDred, 
iil-behaved fellow. Ha^valtan — ino, ini- 
quity, depravity; bad, wicked. Tile; to be or 
become worthlesB : He mea. ninau i jia uhane 
ino ,- A consnlter of evil spirits. (6.) The poor 
quality' of a thing; (c.) the substance io tbe 
intestines ; hoo-ino, to disfigure ; (b.) to trouble 
with evil ; to afflict ; to punish ; (cr.) violence ; 
iniqnity; carBing; to curse; to reproach, vex, 
tease; Inoino, badness; worthlessnesa ; in- 
decency; (6.) tomakesad; to be grieved; very 
poor, lean, miserable, despicable : Va ike au, 
he htU ino ana tou kijio akalau; I have seen 
yoni cpirit going about in sadness. Ho-ino, 
to cnrae one ; to vei, harass, injnje ; reproach, 
contempt; (6.1 to make Gltby, to defile. Cf. 
Mnino, to be the cause of evil or injnry to any- 
one; majnoino, to afflict ; to abuse; a defacing 
" — "~ing the beauty of a thing ' ' 

i male- 

[149] KIpI 

volent. Tongan — of. ino and itioina, an 
action of the arma by which a challenge to 
figbC is aQderstoodi kinohaa, dong, ordure. 
Rarotongan — kino, bad. evil: Kare oii e 

tiia ii 

uilaki t 

We cannot speak to you either good 
or bad. Marquesan — ino, had; ugly: Te 
puhi oho ino; Tbe eel vrith the nglj head. 
Ifloino, a bad man; {b.) poor, despicable ; (c.) 
dried up; kikino, a plebeian, a common person; 
poor. Mangarevan — liinD, to sin. to do 
evil; hinoga,sm.vice; a bad action; alta-kino, 
to make ont that another person is wicked. 
CI. kauokino, niggardly; a vagabond, a bod 
fellow ; aka.ino, to bend tonnd ; a cincture, a 
girdle. Paumotan— kiro, bad; miserable; 
(b.) malice; klroklro, vile; to deform, to spoil. 
Ell, Polj. : Slkayana -cf. *atinoifno, bad. 

KIOKIO, the twenty-fifth da; of the moon's age. 
3. The name ul a fern (Bot. Lomaria procera), 
8. Shade. 
Maogarevan — cf. aka-kio, to extingnish. 

KIOKIORAKQI, a variety of the kumara. or aweet 

KIORE, a rat or mouse: Kiore, kiore mataki le 
ubakinia— Wobl., Trans., vii. 47. (Myth.) 
It was brought in the Aoiea canoe by Tori — 
A. H. M.. ii- ISO. 2. A mythical fish, with tbe 
body of an eel and the bead of a dog. 
Samoan — 'iole, a rat. Cf. 'imoa and 
'Mumu, a rat ; 'io, the peeping cry ol a chicken. 
TahltlaD'iOPe, the native rat or mouse; 
{b.) a piece of wood in the stem of a canoe ; 
More, a species of blubbor-hke fiah. Cf. toto, 
to make a noise like young birds; nialanialaioTe, 
to peep, so as to watch the actions o( another; 
tariaiore (laringa-kinrt), a fnngus like a mash- 
room. Hawaiian— iole, a mouse; iole-nui, 
a rut, or rabbit. Cf. iolea, wild, untamed; 
joio, to cbirp. peep, as a chicken. Mar- 
quesan— kioe, a rat, a mouse. Mangare- 
van— kiope, a rat or mouse; (6.) (need ol a 
man) poor, beggarly ; kioreore, very poor ; 
aka-kiore, to coll anyone a rat. Cf. kio, to 
cbirp. MangalaD— kiore, a rat or mouse : 
Am au e kake, no te kiore e kake; I will not 
climb, let the rat climb. Cf, kio, to chirp. 
Paumotan — kiore, a rat. Of. kiokio, to 
chirp. Ext. Poly.: Slkayaaa — cf. kiore, a 
rat. Nlkunau — cf. ^irnoa, a ral. 

KIORE-MOANA, ) tbe name of a fish, the Hrppo- 

KlOfiE-WAITAI. ; campui or Sea-horse. 

KIORE-POTO, I (myth.,) two personages coa- 

KIORE-flOA, ) quered by Bata. For them 
the invocation was repeated (hj Bata) which 
aommenoes : Kiort, Kiore, tnalaki, le v>haka- 
rua— Wobl.. Trans., vii. *7- 

KIRA, a wing; Ka v>hali lahi kira o Tamhaka 
—L H. M., i. 116. 

KIREA, land exhausted by frequent cropping. 

KIREHECilrfAf). a dog; a qnadmped : Jir< le 
kirefie o te u)henva—Ken,. i. S4. Cf. karthe, 
to run ; karareht, a dog ; a quadruped ; kuri, 
a dog ; Tere, to ran, as water ; karert, a mes- 
senger. [For possible comparatives, see Euiu.] 

KIRI, the skin; bark: A kite iho au, to kiri i 
ahua, hi te wai ngarahu — H. P., 28. Cf. 
l^frticai. tbe inner skin ; Hrilotia, a wart, an 
the skin; kirikiri, gravel) 




kirikau^ naked ; kirimokot superficial ; kiritea, 
white-akixmed ; tuakiri, a grazed skin. 
Samoan — *ili, a rasp, a file; iUola, the 
outer skin ; iliasina, light-coloured, as the 
skin ; faa-ililuat to injure down to the second 
skin by scratching. Tahitian — iri, skin: 
Ua mimio tau iri e ua tahiUi; My skin is 
broken and has become loathsome, (h,) Bark, 
peeling; (c.) a board or plank. Cf. trio, a 
rind-gall in trees ; matat, the surface of the 
sea ; inamore, the bark of the fau tree : iri- 
amatoru, able to endure all weathers (lit., 
"thick-skinned"); iriiriat a cutaneous dis- 
order, the prickly-heat. Haivallan — ili, 
the skin of a person or animal : Anuhtnuhe ka 
Hi i ke anu; The skin is roughened with 
cold, (b.) The bark of a tree: I kukui Hi 
puupuu; The kukui (tree) with the rough 
bark, (c.) The surface of the ground or sea : 
E malana iluna o ka Hi kai ; Floating it up to 
the surface of the sea : Ka Hi lani a Kane (MX. 
c= Te Hri rangi a TaneV the sky. Gf. iUhune^ 
poor (lit. poor to the skin) ; iUkai^ surface of 
the sea; Hiomaka^ the jprepuce^ foreskin; 
ilihau, the bark of Uie hau tree of which ropes 
are made [see Whauwhb] ; iUluna^ the upper 
surface ; iUmano^ shark-skin, used in making 
drum-heads ; mahiili^ to take or seize, pro- 
perly for the king. (This was often done by 
the unscrupulous officers, who left nothing to 
the people "but their skin.**) Tongan — 
kill) the skin : Bea e httu i he afi ho na kili, 
mo ho na jino ; They shall bum their skins 
and flesh in the fire, (b.) The bark of trees ; 
(c.) a saw ; a file ; (d) leprosy ; faka-kili, to 
grow again, as the bark of trees which were 
stripped. Gf . kiliuif dark in the skin ; kilia, 
a leper ; leprous ; kiliatat light in the skin ; 
kilikiliua, double - barked, as certain trees. 
Marquesan— kii, skin, hide, leather; (6.) 
colour ; («.) surface : E ua haapeehu iho i te 
kii otoa a te fenua; It watered the surface 
of the ground. Mangaian — kiri, the skin of 
a person : E kiri taputapu taua kiri ; Most 
sacred is that skin. Mangarevan — kiri, 
skin. Gf. kiriako^ a skin spotted yellow; 
kirihauy bark of the cloth tree ; kiripagu^ 
black-skinned; negro; kirtpane^ the thick 
skin on the head of a fish. Pauxnotan — 
kiri, bark. Futuna— kili, skin; (6.) bark. 
Ext. Poly.: Motu — cf. Hiili^ a file, rasp. 
Fiji — of. kuU, the skin; huikidit the spare 
)iece of tna2o, or native male's dress, that 
Langs behind like a tail. Kayan — Aul, the 
bark. Malay — cf. kuUt, the skin; leather; 
husk; kulit'kayUi bark. Savu— cf. kori^ 
bark. Solomon Islands— cf. kiUfela^ flint 
(M.L., kiri-wera ?). Madura — of. Ao2t, skin, 
bark. Matu— of. kuUtt skin; shell; bark. 
The following words also mean " skin " and 
"bark":~Bouton, okulit; Ahtlago, ikulit; 
Baju, kulit; Teor, holit; Tsabel (Bugotu), 
guiguli; Tsabel, (Gao,) guU; Florida, 
guiguli; Apl, kulu; Rotuma, uU; (Fiji, 
kuli;) Ambrym, tZi ; Fate, «7t7t. 

KIRIKAU, naked: Kei waenga e korero ana^ he 
kirikau — P. M., 102. Gf. kiri, skin; kau^ 
alone, without appendage. [For comparatives 
see EiBi, and Eau.] 

KIRIKIRI, gravel: Ki nga kowhatu, ki nga 
kirikiri kowhatu, Gf . kiripaka, a flint ; kiri, 
the skin. [See Moriori.] 2. Small baskets of 


potatoes: Kirikiri kaimata; he tangata Hnga^ 
ringa — ^Prov. 
Samoan — *I1IMII, gravel, pebbles, small 
stones. Gf. HUti, to be pained by walking 
over sharp stones; taHU, stony, gravelly. 
Tahitian — iriiri. small stones; gravel; 
pebbles; grit; (6.) lumpy, as some lands of 
food. Gf . iri, the skin ; tiairi, the small peb- 
bles of a pavement; tusrt, small stones, 
pebbles, gravel. Mangaian — ki ri ki ri, flints ; 
small stones : Kua aati oki aia i takii nio ki 
te kirikiri ; He has also broken my teeth with 
gravel. Haivaiian — ili, and iiiili, small 
smooth stones worn by the water. Moriori 
— kiri - pohatu, graveL Tongan — kilikili, 
small stones placed in the graves of the dead ; 
faka-kilikili, to spread a large kind of gravel 
over graves. Mangarevan — kirikiri, flints ; 
small stones. Paumotan— kirikiri, stony, 
pebbly; gravel; (6.) clotted. Gf. kuakiri^ 
gravel ; stony. Ext. Poly. : Motu — cf . miri, 
gravel. Fiji— cf. kiU-ca, to turn up stones; 
to turn a thing up and look under it. 
Malay — of. hatu-kelikir, gravel ifnUu, stone 
= Maori, whatu), Sikayana-nof. kirikiri, 
shingle. Solomon Islands— cf. kilifela, 
flint ; pokiri, sinker of fishing-line ; pokirikiri, 
round ; to make round. 

KIRIKIRIAWA (myth.), the name of a battle 
fought in Hawaiki — P. M., 145. [See Manaia, 

KIRIKOPUNI (kinkbpuni), a kind of EeL 

KIRIIMAHO, the name of a skin disease. (Syn. 
with Ebwa.) 

KIRIIMOKO, superficial, skin-deep: Keimeakoe, 
he aroha kirimoko te aroha mou — M. M., 9. 
Gf. kiri, the skin ; moko, tattoo marks. [For 
comparatives, see Eibi, and Moko.] 

KIRIPAKA, flint, quartz : Me te kaeo, me te kiri- 
paka — ^P. M., 167. Cf . kirikiri, gravel ; paka^ 
scorched ; red, or brown. [For comparatives, 
see KntntTBT.] 

KIRIPUAI (myth.), a chief of ancient times, who 
was exceedingly benevolent and kind-hearted. 
He wept over itioae who met untimely deaths, 
or were lolled in war. His descendiBnts are 
proverbially called " The sacred, the priceless 
red feathers of Kiripuai." 

KIRIRI,the name of a fish, the**Leather Jacket" 
(Ich. Monacanthua convexiroetrie), 

KIRIRUA, a species of Eel. 

KI RITA I, the space immediately outside the fence 
of a pa. Gf. kiri, the skin ; tai, sea. 
Haivaiian — ilikai, the surface (skin) of the 
sea; the surface of any substance: Ike iki 
lakou iaia e pai wale mai ana no iluna o ka 
ilikai ; He just saw him rising above the sur- 
face of the sea. (6.) Horizontal. Gf. Hi, skin, 
surface ; kai, the sea. Samoan — cf . iliatai, 
the surface of the sea. [For other compara- 
tives, see KiBZ, and Tai.] 

KIRITEA, white-skinned; fair. Gf. kiri, skin; 
tea, wnite. [For comparatives, see Em, and 

KIRITONA, a wart; an excrescence on the skin. 
Gf. kiri, skin ; tona, excrescence ; wart ; tonga, 
a blemish on the skin ; kautona, a wart. 2, 
A stye or piiliple on the eyelidi 




KIRIKIRITONA, a dilute of the eye. in whioh 

the eyelid is tamed oatvard. 
Hawaiian— jlikona, & wart, & BmaU bard 

protab«r»n(« on the akin. [For other oom. 

puBliTei, sea £iBi, and ToHA.] 
IIRITORE, pudendum muUebrt (labia minora). 

CI. tontort. having Inflamed ejres ; split into 

stripe ; jbiri, ekin. [For oompaiatives, see 

Eno, and Tobz.1 
IIRtUKA (hrlubi). UDflinchiog. 
BRIWAI, lh« inner aiin (cufu rem). CI. kiri, 

the skin. S. The uameot agniaUbriEht-green 

Beetle (Ent. PyroiuHa Jativa). [For com- 

;aratiTea, see Eibl] 
IIRIWETl, a veiy pasaiooate person. 

DRIWETIWETI, draadfal. harrid. 

DTA, tightly, last. Cf. ngica, Cast, Onn, secoie ; 
ita. tight, fast. 

Tahltian—lita, stiffened : to harden, or be 
hardened; obdnratsi (b.) look-jaw {tetanus); 
(ti-irta, to balden : to make etiS. CF. Uiita. 
ti^t, veil-stretched; tuila. to be welUjoined 
eivell-fitted together. Hawraiian— ikaika, 
nieDglli, pover ; ^eal, perseverance ; gtrongl)', 
penereringl; : Ka oltio ikaika ame ki kaiia- 
hU : itroiig langaage with fierceness; ilika, 
t Kar, a contraction of the akin from a 
loaiid; hoo- ikaika, to strengthen, encourage. 
Tongan— kits, lock-jaw ttttamu); (b.) a re- 
lipte, to suffer a relapse ; faka-klta, to startle. 
■I one ill ; to oaose death ; to cause death to 
I Dck person by exciting his passions. Ct. 
UiaH, to persevere, to hold out. Manga- 
revan— ita, to be glued ; viscouB ; itaita, to 
leSrmly stuck together. Ct- itiika, to bavs 
the ayes heavy with uleep. Paumotan- 
bti. lUff; strained; bent; ketaheta, BoUd. 
Brict, precise; rigid; taka-keta, to harden; 
I bks-ketaketa, to strengthen. Eit. Poly.: 
I Fiji— d. kida, teuauu; epilepsy. 

ITTAO, an invocation spoken over a spear before 
battle- Cf. ki, to speak; (oo, a spear. [For 
MmpwativeB see Ei, and Tao.] 

UTE, to aee; know; percdve: Katahi aao foi 
htta U UjH langata—V. M., 8. 3. To find 
Ml, to discover; to notice, observe: Ana, 

Uihneha ano kouloa, ka lahi hokiaa ka kiU ia 

toe— P. M., 13. Of. matakiU, one who fore- 

Whaka-KITE. to reveal, disclose. 

Samoan— 'i'ite, to predict, to foretell. Cf. 
ft'iWitea'i. to see indiatinctlj, aa at twilight ; 
to be jost distinguishable. Tahltlan— ite, to 
know, to understand ; to perceive; knowledge; 

K caption : Ua ite oia i tti liatari i ana ra ; 
knows those who trust in him ; Ta mafou 
iho hoi I ite i to matov lariaj According to all 
that wc have heard witb our ears, {b.) To 
teeept, to receive a person favourably ; jite 
(dosJofite): faa-ite, to teach, makebiown; 
a teacher : E faaite i tana i raue i rotopu i ti 
tMota aioa ra; Make kuowa his deeds among 
the people. Faa-iita, to reconcile those who 
were at vaiianoe. Hawaiian — ike, to 
-io perceive by the eye; E ike oiwriei 
IsifRi onthanau ; We shall soon lee our native 
place, (b.) To know, anderitand ; knowledge; 
nutraetion : No ko'u iie i ka maikai ko'a m^a 
■0 in I oleto kaena at; From my knowledge ol 

beanty, I can apeak with confidence, {e.) To 
receive as a visitor; (d.) to know oataally; 
like, quick (o learn; ready, smart; having 
gained knowledge; ikeike, to see; to know; 
showing, witoessmg; ho-ike, and hoo-ike, to 
show, to make known; to exhibit; ho-ikeike, 
to make known clearly; hoo-ikeike, to explain ; 
to exhibit; a testimonial; a superscription. 
Tongan — kite, to appear ; to see at a distance 
when at sea; kikite, divination; prophecy; to 
divine, to augur; fa ka- kite, to look aniioualy 
and narrowly at anything ; fa ka- kite kite, any- 
thing new or strange done by a person just 
before bis decease, and afterwards referred to 
as a prognostication. Cf. /ikilftiaki, to be in 
light of each other. Mangare van— kite, to 
see, perceive ; (b.) to understand ; aka-kite, to 
■bow ; aka-kitekite, to confess, a^ow ; {b.) to 
show. Cf. kiteaua, visible ; kittauraga, ap- 
pearance. Rarotongan— kite, tosee: Kare 
kotou e kite akaou mai i toka mata; You shall 
not see my face again, (b.) To perceive by 
any of Ibe tenses: £ kite akera Uaaka i U 
aunga a tona kakau; And Isaac smelt the 
odour of his clothes, {c.) A witness ; to bear 
witness: Tt kite pikikoa, e laatita i te lualua 
pikikaa ra; A false witness who speaks lies. 
Aks-kile, to show; to point out; to make 
known: E akakite kia koe i taau t rave ra; 
And show to you what yon shall do. Mar- 
quesan — kite, to see; to know, to recogaise. 
Cf. tike, to see (M(e transposed ?) ; haa-kJteRi 
to appear : Tefenua moo e haakiUa; The dry 
land appears. Paumotan—kilB, to know; 
perceive; (b.) speech; (e.) direction; skill ; 
wise, sagacious ; faka-kite, to post up, publish ; 
lb.) to show ; to nnveii ; to discover ; to make 
known; ((,) an omen, preaago; kitehaga, to 
feel ; {b.) to smeU ; (c.) to be sensible ofT C(. 
kiiemoemoe, to know imperfectly. Aniwan — 
otti, to see: Sara mo koweitia; Search and 
look (jtom for particle ilia): Avou neicitia ta 
HOkano ; 1 saw the spirit. Ext. Poly. : Motu 
— cf. kilo, to spy, (o watoh, ae for an enemy or 
thief. Slkayana— cf. kite, to eee. Tagal— 
of. auita, to see. Ilocan — of. iquiquiia, to 

KIWA (mylb), a famous chief and explorer ot 
ancient times, Te moana nui o Kiaa, {•' The 
great sea of Eiwa,") is supposed to be tba 
PacifiD Ocean— (Mair). a. The chief of the 
Hirauta canoe, in the migration to New Zea- 
land— A. H. M.. ii. 191, 

WhBkB-KIKIWA, to keep the eyes Grmly closed. 
Samoan— of. /a'o-'ii>a, to be worn out, 
to be wearied, Tahltian— cf. ipaioa, dark, 
dismal ; }Miiiiiit>a, the dusk ol the evening. 
Mangarevan—ct. kihakiha, to keep the 
gaxe fixed ou. 

KIWEI, to loop or handle of a basket. Cf. katcei, 
loop or handles of a basket; kaice, a handle; 
straps for a bundle. [Par comparatives, see 


KEWI, the name of a bird (Orn. Apteryx ap.) : Ka 
pala ki viaka ka te kiiei, ko te nianu hunahuna 
a Taiie—I^, 117. This bird is often alluded 
to in myth and song, as '' The hidden bird ot 
Tane," (A. H. M., i. 143.) and " The night- 
bird of Tane." The " bidden liutd of Tane" 
was, in Eastern Polynesia, a name (ol Ea- 
waikL [See Tua, and Hiwuki.J 




Whaka-KIWI, to look odde, to regard obliqoely. 
Cf. imi. a bone. 

Samoan^'ivi, bony, applied to the eye 
irhen covered with a film; plnral, 'i'ivi ; 
passive, 'ivi'ivin, lo be thin. Tongan-'kivi, 
sank, applied to the eyes ; (!i.) blind ; faka-kivi, 
to teaae, to annoy, as salt-water in the eyes. 
Tahltian — ef. in', a bone; ivioro, waij; 
deliberate, applied (o epeeoh. Hawaiian — 
Iwl, to turn aeide, to be crooked, ab the eyes 
of croBB-ejed persons ; [b.) crooked, pointed, 
flurved ; iwiiwi, crooked, ooned ; ho-iwi, to 
tarn the eyeball from its natnrai position ; to 
turn tbe eyes aside, to Bqaint, to be crou- 
eyad. Cf. ho-kivii. to crook, to bend, to tnm 
a little aside, or edgewayg ; kakiwi, crooked, 
bent. Eit. Poly.: Fiji— c(. tini, to turn the 
head to look on one aide ; to glanoe at ; livi- 
livi, sidewnyB. 

KIWl-KARUAI,the name ol a bird, the Large 
Orey Eiwi (Om. Apteryx haatfii), 

KIW1-PARURE, the North Island Eiwi (Orn. 
Apttryx bulleri). 

KIWI-PUKUPUKU, the Little Qrey Kiwi (Om. 
Apteryx owtni). 

KO, a particle, oBed when the predicate ie either 
a proper name, a personal pronoun, a local 
noun, or the inUrrogatives wai or hea ; also 
before a common noun with any of the defi- 
nitivea except he [see Maori Grammar]: Kia 
kaha It karanga 'Ko Tinirau ! Ko Tinirau!' — 
P. M., 40: Ka U po itui, ko lepo roo— P. M., 
49: A'o to Itoutou taoktte Wiia— P. M., 54. 2. 
To : F. bika. ko hea kot ?— P. M„ 101. 3. At, 
Samaan — 'o, the sign of the nominative 
absolute: '0 lona. fa'alo'a tan Itnei; Thia is 
his first visit. Tahltian — d, an article pre- 
fixed to proper namea when la the nominative 
case ; alio Bometimes to adjeotivea, when used 
enbatantively : Qvai It haere i Tahiti; Who 
want to Tahiti; O te arii ra, o Poiaare: The 
Queen, Pomare. Hawraiian — o, a prefix to 
noons to render them emphatic or definite : 
Hoi ke akua, o Loao, noho i ka naeU; Passed 
has the god Bongo, he dwells in tbo mire. 
Tongao — ko, a preHi used before proper 
names of praons and places, and in answer to 
the qnestion, " Who?" : Koluii leafekau, bra 
koliai t iilu nTnaufurur Bta nru toki bche, ko 
aa mi ,' kt ke ftkau au ; Whom shall I send, 
and who will go lor db ? Then I said, ' Here 
am I ; aenil me.' Mangarevan — ko, an 
article placed before proper namea in the 
nominative case: Tona igoa, ' ko Alua Tane;' 
His name Ib ■ The God Tane.' (fc.) When 
placed before verbs and nouns it sigoLGes " It 
Jl" : Ko Ataraija te motua, ka Vatga te kui ; 
Ataranga is the father, Uaenga is the mother. 
Rarotongan— ko, a prefii to nouns and per- 
sonal pronouns in the nominative case, and 
to proper namea : Ao au ra tei kino e loku 
au lanffala! I and my people are wicked. 
Marquesaa.— 0, a particle used before nouns 
and pronouns in the □□minative case, and 
heEore proper namea : O an tenet, Te Tuiau- 
tvpu-feit'ia : I am here, Tumu-tupu-whenua. 
Eit. Poly.: Fiji — cf. kn, an article used 
before the proper nsmcs of persona and places, 
also before some of the personal pronouns. 
Malagasy^d. ke. an ornamental pailiole, 
dhkI at the b^uming or end of a 

KO (k?i), a wooden implement used for digging or 
planting ; sometimes used as a weapon (et. 
kaiikau, a spear) : Katahi ka merohia te ko, ka 
mate Ura loo— P. M., 63. Cf. Iiouhou. to dig 
apl 'lou, to force downwards [See Bawaiian]; 
koi. sharp. 

KO {kb), \ to dig or plant with & ko : Ka 

KOKO mkb), i koia ki te ahenua. 

KOANQA, sowing-time ; planting -time- 

Samoan^O, to penetrate, as a spear into 
the body ; to go deep down, as a stick stnck 
into the ground and meeting no obstacle. CE. 
'oga, the penit. Tahitlan- — o, a stick used 
(or digging with; to dig the ground; (&.) a 
stick nsed for stripping oCf the husk ot the 
cocoanut; lo husk cocoanuts ; husked; (e.) to 
enter by piercing; (d.) an eoolosare; a garden 
under cultivation; oo, a large hole ; the hollow 
between waves ; faa-o, to enter, as into a room 
or any other place; (6.) to have or take a 
present, as an introduction; to cauae or pro- 
cure an intcoduotion ; faa-oo, to leave a space 
between two ridges when tluitching a native 
house. Cf. oareru, a tongue that digs up mis- 
ohiel ; oAou, a new garden or enoloanre ; oihf, 
a stick used for digging ; ooairaa (M.L. = 
koko-koi-ra-nga). to annoy persons while eating. 
by stirring up the dost near them. Hawai- 
ian— □, an instrument to pierce with; any 
sharp-pointed inatrament; a fork; a BbsFp 
stick: the sprit of a sail; to pierce, prick, ot 
stab; {b.) a pain in the body ; a Etitch in the 
aide, aa if pierced by a sharp iuatrumcnt ; (c.) 
to thrust through : to gore, as a bullock ; 
(pass.) to be Btabhed, killed; {d.) to extend or 
reach out, as the hand or finger; \e.) to dip, 
as the fingers in a fluid ; oo, the instrument 
anoieoti; used by the Eawaiians in cnltivating 
the gronnd: na oo nahiaii ka an kalako, il 
ka uUi a ke alahee; The tools (or digging in 
ancient times were made of ulei (wood), and 
alahee (wood), (b.) To crowd or cram into; 
to crowd herbs ot an iiiRammatory nature iota 
the vagina ol a female to procure abortion ; 

ie.) to pierce with a sharp instrument tba 
u^us in the womb ; (d.) to stab or pierce with 
a spear. Cf. ou, to pierce, puncture; )ii>u, to 
pierce, puncture; Kukaoo, the name of the god 
ot agriculture; oi, thcsharppointof aweapon; 
offenaivo or defensive weapons. Marque- 
san— ko, a stick for taking off the husk* 
of cocoanuts. Mangaravan- kokokoko, a 
hallow; to be enlarged. Cf, koiga, earth 
eicavalcd by the action of rains, &a. : taoko, s 
smooth lance, without fishbone barhs or oma- 
menta; vahikako, a place dug out. Tongan 
"Ct. 00, to unQi, unfasten. Rarotongan— 
ko, to dig ; an inatrument for digging with ; 
Kia ko ua letai fnnguta i le run; If a man 
shaU dig a pit. Eit. Poly.: Fiji— cf. .loko, 
a pointed stick used as a substitute for a spade 
(cf. Maori loko). San Crlstoval, (Wano,| 

KO^'- "■"■■""■ 

kbhaia, a girl. 
KO (it?>), yonder place : Ka ki ata nga tangala, 
' kei ko rnrn'— P. U., 30. Cf. maniao, distant. 
[Bee Bawaiian, under Uiuto.] 2. A distant 
point of time : A ko ake tiei, hereafter. 

SacQoan — o, yonder: Aoa'uma le tamnma 
tf o i o e laptai ai,- I and (h4 tad wiU go 



yonder to worehip. Tahltlan — o, fto adverb 
of pUee; eithei here, or there, as particles 
direct: ±a i o n«i, st this piace; i o, jouder: 
A hatn i o atu; Qo bsuce Co yonder nlaee. 
Hairallan — o, a plooa. bat indeSattal;; 
mai a o, from tbere lo there; throitgboiit ; 
A ka lauU, lu kanalima, niai o a o; The 
breadth, fifty, everywhere. 2. Yonder; there; 
ma aku, beyoiid; mai oa o, from yonder to 
nnder; eTerywheie; manuio, yonder; distant. 
Uangarevan— ko, down there; |(j.) Bome- 
timefl need to desiRuate tar-ofl loaalitiee. Cf. 
fa-ko, there. Rarotongaii^ko,aa adverb oF 
^■oe : eithar here, or tbere, according to the 
particle used ; (b.) yonder : E noo koutuu i ko 
Ml, kia aert an ki ke : Yod atop here, while I 
go yonder. Bit. Poly: Aneltyum — o(. ko 
la infBi}, yonder, away from ; e agko ko, yon- 
oer. Formosaa — cL aicho. there; yooder; 
aieho-eeh, beyond; outside; foroot ol sight. 
KO (ti), to put out the lipa in contempt. GL ko' 

to poDt, to put oat the lipa in derision. 
KOH, glad, joyful ; io re jo\(x : Ka Jioa a ia, ka 
siM— A. H. H., i. 22 : Ka koa hoki ki a raluu 
ti Bua, ka nana— P. M., 93. 
Samoan— 'oa'oa, delight; to be delighted. 
Tahitian — oa, joy. glodneea; to be glad, to 
njoioe; B oaoa tona aau to itt mai oia ia 
«c ra; Hie heart will be glad when he eees 
no. Oaoa, (o rejoiee : la oaoa lioi tr rui ; 
Let (be beafene rejoice. Faa-oaoa, to cause 
joy; to rejoice. Cf. hiaoa, a malicious or 
tpitefol Tejoieing ; to rejoice in aaothei'a die- 
tma; Aianutroa, to eiult, rejoice. Hawai- 
ian— oa, to about, as a multitude of voices ; 
(A.) to bnrat orer. aa a swoUen stream ; oaoa, 
caun, lerene; joyful; (6.) the sonnd cf water 
bubbling, aa in a epriog; to gurgle, as water 
nmning from a calabash. Marquesan — 
luMkoa, joy; rejoicing; {b.) to be eatislied, 
eontented. Ibtangaian — koa, to rejoice; 
koalioa, to rejoice greatly. Mangarevan— 
koakoa, rejoicing ; joy; to be glad; (b.) to bo 
■aliased, content; aka-koakoa, to rejoice; to 
mate happy. [fJori, — By a curioas reversal 
of meaning, koa means to mourn; weeping; 
and aka-kaa, to canse to weep. The Hawaiian 
on also means bereaved ol children or parents. J 
Paumotan — koa, contented, pleased; koa- 
koa, joy; faka-koakoa, to please; to applaud. 
lOA, an intensive " Indeed :" Ka i««a ttahi • Ht 
aOw ioa'— P.M.. 19. 2. In entirety. X •' He 
aha koa V ■' What does ic matter ?" 
KOA {koay [See Kowi.] 
KOAE. [See Eowu.j 

KOAHA (Itodfia), abortive,immatiiie; shed before 
Sdangarevan — ot. ioai, abortive (said of 
bemea, &<i.). 
KOAKA ikbaka). a calabash. Cf. klaka. a cala- 
bash. 2. A coarse mat made of flax leaves. 
C(. ioka, a coarse mat. 3. A mat for use aa a 
carpet, or to lie on. 
KOANU [kianu), oold. Cf. anv. cold; kiangi. 

Tahitian— cf. unu, cold, or coldness ; to be 
chilly-, irianu, a person not affected by cold 
or drowgineBB ; jjiunuanu, Co be chilled ; to be 
d«jeol«diJ3 mijidi tauonuanu, thueoldseMon; 

, eoldness. Hanrallan — cf. aiiti, 
cold; onuanu, chilliness; anuhemtJie, toaai 
with oold [see ANrtHE] ; piuinuanu, to be cold ; 

erect papills through cold ; to try to gi 
in vain ; to be diKzy : to persevere in doinjt s 
thing. Tongan— cf. anuarai, Co wade and 
swim in deep water ; faka-anuanu, to Hoat. to 
lie in the water; anu/ea. Dold ; /aka-anufea, 
to chill, to make very oold. Marquesan — 
cf. ana, Co be oold ; oold. Mangarevan — 
of. anu, cold ; onuanu, sliRhlly cold ; chill ; 
auana, tO feel cold ; Cold dew ; to be sensible 
of the absence ol anyone ; to bo alone, i,<^., to 
becoldbecausesDmeoneisawaj. Paumotan 
— o!. aniaim, cold. Rarotongan— cl. anu, 

KOAKQAUMU, a spell tot weakening one's ene- 
mies ; hi ika koangaumu, a £ah made use ot 
in the pare ceremonies. [See Pube.] 

KOANQI (tBanpi), cool. Cf.anpi.agentlehreeze; 
kuaiiu, cold. [For oomparatives, see A»ot.] 

KOANQI, diarrhoea. CI. li&ea, dysentery ; kbripi, 

Tahitian — of. ohi, diorrhosa. Paumotan 
— cl. kohi, diarrhtea. 


KOAOAO.) [SeaKow.0,! 

KOARA, to bo split open. Cf. koera, brohen. 
Hatvailan—cl. oala, to loss up and whirl 
over and over ; the name ol a club or weapon 
thrown in %hting ; a tossing or brandishing ; 
oiralii, to toss lorward with both hands; to 
brandish, as a apear. Mangarevan — cl. 
oara, diarrhoea (as in Maori, konpi, to cut, 
also means diarrhrxa). Tahitian— cf. oAara- 
ftaro, to split into pieces. 

KOARE, 1 the name of a tree. (Myth.) ThU 

KOARERE, I tree sprang frotn tlie brains of 
Tuna, wheo he was slain by Maui — A. U. M., 
ii. 76. 

KOA R EA RE (iftar'ore) , the root of raupo (buhuah, 
Tijplta). 2. A vajiety ol taro. 

KOARO, inverted, tamed upside down; turned 
right round; turned inside out: No, hua 
binga^ kua hart koaro — Eai., vii. 13. Cl. aro, 
to laoe outwards ; aroam, Che front, the 

Samoan— cf. ala, the nndeiside, aa of cloCh, 
the belly of a fish, ±e, ; to evade a blow ; to 
get out ot the way ; ahyala, the sloping side 
ol a wave about to break ; /a'a-alo, to pay 
respect to; to begin to blow a gale. Tahi- 
tlan^ol. aro, the IrooC. face, or presence ol a 
person ; aianii to surround a board or eating- 
place, and eat face to lace ; aropa, a mistake, 
an error; to turn about and look the other 
way; aroi'aro. to swim with the loco down- 
wards ; itiuaroaro, Co be confounded or 
ashamed. Mangalan — cl. aro, the front, 
the presence. Tongan— of, aio. the abdomen 
(great personages). Hawaiian — ^cf. aio, the 
front, lace, or presence ol anyone ; the breast 
or belly; to elnde or dodge the stroke of a 
weapon; Co skip or pass over something; to 
double, as a capa; to consume; to devour ; 
aioiilo, to turn tliis way and that; to dodge, 
to Use fnua, as Icom a sliowu ; to go after, &■ 


[164] K06K> 

a eerTBnt ; to boy things ; to wait on ; alolua, 
two-Bided, dooble-foced ; maalo, to paaa eiaog, 
to pass throQfih a l&nd; to paBB by, to pass 
awB;. Mangarevan — cf. aro, before, in 
front of ; the presence, in tha presence of. 
Paumotan — of. aroga, the visage; ki-le- 
aroga, opposite. 
KOARO, the name of a smaU fiah found in Bolo 

KOATA, a spf-glasB. Cf. ata. a reflected imBKe; 
a shadow ; tchaka'ata, a mirror ; piata, bright, 
clear; jmataata, transparent, clear. 2. Young 

Samoan — cf. liaala, glass; (cf. Maori ii'o, 
ico; also see Tongan;) fa'a-ata,a lookiog- 
glasa ; a telescope ; to ^ade the eyes or par- 
tially close them, iu order to see far-off objects. 
Tanitlan— of. hioala, a looking-glasa ; to ob- 
wrre other people's affairs; oala, the monkey- 
eyes in a oocoanut- Hawaiian— oakEi, the 
reflection of the son on any Inmiooas object ; 
(b.) a glimpse, a glance, a flashing of lieht : 
Lono nui maka oaka; Hongo with the flanhing 
eyes, (c.) To open suddenly, to open the eyes; 

Si.) to open the mouth to speak- Cf. aka, the 
awn or light nl the moon before rising ; mo- 
aka/iia. transparent, as glass; clear, plain, 
intelligible. Tongan-— cf- jioala (T U.L. = 
ti'ro-aJa), a mirror, a glass, anything which 
reflects the image ; to look at a mirror; ata, 
to reflect, aa a mirror. MarqueEan_koata, 
a cleft, ■ crevice, a space between two objects. 
[Note.— This snggests that the real affinity 
of the word may be vhala, with the sense of 
spaces or interstices, not ala. See Wiiar*.] 
Mangarevan— ko ata, the glimmer of mooti- 
light; {b.) transparent; a reddish transpar- 
eocy ; aka-kOBta, to redden ; (b.) to make 

KOATEATE, the spleen. Cf. ok, the liver. [For 
oompomtives, see Ate.] 

KOAU {kMM), or kawau, the name of a bird, the 
PitJ Shag (Om- Phalacrocorax variui), 

KOAUAU ii7>auav), a kind ol flute, sometimes 
played with the nose ; Ka noho a Rua i rara o 
ic papa tc icaka ickakalaTigi ai i tana koauau 
—P. M., 78. 3- Fern-root of the best quality. 
S. Seaweed, having clusters like grapes. 

KOE, thou (dual, korua; plural, koutou): E hoki 
koe ki to U!iihine—a. P., 119. 
Samoan — 'oe, thou, yoa (contracted into 
•e before verba); Talaa ti o ma 'oe; Let 
□a go with yon. Tahitlan — oe, thou, 
you : E ia rahi oe e I'a ali le fenna ia 
oc; Until thou art increased and inherit 
the land. Ha'waiian— oe, and Doe, thnu. 
thee : No ia mta, ua akoakoii ne iiei cf me ou 
poe ; For winch cause you and your company 
have gathered together. Marquoaan— koe, 
thou, you : To te mntua tikan, • Ua aae i kite ia 
kof;- HiBfathersaid,'IdidnotBeethalitwas 
you.' Maogalan — koe, thou : Aura koe e 

Forget not thou the day when thy father's 
lace waa hidden. Tongan— 09, thon : Kt kt 
lea koe iial4 kimaiitobi, bta te mau 
ai; Speak thou to us, that we i 
Mangarevan— koe, thou: Akamo 

eii mea kai ; (You) give ns a little food. CI. 
koeana, joa, yoorselt Paumotan — koe, 

tona ki 
y hear. 

tboa. Anlwan— akoi, thou : Akoi aeitifata- 

rafia akoi; Thou lovest thyaelf. Eit. Poly.: 

Motu— cf. OT, thon. Fiji — of. ko, thoo. 

Sikayana — cf. <Tllrn«, thou. Javan — cf. 

kowe. thou. Baliyon — cf. ko, and Jntu, thee. 

Matu — cf. kaow, thee. 
KOE, 1 to icream, as a bird. Cf. ngoengee, 
KOEKOE,i to scream; koekoea, koekaeH. the 

large Cuckoo ; koke, to creak. 
Uaivallan- oe, aod Moe, to giate baiahly 

to whiz ; to murmur. 'Tongan — cf- koko, 

the squeaking noise of pigs or lowla. Ma~ 

ngarevan— koekoe, a noise in the intoatioes; 

aka-koekoe, to speak with a high aliHIl voice; 

to rub, to rub down. CI. or, a war cry. a cry 

to rouse the people. Paumotan— koekoe, 

squalling, squeaking. 
Wheka-KOEKOE, to tickle. Cf. ahUkoekot. to 

Samoan— cf.>'of'oea'f, to love one another. 

Marqueaan — cf. makiokeo, to tickle. 
KOEA (/i?iea). dysentery. Cf. khangi, and kbripi, 

Tahittan— cf, ohi, dianrhiea, Paumotan 

— of. koki, diarrhiBa. 
KOEAE, the name of a Bsh. 
KOEATA, the first sprouts of (em after the stalks 

have been bomt. C(. *orii(n, to throw up a 

KOEHOPEROA, (or kohoperoa,) the name ol a 
bird, the Iioug-tailed Cnckoo (Ora. Eiuiynantii 

KOEKE, an old man : I mea hoki nga korke i U 
tea t kilta ai te pakeha e ratoa — A. H. M-. i- 
20. Cf, korahtke, an old man. 8. A grass- 
hopper : Te kotke, me nga mea e rile ana ki a 
ia— Rew., ]u. 23. 3. A shrimp. 

KOEKOEA Ikoekoelt). the Long-tailed Cuckoo 
(Urn. Eudynaniii tailetui'] : Te parahaka o U 
ftoefroea — Prov. Cf. huekoe, to scream, as 
a bird. The Natives have a curious fauoy 
that this bird loses its feathers and turns 
into a lizard at llie approach of winter, 
hibernating in holes in the gronnd. Ita 
feathers begin to grow an puring advances; 
its tail drops off, and it again >.ecomes a bird. 
In its lizard form it is called lifiaha, at Taupo 
and Wanganui. (Myth.) This waa one of UiB 
birds of Hawaiki- 
Eit. Poly. : Formosan — of, koekoen-a-oog, 

KOEMI, to start saddenly, a> when a practical 

jclie IS playod- 
WhakB-KOEMI, to startle; to phty a practical 

KOERA, (also kowera,) broken (of douds)- Cf. 

ioani, to be split open. 3. Fearful, frightened. 

S, To dodge, when the mufu is cast. [See 

Mangarevan— cf. kovera, (ruil blighted by 

the wind ; abortive ; koere, feeble in spirit, 
KOERO, sickness. Cf, kvco, wasting, as in sick- 



KOETOETO, diy twigs, 

KOHA, pKTting instrnctionB ! Ka iaraiiga ake 
mo It Taichaki, 'He alia lo koha ki au t' —